From c21b16bd451afe77151f3dbf1391689216611556 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Daniel Cebrian Date: Thu, 10 Aug 2023 12:26:24 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] #11326 added security module in inventary --- pandora_console/extras/mr/65.sql | 2 ++ pandora_console/pandoradb_data.sql | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+) diff --git a/pandora_console/extras/mr/65.sql b/pandora_console/extras/mr/65.sql index 5abd756b6f..97c4d22adb 100644 --- a/pandora_console/extras/mr/65.sql +++ b/pandora_console/extras/mr/65.sql @@ -137,4 +137,6 @@ INSERT INTO `tsca` VALUES (24574,'Ensure the \'ALL\' Audit Option on \'SYS.AUD$\ INSERT INTO `tsca` VALUES (27303,'Ensure \'Do not allow LPT port redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the redirection of data to client LPT ports during a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for LPT port redirection within a Remote Desktop session is very rare, so makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow LPT port redirection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27304,'Ensure \'Do not allow supported Plug and Play device redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control the redirection of supported Plug and Play devices, such as Windows Portable Devices, to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for Plug and Play device redirection within a Remote Desktop session is very rare, so makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow supported Plug and Play device redirection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27305,'Ensure \'Always prompt for password upon connection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services always prompts the client computer for a password upon connection. You can use this policy setting to enforce a password prompt for users who log on to Remote Desktop Services, even if they already provided the password in the Remote Desktop Connection client. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users have the option to store both their username and password when they create a new Remote Desktop Connection shortcut. If the server that runs Remote Desktop Services allows users who have used this feature to log on to the server but not enter their password, then it is possible that an attacker who has gained physical access to the user\'s computer could connect to a Remote Desktop Server through the Remote Desktop Connection shortcut, even though they may not know the user\'s password.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityAlways prompt for password upon connection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In the Microsoft Windows Vista Administrative Templates, this setting was named Always prompt client for password upon connection, but it was renamed starting with the Windows Server 2008 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27306,'Ensure \'Require secure RPC communication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify whether Remote Desktop Services requires secure Remote Procedure Call (RPC) communication with all clients or allows unsecured communication. You can use this policy setting to strengthen the security of RPC communication with clients by allowing only authenticated and encrypted requests. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing unsecure RPC communication can exposes the server to man in the middle attacks and data disclosure attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire secure RPC communication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27307,'Ensure \'Require use of specific security layer for remote (RDP) connections\' is set to \'Enabled: SSL\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to require the use of a specific security layer to secure communications between clients and RD Session Host servers during Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: SSL. Note: In spite of this setting being labeled SSL, it is actually enforcing Transport Layer Security (TLS) version 1.0, not the older (and less secure) SSL protocol.','The native Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) encryption is now considered a weak protocol, so enforcing the use of stronger Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption for all RDP communications between clients and RD Session Host servers is preferred.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: SSL: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire use of specific security layer for remote (RDP) connections Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27308,'Ensure \'Require user authentication for remote connections by using Network Level Authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify whether to require user authentication for remote connections to the RD Session Host server by using Network Level Authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Requiring that user authentication occur earlier in the remote connection process enhances security.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire user authentication for remote connections by using Network Level Authentication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In the Microsoft Windows Vista Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Require user authentication using RDP 6.0 for remote connections, but it was renamed starting with the Windows Server 2008 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27309,'Ensure \'Set client connection encryption level\' is set to \'Enabled: High Level\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to require the use of a specific encryption level to secure communications between client computers and RD Session Host servers during Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections. This policy only applies when you are using native RDP encryption. However, native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) is not recommended. This policy does not apply to SSL encryption. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: High Level.','If Remote Desktop client connections that use low level encryption are allowed, it is more likely that an attacker will be able to decrypt any captured Remote Desktop Services network traffic.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: High Level: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecuritySet client connection encryption level Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27310,'Ensure \'Set time limit for active but idle Remote Desktop Services sessions\' is set to \'Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0)\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that an active Remote Desktop Services session can be idle (without user input) before it is automatically disconnected. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0).','This setting helps to prevent active Remote Desktop sessions from tying up the computer for long periods of time while not in use, preventing computing resources from being consumed by large numbers of inactive sessions. In addition, old, forgotten Remote Desktop sessions that are still active can cause password lockouts if the user\'s password has changed but the old session is still running. For systems that limit the number of connected users (e.g. servers in the default Administrative mode - 2 sessions only), other users\' old but still active sessions can prevent another user from connecting, resulting in an effective denial of service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSession Time LimitsSet time limit for active but idle Remote Desktop Services sessions Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Set time limit for active but idle Terminal Services sessions, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.10.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27311,'Ensure \'Set time limit for disconnected sessions\' is set to \'Enabled: 1 minute\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure a time limit for disconnected Remote Desktop Services sessions. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 1 minute.','This setting helps to prevent active Remote Desktop sessions from tying up the computer for long periods of time while not in use, preventing computing resources from being consumed by large numbers of disconnected but still active sessions. In addition, old, forgotten Remote Desktop sessions that are still active can cause password lockouts if the user\'s password has changed but the old session is still running. For systems that limit the number of connected users (e.g. servers in the default Administrative mode - 2 sessions only), other users\' old but still active sessions can prevent another user from connecting, resulting in an effective denial of service. This setting is important to ensure a disconnected session is properly terminated.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 1 minute: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSession Time LimitsSet time limit for disconnected sessions Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.10.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27312,'Ensure \'Do not delete temp folders upon exit\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services retains a user\'s per-session temporary folders at logoff. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Sensitive information could be contained inside the temporary folders and visible to other administrators that log into the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostTemporary FoldersDo not delete temp folders upon exit Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Do not delete temp folder upon exit, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.11.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27313,'Ensure \'Do not use temporary folders per session\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','By default, Remote Desktop Services creates a separate temporary folder on the RD Session Host server for each active session that a user maintains on the RD Session Host server. The temporary folder is created on the RD Session Host server in a Temp folder under the user\'s profile folder and is named with the sessionid. This temporary folder is used to store individual temporary files. To reclaim disk space, the temporary folder is deleted when the user logs off from a session. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this setting keeps the cached data independent for each session, both reducing the chance of problems from shared cached data between sessions, and keeping possibly sensitive data separate to each user session.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostTemporary FoldersDo not use temporary folders per session Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.11.2\"]}]'),(27314,'Ensure \'Prevent downloading of enclosures\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevents the user from having enclosures (file attachments) downloaded from an RSS feed to the user\'s computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing attachments to be downloaded through the RSS feed can introduce files that could have malicious intent.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRSS FeedsPrevent downloading of enclosures Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template InetRes.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Turn off downloading of enclosures, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.66.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27315,'Ensure \'Allow Cloud Search\' is set to \'Enabled: Disable Cloud Search\'.','This policy setting allows search and Cortana to search cloud sources like OneDrive and SharePoint. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Disable Cloud Search.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Disable Cloud Search: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow Cloud Search Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27316,'Ensure \'Allow indexing of encrypted files\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether encrypted items are allowed to be indexed. When this setting is changed, the index is rebuilt completely. Full volume encryption (such as BitLocker Drive Encryption or a non-Microsoft solution) must be used for the location of the index to maintain security for encrypted files. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Indexing and allowing users to search encrypted files could potentially reveal confidential data stored within the encrypted files.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow indexing of encrypted files Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27317,'Ensure \'Turn off KMS Client Online AVS Validation\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','The Key Management Service (KMS) is a Microsoft license activation method that entails setting up a local server to store the software licenses. The KMS server itself needs to connect to Microsoft to activate the KMS service, but subsequent on-network clients can activate Microsoft Windows OS and/or their Microsoft Office via the KMS server instead of connecting directly to Microsoft. This policy setting lets you opt-out of sending KMS client activation data to Microsoft automatically. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Even though the KMS licensing method does not require KMS clients to connect to Microsoft, they still send KMS client activation state data to Microsoft automatically. Preventing this information from being sent can help reduce privacy concerns in high security environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSoftware Protection PlatformTurn off KMS Client Online AVS Validation Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AVSValidationGP.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.72.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27318,'Ensure \'Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen\' is set to \'Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage the behavior of Windows SmartScreen. Windows SmartScreen helps keep PCs safer by warning users before running unrecognized programs downloaded from the Internet. Some information is sent to Microsoft about files and programs run on PCs with this feature enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass.','Windows SmartScreen helps keep PCs safer by warning users before running unrecognized programs downloaded from the Internet. However, due to the fact that some information is sent to Microsoft about files and programs run on PCs some organizations may prefer to disable it.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Defender SmartScreenExplorerConfigure Windows Defender SmartScreen Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsExplorer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Configure Windows SmartScreen, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.85.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27319,'Ensure \'Allow suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace are allowed. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This Microsoft feature is designed to collect data and suggest apps based on that data collected. Disabling this setting will help ensure your data is not shared with any third party.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Ink WorkspaceAllow suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsInkWorkspace.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.89.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27320,'Ensure \'Allow Windows Ink Workspace\' is set to \'Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock\' OR \'Disabled\' but not \'Enabled: On\'.','This policy setting determines whether Windows Ink items are allowed above the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock OR Disabled.','Allowing any apps to be accessed while system is locked is not recommended. If this feature is permitted, it should only be accessible once a user authenticates with the proper credentials.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock OR Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Ink WorkspaceAllow Windows Ink Workspace Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsInkWorkspace.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.89.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.6\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27321,'Ensure \'Allow user control over installs\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting controls whether users are permitted to change installation options that typically are available only to system administrators. The security features of Windows Installer normally prevent users from changing installation options that are typically reserved for system administrators, such as specifying the directory to which files are installed. If Windows Installer detects that an installation package has permitted the user to change a protected option, it stops the installation and displays a message. These security features operate only when the installation program is running in a privileged security context in which it has access to directories denied to the user. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In an enterprise managed environment, only IT staff with administrative rights should be installing or changing software on a system. Allowing users the ability to have any control over installs can risk unapproved software from being installed or removed from a system, which could cause the system to become vulnerable to compromise.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerAllow user control over installs Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Enable user control over installs, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27322,'Ensure \'Always install with elevated privileges\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting controls whether or not Windows Installer should use system permissions when it installs any program on the system. Note: This setting appears both in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. To make this setting effective, you must enable the setting in both folders. Caution: If enabled, skilled users can take advantage of the permissions this setting grants to change their privileges and gain permanent access to restricted files and folders. Note that the User Configuration version of this setting is not guaranteed to be secure. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Users with limited privileges can exploit this feature by creating a Windows Installer installation package that creates a new local account that belongs to the local built-in Administrators group, adds their current account to the local built-in Administrators group, installs malicious software, or performs other unauthorized activities.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerAlways install with elevated privileges Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27323,'Ensure \'Prevent Internet Explorer security prompt for Windows Installer scripts\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Web-based programs are allowed to install software on the computer without notifying the user. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Suppressing the system warning can pose a security risk and increase the attack surface on the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerPrevent Internet Explorer security prompt for Windows Installer scripts Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Disable IE security prompt for Windows Installer scripts, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27324,'Ensure \'Sign-in and lock last interactive user automatically after a restart\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether a device will automatically sign-in the last interactive user after Windows Update restarts the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this feature will prevent the caching of user\'s credentials and unauthorized use of the device, and also ensure the user is aware of the restart.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Logon OptionsSign-in and lock last interactive user automatically after a restart Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WinLogon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Sign-in last interactive user automatically after a system-initiated restart, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1903 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.91.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.6\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27325,'Ensure \'Turn on PowerShell Script Block Logging\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting enables logging of all PowerShell script input to the Applications and Services LogsMicrosoftWindowsPowerShellOperational Event Log channel. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If logging of Script Block Invocation Start/Stop Events is enabled (option box checked), PowerShell will log additional events when invocation of a command, script block, function, or script starts or stops. Enabling this option generates a high volume of event logs. CIS has intentionally chosen not to make a recommendation for this option, since it generates a large volume of events. If an organization chooses to enable the optional setting (checked), this also conforms to the benchmark.','Logs of PowerShell script input can be very valuable when performing forensic investigations of PowerShell attack incidents to determine what occurred.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows PowerShellTurn on PowerShell Script Block Logging Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PowerShellExecutionPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.100.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(27326,'Ensure \'Turn on PowerShell Transcription\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This Policy setting lets you capture the input and output of Windows PowerShell commands into text-based transcripts. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If this setting is enabled there is a risk that passwords could get stored in plain text in the PowerShell_transcript output file.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows PowerShellTurn on PowerShell Transcription Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PowerShellExecutionPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.100.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(27327,'Ensure \'Allow Basic authentication\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client uses Basic authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Basic authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM because credentials including passwords are transmitted in plain text. An attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientAllow Basic authentication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27328,'Ensure \'Allow unencrypted traffic\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client sends and receives unencrypted messages over the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Encrypting WinRM network traffic reduces the risk of an attacker viewing or modifying WinRM messages as they transit the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientAllow unencrypted traffic Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27329,'Ensure \'Disallow Digest authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client will not use Digest authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Digest authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM, an attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientDisallow Digest authentication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27330,'Ensure \'Allow Basic authentication\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service accepts Basic authentication from a remote client. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Basic authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM because credentials including passwords are transmitted in plain text. An attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow Basic authentication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27331,'Ensure \'Allow remote server management through WinRM\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service automatically listens on the network for requests on the HTTP transport over the default HTTP port. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Any feature is a potential avenue of attack, those that enable inbound network connections are particularly risky. Only enable the use of the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service on trusted networks and when feasible employ additional controls such as IPsec.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow remote server management through WinRM Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allow automatic configuration of listeners, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27332,'Ensure \'Allow unencrypted traffic\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service sends and receives unencrypted messages over the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Encrypting WinRM network traffic reduces the risk of an attacker viewing or modifying WinRM messages as they transit the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow unencrypted traffic Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27333,'Ensure \'Disallow WinRM from storing RunAs credentials\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service will allow RunAs credentials to be stored for any plug-ins. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If you enable and then disable this policy setting, any values that were previously configured for RunAsPassword will need to be reset.','Although the ability to store RunAs credentials is a convenient feature it increases the risk of account compromise slightly. For example, if you forget to lock your desktop before leaving it unattended for a few minutes another person could access not only the desktop of your computer but also any hosts you manage via WinRM with cached RunAs credentials.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceDisallow WinRM from storing RunAs credentials Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(27334,'Ensure \'Allow Remote Shell Access\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage configuration of remote access to all supported shells to execute scripts and commands. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: The GPME help text for this setting is incorrectly worded, implying that configuring it to Enabled will reject new Remote Shell connections, and setting it to Disabled will allow Remote Shell connections. The opposite is true (and is consistent with the title of the setting). This is a wording mistake by Microsoft in the Administrative Template.','Any feature is a potential avenue of attack, those that enable inbound network connections are particularly risky. Only enable the use of the Windows Remote Shell on trusted networks and when feasible employ additional controls such as IPsec.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote ShellAllow Remote Shell Access Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteShell.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.103.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27335,'Ensure \'Prevent users from modifying settings\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevent users from making changes to the Exploit protection settings area in the Windows Security settings. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Only authorized IT staff should be able to make changes to the exploit protection settings in order to ensure the organizations specific configuration is not modified.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows SecurityApp and browser protectionPrevent users from modifying settings Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.105.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27336,'Ensure \'No auto-restart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies that Automatic Updates will wait for computers to be restarted by the users who are logged on to them to complete a scheduled installation. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: This setting applies only when you configure Automatic Updates to perform scheduled update installations. If you configure the Configure Automatic Updates setting to Disabled, this setting has no effect.','Some security updates require that the computer be restarted to complete an installation. If the computer cannot restart automatically, then the most recent update will not completely install and no new updates will download to the computer until it is restarted. Without the auto-restart functionality, users who are not security-conscious may choose to indefinitely delay the restart, therefore keeping the computer in a less secure state.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateLegacy PoliciesNo auto-restart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named No auto-restart for scheduled Automatic Updates installations, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(27337,'Ensure \'Configure Automatic Updates\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether computers in your environment will receive security updates from Windows Update or WSUS. If you configure this policy setting to Enabled, the operating system will recognize when a network connection is available and then use the network connection to search Windows Update or your designated intranet site for updates that apply to them. After you configure this policy setting to Enabled, select one of the following three options in the Configure Automatic Updates Properties dialog box to specify how the service will work: - 2 - Notify for download and auto install (Notify before downloading any updates) - 3 - Auto download and notify for install (Download the updates automatically and notify when they are ready to be installed.) (Default setting) - 4 - Auto download and schedule the install (Automatically download updates and install them on the schedule specified below.)) - 5 - Allow local admin to choose setting (Leave decision on above choices up to the local Administrators (Not Recommended)) The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: The sub-setting \"Configure automatic updating:\" has 4 possible values – all of them are valid depending on specific organizational needs, however if feasible we suggest using a value of 4 - Auto download and schedule the install. This suggestion is not a scored requirement. Note #2: Organizations that utilize a 3rd-party solution for patching may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation, and instead configure it to Disabled so that the native Windows Update mechanism does not interfere with the 3rd-party patching process.','Although each version of Windows is thoroughly tested before release, it is possible that problems will be discovered after the products are shipped. The Configure Automatic Updates setting can help you ensure that the computers in your environment will always have the most recent critical operating system updates and service packs installed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage end user experienceConfigure Automatic Updates Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(27338,'Ensure \'Configure Automatic Updates: Scheduled install day\' is set to \'0 - Every day\'.','This policy setting specifies when computers in your environment will receive security updates from Windows Update or WSUS. The recommended state for this setting is: 0 - Every day. Note: This setting is only applicable if 4 - Auto download and schedule the install is selected in recommendation \'Configure Automatic Updates\'. It will have no impact if any other option is selected.','Although each version of Windows is thoroughly tested before release, it is possible that problems will be discovered after the products are shipped. The Configure Automatic Updates setting can help you ensure that the computers in your environment will always have the most recent critical operating system updates and service packs installed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 0 - Every day: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage end user experienceConfigure Automatic Updates: Scheduled install day Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(27339,'Ensure \'Manage preview builds\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting manage which updates that are receive prior to the update being released. Dev Channel: Ideal for highly technical users. Insiders in the Dev Channel will receive builds from our active development branch that is earliest in a development cycle. These builds are not matched to a specific Windows 10 release. Beta Channel: Ideal for feature explorers who want to see upcoming Windows 10 features. Your feedback will be especially important here as it will help our engineers ensure key issues are fixed before a major release. Release Preview Channel (default): Insiders in the Release Preview Channel will have access to the upcoming release of Windows 10 prior to it being released to the world. These builds are supported by Microsoft. The Release Preview Channel is where we recommend companies preview and validate upcoming Windows 10 releases before broad deployment within their organization. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Preview Build enrollment requires a telemetry level setting of 2 or higher and your domain registered on insider.windows.com. For additional information on Preview Builds, see: https://aka.ms/wipforbiz','It can be risky for experimental features to be allowed in an enterprise managed environment because this can introduce bugs and security holes into systems, making it easier for an attacker to gain access. It is generally preferred to only use production-ready builds.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage updates offered from Windows UpdateManage preview builds Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27340,'Ensure \'Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received\' is set to \'Enabled: 180 or more days\'.','This policy setting determines when Preview Build or Feature Updates are received. Defer Updates This enables devices to defer taking the next Feature Update available to your channel for up to 14 days for all the pre-release channels and up to 365 days for the Semi-Annual Channel. Or, if the device is updating from the Semi-Annual Channel, a version for the device to move to and/or stay on until the policy is updated or the device reaches end of service can be specified. Note: If you set both policies, the version specified will take precedence and the deferrals will not be in effect. Please see the Windows Release Information page for OS version information. Pause Updates To prevent Feature Updates from being received on their scheduled time, you can temporarily pause Feature Updates. The pause will remain in effect for 35 days from the specified start date or until the field is cleared (Quality Updates will still be offered). Note: If the \"Allow Diagnostic Data\" (formerly \"Allow Telemetry\") policy is set to 0, this policy will have no effect. Note #2: Starting with Windows 10 R1607, Microsoft introduced a new Windows Update (WU) client behavior called Dual Scan, with an eye to cloud-based update management. In some cases, this Dual Scan feature can interfere with Windows Updates from Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and/or manual WU updates. If you are using WSUS in your environment, you may need to set the above setting to Not Configured or configure the setting Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update (added in the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates) in order to prevent the Dual Scan feature from interfering. Note #2: Prior to Windows 10 R1703, values above 180 days are not recognized by the OS. Starting with Windows 10 R1703, the maximum number of days you can defer is 365 days.','In a production environment, it is preferred to only use software and features that are publicly available, after they have gone through rigorous testing in beta.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 180 or more days: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage updates offered from Windows UpdateWindows Update for BusinessSelect when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Select when Feature Updates are received, but it was renamed to Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received starting with the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\", \"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27341,'Ensure \'Select when Quality Updates are received\' is set to \'Enabled: 0 days\'.','This settings controls when Quality Updates are received. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 0 days. Note: If the \"Allow Diagnostic Data\" (formerly \"Allow Telemetry\") policy is set to 0, this policy will have no effect. Note #2: Starting with Windows Server 2016 RTM (Release 1607), Microsoft introduced a new Windows Update (WU) client behavior called Dual Scan, with an eye to cloud-based update management. In some cases, this Dual Scan feature can interfere with Windows Updates from Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and/or manual WU updates. If you are using WSUS in your environment, you may need to set the above setting to Not Configured or configure the setting Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update (added in the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates) in order to prevent the Dual Scan feature from interfering.','Quality Updates can contain important bug fixes and/or security patches, and should be installed as soon as possible.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled:0 days: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateWindows Update for BusinessSelect when Quality Updates are received Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An updated Group Policy template (WindowsUpdate.admx/adml) is required - it is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(28000,'Ensure /tmp is a separate partition.','The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications.','Making /tmp its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as the noexec option on the mount, making /tmp useless for an attacker to install executable code. It would also prevent an attacker from establishing a hard link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw. Since the /tmp directory is intended to be world-writable, there is a risk of resource exhaustion if it is not bound to a separate partition. This can be accomplished by either mounting tmpfs to /tmp, or creating a separate partition for /tmp.','By design files saved to /tmp should have no expectation of surviving a reboot of the system. tmpfs is ram based and all files stored to tmpfs will be lost when the system is rebooted. If files need to be persistent through a reboot, they should be saved to /var/tmp not /tmp. Running out of /tmp space is a problem regardless of what kind of filesystem lies under it, but in a configuration where /tmp is not a separate file system it will essentially have the whole disk available, as the default installation only creates a single / partition. On the other hand, a RAM-based /tmp (as with tmpfs) will almost certainly be much smaller, which can lead to applications filling up the filesystem much more easily. Another alternative is to create a dedicated partition for /tmp from a separate volume or disk. One of the downsides of a disk-based dedicated partition is that it will be slower than tmpfs which is RAM-based.','First ensure that systemd is correctly configured to ensure that /tmp will be mounted at boot time. # systemctl unmask tmp.mount For specific configuration requirements of the /tmp mount for your environment, modify /etc/fstab. Example of using tmpfs with specific mount options: tmpfs /tmp tmpfs defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime,size=2G 0 0 Example of using a volume or disk with specific mount options. The source location of the volume or disk will vary depending on your environment. /tmp defaults,nodev,nosuid,noexec 0 0.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28001,'Ensure nodev option set on /tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28002,'Ensure noexec option set on /tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28003,'Ensure nosuid option set on /tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28004,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var.','The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to temporarily store dynamic data. Some directories created by these processes may be world-writable.','The reasoning for mounting /var on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var and cause unintended behavior across the system as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection from exploitation: An example of exploiting /var may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hardlink would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}]'),(28005,'Ensure nodev option set on /var partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28006,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28007,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/tmp.','The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications. Temporary files residing in /var/tmp are to be preserved between reboots.','The reasoning for mounting /var/tmp on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/tmp directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/tmp and cause potential disruption to daemons as the disk is full. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/tmp as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection from exploitation: An example of exploiting /var/tmp may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard-link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/tmp. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28008,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28009,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28010,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28011,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log.','The /var/log directory is used by system services to store log data.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log directory contains log files which can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/log as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limit an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of log data: As /var/log contains log files, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28012,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(28013,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28014,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28015,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log/audit.','The auditing daemon, auditd, stores log data in the /var/log/audit directory.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log/audit on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log/audit directory contains the audit.log file which can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/log/audit and cause auditd to trigger it\'s space_left_action as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/log/audit as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limit an attacker\'s ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of audit data: As /var/log/audit contains audit logs, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log/audit. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28016,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for audit logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log/audit.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28017,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log/audit.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28018,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log/audit.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28019,'Ensure separate partition exists for /home.','The /home directory is used to support disk storage needs of local users.','The reasoning for mounting /home on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /home directory contains user generated data, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /home and impact all local users. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /home as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limit an attacker\'s ability to create exploits on the system. In the case of /home options such as usrquota/grpquota may be considered to limit the impact that users can have on each other with regards to disk resource exhaustion. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of user data: As /home contains user data, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /home. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(28020,'Ensure nodev option set on /home partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /home filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /home.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(28021,'Ensure nosuid option set on /home partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /home filesystem is only intended for user file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /home.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28022,'Ensure /dev/shm is a separate partition.','The /dev/shm directory is a world-writable directory that can function as shared memory that facilitates inter process communication (IPC).','Making /dev/shm its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as the noexec option on the mount, making /dev/shm useless for an attacker to install executable code. It would also prevent an attacker from establishing a hard link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw. This can be accomplished by mounting tmpfs to /dev/shm.','Since the /dev/shm directory is intended to be world-writable, there is a risk of resource exhaustion if it is not bound to a separate partition. /dev/shm utilizing tmpfs can be resized using the size={size} parameter in the relevant entry in /etc/fstab.','For specific configuration requirements of the /dev/shm mount for your environment, modify /etc/fstab. Example of using tmpfs with specific mount options: tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime,size=2G 0 0.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28023,'Ensure nodev option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /dev/shm filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot attempt to create special devices in /dev/shm partitions.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28024,'Ensure noexec option set on /dev/shm partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from executing programs from shared memory. This deters users from introducing potentially malicious software on the system.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. Example: /dev/shm defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /dev/shm with the configured options: # mount -o remount /dev/shm. NOTE It is recommended to use tmpfs as the device/filesystem type as /dev/shm is used as shared memory space by applications.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28025,'Ensure nosuid option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from introducing privileged programs onto the system and allowing non-root users to execute them.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(28026,'Ensure gpgcheck is globally activated.','The gpgcheck option, found in the main section of the /etc/dnf/dnf.conf and individual /etc/yum.repos.d/* files, determines if an RPM package\'s signature is checked prior to its installation.','It is important to ensure that an RPM\'s package signature is always checked prior to installation to ensure that the software is obtained from a trusted source.','','Edit /etc/dnf/dnf.conf and set gpgcheck=1 in the [main] section. Example: # sed -i \'s/^gpgchecks*=s*.*/gpgcheck=1/\' /etc/dnf/dnf.conf. Edit any failing files in /etc/yum.repos.d/* and set all instances starting with gpgcheck to 1. Example: # find /etc/yum.repos.d/ -name \"*.repo\" -exec echo \"Checking:\" {} ; -exec sed -i \'s/^gpgchecks*=s*.*/gpgcheck=1/\' {} ;.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1195\", \"T1195.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28027,'Ensure AIDE is installed.','Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment (AIDE) is a intrusion detection tool that uses predefined rules to check the integrity of files and directories in the Linux operating system. AIDE has its own database to check the integrity of files and directories. AIDE takes a snapshot of files and directories including modification times, permissions, and file hashes which can then be used to compare against the current state of the filesystem to detect modifications to the system.','By monitoring the filesystem state compromised files can be detected to prevent or limit the exposure of accidental or malicious misconfigurations or modified binaries.','','Run the following command to install AIDE: # dnf install aide. Configure AIDE as appropriate for your environment. Consult the AIDE documentation for options. Initialize AIDE: Run the following commands: # aide --init # mv /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gz.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1565\", \"T1565.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}]'),(28028,'Ensure filesystem integrity is regularly checked.','Periodic checking of the filesystem integrity is needed to detect changes to the filesystem.','Periodic file checking allows the system administrator to determine on a regular basis if critical files have been changed in an unauthorized fashion.','','If cron will be used to schedule and run aide check. Run the following command: # crontab -u root -e. Add the following line to the crontab: 0 5 * * * /usr/sbin/aide --check. OR if aidecheck.service and aidecheck.timer will be used to schedule and run aide check: Create or edit the file /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.service and add the following lines: [Unit] Description=Aide Check [Service] Type=simple ExecStart=/usr/sbin/aide --check [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target. Create or edit the file /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.timer and add the following lines: [Unit] Description=Aide check every day at 5AM [Timer] OnCalendar=*-*-* 05:00:00 Unit=aidecheck.service [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target. Run the following commands: # chown root:root /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.* # chmod 0644 /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.* # systemctl daemon-reload # systemctl enable aidecheck.service # systemctl --now enable aidecheck.timer.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1036\", \"T1036.005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28029,'Ensure bootloader password is set.','Setting the boot loader password will require that anyone rebooting the system must enter a password before being able to set command line boot parameters.','Requiring a boot password upon execution of the boot loader will prevent an unauthorized user from entering boot parameters or changing the boot partition. This prevents users from weakening security (e.g. turning off SELinux at boot time).','If password protection is enabled, only the designated superuser can edit a Grub 2 menu item by pressing \"e\" or access the GRUB 2 command line by pressing \"c\". If GRUB 2 is set up to boot automatically to a password-protected menu entry the user has no option to back out of the password prompt to select another menu entry. Holding the SHIFT key will not display the menu in this case. The user must enter the correct username and password. If unable, the configuration files will have to be edited via the LiveCD or other means to fix the problem.','Create an encrypted password with grub2-setpassword: # grub2-setpassword Enter password: Confirm password: .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1046\"]}]'),(28030,'Ensure permissions on bootloader config are configured.','The grub files contain information on boot settings and passwords for unlocking boot options.','Setting the permissions to read and write for root only prevents non-root users from seeing the boot parameters or changing them. Non-root users who read the boot parameters may be able to identify weaknesses in security upon boot and be able to exploit them.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on your grub configuration files: Run the following command to set ownership and permissions on grub.cfg: # chown root:root /boot/grub2/grub.cfg # chmod og-rwx /boot/grub2/grub.cfg Run the following command to set ownership and permissions on grubenv: # chown root:root /boot/grub2/grubenv # chmod u-x,og-rwx /boot/grub2/grubenv Run the following command to set ownership and permissions on user.cfg: # chown root:root /boot/grub2/user.cfg # chmod u-x,og-rwx /boot/grub2/user.cfg Note: This may require a re-boot to enable the change.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28031,'Ensure core dump storage is disabled.','A core dump is the memory of an executable program. It is generally used to determine why a program aborted. It can also be used to glean confidential information from a core file.','A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers trying to debug problems.','','Edit /etc/systemd/coredump.conf and edit or add the following line: Storage=none.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28032,'Ensure core dump backtraces are disabled.','A core dump is the memory of an executable program. It is generally used to determine why a program aborted. It can also be used to glean confidential information from a core file.','A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers trying to debug problems, increasing the risk to the system.','','Edit or add the following line in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf: ProcessSizeMax=0.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-6b\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28033,'Ensure SELinux is installed.','SELinux provides Mandatory Access Control.','Without a Mandatory Access Control system installed only the default Discretionary Access Control system will be available.','','Run the following command to install SELinux: # dnf install libselinux.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28034,'Ensure SELinux is not disabled in bootloader configuration.','Configure SELINUX to be enabled at boot time and verify that it has not been overwritten by the grub boot parameters.','SELinux must be enabled at boot time in your grub configuration to ensure that the controls it provides are not overridden.','Files created while SELinux is disabled are not labeled at all. This behavior causes problems when changing to enforcing mode because files are labeled incorrectly or are not labeled at all. To prevent incorrectly labeled and unlabeled files from causing problems, file systems are automatically relabeled when changing from the disabled state to permissive or enforcing mode. This can be a long running process that should be accounted for as it may extend downtime during initial re-boot.','Run the following command to remove the selinux=0 and enforcing=0 parameters: grubby --update-kernel ALL --remove-args \"selinux=0 enforcing=0\" Run the following command to remove the selinux=0 and enforcing=0 parameters if they were created by the deprecated grub2-mkconfig command: # grep -Prsq -- \'h*([^#\n\r]+h+)?kernelopts=([^#\n\r]+h+)?(selinux|enforcing)=0\' /boot/grub2 /boot/efi && grub2-mkconfig -o \"$(grep -Prl -- \'h*([^#\n\r]+h+)?kernelopts=([^#\n\r]+h+)?(selinux|enforcing)=0\' /boot/grub2 /boot/efi).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28035,'Ensure SELinux policy is configured.','Configure SELinux to meet or exceed the default targeted policy, which constrains daemons and system software only.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that at least the default recommendations are met.','','Edit the /etc/selinux/config file to set the SELINUXTYPE parameter: SELINUXTYPE=targeted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28036,'Ensure the SELinux mode is not disabled.','SELinux can run in one of three modes: disabled, permissive, or enforcing: - Enforcing - Is the default, and recommended, mode of operation; in enforcing mode SELinux operates normally, enforcing the loaded security policy on the entire system. - Permissive - The system acts as if SELinux is enforcing the loaded security policy, including labeling objects and emitting access denial entries in the logs, but it does not actually deny any operations. While not recommended for production systems, permissive mode can be helpful for SELinux policy development. - Disabled - Is strongly discouraged; not only does the system avoid enforcing the SELinux policy, it also avoids labeling any persistent objects such as files, making it difficult to enable SELinux in the future. Note: you can set individual domains to permissive mode while the system runs in enforcing mode. For example, to make the httpd_t domain permissive: # semanage permissive -a httpd_t.','Running SELinux in disabled mode is strongly discouraged; not only does the system avoid enforcing the SELinux policy, it also avoids labeling any persistent objects such as files, making it difficult to enable SELinux in the future.','','Run one of the following commands to set SELinux\'s running mode: To set SELinux mode to Enforcing: # setenforce 1 OR To set SELinux mode to Permissive: # setenforce 0 Edit the /etc/selinux/config file to set the SELINUX parameter: For Enforcing mode: SELINUX=enforcing OR For Permissive mode: SELINUX=permissive.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28037,'Ensure the SELinux mode is enforcing.','SELinux can run in one of three modes: disabled, permissive, or enforcing: - Enforcing - Is the default, and recommended, mode of operation; in enforcing mode SELinux operates normally, enforcing the loaded security policy on the entire system. - Permissive - The system acts as if SELinux is enforcing the loaded security policy, including labeling objects and emitting access denial entries in the logs, but it does not actually deny any operations. While not recommended for production systems, permissive mode can be helpful for SELinux policy development. - Disabled - Is strongly discouraged; not only does the system avoid enforcing the SELinux policy, it also avoids labeling any persistent objects such as files, making it difficult to enable SELinux in the future. Note: you can set individual domains to permissive mode while the system runs in enforcing mode. For example, to make the httpd_t domain permissive: # semanage permissive -a httpd_t.','Running SELinux in disabled mode the system not only avoids enforcing the SELinux policy, it also avoids labeling any persistent objects such as files, making it difficult to enable SELinux in the future. Running SELinux in Permissive mode, though helpful for developing SELinux policy, only logs access denial entries, but does not deny any operations.','','Run the following command to set SELinux\'s running mode: # setenforce 1 Edit the /etc/selinux/config file to set the SELINUX parameter: For Enforcing mode: SELINUX=enforcing.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28038,'Ensure no unconfined services exist.','Unconfined processes run in unconfined domains.','For unconfined processes, SELinux policy rules are applied, but policy rules exist that allow processes running in unconfined domains almost all access. Processes running in unconfined domains fall back to using DAC rules exclusively. If an unconfined process is compromised, SELinux does not prevent an attacker from gaining access to system resources and data, but of course, DAC rules are still used. SELinux is a security enhancement on top of DAC rules - it does not replace them.','','Investigate any unconfined processes found during the audit action. They may need to have an existing security context assigned to them or a policy built for them.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28039,'Ensure SETroubleshoot is not installed.','The SETroubleshoot service notifies desktop users of SELinux denials through a user-friendly interface. The service provides important information around configuration errors, unauthorized intrusions, and other potential errors.','The SETroubleshoot service is an unnecessary daemon to have running on a server, especially if X Windows is disabled.','','Run the following command to uninstall setroubleshoot: # dnf remove setroubleshoot.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28040,'Ensure the MCS Translation Service (mcstrans) is not installed.','The mcstransd daemon provides category label information to client processes requesting information. The label translations are defined in /etc/selinux/targeted/setrans.conf.','Since this service is not used very often, remove it to reduce the amount of potentially vulnerable code running on the system.','','Run the following command to uninstall mcstrans: # dnf remove mcstrans.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28041,'Ensure message of the day is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \"uname -a\" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/motd file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform OR If the motd is not used, this file can be removed. Run the following command to remove the motd file: # rm /etc/motd.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28042,'Ensure local login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version - or the operating system\'s name.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform: # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28043,'Ensure remote login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue.net file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform: # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28044,'Ensure permissions on /etc/motd are configured.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users.','If the /etc/motd file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/motd: # chown root:root /etc/motd # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/motd.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28045,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals.','If the /etc/issue file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue: # chown root:root /etc/issue # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/issue.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28046,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue.net are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services.','If the /etc/issue.net file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue.net: # chown root:root /etc/issue.net # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28047,'Ensure GNOME Display Manager is removed.','The GNOME Display Manager (GDM) is a program that manages graphical display servers and handles graphical user logins.','If a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is not required, it should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Removing the GNOME Display manager will remove the Graphical User Interface (GUI) from the system.','Run the following command to remove the gdm package # dnf remove gdm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}]'),(28048,'Ensure XDCMP is not enabled.','X Display Manager Control Protocol (XDMCP) is designed to provide authenticated access to display management services for remote displays.','XDMCP is inherently insecure. - XDMCP is not a ciphered protocol. This may allow an attacker to capture keystrokes entered by a user. - XDMCP is vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks. This may allow an attacker to steal the credentials of legitimate users by impersonating the XDMCP server.','','Edit the file /etc/gdm/custom.conf and remove the line: Enable=true.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1056\", \"T1056.001\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}]'),(28049,'Ensure updates, patches, and additional security software are installed.','Periodically patches are released for included software either due to security flaws or to include additional functionality.','Newer patches may contain security enhancements that would not be available through the latest full update. As a result, it is recommended that the latest software patches be used to take advantage of the latest functionality. As with any software installation, organizations need to determine if a given update meets their requirements and verify the compatibility and supportability of any additional software against the update revision that is selected.','','Use your package manager to update all packages on the system according to site policy. The following command will install all available updates: # dnf update. Once the update process is complete, verify if reboot is required to load changes. dnf needs-restarting -r.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1211\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1051\"]}]'),(28050,'Ensure system-wide crypto policy is not legacy.','The system-wide crypto-policies followed by the crypto core components allow consistently deprecating and disabling algorithms system-wide. The individual policy levels (DEFAULT, LEGACY, FUTURE, and FIPS) are included in the crypto-policies(7) package.','If the Legacy system-wide crypto policy is selected, it includes support for TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and SSH2 protocols or later. The algorithms DSA, 3DES, and RC4 are allowed, while RSA and Diffie-Hellman parameters are accepted if larger than 1023-bits. These legacy protocols and algorithms can make the system vulnerable to attacks, including those listed in RFC 7457.','Environments that require compatibility with older insecure protocols may require the use of the less secure LEGACY policy level.','Run the following command to change the system-wide crypto policy # update-crypto-policies --set Example: # update-crypto-policies --set DEFAULT Run the following to make the updated system-wide crypto policy active # update-crypto-policies.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-8\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}]'),(28051,'Ensure time synchronization is in use.','System time should be synchronized between all systems in an environment. This is typically done by establishing an authoritative time server or set of servers and having all systems synchronize their clocks to them. Note: If another method for time synchronization is being used, this section may be skipped.','Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms like Kerberos and also ensures log files have consistent time records across the enterprise, which aids in forensic investigations.','','Run the following command to install chrony: # dnf install chrony.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-12\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28052,'Ensure chrony is configured.','chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP) and is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/. chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server.','If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is working properly.','','Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/chrony.conf as appropriate: server Add or edit the OPTIONS in /etc/sysconfig/chronyd to include \'-u chrony\': OPTIONS=\"-u chrony\".','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-12\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28053,'Ensure xorg-x11-server-common is not installed.','The X Window System provides a Graphical User Interface (GUI) where users can have multiple windows in which to run programs and various add on. The X Windows system is typically used on workstations where users login, but not on servers where users typically do not login.','Unless your organization specifically requires graphical login access via X Windows, remove it to reduce the potential attack surface.','Many Linux systems run applications which require a Java runtime. Some Linux Java packages have a dependency on specific X Windows xorg-x11-fonts. One workaround to avoid this dependency is to use the \"headless\" Java packages for your specific Java runtime.','Run the following command to remove the X Windows Server packages: # dnf remove xorg-x11-server-common.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28054,'Ensure Avahi Server is not installed.','Avahi is a free zeroconf implementation, including a system for multicast DNS/DNS-SD service discovery. Avahi allows programs to publish and discover services and hosts running on a local network with no specific configuration. For example, a user can plug a computer into a network and Avahi automatically finds printers to print to, files to look at and people to talk to, as well as network services running on the machine.','Automatic discovery of network services is not normally required for system functionality. It is recommended to remove this package to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to stop, mask and remove avahi: # systemctl stop avahi-daemon.socket avahi-daemon.service # dnf remove avahi.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28055,'Ensure CUPS is not installed.','The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) provides the ability to print to both local and network printers. A system running CUPS can also accept print jobs from remote systems and print them to local printers. It also provides a web based remote administration capability.','If the system does not need to print jobs or accept print jobs from other systems, it is recommended that CUPS be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. Note: Removing CUPS will prevent printing from the system.','Disabling CUPS will prevent printing from the system, a common task for workstation systems.','Run the following command to remove cups: # dnf remove cups.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28056,'Ensure DHCP Server is not installed.','The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a service that allows machines to be dynamically assigned IP addresses.','Unless a system is specifically set up to act as a DHCP server, it is recommended that the dhcp-server package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove dhcp: # dnf remove dhcp-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28057,'Ensure DNS Server is not installed.','The Domain Name System (DNS) is a hierarchical naming system that maps names to IP addresses for computers, services and other resources connected to a network.','Unless a system is specifically designated to act as a DNS server, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove bind: # dnf remove bind.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28058,'Ensure VSFTP Server is not installed.','FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is a traditional and widely used standard tool for transferring files between a server and clients over a network, especially where no authentication is necessary (permits anonymous users to connect to a server).','Unless there is a need to run the system as a FTP server, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove vsftpd: # dnf remove vsftpd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28059,'Ensure TFTP Server is not installed.','Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a simple protocol for exchanging files between two TCP/IP machines. TFTP servers allow connections from a TFTP Client for sending and receiving files.','Unless there is a need to run the system as a TFTP server, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. TFTP does not have built-in encryption, access control or authentication. This makes it very easy for an attacker to exploit TFTP to gain access to files.','TFTP is often used to provide files for network booting such as for PXE based installation of servers.','Run the following command to remove tftp-server: # dnf remove tftp-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28060,'Ensure a web server is not installed.','Web servers provide the ability to host web site content.','Unless there is a need to run the system as a web server, it is recommended that the packages be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. Note: Several http servers exist. They should also be audited, and removed, if not required.','','Run the following command to remove httpd and nginx: # dnf remove httpd nginx.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28061,'Ensure IMAP and POP3 server is not installed.','dovecot is an open source IMAP and POP3 server for Linux based systems.','Unless POP3 and/or IMAP servers are to be provided by this system, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. Note: Several IMAP/POP3 servers exist and can use other service names. These should also be audited and the packages removed if not required.','','Run the following command to remove dovecot and cyrus-imapd: # dnf remove dovecot cyrus-imapd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28062,'Ensure Samba is not installed.','The Samba daemon allows system administrators to configure their Linux systems to share file systems and directories with Windows desktops. Samba will advertise the file systems and directories via the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol. Windows desktop users will be able to mount these directories and file systems as letter drives on their systems.','If there is no need to mount directories and file systems to Windows systems, then this package can be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove samba: # dnf remove samba.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1039\", \"T1083\", \"T1135\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28063,'Ensure HTTP Proxy Server is not installed.','Squid is a standard proxy server used in many distributions and environments.','Unless a system is specifically set up to act as a proxy server, it is recommended that the squid package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. Note: Several HTTP proxy servers exist. These should be checked and removed unless required.','','Run the following command to remove the squid package: # dnf remove squid.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28064,'Ensure net-snmp is not installed.','Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a widely used protocol for monitoring the health and welfare of network equipment, computer equipment and devices like UPSs. Net-SNMP is a suite of applications used to implement SNMPv1 (RFC 1157), SNMPv2 (RFCs 1901-1908), and SNMPv3 (RFCs 3411-3418) using both IPv4 and IPv6. Support for SNMPv2 classic (a.k.a. \"SNMPv2 historic\" - RFCs 1441-1452) was dropped with the 4.0 release of the UCD-snmp package. The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server is used to listen for SNMP commands from an SNMP management system, execute the commands or collect the information and then send results back to the requesting system.','The SNMP server can communicate using SNMPv1, which transmits data in the clear and does not require authentication to execute commands. SNMPv3 replaces the simple/clear text password sharing used in SNMPv2 with more securely encoded parameters. If the the SNMP service is not required, the net-snmp package should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system. Note: If SNMP is required: - The server should be configured for SNMP v3 only. User Authentication and Message Encryption should be configured. - If SNMP v2 is absolutely necessary, modify the community strings\' values.','','Run the following command to remove net-snmpd: # dnf remove net-snmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28065,'Ensure telnet-server is not installed.','The telnet-server package contains the telnet daemon, which accepts connections from users from other systems via the telnet protocol.','The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow a user with access to sniff network traffic the ability to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security.','','Run the following command to remove the telnet-server package: # dnf remove telnet-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28066,'Ensure dnsmasq is not installed.','dnsmasq is a lightweight tool that provides DNS caching, DNS forwarding and DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) services.','Unless a system is specifically designated to act as a DNS caching, DNS forwarding and/or DHCP server, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove dnsmasq: # dnf remove dnsmasq.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.14\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28067,'Ensure mail transfer agent is configured for local-only mode.','Mail Transfer Agents (MTA), such as sendmail and Postfix, are used to listen for incoming mail and transfer the messages to the appropriate user or mail server. If the system is not intended to be a mail server, it is recommended that the MTA be configured to only process local mail.','The software for all Mail Transfer Agents is complex and most have a long history of security issues. While it is important to ensure that the system can process local mail messages, it is not necessary to have the MTA\'s daemon listening on a port unless the server is intended to be a mail server that receives and processes mail from other systems. Note: - This recommendation is designed around the postfix mail server. - Depending on your environment you may have an alternative MTA installed such as sendmail. If this is the case consult the documentation for your installed MTA to configure the recommended state.','','Edit /etc/postfix/main.cf and add the following line to the RECEIVING MAIL section. If the line already exists, change it to look like the line below: inet_interfaces = loopback-only. Run the following command to restart postfix: # systemctl restart postfix.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28068,'Ensure nfs-utils is not installed or the nfs-server service is masked.','The Network File System (NFS) is one of the first and most widely distributed file systems in the UNIX environment. It provides the ability for systems to mount file systems of other servers through the network.','If the system does not require network shares, it is recommended that the nfs-utils package be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Many of the libvirt packages used by Enterprise Linux virtualization are dependent on the nfs-utils package. If the nfs-utils package is required as a dependency, the nfs-server service should be disabled and masked to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Run the following command to remove nfs-utils: # dnf remove nfs-utils OR If the nfs-utils package is required as a dependency, run the following command to stop and mask the nfs-server service: # systemctl --now mask nfs-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1039\", \"T1083\", \"T1135\", \"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28069,'Ensure rpcbind is not installed or the rpcbind services are masked.','The rpcbind utility maps RPC services to the ports on which they listen. RPC processes notify rpcbind when they start, registering the ports they are listening on and the RPC program numbers they expect to serve. The client system then contacts rpcbind on the server with a particular RPC program number. The rpcbind service redirects the client to the proper port number so it can communicate with the requested service. Portmapper is an RPC service, which always listens on tcp and udp 111, and is used to map other RPC services (such as nfs, nlockmgr, quotad, mountd, etc.) to their corresponding port number on the server. When a remote host makes an RPC call to that server, it first consults with portmap to determine where the RPC server is listening.','A small request (~82 bytes via UDP) sent to the Portmapper generates a large response (7x to 28x amplification), which makes it a suitable tool for DDoS attacks. If rpcbind is not required, it is recommended that the rpcbind package be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Many of the libvirt packages used by Enterprise Linux virtualization, and the nfs-utils package used for The Network File System (NFS), are dependent on the rpcbind package. If the rpcbind package is required as a dependency, the services rpcbind.service and rpcbind.socket should be stopped and masked to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Run the following command to remove rpcbind: # dnf remove rpcbind OR If the rpcbind package is required as a dependency, run the following commands to stop and mask the rpcbind.service and rpcbind.socket systemd units: # systemctl --now mask rpcbind.service # systemctl --now mask rpcbind.socket.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1498\", \"T1498.002\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28070,'Ensure rsync-daemon is not installed or the rsyncd service is masked.','The rsyncd service can be used to synchronize files between systems over network links.','Unless required, the rsync-daemon package should be removed to reduce the attack surface area of the system. The rsyncd service presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication. Note: If a required dependency exists for the rsync-daemon package, but the rsyncd service is not required, the service should be masked.','There are packages that are dependent on the rsync package. If the rsync package is removed, these packages will be removed as well. Before removing the rsync-daemon package, review any dependent packages to determine if they are required on the system. If a dependent package is required, mask the rsyncd service and leave the rsync-daemon package installed.','Run the following command to remove the rsync package: # dnf remove rsync-daemon OR Run the following command to mask the rsyncd service: # systemctl --now mask rsyncd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1105\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\", \"T1570\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28071,'Ensure telnet client is not installed.','The telnet package contains the telnet client, which allows users to start connections to other systems via the telnet protocol.','The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security and is included in most Linux distributions.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Run the following command to remove the telnet package: # dnf remove telnet.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}]'),(28072,'Ensure LDAP client is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP client, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing the LDAP client will prevent or inhibit using LDAP for authentication in your environment.','Run the following command to remove the openldap-clients package: # dnf remove openldap-clients.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28073,'Ensure TFTP client is not installed.','Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a simple protocol for exchanging files between two TCP/IP machines. TFTP servers allow connections from a TFTP Client for sending and receiving files.','TFTP does not have built-in encryption, access control or authentication. This makes it very easy for an attacker to exploit TFTP to gain access to files.','','Run the following command to remove tftp: # dnf remove tftp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28074,'Ensure FTP client is not installed.','FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is a traditional and widely used standard tool for transferring files between a server and clients over a network, especially where no authentication is necessary (permits anonymous users to connect to a server).','FTP does not protect the confidentiality of data or authentication credentials. It is recommended SFTP be used if file transfer is required. Unless there is a need to run the system as a FTP server (for example, to allow anonymous downloads), it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove ftp: # dnf remove ftp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28075,'Ensure nftables is installed.','nftables provides a new in-kernel packet classification framework that is based on a network-specific Virtual Machine (VM) and a new nft userspace command line tool. nftables reuses the existing Netfilter subsystems such as the existing hook infrastructure, the connection tracking system, NAT, userspace queuing and logging subsystem.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel that can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host.','Changing firewall settings while connected over the network can result in being locked out of the system.','Run the following command to install nftables # dnf install nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CA-9\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(28076,'Ensure at least one nftables table exists.','Tables hold chains. Each table only has one address family and only applies to packets of this family. Tables can have one of five families.','Without a table, nftables will not filter network traffic.','Adding or modifying firewall rules can cause loss of connectivity to the system.','Run the following command to create a table in nftables # nft create table inet Example if FirewallD is not in use on the system: # nft create table inet filter Note: FirewallD uses the table inet firewalld NFTables table that is created when FirewallD is installed.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CA-9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}]'),(28077,'Ensure nftables base chains exist.','Chains are containers for rules. They exist in two kinds, base chains and regular chains. A base chain is an entry point for packets from the networking stack, a regular chain may be used as jump target and is used for better rule organization.','If a base chain doesn\'t exist with a hook for input, forward, and delete, packets that would flow through those chains will not be touched by nftables.','If configuring over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command to create the base chains: # nft create chain inet
{ type filter hook <(input|forward|output)> priority 0 ; } Example: # nft create chain inet filter input { type filter hook input priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter forward { type filter hook forward priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter output { type filter hook output priority 0 ; }.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CA-9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}]'),(28078,'Ensure nftables default deny firewall policy.','Base chain policy is the default verdict that will be applied to packets reaching the end of the chain.','There are two policies: accept (Default) and drop. If the policy is set to accept, the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied and the packet will continue traversing the network stack. It is easier to explicitly permit acceptable usage than to deny unacceptable usage. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over the network can result in being locked out of the system.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','If NFTables utility is in use on your system: Run the following command for the base chains with the input, forward, and output hooks to implement a default DROP policy: # nft chain
{ policy drop ; } Example: # nft chain inet filter input { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter forward { policy drop ; }.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CA-9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}]'),(28079,'Ensure auditd is installed.','auditd is the userspace component to the Linux Auditing System. It\'s responsible for writing audit records to the disk.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to Install auditd: # dnf install audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"9.4.5\", \"10.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28080,'Ensure auditing for processes that start prior to auditd is enabled.','Configure grub2 so that processes that are capable of being audited can be audited even if they start up prior to auditd startup.','Audit events need to be captured on processes that start up prior to auditd, so that potential malicious activity cannot go undetected.','','Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration with audit=1: # grubby --update-kernel ALL --args \'audit=1\'.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28081,'Ensure audit_backlog_limit is sufficient.','The backlog limit has a default setting of 64.','During boot if audit=1, then the backlog will hold 64 records. If more that 64 records are created during boot, auditd records will be lost and potential malicious activity could go undetected.','','Run the following command to add audit_backlog_limit= to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX: # grubby --update-kernel ALL --args \'audit_backlog_limit=\' Example: # grubby --update-kernel ALL --args \'audit_backlog_limit=8192\'.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28082,'Ensure auditd service is enabled.','Turn on the auditd daemon to record system events.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to enable auditd: # systemctl --now enable auditd.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28083,'Ensure audit log storage size is configured.','Configure the maximum size of the audit log file. Once the log reaches the maximum size, it will be rotated and a new log file will be started.','It is important that an appropriate size is determined for log files so that they do not impact the system and audit data is not lost.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf in accordance with site policy: max_log_file = .','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-8\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(28084,'Ensure audit logs are not automatically deleted.','The max_log_file_action setting determines how to handle the audit log file reaching the max file size. A value of keep_logs will rotate the logs but never delete old logs.','In high security contexts, the benefits of maintaining a long audit history exceed the cost of storing the audit history.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: max_log_file_action = keep_logs.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-8\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28085,'Ensure system is disabled when audit logs are full.','The auditd daemon can be configured to halt the system when the audit logs are full. The admin_space_left_action parameter tells the system what action to take when the system has detected that it is low on disk space. Valid values are ignore, syslog, suspend, single, and halt. - ignore, the audit daemon does nothing - Syslog, the audit daemon will issue a warning to syslog - Suspend, the audit daemon will stop writing records to the disk - single, the audit daemon will put the computer system in single user mode - halt, the audit daemon will shutdown the system.','In high security contexts, the risk of detecting unauthorized access or nonrepudiation exceeds the benefit of the system\'s availability.','If the admin_space_left_action parameter is set to halt the audit daemon will shutdown the system when the disk partition containing the audit logs becomes full.','Set the following parameters in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: space_left_action = email action_mail_acct = root. set admin_space_left_action to either halt or single in /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Example: admin_space_left_action = halt.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-8\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28086,'Ensure changes to system administration scope (sudoers) is collected.','Monitor scope changes for system administrators. If the system has been properly configured to force system administrators to log in as themselves first and then use the sudo command to execute privileged commands, it is possible to monitor changes in scope. The file /etc/sudoers, or files in /etc/sudoers.d, will be written to when the file(s) or related attributes have changed. The audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"scope\".','Changes in the /etc/sudoers and /etc/sudoers.d files can indicate that an unauthorized change has been made to the scope of system administrator activity.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor scope changes for system administrators. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k scope -w /etc/sudoers.d -p wa -k scope \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-scope.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(28087,'Ensure the audit configuration is immutable.','Set system audit so that audit rules cannot be modified with auditctl. Setting the flag \"-e 2\" forces audit to be put in immutable mode. Audit changes can only be made on system reboot. Note: This setting will require the system to be rebooted to update the active auditd configuration settings.','In immutable mode, unauthorized users cannot execute changes to the audit system to potentially hide malicious activity and then put the audit rules back. Users would most likely notice a system reboot and that could alert administrators of an attempt to make unauthorized audit changes.','','Edit or create the file /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules and add the line -e 2 at the end of the file: Example: # printf -- \"-e 2\" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.20\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\", \"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\", \"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28088,'Ensure the running and on disk configuration is the same.','The Audit system have both on disk and running configuration. It is possible for these configuration settings to differ. Note: Due to the limitations of augenrules and auditctl, it is not absolutely guaranteed that loading the rule sets via augenrules --load will result in all rules being loaded or even that the user will be informed if there was a problem loading the rules.','Configuration differences between what is currently running and what is on disk could cause unexpected problems or may give a false impression of compliance requirements.','','If the rules are not aligned across all three () areas, run the following command to merge and load all rules: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then echo \"Reboot required to load rules\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28089,'Ensure audit tools are 755 or more restrictive.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28090,'Ensure audit tools are owned by root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to change the owner of the audit tools to the root user: # chown root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28091,'Ensure audit tools belong to group root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules Run the following command to change owner and group of the audit tools to root user and group: # chown root:root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28092,'Ensure rsyslog is installed.','The rsyslog software is recommended in environments where journald does not meet operation requirements.','The security enhancements of rsyslog such as connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server) justify installing and configuring the package.','','Run the following command to install rsyslog: # dnf install rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1070\", \"T1070.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28093,'Ensure rsyslog service is enabled.','Once the rsyslog package is installed, ensure that the service is enabled.','If the rsyslog service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','Run the following command to enable rsyslog: # systemctl --now enable rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1211\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28094,'Ensure journald is configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Utilities exist to accept remote export of journald logs, however, use of the RSyslog service provides a consistent means of log collection and export.','IF RSyslog is the preferred method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be sent to it for further processing. Note: This recommendation only applies if rsyslog is the chosen method for client side logging. Do not apply this recommendation if journald is used.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: ForwardToSyslog=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"AU-2\", \"AU-4\", \"AU-12\", \"MP-2\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.3.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\", \"T1565\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28095,'Ensure rsyslog default file permissions configured.','Rsyslog will create logfiles that do not already exist on the system. This setting controls what permissions will be applied to these newly created files.','It is important to ensure that log files have the correct permissions to ensure that sensitive data is archived and protected.','The systems global umask could override, but only making the file permissions stricter, what is configured in RSyslog with the FileCreateMode directive. RSyslog also has its own $umask directive that can alter the intended file creation mode. In addition, consideration should be given to how FileCreateMode is used. Thus it is critical to ensure that the intended file creation mode is not overridden with less restrictive settings in /etc/rsyslog.conf, /etc/rsyslog.d/*conf files and that FileCreateMode is set before any file is created.','Edit either /etc/rsyslog.conf or a dedicated .conf file in /etc/rsyslog.d/ and set $FileCreateMode to 0640 or more restrictive: $FileCreateMode 0640 Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"AU-2\", \"AU-4\", \"AU-12\", \"MP-2\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\", \"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28096,'Ensure rsyslog is configured to send logs to a remote log host.','RSyslog supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralized log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Edit the /etc/rsyslog.conf and /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf files and add the following line (where loghost.example.com is the name of your central log host). The target directive may either be a fully qualified domain name or an IP address. *.* action(type=\"omfwd\" target=\"192.168.2.100\" port=\"514\" protocol=\"tcp\" action.resumeRetryCount=\"100\" queue.type=\"LinkedList\" queue.size=\"1000\") Run the following command to reload the rsyslogd configuration: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28097,'Ensure rsyslog is not configured to receive logs from a remote client.','RSyslog supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Should there be any active log server configuration found in the auditing section, modify those files and remove the specific lines highlighted by the audit. Ensure none of the following entries are present in any of /etc/rsyslog.conf or /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf. New format: module(load=\"imtcp\") input(type=\"imtcp\" port=\"514\") -OR- Old format: $ModLoad imtcp $InputTCPServerRun - Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28098,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is installed.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralized log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to install systemd-journal-remote: # dnf install systemd-journal-remote.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28099,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is enabled.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralized log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to enable systemd-journal-remote: # systemctl --now enable systemd-journal-upload.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"CM-7\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28100,'Ensure journald is not configured to receive logs from a remote client.','Journald supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts. NOTE: - The same package, systemd-journal-remote, is used for both sending logs to remote hosts and receiving incoming logs. - With regards to receiving logs, there are two services; systemd-journal- remote.socket and systemd-journal-remote.service.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Run the following command to disable systemd-journal-remote.socket: # systemctl --now mask systemd-journal-remote.socket.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28101,'Ensure journald service is enabled.','Ensure that the systemd-journald service is enabled to allow capturing of logging events.','If the systemd-journald service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','By default the systemd-journald service does not have an [Install] section and thus cannot be enabled / disabled. It is meant to be referenced as Requires or Wants by other unit files. As such, if the status of systemd-journald is not static, investigate why.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28102,'Ensure journald is configured to compress large log files.','The journald system includes the capability of compressing overly large files to avoid filling up the system with logs or making the logs unmanageably large.','Uncompressed large files may unexpectedly fill a filesystem leading to resource unavailability. Compressing logs prior to write can prevent sudden, unexpected filesystem impacts.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Compress=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(28103,'Ensure journald is configured to write logfiles to persistent disk.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Logs in memory will be lost upon a system reboot. By persisting logs to local disk on the server they are protected from loss due to a reboot.','Writing log data to disk will provide the ability to forensically reconstruct events which may have impacted the operations or security of a system even after a system crash or reboot.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Storage=persistent Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28104,'Ensure journald is not configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald should be kept in the confines of the service and not forwarded on to other services.','IF journald is the method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be handled by journald and not forwarded to other logging mechanisms. Note: This recommendation only applies if journald is the chosen method for client side logging. Do not apply this recommendation if rsyslog is used.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and ensure that ForwardToSyslog=yes is removed. Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\", \"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\", \"T1565\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28105,'Ensure cron daemon is enabled.','The cron daemon is used to execute batch jobs on the system.','While there may not be user jobs that need to be run on the system, the system does have maintenance jobs that may include security monitoring that have to run, and cron is used to execute them.','','Run the following command to enable cron : # systemctl --now enable crond.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28106,'Ensure permissions on /etc/crontab are configured.','The /etc/crontab file is used by cron to control its own jobs. The commands in this item make sure that root is the user and group owner of the file and that only the owner can access the file.','This file contains information on what system jobs are run by cron. Write access to this file could provide unprivileged users with the ability to elevate their privileges. Read access to this file could provide users with the ability to gain insight on system jobs that run on the system and could provide them a way to gain unauthorized privileged access.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/crontab : # chown root:root /etc/crontab # chmod og-rwx /etc/crontab.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28107,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.hourly are configured.','This directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on an hourly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.hourly : # chown root:root /etc/cron.hourly # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.hourly.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28108,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.daily are configured.','The /etc/cron.daily directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a daily basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.daily : # chown root:root /etc/cron.daily # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.daily.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28109,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.weekly are configured.','The /etc/cron.weekly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a weekly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.weekly : # chown root:root /etc/cron.weekly # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.weekly.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28110,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.monthly are configured.','The /etc/cron.monthly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a monthly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.monthly : # chown root:root /etc/cron.monthly # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.monthly.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28111,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.d are configured.','The /etc/cron.d directory contains system cron jobs that need to run in a similar manner to the hourly, daily, weekly and monthly jobs from /etc/crontab , but require more granular control as to when they run. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.d : # chown root:root /etc/cron.d # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.d.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28112,'Ensure permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config are configured.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file contains configuration specifications for sshd. The command below sets the owner and group of the file to root.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config: # chown root:root /etc/ssh/sshd_config # chmod u-x,go-rwx /etc/ssh/sshd_config.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1098\", \"T1098.004\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28113,'Ensure SSH access is limited.','There are several options available to limit which users and group can access the system via SSH. It is recommended that at least one of the following options be leveraged: - AllowUsers: The AllowUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by only allowing the allowed users to log in from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - AllowGroups: The AllowGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable. - DenyUsers: The DenyUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by specifically denying a user\'s access from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - DenyGroups: The DenyGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable.','Restricting which users can remotely access the system via SSH will help ensure that only authorized users access the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set one or more of the parameters as follows: AllowUsers OR AllowGroups OR DenyUsers OR DenyGroups .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28114,'Ensure SSH LogLevel is appropriate.','INFO level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the field. VERBOSE level specifies that login and logout activity as well as the key fingerprint for any SSH key used for login will be logged. This information is important for SSH key management, especially in legacy environments.','SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LogLevel VERBOSE OR LogLevel INFO.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28115,'Ensure SSH PAM is enabled.','UsePAM Enables the Pluggable Authentication Module interface. If set to \'yes\' this will enable PAM authentication using ChallengeResponseAuthentication and PasswordAuthentication in addition to PAM account and session module processing for all authentication types.','When usePAM is set to yes, PAM runs through account and session types properly. This is important if you want to restrict access to services based off of IP, time or other factors of the account. Additionally, you can make sure users inherit certain environment variables on login or disallow access to the server.','If UsePAM is enabled, you will not be able to run sshd(8) as a non-root user.','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: UsePAM yes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}]'),(28116,'Ensure SSH root login is disabled.','The PermitRootLogin parameter specifies if the root user can log in using ssh. The default is no.','Disallowing root logins over SSH requires system admins to authenticate using their own individual account, then escalating to root via sudo or su. This in turn limits opportunity for non-repudiation and provides a clear audit trail in the event of a security incident.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitRootLogin no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28117,'Ensure SSH HostbasedAuthentication is disabled.','The HostbasedAuthentication parameter specifies if authentication is allowed through trusted hosts via the user of .rhosts , or /etc/hosts.equiv, along with successful public key client host authentication. This option only applies to SSH Protocol Version 2.','Even though the .rhosts files are ineffective if support is disabled in /etc/pam.conf, disabling the ability to use .rhosts files in SSH provides an additional layer of protection.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: HostbasedAuthentication no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28118,'Ensure SSH PermitEmptyPasswords is disabled.','The PermitEmptyPasswords parameter specifies if the SSH server allows login to accounts with empty password strings.','Disallowing remote shell access to accounts that have an empty password reduces the probability of unauthorized access to the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitEmptyPasswords no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28119,'Ensure SSH PermitUserEnvironment is disabled.','The PermitUserEnvironment option allows users to present environment options to the ssh daemon.','Permitting users the ability to set environment variables through the SSH daemon could potentially allow users to bypass security controls (e.g. setting an execution path that has ssh executing trojan\'d programs).','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitUserEnvironment no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28120,'Ensure SSH IgnoreRhosts is enabled.','The IgnoreRhosts parameter specifies that .rhosts and .shosts files will not be used in RhostsRSAAuthentication or HostbasedAuthentication.','Setting this parameter forces users to enter a password when authenticating with ssh.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: IgnoreRhosts yes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28121,'Ensure SSH X11 forwarding is disabled.','The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic through the connection to enable remote graphic connections.','Disable X11 forwarding unless there is an operational requirement to use X11 applications directly. There is a small risk that the remote X11 servers of users who are logged in via SSH with X11 forwarding could be compromised by other users on the X11 server. Note that even if X11 forwarding is disabled, users can always install their own forwarders.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: X11Forwarding no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28122,'Ensure SSH AllowTcpForwarding is disabled.','SSH port forwarding is a mechanism in SSH for tunneling application ports from the client to the server, or servers to clients. It can be used for adding encryption to legacy applications, going through firewalls, and some system administrators and IT professionals use it for opening backdoors into the internal network from their home machines.','Leaving port forwarding enabled can expose the organization to security risks and back-doors. SSH connections are protected with strong encryption. This makes their contents invisible to most deployed network monitoring and traffic filtering solutions. This invisibility carries considerable risk potential if it is used for malicious purposes such as data exfiltration. Cybercriminals or malware could exploit SSH to hide their unauthorized communications, or to exfiltrate stolen data from the target network.','SSH tunnels are widely used in many corporate environments that employ mainframe systems as their application backends. In those environments the applications themselves may have very limited native support for security. By utilizing tunneling, compliance with SOX, HIPAA, PCI-DSS, and other standards can be achieved without having to modify the applications.','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: AllowTcpForwarding no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1048\", \"T1048.002\", \"T1572\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28123,'Ensure system-wide crypto policy is not over-ridden.','System-wide Crypto policy can be over-ridden or opted out of for openSSH.','Over-riding or opting out of the system-wide crypto policy could allow for the use of less secure Ciphers, MACs, KexAlgorithms and GSSAPIKexAlgorithm.','','Run the following commands: # sed -ri \"s/^s*(CRYPTO_POLICYs*=.*)$/# 1/\" /etc/sysconfig/sshd; # systemctl reload sshd.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.10.1.1\"]}]'),(28124,'Ensure SSH warning banner is configured.','The Banner parameter specifies a file whose contents must be sent to the remote user before authentication is permitted. By default, no banner is displayed.','Banners are used to warn connecting users of the particular site\'s policy regarding connection. Presenting a warning message prior to the normal user login may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: Banner /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}]'),(28125,'Ensure SSH MaxAuthTries is set to 4 or less.','The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection. When the login failure count reaches half the number, error messages will be written to the syslog file detailing the login failure.','Setting the MaxAuthTries parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. While the recommended setting is 4, set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxAuthTries 4.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.13\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}]'),(28126,'Ensure SSH MaxStartups is configured.','The MaxStartups parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of pending authentication connection attempts, use the rate limiting function of MaxStartups to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxStartups 10:30:60.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(28127,'Ensure SSH MaxSessions is set to 10 or less.','The MaxSessions parameter specifies the maximum number of open sessions permitted from a given connection.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of concurrent sessions, use the rate limiting function of MaxSessions to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxSessions 10.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(28128,'Ensure SSH LoginGraceTime is set to one minute or less.','The LoginGraceTime parameter specifies the time allowed for successful authentication to the SSH server. The longer the Grace period is the more open unauthenticated connections can exist. Like other session controls in this session the Grace Period should be limited to appropriate organizational limits to ensure the service is available for needed access.','Setting the LoginGraceTime parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. It will also limit the number of concurrent unauthenticated connections While the recommended setting is 60 seconds (1 Minute), set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LoginGraceTime 60.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.19\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}]'),(28129,'Ensure SSH Idle Timeout Interval is configured.','NOTE: To clarify, the two settings described below are only meant for idle connections from a protocol perspective and not meant to check if the user is active or not. An idle user does not mean an idle connection. SSH does not, and never had, intentionally the capability to drop idle users. In SSH versions before 8.2p1 there was a bug that caused these values to behave in such a manner that they were abused to disconnect idle users. This bug has been resolved in 8.2p1 and thus may no longer be abused disconnect idle users. The two options ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax control the timeout of SSH sessions. Taken directly from man 5 sshd_config: - ClientAliveInterval Sets a timeout interval in seconds after which if no data has been received from the client, sshd(8) will send a message through the encrypted channel to request a response from the client. The default is 0, indicating that these messages will not be sent to the client. - ClientAliveCountMax Sets the number of client alive messages which may be sent without sshd(8) receiving any messages back from the client. If this threshold is reached while client alive messages are being sent, sshd will disconnect the client, terminating the session. It is important to note that the use of client alive messages is very different from TCPKeepAlive. The client alive messages are sent through the encrypted channel and therefore will not be spoofable. The TCP keepalive option enabled by TCPKeepAlive is spoofable. The client alive mechanism is valuable when the client or server depend on knowing when a connection has become unresponsive. The default value is 3. If ClientAliveInterval is set to 15, and ClientAliveCountMax is left at the default, unresponsive SSH clients will be disconnected after approximately 45 seconds. Setting a zero ClientAliveCountMax disables connection termination.','In order to prevent resource exhaustion, appropriate values should be set for both ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax. Specifically, looking at the source code, ClientAliveCountMax must be greater than zero in order to utilize the ability of SSH to drop idle connections. If connections are allowed to stay open indefinitely, this can potentially be used as a DDOS attack or simple resource exhaustion could occur over unreliable networks. The example set here is a 45 second timeout. Consult your site policy for network timeouts and apply as appropriate.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameters according to site policy. Example: ClientAliveInterval 15 ClientAliveCountMax 3.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.20\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28130,'Ensure sudo is installed.','sudo allows a permitted user to execute a command as the superuser or another user, as specified by the security policy. The invoking user\'s real (not effective) user ID is used to determine the user name with which to query the security policy.','sudo supports a plug-in architecture for security policies and input/output logging. Third parties can develop and distribute their own policy and I/O logging plug-ins to work seamlessly with the sudo front end. The default security policy is sudoers, which is configured via the file /etc/sudoers and any entries in /etc/sudoers.d. The security policy determines what privileges, if any, a user has to run sudo. The policy may require that users authenticate themselves with a password or another authentication mechanism. If authentication is required, sudo will exit if the user\'s password is not entered within a configurable time limit. This limit is policy-specific.','','Run the following command to install sudo. # dnf install sudo.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(28131,'Ensure sudo commands use pty.','sudo can be configured to run only from a pseudo terminal (pseudo-pty).','Attackers can run a malicious program using sudo which would fork a background process that remains even when the main program has finished executing.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers with visudo or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo -f and add the following line: Defaults use_pty.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1548\", \"T1548.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\", \"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\", \"M1038\"]}]'),(28132,'Ensure sudo log file exists.','sudo can use a custom log file.','A sudo log file simplifies auditing of sudo commands.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files. Creation of additional log files can cause disk space exhaustion if not correctly managed. You should configure logrotate to manage the sudo log in accordance with your local policy.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo or visudo -f and add the following line: Defaults logfile=\"\" Example: Defaults logfile=\"/var/log/sudo.log\".','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28133,'Ensure users must provide password for escalation.','The operating system must be configured so that users must provide a password for privilege escalation.','Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user re-authenticate.','This will prevent automated processes from being able to elevate privileges. To include Ansible and AWS builds.','Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any line with occurrences of NOPASSWD tags in the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(28134,'Ensure re-authentication for privilege escalation is not disabled globally.','The operating system must be configured so that users must re-authenticate for privilege escalation.','Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user re-authenticate.','','Configure the operating system to require users to reauthenticate for privilege escalation. Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any occurrences of !authenticate tags in the file(s).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(28135,'Ensure sudo authentication timeout is configured correctly.','sudo caches used credentials for a default of 5 minutes. This is for ease of use when there are multiple administrative tasks to perform. The timeout can be modified to suit local security policies.','Setting a timeout value reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized privileged access to another user.','','If the currently configured timeout is larger than 15 minutes, edit the file listed in the audit section with visudo -f and modify the entry timestamp_timeout= to 15 minutes or less as per your site policy. The value is in minutes. This particular entry may appear on its own, or on the same line as env_reset. See the following two examples: Defaults env_reset, timestamp_timeout=15 Defaults timestamp_timeout=15 Defaults env_reset.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(28136,'Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','The su command allows a user to run a command or shell as another user. The program has been superseded by sudo, which allows for more granular control over privileged access. Normally, the su command can be executed by any user. By uncommenting the pam_wheel.so statement in /etc/pam.d/su, the su command will only allow users in a specific groups to execute su. This group should be empty to reinforce the use of sudo for privileged access.','Restricting the use of su, and using sudo in its place, provides system administrators better control of the escalation of user privileges to execute privileged commands. The sudo utility also provides a better logging and audit mechanism, as it can log each command executed via sudo, whereas su can only record that a user executed the su program.','','Create an empty group that will be specified for use of the su command. The group should be named according to site policy. Example: # groupadd sugroup. Add the following line to the /etc/pam.d/su file, specifying the empty group: auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid group=sugroup.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28137,'Ensure custom authselect profile is used.','A custom profile can be created by copying and customizing one of the default profiles. The default profiles include: sssd, winbind, or the nis. This profile can then be customized to follow site specific requirements. You can select a profile for the authselect utility for a specific host. The profile will be applied to every user logging into the host.','A custom profile is required to customize many of the pam options. When you deploy a profile, the profile is applied to every user logging into the given host.','','Run the following command to create a custom authselect profile: # authselect create-profile Example: # authselect create-profile custom-profile -b sssd --symlink-meta Run the following command to select a custom authselect profile: # authselect select custom/ {with-} Example: # authselect select custom/custom-profile with-sudo with-faillock without-nullok.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"16.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"6.3.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"6.3.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}]'),(28138,'Ensure authselect includes with-faillock.','The pam_faillock.so module maintains a list of failed authentication attempts per user during a specified interval and locks the account in case there were more than the configured number of consecutive failed authentications (this is defined by the deny parameter in the faillock configuration). It stores the failure records into per-user files in the tally directory.','Locking out user IDs after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts mitigates brute force password attacks against your systems.','','Run the following commands to include the with-faillock option to the current authselect profile: # authselect enable-feature with-faillock # authselect apply-changes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}]'),(28139,'Ensure password creation requirements are configured.','The pam_pwquality.so module checks the strength of passwords. It performs checks such as making sure a password is not a dictionary word, it is a certain length, contains a mix of characters (e.g. alphabet, numeric, other) and more. The following are definitions of the pam_pwquality.so options. - try_first_pass - retrieve the password from a previous stacked PAM module. If not available, then prompt the user for a password. - retry=3 - Allow 3 tries before sending back a failure. - minlen=14 - password must be 14 characters or more. Either of the following can be used to enforce complex passwords: - minclass=4 - provide at least four classes of characters for the new password. OR - dcredit=-1 - provide at least one digit. - ucredit=-1 - provide at least one uppercase character. - ocredit=-1 - provide at least one special character. - lcredit=-1 - provide at least one lowercase character. - The settings shown above are one possible policy. Alter these values to conform to your own organization\'s password policies.','Strong passwords protect systems from being hacked through brute force methods.','','Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password length to conform to site policy: minlen = 14 Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password complexity to conform to site policy: minclass = 4 OR dcredit = -1 ucredit = -1 ocredit = -1 lcredit = -1. Run the following script to update the system-auth and password-auth files: #!/usr/bin/env bash for fn in system-auth password-auth; do file=\"/etc/authselect/$(head -1 /etc/authselect/authselect.conf | grep \'custom/\')/$fn\" if ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+requisiteh+pam_pwquality.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)?h+.*enforce_for_r oot.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/^s*(passwords+requisites+pam_pwquality.sos+)(.*)$/12 enforce_for_root/\' \"$file\" fi if grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+requisiteh+pam_pwquality.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)?h+retry=([4-9]|[1-9][0-9]+).*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'/pwquality/s/retry=S+/retry=3/\' \"$file\" elif ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+requisiteh+pam_pwquality.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)?h+retry=d+.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/^s*(passwords+requisites+pam_pwquality.sos+)(.*)$/12 retry=3/\' \"$file\" fi done authselect apply-changes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1178.001\", \"T1178.002\", \"T1178.003\", \"T1178.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28140,'Ensure lockout for failed password attempts is configured.','Lock out users after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts. - deny= - Number of attempts before the account is locked. - unlock_time= - Time in seconds before the account is unlocked. Note: The maximum configurable value for unlock_time is 604800.','Locking out user IDs after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts mitigates brute force password attacks against your systems.','Use of unlock_time=0 may allow an attacker to cause denial of service to legitimate users.','Set password lockouts and unlock times to conform to site policy. deny should be greater than 0 and no greater than 5. unlock_time should be 0 (never), or 900 seconds or greater. Edit /etc/security/faillock.conf and update or add the following lines: deny = 5 unlock_time = 900.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28141,'Ensure password reuse is limited.','The /etc/security/opasswd file stores the users\' old passwords and can be checked to ensure that users are not recycling recent passwords. remember=<5> - Number of old passwords to remember.','Forcing users not to reuse their past 5 passwords make it less likely that an attacker will be able to guess the password. Note: These change only apply to accounts configured on the local system.','','Set remembered password history to conform to site policy. Run the following script to add or modify the pam_pwhistory.so and pam_unix.so lines to include the remember option: #!/usr/bin/env bash { file=\"/etc/authselect/$(head -1 /etc/authselect/authselect.conf | grep \'custom/\')/system-auth\" if ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_pwhistory.soh+([^#\n\r]+h+)?remember=([5-9]|[1-9][0-9]+).*$\' \"$file\"; then if grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_pwhistory.soh+([^#\n\r]+h+)?remember=d+.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/^s*(passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_pwhistory.sos+([^#\n\r]+s+)?)(remember=S+s*)(s+.*)?$/1 remember=5 5/\' $file elif grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_pwhistory.soh+([^#\n\r]+h+)?.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'/^s*passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_pwhistory.so/ s/$/ remember=5/\' $file else sed -ri \'/^s*passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_unix.so/i password required pam_pwhistory.so remember=5 use_authtok\' $file fi fi if ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_unix.soh+([^#\n\r]+h+)?remember=([5-9]|[1-9][0-9]+).*$\' \"$file\"; then if grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_unix.soh+([^#\n\r]+h +)?remember=d+.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/^s*(passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_unix.sos+([^#\n\r] +s+)?)(remember=S+s*)(s+.*)?$/1 remember=5 5/\' $file else sed -ri \'/^s*passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_unix.so/ s/$/ remember=5/\' $file fi fi authselect apply-changes }.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"IA-5(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}]'),(28142,'Ensure password hashing algorithm is SHA-512 or yescrypt.','A cryptographic hash function converts an arbitrary-length input into a fixed length output. Password hashing performs a one-way transformation of a password, turning the password into another string, called the hashed password.','The SHA-512 algorithm provides stronger hashing than other hashing algorithms used for password hashing with Linux, providing additional protection to the system by increasing the level of effort for an attacker to successfully determine passwords. Note: These changes only apply to accounts configured on the local system.','','Set password hashing algorithm to sha512. Edit /etc/libuser.conf and edit of add the following line: crypt_style = sha512 Edit /etc/login.defs and edit or add the following line: ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512 Run the following script to configure pam_unix.so to use the sha512 hashing algorithm: #!/usr/bin/env bash for fn in system-auth password-auth; do file=\"/etc/authselect/$(head -1 /etc/authselect/authselect.conf | grep \'custom/\')/$fn\" if ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_unix.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)? h+sha512.*$\' \"$file\"; then if grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_unix.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)? h+(md5|blowfish|bigcrypt|sha256).*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/(md5|blowfish|bigcrypt|sha256)/sha512/\' \"$file\" else sed -ri \'s/(^s*passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_unix.sos+)(.*)$/1s ha512 3/\' $file fi fi done authselect apply-changes Note: This only effects local users and passwords created after updating the files to use sha512. If it is determined that the password algorithm being used is not SHA-512, once it is changed, it is recommended that all user ID\'s be immediately expired and forced to change their passwords on next login.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"IA-5(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(28143,'Ensure password expiration is 365 days or less.','The PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to force passwords to expire once they reach a defined age. It is recommended that the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter be set to less than or equal to 365 days.','The window of opportunity for an attacker to leverage compromised credentials or successfully compromise credentials via an online brute force attack is limited by the age of the password. Therefore, reducing the maximum age of a password also reduces an attacker\'s window of opportunity.','','Set the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter to conform to site policy in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MAX_DAYS 365 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: chage --maxdays 365 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\"]}]'),(28144,'Ensure minimum days between password changes is configured.','The PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to prevent users from changing their password until a minimum number of days have passed since the last time the user changed their password. It is recommended that PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter be set to 1 or more days.','By restricting the frequency of password changes, an administrator can prevent users from repeatedly changing their password in an attempt to circumvent password reuse controls.','','Set the PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter to 1 in /etc/login.defs: PASS_MIN_DAYS 1 and modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: chage --mindays 1 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28145,'Ensure password expiration warning days is 7 or more.','The PASS_WARN_AGE parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to notify users that their password will expire in a defined number of days. It is recommended that the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter be set to 7 or more days.','Providing an advance warning that a password will be expiring gives users time to think of a secure password. Users caught unaware may choose a simple password or write it down where it may be discovered.','','Set the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter to 7 in /etc/login.defs: PASS_WARN_AGE 7 and modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: chage --warndays 7 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28146,'Ensure inactive password lock is 30 days or less.','User accounts that have been inactive for over a given period of time can be automatically disabled. It is recommended that accounts that are inactive for 30 days after password expiration be disabled.','Inactive accounts pose a threat to system security since the users are not logging in to notice failed login attempts or other anomalies.','','Run the following command to set the default password inactivity period to 30 days: useradd -D -f 30 and modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: chage --inactive 30 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28147,'Ensure default group for the root account is GID 0.','The usermod command can be used to specify which group the root account belongs to. This affects permissions of files that are created by the root account.','Using GID 0 for the root account helps prevent root -owned files from accidentally becoming accessible to non-privileged users.','','Run the following command to set the root account default group to GID 0 : # usermod -g 0 root.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28148,'Ensure root password is set.','There are a number of methods to access the root account directly. Without a password set any user would be able to gain access and thus control over the entire system.','Access to root should be secured at all times.','If there are any automated processes that relies on access to the root account without authentication, they will fail after remediation.','Set the root password with: # passwd root.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28149,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd are configured.','The /etc/passwd file contains user account information that is used by many system utilities and therefore must be readable for these utilities to operate.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd file is protected from unauthorized write access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/passwd: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd # chown root:root /etc/passwd.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28150,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd- are configured.','The /etc/passwd- file contains backup user account information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/passwd-: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd- # chown root:root /etc/passwd-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28151,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group are configured.','The /etc/group file contains a list of all the valid groups defined in the system. The command below allows read/write access for root and read access for everyone else.','The /etc/group file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users, but needs to be readable as this information is used with many non-privileged programs.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/group: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group # chown root:root /etc/group.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28152,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group- are configured.','The /etc/group- file contains a backup list of all the valid groups defined in the system.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/group- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/group-: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group- # chown root:root /etc/group-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28153,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow are configured.','The /etc/shadow file is used to store the information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/shadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/shadow file (such as expiration) could also be useful to subvert the user accounts.','','Run the following commands to set mode, owner, and group on /etc/shadow: # chown root:root /etc/shadow # chmod 0000 /etc/shadow.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28154,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow- are configured.','The /etc/shadow- file is used to store backup information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/shadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to set mode, owner, and group on /etc/shadow-: # chown root:root /etc/shadow- # chmod 0000 /etc/shadow-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28155,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow are configured.','The /etc/gshadow file is used to store the information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/gshadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/gshadow file (such as group administrators) could also be useful to subvert the group.','','Run the following commands to set mode, owner, and group on /etc/gshadow: # chown root:root /etc/gshadow # chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28156,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow- are configured.','The /etc/gshadow- file is used to store backup information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/gshadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to set mode, owner, and group on /etc/gshadow-: # chown root:root /etc/gshadow- # chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28157,'Ensure accounts in /etc/passwd use shadowed passwords.','Local accounts can uses shadowed passwords. With shadowed passwords, the passwords are saved in shadow password file, /etc/shadow, encrypted by a salted one-way hash. Accounts with a shadowed password have an x in the second field in /etc/passwd.','The /etc/passwd file also contains information like user ID\'s and group ID\'s that are used by many system programs. Therefore, the /etc/passwd file must remain world readable. In spite of encoding the password with a randomly-generated one-way hash function, an attacker could still break the system if they got access to the /etc/passwd file. This can be mitigated by using shadowed passwords, thus moving the passwords in the /etc/passwd file to /etc/shadow. The /etc/shadow file is set so only root will be able to read and write. This helps mitigate the risk of an attacker gaining access to the encoded passwords with which to perform a dictionary attack. Note: - All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user. - A user account with an empty second field in /etc/passwd allows the account to be logged into by providing only the username.','','Run the following command to set accounts to use shadowed passwords: # sed -e \'s/^([a-zA-Z0-9_]*):[^:]*:/1:x:/\' -i /etc/passwd Investigate to determine if the account is logged in and what it is being used for, to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28158,'Ensure /etc/shadow password fields are not empty.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password.','All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user.','','If any accounts in the /etc/shadow file do not have a password, run the following command to lock the account until it can be determined why it does not have a password: passwd -l . Also, check to see if the account is logged in and investigate what it is being used for to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28159,'Ensure root is the only UID 0 account.','Any account with UID 0 has superuser privileges on the system.','This access must be limited to only the default root account and only from the system console. Administrative access must be through an unprivileged account using an approved mechanism as noted in Item 5.6 Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','','Remove any users other than root with UID 0 or assign them a new UID if appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.9\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28500,'Ensure /tmp is a separate partition.','The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications.','Making /tmp its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as the noexec option on the mount, making /tmp useless for an attacker to install executable code. It would also prevent an attacker from establishing a hard link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw. This can be accomplished by either mounting tmpfs to /tmp, or creating a separate partition for /tmp.','Since the /tmp directory is intended to be world-writable, there is a risk of resource exhaustion if it is not bound to a separate partition. Running out of /tmp space is a problem regardless of what kind of filesystem lies under it, but in a configuration where /tmp is not a separate file system it will essentially have the whole disk available, as the default installation only creates a single / partition. On the other hand, a RAM-based /tmp (as with tmpfs) will almost certainly be much smaller, which can lead to applications filling up the filesystem much more easily. Another alternative is to create a dedicated partition for /tmp from a separate volume or disk. One of the downsides of a disk-based dedicated partition is that it will be slower than tmpfs which is RAM-based. /tmp utilizing tmpfs can be resized using the size={size} parameter in the relevant entry in /etc/fstab.','First ensure that systemd is correctly configured to ensure that /tmp will be mounted at boot time. # systemctl unmask tmp.mount For specific configuration requirements of the /tmp mount for your environment, modify /etc/fstab or tmp.mount. Example of /etc/fstab configured tmpfs file system with specific mount options: tmpfs 0 /tmp tmpfs defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime,size=2G 0 Example of tmp.mount configured tmpfs file system with specific mount options: [Unit] Description=Temporary Directory /tmp ConditionPathIsSymbolicLink=!/tmp DefaultDependencies=no Conflicts=umount.target Before=local-fs.target umount.target After=swap.target [Mount] What=tmpfs Where=/tmp Type=tmpfs.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28501,'Ensure nodev option set on /tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28502,'Ensure noexec option set on /tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28503,'Ensure nosuid option set on /tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28504,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var.','The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to temporarily store dynamic data. Some directories created by these processes may be world-writable.','The reasoning for mounting /var on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var and cause unintended behavior across the system as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /var as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behaviour. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection from exploitation An example of exploiting /var may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hardlink would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28505,'Ensure nodev option set on /var partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var.','','IF the /var partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28506,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var.','','IF the /var partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28507,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/tmp.','The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications. Temporary file residing in /var/tmp is to be preserved between reboots.','The reasoning for mounting /var/tmp on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/tmp directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/tmp and cause the potential disruption to daemons as the disk is full. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /var/tmp as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection from exploitation An example of exploiting /var/tmp may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard-link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/tmp. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28508,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp 0 defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28509,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp 0 defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28510,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp 0 defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28511,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log.','The /var/log directory is used by system services to store log data.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log directory contain the log files that can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /var/log as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection of log data As /var/log contains log files, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log . For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28512,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28513,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28514,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28515,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log/audit.','The auditing daemon, auditd, stores log data in the /var/log/audit directory.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log/audit on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log/audit directory contain the audit.log file that can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/log/audit and cause auditd to trigger it\'s space_left_action as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /var/log/audit as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection of audit data As /var/log/audit contains audit logs, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log/audit. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28516,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for audit logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28517,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28518,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28519,'Ensure separate partition exists for /home.','The /home directory is used to support disk storage needs of local users.','The reasoning for mounting /home on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /home directory contains user generated data, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /home and impact all local users. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /home as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. In the case of /home options such as usrquota/grpquota may be considered to limit the impact that users can have on each other with regards to disk resource exhaustion. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection of user data As /home contains user data, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /home. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28520,'Ensure nodev option set on /home partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /home filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var.','','IF the /home partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28521,'Ensure nosuid option set on /home partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /home filesystem is only intended for user file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /home.','','IF the /home partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28522,'Ensure nodev option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /dev/shm filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot attempt to create special devices in /dev/shm partitions.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm Additional Information: Some distributions mount /dev/shm through other means and require /dev/shm to be added to /etc/fstab even though it is already being mounted on boot. Others may configure /dev/shm in other locations and may override /etc/fstab configuration. Consult the documentation appropriate for your distribution.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28523,'Ensure noexec option set on /dev/shm partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from executing programs from shared memory. This deters users from introducing potentially malicious software on the system.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. Example: /dev/shm defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /dev/shm with the configured options: # mount -o remount /dev/shm NOTE It is recommended to use tmpfs as the device/filesystem type as /dev/shm is used as shared memory space by applications.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28524,'Ensure nosuid option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from introducing privileged programs onto the system and allowing non-root users to execute them.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm Additional Information: Some distributions mount /dev/shm through other means and require /dev/shm to be added to /etc/fstab even though it is already being mounted on boot. Others may configure /dev/shm in other locations and may override /etc/fstab configuration. Consult the documentation appropriate for your distribution.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28525,'Disable Automounting.','autofs allows automatic mounting of devices, typically including CD/DVDs and USB drives.','With automounting enabled anyone with physical access could attach a USB drive or disc and have its contents available in system even if they lacked permissions to mount it themselves.','The use of portable hard drives is very common for workstation users. If your organization allows the use of portable storage or media on workstations and physical access controls to workstations is considered adequate there is little value add in turning off automounting.','If there are no other packages that depends on autofs, remove the package with: # apt purge autofs OR if there are dependencies on the autofs package: Run the following commands to mask autofs: # systemctl stop autofs # systemctl mask autofs Additional Information: This control should align with the tolerance of the use of portable drives and optical media in the organization. On a server requiring an admin to manually mount media can be part of defense-in-depth to reduce the risk of unapproved software or information being introduced or proprietary software or information being exfiltrated. If admins commonly use flash drives and Server access has sufficient physical controls, requiring manual mounting may not increase security.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1203\", \"T1211\", \"T1212\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"MP.L2-3.8.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.310(d)(1)\"]}]'),(28526,'Ensure AIDE is installed.','AIDE takes a snapshot of filesystem state including modification times, permissions, and file hashes which can then be used to compare against the current state of the filesystem to detect modifications to the system.','By monitoring the filesystem state compromised files can be detected to prevent or limit the exposure of accidental or malicious misconfigurations or modified binaries.','','Install AIDE using the appropriate package manager or manual installation: # apt install aide aide-common Configure AIDE as appropriate for your environment. Consult the AIDE documentation for options. Run the following commands to initialize AIDE: # aideinit # mv /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new /var/lib/aide/aide.db Additional Information: The prelinking feature can interfere with AIDE because it alters binaries to speed up their start up times. Run prelink -ua to restore the binaries to their prelinked state, thus avoiding false positives from AIDE.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1036\", \"T1036.002\", \"T1036.003\", \"T1036.004\", \"T1036.005\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28527,'Ensure bootloader password is set.','Setting the boot loader password will require that anyone rebooting the system must enter a password before being able to set command line boot parameters.','Requiring a boot password upon execution of the boot loader will prevent an unauthorized user from entering boot parameters or changing the boot partition. This prevents users from weakening security (e.g. turning off AppArmor at boot time).','If password protection is enabled, only the designated superuser can edit a Grub 2 menu item by pressing \"e\" or access the GRUB 2 command line by pressing \"c\" If GRUB 2 is set up to boot automatically to a password-protected menu entry the user has no option to back out of the password prompt to select another menu entry. Holding the SHIFT key will not display the menu in this case. The user must enter the correct username and password. If unable, the configuration files will have to be edited via the LiveCD or other means to fix the problem You can add --unrestricted to the menu entries to allow the system to boot without entering a password. Password will still be required to edit menu items. More Information: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Grub2/Passwords.','Create an encrypted password with grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2: # grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2 Enter password: Reenter password: PBKDF2 hash of your password is Add the following into a custom /etc/grub.d configuration file: cat <\" password_pbkdf2 EOF The superuser/user information and password should not be contained in the /etc/grub.d/00_header file as this file could be overwritten in a package update. If there is a requirement to be able to boot/reboot without entering the password, edit /etc/grub.d/10_linux and add --unrestricted to the line CLASS= Example: CLASS=\"--class gnu-linux --class gnu --class os --unrestricted\" Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub Default Value: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment enact equivalent settings. Replace /boot/grub/grub.cfg with the appropriate grub configuration file for your environment.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1046\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \" 8.3.5\", \" 8.3.6\", \" 8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28528,'Ensure permissions on bootloader config are configured.','The grub configuration file contains information on boot settings and passwords for unlocking boot options.','Setting the permissions to read and write for root only prevents non-root users from seeing the boot parameters or changing them. Non-root users who read the boot parameters may be able to identify weaknesses in security upon boot and be able to exploit them.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on your grub configuration: # chown root:root /boot/grub/grub.cfg # chmod u-wx,go-rwx /boot/grub/grub.cfg Additional Information: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment enact equivalent settings. Replace /boot/grub/grub.cfg with the appropriate grub configuration file for your environment.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \" AC.L1-3.1.2\", \" AC.L2-3.1.5\", \" AC.L2-3.1.3\", \" MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \" 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \" 164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \" 7.1.1\", \" 7.1.2\", \" 7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \" 7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \" AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \" CC6.1\"]}]'),(28529,'Ensure authentication required for single user mode.','Single user mode is used for recovery when the system detects an issue during boot or by manual selection from the bootloader.','Requiring authentication in single user mode prevents an unauthorized user from rebooting the system into single user to gain root privileges without credentials.','','Run the following command and follow the prompts to set a password for the root user: # passwd root.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \" 8.3.5\", \" 8.3.6\", \" 8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28530,'Ensure prelink is not installed.','prelink is a program that modifies ELF shared libraries and ELF dynamically linked binaries in such a way that the time needed for the dynamic linker to perform relocations at startup significantly decreases.','The prelinking feature can interfere with the operation of AIDE, because it changes binaries. Prelinking can also increase the vulnerability of the system if a malicious user is able to compromise a common library such as libc.','','Run the following command to restore binaries to normal: # prelink -ua Uninstall prelink using the appropriate package manager or manual installation: # apt purge prelink.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1055\", \"T1055.009\", \"T1065\", \"T1065.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \" 164.312(c)(1)\", \" 164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \" 11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \" 10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28531,'Ensure Automatic Error Reporting is not enabled.','The Apport Error Reporting Service automatically generates crash reports for debugging.','Apport collects potentially sensitive data, such as core dumps, stack traces, and log files. They can contain passwords, credit card numbers, serial numbers, and other private material.','','Edit /etc/default/apport and add or edit the enabled parameter to equal 0: enabled=0 Run the following commands to stop and disable the apport service # systemctl stop apport.service # systemctl --now disable apport.service -- OR -Run the following command to remove the apport package: # apt purge apport Default Value: enabled=1.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28532,'Ensure core dumps are restricted.','A core dump is the memory of an executable program. It is generally used to determine why a program aborted. It can also be used to glean confidential information from a core file. The system provides the ability to set a soft limit for core dumps, but this can be overridden by the user.','Setting a hard limit on core dumps prevents users from overriding the soft variable. If core dumps are required, consider setting limits for user groups (see limits.conf(5) ). In addition, setting the fs.suid_dumpable variable to 0 will prevent setuid programs from dumping core.','','Add the following line to /etc/security/limits.conf or a /etc/security/limits.d/* file: * hard core 0 Set the following parameter in /etc/sysctl.conf or a /etc/sysctl.d/* file: fs.suid_dumpable = 0 Run the following command to set the active kernel parameter: # sysctl -w fs.suid_dumpable=0 IF systemd-coredump is installed: edit /etc/systemd/coredump.conf and add/modify the following lines: Storage=none ProcessSizeMax=0 Run the command: systemctl daemon-reload','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28533,'Ensure AppArmor is installed.','AppArmor provides Mandatory Access Controls.','Without a Mandatory Access Control system installed only the default Discretionary Access Control system will be available.','','Install AppArmor. # apt install apparmor.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \" AC.L1-3.1.2\", \" AC.L2-3.1.5\", \" AC.L2-3.1.3\", \" MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \" 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \" 164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \" 7.1.1\", \" 7.1.2\", \" 7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \" 7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \" AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \" CC6.1\"]}]'),(28534,'Ensure AppArmor is enabled in the bootloader configuration.','Configure AppArmor to be enabled at boot time and verify that it has not been overwritten by the bootloader boot parameters. Note: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment enact equivalent settings.','AppArmor must be enabled at boot time in your bootloader configuration to ensure that the controls it provides are not overridden.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add the apparmor=1 and security=apparmor parameters to the GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX= line GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"apparmor=1 security=apparmor\" Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28535,'Ensure all AppArmor Profiles are in enforce or complain mode.','AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that any policies that exist on the system are activated.','','Run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode: # aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/* OR Run the following command to set all profiles to complain mode: # aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/* Note: Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28536,'Ensure all AppArmor Profiles are enforcing.','AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that any policies that exist on the system are activated.','','Run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode: # aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/* Note: Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28537,'Ensure message of the day is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/motd file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform OR if the motd is not used, this file can be removed. Run the following command to remove the motd file: # rm /etc/motd','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28538,'Ensure local login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version - or the operating system\'s name.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28539,'Ensure remote login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28540,'Ensure permissions on /etc/motd are configured.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users.','If the /etc/motd file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/motd : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/motd) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/motd) OR run the following command to remove the /etc/motd file: # rm /etc/motd','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28541,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals.','If the /etc/issue file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/issue) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/issue) Default Value: Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--) Uid: ( 0/ root) Gid: ( 0/ root).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28542,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue.net are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services.','If the /etc/issue.net file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue.net : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/issue.net) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/issue.net)','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28543,'Ensure GNOME Display Manager is removed.','The GNOME Display Manager (GDM) is a program that manages graphical display servers and handles graphical user logins.','If a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is not required, it should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Removing the GNOME Display manager will remove the Graphical User Interface (GUI) from the system.','Run the following command to uninstall gdm3: # apt purge gdm3.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28544,'Ensure XDCMP is not enabled.','X Display Manager Control Protocol (XDMCP) is designed to provide authenticated access to display management services for remote displays.','XDMCP is inherently insecure. XDMCP is not a ciphered protocol. This may allow an attacker to capture keystrokes entered by a user XDMCP is vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks. This may allow an attacker to steal the credentials of legitimate users by impersonating the XDMCP server.','','Edit the file /etc/gdm3/custom.conf and remove the line: Enable=true Default Value: false (This is denoted by no Enabled= entry in the file /etc/gdm3/custom.conf in the [xdmcp] section.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1056\", \"T1056.001\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28545,'Ensure chrony is running as user _chrony.','The chrony package is installed with a dedicated user account _chrony. This account is granted the access required by the chronyd service.','The chronyd service should run with only the required privileges.','','Add or edit the user line to /etc/chrony/chrony.conf or a file ending in .conf in /etc/chrony/conf.d/: user _chrony OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove chrony from the system: # apt purge chrony','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28546,'Ensure chrony is enabled and running.','chrony is a daemon for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','chrony needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF chrony is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask chrony.service: # systemctl unmask chrony.service Run the following command to enable and start chrony.service: # systemctl --now enable chrony.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove chrony: # apt purge chrony.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28547,'Ensure systemd-timesyncd is enabled and running.','systemd-timesyncd is a daemon that has been added for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','systemd-timesyncd needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF systemd-timesyncd is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask systemd-timesyncd.service: # systemctl unmask systemd-timesyncd.service Run the following command to enable and start systemd-timesyncd.service: # systemctl --now enable systemd-timesyncd.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to stop and mask systemd-timesyncd: # systemctl --now mask systemd-timesyncd.service','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28548,'Ensure ntp access control is configured.','ntp Access Control Commands: restrict address [mask mask] [ippeerlimit int] [flag ...] The address argument expressed in dotted-quad form is the address of a host or network. Alternatively, the address argument can be a valid host DNS name. The mask argument expressed in dotted-quad form defaults to 255.255.255.255, meaning that the address is treated as the address of an individual host. A default entry (address 0.0.0.0, mask 0.0.0.0) is always included and is always the first entry in the list. Note: the text string default, with no mask option, may be used to indicate the default entry. The ippeerlimit directive limits the number of peer requests for each IP to int, where a value of -1 means \"unlimited\", the current default. A value of 0 means \"none\". There would usually be at most 1 peering request per IP, but if the remote peering requests are behind a proxy there could well be more than 1 per IP. In the current implementation, flag always restricts access, i.e., an entry with no flags indicates that free access to the server is to be given. The flags are not orthogonal, in that more restrictive flags will often make less restrictive ones redundant. The flags can generally be classed into two categories, those which restrict time service and those which restrict informational queries and attempts to do run-time reconfiguration of the server. One or more of the following flags may be specified: kod - If this flag is set when an access violation occurs, a kiss-o\'-death (KoD) packet is sent. KoD packets are rate limited to no more than one per second. If another KoD packet occurs within one second after the last one, the packet is dropped. limited - Deny service if the packet spacing violates the lower limits specified in the discard command. A history of clients is kept using the monitoring capability of ntpd. Thus, monitoring is always active as long as there is a restriction entry with the limited flag. lowpriotrap - Declare traps set by matching hosts to be low priority. The number of traps a server can maintain is limited (the current limit is 3). Traps are usually assigned on a first come, first served basis, with later trap requestors being denied service. This flag modifies the assignment algorithm by allowing low priority traps to be overridden by later requests for normal priority traps. noepeer - Deny ephemeral peer requests, even if they come from an authenticated source. Note that the ability to use a symmetric key for authentication may be restricted to one or more IPs or subnets via the third field of the ntp.keys file. This restriction is not enabled by default, to maintain backward compatibility. Expect noepeer to become the default in ntp-4.4. nomodify - Deny ntpq and ntpdc queries which attempt to modify the state of the server (i.e., run time reconfiguration). Queries which return information are permitted. noquery - Deny ntpq and ntpdc queries. Time service is not affected. nopeer - Deny unauthenticated packets which would result in mobilizing a new association. This includes broadcast and symmetric active packets when a configured association does not exist. It also includes pool associations, so if you want to use servers from a pool directive and also want to use nopeer by default, you\'ll want a restrict source ... line as well that does not include the nopeer directive. noserve - Deny all packets except ntpq and ntpdc queries. notrap - Decline to provide mode 6 control message trap service to matching hosts. The trap service is a subsystem of the ntpq control message protocol which is intended for use by remote event logging programs. notrust - Deny service unless the packet is cryptographically authenticated. ntpport - This is actually a match algorithm modifier, rather than a restriction flag. Its presence causes the restriction entry to be matched only if the source port in the packet is the standard NTP UDP port (123). Both ntpport and nonntpport may be specified. The ntpport is considered more specific and is sorted later in the list.','If ntp is in use on the system, proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is accurate.','','Add or edit restrict lines in /etc/ntp.conf to match the following: restrict -4 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery restrict -6 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp Default Value: restrict -4 default kod notrap nomodify nopeer noquery limited restrict -6 default kod notrap nomodify nopeer noquery limited.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28549,'Ensure ntp is running as user ntp.','The ntp package is installed with a dedicated user account ntp. This account is granted the access required by the ntpd daemon Note: If chrony or systemd-timesyncd are used, ntp should be removed and this section skipped This recommendation only applies if ntp is in use on the system Only one time synchronization method should be in use on the system.','The ntpd daemon should run with only the required privilege.','','Add or edit the following line in /etc/init.d/ntp: RUNASUSER=ntp Run the following command to restart ntp.servocee: # systemctl restart ntp.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp Default Value: user ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28550,'Ensure ntp is enabled and running.','ntp is a daemon for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','ntp needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF ntp is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask ntp.service: # systemctl unmask ntp.service Run the following command to enable and start ntp.service: # systemctl --now enable ntp.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28551,'Ensure X Window System is not installed.','The X Window System provides a Graphical User Interface (GUI) where users can have multiple windows in which to run programs and various add on. The X Windows system is typically used on workstations where users login, but not on servers where users typically do not login.','Unless your organization specifically requires graphical login access via X Windows, remove it to reduce the potential attack surface.','Many Linux systems run applications which require a Java runtime. Some Linux Java packages have a dependency on specific X Windows xorg-x11-fonts. One workaround to avoid this dependency is to use the \"headless\" Java packages for your specific Java runtime, if provided by your distribution.','Remove the X Windows System packages: apt purge xserver-xorg*','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28552,'Ensure Avahi Server is not installed.','Avahi is a free zeroconf implementation, including a system for multicast DNS/DNS-SD service discovery. Avahi allows programs to publish and discover services and hosts running on a local network with no specific configuration. For example, a user can plug a computer into a network and Avahi automatically finds printers to print to, files to look at and people to talk to, as well as network services running on the machine.','Automatic discovery of network services is not normally required for system functionality. It is recommended to remove this package to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to remove avahi-daemon: # systemctl stop avahi-daaemon.service # systemctl stop avahi-daemon.socket # apt purge avahi-daemon.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28553,'Ensure CUPS is not installed.','The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) provides the ability to print to both local and network printers. A system running CUPS can also accept print jobs from remote systems and print them to local printers. It also provides a web based remote administration capability.','If the system does not need to print jobs or accept print jobs from other systems, it is recommended that CUPS be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing CUPS will prevent printing from the system, a common task for workstation systems.','Run one of the following commands to remove cups : # apt purge cups','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28554,'Ensure DHCP Server is not installed.','The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a service that allows machines to be dynamically assigned IP addresses.','Unless a system is specifically set up to act as a DHCP server, it is recommended that this package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove isc-dhcp-server: # apt purge isc-dhcp-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28555,'Ensure LDAP server is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP server, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run one of the following commands to remove slapd: # apt purge slapd','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28556,'Ensure NFS is not installed.','The Network File System (NFS) is one of the first and most widely distributed file systems in the UNIX environment. It provides the ability for systems to mount file systems of other servers through the network.','If the system does not export NFS shares or act as an NFS client, it is recommended that these services be removed to reduce the remote attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove nfs: # apt purge nfs-kernel-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28557,'Ensure DNS Server is not installed.','The Domain Name System (DNS) is a hierarchical naming system that maps names to IP addresses for computers, services and other resources connected to a network.','Unless a system is specifically designated to act as a DNS server, it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to disable DNS server: # apt purge bind9','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28558,'Ensure FTP Server is not installed.','The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides networked computers with the ability to transfer files.','FTP does not protect the confidentiality of data or authentication credentials. It is recommended SFTP be used if file transfer is required. Unless there is a need to run the system as a FTP server (for example, to allow anonymous downloads), it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove vsftpd: # apt purge vsftpd Additional Information: Additional FTP servers also exist and should be audited.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28559,'Ensure HTTP server is not installed.','HTTP or web servers provide the ability to host web site content.','Unless there is a need to run the system as a web server, it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove apache: # apt purge apache2 Additional Information: Several httpd servers exist and can use other service names. apache2 and nginx are example services that provide an HTTP server. These and other services should also be audited','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28560,'Ensure IMAP and POP3 server are not installed.','dovecot-imapd and dovecot-pop3d are an open source IMAP and POP3 server for Linux based systems.','Unless POP3 and/or IMAP servers are to be provided by this system, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run one of the following commands to remove dovecot-imapd and dovecot-pop3d: # apt purge dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d Additional Information: Several IMAP/POP3 servers exist and can use other service names. courier-imap and cyrus-imap are example services that provide a mail server. These and other services should also be audited.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28561,'Ensure Samba is not installed.','The Samba daemon allows system administrators to configure their Linux systems to share file systems and directories with Windows desktops. Samba will advertise the file systems and directories via the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol. Windows desktop users will be able to mount these directories and file systems as letter drives on their systems.','If there is no need to mount directories and file systems to Windows systems, then this service should be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove samba: # apt purge samba.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28562,'Ensure HTTP Proxy Server is not installed.','Squid is a standard proxy server used in many distributions and environments.','If there is no need for a proxy server, it is recommended that the squid proxy be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove squid: # apt purge squid Additional Information: Several HTTP proxy servers exist. These and other services should be checked.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28563,'Ensure SNMP Server is not installed.','Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a widely used protocol for monitoring the health and welfare of network equipment, computer equipment and devices like UPSs. Net-SNMP is a suite of applications used to implement SNMPv1 (RFC 1157), SNMPv2 (RFCs 1901-1908), and SNMPv3 (RFCs 3411-3418) using both IPv4 and IPv6. Support for SNMPv2 classic (a.k.a. \"SNMPv2 historic\" - RFCs 1441-1452) was dropped with the 4.0 release of the UCD-snmp package. The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server is used to listen for SNMP commands from an SNMP management system, execute the commands or collect the information and then send results back to the requesting system.','The SNMP server can communicate using SNMPv1, which transmits data in the clear and does not require authentication to execute commands. SNMPv3 replaces the simple/clear text password sharing used in SNMPv2 with more securely encoded parameters. If the the SNMP service is not required, the net-snmp package should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system. Note: If SNMP is required: The server should be configured for SNMP v3 only. User Authentication and Message Encryption should be configured. If SNMP v2 is absolutely necessary, modify the community strings\' values.','','Run the following command to remove snmp: # apt purge snmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28564,'Ensure NIS Server is not installed.','The Network Information Service (NIS) (formally known as Yellow Pages) is a clientserver directory service protocol for distributing system configuration files. The NIS server is a collection of programs that allow for the distribution of configuration files.','The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed and other, more secure services be used.','','Run the following command to remove nis: # apt purge nis.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28565,'Ensure mail transfer agent is configured for local-only mode.','Mail Transfer Agents (MTA), such as sendmail and Postfix, are used to listen for incoming mail and transfer the messages to the appropriate user or mail server. If the system is not intended to be a mail server, it is recommended that the MTA be configured to only process local mail.','The software for all Mail Transfer Agents is complex and most have a long history of security issues. While it is important to ensure that the system can process local mail messages, it is not necessary to have the MTA\'s daemon listening on a port unless the server is intended to be a mail server that receives and processes mail from other systems. Note: - This recommendation is designed around the postfix mail server. - Depending on your environment you may have an alternative MTA installed such as exim4. If this is the case consult the documentation for your installed MTA to configure the recommended state.','','Edit /etc/postfix/main.cf and add the following line to the RECEIVING MAIL section. If the line already exists, change it to look like the line below: inet_interfaces = loopback-only Run the following command to restart postfix: # systemctl restart postfix.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28566,'Ensure rsync service is either not installed or masked.','The rsync service can be used to synchronize files between systems over network links.','The rsync service presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication. The rsync package should be removed to reduce the attack area of the system.','','Run the following command to remove rsync: # apt purge rsync OR Run the following commands to stop and mask rsync: # systemctl stop rsync # systemctl mask rsync.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1105\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\", \"1570\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28567,'Ensure NIS Client is not installed.','The Network Information Service (NIS), formerly known as Yellow Pages, is a clientserver directory service protocol used to distribute system configuration files. The NIS client was used to bind a machine to an NIS server and receive the distributed configuration files.','The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall nis: # apt purge nis','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28568,'Ensure rsh client is not installed.','The rsh-client package contains the client commands for the rsh services.','These legacy clients contain numerous security exposures and have been replaced with the more secure SSH package. Even if the server is removed, it is best to ensure the clients are also removed to prevent users from inadvertently attempting to use these commands and therefore exposing their credentials. Note that removing the rsh package removes the clients for rsh, rcp and rlogin.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall rsh: # apt purge rsh-client','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28569,'Ensure talk client is not installed.','The talk software makes it possible for users to send and receive messages across systems through a terminal session. The talk client, which allows initialization of talk sessions, is installed by default.','The software presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall talk: # apt purge talk','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28570,'Ensure telnet client is not installed.','The telnet package contains the telnet client, which allows users to start connections to other systems via the telnet protocol.','The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security and is included in most Linux distributions.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall telnet: # apt purge telnet','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28571,'Ensure LDAP client is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP client, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing the LDAP client will prevent or inhibit using LDAP for authentication in your environment.','Uninstall ldap-utils: # apt purge ldap-utils','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28572,'Ensure RPC is not installed.','Remote Procedure Call (RPC) is a method for creating low level client server applications across different system architectures. It requires an RPC compliant client listening on a network port. The supporting package is rpcbind.','If RPC is not required, it is recommended that this services be removed to reduce the remote attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove rpcbind: # apt purge rpcbind','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28573,'Ensure ufw is installed.','The Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) is a frontend for iptables and is particularly well-suited for host-based firewalls. ufw provides a framework for managing netfilter, as well as a command-line interface for manipulating the firewall.','A firewall utility is required to configure the Linux kernel\'s netfilter framework via the iptables or nftables back-end. The Linux kernel\'s netfilter framework host-based firewall can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host. Note: Only one firewall utility should be installed and configured. UFW is dependent on the iptables package.','','Run the following command to install Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW): apt install ufw','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28574,'Ensure iptables-persistent is not installed with ufw.','The iptables-persistent is a boot-time loader for netfilter rules, iptables plugin.','Running both ufw and the services included in the iptables-persistent package may lead to conflict.','','Run the following command to remove the iptables-persistent package: # apt purge iptables-persistent','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28575,'Ensure ufw service is enabled.','UncomplicatedFirewall (ufw) is a frontend for iptables. ufw provides a framework for managing netfilter, as well as a command-line and available graphical user interface for manipulating the firewall. Notes: When running ufw enable or starting ufw via its initscript, ufw will flush its chains. This is required so ufw can maintain a consistent state, but it may drop existing connections (eg ssh). ufw does support adding rules before enabling the firewall. Run the following command before running ufw enable. # ufw allow proto tcp from any to any port 22 The rules will still be flushed, but the ssh port will be open after enabling the firewall. Please note that once ufw is \'enabled\', ufw will not flush the chains when adding or removing rules (but will when modifying a rule or changing the default policy) By default, ufw will prompt when enabling the firewall while running under ssh. This can be disabled by using ufw --force enable.','The ufw service must be enabled and running in order for ufw to protect the system.','Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.','Run the following command to unmask the ufw daemon: # systemctl unmask ufw.service Run the following command to enable and start the ufw daemon: # systemctl --now enable ufw.service active Run the following command to enable ufw: # ufw enable','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28576,'Ensure ufw loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6).','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # ufw allow in on lo # ufw allow out on lo # ufw deny in from 127.0.0.0/8 # ufw deny in from ::1','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28577,'Ensure ufw default deny firewall policy.','A default deny policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: Any port or protocol without a explicit allow before the default deny will be blocked.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','Any port and protocol not explicitly allowed will be blocked. The following rules should be considered before applying the default deny. ufw allow git ufw allow in http ufw allow out http <- required for apt to connect to repository ufw allow in https ufw allow out https ufw allow out 53 ufw logging on.','Run the following commands to implement a default deny policy: # ufw default deny incoming # ufw default deny outgoing # ufw default deny routed','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28578,'Ensure nftables is installed.','nftables provides a new in-kernel packet classification framework that is based on a network-specific Virtual Machine (VM) and a new nft userspace command line tool. nftables reuses the existing Netfilter subsystems such as the existing hook infrastructure, the connection tracking system, NAT, userspace queuing and logging subsystem. Notes: nftables is available in Linux kernel 3.13 and newer Only one firewall utility should be installed and configured Changing firewall settings while connected over the network can result in being locked out of the system.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel that can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host.','','Run the following command to install nftables: # apt install nftables','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28579,'Ensure a nftables table exists.','Tables hold chains. Each table only has one address family and only applies to packets of this family. Tables can have one of five families.','nftables doesn\'t have any default tables. Without a table being build, nftables will not filter network traffic.','Adding rules to a running nftables can cause loss of connectivity to the system.','Run the following command to create a table in nftables # nft create table inet
Example: # nft create table inet filter','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28580,'Ensure nftables base chains exist.','Chains are containers for rules. They exist in two kinds, base chains and regular chains. A base chain is an entry point for packets from the networking stack, a regular chain may be used as jump target and is used for better rule organization.','If a base chain doesn\'t exist with a hook for input, forward, and delete, packets that would flow through those chains will not be touched by nftables.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command to create the base chains: # nft create chain inet
{ type filter hook <(input|forward|output)> priority 0 ; } Example: # nft create chain inet filter input { type filter hook input priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter forward { type filter hook forward priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter output { type filter hook output priority 0 ; }','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28581,'Ensure nftables default deny firewall policy.','Base chain policy is the default verdict that will be applied to packets reaching the end of the chain.','There are two policies: accept (Default) and drop. If the policy is set to accept, the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied and the packet will continue transversing the network stack. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command for the base chains with the input, forward, and output hooks to implement a default DROP policy: # nft chain
{ policy drop ; } Example: # nft chain inet filter input { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter forward { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter output { policy drop ; } Default Value: accept','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28582,'Ensure nftables service is enabled.','The nftables service allows for the loading of nftables rulesets during boot, or starting on the nftables service.','The nftables service restores the nftables rules from the rules files referenced in the /etc/nftables.conf file during boot or the starting of the nftables service.','','Run the following command to enable the nftables service: # systemctl enable nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28583,'Ensure iptables packages are installed.','iptables is a utility program that allows a system administrator to configure the tables provided by the Linux kernel firewall, implemented as different Netfilter modules, and the chains and rules it stores. Different kernel modules and programs are used for different protocols; iptables applies to IPv4, ip6tables to IPv6, arptables to ARP, and ebtables to Ethernet frames.','A method of configuring and maintaining firewall rules is necessary to configure a Host Based Firewall.','','Run the following command to install iptables and iptables-persistent # apt install iptables iptables-persistent','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28584,'Ensure nftables is not installed with iptables.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel providing filtering and classification of network packets/datagrams/frames and is the successor to iptables.','Running both iptables and nftables may lead to conflict.','','Run the following command to remove nftables: # apt purge nftables','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28585,'Ensure ufw is uninstalled or disabled with iptables.','Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW) is a program for managing a netfilter firewall designed to be easy to use. Uses a command-line interface consisting of a small number of simple commands Uses iptables for configuration.','Running iptables.persistent with ufw enabled may lead to conflict and unexpected results.','','Run one of the following commands to either remove ufw or stop and mask ufw Run the following command to remove ufw: # apt purge ufw OR Run the following commands to disable ufw: # ufw disable # systemctl stop ufw # systemctl mask ufw.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28586,'Ensure iptables default deny firewall policy.','A default deny all policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','','Run the following commands to implement a default DROP policy: # iptables -P INPUT DROP # iptables -P OUTPUT DROP # iptables -P FORWARD DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28587,'Ensure iptables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (127.0.0.0/8). Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (127.0.0.0/8) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT # iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT # iptables -A INPUT -s 127.0.0.0/8 -j DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28588,'Ensure ip6tables default deny firewall policy.','A default deny all policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','','Run the following commands to implement a default DROP policy: # ip6tables -P INPUT DROP # ip6tables -P OUTPUT DROP # ip6tables -P FORWARD DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28589,'Ensure ip6tables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (::1). Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (::1) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # ip6tables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT # ip6tables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT # ip6tables -A INPUT -s ::1 -j DROP','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28590,'Ensure auditd is installed.','auditd is the userspace component to the Linux Auditing System. It\'s responsible for writing audit records to the disk.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to Install auditd # apt install auditd audispd-plugins.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28591,'Ensure auditd service is enabled and active.','Turn on the auditd daemon to record system events.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to enable and start auditd: # systemctl --now enable auditd.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28592,'Ensure auditing for processes that start prior to auditd is enabled.','Configure grub2 so that processes that are capable of being audited can be audited even if they start up prior to auditd startup.','Audit events need to be captured on processes that start up prior to auditd , so that potential malicious activity cannot go undetected.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add audit=1 to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX: Example: GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"audit=1\" Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28593,'Ensure audit_backlog_limit is sufficient.','In the kernel-level audit subsystem, a socket buffer queue is used to hold audit events. Whenever a new audit event is received, it is logged and prepared to be added to this queue. The kernel boot parameter audit_backlog_limit=N, with N representing the amount of messages, will ensure that a queue cannot grow beyond a certain size. If an audit event is logged which would grow the queue beyond this limit, then a failure occurs and is handled according to the system configuration.','If an audit event is logged which would grow the queue beyond the audit_backlog_limit, then a failure occurs, auditd records will be lost, and potential malicious activity could go undetected.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add audit_backlog_limit=N to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX. The recommended size for N is 8192 or larger. Example: GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"audit_backlog_limit=8192\" Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28594,'Ensure audit log storage size is configured.','Configure the maximum size of the audit log file. Once the log reaches the maximum size, it will be rotated and a new log file will be started.','It is important that an appropriate size is determined for log files so that they do not impact the system and audit data is not lost.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf in accordance with site policy: max_log_file = Default Value: max_log_file = 8 Additional Information: The max_log_file parameter is measured in megabytes. Other methods of log rotation may be appropriate based on site policy. One example is time-based rotation strategies which don\'t have native support in auditd configurations. Manual audit of custom configurations should be evaluated for effectiveness and completeness.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28595,'Ensure audit logs are not automatically deleted.','The max_log_file_action setting determines how to handle the audit log file reaching the max file size. A value of keep_logs will rotate the logs but never delete old logs.','In high security contexts, the benefits of maintaining a long audit history exceed the cost of storing the audit history.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: max_log_file_action = keep_logs.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28596,'Ensure system is disabled when audit logs are full.','The auditd daemon can be configured to halt the system when the audit logs are full. The admin_space_left_action parameter tells the system what action to take when the system has detected that it is low on disk space. Valid values are ignore, syslog, suspend, single, and halt. ignore, the audit daemon does nothing Syslog, the audit daemon will issue a warning to syslog Suspend, the audit daemon will stop writing records to the disk single, the audit daemon will put the computer system in single user mode halt, the audit daemon will shutdown the system.','In high security contexts, the risk of detecting unauthorized access or nonrepudiation exceeds the benefit of the system\'s availability.','If the admin_space_left_action parameter is set to halt the audit daemon will shutdown the system when the disk partition containing the audit logs becomes full.','Set the following parameters in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: space_left_action = email action_mail_acct = root set admin_space_left_action to either halt or single in /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Example: admin_space_left_action = halt.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28597,'Ensure changes to system administration scope (sudoers) is collected.','Monitor scope changes for system administrators. If the system has been properly configured to force system administrators to log in as themselves first and then use the sudo command to execute privileged commands, it is possible to monitor changes in scope. The file /etc/sudoers will be written to when the file or its attributes have changed. The audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"scope.\". Note: Reloading the auditd config to set active settings requires the auditd service to be restarted, and may require a system reboot.','Changes in the /etc/sudoers and /etc/sudoers.d files can indicate that an unauthorized change has been made to the scope of system administrator activity.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor scope changes for system administrators. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k scope -w /etc/sudoers.d -p wa -k scope \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-scope.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28598,'Ensure actions as another user are always logged.','sudo provides users with temporary elevated privileges to perform operations, either as the superuser or another user.','Creating an audit log of users with temporary elevated privileges and the operation(s) they performed is essential to reporting. Administrators will want to correlate the events written to the audit trail with the records written to sudo\'s logfile to verify if unauthorized commands have been executed.','','Create audit rules Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor elevated privileges. 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -C euid!=uid -F auid!=unset -S execve -k user_emulation -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -C euid!=uid -F auid!=unset -S execve -k user_emulation \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-user_emulation.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi 32 Bit systems Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64. Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28599,'Ensure events that modify date and time information are collected.','Capture events where the system date and/or time has been modified. The parameters in this section are set to determine if the; adjtimex - tune kernel clock settimeofday - set time using timeval and timezone structures stime - using seconds since 1/1/1970 clock_settime - allows for the setting of several internal clocks and timers system calls have been executed. Further, ensure to write an audit record to the configured audit log file upon exit, tagging the records with a unique identifier such as \"time-change\".','Unexpected changes in system date and/or time could be a sign of malicious activity on the system.','','Create audit rules Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify date and time information. 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime -k timechange -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime -k timechange -w /etc/localtime -p wa -k time-change \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-time-change.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi 32 Bit systems Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64. In addition, add stime to the system call audit. Example: -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime,stime -k time-change Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28600,'Ensure events that modify the system\'s network environment are collected.','Record changes to network environment files or system calls. The below parameters monitors the following system calls, and write an audit event on system call exit: sethostname - set the systems host name setdomainname - set the systems domain name The files being monitored are: -/etc/issue and /etc/issue.net - messages displayed pre-login /etc/hosts - file containing host names and associated IP addresses - /etc/networks - symbolic names for networks - /etc/network/ - directory containing network interface scripts and configurations files.','Monitoring sethostname and setdomainname will identify potential unauthorized changes to host and domainname of a system. The changing of these names could potentially break security parameters that are set based on those names. The /etc/hosts file is monitored for changes that can indicate an unauthorized intruder is trying to change machine associations with IP addresses and trick users and processes into connecting to unintended machines. Monitoring /etc/issue and /etc/issue.net is important, as intruders could put disinformation into those files and trick users into providing information to the intruder. Monitoring /etc/network is important as it can show if network interfaces or scripts are being modified in a way that can lead to the machine becoming unavailable or compromised. All audit records should have a relevant tag associated with them.','','Create audit rules Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify the system\'s network environment. 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \"-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S sethostname,setdomainname -k system-locale -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S sethostname,setdomainname -k system-locale -w /etc/issue -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/hosts -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/networks -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/network/ -p wa -k system-locale\" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-system_local.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi 32 Bit systems Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28601,'Ensure events that modify user/group information are collected.','Record events affecting the modification of user or group information, including that of passwords and old passwords if in use. /etc/group - system groups /etc/passwd - system users /etc/gshadow - encrypted password for each group /etc/shadow - system user passwords /etc/security/opasswd - storage of old passwords if the relevant PAM module is in use The parameters in this section will watch the files to see if they have been opened for write or have had attribute changes (e.g. permissions) and tag them with the identifier \"identity\" in the audit log file.','Unexpected changes to these files could be an indication that the system has been compromised and that an unauthorized user is attempting to hide their activities or compromise additional accounts.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify user/group information. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/group -p wa -k identity -w /etc/passwd -p wa -k identity -w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k identity -w /etc/shadow -p wa -k identity -w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k identity \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-identity.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28602,'Ensure session initiation information is collected.','Monitor session initiation events. The parameters in this section track changes to the files associated with session events. /var/run/utmp - tracks all currently logged in users. /var/log/wtmp - file tracks logins, logouts, shutdown, and reboot events. /var/log/btmp - keeps track of failed login attempts and can be read by entering the command /usr/bin/last -f /var/log/btmp. All audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"session.\".','Monitoring these files for changes could alert a system administrator to logins occurring at unusual hours, which could indicate intruder activity (i.e. a user logging in at a time when they do not normally log in).','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor session initiation information. Example: # printf \" -w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session -w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session -w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-session.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"16.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28603,'Ensure login and logout events are collected.','Monitor login and logout events. The parameters below track changes to files associated with login/logout events. /var/log/lastlog - maintain records of the last time a user successfully logged in. /var/run/faillock - directory maintains records of login failures via the pam_faillock module.','Monitoring login/logout events could provide a system administrator with information associated with brute force attacks against user logins.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor login and logout events. Example: # printf \" -w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins -w /var/run/faillock -p wa -k logins \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-login.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi. Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"16.11\", \"16.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28604,'Ensure events that modify the system\'s Mandatory Access Controls are collected.','Monitor AppArmor, an implementation of mandatory access controls. The parameters below monitor any write access (potential additional, deletion or modification of files in the directory) or attribute changes to the /etc/apparmor/ and /etc/apparmor.d/ directories. Note: If a different Mandatory Access Control method is used, changes to the corresponding directories should be audited.','Rationale: Changes to files in the /etc/apparmor/ and /etc/apparmor.d/ directories could indicate that an unauthorized user is attempting to modify access controls and change security contexts, leading to a compromise of the system.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify the system\'s Mandatory Access Controls. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/apparmor/ -p wa -k MAC-policy -w /etc/apparmor.d/ -p wa -k MAC-policy \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-MAC-policy.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28605,'Ensure the audit configuration is immutable.','Set system audit so that audit rules cannot be modified with auditctl . Setting the flag \"-e 2\" forces audit to be put in immutable mode. Audit changes can only be made on system reboot. Note: This setting will require the system to be rebooted to update the active auditd configuration settings.','In immutable mode, unauthorized users cannot execute changes to the audit system to potentially hide malicious activity and then put the audit rules back. Users would most likely notice a system reboot and that could alert administrators of an attempt to make unauthorized audit changes.','','Edit or create the file /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules and add the line -e 2 at the end of the file: Example: # printf -- \"-e 2 \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi Additional Information: NIST SP 800-53 Rev. 5: AC-3 AU-3 AU-3(1) MP-2','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.20\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28606,'Ensure only authorized groups are assigned ownership of audit log files.','Audit log files contain information about the system and system activity.','Access to audit records can reveal system and configuration data to attackers, potentially compromising its confidentiality.','','Run the following command to configure the audit log files to be owned by adm group: # find $(dirname $(awk -F\"=\" \'/^s*log_files*=s*/ {print $2}\' /etc/audit/auditd.conf | xargs)) -type f ( ! -group adm -a ! -group root ) -exec chgrp adm {} + Run the following command to configure the audit log files to be owned by the adm group: # chgrp adm /var/log/audit/ Run the following command to set the log_group parameter in the audit configuration file to log_group = adm: # sed -ri \'s/^s*#?s*log_groups*=s*S+(s*#.*)?.*$/log_group = adm1/\' /etc/audit/auditd.conf Run the following command to restart the audit daemon to reload the configuration file: # systemctl restart auditd','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28607,'Ensure audit configuration files are 640 or more restrictive.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode than 0640 from the audit configuration files: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) -exec chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx {} +','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28608,'Ensure audit configuration files are owned by root.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to change ownership to root user: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) ! -user root -exec chown root {} +','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28609,'Ensure audit configuration files belong to group root.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to change group to root: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) ! -group root -exec chgrp root {} +','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28610,'Ensure audit tools are 755 or more restrictive.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28611,'Ensure audit tools are owned by root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to change the owner of the audit tools to the root user: # chown root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28612,'Ensure audit tools belong to group root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules Run the following command to change owner and group of the audit tools to root user and group: # chown root:root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28613,'Ensure cryptographic mechanisms are used to protect the integrity of audit tools.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting the integrity of the tools used for auditing purposes is a critical step toward ensuring the integrity of audit information. Audit information includes all information (e.g., audit records, audit settings, and audit reports) needed to successfully audit information system activity. Attackers may replace the audit tools or inject code into the existing tools with the purpose of providing the capability to hide or erase system activity from the audit logs. Audit tools should be cryptographically signed in order to provide the capability to identify when the audit tools have been modified, manipulated, or replaced. An example is a checksum hash of the file or files.','','Add or update the following selection lines for \"/etc/aide/aide.conf\" to protect the integrity of the audit tools: # Audit Tools /sbin/auditctl p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/auditd p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/ausearch p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/aureport p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/autrace p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/augenrules p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28614,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is installed.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralised log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to install systemd-journal-remote: # apt install systemd-journal-remote','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28615,'Ensure journald is not configured to recieve logs from a remote client.','Journald supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts. NOTE: The same package, systemd-journal-remote, is used for both sending logs to remote hosts and receiving incoming logs. With regards to receiving logs, there are two services; systemd-journalremote.socket and systemd-journal-remote.service.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Run the following command to disable systemd-journal-remote.socket: # systemctl --now disable systemd-journal-remote.socket','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28616,'Ensure journald service is enabled.','Ensure that the systemd-journald service is enabled to allow capturing of logging events.','If the systemd-journald service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','By default the systemd-journald service does not have an [Install] section and thus cannot be enabled / disabled. It is meant to be referenced as Requires or Wants by other unit files. As such, if the status of systemd-journald is not static, investigate why.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28617,'Ensure journald is configured to compress large log files.','The journald system includes the capability of compressing overly large files to avoid filling up the system with logs or making the logs unmanageably large.','Uncompressed large files may unexpectedly fill a filesystem leading to resource unavailability. Compressing logs prior to write can prevent sudden, unexpected filesystem impacts.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Compress=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald Additional Information: The main configuration file /etc/systemd/journald.conf is read before any of the custom *.conf files. If there are custom configs present, they override the main configuration parameters. It is possible to change the default threshold of 512 bytes per object before compression is used.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28618,'Ensure journald is configured to write logfiles to persistent disk.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Logs in memory will be lost upon a system reboot. By persisting logs to local disk on the server they are protected from loss due to a reboot.','Writing log data to disk will provide the ability to forensically reconstruct events which may have impacted the operations or security of a system even after a system crash or reboot.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Storage=persistent Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald Additional Information: The main configuration file /etc/systemd/journald.conf is read before any of the custom *.conf files. If there are custom configs present, they override the main configuration parameters.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28619,'Ensure journald is not configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald should be kept in the confines of the service and not forwarded on to other services.','IF journald is the method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be handled by journald and not forwarded to other logging mechanisms.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and ensure that ForwardToSyslog=yes is removed. Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}]'),(28620,'Ensure rsyslog is installed.','The rsyslog software is recommended in environments where journald does not meet operation requirements.','The security enhancements of rsyslog such as connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server) justify installing and configuring the package.','','Run the following command to install rsyslog: # apt install rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1070\", \"T1070.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28621,'Ensure rsyslog service is enabled.','Once the rsyslog package is installed, ensure that the service is enabled.','If the rsyslog service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','Run the following command to enable rsyslog: # systemctl --now enable rsyslog','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28622,'Ensure journald is configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Utilities exist to accept remote export of journald logs, however, use of the RSyslog service provides a consistent means of log collection and export.','IF RSyslog is the preferred method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be sent to it for further processing.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: ForwardToSyslog=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}]'),(28623,'Ensure rsyslog default file permissions are configured.','RSyslog will create logfiles that do not already exist on the system. This setting controls what permissions will be applied to these newly created files.','It is important to ensure that log files have the correct permissions to ensure that sensitive data is archived and protected.','The systems global umask could override, but only making the file permissions stricter, what is configured in RSyslog with the FileCreateMode directive. RSyslog also has it\'s own $umask directive that can alter the intended file creation mode. In addition, consideration should be given to how FileCreateMode is used. Thus it is critical to ensure that the intended file creation mode is not overridden with less restrictive settings in /etc/rsyslog.conf, /etc/rsyslog.d/*conf files and that FileCreateMode is set before any file is created.','Edit either /etc/rsyslog.conf or a dedicated .conf file in /etc/rsyslog.d/ and set $FileCreateMode to 0640 or more restrictive: $FileCreateMode 0640 Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28624,'Ensure rsyslog is not configured to receive logs from a remote client.','RSyslog supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Should there be any active log server configuration found in the auditing section, modify those file and remove the specific lines highlighted by the audit. Ensure none of the following entries are present in any of /etc/rsyslog.conf or /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf. Old format $ModLoad imtcp $InputTCPServerRun New format module(load=\"imtcp\") input(type=\"imtcp\" port=\"514\") Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28625,'Ensure cron daemon is enabled and running.','The cron daemon is used to execute batch jobs on the system. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','While there may not be user jobs that need to be run on the system, the system does have maintenance jobs that may include security monitoring that have to run, and cron is used to execute them.','','Run the following command to enable and start cron: # systemctl --now enable cron','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28626,'Ensure permissions on /etc/crontab are configured.','The /etc/crontab file is used by cron to control its own jobs. The commands in this item make sure that root is the user and group owner of the file and that only the owner can access the file. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','This file contains information on what system jobs are run by cron. Write access to these files could provide unprivileged users with the ability to elevate their privileges. Read access to these files could provide users with the ability to gain insight on system jobs that run on the system and could provide them a way to gain unauthorized privileged access.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/crontab : # chown root:root /etc/crontab # chmod og-rwx /etc/crontab','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28627,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.hourly are configured.','This directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on an hourly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.hourly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.hourly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.hourly','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28628,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.daily are configured.','The /etc/cron.daily directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a daily basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.daily directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.daily/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.daily/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28629,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.weekly are configured.','The /etc/cron.weekly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a weekly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.weekly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.weekly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.weekly/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28630,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.monthly are configured.','The /etc/cron.monthly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a monthly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.monthly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.monthly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.monthly/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28631,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.d are configured.','The /etc/cron.d directory contains system cron jobs that need to run in a similar manner to the hourly, daily weekly and monthly jobs from /etc/crontab, but require more granular control as to when they run. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.d directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.d/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.d/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28632,'Ensure cron is restricted to authorized users.','Configure /etc/cron.allow to allow specific users to use this service. If /etc/cron.allow does not exist, then /etc/cron.deny is checked. Any user not specifically defined in this file is allowed to use cron. By removing the file, only users in /etc/cron.allow are allowed to use cron. Note: - Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy - Even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user - The cron.allow file only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron jobs.','On many systems, only the system administrator is authorized to schedule cron jobs. Using the cron.allow file to control who can run cron jobs enforces this policy. It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. In a deny list, you could potentially add a user ID to the system and forget to add it to the deny files.','','Run the following commands to remove /etc/cron.deny: # rm /etc/cron.deny Run the following command to create /etc/cron.allow # touch /etc/cron.allow Run the following commands to set permissions and ownership for /etc/cron.allow: # chmod g-wx,o-rwx /etc/cron.allow # chown root:root /etc/cron.allow.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28633,'Ensure at is restricted to authorized users.','Configure /etc/cron.allow to allow specific users to use this service. If /etc/cron.allow does not exist, then /etc/cron.deny is checked. Any user not specifically defined in this file is allowed to use cron. By removing the file, only users in /etc/cron.allow are allowed to use cron. Note: - Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy. - Even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user. - The cron.allow file only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron job.','On many systems, only the system administrator is authorized to schedule at jobs. Using the at.allow file to control who can run at jobs enforces this policy. It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. In a deny list, you could potentially add a user ID to the system and forget to add it to the deny files.','','Run the following commands to remove /etc/at.deny: # rm /etc/at.deny Run the following command to create /etc/at.allow # touch /etc/at.allow Run the following commands to set permissions and ownership for /etc/at.allow: # chmod g-wx,o-rwx /etc/at.allow # chown root:root /etc/at.allow.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28634,'Ensure permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config are configured.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file contains configuration specifications for sshd. The command below sets the owner and group of the file to root.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config: # chown root:root /etc/ssh/sshd_config # chmod og-rwx /etc/ssh/sshd_config.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1098\", \"T1098.004\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28635,'Ensure SSH access is limited.','There are several options available to limit which users and group can access the system via SSH. It is recommended that at least one of the following options be leveraged: - AllowUsers: > The AllowUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by only allowing the allowed users to log in from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - AllowGroups: > The AllowGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable. - DenyUsers: > The DenyUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by specifically denying a user\'s access from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - DenyGroups: > The DenyGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable.','Restricting which users can remotely access the system via SSH will help ensure that only authorized users access the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file or a included configuration file to set one or more of the parameter as follows: AllowUsers OR AllowGroups OR DenyUsers OR DenyGroups ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28636,'Ensure SSH LogLevel is appropriate.','INFO level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the field. VERBOSE level specifies that login and logout activity as well as the key fingerprint for any SSH key used for login will be logged. This information is important for SSH key management, especially in legacy environments.','SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LogLevel VERBOSE OR LogLevel INFO','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28637,'Ensure SSH PAM is enabled.','The UsePAM directive enables the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) interface. If set to yes this will enable PAM authentication using ChallengeResponseAuthentication and PasswordAuthentication directives in addition to PAM account and session module processing for all authentication types.','When usePAM is set to yes, PAM runs through account and session types properly. This is important if you want to restrict access to services based off of IP, time or other factors of the account. Additionally, you can make sure users inherit certain environment variables on login or disallow access to the server.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: UsePAM yes','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28638,'Ensure SSH root login is disabled.','The PermitRootLogin parameter specifies if the root user can log in using SSH. The default is prohibit-password.','Disallowing root logins over SSH requires system admins to authenticate using their own individual account, then escalating to root. This limits opportunity for non-repudiation and provides a clear audit trail in the event of a security incident.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitRootLogin no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28639,'Ensure SSH HostbasedAuthentication is disabled.','The HostbasedAuthentication parameter specifies if authentication is allowed through trusted hosts via the user of .rhosts, or /etc/hosts.equiv, along with successful public key client host authentication.','Even though the .rhosts files are ineffective if support is disabled in /etc/pam.conf, disabling the ability to use .rhosts files in SSH provides an additional layer of protection.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: HostbasedAuthentication no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28640,'Ensure SSH PermitEmptyPasswords is disabled.','The PermitEmptyPasswords parameter specifies if the SSH server allows login to accounts with empty password strings.','Disallowing remote shell access to accounts that have an empty password reduces the probability of unauthorized access to the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitEmptyPasswords no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28641,'Ensure SSH PermitUserEnvironment is disabled.','The PermitUserEnvironment option allows users to present environment options to the SSH daemon.','Permitting users the ability to set environment variables through the SSH daemon could potentially allow users to bypass security controls (e.g. setting an execution path that has SSH executing trojan\'d programs).','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitUserEnvironment no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28642,'Ensure SSH IgnoreRhosts is enabled.','The IgnoreRhosts parameter specifies that .rhosts and .shosts files will not be used in RhostsRSAAuthentication or HostbasedAuthentication.','Setting this parameter forces users to enter a password when authenticating with SSH.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: IgnoreRhosts yes','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28643,'Ensure SSH X11 forwarding is disabled.','The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic through the connection to enable remote graphic connections.','Disable X11 forwarding unless there is an operational requirement to use X11 applications directly. There is a small risk that the remote X11 servers of users who are logged in via SSH with X11 forwarding could be compromised by other users on the X11 server. Note that even if X11 forwarding is disabled, users can always install their own forwarders.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: X11Forwarding no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28644,'Ensure only strong Ciphers are used.','This variable limits the ciphers that SSH can use during communication. Note: - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved ciphers. - Ensure that ciphers used are in compliance with site policy. - The only \"strong\" ciphers currently FIPS 140-2 compliant are: > aes256-ctr > aes192-ctr > aes128-ctr - Supported ciphers in openSSH 8.2: 3des-cbc aes128-cbc aes192-cbc aes256-cbc aes128-ctr aes192-ctr aes256-ctr aes128-gcm@openssh.com aes256-gcm@openssh.com chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com.','Weak ciphers that are used for authentication to the cryptographic module cannot be relied upon to provide confidentiality or integrity, and system data may be compromised. - The Triple DES ciphers, as used in SSH, have a birthday bound of approximately four billion blocks, which makes it easier for remote attackers to obtain clear text data via a birthday attack against a long-duration encrypted session, aka a \"Sweet32\" attack. - Error handling in the SSH protocol; Client and Server, when using a block cipher algorithm in Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) mode, makes it easier for remote attackers to recover certain plain text data from an arbitrary block of cipher text in an SSH session via unknown vectors.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file add/modify the Ciphers line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved ciphers. Example: Ciphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128- gcm@openssh.com,aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}]'),(28645,'Ensure only strong MAC algorithms are used.','This variable limits the types of MAC algorithms that SSH can use during communication. Note: - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved MACs. - Ensure that MACs used are in compliance with site policy. - The only \"strong\" MACs currently FIPS 140-2 approved are: > hmac-sha2-256 > hmac-sha2-512 - The Supported MACs are: hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1-96 hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha2-512 umac-64@openssh.com umac-128@openssh.com hmac-md5-etm@openssh.com hmac-md5-96-etm@openssh.com hmac-sha1-etm@openssh.com hmac-sha1-96-etm@openssh.com hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com umac-64-etm@openssh.com umac-128-etm@openssh.com.','MD5 and 96-bit MAC algorithms are considered weak and have been shown to increase exploitability in SSH downgrade attacks. Weak algorithms continue to have a great deal of attention as a weak spot that can be exploited with expanded computing power. An attacker that breaks the algorithm could take advantage of a MiTM position to decrypt the SSH tunnel and capture credentials and information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file and add/modify the MACs line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved MACs. Example: MACs hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\", \"16.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}]'),(28646,'Ensure only strong Key Exchange algorithms are used.','Key exchange is any method in cryptography by which cryptographic keys are exchanged between two parties, allowing use of a cryptographic algorithm. If the sender and receiver wish to exchange encrypted messages, each must be equipped to encrypt messages to be sent and decrypt messages received. Notes: - Kex algorithms have a higher preference the earlier they appear in the list - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved Key exchange algorithms - Ensure that Key exchange algorithms used are in compliance with site policy - The only Key Exchange Algorithms currently FIPS 140-2 approved are: > ecdh-sha2-nistp256 > ecdh-sha2-nistp384 > ecdh-sha2-nistp521 > diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256 > diffie-hellman-group16-sha512 > diffie-hellman-group18-sha512 > diffie-hellman-group14-sha256 - The Key Exchange algorithms supported by OpenSSH 8.2 are: curve25519-sha256 curve25519-sha256@libssh.org diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 diffie-hellman-group14-sha256 diffie-hellman-group16-sha512 diffie-hellman-group18-sha512 diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256 ecdh-sha2-nistp256 ecdh-sha2-nistp384 ecdh-sha2-nistp521 sntrup4591761x25519-sha512@tinyssh.org.','Key exchange methods that are considered weak should be removed. A key exchange method may be weak because too few bits are used, or the hashing algorithm is considered too weak. Using weak algorithms could expose connections to man-in-the-middle attacks.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file add/modify the KexAlgorithms line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved key exchange algorithms Example: KexAlgorithms curve25519-sha256,curve25519-sha256@libssh.org,diffie-hellman-group14-sha256,diffie-hellman-group16-sha512,diffie-hellman-group18-sha512,ecdh-sha2-nistp521,ecdh-sha2-nistp384,ecdh-sha2-nistp256,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}]'),(28647,'Ensure SSH AllowTcpForwarding is disabled.','SSH port forwarding is a mechanism in SSH for tunneling application ports from the client to the server, or servers to clients. It can be used for adding encryption to legacy applications, going through firewalls, and some system administrators and IT professionals use it for opening backdoors into the internal network from their home machines.','Leaving port forwarding enabled can expose the organization to security risks and backdoors. SSH connections are protected with strong encryption. This makes their contents invisible to most deployed network monitoring and traffic filtering solutions. This invisibility carries considerable risk potential if it is used for malicious purposes such as data exfiltration. Cybercriminals or malware could exploit SSH to hide their unauthorized communications, or to exfiltrate stolen data from the target network.','SSH tunnels are widely used in many corporate environments. In some environments the applications themselves may have very limited native support for security. By utilizing tunneling, compliance with SOX, HIPAA, PCI-DSS, and other standards can be achieved without having to modify the applications.','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: AllowTcpForwarding no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1048\", \"T1048.002\", \"T1572\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28648,'Ensure SSH warning banner is configured.','The Banner parameter specifies a file whose contents must be sent to the remote user before authentication is permitted. By default, no banner is displayed.','Banners are used to warn connecting users of the particular site\'s policy regarding connection. Presenting a warning message prior to the normal user login may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: Banner /etc/issue.net','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28649,'Ensure SSH MaxAuthTries is set to 4 or less.','The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection. When the login failure count reaches half the number, error messages will be written to the syslog file detailing the login failure.','Setting the MaxAuthTries parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. While the recommended setting is 4, set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxAuthTries 4','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28650,'Ensure SSH MaxStartups is configured.','The MaxStartups parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of pending authentication connection attempts, use the rate limiting function of MaxStartups to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxStartups 10:30:60','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.19\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28651,'Ensure SSH MaxSessions is set to 10 or less.','The MaxSessions parameter specifies the maximum number of open sessions permitted from a given connection.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of concurrent sessions, use the rate limiting function of MaxSessions to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxSessions 10','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.20\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(28652,'Ensure SSH LoginGraceTime is set to one minute or less.','The LoginGraceTime parameter specifies the time allowed for successful authentication to the SSH server. The longer the Grace period is the more open unauthenticated connections can exist. Like other session controls in this session the Grace Period should be limited to appropriate organizational limits to ensure the service is available for needed access.','Setting the LoginGraceTime parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. It will also limit the number of concurrent unauthenticated connections. While the recommended setting is 60 seconds (1 Minute), set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LoginGraceTime 60','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\", \"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28653,'Ensure SSH Idle Timeout Interval is configured.','NOTE: To clarify, the two settings described below is only meant for idle connections from a protocol perspective and not meant to check if the user is active or not. An idle user does not mean an idle connection. SSH does not and never had, intentionally, the capability to drop idle users. In SSH versions before 8.2p1 there was a bug that caused these values to behave in such a manner that they where abused to disconnect idle users. This bug has been resolved in 8.2p1 and thus it can no longer be abused disconnect idle users. The two options ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax control the timeout of SSH sessions. Taken directly from man 5 sshd_config: - ClientAliveInterval Sets a timeout interval in seconds after which if no data has been received from the client, sshd(8) will send a message through the encrypted channel to request a response from the client. The default is 0, indicating that these messages will not be sent to the client. - ClientAliveCountMax Sets the number of client alive messages which may be sent without sshd(8) receiving any messages back from the client. If this threshold is reached while client alive messages are being sent, sshd will disconnect the client, terminating the session. It is important to note that the use of client alive messages is very different from TCPKeepAlive. The client alive messages are sent through the encrypted channel and therefore will not be spoofable. The TCP keepalive option enabled by TCPKeepAlive is spoofable. The client alive mechanism is valuable when the client or server depend on knowing when a connection has become unresponsive. The default value is 3. If ClientAliveInterval is set to 15, and ClientAliveCountMax is left at the default, unresponsive SSH clients will be disconnected after approximately 45 seconds. Setting a zero ClientAliveCountMax disables connection termination.','In order to prevent resource exhaustion, appropriate values should be set for both ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax. Specifically, looking at the source code, ClientAliveCountMax must be greater than zero in order to utilize the ability of SSH to drop idle connections. If connections are allowed to stay open indefinately, this can potentially be used as a DDOS attack or simple resource exhaustion could occur over unreliable networks. The example set here is a 45 second timeout. Consult your site policy for network timeouts and apply as appropriate.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameters according to site policy. Example: ClientAliveInterval 15 ClientAliveCountMax 3','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.22\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28654,'Ensure sudo is installed.','sudo allows a permitted user to execute a command as the superuser or another user, as specified by the security policy. The invoking user\'s real (not effective) user ID is used to determine the user name with which to query the security policy.','sudo supports a plug-in architecture for security policies and input/output logging. Third parties can develop and distribute their own policy and I/O logging plug-ins to work seamlessly with the sudo front end. The default security policy is sudoers, which is configured via the file /etc/sudoers and any entries in /etc/sudoers.d. The security policy determines what privileges, if any, a user has to run sudo. The policy may require that users authenticate themselves with a password or another authentication mechanism. If authentication is required, sudo will exit if the user\'s password is not entered within a configurable time limit. This limit is policy-specific.','','First determine is LDAP functionality is required. If so, then install sudo-ldap, else install sudo. Example: # apt install sudo','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28655,'Ensure sudo commands use pty.','sudo can be configured to run only from a pseudo terminal (pseudo-pty).','Attackers can run a malicious program using sudo which would fork a background process that remains even when the main program has finished executing.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers with visudo or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo -f and add the following line: Defaults use_pty','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28656,'Ensure sudo log file exists.','sudo can use a custom log file.','A sudo log file simplifies auditing of sudo commands.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo or visudo -f and add the following line: Example: Defaults logfile=\'/var/log/sudo.log\'','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28657,'Ensure users must provide password for privilege escalation.','The operating system must be configured so that users must provide a password for privilege escalation.','Without (re-)authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user (re-)authenticate.','This will prevent automated processes from being able to elevate privileges.','Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any line with occurrences of NOPASSWD tags in the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28658,'Ensure re-authentication for privilege escalation is not disabled globally.','The operating system must be configured so that users must re-authenticate for privilege escalation.','Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user re-authenticate.','','Configure the operating system to require users to reauthenticate for privilege escalation. Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any occurrences of !authenticate tags in the file(s).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28659,'Ensure sudo authentication timeout is configured correctly.','sudo caches used credentials for a default of 15 minutes. This is for ease of use when there are multiple administrative tasks to perform. The timeout can be modified to suit local security policies. This default is distribution specific. See audit section for further information.','Setting a timeout value reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized privileged access to another user.','','If the currently configured timeout is larger than 15 minutes, edit the file listed in the audit section with visudo -f and modify the entry timestamp_timeout= to 15 minutes or less as per your site policy. The value is in minutes. This particular entry may appear on its own, or on the same line as env_reset. See the following two examples: Defaults env_reset, timestamp_timeout=15 Defaults timestamp_timeout=15 Defaults env_reset','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28660,'Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','The su command allows a user to run a command or shell as another user. The program has been superseded by sudo, which allows for more granular control over privileged access. Normally, the su command can be executed by any user. By uncommenting the pam_wheel.so statement in /etc/pam.d/su, the su command will only allow users in a specific groups to execute su. This group should be empty to reinforce the use of sudo for privileged access.','Restricting the use of su , and using sudo in its place, provides system administrators better control of the escalation of user privileges to execute privileged commands. The sudo utility also provides a better logging and audit mechanism, as it can log each command executed via sudo , whereas su can only record that a user executed the su program.','','Create an empty group that will be specified for use of the su command. The group should be named according to site policy. Example: # groupadd sugroup Add the following line to the /etc/pam.d/su file, specifying the empty group: auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid group=sugroup','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28661,'Ensure password creation requirements are configured.','The pam_pwquality.so module checks the strength of passwords. It performs checks such as making sure a password is not a dictionary word, it is a certain length, contains a mix of characters (e.g. alphabet, numeric, other) and more. The following options are set in the /etc/security/pwquality.conf file: - Password Length: > minlen = 14 - password must be 14 characters or more - Password complexity: > minclass = 4 - The minimum number of required classes of characters for the new password (digits, uppercase, lowercase, others) OR > dcredit = -1 - provide at least one digit > ucredit = -1 - provide at least one uppercase character > ocredit = -1 - provide at least one special character > lcredit = -1 - provide at least one lowercase character.','Strong passwords protect systems from being hacked through brute force methods.','','The following setting is a recommend example policy. Alter these values to conform to your own organization\'s password policies. Run the following command to install the pam_pwquality module: # apt install libpam-pwquality Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password length to conform to site policy: minlen = 14 Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password complexity to conform to site policy: Option 1: minclass = 4 Option 2: dcredit = -1 ucredit = -1 ocredit = -1 lcredit = -1','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28662,'Ensure lockout for failed password attempts is configured.','Lock out users after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts. The first sets of changes are made to the common PAM configuration files. The second set of changes are applied to the program specific PAM configuration file. The second set of changes must be applied to each program that will lock out users. Check the documentation for each secondary program for instructions on how to configure them to work with PAM. All configuration of faillock is located in /etc/security/faillock.conf and well commented. - deny - Deny access if the number of consecutive authentication failures for this user during the recent interval exceeds n tries. - fail_interval - The length of the interval, in seconds, during which the consecutive authentication failures must happen for the user account to be locked out - unlock_time - The access will be re-enabled after n seconds after the lock out. The value 0 has the same meaning as value never - the access will not be re-enabled without resetting the faillock entries by the faillock command. Set the lockout number and unlock time in accordance with local site policy.','Locking out user IDs after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts mitigates brute force password attacks against your systems.','It is critical to test and validate any PAM changes before deploying. Any misconfiguration could cause the system to be inaccessible.','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. Common auth Edit /etc/pam.d/common-auth and ensure that faillock is configured. Note: It is critical to understand each line and the relevant arguments for successful implementation. The order of these entries is very specific. The pam_faillock.so lines surround the pam_unix.so line. The comment \"Added to enable faillock\" is shown to highlight the additional lines and their order in the file. # here are the per-package modules (the \"Primary\" block) auth required pam_faillock.so preauth # Added to enable faillock auth [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so nullok auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail # Added to enable faillock auth sufficient pam_faillock.so authsucc # Added to enable faillock # here\'s the fallback if no module succeeds auth requisite pam_deny.so # prime the stack with a positive return value if there isn\'t one already; # this avoids us returning an error just because nothing sets a success code # since the modules above will each just jump around auth required pam_permit.so # and here are more per-package modules (the \"Additional\" block) auth optional pam_cap.so # end of pam-auth-update config Common account Edit /etc/pam.d/common-account and ensure that the following stanza is at the end of the file. account required pam_faillock.so Fail lock configuration Edit /etc/security/faillock.conf and configure it per your site policy. Example: deny = 4 fail_interval = 900 unlock time = 600','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28663,'Ensure password reuse is limited.','The /etc/security/opasswd file stores the users\' old passwords and can be checked to ensure that users are not recycling recent passwords.','Forcing users not to reuse their past 5 passwords make it less likely that an attacker will be able to guess the password.','','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. Edit the /etc/pam.d/common-password file to include the remember option and conform to site policy as shown: password [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure use_authtok try_first_pass yescrypt remember=5','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28664,'Ensure password hashing algorithm is up to date with the latest standards.','The commands below change password encryption to yescrypt. All existing accounts will need to perform a password change to upgrade the stored hashes to the new algorithm.','The yescrypt algorithm provides much stronger hashing than previous available algorithms, thus providing additional protection to the system by increasing the level of effort for an attacker to successfully determine passwords. Note: these change only apply to accounts configured on the local system.','','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. PAM: Edit the /etc/pam.d/common-password file and ensure that no hashing algorithm option for pam_unix.so is set: password [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure use_authtok try_first_pass remember=5. Login definitions: Edit /etc/login.defs and ensure that ENCRYPT_METHOD is set to yescrypt.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28665,'Ensure minimum days between password changes is configured.','The PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to prevent users from changing their password until a minimum number of days have passed since the last time the user changed their password. It is recommended that PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter be set to 1 or more days.','By restricting the frequency of password changes, an administrator can prevent users from repeatedly changing their password in an attempt to circumvent password reuse controls.','','Set the PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter to 1 in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MIN_DAYS 1 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --mindays 1 ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28666,'Ensure password expiration is 365 days or less.','The PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to force passwords to expire once they reach a defined age.','The window of opportunity for an attacker to leverage compromised credentials or successfully compromise credentials via an online brute force attack is limited by the age of the password. Therefore, reducing the maximum age of a password also reduces an attacker\'s window of opportunity. It is recommended that the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter does not exceed 365 days and is greater than the value of PASS_MIN_DAYS.','','Set the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter to conform to site policy in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MAX_DAYS 365 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --maxdays 365 ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28667,'Ensure password expiration warning days is 7 or more.','The PASS_WARN_AGE parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to notify users that their password will expire in a defined number of days. It is recommended that the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter be set to 7 or more days.','Providing an advance warning that a password will be expiring gives users time to think of a secure password. Users caught unaware may choose a simple password or write it down where it may be discovered.','','Set the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter to 7 in /etc/login.defs : PASS_WARN_AGE 7 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --warndays 7 ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28668,'Ensure inactive password lock is 30 days or less.','User accounts that have been inactive for over a given period of time can be automatically disabled. It is recommended that accounts that are inactive for 30 days after password expiration be disabled.','Inactive accounts pose a threat to system security since the users are not logging in to notice failed login attempts or other anomalies.','','Run the following command to set the default password inactivity period to 30 days: # useradd -D -f 30 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --inactive 30 ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28669,'Ensure default group for the root account is GID 0.','The usermod command can be used to specify which group the root user belongs to. This affects permissions of files that are created by the root user.','Using GID 0 for the root account helps prevent root -owned files from accidentally becoming accessible to non-privileged users.','','Run the following command to set the root user default group to GID 0 : # usermod -g 0 root','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28670,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd are configured.','The /etc/passwd file contains user account information that is used by many system utilities and therefore must be readable for these utilities to operate.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd file is protected from unauthorized write access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following command to set permissions on /etc/passwd: # chown root:root /etc/passwd # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28671,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd- are configured.','The /etc/passwd- file contains backup user account information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following command to set permissions on /etc/passwd- : # chown root:root /etc/passwd- # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd-','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28672,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group are configured.','The /etc/group file contains a list of all the valid groups defined in the system. The command below allows read/write access for root and read access for everyone else.','The /etc/group file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users, but needs to be readable as this information is used with many non-privileged programs.','','Run the following command to set permissions on /etc/group : # chown root:root /etc/group # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28673,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group- are configured.','The /etc/group- file contains a backup list of all the valid groups defined in the system.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/group- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following command to set permissions on /etc/group- : # chown root:root /etc/group- # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group-','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28674,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow are configured.','The /etc/shadow file is used to store the information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/shadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/shadow file (such as expiration) could also be useful to subvert the user accounts.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/shadow to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:root /etc/shadow # chown root:shadow /etc/shadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/shadow: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/shadow','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28675,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow- are configured.','The /etc/shadow- file is used to store backup information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/shadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/shadow- to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:root /etc/shadow- # chown root:shadow /etc/shadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/shadow-: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/shadow-','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28676,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow are configured.','The /etc/gshadow file is used to store the information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/gshadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/gshadow file (such as group administrators) could also be useful to subvert the group.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/gshadow to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:root /etc/gshadow # chown root:shadow /etc/gshadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/gshadow: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/gshadow','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28677,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow- are configured.','The /etc/gshadow- file is used to store backup information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/gshadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/gshadow- to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:root /etc/gshadow- # chown root:shadow /etc/gshadowRun the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/gshadow-: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/gshadow-','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28678,'Ensure accounts in /etc/passwd use shadowed passwords.','Local accounts can uses shadowed passwords. With shadowed passwords, The passwords are saved in shadow password file, /etc/shadow, encrypted by a salted oneway hash. Accounts with a shadowed password have an x in the second field in /etc/passwd.','The /etc/passwd file also contains information like user ID\'s and group ID\'s that are used by many system programs. Therefore, the /etc/passwd file must remain world readable. In spite of encoding the password with a randomly-generated one-way hash function, an attacker could still break the system if they got access to the /etc/passwd file. This can be mitigated by using shadowed passwords, thus moving the passwords in the /etc/passwd file to /etc/shadow. The /etc/shadow file is set so only root will be able to read and write. This helps mitigate the risk of an attacker gaining access to the encoded passwords with which to perform a dictionary attack. Note: All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user. A user account with an empty second field in /etc/passwd allows the account to be logged into by providing only the username.','','Run the following command to set accounts to use shadowed passwords: # sed -e \'s/^([a-zA-Z0-9_]*):[^:]*:/1:x:/\' -i /etc/passwd Investigate to determine if the account is logged in and what it is being used for, to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28679,'Ensure /etc/shadow password fields are not empty.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password.','All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user.','','If any accounts in the /etc/shadow file do not have a password, run the following command to lock the account until it can be determined why it does not have a password: # passwd -l Also, check to see if the account is logged in and investigate what it is being used for to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28680,'Ensure shadow group is empty.','The shadow group allows system programs which require access the ability to read the /etc/shadow file. No users should be assigned to the shadow group.','Any users assigned to the shadow group would be granted read access to the /etc/shadow file. If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/shadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed passwords to break them. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/shadow file (such as expiration) could also be useful to subvert additional user accounts.','','Run the following command to remove all users from the shadow group # sed -ri \'s/(^shadow:[^:]*:[^:]*:)([^:]+$)/1/\' /etc/group Change the primary group of any users with shadow as their primary group. # usermod -g ','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28681,'Ensure root is the only UID 0 account.','Any account with UID 0 has superuser privileges on the system.','This access must be limited to only the default root account and only from the system console. Administrative access must be through an unprivileged account using an approved mechanism as noted in Item 5.6 Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','','Remove any users other than root with UID 0 or assign them a new UID if appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29000,'Ensure All Apple-provided Software Is Current.','Software vendors release security patches and software updates for their products when security vulnerabilities are discovered. There is no simple way to complete this action without a network connection to an Apple software repository. Please ensure appropriate access for this control. This check is only for what Apple provides through software update.','It is important that these updates be applied in a timely manner to prevent unauthorized persons from exploiting the identified vulnerabilities.','','1. In Terminal, run the following command to verify what packages need to be installed: sudo softwareupdate -l. 2.1. In Terminal, run the following command to install all the packages that need to be updated: sudo software -i -a -R. 2.2. In Terminal, run the following for any packages that show up in step 1: sudo softwareupdate -i packagename\'','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29001,'Ensure Auto Update Is Enabled.','Auto Update verifies that your system has the newest security patches and software updates. If \"Automatically check for updates\" is not selected background updates for new malware definition files from Apple for XProtect and Gatekeeper will not occur.','It is important that a system has the newest updates applied so as to prevent unauthorized persons from exploiting identified vulnerabilities.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to enable the auto update feature: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticCheckEnabled -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29002,'Ensure Download New Updates When Available is Enabled.','In the GUI both \"Install macOS updates\" and \"Install app updates from the App Store\" are dependent on whether \"Download new updates when available\" is selected.','It is important that a system has the newest updates downloaded so that they can be applied.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to enable the auto update feature: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticDownload -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29003,'Ensure Installation of App Update Is Enabled.','Ensure that application updates are installed after they are available from Apple. These updates do not require reboots or admin privileges for end users.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to enable the auto update feature: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.commerce AutoUpdate -bool TRUE','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29004,'Ensure System Data Files and Security Updates Are Downloaded Automatically Is Enabled.','Ensure that system and security updates are installed after they are available from Apple. This setting enables definition updates for XProtect and Gatekeeper. With this setting in place new malware and adware that Apple has added to the list of malware or untrusted software will not execute. These updates do not require reboots or end user admin rights.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to enable install system data files and security updates: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate ConfigDataInstall -bool true && sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate CriticalUpdateInstall -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29005,'Ensure Install of macOS Updates Is Enabled.','Ensure that macOS updates are installed after they are available from Apple. This setting enables macOS updates to be automatically installed. Some environments will want to approve and test updates before they are delivered. It is best practice to test first where updates can and have caused disruptions to operations. Automatic updates should be turned off where changes are tightly controlled and there are mature testing and approval processes. Automatic updates should not be turned off so the admin can call the users first to let them know it\'s ok to install. A dependable, repeatable process involving a patch agent or remote management tool should be in place before auto-updates are turned off.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','','Run the following command to to enable automatic checking and installing of macOS updates: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticallyInstallMacOSUpdates -bool TRUE','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29006,'Ensure Bluetooth Is Disabled If No Devices Are Paired.','Bluetooth devices use a wireless communications system that replaces the cables used by other peripherals to connect to a system. It is by design a peer-to-peer network technology and typically lacks centralized administration and security enforcement infrastructure.','Bluetooth is particularly susceptible to a diverse set of security vulnerabilities involving identity detection, location tracking, denial of service, unintended control and access of data and voice channels, and unauthorized device control and data access.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to disable bluetooth: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.Bluetooth ControllerPowerState -int 0 && sudo killall -HUP bluetoothd','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29007,'Ensure Show Bluetooth Status in Menu Bar Is Enabled.','By showing the Bluetooth status in the menu bar, a small Bluetooth icon is placed in the menu bar. This icon quickly shows the status of Bluetooth, and can allow the user to quickly turn Bluetooth on or off.','Enabling \"Show Bluetooth status in menu bar\" is a security awareness method that helps understand the current state of Bluetooth, including whether it is enabled, discoverable, what paired devices exist, and what paired devices are currently active.','','For each user, run the following command to enable Bluetooth status in the menu bar: sudo -u defaults -currentHost write com.apple.controlcenter.plist Bluetooth -int 18','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29008,'Ensure \"Set time and date automatically\" Is Enabled','Correct date and time settings are required for authentication protocols, file creation, modification dates and log entries.','Kerberos may not operate correctly if the time on the Mac is off by more than 5 minutes. This in turn can affect Apple\'s single sign-on feature, Active Directory logons, and other features.','','Run the following commands: sudo systemsetup -setnetworktimeserver sudo systemsetup -setusingnetworktime on. Run the following commands if you have not set, or need to set, a new time zone: sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -listtimezones sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -settimezone ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29009,'Ensure time set is within appropriate limits.','Correct date and time settings are required for authentication protocols, file creation, modification dates and log entries. Ensure that time on the computer is within acceptable limits. Truly accurate time is measured within milliseconds. For this audit, a drift under four and a half minutes passes the control check. Since Kerberos is one of the important features of macOS integration into Directory systems the guidance here is to warn you before there could be an impact to operations. From the perspective of accurate time, this check is not strict, so it may be too great for your organization. Your organization can adjust to a smaller offset value as needed. Note: ntpdate has been deprecated with 10.14. sntp replaces that command. NOTE: set the correct network time server in the rules.','Kerberos may not operate correctly if the time on the Mac is off by more than 5 minutes. This in turn can affect Apple\'s single sign-on feature, Active Directory logons, and other features. Audit check is for more than 4 minutes and 30 seconds ahead or behind.','','Run the following commands to ensure your time is set within an appropriate limit: sudo systemsetup -getnetworktimeserver -> Get the time server name and then run: sudo touch /var/db/ntp-kod && sudo chown root:wheel /var/db/ntp-kod && sudo sntp -sS ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29010,'Ensure an Inactivity Interval of 20 Minutes Or Less for the Screen Saver Is Enabled.','A locking screensaver is one of the standard security controls to limit access to a computer and the current user\'s session when the computer is temporarily unused or unattended. In macOS the screensaver starts after a value selected in a drop down menu, 10 minutes and 20 minutes are both options and either is acceptable. Any value can be selected through the command line or script but a number that is not reflected in the GUI can be problematic. 20 minutes is the default for new accounts.','Setting an inactivity interval for the screensaver prevents unauthorized persons from viewing a system left unattended for an extensive period of time.','','Run the following command to verify that the idle time of the screen saver to 20 minutes or less (≤1200): $ sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults -currentHost write com.apple.screensaver idleTime -int . If there are multiple users out of compliance with the prescribed setting, run this command for each user to set their idle time: $ sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults -currentHost write com.apple.screensaver idleTime -int . Note: Issues arise if the command line is used to make the setting something other than what is available in the GUI Menu. Choose either 1 (60), 2 (120), 5 (300), 10 (600), or 20 (120) minutes to avoid any issues. Profile Method: 1. Create or edit a configuration profile with the PayLoadType of com.apple.screensaver.user 2. Add the key idleTime 3. Set the key to <≤1200> ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29011,'Ensure Screen Saver Corners Are Secure.','Hot Corners can be configured to disable the screen saver by moving the mouse cursor to a corner of the screen.','Setting a hot corner to disable the screen saver poses a potential security risk since an unauthorized person could use this to bypass the login screen and gain access to the system.','','Run the following command to turn off Disable Screen Saver for a Hot Corner: sudo -u defaults write com.apple.dock -int 0 ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29012,'Ensure Remote Apple Events Is Disabled.','Apple Events is a technology that allows one program to communicate with other programs. Remote Apple Events allows a program on one computer to communicate with a program on a different computer.','Disabling Remote Apple Events mitigates the risk of an unauthorized program gaining access to the system.','','Run the following command in Terminal: sudo systemsetup -setremoteappleevents off','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29013,'Ensure Internet Sharing Is Disabled','Internet Sharing uses the open source natd process to share an internet connection with other computers and devices on a local network. This allows the Mac to function as a router and share the connection to other, possibly unauthorized, devices.','Disabling Internet Sharing reduces the remote attack surface of the system.','','Run the following command to turn off Internet Sharing: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/SystemConfiguration/com.apple.nat NAT -dict Enabled -int 0','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29014,'Ensure Screen Sharing Is Disabled.','Screen Sharing allows a computer to connect to another computer on a network and display the computer’s screen. While sharing the computer’s screen, the user can control what happens on that computer, such as opening documents or applications, opening, moving, or closing windows, and even shutting down the computer.','Disabling Screen Sharing mitigates the risk of remote connections being made without the user of the console knowing that they are sharing the computer.','','Run the following command to turn off Screen Sharing: sudo launchctl disable system/com.apple.screensharing','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29015,'Ensure Printer Sharing Is Disabled.','By enabling Printer Sharing the computer is set up as a print server to accept print jobs from other computers. Dedicated print servers or direct IP printing should be used instead.','Disabling Printer Sharing mitigates the risk of attackers attempting to exploit the print server to gain access to the system.','','Run the following command in Terminal: sudo cupsctl --no-share-printers','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29016,'Ensure Remote Login Is Disabled.','Remote Login allows an interactive terminal connection to a computer.','Disabling Remote Login mitigates the risk of an unauthorized person gaining access to the system via Secure Shell (SSH). While SSH is an industry standard to connect to posix servers, the scope of the benchmark is for Apple macOS clients, not servers. macOS does have an IP based firewall available (pf, ipfw has been deprecated) that is not enabled or configured. There are more details and links in section 7.5. macOS no longer has TCP Wrappers support built-in and does not have strong Brute-Force password guessing mitigations, or frequent patching of openssh by Apple. Most macOS computers are mobile workstations, managing IP based firewall rules on mobile devices can be very resource intensive. All of these factors can be parts of running a hardened SSH server.','','Run the following command in Terminal: sudo systemsetup -setremotelogin off','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29017,'Ensure DVD or CD Sharing Is Disabled.','DVD or CD Sharing allows users to remotely access the system\'s optical drive. While Apple does not ship Macs with built-in optical drives any longer, external optical drives are still recognized when they are connected. In testing the sharing of an external optical drive persists when a drive is reconnected.','Disabling DVD or CD Sharing minimizes the risk of an attacker using the optical drive as a vector for attack and exposure of sensitive data.','','Run the following command to disable DVD or CD sharing: sudo launchctl disable system/com.apple.ODSAgent ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29018,'Ensure Bluetooth Sharing Is Disabled.','Bluetooth Sharing allows files to be exchanged with Bluetooth enabled devices.','Disabling Bluetooth Sharing minimizes the risk of an attacker using Bluetooth to remotely attack the system.','','Run the following command to disable Bluetooth Sharing is disabled: sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults -currentHost write com.apple.Bluetooth PrefKeyServicesEnabled -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29019,'Ensure File Sharing Is Disabled.','Server Message Block (SMB), Common Internet File System (CIFS) When Windows (or possibly Linux) computers need to access file shared on a Mac, SMB/CIFS file sharing is commonly used. Apple warns that SMB sharing stores passwords is a less secure fashion than AFP sharing and anyone with system access can gain access to the password for that account. When sharing with SMB, each user that will access the Mac must have SMB enabled.','By disabling file sharing, the remote attack surface and risk of unauthorized access to files stored on the system is reduced.','','Run the following command to disable SMB file sharing: sudo launchctl disable system/com.apple.smbd ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29020,'Ensure Remote Management Is Disabled.','Remote Management is the client portion of Apple Remote Desktop (ARD). Remote Management can be used by remote administrators to view the current screen, install software, report on, and generally manage client Macs. The screen sharing options in Remote Management are identical to those in the Screen Sharing section. In fact, only one of the two can be configured. If Remote Management is used, refer to the Screen Sharing section above on issues regard screen sharing. Remote Management should only be enabled when a Directory is in place to manage the accounts with access. Computers will be available on port 5900 on a macOS System and could accept connections from untrusted hosts depending on the configuration, definitely a concern for mobile systems.','Remote Management should only be enabled on trusted networks with strong user controls present in a Directory system. Mobile devices without strict controls are vulnerable to exploit and monitoring.','','Run the following command to disable Remote Management: sudo /System/Library/CoreServices/RemoteManagement/ARDAgent.app/Contents/Resources/kickstart -deactivate -stop','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29021,'Ensure Content Caching Is Disabled.','Starting with 10.13 (macOS High Sierra) Apple introduced a service to make it easier to deploy data from Apple, including software updates, where there are bandwidth constraints to the Internet and fewer constraints and greater bandwidth on the local subnet. This capability can be very valuable for organizations that have throttled and possibly metered Internet connections. In heterogeneous enterprise networks with multiple subnets the effectiveness of this capability would be determined on how many Macs were on each subnet at the time new large updates were made available upstream. This capability requires the use of mac OS clients as P2P nodes for updated Apple content. Unless there is a business requirement to manage operational Internet connectivity bandwidth user endpoints should not store content and act as a cluster to provision data.','The main use case for Mac computers is as mobile user endpoints. P2P sharing services should not be enabled on laptops that are using untrusted networks. Content Caching can allow a computer to be a server for local nodes on an untrusted network. While there are certainly logical controls that could be used to mitigate risk they add to the management complexity, since the value of the service is in specific use cases organizations with the use case described above can accept risk as necessary.','','Run the following command to disable Content Caching:: sudo AssetCacheManagerUtil deactivate','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29022,'Ensure AirDrop Is Disabled.','AirDrop is Apple\'s built-in on demand ad hoc file exchange system that is compatible with both macOS and iOS. It uses Bluetooth LE for discovery that limits connectivity to Mac or iOS users that are in close proximity. Depending on the setting it allows everyone or only Contacts to share files when they are nearby to each other. In many ways this technology is far superior to the alternatives. The file transfer is done over a TLS encrypted session, does not require any open ports that are required for file sharing, does not leave file copies on email servers or within cloud storage, and allows for the service to be mitigated so that only people already trusted and added to contacts can interact with you. While there are positives to AirDrop, there are privacy concerns that could expose personal information. For that reason, AirDrop should be disabled, and should only be enabled when needed and disabled afterwards.','AirDrop can allow malicious files to be downloaded from unknown sources. Contacts Only limits may expose personal information to devices in the same area.','','Run the following commands to disable AirDrop: sudo -u defaults write com.apple.NetworkBrowser DisableAirDrop -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29023,'Ensure Media Sharing Is Disabled.','Starting with macOS 10.15 Apple has provided a control to allow a user to share Apple downloaded content on all Apple devices that are signed in with the same Apple ID. This allows a user to share downloaded Movies, Music or TV shows with other controlled macOS, iOS and iPadOS devices as well as photos with Apple TVs. With this capability guest users can also use media downloaded on the computer. The recommended best practice is not to use the computer as a server but to utilize Apple\'s cloud storage to download and use content stored there if content stored with Apple is used on multiple devices.','Disabling Media Sharing reduces the remote attack surface of the system.','','Run the following command to disable Media Sharing: sudo -u defaults write com.apple.amp.mediasharingd home-sharing-enabled -int 0','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.12\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29024,'Ensure FileVault Is Enabled.','FileVault secures a system\'s data by automatically encrypting its boot volume and requiring a password or recovery key to access it. FileVault may also be enabled using command line using the fdesetup command. To use this functionality, consult the Der Flounder blog for more details (see references).','Encrypting sensitive data minimizes the likelihood of unauthorized users gaining access to it.','','Perform the following to enable FileVault: 1. Open System Preferences 2. Select Security & Privacy 3. Select FileVault 4. Select Turn on FileVault','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29025,'Ensure Gatekeeper is Enabled.','Gatekeeper is Apple\'s application allowlisting control that restricts downloaded applications from launching. It functions as a control to limit applications from unverified sources from running without authorization.','Disallowing unsigned software will reduce the risk of unauthorized or malicious applications from running on the system.','','Run the following command to enable Gatekeeper to allow applications from App Store and identified developers: sudo /usr/sbin/spctl --master-enable','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29026,'Ensure Firewall Is Enabled.','A firewall is a piece of software that blocks unwanted incoming connections to a system. Apple has posted general documentation about the application firewall.','A firewall minimizes the threat of unauthorized users from gaining access to your system while connected to a network or the Internet.','','Run the following command to enable the firewall: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.alf globalstate -int For the , use either 1, specific services, or 2, essential services only.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29027,'Ensure Firewall Stealth Mode Is Enabled.','While in Stealth mode the computer will not respond to unsolicited probes, dropping that traffic.','Stealth mode on the firewall minimizes the threat of system discovery tools while connected to a network or the Internet.','','Run the following command to enable stealth mode: sudo /usr/libexec/ApplicationFirewall/socketfilterfw --setstealthmode on','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29028,'Ensure Location Services Is Enabled.','macOS uses location information gathered through local Wi-Fi networks to enable applications to supply relevant information to users. With the operating system verifying the location, users do not need to change the time or the time zone. The computer will change them based on the user\'s location. They do not need to specify their location for weather or travel times and even get alerts on travel times to meetings and appointment where location information is supplied. Location Services simplify some processes, for the purpose of asset management and time and log management, with mobile computers. There are some use cases where it is important that the computer not be able to report its exact location. While the general use case is to enable Location Services, it should not be allowed if the physical location of the computer and the user should not be public knowledge.','Location Services are helpful in most use cases and can simplify log and time management where computers change time zones.','','Run the following command to enable Location Services: sudo launchctl load -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/com.apple.locationd.plist','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29029,'Ensure Sending Diagnostic and Usage Data to Apple Is Disabled.','Apple provides a mechanism to send diagnostic and analytics data back to Apple to help them improve the platform. Information sent to Apple may contain internal organizational information that should be controlled and not available for processing by Apple. Turn off all Analytics and Improvements sharing. Share Mac Analytics (Share with App Developers dependent on Mac Analytic sharing) - Includes diagnostics, usage and location data. Share iCloud Analytics - Includes iCloud data and usage information.','Organizations should have knowledge of what is shared with the vendor and the setting automatically forwards information to Apple.','','Perform the following to disable diagnostic data being sent to Apple: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Application Support/CrashReporter/DiagnosticMessagesHistory.plist AutoSubmit -bool false, sudo /bin/chmod 644 /Library/Application Support/CrashReporter/DiagnosticMessagesHistory.plist, sudo /usr/sbin/chgrp admin /Library/Application Support/CrashReporter/DiagnosticMessagesHistory.plist','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29030,'Ensure Backup Up Automatically is Enabled.','Backup solutions are only effective if the backups run on a regular basis. The time to check for backups is before the hard drive fails or the computer goes missing. In order to simplify the user experience so that backups are more likely to occur Time Machine should be on and set to Back Up Automatically whenever the target volume is available. Operational staff should ensure that backups complete on a regular basis and the backups are tested to ensure that file restoration from backup is possible when needed. Backup dates are available even when the target volume is not available in the Time Machine plist. SnapshotDates = ( \"2012-08-20 12:10:22 +0000\", \"2013-02-03 23:43:22 +0000\", \"2014-02-19 21:37:21 +0000\", \"2015-02-22 13:07:25 +0000\", \"2016-08-20 14:07:14 +0000\" When the backup volume is connected to the computer more extensive information is available through tmutil. See man tmutil','Backups should automatically run whenever the backup drive is available.','','Run the following command to enable automatic backups if Time Machine is enabled: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.TimeMachine.plist AutoBackup -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"2.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29031,'Ensure Wake for Network Access Is Disabled.','This feature allows the computer to take action when the user is not present and the computer is in energy saving mode. These tools require FileVault to remain unlocked and fully rejoin known networks. This macOS feature is meant to allow the computer to resume activity as needed regardless of physical security controls. This feature allows other users to be able to access your computer’s shared resources, such as shared printers or iTunes playlists, even when your computer is in sleep mode. In a closed network when only authorized devices could wake a computer it could be valuable to wake computers in order to do management push activity. Where mobile workstations and agents exist the device will more likely check in to receive updates when already awake. Mobile devices should not be listening for signals on any unmanaged network or where untrusted devices exist that could send wake signals.','Disabling this feature mitigates the risk of an attacker remotely waking the system and gaining access.','','Perform the following disable Wake for network access or Power Nap: Run the following command to disable Wake for network access: sudo pmset -a womp 0 ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29032,'Ensure Power Nap Is Disabled.','This feature allows the computer to take action when the user is not present and the computer is in energy saving mode. These tools require FileVault to remain unlocked and fully rejoin known networks. This macOS feature is meant to allow the computer to resume activity as needed regardless of physical security controls. Power Nap allows the system to stay in low power mode, especially while on battery power and periodically connect to previously named networks with stored credentials for user applications to phone home and get updates. This capability requires FileVault to remain unlocked and the use of previously joined networks to be risk accepted based on the SSID without user input. This control has been updated to check the status on both battery and AC Power. The presence of an electrical outlet does not completely correlate with logical and physical security of the device or available networks.','Disabling this feature mitigates the risk of an attacker remotely waking the system and gaining access. The use of Power Nap adds to the risk of compromised physical and logical security. The user should be able to decrypt FileVault and have the applications download what is required when the computer is actively used. The control to prevent computer sleep has been retired for this version of the Benchmark. Forcing the computer to stay on and use energy in case a management push is needed is contrary to most current management processes. Only keep computers unslept if after hours pushes are required on closed LANs.','','Perform the following disable Wake for network access or Power Nap: sudo pmset -a powernap 0','[{\"cis\": [\"2.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29033,'Ensure Secure Keyboard Entry terminal.app is Enabled.','Secure Keyboard Entry prevents other applications on the system and/or network from detecting and recording what is typed into Terminal.','Enabling Secure Keyboard Entry minimizes the risk of a key logger from detecting what is entered in Terminal.','','Perform the following to enable secure keyboard entries in Terminal: sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults write -app Terminal SecureKeyboardEntry -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29034,'Ensure EFI Version Is Valid and Checked Regularly.','In order to mitigate firmware attacks Apple has created an automated Firmware check to ensure that the EFI version running is a known good version from Apple. There is also an automated process to check it every seven days.','If the Firmware of a computer has been compromised the Operating System that the Firmware loads cannot be trusted either.','','If EFI does not pass the integrity check you may send a report to Apple. Backing up files and clean installing a known good Operating System and Firmware is recommended.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29035,'Ensure Security Auditing Is Enabled.','macOS\'s audit facility, auditd, receives notifications from the kernel when certain system calls, such as open, fork, and exit, are made. These notifications are captured and written to an audit log.','Logs generated by auditd may be useful when investigating a security incident as they may help reveal the vulnerable application and the actions taken by a malicious actor.','','Run the following command to load auditd: sudo launchctl load -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/com.apple.auditd.plist','[{\"cis\": [\"3.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29036,'Ensure install.log Is Retained for 365 or More Days and No Maximum Size.','macOS writes information pertaining to system-related events to the file /var/log/install.log and has a configurable retention policy for this file. The default logging setting limits the file size of the logs and the maximum size for all logs. The default allows for an errant application to fill the log files and does not enforce sufficient log retention. The Benchmark recommends a value based on standard use cases. The value should align with local requirements within the organization. The default value has an \"all_max\" file limitation, no reference to a minimum retention and a less precise rotation argument. The all_max flag control will remove old log entries based only on the size of the log files. Log size can vary widely depending on how verbose installing applications are in their log entries. The decision here is to ensure that logs go back a year and depending on the applications a size restriction could compromise the ability to store a full year. While this Benchmark is not scoring for a rotation flag the default rotation is sequential rather than using a timestamp. Auditors may prefer timestamps in order to simply review specific dates where event information is desired. Please review the File Rotation section in the man page for more information. man asl.conf - The maximum file size limitation string should be removed \"all_max=\" - An organization appropriate retention should be added \"ttl=\" - The rotation should be set with timestamps \"rotate=utc\" or \"rotate=local\"','Archiving and retaining install.log for at least a year is beneficial in the event of an incident as it will allow the user to view the various changes to the system along with the date and time they occurred.','','Perform the following to ensure that install logs are retained for at least 365 days: Edit the /etc/asl/com.apple.install file and add or modify the ttl value to 365 or greater on the file line. Also, remove the all_max= setting and value from the file line.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29037,'Ensure Access to Audit Records Is Controlled.','The audit system on macOS writes important operational and security information that can be both useful for an attacker and a place for an attacker to attempt to obfuscate unwanted changes that were recorded. As part of defense-in-depth the /etc/security/audit_control configuration and the files in /var/audit should be owned only by root with group wheel with read-only rights and no other access allowed. macOS ACLs should not be used for these files.','Audit records should never be changed except by the system daemon posting events. Records may be viewed or extracts manipulated, but the authoritative files should be protected from unauthorized changes.','','Run the following to commands to set the audit records to the root user and wheel group: sudo chown -R root:wheel /etc/security/audit_control, sudo chmod -R o-rw /etc/security/audit_control, sudo chown -R root:wheel /var/audit/, sudo chmod -R o-rw /var/audit/ Note: It is recommended to do a thorough verification process on why the audit logs have been changed before following the remediation steps. If the system has different access controls on the audit logs, and the changes cannot be traced, a new install may be prudent. Check for signs of file tampering as well as unapproved OS changes.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29038,'Ensure Firewall Logging Is Enabled and Configured.','The socketfilter firewall is what is used when the firewall is turned on in the Security Preference Pane. In order to appropriately monitor what access is allowed and denied logging must be enabled. The logging level must be set to \"detailed\" to be useful in monitoring connection attempts that the firewall detects. Throttled login is not sufficient for examine firewall connection attempts.','In order to troubleshoot the successes and failures of a firewall, detailed logging should be enabled.','','Run the following command to enable logging of the firewall: sudo /usr/libexec/ApplicationFirewall/socketfilterfw --setloggingmode on. sudo /usr/libexec/ApplicationFirewall/socketfilterfw --setloggingopt detail.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29039,'Ensure Bonjour Advertising Services Is Disabled.','Bonjour is an auto-discovery mechanism for TCP/IP devices which enumerate devices and services within a local subnet. DNS on macOS is integrated with Bonjour and should not be turned off, but the Bonjour advertising service can be disabled.','Bonjour can simplify device discovery from an internal rogue or compromised host. An attacker could use Bonjour\'s multicast DNS feature to discover a vulnerable or poorly- configured service or additional information to aid a targeted attack. Implementing this control disables the continuous broadcasting of \"I\'m here!\" messages. Typical end-user endpoints should not have to advertise services to other computers. This setting does not stop the computer from sending out service discovery messages when looking for services on an internal subnet, if the computer is looking for a printer or server and using service discovery. To block all Bonjour traffic except to approved devices the pf or other firewall would be needed.','','Run the following command to disable Bonjour Advertising services: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.mDNSResponder.plist NoMulticastAdvertisements -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29040,'Ensure HTTP Server Is Disabled.','macOS used to have a graphical front-end to the embedded Apache web server in the Operating System. Personal web sharing could be enabled to allow someone on another computer to download files or information from the user\'s computer. Personal web sharing from a user endpoint has long been considered questionable, and Apple has removed that capability from the GUI. Apache however is still part of the Operating System and can be easily turned on to share files and provide remote connectivity to an end-user computer. Web sharing should only be done through hardened web servers and appropriate cloud services.','Web serving should not be done from a user desktop. Dedicated webservers or appropriate cloud storage should be used. Open ports make it easier to exploit the computer.','','Run the following command to disable the http server services: sudo launchctl disable system/org.apache.httpd','[{\"cis\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29041,'Ensure NFS Server Is Disabled.','macOS can act as an NFS fileserver. NFS sharing could be enabled to allow someone on another computer to mount shares and gain access to information from the user\'s computer. File sharing from a user endpoint has long been considered questionable, and Apple has removed that capability from the GUI. NFSD is still part of the Operating System and can be easily turned on to export shares and provide remote connectivity to an end-user computer.','File serving should not be done from a user desktop. Dedicated servers should be used. Open ports make it easier to exploit the computer.','','Run the following command to disable the nfsd fileserver services: sudo launchctl disable system/com.apple.nfsd. Remove the exported Directory listing: sudo rm /etc/exports','[{\"cis\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29042,'Ensure System Integrity Protection Status (SIPS) Is Enabled.','System Integrity Protection is a security feature introduced in OS X 10.11 El Capitan. System Integrity Protection restricts access to System domain locations and restricts runtime attachment to system processes. Any attempt to inspect or attach to a system process will fail. Kernel Extensions are now restricted to /Library/Extensions and are required to be signed with a Developer ID.','Running without System Integrity Protection on a production system runs the risk of the modification of system binaries or code injection of system processes that would otherwise be protected by SIP.','','Perform the following to enable System Integrity Protection: 1. Reboot into the Recovery Partition (reboot and hold down Command (⌘) + R) 2. Select Utilities 3. Select Terminal 4. Run the following command: sudo /usr/bin/csrutil enable Successfully enabled System Integrity Protection. Please restart the machine for the changes to take effect. 5. Reboot the computer','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29043,'Ensure Apple Mobile File Integrity Is Enabled.','Apple Mobile File Integrity was first released in macOS 10.12, the daemon and service block attempts to run unsigned code. AMFI uses lanchd, code signatures, certificates, entitlements, and provisioning profiles to create a filtered entitlement dictionary for an app. AMFI is the macOS kernel module that enforces code-signing and library validation.','Apple Mobile File Integrity (AMFI) validates that application code is validated.','','Run the following command to enable the Apple Mobile File Integrity service: sudo /usr/sbin/nvram boot-args=\"\"','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29044,'Ensure Library Validation Is Enabled.','Library Validation is a security feature introduced in macOS 10.10 Yosemite. Library Validation protects processes from loading arbitrary libraries. This stops root from loading arbitrary libraries into any process (depending on SIP status),and keeps root from becoming more powerful. Security is strengthened, because some user processes can no longer be fooled to run additional code without root\'s explicit request, which may grant access to daemons that depend on Library Validation for secure validation of code identity.','Running without Library Validation on a production system runs the risk of the modification of system binaries or code injection of system processes that would otherwise be protected by Library Validation.','','Run the following command to set library validation: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.security.libraryvalidation.plist DisableLibraryValidation -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29045,'Ensure Sealed System Volume (SSV) Is Enabled.','Sealed System Volume is a security feature introduced in macOS 11.0 Big Sur. During system installation, a SHA-256 cryptographic hash is calculated for all immutable system files and stored in a Merkle tree which itself is hashed as the Seal. Both are stored in the metadata of the snapshot created of the System volume. The seal is verified by the boot loader at startup. macOS will not boot if system files have been tampered with. If validation fails, the user will be instructed to reinstall the operating system. During read operations for files located in the Sealed System Volume, a hash is calculated and compared to the value stored in the Merkle tree.','Running without Sealed System Volume on a production system could run the risk of Apple software, that integrates directly with macOS, being modified.','','Perform the following to enable System Integrity Protection: 1. Reboot into the Recovery Partition (reboot and hold down Command (⌘) + R) 2. Select an administrator\'s account and enter that account\'s password 3. Select Utilities 4. Select Terminal 5. Run the following command: sudo /usr/bin/csrutil enable authenticated-root 6. Reboot the computer.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29046,'Ensure Appropriate Permissions Are Enabled for System Wide Applications.','Applications in the System Applications Directory (/Applications) should be world executable since that is their reason to be on the system. They should not be world-writable and allow any process or user to alter them for other processes or users to then execute modified versions.','Unauthorized modifications of applications could lead to the execution of malicious code.','','Run the following command to change the permissions for each application that does not meet the requirements: sudo chmod -R o-w /Applications/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29047,'Ensure No World Writable Files Exist in the System Folder.','Software sometimes insists on being installed in the /System/Volumes/Data/SystemDirectory and have inappropriate world-writable permissions.','Folders in /System/Volumes/Data/System should not be world-writable. The audit check excludes the \"Drop Box\" folder that is part of Apple\'s default user template.','','Run the following command to set permissions so that folders are not world writable in the /System folder: sudo chmod -R o-w /Path/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29048,'Ensure No World Writable Files Exist in the Library Folder.','Software sometimes insists on being installed in the /Library Directory and have inappropriate world-writable permissions.','Folders in /System/Volumes/Data/Library should not be world-writable. The audit check excludes the /System/Volumes/Data/Library/Caches and /System/Volumes/Data/Library/Preferences/Audio/Data folders where the sticky bit is set.','','Run the following command to set permissions so that folders are not world writable in the /System/Volumes/Data/Library folder: sudo /bin/chmod -R o-w /System/Volumes/Data/Library/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29049,'Ensure the Sudo Timeout Period Is Set to Zero.','The sudo command allows the user to run programs as the root user. Working as the root user allows the user an extremely high level of configurability within the system. This control along with the control to use a separate timestamp for each tty limits the window where an unauthorized user, process or attacker could utilize legitimate credentials that are valid for longer than required.','The sudo command stays logged in as the root user for five minutes before timing out and re-requesting a password. This five-minute window should be eliminated since it leaves the system extremely vulnerable. This is especially true if an exploit were to gain access to the system, since they would be able to make changes as a root user.','','Run the following command to edit the sudo settings: sudo visudo. Add the line \'Defaults timestamp_timeout=0\' in the Override built-in defaults section. ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29050,'Ensure a Separate Timestamp Is Enabled for Each User/tty Combo.','Using tty tickets ensures that a user must enter the sudo password in each Terminal session. With sudo versions 1.8 and higher, introduced in 10.12, the default value is to have tty tickets for each interface so that root access is limited to a specific terminal. The default configuration can be overwritten or not configured correctly on earlier versions of macOS.','In combination with removing the sudo timeout grace period, a further mitigation should be in place to reduce the possibility of a background process using elevated rights when a user elevates to root in an explicit context or tty. Additional mitigation should be in place to reduce the risk of privilege escalation of background processes.','','Edit the /etc/sudoers file with visudo and remove !tty_tickets from any Defaults line. If there is a Default line of timestamp_type= with a value other than tty, change the value to tty If there is a file in the /etc/sudoers.d/ folder that contains Defaults !tty_tickets, edit the file and remove !tty_tickets from any Defaults line. If there is a file /etc/sudoers.d/ folder that contains a Default line of timestamp_type= with a value other than tty, change the value to tty.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29051,'Ensure the \"root\" Account Is Disabled','The root account is a superuser account that has access privileges to perform any actions and read/write to any file on the computer. With some Linux distros the system administrator may commonly use the root account to perform administrative functions.','Enabling and using the root account puts the system at risk since any successful exploit or mistake while the root account is in use could have unlimited access privileges within the system. Using the sudo command allows users to perform functions as a root user while limiting and password protecting the access privileges. By default the root account is not enabled on a macOS computer. An administrator can escalate privileges using the sudo command (use -s or -i to get a root shell).','','Run the following command to disable the root user: sudo /usr/sbin/dsenableroot -d','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29052,'Ensure Automatic Login Is Disabled.','The automatic login feature saves a user\'s system access credentials and bypasses the login screen. Instead, the system automatically loads to the user\'s desktop screen.','Disabling automatic login decreases the likelihood of an unauthorized person gaining access to a system.','','Run the following command to disable automatic login: sudo defaults delete /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow autoLoginUser','[{\"cis\": [\"5.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29053,'Require an administrator password to access system-wide preferences.','System Preferences controls system and user settings on a macOS Computer. System Preferences allows the user to tailor their experience on the computer as well as allowing the System Administrator to configure global security settings. Some of the settings should only be altered by the person responsible for the computer.','By requiring a password to unlock system-wide System Preferences the risk is mitigated of a user changing configurations that affect the entire system and requires an admin user to re-authenticate to make changes.','','The authorizationdb settings cannot be written to directly, so the plist must be exported out to temporary file. Changes can be made to the temporary plist, then imported back into the authorizationdb settings. Run the following commands to enable that an administrator password is required to access system-wide preferences: $ sudo security authorizationdb read system.preferences > /tmp/system.preferences.plist $ sudo defaults write /tmp/system.preferences.plist shared -bool false $ sudo security authorizationdb write system.preferences < /tmp/system.preferences.plist','[{\"cis\": [\"5.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29054,'Ensure an administrator account cannot login to another user\'s active and locked session.','macOS has a privilege that can be granted to any user that will allow that user to unlock active user\'s sessions.','Disabling the admins and/or user\'s ability to log into another user\'s active and locked session prevents unauthorized persons from viewing potentially sensitive and/or personal information.','','Run the following command to disable a user logging into another user\'s active and/or locked session: sudo security authorizationdb write system.login.screensaver use-login-window-ui','[{\"cis\": [\"5.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29055,'Ensure a Custom Message for the Login Screen Is Enabled.','An access warning informs the user that the system is reserved for authorized use only, and that the use of the system may be monitored.','An access warning may reduce a casual attacker\'s tendency to target the system. Access warnings may also aid in the prosecution of an attacker by evincing the attacker\'s knowledge of the system\'s private status, acceptable use policy, and authorization requirements.','','Run the following command to enable a custom login screen message: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow LoginwindowText \"\"','[{\"cis\": [\"5.12\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29056,'Ensure a Login Window Banner Exists.','A Login window banner warning informs the user that the system is reserved for authorized use only. It enforces an acknowledgment by the user that they have been informed of the use policy in the banner if required. The system recognizes either the .txt and the .rtf formats.','An access warning may reduce a casual attacker\'s tendency to target the system. Access warnings may also aid in the prosecution of an attacker by evincing the attacker\'s knowledge of the system\'s private status, acceptable use policy, and authorization requirements.','','Edit (or create) a PolicyBanner.txt or PolicyBanner.rtf file, in the /Library/Security/ folder, to include the required login window banner text.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.13\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29057,'Ensure Fast User Switching Is Disabled.','Fast user switching allows a person to quickly log in to the computer with a different account. While only a minimal security risk, when a second user is logged in, that user might be able to see what processes the first user is using, or possibly gain other information about the first user. In a large directory environment where it is difficult to limit log in access many valid users can login to other user\'s assigned computers.','Fast user switching allows multiple users to run applications simultaneously at console. There can be information disclosed about processes running under a different user. Without a specific configuration to save data and log out users can have unsaved data running in a background session that is not obvious.','','Run the following command to turn fast user switching off: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/.GlobalPreferences MultipleSessionEnabled -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"5.15\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29058,'Ensure Login Window Displays as Name and Password Is Enabled.','The login window prompts a user for his/her credentials, verifies their authorization level and then allows or denies the user access to the system.','Prompting the user to enter both their username and password makes it twice as hard for unauthorized users to gain access to the system since they must discover two attributes.','','Run the following command to enable the login window to display name and password: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow SHOWFULLNAME -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29059,'Ensure Show Password Hints Is Disabled.','Password hints are user-created text displayed when an incorrect password is used for an account.','Password hints make it easier for unauthorized persons to gain access to systems by providing information to anyone that the user provided to assist in remembering the password. This info could include the password itself or other information that might be readily discerned with basic knowledge of the end user.','','Run the following command to disable password hints: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow RetriesUntilHint -int 0','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29060,'Ensure Guest Account Is Disabled.','The guest account allows users access to the system without having to create an account or password. Guest users are unable to make setting changes cannot remotely login to the system. All files, caches, and passwords created by the guest user are deleted upon logging out.','Disabling the guest account mitigates the risk of an untrusted user doing basic reconnaissance and possibly using privilege escalation attacks to take control of the system.','','Run the following command to disable the guest account: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow GuestEnabled -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29061,'Ensure Guest Access to Shared Folders Is Disabled.','Allowing guests to connect to shared folders enables users to access selected shared folders and their contents from different computers on a network.','Not allowing guests to connect to shared folders mitigates the risk of an untrusted user doing basic reconnaissance and possibly use privilege escalation attacks to take control of the system.','','Run the following commands to verify that shared folders are not accessible to guest users: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/SystemConfiguration/com.apple.smb.server AllowGuestAccess -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29062,'Ensure the Guest Home Folder Does Not Exist.','In the previous two controls the guest account login has been disabled and sharing to guests has been disabled as well. There is no need for the legacy Guest home folder to remain in the file system. When normal user accounts are removed you have the option to archive it, leave it in place or delete. In the case of the guest folder the folder remains in place without a GUI option to remove it. If at some point in the future a Guest account is needed it will be re-created. The presence of the Guest home folder can cause automated audits to fail when looking for compliant settings within all User folders as well. Rather than ignoring the folder\'s continued existence, it is best removed.','The Guest home folders are unneeded after the Guest account is disabled and could be used inappropriately.','','Run the following command to remove the Guest user home folder: sudo /bin/rm -R /Users/Guest','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29063,'Ensure Show All Filename Extensions Setting is Enabled.','A filename extension is a suffix added to a base filename that indicates the base filename\'s file format.','Visible filename extensions allow the user to identify the file type and the application it is associated with which leads to quick identification of misrepresented malicious files.','','Run the following command to enable displaying of file extensions: sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults write /Users//Library/Preferences/.GlobalPreferences.plist AppleShowAllExtensions -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29064,'Ensure Automatic Opening of Safe Files in Safari Is Disabled.','Safari will automatically run or execute what it considers safe files. This can include installers and other files that execute on the operating system. Safari bases file safety by using a list of filetypes maintained by Apple. The list of files include text, image, video and archive formats that would be run in the context of the OS rather than the browser.','Hackers have taken advantage of this setting via drive-by attacks. These attacks occur when a user visits a legitimate website that has been corrupted. The user unknowingly downloads a malicious file either by closing an infected pop-up or hovering over a malicious banner. An attacker can create a malicious file that will fall within Safari\'s safe file list that will download and execute without user input.','','Run the following command to disable safe files from not opening in Safari: sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults write /Users//Library/Containers/com.apple.Safari/Data/Library/Preferences/com.apple.Safari AutoOpenSafeDownloads -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29500,'Ensure /tmp is a separate partition.','The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications.','Making /tmp its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as the noexec option on the mount, making /tmp useless for an attacker to install executable code. It would also prevent an attacker from establishing a hard link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw. This can be accomplished by either mounting tmpfs to /tmp, or creating a separate partition for /tmp.','Since the /tmp directory is intended to be world-writable, there is a risk of resource exhaustion if it is not bound to a separate partition. Running out of /tmp space is a problem regardless of what kind of filesystem lies under it, but in a configuration where /tmp is not a separate file system it will essentially have the whole disk available, as the default installation only creates a single / partition. On the other hand, a RAM-based /tmp (as with tmpfs) will almost certainly be much smaller, which can lead to applications filling up the filesystem much more easily. Another alternative is to create a dedicated partition for /tmp from a separate volume or disk. One of the downsides of a disk-based dedicated partition is that it will be slower than tmpfs which is RAM-based. /tmp utilizing tmpfs can be resized using the size={size} parameter in the relevant entry in /etc/fstab.','First ensure that systemd is correctly configured to ensure that /tmp will be mounted at boot time. # systemctl unmask tmp.mount. For specific configuration requirements of the /tmp mount for your environment, modify /etc/fstab or tmp.mount. Example of /etc/fstab configured tmpfs file system with specific mount options: tmpfs /tmp tmpfs defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime,size=2G 0 0. Example of tmp.mount configured tmpfs file system with specific mount options: [Unit] Description=Temporary Directory /tmp ConditionPathIsSymbolicLink=!/tmp DefaultDependencies=no Conflicts=umount.target Before=local-fs.target umount.target After=swap.target [Mount] What=tmpfs Where=/tmp Type=tmpfs.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29501,'Ensure nodev option set on /tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29502,'Ensure noexec option set on /tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29503,'Ensure nosuid option set on /tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29504,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var.','The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to temporarily store dynamic data. Some directories created by these processes may be world-writable.','The reasoning for mounting /var on a separate partition is as follow. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var and cause unintended behavior across the system as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behaviour. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection from exploitation: An example of exploiting /var may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard-link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}]'),(29505,'Ensure nodev option set on /var partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var.','','IF the /var partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29506,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var.','','IF the /var partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29507,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/tmp.','The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications. Temporary files residing in /var/tmp are to be preserved between reboots.','The reasoning for mounting /var/tmp on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/tmp directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/tmp and cause the potential disruption to daemons as the disk is full. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/tmp as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection from exploitation: An example of exploiting /var/tmp may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard-link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/tmp. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29508,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29509,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29510,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29511,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log.','The /var/log directory is used by system services to store log data.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log directory contains log files which can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/log as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of log data: As /var/log contains log files, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log . For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29512,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29513,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29514,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29515,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log/audit.','The auditing daemon, auditd, stores log data in the /var/log/audit directory.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log/audit on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log/audit directory contains the audit.log file which can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/log/audit and cause auditd to trigger it\'s space_left_action as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/log/audit as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of audit data: As /var/log/audit contains audit logs, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log/audit. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29516,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for audit logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29517,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29518,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29519,'Ensure separate partition exists for /home.','The /home directory is used to support disk storage needs of local users.','The reasoning for mounting /home on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /home directory contains user generated data, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /home and impact all local users. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /home as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. In the case of /home options such as usrquota/grpquota may be considered to limit the impact that users can have on each other with regards to disk resource exhaustion. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of user data: As /home contains user data, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /home. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29520,'Ensure nodev option set on /home partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /home filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /home.','','IF the /home partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29521,'Ensure nosuid option set on /home partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /home filesystem is only intended for user file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /home.','','IF the /home partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29522,'Ensure nodev option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /dev/shm filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot attempt to create special devices in /dev/shm partitions.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29523,'Ensure noexec option set on /dev/shm partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from executing programs from shared memory. This deters users from introducing potentially malicious software on the system.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. Example: /dev/shm defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm with the configured options: # mount -o remount /dev/shm. NOTE It is recommended to use tmpfs as the device/filesystem type as /dev/shm is used as shared memory space by applications.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29524,'Ensure nosuid option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from introducing privileged programs onto the system and allowing non-root users to execute them.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29525,'Disable Automounting.','autofs allows automatic mounting of devices, typically including CD/DVDs and USB drives.','With automounting enabled anyone with physical access could attach a USB drive or disc and have its contents available in system even if they lacked permissions to mount it themselves.','The use of portable hard drives is very common for workstation users. If your organization allows the use of portable storage or media on workstations and physical access controls to workstations is considered adequate there is little value add in turning off automounting.','If there are no other packages that depends on autofs, remove the package with: # apt purge autofs OR if there are dependencies on the autofs package: Run the following commands to mask autofs: # systemctl stop autofs # systemctl mask autofs.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"MP.L2-3.8.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.310(d)(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.2.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1203\", \"T1211\", \"T1212\"]}]'),(29526,'Ensure AIDE is installed.','AIDE takes a snapshot of filesystem state including modification times, permissions, and file hashes which can then be used to compare against the current state of the filesystem to detect modifications to the system.','By monitoring the filesystem state compromised files can be detected to prevent or limit the exposure of accidental or malicious misconfigurations or modified binaries.','','Install AIDE using the appropriate package manager or manual installation: # apt install aide aide-common Configure AIDE as appropriate for your environment. Consult the AIDE documentation for options. Run the following commands to initialize AIDE: # aideinit # mv /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new /var/lib/aide/aide.db.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1036\", \"T1036.002\", \"T1036.003\", \"T1036.004\", \"T1036.005\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\"]}]'),(29527,'Ensure filesystem integrity is regularly checked.','Periodic checking of the filesystem integrity is needed to detect changes to the filesystem.','Periodic file checking allows the system administrator to determine on a regular basis if critical files have been changed in an unauthorized fashion.','','If cron will be used to schedule and run aide check: Run the following command: # crontab -u root -e Add the following line to the crontab: 0 5 * * * /usr/bin/aide.wrapper --config /etc/aide/aide.conf --check OR If aidecheck.service and aidecheck.timer will be used to schedule and run aide check: Create or edit the file /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.service and add the following lines: [Unit] Description=Aide Check [Service] Type=simple ExecStart=/usr/bin/aide.wrapper --config /etc/aide/aide.conf --check [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target. Create or edit the file /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.timer and add the following lines: [Unit] Description=Aide check every day at 5AM [Timer] OnCalendar=*-*-* 05:00:00 Unit=aidecheck.service [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target. Run the following commands: # chown root:root /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.* # chmod 0644 /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.* # systemctl daemon-reload # systemctl enable aidecheck.service # systemctl --now enable aidecheck.timer.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1036\", \"T1036.002\", \"T1036.003\", \"T1036.004\", \"T1036.005\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29528,'Ensure bootloader password is set.','Setting the boot loader password will require that anyone rebooting the system must enter a password before being able to set command line boot parameters.','Requiring a boot password upon execution of the boot loader will prevent an unauthorized user from entering boot parameters or changing the boot partition. This prevents users from weakening security (e.g. turning off AppArmor at boot time).','If password protection is enabled, only the designated superuser can edit a Grub 2 menu item by pressing \'e\' or access the GRUB 2 command line by pressing \'c\' If GRUB 2 is set up to boot automatically to a password-protected menu entry the user has no option to back out of the password prompt to select another menu entry. Holding the SHIFT key will not display the menu in this case. The user must enter the correct username and password. If unable, the configuration files will have to be edited via the LiveCD or other means to fix the problem You can add --unrestricted to the menu entries to allow the system to boot without entering a password. Password will still be required to edit menu items. More Information: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Grub2/Passwords.','Create an encrypted password with grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2: # grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2 Enter password: Reenter password: PBKDF2 hash of your password is . Add the following into a custom /etc/grub.d configuration file: cat <\" password_pbkdf2 EOF. The superuser/user information and password should not be contained in the /etc/grub.d/00_header file as this file could be overwritten in a package update. If there is a requirement to be able to boot/reboot without entering the password, edit /etc/grub.d/10_linux and add --unrestricted to the line CLASS= Example: CLASS=\"--class gnu-linux --class gnu --class os --unrestricted\". Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1046\"]}]'),(29529,'Ensure permissions on bootloader config are configured.','The grub configuration file contains information on boot settings and passwords for unlocking boot options.','Setting the permissions to read and write for root only prevents non-root users from seeing the boot parameters or changing them. Non-root users who read the boot parameters may be able to identify weaknesses in security upon boot and be able to exploit them.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on your grub configuration: # chown root:root /boot/grub/grub.cfg # chmod u-wx,go-rwx /boot/grub/grub.cfg.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29530,'Ensure authentication required for single user mode.','Single user mode is used for recovery when the system detects an issue during boot or by manual selection from the bootloader.','Requiring authentication in single user mode prevents an unauthorized user from rebooting the system into single user to gain root privileges without credentials.','','Run the following command and follow the prompts to set a password for the root user: # passwd root.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29531,'Ensure prelink is not installed.','prelink is a program that modifies ELF shared libraries and ELF dynamically linked binaries in such a way that the time needed for the dynamic linker to perform relocations at startup significantly decreases.','The prelinking feature can interfere with the operation of AIDE, because it changes binaries. Prelinking can also increase the vulnerability of the system if a malicious user is able to compromise a common library such as libc.','','Run the following command to restore binaries to normal: # prelink -ua . Uninstall prelink using the appropriate package manager or manual installation: # apt purge prelink.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1055\", \"T1055.009\", \"T1065\", \"T1065.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}]'),(29532,'Ensure Automatic Error Reporting is not enabled.','The Apport Error Reporting Service automatically generates crash reports for debugging.','Apport collects potentially sensitive data, such as core dumps, stack traces, and log files. They can contain passwords, credit card numbers, serial numbers, and other private material.','','Edit /etc/default/apport and add or edit the enabled parameter to equal 0: enabled=0 Run the following commands to stop and disable the apport service # systemctl stop apport.service # systemctl --now disable apport.service -- OR -- Run the following command to remove the apport package: # apt purge apport.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}]'),(29533,'Ensure core dumps are restricted.','A core dump is the memory of an executable program. It is generally used to determine why a program aborted. It can also be used to glean confidential information from a core file. The system provides the ability to set a soft limit for core dumps, but this can be overridden by the user.','Setting a hard limit on core dumps prevents users from overriding the soft variable. If core dumps are required, consider setting limits for user groups (see limits.conf(5) ). In addition, setting the fs.suid_dumpable variable to 0 will prevent setuid programs from dumping core.','','Add the following line to /etc/security/limits.conf or a /etc/security/limits.d/* file: * hard core 0. Set the following parameter in /etc/sysctl.conf or a /etc/sysctl.d/* file: fs.suid_dumpable = 0. Run the following command to set the active kernel parameter: # sysctl -w fs.suid_dumpable=0. IF systemd-coredump is installed: edit /etc/systemd/coredump.conf and add/modify the following lines: Storage=none ProcessSizeMax=0. Run the command: systemctl daemon-reload.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29534,'Ensure AppArmor is installed.','AppArmor provides Mandatory Access Controls.','Without a Mandatory Access Control system installed only the default Discretionary Access Control system will be available.','','Install AppArmor. # apt install apparmor apparmor-utils.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29535,'Ensure AppArmor is enabled in the bootloader configuration.','Configure AppArmor to be enabled at boot time and verify that it has not been overwritten by the bootloader boot parameters. Note: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment enact equivalent settings.','AppArmor must be enabled at boot time in your bootloader configuration to ensure that the controls it provides are not overridden.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add the apparmor=1 and security=apparmor parameters to the GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX= line GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"apparmor=1 security=apparmor\". Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29536,'Ensure all AppArmor Profiles are in enforce or complain mode.','AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that any policies that exist on the system are activated.','','Run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode: # aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/* OR Run the following command to set all profiles to complain mode: # aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/* Note: Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29537,'Ensure all AppArmor Profiles are enforcing.','AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that any policies that exist on the system are activated.','','Run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode: # aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/* Note: Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29538,'Ensure message of the day is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a .\" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/motd file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform OR If the motd is not used, this file can be removed. Run the following command to remove the motd file: # rm /etc/motd.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29539,'Ensure local login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a .\" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , or v , or references to the OS platform # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29540,'Ensure remote login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \"uname -a\" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue.net file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , or v or references to the OS platform: # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29541,'Ensure permissions on /etc/motd are configured.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users.','If the /etc/motd file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/motd: # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/motd) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/motd) OR run the following command to remove the /etc/motd file: # rm /etc/motd.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29542,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals.','If the /etc/issue file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/issue) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/issue).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29543,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue.net are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services.','If the /etc/issue.net file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue.net : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/issue.net) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/issue.net).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29544,'Ensure GNOME Display Manager is removed.','The GNOME Display Manager (GDM) is a program that manages graphical display servers and handles graphical user logins.','If a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is not required, it should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Removing the GNOME Display manager will remove the Graphical User Interface (GUI) from the system.','Run the following command to uninstall gdm3: # apt purge gdm3.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}]'),(29545,'Ensure XDCMP is not enabled.','X Display Manager Control Protocol (XDMCP) is designed to provide authenticated access to display management services for remote displays.','XDMCP is inherently insecure. XDMCP is not a ciphered protocol. This may allow an attacker to capture keystrokes entered by a user XDMCP is vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks. This may allow an attacker to steal the credentials of legitimate users by impersonating the XDMCP server.','','Edit the file /etc/gdm3/custom.conf and remove the line: Enable=true.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1056\", \"T1056.001\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}]'),(29546,'Ensure updates, patches, and additional security software are installed.','Periodically patches are released for included software either due to security flaws or to include additional functionality.','Newer patches may contain security enhancements that would not be available through the latest full update. As a result, it is recommended that the latest software patches be used to take advantage of the latest functionality. As with any software installation, organizations need to determine if a given update meets their requirements and verify the compatibility and supportability of any additional software against the update revision that is selected.','','Run the following command to update all packages following local site policy guidance on applying updates and patches: # apt upgrade OR # apt dist-upgrade.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}]'),(29547,'Ensure chrony is running as user _chrony.','The chrony package is installed with a dedicated user account _chrony. This account is granted the access required by the chronyd service.','The chronyd service should run with only the required privileges.','','Add or edit the user line to /etc/chrony/chrony.conf or a file ending in .conf in /etc/chrony/conf.d/: user _chrony OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove chrony from the system: # apt purge chrony.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29548,'Ensure chrony is enabled and running.','chrony is a daemon for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','chrony needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF chrony is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask chrony.service: # systemctl unmask chrony.service. Run the following command to enable and start chrony.service: # systemctl --now enable chrony.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove chrony: # apt purge chrony.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29549,'Ensure systemd-timesyncd configured with authorized timeserver.','- NTP= > A space-separated list of NTP server host names or IP addresses. During runtime this list is combined with any per-interface NTP servers acquired from systemd-networkd.service(8). systemd-timesyncd will contact all configured system or per-interface servers in turn, until one responds. When the empty string is assigned, the list of NTP servers is reset, and all prior assignments will have no effect. This setting defaults to an empty list. - FallbackNTP= > A space-separated list of NTP server host names or IP addresses to be used as the fallback NTP servers. Any per-interface NTP servers obtained from systemd-networkd.service(8) take precedence over this setting, as do any servers set via NTP= above. This setting is hence only relevant if no other NTP server information is known. When the empty string is assigned, the list of NTP servers is reset, and all prior assignments will have no effect. If this option is not given, a compiled-in list of NTP servers is used.','Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','Edit or create a file in /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ending in .conf and add the NTP= and/or FallbackNTP= lines to the [Time] section: Example: [Time] NTP=time.nist.gov # Uses the generic name for NIST\'s time servers -AND/OR- FallbackNTP=time-a-g.nist.gov time-b-g.nist.gov time-c-g.nist.gov # Space separated list of NIST time servers Note: Servers added to these line(s) should follow local site policy. NIST servers are for example. The timesyncd.conf.d directory may need to be created. Example script: The following example script will create the systemd-timesyncd drop-in configuration snippet: #!/usr/bin/env bash ntp_ts=\"time.nist.gov\" ntp_fb=\"time-a-g.nist.gov time-b-g.nist.gov time-c-g.nist.gov\" disfile=\"/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d/50-timesyncd.conf\" if ! find /etc/systemd -type f -name \'*.conf\' -exec grep -Ph \'^h*NTP=H+\' {} +; then [ ! -d /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ] && mkdir /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ! grep -Pqs \'^h*[Time]\' \"$disfile\" && echo \"[Time]\" >> \"$disfile\" echo \"NTP=$ntp_ts\" >> \"$disfile\" fi if ! find /etc/systemd -type f -name \'*.conf\' -exec grep -Ph \'^h*FallbackNTP=H+\' {} +; then [ ! -d /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ] && mkdir /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ! grep -Pqs \'^h*[Time]\' \"$disfile\" && echo \"[Time]\" >> \"$disfile\" echo \"FallbackNTP=$ntp_fb\" >> \"$disfile\" fi Run the following command to reload the systemd-timesyncd configuration: # systemctl try-reload-or-restart systemd-timesyncd OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to stop and mask systemd-timesyncd: # systemctl --now mask systemd-timesyncd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29550,'Ensure systemd-timesyncd is enabled and running.','systemd-timesyncd is a daemon that has been added for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','systemd-timesyncd needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF systemd-timesyncd is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask systemd-timesyncd.service: # systemctl unmask systemd-timesyncd.service. Run the following command to enable and start systemd-timesyncd.service: # systemctl --now enable systemd-timesyncd.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to stop and mask systemd-timesyncd: # systemctl --now mask systemd-timesyncd.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29551,'Ensure ntp access control is configured.','ntp Access Control Commands: restrict address [mask mask] [ippeerlimit int] [flag ...]. The address argument expressed in dotted-quad form is the address of a host or network. Alternatively, the address argument can be a valid host DNS name. The mask argument expressed in dotted-quad form defaults to 255.255.255.255, meaning that the address is treated as the address of an individual host. A default entry (address 0.0.0.0, mask 0.0.0.0) is always included and is always the first entry in the list. Note: the text string default, with no mask option, may be used to indicate the default entry. The ippeerlimit directive limits the number of peer requests for each IP to int, where a value of -1 means \"unlimited\", the current default. A value of 0 means \"none\". There would usually be at most 1 peering request per IP, but if the remote peering requests are behind a proxy there could well be more than 1 per IP. In the current implementation, flag always restricts access, i.e., an entry with no flags indicates that free access to the server is to be given. The flags are not orthogonal, in that more restrictive flags will often make less restrictive ones redundant. The flags can generally be classed into two categories, those which restrict time service and those which restrict informational queries and attempts to do run-time reconfiguration of the server. One or more of the following flags may be specified: - kod - If this flag is set when an access violation occurs, a kiss-of-death (KoD) packet is sent. KoD packets are rate limited to no more than one per second. If another KoD packet occurs within one second after the last one, the packet is dropped. - limited - Deny service if the packet spacing violates the lower limits specified in the discard command. A history of clients is kept using the monitoring capability of ntpd. Thus, monitoring is always active as long as there is a restriction entry with the limited flag. - lowpriotrap - Declare traps set by matching hosts to be low priority. The number of traps a server can maintain is limited (the current limit is 3). Traps are usually assigned on a first come, first served basis, with later trap requestors being denied service. This flag modifies the assignment algorithm by allowing low priority traps to be overridden by later requests for normal priority traps. - noepeer - Deny ephemeral peer requests, even if they come from an authenticated source. Note that the ability to use a symmetric key for authentication may be restricted to one or more IPs or subnets via the third field of the ntp.keys file. This restriction is not enabled by default, to maintain backward compatibility. Expect noepeer to become the default in ntp-4.4. - nomodify - Deny ntpq and ntpdc queries which attempt to modify the state of the server (i.e., run time reconfiguration). Queries which return information are permitted. - noquery - Deny ntpq and ntpdc queries. Time service is not affected. - nopeer - Deny unauthenticated packets which would result in mobilizing a new association. This includes broadcast and symmetric active packets when a configured association does not exist. It also includes pool associations, so if you want to use servers from a pool directive and also want to use nopeer by default, you\'ll want a restrict source ... line as well that does not include the nopeer directive. - noserve - Deny all packets except ntpq and ntpdc queries. - notrap - Decline to provide mode 6 control message trap service to matching hosts. The trap service is a subsystem of the ntpq control message protocol which is intended for use by remote event logging programs. - notrust - Deny service unless the packet is cryptographically authenticated. - ntpport - This is actually a match algorithm modifier, rather than a restriction flag. Its presence causes the restriction entry to be matched only if the source port in the packet is the standard NTP UDP port (123). Both ntpport and non-ntpport may be specified. The ntpport is considered more specific and is sorted later in the list.','If ntp is in use on the system, proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is accurate.','','Add or edit restrict lines in /etc/ntp.conf to match the following: restrict -4 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery restrict -6 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29552,'Ensure ntp is configured with authorized timeserver.','The various modes are determined by the command keyword and the type of the required IP address. Addresses are classed by type as (s) a remote server or peer (IPv4 class A, B and C), (b) the broadcast address of a local interface, (m) a multicast address (IPv4 class D), or (r) a reference clock address (127.127.x.x). Note: That only those options applicable to each command are listed below. Use of options not listed may not be caught as an error, but may result in some weird and even destructive behavior. If the Basic Socket Interface Extensions for IPv6 (RFC-2553) is detected, support for the IPv6 address family is generated in addition to the default support of the IPv4 address family. In a few cases, including the reslist billboard generated by ntpq or ntpdc, IPv6 addresses are automatically generated. IPv6 addresses can be identified by the presence of colons \":\" in the address field. IPv6 addresses can be used almost everywhere where IPv4 addresses can be used, with the exception of reference clock addresses, which are always IPv4. Note: In contexts where a host name is expected, a -4 qualifier preceding the host name forces DNS resolution to the IPv4 namespace, while a -6 qualifier forces DNS resolution to the IPv6 namespace. See IPv6 references for the equivalent classes for that address family. - pool - For type s addresses, this command mobilizes a persistent client mode association with a number of remote servers. In this mode the local clock can synchronized to the remote server, but the remote server can never be synchronized to the local clock. - server - For type s and r addresses, this command mobilizes a persistent client mode association with the specified remote server or local radio clock. In this mode the local clock can synchronized to the remote server, but the remote server can never be synchronized to the local clock. This command should not be used for type b or m addresses.','Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','Edit /etc/ntp.conf and add or edit server or pool lines as appropriate according to local site policy: <[server|pool]> <[remote-server|remote-pool]> Examples: pool mode: pool time.nist.gov iburst. server mode: server time-a-g.nist.gov iburst server 132.163.97.3 iburst server time-d-b.nist.gov iburst Run the following command to load the updated time sources into ntp running config: # systemctl restart ntp OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1498\", \"T1498.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29553,'Ensure ntp is running as user ntp.','The ntp package is installed with a dedicated user account ntp. This account is granted the access required by the ntpd daemon. Note: - If chrony or systemd-timesyncd are used, ntp should be removed and this section skipped. - This recommendation only applies if ntp is in use on the system. - Only one time synchronization method should be in use on the system.','The ntpd daemon should run with only the required privilege.','','Add or edit the following line in /etc/init.d/ntp: RUNASUSER=ntp. Run the following command to restart ntp.service: # systemctl restart ntp.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29554,'Ensure ntp is enabled and running.','ntp is a daemon for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','ntp needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF ntp is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask ntp.service: # systemctl unmask ntp.service Run the following command to enable and start ntp.service: # systemctl --now enable ntp.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29555,'Ensure X Window System is not installed.','The X Window System provides a Graphical User Interface (GUI) where users can have multiple windows in which to run programs and various add on. The X Windows system is typically used on workstations where users login, but not on servers where users typically do not login.','Unless your organization specifically requires graphical login access via X Windows, remove it to reduce the potential attack surface.','Many Linux systems run applications which require a Java runtime. Some Linux Java packages have a dependency on specific X Windows xorg-x11-fonts. One workaround to avoid this dependency is to use the \"headless\" Java packages for your specific Java runtime, if provided by your distribution.','Remove the X Windows System packages: apt purge xserver-xorg*.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29556,'Ensure Avahi Server is not installed.','Avahi is a free zeroconf implementation, including a system for multicast DNS/DNS-SD service discovery. Avahi allows programs to publish and discover services and hosts running on a local network with no specific configuration. For example, a user can plug a computer into a network and Avahi automatically finds printers to print to, files to look at and people to talk to, as well as network services running on the machine.','Automatic discovery of network services is not normally required for system functionality. It is recommended to remove this package to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to remove avahi-daemon: # systemctl stop avahi-daaemon.service # systemctl stop avahi-daemon.socket # apt purge avahi-daemon.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29557,'Ensure CUPS is not installed.','The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) provides the ability to print to both local and network printers. A system running CUPS can also accept print jobs from remote systems and print them to local printers. It also provides a web based remote administration capability.','If the system does not need to print jobs or accept print jobs from other systems, it is recommended that CUPS be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing CUPS will prevent printing from the system, a common task for workstation systems.','Run one of the following commands to remove cups: # apt purge cups.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29558,'Ensure DHCP Server is not installed.','The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a service that allows machines to be dynamically assigned IP addresses.','Unless a system is specifically set up to act as a DHCP server, it is recommended that this package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove isc-dhcp-server: # apt purge isc-dhcp-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29559,'Ensure LDAP server is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP server, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run one of the following commands to remove slapd: # apt purge slapd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29560,'Ensure NFS is not installed.','The Network File System (NFS) is one of the first and most widely distributed file systems in the UNIX environment. It provides the ability for systems to mount file systems of other servers through the network.','If the system does not export NFS shares, it is recommended that the nfs-kernel-server package be removed to reduce the remote attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove nfs: # apt purge nfs-kernel-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}]'),(29561,'Ensure DNS Server is not installed.','The Domain Name System (DNS) is a hierarchical naming system that maps names to IP addresses for computers, services and other resources connected to a network.','Unless a system is specifically designated to act as a DNS server, it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to disable DNS server: # apt purge bind9.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29562,'Ensure FTP Server is not installed.','The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides networked computers with the ability to transfer files.','FTP does not protect the confidentiality of data or authentication credentials. It is recommended SFTP be used if file transfer is required. Unless there is a need to run the system as a FTP server (for example, to allow anonymous downloads), it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove vsftpd: # apt purge vsftpd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29563,'Ensure HTTP server is not installed.','HTTP or web servers provide the ability to host web site content.','Unless there is a need to run the system as a web server, it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove apache: # apt purge apache2.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29564,'Ensure IMAP and POP3 server are not installed.','dovecot-imapd and dovecot-pop3d are an open source IMAP and POP3 server for Linux based systems.','Unless POP3 and/or IMAP servers are to be provided by this system, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run one of the following commands to remove dovecot-imapd and dovecot-pop3d: # apt purge dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29565,'Ensure Samba is not installed.','The Samba daemon allows system administrators to configure their Linux systems to share file systems and directories with Windows desktops. Samba will advertise the file systems and directories via the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol. Windows desktop users will be able to mount these directories and file systems as letter drives on their systems.','If there is no need to mount directories and file systems to Windows systems, then this service should be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove samba: # apt purge samba.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1039\", \"T1083\", \"T1135\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}]'),(29566,'Ensure HTTP Proxy Server is not installed.','Squid is a standard proxy server used in many distributions and environments.','If there is no need for a proxy server, it is recommended that the squid proxy be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove squid: # apt purge squid.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29567,'Ensure SNMP Server is not installed.','Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a widely used protocol for monitoring the health and welfare of network equipment, computer equipment and devices like UPSs. Net-SNMP is a suite of applications used to implement SNMPv1 (RFC 1157), SNMPv2 (RFCs 1901-1908), and SNMPv3 (RFCs 3411-3418) using both IPv4 and IPv6. Support for SNMPv2 classic (a.k.a. \"SNMPv2 historic\" - RFCs 1441-1452) was dropped with the 4.0 release of the UCD-snmp package. The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server is used to listen for SNMP commands from an SNMP management system, execute the commands or collect the information and then send results back to the requesting system.','The SNMP server can communicate using SNMPv1, which transmits data in the clear and does not require authentication to execute commands. SNMPv3 replaces the simple/clear text password sharing used in SNMPv2 with more securely encoded parameters. If the the SNMP service is not required, the net-snmp package should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system. Note: If SNMP is required: - The server should be configured for SNMP v3 only. User Authentication and Message Encryption should be configured. - If SNMP v2 is absolutely necessary, modify the community strings\' values.','','Run the following command to remove snmp: # apt purge snmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29568,'Ensure NIS Server is not installed.','The Network Information Service (NIS) (formally known as Yellow Pages) is a client-server directory service protocol for distributing system configuration files. The NIS server is a collection of programs that allow for the distribution of configuration files.','The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed and other, more secure services be used.','','Run the following command to remove nis: # apt purge nis.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29569,'Ensure mail transfer agent is configured for local-only mode.','Mail Transfer Agents (MTA), such as sendmail and Postfix, are used to listen for incoming mail and transfer the messages to the appropriate user or mail server. If the system is not intended to be a mail server, it is recommended that the MTA be configured to only process local mail.','The software for all Mail Transfer Agents is complex and most have a long history of security issues. While it is important to ensure that the system can process local mail messages, it is not necessary to have the MTA\'s daemon listening on a port unless the server is intended to be a mail server that receives and processes mail from other systems. Note: This recommendation is designed around the postfix mail server. Depending on your environment you may have an alternative MTA installed such as exim4. If this is the case consult the documentation for your installed MTA to configure the recommended state.','','Edit /etc/postfix/main.cf and add the following line to the RECEIVING MAIL section. If the line already exists, change it to look like the line below: inet_interfaces = loopback-only. Run the following command to restart postfix: # systemctl restart postfix.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29570,'Ensure rsync service is either not installed or masked.','The rsync service can be used to synchronize files between systems over network links.','The rsync service presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication. The rsync package should be removed to reduce the attack area of the system.','','Run the following command to remove rsync: # apt purge rsync OR Run the following commands to stop and mask rsync: # systemctl stop rsync # systemctl mask rsync.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1105\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\", \"T1570\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29571,'Ensure NIS Client is not installed.','The Network Information Service (NIS), formerly known as Yellow Pages, is a client-server directory service protocol used to distribute system configuration files. The NIS client was used to bind a machine to an NIS server and receive the distributed configuration files.','The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall nis: # apt purge nis.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29572,'Ensure rsh client is not installed.','The rsh-client package contains the client commands for the rsh services.','These legacy clients contain numerous security exposures and have been replaced with the more secure SSH package. Even if the server is removed, it is best to ensure the clients are also removed to prevent users from inadvertently attempting to use these commands and therefore exposing their credentials. Note that removing the rsh package removes the clients for rsh, rcp and rlogin.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall rsh: # apt purge rsh-client.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}]'),(29573,'Ensure talk client is not installed.','The talk software makes it possible for users to send and receive messages across systems through a terminal session. The talk client, which allows initialization of talk sessions, is installed by default.','The software presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall talk: # apt purge talk.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}]'),(29574,'Ensure telnet client is not installed.','The telnet package contains the telnet client, which allows users to start connections to other systems via the telnet protocol.','The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security and is included in most Linux distributions.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall telnet: # apt purge telnet.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}]'),(29575,'Ensure LDAP client is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP client, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing the LDAP client will prevent or inhibit using LDAP for authentication in your environment.','Uninstall ldap-utils: # apt purge ldap-utils.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29576,'Ensure RPC is not installed.','Remote Procedure Call (RPC) is a method for creating low level client server applications across different system architectures. It requires an RPC compliant client listening on a network port. The supporting package is rpcbind.','If RPC is not required, it is recommended that this services be removed to reduce the remote attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove rpcbind: # apt purge rpcbind.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29577,'Ensure ufw is installed.','The Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) is a frontend for iptables and is particularly well-suited for host-based firewalls. ufw provides a framework for managing netfilter, as well as a command-line interface for manipulating the firewall.','A firewall utility is required to configure the Linux kernel\'s netfilter framework via the iptables or nftables back-end. The Linux kernel\'s netfilter framework host-based firewall can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host. Note: Only one firewall utility should be installed and configured. UFW is dependent on the iptables package.','','Run the following command to install Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW): # apt install ufw.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29578,'Ensure iptables-persistent is not installed with ufw.','The iptables-persistent is a boot-time loader for netfilter rules, iptables plugin.','Running both ufw and the services included in the iptables-persistent package may lead to conflict.','','Run the following command to remove the iptables-persistent package: # apt purge iptables-persistent.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29579,'Ensure ufw service is enabled.','UncomplicatedFirewall (ufw) is a frontend for iptables. ufw provides a framework for managing netfilter, as well as a command-line and available graphical user interface for manipulating the firewall. Notes: - When running ufw enable or starting ufw via its initscript, ufw will flush its chains. This is required so ufw can maintain a consistent state, but it may drop existing connections (eg ssh). ufw does support adding rules before enabling the firewall. - Run the following command before running ufw enable. # ufw allow proto tcp from any to any port 22. - The rules will still be flushed, but the ssh port will be open after enabling the firewall. Please note that once ufw is \'enabled\', ufw will not flush the chains when adding or removing rules (but will when modifying a rule or changing the default policy). - By default, ufw will prompt when enabling the firewall while running under ssh. This can be disabled by using ufw --force enable.','The ufw service must be enabled and running in order for ufw to protect the system.','Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.','Run the following command to unmask the ufw daemon: # systemctl unmask ufw.service. Run the following command to enable and start the ufw daemon: # systemctl --now enable ufw.service active Run the following command to enable ufw: # ufw enable.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29580,'Ensure ufw loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6).','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # ufw allow in on lo # ufw allow out on lo # ufw deny in from 127.0.0.0/8 # ufw deny in from ::1.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29581,'Ensure ufw default deny firewall policy.','A default deny policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: Any port or protocol without a explicit allow before the default deny will be blocked.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','Any port and protocol not explicitly allowed will be blocked. The following rules should be considered before applying the default deny. ufw allow git, ufw allow in http, ufw allow out http <- required for apt to connect to repository, ufw allow in https, ufw allow out https, ufw allow out 53, ufw logging on.','Run the following commands to implement a default deny policy: # ufw default deny incoming # ufw default deny outgoing # ufw default deny routed.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29582,'Ensure nftables is installed.','nftables provides a new in-kernel packet classification framework that is based on a network-specific Virtual Machine (VM) and a new nft userspace command line tool. nftables reuses the existing Netfilter subsystems such as the existing hook infrastructure, the connection tracking system, NAT, userspace queuing and logging subsystem. Notes: - nftables is available in Linux kernel 3.13 and newer. - Only one firewall utility should be installed and configured. - Changing firewall settings while connected over the network can result in being locked out of the system.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel that can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host.','','Run the following command to install nftables: # apt install nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29583,'Ensure ufw is uninstalled or disabled with nftables.','Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW) is a program for managing a netfilter firewall designed to be easy to use.','Running both the nftables service and ufw may lead to conflict and unexpected results.','','Run one of the following commands to either remove ufw or disable ufw. Run the following command to remove ufw: # apt purge ufw. Run the following command to disable ufw: # ufw disable.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29584,'Ensure iptables are flushed with nftables.','nftables is a replacement for iptables, ip6tables, ebtables and arptables.','It is possible to mix iptables and nftables. However, this increases complexity and also the chance to introduce errors. For simplicity flush out all iptables rules, and ensure it is not loaded.','','Run the following commands to flush iptables: For iptables: # iptables -F For ip6tables: # ip6tables -F.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29585,'Ensure a nftables table exists.','Tables hold chains. Each table only has one address family and only applies to packets of this family. Tables can have one of five families.','nftables doesn\'t have any default tables. Without a table being build, nftables will not filter network traffic.','Adding rules to a running nftables can cause loss of connectivity to the system.','Run the following command to create a table in nftables: # nft create table inet
Example: # nft create table inet filter.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29586,'Ensure nftables base chains exist.','Chains are containers for rules. They exist in two kinds, base chains and regular chains. A base chain is an entry point for packets from the networking stack, a regular chain may be used as jump target and is used for better rule organization.','If a base chain doesn\'t exist with a hook for input, forward, and delete, packets that would flow through those chains will not be touched by nftables.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command to create the base chains: # nft create chain inet
{ type filter hook <(input|forward|output)> priority 0 ; }. Example: # nft create chain inet filter input { type filter hook input priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter forward { type filter hook forward priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter output { type filter hook output priority 0 ; }.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29587,'Ensure nftables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # nft add rule inet filter input iif lo accept # nft create rule inet filter input ip saddr 127.0.0.0/8 counter drop. IF IPv6 is enabled on the system: Run the following command to implement the IPv6 loopback rule: # nft add rule inet filter input ip6 saddr ::1 counter drop.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29588,'Ensure nftables default deny firewall policy.','Base chain policy is the default verdict that will be applied to packets reaching the end of the chain.','There are two policies: accept (Default) and drop. If the policy is set to accept, the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied and the packet will continue transversing the network stack. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command for the base chains with the input, forward, and output hooks to implement a default DROP policy: # nft chain
{ policy drop ; }. Example: # nft chain inet filter input { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter forward { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter output { policy drop ; }.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29589,'Ensure nftables service is enabled.','The nftables service allows for the loading of nftables rulesets during boot, or starting on the nftables service.','The nftables service restores the nftables rules from the rules files referenced in the /etc/nftables.conf file during boot or the starting of the nftables service.','','Run the following command to enable the nftables service: # systemctl enable nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29590,'Ensure iptables packages are installed.','iptables is a utility program that allows a system administrator to configure the tables provided by the Linux kernel firewall, implemented as different Netfilter modules, and the chains and rules it stores. Different kernel modules and programs are used for different protocols; iptables applies to IPv4, ip6tables to IPv6, arptables to ARP, and ebtables to Ethernet frames.','A method of configuring and maintaining firewall rules is necessary to configure a Host Based Firewall.','','Run the following command to install iptables and iptables-persistent # apt install iptables iptables-persistent.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29591,'Ensure nftables is not installed with iptables.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel providing filtering and classification of network packets/datagrams/frames and is the successor to iptables.','Running both iptables and nftables may lead to conflict.','','Run the following command to remove nftables: # apt purge nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}]'),(29592,'Ensure ufw is uninstalled or disabled with iptables.','Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW) is a program for managing a netfilter firewall designed to be easy to use. - Uses a command-line interface consisting of a small number of simple commands. - Uses iptables for configuration.','Running iptables.persistent with ufw enabled may lead to conflict and unexpected results.','','Run one of the following commands to either remove ufw or stop and mask ufw Run the following command to remove ufw: # apt purge ufw OR Run the following commands to disable ufw: # ufw disable # systemctl stop ufw # systemctl mask ufw.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}]'),(29593,'Ensure iptables default deny firewall policy.','A default deny all policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Notes: - Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system. - Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','','Run the following commands to implement a default DROP policy: # iptables -P INPUT DROP # iptables -P OUTPUT DROP # iptables -P FORWARD DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29594,'Ensure iptables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (127.0.0.0/8). Notes: - Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system. - Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (127.0.0.0/8) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT # iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT # iptables -A INPUT -s 127.0.0.0/8 -j DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29595,'Ensure ip6tables default deny firewall policy.','A default deny all policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: - Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system. - Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','','Run the following commands to implement a default DROP policy: # ip6tables -P INPUT DROP # ip6tables -P OUTPUT DROP # ip6tables -P FORWARD DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29596,'Ensure ip6tables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (::1). Note: - Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system. - Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (::1) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # ip6tables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT # ip6tables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT # ip6tables -A INPUT -s ::1 -j DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29597,'Ensure auditd is installed.','auditd is the userspace component to the Linux Auditing System. It\'s responsible for writing audit records to the disk.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to Install auditd: # apt install auditd audispd-plugins.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29598,'Ensure auditd service is enabled and active.','Turn on the auditd daemon to record system events.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to enable and start auditd: # systemctl --now enable auditd.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29599,'Ensure auditing for processes that start prior to auditd is enabled.','Configure grub2 so that processes that are capable of being audited can be audited even if they start up prior to auditd startup.','Audit events need to be captured on processes that start up prior to auditd , so that potential malicious activity cannot go undetected.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add audit=1 to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX: Example: GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"audit=1\". Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29600,'Ensure audit_backlog_limit is sufficient.','In the kernel-level audit subsystem, a socket buffer queue is used to hold audit events. Whenever a new audit event is received, it is logged and prepared to be added to this queue. The kernel boot parameter audit_backlog_limit=N, with N representing the amount of messages, will ensure that a queue cannot grow beyond a certain size. If an audit event is logged which would grow the queue beyond this limit, then a failure occurs and is handled according to the system configuration.','If an audit event is logged which would grow the queue beyond the audit_backlog_limit, then a failure occurs, auditd records will be lost, and potential malicious activity could go undetected.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add audit_backlog_limit=N to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX. The recommended size for N is 8192 or larger. Example: GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"audit_backlog_limit=8192\". Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29601,'Ensure audit log storage size is configured.','Configure the maximum size of the audit log file. Once the log reaches the maximum size, it will be rotated and a new log file will be started.','It is important that an appropriate size is determined for log files so that they do not impact the system and audit data is not lost.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf in accordance with site policy: max_log_file = .','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(29602,'Ensure audit logs are not automatically deleted.','The max_log_file_action setting determines how to handle the audit log file reaching the max file size. A value of keep_logs will rotate the logs but never delete old logs.','In high security contexts, the benefits of maintaining a long audit history exceed the cost of storing the audit history.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: max_log_file_action = keep_logs.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(29603,'Ensure system is disabled when audit logs are full.','The auditd daemon can be configured to halt the system when the audit logs are full. The admin_space_left_action parameter tells the system what action to take when the system has detected that it is low on disk space. Valid values are ignore, syslog, suspend, single, and halt. - ignore, the audit daemon does nothing. - Syslog, the audit daemon will issue a warning to syslog. - Suspend, the audit daemon will stop writing records to the disk. - single, the audit daemon will put the computer system in single user mode. - halt, the audit daemon will shutdown the system.','In high security contexts, the risk of detecting unauthorized access or nonrepudiation exceeds the benefit of the system\'s availability.','If the admin_space_left_action parameter is set to halt the audit daemon will shutdown the system when the disk partition containing the audit logs becomes full.','Set the following parameters in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: space_left_action = email action_mail_acct = root set admin_space_left_action to either halt or single in /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Example: admin_space_left_action = halt.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29604,'Ensure changes to system administration scope (sudoers) is collected.','Monitor scope changes for system administrators. If the system has been properly configured to force system administrators to log in as themselves first and then use the sudo command to execute privileged commands, it is possible to monitor changes in scope. The file /etc/sudoers, or files in /etc/sudoers.d, will be written to when the file(s) or related attributes have changed. The audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"scope\".','Changes in the /etc/sudoers and /etc/sudoers.d files can indicate that an unauthorized change has been made to the scope of system administrator activity.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor scope changes for system administrators. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k scope -w /etc/sudoers.d -p wa -k scope \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-scope.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\";fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29605,'Ensure actions as another user are always logged.','sudo provides users with temporary elevated privileges to perform operations, either as the superuser or another user.','Creating an audit log of users with temporary elevated privileges and the operation(s) they performed is essential to reporting. Administrators will want to correlate the events written to the audit trail with the records written to sudo\'s logfile to verify if unauthorized commands have been executed.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor elevated privileges. - 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -C euid!=uid -F auid!=unset -S execve -k user_emulation -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -C euid!=uid -F auid!=unset -S execve -k user_emulation \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-user_emulation.rules - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29606,'Ensure events that modify date and time information are collected.','Capture events where the system date and/or time has been modified. The parameters in this section are set to determine if the; - adjtimex: tune kernel clock. - settimeofday: set time using timeval and timezone structures. - stime: using seconds since 1/1/1970. - clock_settime: allows for the setting of several internal clocks and timers system calls have been executed. Further, ensure to write an audit record to the configured audit log file upon exit, tagging the records with a unique identifier such as \"time-change\".','Unexpected changes in system date and/or time could be a sign of malicious activity on the system.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify date and time information. - 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime -k time-change -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime -k time-change -w /etc/localtime -p wa -k time-change \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-time-change.rules - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load .Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64. In addition, add stime to the system call audit. Example: -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime,stime -k time-change.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.1.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29607,'Ensure events that modify the system\'s network environment are collected.','Record changes to network environment files or system calls. The below parameters monitors the following system calls, and write an audit event on system call exit: - sethostname: set the systems host name. - setdomainname: set the systems domain name. The files being monitored are: > /etc/issue and /etc/issue.net - messages displayed pre-login. > /etc/hosts - file containing host names and associated IP addresses. > /etc/networks - symbolic names for networks. > /etc/network/ - directory containing network interface scripts and configurations files.','Monitoring sethostname and setdomainname will identify potential unauthorized changes to host and domainname of a system. The changing of these names could potentially break security parameters that are set based on those names. The /etc/hosts file is monitored for changes that can indicate an unauthorized intruder is trying to change machine associations with IP addresses and trick users and processes into connecting to unintended machines. Monitoring /etc/issue and /etc/issue.net is important, as intruders could put disinformation into those files and trick users into providing information to the intruder. Monitoring /etc/network is important as it can show if network interfaces or scripts are being modified in a way that can lead to the machine becoming unavailable or compromised. All audit records should have a relevant tag associated with them.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify the system\'s network environment. - 64 Bit systems: Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S sethostname,setdomainname -k system-locale -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S sethostname,setdomainname -k system-locale -w /etc/issue -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/hosts -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/networks -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/network/ -p wa -k system-locale \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-system_local.rules - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.1.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29608,'Ensure unsuccessful file access attempts are collected.','Monitor for unsuccessful attempts to access files. The following parameters are associated with system calls that control files: - creation - creat. - opening - open, openat. - truncation - truncate, ftruncate. An audit log record will only be written if all of the following criteria is met for the user when trying to access a file: - a non-privileged user (auid>=UID_MIN). - is not a Daemon event (auid=4294967295/unset/-1). - if the system call returned EACCES (permission denied) or EPERM (some other permanent error associated with the specific system call).','Failed attempts to open, create or truncate files could be an indication that an individual or process is trying to gain unauthorized access to the system.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor unsuccessful file access attempts. 64 Bit systems Example: #{ UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k access \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-access.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi. 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29609,'Ensure events that modify user/group information are collected.','Record events affecting the modification of user or group information, including that of passwords and old passwords if in use. - /etc/group: system groups. - /etc/passwd: system users. - /etc/gshadow: encrypted password for each group. - /etc/shadow: system user passwords. - /etc/security/opasswd: storage of old passwords if the relevant PAM module is in use. The parameters in this section will watch the files to see if they have been opened for write or have had attribute changes (e.g. permissions) and tag them with the identifier \"identity\" in the audit log file.','Unexpected changes to these files could be an indication that the system has been compromised and that an unauthorized user is attempting to hide their activities or compromise additional accounts.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify user/group information. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/group -p wa -k identity -w /etc/passwd -p wa -k identity -w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k identity -w /etc/shadow -p wa -k identity -w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k identity \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-identity.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29610,'Ensure discretionary access control permission modification events are collected.','Monitor changes to file permissions, attributes, ownership and group. The parameters in this section track changes for system calls that affect file permissions and attributes. The following commands and system calls effect the permissions, ownership and various attributes of files: chmod, fchmod, fchmodat, chown, fchown, fchownat, lchown, setxattr, lsetxattr, fsetxattr, removexattr, lremovexattr, fremovexattr. In all cases, an audit record will only be written for non-system user ids and will ignore Daemon events. All audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"perm_mod\".','Monitoring for changes in file attributes could alert a system administrator to activity that could indicate intruder activity or policy violation.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor discretionary access control permission modification events. 64 Bit systems: Example: #{ UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown,fchown,lchown,fchownat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown,fchown,chown,fchownat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-perm_mod.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi. 32 Bit systems Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.1.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29611,'Ensure successful file system mounts are collected.','Monitor the use of the mount system call. The mount (and umount ) system call controls the mounting and unmounting of file systems. The parameters below configure the system to create an audit record when the mount system call is used by a non-privileged user.','It is highly unusual for a non privileged user to mount file systems to the system. While tracking mount commands gives the system administrator evidence that external media may have been mounted (based on a review of the source of the mount and confirming it\'s an external media type), it does not conclusively indicate that data was exported to the media. System administrators who wish to determine if data were exported, would also have to track successful open, creat and truncate system calls requiring write access to a file under the mount point of the external media file system. This could give a fair indication that a write occurred. The only way to truly prove it, would be to track successful writes to the external media. Tracking write system calls could quickly fill up the audit log and is not recommended. Recommendations on configuration options to track data export to media is beyond the scope of this document.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful file system mounts. - 64 Bit systems Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S mount -F auid>=$UID_MIN -F auid!=unset -k mounts -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S mount -F auid>=$UID_MIN -F auid!=unset -k mounts \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-mounts.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\"} - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0010\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1034\"]}]'),(29612,'Ensure session initiation information is collected.','Monitor session initiation events. The parameters in this section track changes to the files associated with session events. - /var/run/utmp: tracks all currently logged in users. - /var/log/wtmp: file tracks logins, logouts, shutdown, and reboot events. - /var/log/btmp: keeps track of failed login attempts and can be read by entering the command /usr/bin/last -f /var/log/btmp. All audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"session\".','Monitoring these files for changes could alert a system administrator to logins occurring at unusual hours, which could indicate intruder activity (i.e. a user logging in at a time when they do not normally log in).','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor session initiation information. Example: # printf \" -w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session -w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session -w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-session.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"16.13\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}]'),(29613,'Ensure login and logout events are collected.','Monitor login and logout events. The parameters below track changes to files associated with login/logout events. - /var/log/lastlog: maintain records of the last time a user successfully logged in. - /var/run/faillock: directory maintains records of login failures via the pam_faillock module.','Monitoring login/logout events could provide a system administrator with information associated with brute force attacks against user logins.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor login and logout events. Example: # printf \" -w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins -w /var/run/faillock -p wa -k logins \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-login.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"16.11\", \"16.13\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.2\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}]'),(29614,'Ensure file deletion events by users are collected.','Monitor the use of system calls associated with the deletion or renaming of files and file attributes. This configuration statement sets up monitoring for: - unlink: remove a file. - unlinkat: remove a file attribute. - rename: rename a file. - renameat: rename a file attribute system calls and tags them with the identifier \"delete\".','Monitoring these calls from non-privileged users could provide a system administrator with evidence that inappropriate removal of files and file attributes associated with protected files is occurring. While this audit option will look at all events, system administrators will want to look for specific privileged files that are being deleted or altered.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor file deletion events by users. - 64 Bit systems: Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rename,unlink,unlinkat,renameat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=delete -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rename,unlink,unlinkat,renameat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=delete \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-delete.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29615,'Ensure events that modify the system\'s Mandatory Access Controls are collected.','Monitor AppArmor, an implementation of mandatory access controls. The parameters below monitor any write access (potential additional, deletion or modification of files in the directory) or attribute changes to the /etc/apparmor/ and /etc/apparmor.d/ directories. Note: If a different Mandatory Access Control method is used, changes to the corresponding directories should be audited.','Changes to files in the /etc/apparmor/ and /etc/apparmor.d/ directories could indicate that an unauthorized user is attempting to modify access controls and change security contexts, leading to a compromise of the system.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify the systems Mandatory Access Controls. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/apparmor/ -p wa -k MAC-policy -w /etc/apparmor.d/ -p wa -k MAC-policy \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-MAC-policy.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.1.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29616,'Ensure successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the chcon command are recorded.','The operating system must generate audit records for successful/unsuccessful uses of the chcon command.','The chcon command is used to change file security context. Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter).','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the chcon command. - 64 Bit systems: Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chcon -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k perm_chng \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-perm_chng.rules || printf \"ERROR:Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load .Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29617,'Ensure successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the setfacl command are recorded.','The operating system must generate audit records for successful/unsuccessful uses of the setfacl command.','This utility sets Access Control Lists (ACLs) of files and directories. Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter).','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the setfacl command. - 64 Bit systems Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/setfacl -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k perm_chng \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-perm_chng.rules || printf \"ERROR:Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29618,'Ensure successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the chacl command are recorded.','The operating system must generate audit records for successful/unsuccessful uses of the chacl command. chacl is an IRIX-compatibility command, and is maintained for those users who are familiar with its use from either XFS or IRIX.','chacl changes the ACL(s) for a file or directory. Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter).','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the chacl command. - 64 Bit systems: Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chacl -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k perm_chng \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-perm_chng.rules || printf \"ERROR:Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29619,'Ensure successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the usermod command are recorded.','The operating system must generate audit records for successful/unsuccessful uses of the usermod command.','The usermod command modifies the system account files to reflect the changes that are specified on the command line. Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter).','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the usermod command. - 64 Bit systems Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/usermod -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k usermod \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-usermod.rules || printf \"ERROR:Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29620,'Ensure kernel module loading unloading and modification is collected.','Monitor the loading and unloading of kernel modules. All the loading / listing / dependency checking of modules is done by kmod via symbolic links. The following system calls control loading and unloading of modules: - init_module - load a module. - finit_module - load a module (used when the overhead of using cryptographically signed modules to determine the authenticity of a module can be avoided). - delete_module - delete a module. - create_module - create a loadable module entry. - query_module - query the kernel for various bits pertaining to modules. Any execution of the loading and unloading module programs and system calls will trigger an audit record with an identifier of modules.','Monitoring the use of all the various ways to manipulate kernel modules could provide system administrators with evidence that an unauthorized change was made to a kernel module, possibly compromising the security of the system.','','Create audit rules Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor kernel module modification. 64 Bit systems Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S init_module,finit_module,delete_module,create_module,query_module -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k kernel_modules -a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/kmod -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k kernel_modules \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-kernel_modules.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.19\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29621,'Ensure the audit configuration is immutable.','Set system audit so that audit rules cannot be modified with auditctl. Setting the flag \"-e 2\" forces audit to be put in immutable mode. Audit changes can only be made on system reboot. Note: This setting will require the system to be rebooted to update the active auditd configuration settings.','In immutable mode, unauthorized users cannot execute changes to the audit system to potentially hide malicious activity and then put the audit rules back. Users would most likely notice a system reboot and that could alert administrators of an attempt to make unauthorized audit changes.','','Edit or create the file /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules and add the line -e 2 at the end of the file: Example: # printf -- \"-e 2\" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.20\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\", \"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\", \"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29622,'Ensure the running and on disk configuration is the same.','The Audit system have both on disk and running configuration. It is possible for these configuration settings to differ. Note: Due to the limitations of augenrules and auditctl, it is not absolutely guaranteed that loading the rule sets via augenrules --load will result in all rules being loaded or even that the user will be informed if there was a problem loading the rules.','Configuration differences between what is currently running and what is on disk could cause unexpected problems or may give a false impression of compliance requirements.','','If the rules are not aligned across all three () areas, run the following command to merge and load all rules: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then echo \"Reboot required to load rules\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29623,'Ensure only authorized groups are assigned ownership of audit log files.','Audit log files contain information about the system and system activity.','Access to audit records can reveal system and configuration data to attackers, potentially compromising its confidentiality.','','Run the following command to configure the audit log files to be owned by adm group: # find $(dirname $(awk -F\"=\" \'/^s*log_file/ {print $2}\' /etc/audit/auditd.conf | xargs)) -type f ( ! -group adm -a ! -group root ) -exec chgrp adm {} + Run the following command to configure the audit log files to be owned by the adm group: # chgrp adm /var/log/audit/ Run the following command to set the log_group parameter in the audit configuration file to log_group = adm: # sed -ri \'s/^s*#?s*log_groups*=s*S+(s*#.*)?.*$/log_group = adm1/\' /etc/audit/auditd.conf Run the following command to restart the audit daemon to reload the configuration file: # systemctl restart auditd.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29624,'Ensure audit configuration files are 640 or more restrictive.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode than 0640 from the audit configuration files: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) -exec chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx {} +.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29625,'Ensure audit configuration files are owned by root.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to change ownership to root user: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) ! -user root -exec chown root {} +.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29626,'Ensure audit configuration files belong to group root.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to change group to root: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) ! -group root -exec chgrp root {} +.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29627,'Ensure audit tools are 755 or more restrictive.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29628,'Ensure audit tools are owned by root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to change the owner of the audit tools to the root user: # chown root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29629,'Ensure audit tools belong to group root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules Run the following command to change owner and group of the audit tools to root user and group: # chown root:root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29630,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is installed.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralised log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to install systemd-journal-remote: # apt install systemd-journal-remote.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(29631,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is enabled.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralised log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to enable systemd-journal-remote: # systemctl --now enable systemd-journal-upload.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(29632,'Ensure journald is not configured to recieve logs from a remote client.','Journald supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts. NOTE: - The same package, systemd-journal-remote, is used for both sending logs to remote hosts and receiving incoming logs. - With regards to receiving logs, there are two services; systemd-journal-remote.socket and systemd-journal-remote.service.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Run the following command to disable systemd-journal-remote.socket: # systemctl --now disable systemd-journal-remote.socket.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(29633,'Ensure journald service is enabled.','Ensure that the systemd-journald service is enabled to allow capturing of logging events.','If the systemd-journald service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','By default the systemd-journald service does not have an [Install] section and thus cannot be enabled / disabled. It is meant to be referenced as Requires or Wants by other unit files. As such, if the status of systemd-journald is not static, investigate why.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29634,'Ensure journald is configured to compress large log files.','The journald system includes the capability of compressing overly large files to avoid filling up the system with logs or making the logs unmanageably large.','Uncompressed large files may unexpectedly fill a filesystem leading to resource unavailability. Compressing logs prior to write can prevent sudden, unexpected filesystem impacts.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Compress=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(29635,'Ensure journald is configured to write logfiles to persistent disk.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Logs in memory will be lost upon a system reboot. By persisting logs to local disk on the server they are protected from loss due to a reboot.','Writing log data to disk will provide the ability to forensically reconstruct events which may have impacted the operations or security of a system even after a system crash or reboot.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Storage=persistent Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29636,'Ensure journald is not configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald should be kept in the confines of the service and not forwarded on to other services.','IF journald is the method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be handled by journald and not forwarded to other logging mechanisms.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and ensure that ForwardToSyslog=yes is removed. Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\", \"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(29637,'Ensure rsyslog is installed.','The rsyslog software is recommended in environments where journald does not meet operation requirements.','The security enhancements of rsyslog such as connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server) justify installing and configuring the package.','','Run the following command to install rsyslog: # apt install rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1070\", \"T1070.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29638,'Ensure rsyslog service is enabled.','Once the rsyslog package is installed, ensure that the service is enabled.','If the rsyslog service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','Run the following command to enable rsyslog: # systemctl --now enable rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29639,'Ensure journald is configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Utilities exist to accept remote export of journald logs, however, use of the RSyslog service provides a consistent means of log collection and export.','IF RSyslog is the preferred method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be sent to it for further processing.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: ForwardToSyslog=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\", \"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29640,'Ensure rsyslog default file permissions are configured.','RSyslog will create logfiles that do not already exist on the system. This setting controls what permissions will be applied to these newly created files.','It is important to ensure that log files have the correct permissions to ensure that sensitive data is archived and protected.','The systems global umask could override, but only making the file permissions stricter, what is configured in RSyslog with the FileCreateMode directive. RSyslog also has it\'s own $umask directive that can alter the intended file creation mode. In addition, consideration should be given to how FileCreateMode is used. Thus it is critical to ensure that the intended file creation mode is not overridden with less restrictive settings in /etc/rsyslog.conf, /etc/rsyslog.d/*conf files and that FileCreateMode is set before any file is created.','Edit either /etc/rsyslog.conf or a dedicated .conf file in /etc/rsyslog.d/ and set $FileCreateMode to 0640 or more restrictive: $FileCreateMode 0640 Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\", \"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29641,'Ensure rsyslog is not configured to receive logs from a remote client.','RSyslog supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Should there be any active log server configuration found in the auditing section, modify those file and remove the specific lines highlighted by the audit. Ensure none of the following entries are present in any of /etc/rsyslog.conf or /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf. Old format $ModLoad imtcp $InputTCPServerRun New format module(load=\"imtcp\") input(type=\"imtcp\" port=\"514\") Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29642,'Ensure cron daemon is enabled and running.','The cron daemon is used to execute batch jobs on the system. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','While there may not be user jobs that need to be run on the system, the system does have maintenance jobs that may include security monitoring that have to run, and cron is used to execute them.','','Run the following command to enable and start cron: # systemctl --now enable cron.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29643,'Ensure permissions on /etc/crontab are configured.','The /etc/crontab file is used by cron to control its own jobs. The commands in this item make sure that root is the user and group owner of the file and that only the owner can access the file. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','This file contains information on what system jobs are run by cron. Write access to these files could provide unprivileged users with the ability to elevate their privileges. Read access to these files could provide users with the ability to gain insight on system jobs that run on the system and could provide them a way to gain unauthorized privileged access.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/crontab : # chown root:root /etc/crontab # chmod og-rwx /etc/crontab.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29644,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.hourly are configured.','This directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on an hourly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.hourly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.hourly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.hourly/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29645,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.daily are configured.','The /etc/cron.daily directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a daily basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.daily directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.daily/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.daily/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29646,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.weekly are configured.','The /etc/cron.weekly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a weekly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.weekly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.weekly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.weekly/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29647,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.monthly are configured.','The /etc/cron.monthly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a monthly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.monthly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.monthly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.monthly/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29648,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.d are configured.','The /etc/cron.d directory contains system cron jobs that need to run in a similar manner to the hourly, daily weekly and monthly jobs from /etc/crontab, but require more granular control as to when they run. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.d directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.d/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.d/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29649,'Ensure cron is restricted to authorized users.','Configure /etc/cron.allow to allow specific users to use this service. If /etc/cron.allow does not exist, then /etc/cron.deny is checked. Any user not specifically defined in this file is allowed to use cron. By removing the file, only users in /etc/cron.allow are allowed to use cron. Notes: - Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy. - Even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user. - The cron.allow file only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron jobs.','On many systems, only the system administrator is authorized to schedule cron jobs. Using the cron.allow file to control who can run cron jobs enforces this policy. It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. In a deny list, you could potentially add a user ID to the system and forget to add it to the deny files.','','Run the following commands to remove /etc/cron.deny: # rm /etc/cron.deny Run the following command to create /etc/cron.allow # touch /etc/cron.allow Run the following commands to set permissions and ownership for /etc/cron.allow: # chmod g-wx,o-rwx /etc/cron.allow # chown root:root /etc/cron.allow.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29650,'Ensure at is restricted to authorized users.','Configure /etc/at.allow to allow specific users to use this service. If /etc/at.allow does not exist, then /etc/at.deny is checked. Any user not specifically defined in this file is allowed to use at. By removing the file, only users in /etc/at.allow are allowed to use at. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, at should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','On many systems, only the system administrator is authorized to schedule at jobs. Using the at.allow file to control who can run at jobs enforces this policy. It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. In a deny list, you could potentially add a user ID to the system and forget to add it to the deny files.','','Run the following commands to remove /etc/at.deny: # rm /etc/at.deny Run the following command to create /etc/at.allow # touch /etc/at.allow Run the following commands to set permissions and ownership for /etc/at.allow: # chmod g-wx,o-rwx /etc/at.allow # chown root:root /etc/at.allow.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29651,'Ensure permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config are configured.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file contains configuration specifications for sshd. The command below sets the owner and group of the file to root.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config: # chown root:root /etc/ssh/sshd_config # chmod og-rwx /etc/ssh/sshd_config.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1098\", \"T1098.004\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29652,'Ensure SSH access is limited.','There are several options available to limit which users and group can access the system via SSH. It is recommended that at least one of the following options be leveraged: - AllowUsers: > The AllowUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by only allowing the allowed users to log in from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - AllowGroups: > The AllowGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable. - DenyUsers: > The DenyUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by specifically denying a user\'s access from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - DenyGroups: > The DenyGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable.','Restricting which users can remotely access the system via SSH will help ensure that only authorized users access the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set one or more of the parameter as follows: AllowUsers OR AllowGroups OR DenyUsers OR DenyGroups .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29653,'Ensure SSH LogLevel is appropriate.','INFO level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the field. VERBOSE level specifies that login and logout activity as well as the key fingerprint for any SSH key used for login will be logged. This information is important for SSH key management, especially in legacy environments.','SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LogLevel VERBOSE OR LogLevel INFO.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29654,'Ensure SSH PAM is enabled.','The UsePAM directive enables the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) interface. If set to yes this will enable PAM authentication using ChallengeResponseAuthentication and PasswordAuthentication directives in addition to PAM account and session module processing for all authentication types.','When usePAM is set to yes, PAM runs through account and session types properly. This is important if you want to restrict access to services based off of IP, time or other factors of the account. Additionally, you can make sure users inherit certain environment variables on login or disallow access to the server.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: UsePAM yes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}]'),(29655,'Ensure SSH root login is disabled.','The PermitRootLogin parameter specifies if the root user can log in using SSH. The default is prohibit-password.','Disallowing root logins over SSH requires system admins to authenticate using their own individual account, then escalating to root. This limits opportunity for non-repudiation and provides a clear audit trail in the event of a security incident.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitRootLogin no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29656,'Ensure SSH HostbasedAuthentication is disabled.','The HostbasedAuthentication parameter specifies if authentication is allowed through trusted hosts via the user of .rhosts, or /etc/hosts.equiv, along with successful public key client host authentication.','Even though the .rhosts files are ineffective if support is disabled in /etc/pam.conf, disabling the ability to use .rhosts files in SSH provides an additional layer of protection.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: HostbasedAuthentication no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29657,'Ensure SSH PermitEmptyPasswords is disabled.','The PermitEmptyPasswords parameter specifies if the SSH server allows login to accounts with empty password strings.','Disallowing remote shell access to accounts that have an empty password reduces the probability of unauthorized access to the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitEmptyPasswords no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29658,'Ensure SSH PermitUserEnvironment is disabled.','The PermitUserEnvironment option allows users to present environment options to the SSH daemon.','Permitting users the ability to set environment variables through the SSH daemon could potentially allow users to bypass security controls (e.g. setting an execution path that has SSH executing trojan\'d programs).','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitUserEnvironment no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29659,'Ensure SSH IgnoreRhosts is enabled.','The IgnoreRhosts parameter specifies that .rhosts and .shosts files will not be used in RhostsRSAAuthentication or HostbasedAuthentication.','Setting this parameter forces users to enter a password when authenticating with SSH.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: IgnoreRhosts yes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29660,'Ensure SSH X11 forwarding is disabled.','The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic through the connection to enable remote graphic connections.','Disable X11 forwarding unless there is an operational requirement to use X11 applications directly. There is a small risk that the remote X11 servers of users who are logged in via SSH with X11 forwarding could be compromised by other users on the X11 server. Note that even if X11 forwarding is disabled, users can always install their own forwarders.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: X11Forwarding no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29661,'Ensure only strong Ciphers are used.','This variable limits the ciphers that SSH can use during communication. Note: - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved ciphers. - Ensure that ciphers used are in compliance with site policy. - The only \"strong\" ciphers currently FIPS 140-2 compliant are: aes256-ctr, aes192-ctr, aes128-ctr. - Supported ciphers in openSSH 8.2: 3des-cbc, aes128-cbc, aes192-cbc, aes256-cbc, aes128-ctr, aes192-ctr, aes256-ctr, aes128-gcm@openssh.com, aes256-gcm@openssh.com, chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com.','Weak ciphers that are used for authentication to the cryptographic module cannot be relied upon to provide confidentiality or integrity, and system data may be compromised. - The Triple DES ciphers, as used in SSH, have a birthday bound of approximately four billion blocks, which makes it easier for remote attackers to obtain clear text data via a birthday attack against a long-duration encrypted session, aka a \"Sweet32\" attack. - Error handling in the SSH protocol; Client and Server, when using a block cipher algorithm in Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) mode, makes it easier for remote attackers to recover certain plain text data from an arbitrary block of cipher text in an SSH session via unknown vectors.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file add/modify the Ciphers line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved ciphers. Example: Ciphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128-gcm@openssh.com,aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(29662,'Ensure only strong MAC algorithms are used.','This variable limits the types of MAC algorithms that SSH can use during communication. Notes: - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved MACs. - Ensure that MACs used are in compliance with site policy. - The only \"strong\" MACs currently FIPS 140-2 approved are: hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha2-512. - The Supported MACs are: hmac-md5, hmac-md5-96, hmac-sha1, hmac-sha1-96, hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha2-512, umac-64@openssh.co, umac-128@openssh.com, hmac-md5-etm@openssh.com, hmac-md5-96-etm@openssh.com, hmac-sha1-etm@openssh.com, hmac-sha1-96-etm@openssh.com, hmac-sha2-256-etm@openss.com, hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com, umac-64-etm@openssh.com, umac-128-etm@openssh.com.','MD5 and 96-bit MAC algorithms are considered weak and have been shown to increase exploitability in SSH downgrade attacks. Weak algorithms continue to have a great deal of attention as a weak spot that can be exploited with expanded computing power. An attacker that breaks the algorithm could take advantage of a MiTM position to decrypt the SSH tunnel and capture credentials and information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file and add/modify the MACs line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved MACs.Example: MACs hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\", \"16.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(29663,'Ensure only strong Key Exchange algorithms are used.','Key exchange is any method in cryptography by which cryptographic keys are exchanged between two parties, allowing use of a cryptographic algorithm. If the sender and receiver wish to exchange encrypted messages, each must be equipped to encrypt messages to be sent and decrypt messages received. Notes: - Kex algorithms have a higher preference the earlier they appear in the list. - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved Key exchange algorithms. - Ensure that Key exchange algorithms used are in compliance with site policy. - The only Key Exchange Algorithms currently FIPS 140-2 approved are: ecdh-sha2-nistp256, ecdh-sha2-nistp384, ecdh-sha2-nistp521, diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256, diffie-hellman-group16-sha512, diffie-hellman-group18-sha512, diffie-hellman-group14-sha256. - The Key Exchange algorithms supported by OpenSSH 8.2 are: curve25519-sha256, curve25519-sha256@libssh.org, diffie-hellman-group1-sha1, diffie-hellman-group14-sha1, diffie-hellman-group14-sha256, diffie-hellman-group16-sha512, diffie-hellman-group18-sha512, diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1, diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256, ecdh-sha2-nistp256, ecdh-sha2-nistp384, ecdh-sha2-nistp521, sntrup4591761x25519-sha512@tinyssh.org.','Key exchange methods that are considered weak should be removed. A key exchange method may be weak because too few bits are used, or the hashing algorithm is considered too weak. Using weak algorithms could expose connections to man-in-the-middle attacks.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file add/modify the KexAlgorithms line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved key exchange algorithms Example: KexAlgorithms curve25519-sha256,curve25519-sha256@libssh.org,diffie-hellman-group14-sha256,diffie-hellman-group16-sha512,diffie-hellman-group18-sha512,ecdh-sha2-nistp521,ecdh-sha2-nistp384,ecdh-sha2-nistp256,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(29664,'Ensure SSH AllowTcpForwarding is disabled.','SSH port forwarding is a mechanism in SSH for tunneling application ports from the client to the server, or servers to clients. It can be used for adding encryption to legacy applications, going through firewalls, and some system administrators and IT professionals use it for opening backdoors into the internal network from their home machines.','Leaving port forwarding enabled can expose the organization to security risks and backdoors. SSH connections are protected with strong encryption. This makes their contents invisible to most deployed network monitoring and traffic filtering solutions. This invisibility carries considerable risk potential if it is used for malicious purposes such as data exfiltration. Cybercriminals or malware could exploit SSH to hide their unauthorized communications, or to exfiltrate stolen data from the target network.','SSH tunnels are widely used in many corporate environments. In some environments the applications themselves may have very limited native support for security. By utilizing tunneling, compliance with SOX, HIPAA, PCI-DSS, and other standards can be achieved without having to modify the applications.','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: AllowTcpForwarding no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1048\", \"T1048.002\", \"T1572\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29665,'Ensure SSH warning banner is configured.','The Banner parameter specifies a file whose contents must be sent to the remote user before authentication is permitted. By default, no banner is displayed.','Banners are used to warn connecting users of the particular site\'s policy regarding connection. Presenting a warning message prior to the normal user login may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: Banner /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}]'),(29666,'Ensure SSH MaxAuthTries is set to 4 or less.','The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection. When the login failure count reaches half the number, error messages will be written to the syslog file detailing the login failure.','Setting the MaxAuthTries parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. While the recommended setting is 4, set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxAuthTries 4.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.13\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}]'),(29667,'Ensure SSH MaxStartups is configured.','The MaxStartups parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of pending authentication connection attempts, use the rate limiting function of MaxStartups to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxStartups 10:30:60.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.19\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(29668,'Ensure SSH MaxSessions is set to 10 or less.','The MaxSessions parameter specifies the maximum number of open sessions permitted from a given connection.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of concurrent sessions, use the rate limiting function of MaxSessions to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxSessions 10.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.20\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(29669,'Ensure SSH LoginGraceTime is set to one minute or less.','The LoginGraceTime parameter specifies the time allowed for successful authentication to the SSH server. The longer the Grace period is the more open unauthenticated connections can exist. Like other session controls in this session the Grace Period should be limited to appropriate organizational limits to ensure the service is available for needed access.','Setting the LoginGraceTime parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. It will also limit the number of concurrent unauthenticated connections. While the recommended setting is 60 seconds (1 Minute), set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LoginGraceTime 60.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\", \"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}]'),(29670,'Ensure SSH Idle Timeout Interval is configured.','NOTE: To clarify, the two settings described below is only meant for idle connections from a protocol perspective and not meant to check if the user is active or not. An idle user does not mean an idle connection. SSH does not and never had, intentionally, the capability to drop idle users. In SSH versions before 8.2p1 there was a bug that caused these values to behave in such a manner that they where abused to disconnect idle users. This bug has been resolved in 8.2p1 and thus it can no longer be abused disconnect idle users. The two options ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax control the timeout of SSH sessions. Taken directly from man 5 sshd_config: - ClientAliveInterval Sets a timeout interval in seconds after which if no data has been received from the client, sshd(8) will send a message through the encrypted channel to request a response from the client. The default is 0, indicating that these messages will not be sent to the client. - ClientAliveCountMax Sets the number of client alive messages which may be sent without sshd(8) receiving any messages back from the client. If this threshold is reached while client alive messages are being sent, sshd will disconnect the client, terminating the session. It is important to note that the use of client alive messages is very different from TCPKeepAlive. The client alive messages are sent through the encrypted channel and therefore will not be spoofable. The TCP keepalive option en-abled by TCPKeepAlive is spoofable. The client alive mechanism is valuable when the client or server depend on knowing when a connection has become unresponsive. The default value is 3. If ClientAliveInterval is set to 15, and ClientAliveCountMax is left at the default, unresponsive SSH clients will be disconnected after approximately 45 seconds. Setting a zero ClientAliveCountMax disables connection termination.','In order to prevent resource exhaustion, appropriate values should be set for both ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax. Specifically, looking at the source code, ClientAliveCountMax must be greater than zero in order to utilize the ability of SSH to drop idle connections. If connections are allowed to stay open indefinately, this can potentially be used as a DDOS attack or simple resource exhaustion could occur over unreliable networks. The example set here is a 45 second timeout. Consult your site policy for network timeouts and apply as appropriate.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameters according to site policy. Example: ClientAliveInterval 15 ClientAliveCountMax 3.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.22\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29671,'Ensure sudo is installed.','sudo allows a permitted user to execute a command as the superuser or another user, as specified by the security policy. The invoking user\'s real (not effective) user ID is used to determine the user name with which to query the security policy.','sudo supports a plug-in architecture for security policies and input/output logging. Third parties can develop and distribute their own policy and I/O logging plug-ins to work seamlessly with the sudo front end. The default security policy is sudoers, which is configured via the file /etc/sudoers and any entries in /etc/sudoers.d. The security policy determines what privileges, if any, a user has to run sudo. The policy may require that users authenticate themselves with a password or another authentication mechanism. If authentication is required, sudo will exit if the user\'s password is not entered within a configurable time limit. This limit is policy-specific.','','First determine is LDAP functionality is required. If so, then install sudo-ldap, else install sudo. Example: # apt install sudo.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}]'),(29672,'Ensure sudo commands use pty.','sudo can be configured to run only from a pseudo terminal (pseudo-pty).','Attackers can run a malicious program using sudo which would fork a background process that remains even when the main program has finished executing.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers with visudo or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo -f and add the following line: Defaults use_pty.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}]'),(29673,'Ensure sudo log file exists.','sudo can use a custom log file.','A sudo log file simplifies auditing of sudo commands.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo or visudo -f and add the following line: Example: Defaults logfile=\"/var/log/sudo.log\".','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}]'),(29674,'Ensure users must provide password for privilege escalation.','The operating system must be configured so that users must provide a password for privilege escalation.','Without (re-)authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user (re-)authenticate.','This will prevent automated processes from being able to elevate privileges.','Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any line with occurrences of NOPASSWD tags in the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(29675,'Ensure re-authentication for privilege escalation is not disabled globally.','The operating system must be configured so that users must re-authenticate for privilege escalation.','Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user re-authenticate.','','Configure the operating system to require users to reauthenticate for privilege escalation. Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any occurrences of !authenticate tags in the file(s).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(29676,'Ensure sudo authentication timeout is configured correctly.','sudo caches used credentials for a default of 15 minutes. This is for ease of use when there are multiple administrative tasks to perform. The timeout can be modified to suit local security policies. This default is distribution specific. See audit section for further information.','Setting a timeout value reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized privileged access to another user.','','If the currently configured timeout is larger than 15 minutes, edit the file listed in the audit section with visudo -f and modify the entry timestamp_timeout= to 15 minutes or less as per your site policy. The value is in minutes. This particular entry may appear on it\'s own, or on the same line as env_reset. See the following two examples: Defaults Defaults Defaults env_reset, timestamp_timeout=15 timestamp_timeout=15 env_reset.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(29677,'Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','The su command allows a user to run a command or shell as another user. The program has been superseded by sudo, which allows for more granular control over privileged access. Normally, the su command can be executed by any user. By uncommenting the pam_wheel.so statement in /etc/pam.d/su, the su command will only allow users in a specific groups to execute su. This group should be empty to reinforce the use of sudo for privileged access.','Restricting the use of su , and using sudo in its place, provides system administrators better control of the escalation of user privileges to execute privileged commands. The sudo utility also provides a better logging and audit mechanism, as it can log each command executed via sudo , whereas su can only record that a user executed the su program.','','Create an empty group that will be specified for use of the su command. The group should be named according to site policy. Example: # groupadd sugroup Add the following line to the /etc/pam.d/su file, specifying the empty group: auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid group=sugroup.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29678,'Ensure password creation requirements are configured.','The pam_pwquality.so module checks the strength of passwords. It performs checks such as making sure a password is not a dictionary word, it is a certain length, contains a mix of characters (e.g. alphabet, numeric, other) and more. The following options are set in the /etc/security/pwquality.conf file: - Password Length: > minlen = 14 - password must be 14 characters or more. - Password complexity: > minclass = 4 - The minimum number of required classes of characters for the new password (digits, uppercase, lowercase, others) OR > dcredit = -1 - provide at least one digit. > ucredit = -1 - provide at least one uppercase character. > ocredit = -1 - provide at least one special character. > lcredit = -1 - provide at least one lowercase character.','Strong passwords protect systems from being hacked through brute force methods.','','The following setting is a recommend example policy. Alter these values to conform to your own organization\'s password policies. Run the following command to install the pam_pwquality module: # apt install libpam-pwquality Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password length to conform to site policy: minlen = 14 .Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for .password complexity to conform to site policy: Option 1 minclass = 4 Option 2 dcredit = -1, ucredit = -1, ocredit = -1, lcredit = -1.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29679,'Ensure lockout for failed password attempts is configured.','Lock out users after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts. The first sets of changes are made to the common PAM configuration files. The second set of changes are applied to the program specific PAM configuration file. The second set of changes must be applied to each program that will lock out users. Check the documentation for each secondary program for instructions on how to configure them to work with PAM. All configuration of faillock is located in /etc/security/faillock.conf and well commented. - deny > Deny access if the number of consecutive authentication failures for this user during the recent interval exceeds n tries. - fail_interval > The length of the interval, in seconds, during which the consecutive authentication failures must happen for the user account to be locked out. - unlock_time > The access will be re-enabled after n seconds after the lock out. The value 0 has the same meaning as value never - the access will not be re-enabled without resetting the faillock entries by the faillock command. Set the lockout number and unlock time in accordance with local site policy.','Locking out user IDs after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts mitigates brute force password attacks against your systems.','It is critical to test and validate any PAM changes before deploying. Any misconfiguration could cause the system to be inaccessible.','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. Common auth: Edit /etc/pam.d/common-auth and ensure that faillock is configured. Note: It is critical to understand each line and the relevant arguments for successful implementation. The order of these entries is very specific. The pam_faillock.so lines surround the pam_unix.so line. The comment \"Added to enable faillock\" is shown to highlight the additional lines and their order in the file. # here are the per-package modules (the \"Primary\" block) auth required pam_faillock.so preauth # Added to enable faillock auth [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so nullok auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail # Added to enable faillock auth sufficient pam_faillock.so authsucc # Added to enable faillock # here\'s the fallback if no module succeeds auth requisite pam_deny.so # prime the stack with a positive return value if there isn\'t one already; # this avoids us returning an error just because nothing sets a success code # since the modules above will each just jump around auth required pam_permit.so # and here are more per-package modules (the \"Additional\" block) auth optional pam_cap.so # end of pam-auth-update config Common account: Edit /etc/pam.d/common-account and ensure that the following stanza is at the end of the file. > account > required > pam_faillock.so. Fail lock configuration: Edit /etc/security/faillock.conf and configure it per your site policy. Example: deny = 4 > fail_interval = 900 > unlock time = 600.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29680,'Ensure password reuse is limited.','The /etc/security/opasswd file stores the users old passwords and can be checked to ensure that users are not recycling recent passwords.','Forcing users not to reuse their past 5 passwords make it less likely that an attacker will be able to guess the password.','','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. Edit the /etc/pam.d/common-password file to include the remember= option of 5 or more. If this line doesn\'t exist, add the line directly above the line: password [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure yescrypt: Example: password required pam_pwhistory.so use_authtok remember=5.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}]'),(29681,'Ensure password hashing algorithm is up to date with the latest standards.','The commands below change password encryption to yescrypt. All existing accounts will need to perform a password change to upgrade the stored hashes to the new algorithm.','The yescrypt algorithm provides much stronger hashing than previous available algorithms, thus providing additional protection to the system by increasing the level of effort for an attacker to successfully determine passwords. Note: these change only apply to accounts configured on the local system.','','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. PAM Edit the /etc/pam.d/common-password file and ensure that no hashing algorithm option for pam_unix.so is set: password [success=1 default=ignore] try_first_pass remember=5 pam_unix.so obscure use_authtok - Login definitions: Edit /etc/login.defs and ensure that ENCRYPT_METHOD is set to yescrypt.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(29682,'Ensure minimum days between password changes is configured.','The PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to prevent users from changing their password until a minimum number of days have passed since the last time the user changed their password. It is recommended that PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter be set to 1 or more days.','By restricting the frequency of password changes, an administrator can prevent users from repeatedly changing their password in an attempt to circumvent password reuse controls.','','Set the PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter to 1 in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MIN_DAYS 1 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --mindays 1 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29683,'Ensure password expiration is 365 days or less.','The PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to force passwords to expire once they reach a defined age.','The window of opportunity for an attacker to leverage compromised credentials or successfully compromise credentials via an online brute force attack is limited by the age of the password. Therefore, reducing the maximum age of a password also reduces an attacker\'s window of opportunity. It is recommended that the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter does not exceed 365 days and is greater than the value of PASS_MIN_DAYS.','','Set the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter to conform to site policy in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MAX_DAYS 365 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --maxdays 365 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\"]}]'),(29684,'Ensure password expiration warning days is 7 or more.','The PASS_WARN_AGE parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to notify users that their password will expire in a defined number of days. It is recommended that the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter be set to 7 or more days.','Providing an advance warning that a password will be expiring gives users time to think of a secure password. Users caught unaware may choose a simple password or write it down where it may be discovered.','','Set the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter to 7 in /etc/login.defs :PASS_WARN_AGE 7 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --warndays 7 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29685,'Ensure inactive password lock is 30 days or less.','User accounts that have been inactive for over a given period of time can be automatically disabled. It is recommended that accounts that are inactive for 30 days after password expiration be disabled.','Inactive accounts pose a threat to system security since the users are not logging in to notice failed login attempts or other anomalies.','','Run the following command to set the default password inactivity period to 30 days: # useradd -D -f 30 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --inactive 30 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29686,'Ensure default group for the root account is GID 0.','The usermod command can be used to specify which group the root user belongs to. This affects permissions of files that are created by the root user.','Using GID 0 for the root account helps prevent root -owned files from accidentally becoming accessible to non-privileged users.','','Run the following command to set the root user default group to GID 0 : # usermod -g 0 root.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29687,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd are configured.','The /etc/passwd file contains user account information that is used by many system utilities and therefore must be readable for these utilities to operate.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd file is protected from unauthorized write access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/passwd: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd # chown root:root /etc/passwd.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29688,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd- are configured.','The /etc/passwd- file contains backup user account information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/passwd-: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd- # chown root:root /etc/passwd-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29689,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group are configured.','The /etc/group file contains a list of all the valid groups defined in the system. The command below allows read/write access for root and read access for everyone else.','The /etc/group file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users, but needs to be readable as this information is used with many non-privileged programs.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/group: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group # chown root:root /etc/group.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29690,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group- are configured.','The /etc/group- file contains a backup list of all the valid groups defined in the system.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/group- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/group-: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group- # chown root:root /etc/group-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29691,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow are configured.','The /etc/shadow file is used to store the information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/shadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/shadow file (such as expiration) could also be useful to subvert the user accounts.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/shadow to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:shadow /etc/shadow -OR- # chown root:root /etc/shadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/shadow: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/shadow.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29692,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow- are configured.','The /etc/shadow- file is used to store backup information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/shadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/shadow- to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:shadow /etc/shadow- -OR- # chown root:root /etc/shadow- Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/shadow-: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/shadow-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29693,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow are configured.','The /etc/gshadow file is used to store the information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/gshadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/gshadow file (such as group administrators) could also be useful to subvert the group.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/gshadow to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:shadow /etc/gshadow -OR- # chown root:root /etc/gshadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/gshadow: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/gshadow.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29694,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow- are configured.','The /etc/gshadow- file is used to store backup information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/gshadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/gshadow- to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:shadow /etc/gshadow- -OR- # chown root:root /etc/gshadow- Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/gshadow-: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/gshadow-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29695,'Ensure accounts in /etc/passwd use shadowed passwords.','Local accounts can uses shadowed passwords. With shadowed passwords, The passwords are saved in shadow password file, /etc/shadow, encrypted by a salted one-way hash. Accounts with a shadowed password have an x in the second field in /etc/passwd.','The /etc/passwd file also contains information like user ID\'s and group ID\'s that are used by many system programs. Therefore, the /etc/passwd file must remain world readable. In spite of encoding the password with a randomly-generated one-way hash function, an attacker could still break the system if they got access to the /etc/passwd file. This can be mitigated by using shadowed passwords, thus moving the passwords in the /etc/passwd file to /etc/shadow. The /etc/shadow file is set so only root will be able to read and write. This helps mitigate the risk of an attacker gaining access to the encoded passwords with which to perform a dictionary attack. Note: - All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user. - A user account with an empty second field in /etc/passwd allows the account to be logged into by providing only the username.','','Run the following command to set accounts to use shadowed passwords: # sed -e \'s/^([a-zA-Z0-9_]*):[^:]*:/1:x:/\' -i /etc/passwd Investigate to determine if the account is logged in and what it is being used for, to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29696,'Ensure /etc/shadow password fields are not empty.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password.','All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user.','','If any accounts in the /etc/shadow file do not have a password, run the following command to lock the account until it can be determined why it does not have a password: # passwd -l Also, check to see if the account is logged in and investigate what it is being used for to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29697,'Ensure root is the only UID 0 account.','Any account with UID 0 has superuser privileges on the system.','This access must be limited to only the default root account and only from the system console. Administrative access must be through an unprivileged account using an approved mechanism as noted in Item 5.6 Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','','Remove any users other than root with UID 0 or assign them a new UID if appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(30001,'Install and configure HP-UX Secure Shell.','OpenSSH is a popular free distribution of the standards-track SSH protocols which allows secure encrypted network logins and file transfers. HP-UX Secure Shell is HP\'s pre-compiled and supported version of OpenSSH.','Common login and file transfer services such as telnet, FTP, rsh, rlogin, and rcp use insecure, clear-text protocols that are vulnerable to attack. OpenSSH provides a secure, encrypted replacement for these services. Security is improved by further constraining services in the default configuration.','','Perform the following to install and securely configure Secure Shell (SSH) 1. Download and install HP-UX Secure Shell if not already installed on the system. 2. Perform the following post-installation actions to secure the SSH service: a. Change to the /opt/ssh/etc directory b. Open sshd_config c. Set the Protocol token to 2. If it is absent, add and set it. d. Set the X11Forwarding token to yes. If it is absent, add and set it. e. Set the IgnoreRhosts token to yes. If it is absent, add and set it. f. Set the RhostsAuthentication token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. g. Set the RhostsRSAAuthentication token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. h. Set the PermitRootLogin token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. i. Set the PermitEmptyPasswords token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. j. Set the Banner token to /etc/issue. If it is absent, add and set it. k. Set root as the owner of sshd_config and ssh_config. l. Set sys as the group owner of sshd_config and ssh_config. m. Restrict write access to sshd_config and ssh_config to the file owner. The following script will perform the above procedure: 13 | P a g e cd /opt/ssh/etc cp -p sshd_config sshd_config.tmp awk \' /^Protocol/ /^IgnoreRhosts/ /^RhostsAuthentication/ /^RhostsRSAAuthentication/ { $2 =\"no\" }; /(^#|^)PermitRootLogin/ { $1 = \"PermitRootLogin\"; $2 = \"no\" }; /^PermitEmptyPasswords/ { $2 = \"no\" }; /^#Banner/ { $1 = \"Banner\"; $2 = \"/etc/issue\" } { print }\' sshd_config.tmp > sshd_config { $2 =\"2\"}; { $2 = \"yes\" }; { $2 = \"no\" }; rm -f sshd_config.tmp chown root:sys ssh_config sshd_config chmod go-w ssh_config sshd_config','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30002,'Use Bastille to report security configuration state.','Bastille is a security hardening, lockdown tool supplied with HP-UX to assist administrators in securing their systems. Included is an assessment function that covers a wide range of lockdown items including most all items in this Benchmark. Bastille can serve as a reporting and audit tool. Appendix D provides a mapping of Benchmark items to related Bastille configuration items.','An automated, tested, and vendor supported reporting tool such as Bastille is more efficient and less error-prone than most manual or custom scripted methods.','','Run Bastille to create an assessment report as shown: /opt/sec_mgmt/bastille/bin/bastille --assessnobrowser','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3\"]}]'),(30003,'Disable Standard Services.','The stock /etc/inetd.conf file shipped with HP-UX contains many services which are rarely used, or which have more secure alternatives. Indeed, after enabling SSH (see item 1.1.2) it may be possible to completely do away with all inetd-based services, since SSH provides both a secure login mechanism and a means of transferring files to and from the system. The steps articulated in the Remediation section will disable all services normally enabled in the HP-UX inetd.conf file. The rest of the actions in this section give the administrator the option of re-enabling certain services—in particular, the services that are disabled in the last two loops in the Action section below.','The stock /etc/inetd.conf file shipped with HP-UX contains services that are rarely used or have more secure alternatives. Removing these from inetd will avoid exposure to possible security vulnerability in those services.','','Perform the following to disable standard inetd-based services: 1. Change to the /etc directory 2. Open inetd.conf 3. Disable the following services by adding a comment character (#) to the beginning of its definition: a. echo b. discard c. daytime d. chargen e. dtspc f. exec g. ntalk h. finger i. uucp j. ident k. auth l. instl_boots m. registrar n. recserv o. rpc.rstatd p. rpc.rusersd q. rpc.rwalld r. rpc.sprayd s. rpc.cmsd t. kcms_server u. printer v. shell w. login h. finger x. telnet y. ftp z. tftp aa. bootps bb. kshell cc. klogin dd. rpc.rquotad ee. rpc.ttdbserver 4. Save inetd.conf. 5. Set root as the owner of inetd.conf. 6. Set sys as the group owner of inetd.conf. 7. Restrict write access to inetd.conf to the file owner. 8. Remove the executable and sticky bit from inetd.conf. 9. Invoke inetd to reread it\'s config file: inetd -c The following script will perform the above procedure: cd /etc for svc in echo discard daytime chargen dtspc exec ntalk finger uucp ident auth instl_boots registrar recserv; do awk \"($1 == \"$svc\") { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; {print}\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in rpc.rstatd rpc.rusersd rpc.rwalld rpc.sprayd rpc.cmsd kcms_server; do awk \"/\\/$svc/ { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; { print }\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in printer shell login telnet ftp tftp bootps kshell klogin; do awk \"($1 == \"$svc\") { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; {print}\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in rpc.rquotad rpc.ttdbserver; do awk \"/^$svc\\// { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; { print }\" /etc/inetd.conf > /etc/inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done chown root:sys inetd.conf chmod go-w,a-xs inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new inetd -c','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30004,'Only enable telnet if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable telnet. Telnet uses an unencrypted network protocol, which means data from the login session (such as passwords and all other data transmitted during the session) can be stolen by eavesdroppers on the network, and also that the session can be hijacked by outsiders to gain access to the remote system. HP-UX Secure Shell (OpenSSH) provides an encrypted alternative to telnet (and other utilities) and should be used instead.','There is a mission-critical reason that requires users to access the system via telnet instead of the more secure SSH protocol.','','Perform the following to re-enable telnet: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the telnet service definition. 3. Add -b /etc/issue to the end of the telnet service definition. This will cause telnet to display the contents of /etc/issue to users attempting to access the system via telnet. 4. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \'/^#telnet/ { $1 = \"telnet\" print $0 \" -b /etc/issue\"; next} { print } \' inetd.conf > /etc/inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.2\"]}]'),(30005,'Only enable FTP if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable ftp. Like telnet, the FTP protocol is unencrypted, which means passwords and other data transmitted during the session can be captured by sniffing the network, and that the FTP session itself can be hijacked by an external attacker. SSH provides two alternative, encrypted file transfer mechanisms, scp and sftp, which should be used instead of FTP. Even if FTP is required because the local system is an anonymous FTP server, consider requiring authenticated users on the system to transfer files via SSH-based protocols. For further information on restricting FTP access to the system, see item 1.6.2 below. Sites may also consider augmenting the \'ftpd -l\' below with \'-v\' (10.x and 11.x) or \'-L\' (11.x only) for additional logging of FTP transactions, or with \'-a\' (11.x only) for fine grain FTP access control through the use of a configuration file - see the ftpd(1M) man page on your systems for details.','This machine serves as an (anonymous) FTP server or other mission-critical role where data must be transferred via FTP instead of the more secure alternatives.','','Perform the following to re-enable FTP: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the ftp service definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' /^#ftp/ { $1 = \"ftp\"; print $0; next} { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.3\"]}]'),(30006,'Only enable rlogin/remsh/rcp if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rlogin/remsh/rcp. SSH was designed to be a drop-in replacement for these protocols. Given the wide availability of free SSH implementations, there are few cases where these tools cannot be replaced with SSH (again, see item 1.2.1 - Install SSH).','There is a mission-critical reason to use rlogin/remsh/rcp instead of the more secure ssh/scp.','','Perform the following to re-enable rlogin/remsh/rcp: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the shell and login service definitions. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#shell/shell/; s/^#login/login/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.4\"]}]'),(30007,'Only enable TFTP if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable TFTP. TFTP is typically used for network booting of diskless workstations, X-terminals, and other similar devices. TFTP is also used during network installs of systems via the HP-UX Ignite facility. Routers and other network devices may copy configuration data to remote systems via TFTP for backup.','This system serves as a boot server or has other mission-critical roles where data must be transferred to and from this system via TFTP.','','Perform the following to re-enable TFTP: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the tftp service definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#tftp/tftp/\' inetd.conf >inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new mkdir -p /var/opt/ignite','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.5\"]}]'),(30008,'Only enable printer service if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rlpdaemon based printer service. rlpdaemon provides a BSD-compatible print server interface. Even machines that are print servers may wish to leave this service disabled if they do not need to support BSD-style printing.','This machine a print server for your network.','','Perform the following to re-enable the rlpdaemon based printer service: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the printer definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#printer/printer/\' inetd.conf >inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.6\"]}]'),(30009,'Only enable rquotad if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rquotad. rquotad allows NFS clients to enforce disk quotas on file systems that are mounted from the local system. If your site does not use disk quotas, then you may leave the rquotad service disabled.','This system an NFS file server that requires the use of disk quotas.','','Perform the following to re-enable rquotad: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the rquotad definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' $6 ~ //rpc.rquotad$/ { sub(/^#/, \"\") } { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.7\"]}]'),(30010,'Only enable CDE-related daemons if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable CDE-related daemons. The rpc.ttdbserver service supports HP\'s CDE windowing environment. This service has a history of security problems. Not only is it vital to keep up to date on vendor patches, but also never enable this service on any system which is not well protected by a complete network security infrastructure (including network and host-based firewalls, packet filters, and intrusion detection infrastructure). Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on.','There a mission-critical reason to run a CDE GUI on this system.','','Perform the following to re-enable CDE-related daemons: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the rpc.ttdbserver 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' $6 ~ //rpc.ttdbserver$/ { sub(/^#/, \"\") } { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.8\"]}]'),(30011,'Only enable Kerberos-related daemons if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable Kerberos-related daemons. Kerberized rlogin/remsh offers a higher degree of security than traditional rlogin, remsh, or telnet by eliminating many clear-text password exchanges from the network. However it is still not as secure as SSH, which encrypts all traffic. Given the wide availability of free SSH implementations, there are few cases where these tools cannot be replaced with SSH.','The Kerberos security system is in use at this site and there is a mission-critical reason that requires users to access this system via Kerberized rlogin/remsh, rather than the more secure SSH protocol.','','Perform the following to re-enable Kerberos-related daemons: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the klogin definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#kshell/kshell/; s/^#klogin/klogin/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.9\"]}]'),(30012,'Only enable BOOTP/DHCP daemon if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable BOOTP/DHCP services. BOOTP/DHCP is a popular protocol for dynamically assigning IP addresses and other network information to systems on the network (rather than having administrators manually manage this information on each host). However, if this system is not a BOOTP/DHCP server for the network, there is no need to be running this service.','This server a BOOTP/DHCP server for the network.','','Perform the following to re-enable BOOTP/DHCP services: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the bootps definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#bootps/bootps/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.10\"]}]'),(30013,'Disable login: prompts on serial ports.','Disable the login: prompt on the system serial devices to make it more difficult for unauthorized users to attach modems, terminals, and other remote access devices to these ports.','If there is not a mission-critical need to provide login capability from any serial ports (such as for a modem) then disabling the login: prompt on the system serial devices reduces the risk of unauthorized access via these ports.','','Perform the following to disable the login: prompt on the system serial devices: 1. Open /etc/inittab. 2. Disable each getty instance associated with a tty device by adding a comment character (#) to the beginning of the line. 3. Save /etc/inittab.* The following script will perform the above procedure: cp -p /etc/inittab /etc/inittab.tmp sed \'s/^[^#].*getty.*tty.*$/#&/\' /etc/inittab.tmp > /etc/inittab rm -f /etc/inittab.tmp - Note that this action may safely be performed even if console access to the system is provided via the serial ports, as the line in the /etc/inittab file that corresponds to the console does not match the supplied pattern (i.e., it doesn\'t contain the string \'tty\'). - Note that when serial port connectivity is needed, /etc/dialups and /etc/d_passwd can be set to require an extra password for serial port access. See the dialups(4) manual page for more information. - Note that by default in HP-UX 11i, only the console has a getty instance running on it.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30014,'Disable NIS/NIS+ related processes, if possible.','Disable NIS/NIS+ related processes. Network Information Service (NIS) is a distributed database providing centralized control of names, addresses, services, and key configuration files throughout a network of servers and clients. NIS was formerly known as Yellow Pages (YP). NIS+ is a replacement for NIS services, and is more scalable, flexible, and secure. It adds a security system with authentication and authorization services to validate users on the network and to determine if they allowed to access or modify the information requested. However, both systems have known security vulnerabilities, and have been an entry point for security attacks.','Eliminate exposure to NIS/NIS+ vulnerabilities by not running related daemons on hosts that are not NIS/NIS+ servers or clients.','','Perform the following to disable the startup of NIS/NIS+ related processes: ch_rc -a -p NIS_MASTER_SERVER=0 -p NIS_SLAVE_SERVER=0 -p NIS_CLIENT=0 -p NISPLUS_SERVER=0 -p NISPLUS_CLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30015,'Disable printer daemons, if possible.','Disable printer daemons. The Technical Print Service (TPS) is a printer service used in the X-Windows and/or CDE environment. It is recommended that this service be disabled if the hosting system does not participate in print services The administrator may wish to consider converting to the LPRng print system (see http://www.lprng.org/) which was designed with security in mind and is widely portable across many different Unix platforms. Note, however, that LPRng is not supported by Hewlett-Packard.','Disabling unused services, such as TPS, will reduce the remote and local attack surfaces of the hosting system.','','Perform the following to disable printer daemons: 1. Set the LP parameter to zero in the lp system configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/lp 2. Set the XPRINTSERVERS parameter to an empty string in the tps system configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/tps The following script will perform the above procedure: ch_rc -a -p XPRINTSERVERS=\"\'\'\" /etc/rc.config.d/tps ch_rc -a -p LP=0 /etc/rc.config.d/lp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30016,'Disable the CDE GUI login, if possible.','CDE stands for \'Common Desktop Environment,\' and is an environment for logging on to and interacting with your system via an X-windows type GUI interface from the console. Intended for use with workstation or desktop systems, this service is not commonly used with the server-class systems or in large enterprise environments. The X Windows-based CDE GUI services were developed with a different set of security expecations from those expected in many enterprise deployments, and have had a history of security issues. Unless there is a mission-critical need for a CDE GUI login to the system, this service should not be run to further reduce opportunities for security attacks.','The X Windows-based CDE GUI on HP-UX systems has had a history of security issues, and should be disabled if unused.','','Perform the following to disable the GUI login: ch_rc -a -p DESKTOP=\"\" /etc/rc.config.d/desktop','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30017,'Disable email server, if possible.','Disable the sendmail daemon to avoid processing incoming email. It is possible to run a Unix system with the Sendmail daemon disabled and still allow users on that system to send email out from that machine. Running Sendmail in \'daemon mode\' (with the -bd command-line option) is only required on machines that act as mail servers, receiving and processing email from other hosts on the network. The remediation below will result in a machine that can send email but not receive it. - Note that after disabling the -bd option on the local mail server on systems running Sendmail v8.12 or later (8.13 is currently shipped as part of HP-UX 11iv3), it is also necessary to modify the /etc/mail/submit.cf file. Find the line that reads \'D{MTAHost}localhost\' and change localhost to the name of some other local mail server for the organization. This will cause email generated on the local system to be relayed to that mail server for further processing and delivery. - Note that if the system is an email server, the administrator is encouraged to search the Web for additional documentation on Sendmail security issues.','Avoid potential vulnerabilities in the sendmail server if incoming email service is not used.','','Perform the following to disable the sendmail server: 1. Set the SENDMAIL_SERVER parameter to zero in the mailservs system configuration file. 2. Setup a cron job to run sendmail at regular intervals (e.g. every hour) in order to process queued, outgoing mail. The following script will perform the above procedure: ch_rc -a -p SENDMAIL_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/mailservs cd /var/spool/cron/crontabs crontab -l >root.tmp echo \'0 * * * * /usr/lib/sendmail -q\' >>root.tmp crontab root.tmp rm -f root.tmp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30018,'Disable SNMP and OpenView Agents, if remote management or monitoring are not needed.','Disable SNMP and OpenView agents if they are not needed. Note: If SNMP is used, it is recommended to change the default SNMP community string by modifying the get-community and set-community parameters in the SNMP configuration file /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf.','If SNMP and OpenView agents are not needed, avoid potential security vulnerabilities in these programs by disabling them.','','Perform the following to disable the SNMP and OpenView Agents: cd /sbin/rc2.d mv -f S570SnmpFddi .NOS570SnmpFddi ch_rc -a -p SNMP_HPUNIX_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpHpunix ch_rc -a -p SNMP_MASTER_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpMaster ch_rc -a -p SNMP_MIB2_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpMib2 ch_rc -a -p SNMP_TRAPDEST_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpTrpDst ch_rc -a -p OSPFMIB=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons ch_rc -a -p OPCAGT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/opcagt','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30019,'Disable rarely used standard boot services.','Disable other standard boot services. Setting these variables in the /etc/rc.config.d configuration files will effectively disable a wide variety of infrequently used subsystems. Variables are merely set (rather than renaming or removing startup scripts) so that the local administrator can easily \"restore\" any of these services if they discover a mission-critical need to have it. Additionally, HP-UX patches tend to supply fresh copies of the startup scripts, so they may get inadvertently re- enabled, whereas setting configuration variables usually survives patch installs. Finally, setting configuration variables is the method recommended and supported by HP. Note that not all of the configuration files listed above will exist on all systems (some are only valid for certain releases, others only exist if certain OEM vendor software is installed). The rest of the actions in this section give the administrator the option of re-enabling certain services - in particular, the services that are disabled in the second block of the remediation section below. Rather than disabling and then re-enabling these services, experienced administrators may wish to simply disable only those services that they know are unnecessary for their systems. Note: that HP-UX 11.31 was the first version to support disablement of the NFS core services. Disablement on earlier versions is possible by moving /sbin/rc2.d/S400nfs.core to /sbin/rc2.d/.NOS400nfs.core, but there is some risk of system instability.','Avoid potential security vulnerabilities in infrequently used subsystems by disabling them.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p START_SNAPLUS=0 -p START_SNANODE=0 -p START_SNAINETD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/snaplus2 ch_rc -a -p MROUTED=0 -p RWHOD=0 -p DDFA=0 -p START_RBOOTD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons ch_rc -a -p RARPD=0 -p RDPD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netconf ch_rc -a -p PTYDAEMON_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/ptydaemon ch_rc -a -p VTDAEMON_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/vt ch_rc -a -p NAMED=0 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs ch_rc -a -p START_I4LMD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/i4lmd ch_rc -a -p RUN_X_FONT_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/xfs ch_rc -a -p AUDIO_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/audio ch_rc -a -p SLSD_DAEMON=0 /etc/rc.config.d/slsd ch_rc -a -p RUN_SAMBA=0 /etc/rc.config.d/samba ch_rc -a -p RUN_CIFSCLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/cifsclient ch_rc -a -p NFS_SERVER=0 -p NFS_CLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_APACHE_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_apacheconf ch_rc -a -p NFS_CORE=0 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30020,'Only enable Windows-compatibility server processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable CIFS Server (Samba) services. HP-UX 11i includes the popular Open Source Samba server (HP-UX CIFS Server) for providing file and print services to Windows-based systems. This allows an HP-UX system to act as a file or print server on a Windows network, and even act as a Domain Controller (authentication server) to older Windows operating systems. However, if this functionality is not required by the site, this service should be disabled.','This machine provides authentication, file sharing, or printer sharing services to systems running Microsoft Windows operating systems.','','Perform the following to re-enable CIFS Server: ch_rc -a -p RUN_SAMBA=1 /etc/rc.config.d/samba','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.8\"]}]'),(30021,'Only enable Windows-compatibility client processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the HP CIFS Client service.','This system requires access to file systems from remote servers via the Windows (SMB) file services.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p RUN_CIFSCLIENT=1 /etc/rc.config.d/cifsclient','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.9\"]}]'),(30022,'Only enable NFS server processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the NFS file service. NFS is frequently exploited to gain unauthorized access to files and systems. Clearly there is no need to run the NFS server-related daemons on hosts that are not NFS servers. If the system is an NFS server, the admin should take reasonable precautions when exporting file systems, including restricting NFS access to a specific range of local IP addresses and exporting file systems \"read-only\" and \"nosuid\" where appropriate. For more information consult the exportfs(1M) manual page. Much higher levels of security can be achieved by combining NFS with secure RPC or Kerberos, although there is significant administrative overhead involved in this transition. Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on. For more information see Item 1.3.12 below. Also, note that some releases of Oracle software for HP-UX require NFS services in order to install properly. Therefore, the NFS server process may need to be started by hand on systems on which Oracle software is to be installed/updated. This can be accomplished by performing the following: 1. Temporarily set NFS_SERVER=1, /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf 2. Execute: /sbin/init.d/nfs.core start /sbin/init.d/nfs.server start 3. Install Oracle 4. Stop the NFS services: /sbin/init.d/nfs.core stop /sbin/init.d/nfs.server stop 5. Disable the NFS services by resetting NFS_SERVER=0, NUM_NFSD=0, and NUM_NFSIOD=0 in /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf.','This machine is a NFS file server.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NFS_SERVER=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.10\"]}]'),(30023,'Only enable NFS client processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the NFS Client service. Again, unless there is a significant need for this system to acquire data via NFS, administrators should disable NFS-related services. Note that other file transfer schemes (such as rdist via SSH) can often be more secure than NFS for certain applications, although again the use of secure RPC or Kerberos can significantly improve NFS security. Also note that if the machine will be an NFS client, then the rpcbind process must be running (see Item 3.12 below). - Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on. For more information see Item 3.12 below.','This system must access file systems from remote servers via NFS.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NFS_CLIENT=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.11\"]}]'),(30024,'Only enable RPC-based services if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable RPC-based services. RPC-based services typically use very weak or non-existent authentication and yet may share very sensitive information. Unless one of the services listed above is required on this machine, it is best to disable RPC-based tools completely. If you are unsure whether or not a particular third-party application requires RPC services, consult with the application vendor. Note that disabling this service by renaming the startup file may not survive the install of RPC-related patches.','RPC-based services are used such as: - This machine is an NFS client or server. - This machine is an NIS (YP) or NIS+ client or server. - This machine runs a GUI or GUI-based administration tool. - The machine runs a third-party software application which is dependent on RPC support (example: FlexLM License managers).','','Perform the following for 11.31 and later: ch_rc -a -p NFS_CORE=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf For 11.23 and prior: mv -f /sbin/rc2.d/.NOS400nfs.core /sbin/rc2.d/400nfs.core','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.12\"]}]'),(30025,'Only enable Web server if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the Web server suite. Even if this machine is a Web server, the local site may choose not to use the Web server provided with HP-UX in favor of a locally developed and supported Web environment. If the machine is a Web server, the administrator is encouraged to search the Web for additional documentation on Web server security. A good starting point is http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/misc/security_tips.html. Note that this action only disables the default web server shipped with the system. Other webservers instances may still be running.','There is a mission-critical reason why this system must run a Web server.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NS_FTRACK=1 /etc/rc.config.d/ns-ftrack ch_rc -a -p APACHE_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/apacheconf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_APACHE32_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_apache32conf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_TOMCAT_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_tomcatconf ch_rc -a -p NS_FTRACK=1 /etc/rc.config.d/ns-ftrack ch_rc -a -p HPWS_WEBMIN_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_webminconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.13\"]}]'),(30026,'Only enable BIND DNS server if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the BIND DNS service. The BIND DNS server, or named, maps IP addresses to hostnames across the Internet and supplies these services to other hosts on the local local network. Though it has been widely implemented, BIND has a long history of security flaws, especially in the BIND 8.x release tree generally shipped with HP-UX 11.x systems. Therefore, if you are going to run BIND, you should strongly consider moving to the BIND 9.x release-tree. HP has supported BIND 9 packages available from http://software.hp.com/portal/swdepot/displayProductInfo.do?productNumber=BIND9.2 . Or it is available directly from the Internet Software Consortium (the developers of BIND), whose website is at http://www.isc.org.','There exists a mission-critical reason why this system must run a DNS server.','','Perform the following: 11.23 and prior: ch_rc -a -p NAMED=1 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs 11.31 and later: ch_rc -a -p NAMED=1 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs_dns','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.14\"]}]'),(30027,'Enable stack protection.','Enabling stack protection prevents certain classes of buffer overflow attacks and is a significant security enhancement. - Note that HP-UX 11i is much more capable in this and other security areas than older releases; therefore, administrators should strongly consider upgrading from older releases. - Note that this action requires a subsequent reboot to take effect in some versions of HP-UX.','Buffer overflow exploits have been the basis for many of the recent highly publicized compromises and defacements of large numbers of Internet connected systems. Many of the automated tools in use by system crackers exploit well-known buffer overflow problems in vendor-supplied and third-party software. Enabling stack protection prevents certain classes of buffer overflow attacks and is a significant security enhancement.','','For 11i v2 and later: kctune -K executable_stack=0 For 11i v1: /usr/sbin/kmtune -s executable_stack=0 && mk_kernel && kmupdate','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30028,'Network parameter modifications.','Modify the network parameter boot configuration file to meet current best practices. Note: HP-UX 11.11 systems require patch PHNE_25644 for ndd to set arp_cleanup_interval from /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf. - Bastille Note: Bastille performs a similar action but does not support the exact same changes.','Network parameter default values should align with current best practices unless there is a specific need to use other values.','','Perform the following to update the default network parameter values: 1. Change to the /etc/rc.config.d directory 2. Open nddconf and review the comment lines on how to use the configuration file 3. Set each of the following network parameters to the recommended value. If a parameter does not have an entry in nddconf then add a new entry to the end of the file while properly incrementing the parameter index. 4. Save nddconf. - If creating this file for the first time: 1. Set root as the owner of nddconf. 2. Set sys as the group owner of nddconf. 3. Restrict write access to nddconf to the file owner. 4. Remove the executable and sticky bit from nddconf. If the existing nddconf file contains no entries, then the following script will perform the above procedure: cd /etc/rc.config.d cat < nddconf # Increase size of half-open connection queue TRANSPORT_NAME[0]=tcp NDD_NAME[0]=tcp_syn_rcvd_max NDD_VALUE[0]=4096 # Reduce timeouts on ARP cache TRANSPORT_NAME[1]=arp NDD_NAME[1]=arp_cleanup_interval NDD_VALUE[1]=60000 # Drop source-routed packets TRANSPORT_NAME[2]=ip NDD_NAME[2]=ip_forward_src_routed NDD_VALUE[2]=0 # Don\'t forward directed broadcasts TRANSPORT_NAME[3]=ip NDD_NAME[3]=ip_forward_directed_broadcasts NDD_VALUE[3]=0 # Don\'t respond to unicast ICMP timestamp requests TRANSPORT_NAME[4]=ip NDD_NAME[4]=ip_respond_to_timestamp NDD_VALUE[4]=0 # Don\'t respond to broadcast ICMP tstamp reqs TRANSPORT_NAME[5]=ip NDD_NAME[5]=ip_respond_to_timestamp_broadcast NDD_VALUE[5]=0 # Don\'t respond to ICMP address mask requests TRANSPORT_NAME[6]=ip NDD_NAME[6]=ip_respond_to_address_mask_broadcast NDD_VALUE[6]=0 # Don‟t respond to broadcast echo requests TRANSPORT_NAME[7]=ip NDD_NAME[7]=ip_respond_to_echo_broadcast NDD_VALUE[7]=0 EOF chown root:sys nddconf chmod go-w,ug-s nddconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30029,'Use more random TCP sequence numbers.','Generate initial TCP sequence numbers that comply with RFC1948. - Note: In HP-UX 11i v1 and later, an algorithm largely compliant with RFC1948 is already used. However, setting the isn passphrase closes the small remaining gap, and adds entropy to the seed.','Makes remote off-net session hijacking attacks more difficult.','','Perform the following to use more random TCP sequence numbers upon system startup: 1. Create/open the file /sbin/rc2.d/S999tcpisn 2. Add the following line: ndd -set /dev/tcp tcp_isn_passprase= replacing with a string of random characters. 3. Save the file. 4. Set root as the owner and bin as the group owner of the file. 5. Restrict write access to the file. 6. Set the execution bit for the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30030,'Additional network parameter modifications.','Configure networking to NOT forward TCP/IP packets between multiple networks, even if the machine has multiple network adapters connected to multiple networks.','System is not going to be used as a firewall or gateway to pass network traffic between different networks.','','Perform the following to disable forwarding TCP/IP packets between networks: 1. Change to the /etc/rc.config.d directory 2. Open nddconf and review the comment lines on how to use the configuration file 3. Set each of the following network parameters to the recommended value. If a parameter does not have an entry in nddconf then add a new entry to the end of the file while properly incrementing the parameter index. 4. Save nddconf. If creating this file for the first time: 5. Set root as the owner of nddconf. 6. Set sys as the group owner of nddconf. 7. Restrict write access to nddconf to the file owner. 8. Remove the executable and sticky bit from nddconf. The following script will perform the above procedure properly if used as a follow-on from the script in item 1.4.2: cat <> /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf # Don‟t act as a router TRANSPORT_NAME[8]=ip NDD_NAME[8]=ip_forwarding NDD_VALUE[8]=0 TRANSPORT_NAME[9]=ip NDD_NAME[9]=ip_send_redirects NDD_VALUE[9]=0 EOF','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30032,'Enable Hidden Passwords.','Enable hidden passwords by converting the system to a Trusted System or to use Shadow Passwords. - Note: do not perform this if the system runs applications that read the encrypted password entries in /etc/passwd directly.','Without hidden passwords, an intruder could use any user\'s account to obtain hashed passwords and use crack or similar utilities to find easily guessed passwords. Password aging (covered in item 1.8.3) ensures that users change their passwords on a regular basis and helps stop the use of stolen passwords.','','Perform one of the following to convert the system to trusted mode or shadowed mode: A. Use the system management program smh or sam to convert to a trusted system -or- B. Use the command pwconv to convert to shadowed passwords.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30033,'Restrict users who can access to FTP.','Configure FTP to prevent certain users from accessing the system via FTP. The file ftpusers contains a list of users who are not allowed to access the system via FTP. Generally, only normal users should ever access the system via FTP - there should be no reason for \'system\' type accounts to be transferring information via this mechanism. Certainly, the root account should never be allowed to transfer files directly via FTP. - Note: more fine-grained FTP access controls can be placed in /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess.','Privileged users such as root and other \'system\' type accounts should never be transferring information via such an insecure service as FTP.','','Perform the following to restrict default priviledged users from access to FTP: 1. Add the users root daemon bin sys adm lp uucp nuucp nobody hpdb useradm to the file /etc/ftpd/ftpusers (each user on a single line). 2. Set the file owner and group owner to the user bin. 3. Set the file permissions so that only the file owner has read or write perms and no user has execute permission (600). The following script will create and populate the ftpusers file as described above: for name in root daemon bin sys adm lp uucp nuucp nobody hpdb useradm do echo $name done >> $ftpusers sort -u $ftpusers > $ftpusers.tmp cp $ftpusers.tmp $ftpusers rm -f $ftpusers.tmp chown bin:bin $ftpusers chmod 600 $ftpusers','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30034,'Prevent Syslog from accepting messages from the network.','Prevent syslogd from accepting messages from the network. By default the system logging daemon, syslogd, listens for log messages from other systems on network port 514/udp. Unfortunately, the protocol used to transfer these messages does not include any form of authentication, so a malicious outsider could simply barrage the local system\'s Syslog port with spurious traffic—either as a denial-of-service attack on the system, or to fill up the local system\'s logging file systems so that subsequent attacks will not be logged. - Note: Do not perform this action if this machine is a log server, or needs to receive Syslog messages via the network from other systems. - Note: It is considered good practice to setup one or more machines as central \'log servers\' to aggregate log traffic from all machines at a site. However, unless a system is set up to be one of these \'log server\' systems, it should not be listening on 514/udp for incoming log messages.','Disabling unused network services will reduce the remote attack surfaces of the hosting system.','','Disable the syslog network option by doing the following: 1. Open the syslogd startup configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd 2. Add the parameter \"-N\" to the SYSLOGD_OPTS= line if it is not already present 3. Save and close the file. The following script will perform the procedure above: SYSLOGD_OPTS=\"`sh -c \". /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd ; echo \"$SYSLOGD_OPTS\"\'`\" if [[ \"$SYSLOGD_OPTS\" = *-N* ]]; then ch_rc -a -p SYSLOGD_OPTS=\"-N $SYSLOGD_OPTS\" /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd fi','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30035,'Disable XDMCP port.','Disable the XDMCP port for remote login services. The standard GUI login provided on most Unix systems can act as a remote login server to other devices (including X terminals and other workstations). Access control is handled via the Xaccess file—by default under HP-UX, this file allows any system on the network to get a remote login screen from the local system. This behavior can be overridden in the /etc/dt/config/Xaccess file.','XDMCP is an unencrypted protocol that may reduce the confidentiality and integrity of data that traverses it.','','Perform the following to disable the XDMCP port: 1. Open the file /etc/dt/config/Xconfig. If it does not exist, copy it from /usr/dt/config/Xconfig. 2. Append the line Dtlogin.requestPort:0 to the file and close. The following script will perform the procedure above: if [ ! -f /etc/dt/config/Xconfig ]; then mkdir -p /etc/dt/config cp -p /usr/dt/config/Xconfig /etc/dt/config fi cd /etc/dt/config awk \'/Dtlogin.requestPort:/ { print \"Dtlogin.requestPort: 0\"; next } { print }\' Xconfig > Xconfig.new cp Xconfig.new Xconfig rm -f Xconfig.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30036,'Set default locking screensaver timeout.','The default timeout is between 10 and 30 minutes of keyboard/mouse inactivity before a password-protected screen saver is invoked by the CDE session manager depending on the OS release and the locale. Uniformly reduce this default timeout value to 10 minutes (this setting can still be overridden by individual users in their own environment.)','Setting the inactivity timer to a low value will reduce the probability of a malicious entity compromising the system via the console.','','Perform the following to set a default screensaver timeout for all environments: 1. For every sys.resources file in each directory in /usr/dt/config/ create a corresponding /etc/dt/config/*/sys.resources file if it does not already exist. 2. Append the following lines to each /etc/dt/config/*/sys.resources dtsession*saverTimeout: 10 dtsession*lockTimeout: 10 The following script will perform the procedure above: for file in /usr/dt/config/*/sys.resources; do dir=\"$(dirname \"$file\" | sed \'s|^/usr/|/etc/|\')\" mkdir -p \"$dir\" echo \'dtsession*saverTimeout: 10\' >>\"$dir/sys.resources\" echo \'dtsession*lockTimeout: 10\' >>\"$dir/sys.resources\" done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30037,'Configure IPFilter to allow only select communication.','HP-UX IPFilter (B9901AA) is a stateful system firewall that controls IP packet flow in or out of a machine. It is installed by default on HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23) and later. On older systems, IPFilter can be obtained from http://www.hp.com/go/ipfilter. The rules below will work in an otherwise-empty ipf.conf file, or, if there are rules already present, it will block all that were not passed earlier in the ruleset. This is less likely to break things, but will allow more traffic through. Alternatively, you can instead take the pass lines below (not using the block rule), and change them into \'block in quick\' rules, and place those at the top of the file. This will error on the side of blocking traffic. See ipf(5) for detail. Your ruleset can be tested using ipftest(1). Bastille note: if using to change and monitor the IPFilter firewall, ensure that rules are added to /etc/opt/sec_mgmt/bastille/ipf.customrules, and that Bastille is rerun with the last config file, so they will not be overwritten in a subsequent lockdown.','Restricting incoming network traffic to explicitly allowed hosts will help prevent unauthorized access the system.','','Perform the following to add enable ipfilter and install a default ruleset to block unauthorized incoming connections: 1. Enable ipfilter: ipfilter -e 2. Append the following lines to /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf: block in all pass in from / pass in from / replacing each / with an authorized IP address and mask. 3. Flush the old rules and read in the updated rules: ipf -Fa -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf The following script can be used to as a template for creating your own script to perform the procedure above: ipfilter -e cat <> /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf block in all pass in from / pass in from / EOF ipf -Fa -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30038,'Restrict at/cron to authorized users.','The cron.allow and at.allow files are a list of users who are allowed to run the crontab and at commands to submit jobs to be run at scheduled intervals. - Note that even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user. cron.allow only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron jobs.','On many systems, only the system administrator needs the ability to schedule jobs.','','Perform the following to restrict at/cron to root only: 1. Change to the /var/adm/cron directory 2. Archive or delete any existing cron.deny and at.deny files 3. Create or replace the cron.allow and at.allow files with a single line file containing just root 4. Ensure that the files are owned by root and group owned by sys 5. Ensure that no users have write/execute permission to the files, and that only root has read access to the files. The following script will perform the procedures above: cd /var/adm/cron rm -f cron.deny at.deny echo root >cron.allow echo root >at.allow chown root:sys cron.allow at.allow chmod 400 cron.allow at.allow','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30039,'Restrict crontab file permissions.','The system crontab files are only accessed by the cron daemon (which runs with superuser privileges) and the crontab command (which is set-UID to root).','Allowing unprivileged users to read or (even worse) modify system crontab files can create the potential for a local user on the system to gain elevated privileges.','','Perform the following so that only root has access to the crontab files: 1. Change to the /var/spool/cron/crontabs directory 2. Change the file owner to root and file group owner to sys 3. Set file permissions so that only root has access to the files. The following script will perform the procedure above: cd /var/spool/cron/crontabs chown root:sys * chmod og-rwx *','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30040,'Restrict root logins to system console.','Anonymous root logins should never be allowed except on the system console in emergency situations. At all other times, the administrator should access the system via an unprivileged account and use some authorized mechanism to gain additional privilege, such as the su command, the freely-available sudo package discussed in item SN.6, or the HP Role Based Authorization system also discussed in item SN.6. These mechanisms provide at least a limited audit trail in the event of problems.','Anonymous root logins do not provide an audit trail, nor are subject to additional authorization provisions.','','Perform the following to restrict root logins to the system console only: 1. Replace the file /etc/securetty with a single line file containing console 2. Change the file owner to root and file group owner to sys 3. Set file permissions so that only root has access to the file. The following script will perform the procedure above: echo console > /etc/securetty chown root:sys /etc/securetty chmod og-rwx /etc/securetty','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30041,'Disable nobody access for secure RPC.','The keyserv process stores user keys that are utilized with the ONC secure RPC mechanism. The action below prevents keyserv from using default keys for the \"nobody\" user, effectively stopping this user from accessing information via secure RPC.','The default \'nobody\' user should not be accessing information via secure RPC.','','Perform the following to disable nobody access for secure RPC: 1. Add the \'-d\' option to the KEYSERV_OPTIONS parameter in the system startup configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs The following script will perform the procedure above: KEYSERV_OPTIONS=\"`sh -c \'. /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs ; echo \"$KEYSERV_OPTIONS\"\'`\" ch_rc -a -p KEYSERV_OPTIONS=\"-d $KEYSERV_OPTIONS \" /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30042,'Enable kernel-level auditing.','If inetd is running, it is a good idea to make use of the \'logging\' (-l) feature of the HP-UX inetd that logs information about the source of any network connections seen by the daemon, allowing the administrator (or software) to scan the logs for unusual activity. This is especially powerful when combined with the access control capabilities accessible through inetd‟s /var/adm/inetd.sec configuration file. This information is logged via Syslog and by default HP-UX systemsdeposit this logging information in var/adm/syslog/syslog.log with other system log messages. Should the administrator wish to capture this information in a separate file, simply modify /etc/syslog.conf to log daemon.notice to some other log file destination. IPFilter, which comes with HP-UX, can log inetd and other connections or attempted connections with its \'ipmon\' daemon as either a compliment or alternative to inetd logging.','By recording key system events in log files, kernel-level auditing provides a trail to detect and analyze security breaches. Moreover, this data can be used to detect potential security weakness, and also serves as a deterrent against system abuses.','','Use the Systems Management Homepage (SMH) facility to configure and enable the type and level of auditing appropriate for your environment.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30043,'Enable logging from inetd.','If inetd is running, it is a good idea to make use of the \"logging\" (-l) feature of the HP-UX inetd that logs information about the source of any network connections seen by the daemon, allowing the administrator (or software) to scan the logs for unusual activity. This is especially powerful when combined with the access control capabilities accessible through inetd\'s /var/adm/inetd.sec configuration file. This information is logged via Syslog and by default HP-UX systems deposit this logging information in var/adm/syslog/syslog.log with other system log messages. Should the administrator wish to capture this information in a separate file, simply modify /etc/syslog.conf to log daemon.notice to some other log file destination. IPFilter, which comes with HP-UX, can log inetd and other connections or attempted connections with its \"ipmon\" daemon as either a compliment or alternative to inetd logging.','Logging information about the source of inetd network connections assists in the detection and identification of unusual activity that may be associated with security intrusions.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p INETD_ARGS=-l /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30045,'Block system accounts.','Accounts that are not being used by regular users should be locked. Not only should the password field for the account be set to an invalid string, but the shell field in the password file should contain an invalid shell. Access to the uucp and nuucp accounts is only needed when the deprecated Unix to Unix Copy (UUCP) service is in use. The other listed accounts should never require direct access. The actions below locks the passwords to these accounts (on systems converted to Trusted Mode only) and sets the login shell to /bin/false. Note that the above is not an exhaustive list of possible system/application accounts that could be installed on the system. An audit of all users on the system is the only way to be sure that only authorized accounts are in place.','System accounts are not used by regular users, and almost never require direct access; thus, they should be locked to prevent accidental or malicious usage.','','Perform the following to properly lock the following known system users: www sys smbnull iwww owww sshd hpsmh named uucp nuucp adm daemon bin lp nobody noaccess hpdb useradm 1. Lock the account: passwd -l 2. Set the login shell to an invalid program: /usr/sbin/usermod -s /bin/false 3. If a trusted system, set the adminstrator lock: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES The following script will perform the procedure above: for user in www sys smbnull iwww owww sshd hpsmh named uucp nuucp adm daemon bin lp nobody noaccess hpdb useradm; do passwd -l \"$user\" /usr/sbin/usermod -s /bin/false \"$user\" if [[ -f /tcb ]]; then /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES \"$user\" fi done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30046,'Verify that there are no accounts with empty password fields.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password at all. All accounts should have strong passwords or should be locked by using a password string like \"*\", \"NP\", or \"*LOCKED*\"','User accounts should have passwords, or be locked.','','Perform the following to ensure that no accounts have an empty password field: 1. Identify all user accounts with an empty password field: logins -p 2. Lock each account: passwd -l 3. If a trusted system, set the administrator lock: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES ','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30047,'Set account expiration parameters on active accounts.','The commands below will set all active accounts (except the root account) to force password changes every 90 days (91 days when not running in HP-UX Trusted Mode) and then prevent password changes for seven days (one week) thereafter. Users will begin receiving warnings 30 days (28 days when not running in HP-UX Trusted Mode) before their password expires. Sites also have the option of expiring idle accounts after a certain number of days (see the on-line manual page for the usermod command, particularly the -f option). These are recommended starting values, but sites may choose to make them more restrictive depending on local policies.','It is a good idea to force users to change passwords on a regular basis.','','Perform the following to set password expiration parameters on all active accounts: 1. Identify all user accounts excluding root that are not locked, and for each: 2. Set password expiration parameters for the account (logname) by executing the following: passwd -x 91 -n 7 -w 28 for trusted systems, perform the following: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 3. Set the default account expiration parameters by appending the following lines to /etc/default/security: a. PASSWORD_MAXDAYS=91 b. PASSWORD_MINDAYS=7 c. PASSWORD_WARNDAYS=28 4. Set the default parameters for trusted systems with: /usr/lbin/modprdef -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 The following script will perform the procedure above. logins -ox | awk -F: \'($8 != \"LK\" && $1 != \"root\") { print $1 }\' | while read logname; do passwd -x 91 -n 7 -w 28 \"$logname\" /usr/lbin/modprpw -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 \"$logname\" done echo PASSWORD_MAXDAYS=91 >> /etc/default/security echo PASSWORD_MINDAYS=7 >> /etc/default/security echo PASSWORD_WARNDAYS=28 >> /etc/default/security /usr/lbin/modprdef -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30048,'Set strong password enforcement policies.','The policies set here are designed to force users to make better password choices when changing their passwords. Sites often have differing opinions on the optimal value of the MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH and PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH parameters. A minimum password length of seven is in line with industry standards, especially the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Security Standard; however, a longer value may be warranted if account locks are not enabled (item 1.6.10). A password history depth of ten combined with passwords that expire four times per year (item 1.8.3) means users will typically not re-use the same password in any given year. Requiring an upper/lowercase and special character password will dramatically increase the password search space and lower the chances for brute-force attack significantly. - Note: these settings are known to exist for HP-UX 11iv2, 0512 and later. The man page for security(5) will indicate if these exist on your particular system. Be sure to consult you local security standards before adopting the values given above.','All users should use strong passwords.','','Perform the following to set strong password enforcement policies: 1. Change the following parameters in the /etc/default/security file to establish default password policies for new users: a. MIN_PASSORD_LENGTH=7 b. PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH=10 c. PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS=1 d. PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS=1 e. PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS=1 f. PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS=1 2. If using a trusted system, issue the following modprdef commands to disallow null or trivial passwords: modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES The following script will perform the procedure above: modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES ch_rc -a -p MIN_PASSORD_LENGTH=7 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH=10 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30049,'Verify no legacy \'+\' entries exist in passwd and group files.','\'+\' entries in various passwd and group files served as markers for systems to insert data from NIS maps at a certain point in a system configuration file. HP-UX does not use these markers, but they may exist in files that have been imported from other platforms. They should be deleted if they exist.','Legacy \'+\' entries are no longer required on HP-UX systems, and may provide an avenue for attackers to gain privileged access on the system.','','Perform the following to remove any legacy \'+\' entries in passwd and group files: 1. Display legacy \'+\' entries: grep \'^+:\' /etc/passwd /etc/group 2. Remove any entries found from the passwd and group files.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30050,'No \'.\' or group/world-writable directory in root $PATH.','Remove the current working directory (\'.\') or other world-writable directories from the root user\'s execution path. To execute a file in the current directory when „.‟ is not in the $PATH, use the format “./filename”.','Including these paths in the root\'s executable path allows an attacker to gain superuser access if an administrator operating as root executes a Trojan horse program.','','Remove the following path components if they exist in the root user\'s $PATH: 1. current working directory (\'.\') 2. empty directories („::‟) 3. a trailing path seperator at the end of the $PATH (\':\') 4. any directory with world or group -write permissions set','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30051,'Secure user home directories.','Remove group write and world access to all user home directories. While the modifications below are relatively benign, making global modifications to user home directories without alerting your user community can result in unexpected outages and unhappy users.','Group or world-writable user home directories may enable malicious users to steal or modify other users\' data or to gain another user\'s system privileges.','','Perform the following to secure user home directories: 1. Identify all user accounts excluding root that are not locked, and for each of these user home directories: 2. Remove group write permission (g-w) and all other permissions (o-rwx) The following script will perform the procedure above: logins -ox | awk -F: \'($8 == \"PS\" && $1 != \"root\") { print $6 }\' | grep /home/ | while read dir do chmod g-w,o-rwx \"$dir\" done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30052,'No user dot-files should be group/world writable.','Remove group and world write permissions from user dot-files. While the modifications below are relatively benign, making global modifications to user dot-files without alerting your user community can result in unexpected outages and unhappy users.','Group or world-writable user configuration files may enable malicious users to steal or modify other users\' data or to gain another user\'s system privileges.','','Perform the following: 1. Identify all user accounts excluding root that are not locked, and for each of these user home directories: 2. Remove group/other write permissions (go-w) from any files beginning with \'.\' The following script performs the procedure above: logins -ox | awk -F: \'($8 == \"PS\") { print $6 }\' | while read dir do ls -d \"$dir/\".[!.]* | while read file do if [ ! -h \"$file\" -a -f \"$file\" ] then chmod go-w \"$file\" fi done done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30053,'Remove user .netrc, .rhosts and .shosts files.','Remove user .netrc, .rhosts, and .shosts files. Note that making global modifications to user security files in their home directories without alerting your user community can result in unexpected outages and unhappy users.','.netrc files may contain unencrypted passwords that may be used to attack other systems, while .rhosts and .shosts files used in conjunction with the BSD-style “r-commands” (rlogin, remsh, rcp) or SSH implement a weak form of authentication based on the network address or host name of the remote computer (which can be spoofed by a potential attacker to exploit the local system).','','Perform the following to remove user .netrc, .rhosts, and .shosts files. 1. Identify all user accounts, and for each existing home directory: 2. Remove .netrc, .rhosts, and .shosts files The following script performs the procedure above: logins -ox | cut -f6 -d: | while read h do for file in \"$h/.netrc\" \"$h/.rhosts\" \"$h/.shosts\" do if [ -f \"$file\" ] then echo \"removing $file\" rm -f \"$file\" fi done done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30054,'Set default umask for users.','Set the default umask to 077 so that files created by users will not be readable by any other user on the system. A umask of 027 would make files and directories readable by users in the same Unix group, while a umask of 022 would make files readable by every user on the system. - Bastille Note: sets the default umask, but uses a umask of 027 rather than the 077.','Restricting access to files and directories created by a user from any other user on the system reduces the possibility of an unauthorized account accessing that user\'s files. The user creating the file has the discretion of making their files and directories readable by others via the chmod command. Users who wish to allow their files and directories to be readable by others by default may choose a different default umask by inserting the umask command into the standard shell configuration files (.profile, .cshrc, etc.) in their home directories.','','Perform the following to set a default umask for users: 1. Change directory to /etc 2. Append the line umask 077 to the following files: a. profile b. csh.login c. d.profile d. d.login 3. Update the UMASK parameter to 077 in the file /etc/default/security The following script performs the procedure above: cd /etc for file in profile csh.login d.profile d.login do echo umask 077 >> \"$file\" done ch_rc -a -p UMASK=077 /etc/default/security','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30055,'Set \'mesg n\' as default for all users.','Block the use of write or talk commands to contact the user at their terminal in order to slightly strengthen permissions on the user\'s tty device. Note that this setting is the default on HP-UX 11i.','Since write and talk are no longer widely used at most sites, the incremental security increase is worth the loss of functionality.','','Perform the following: 1. Change directory to /etc 2. Append the line mesg n to the following files: a. profile b. csh.login c. d.profile d. d.login The following script performs the procedure above: cd /etc for file in profile csh.login d.profile d.login do echo mesg n >> \"$file\" done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30056,'Create warning banners for terminal-session logins.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed prior to the login prompt on the system\'s console and serial devices, as well as for remote terminal-session logins such as through SSH or Telnet. /etc/motd is generally displayed after all successful logins, no matter where the user is logging in from, but is thought to be less useful because it only provides notification to the user after the machine has been accessed.','Presenting some sort of statutory warning message prior to the normal user logon may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system. Changing some of these login banners also has the side effect of hiding OS version information and other detailed system information from attackers attempting to target specific attacks at a system.','','Perform the following to create warning banners for terminal-session logins: 1. Compose a default banner text string 2. Append this string to the files /etc/motd and /etc/motd 3. Change the owner to root and group owner to sys for the file /etc/motd 4. Change the owner to root and group owner to root for the file /etc/issue 5. Change file permissions to (644) for the files /etc/motd and /etc/issue','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30057,'Create warning banners for GUI logins.','The standard graphical login program for HP-UX requires the user to enter their username in one dialog box and their password in a second separate dialog. The commands below set the warning message on both to be the same message, but the site has the option of using different messages on each screen. The Dtlogin*greeting.labelString is the message for the first dialog where the user is prompted for their username, and .perslabelString is the message on the second dialog box. Note that system administrators may wish to consult with their site’s legal council about the specifics of any warning banners.','Presenting some sort of statutory warning message prior to the normal user logon may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system. Changing some of these login banners also has the side effect of hiding OS version information and other detailed system information from attackers attempting to target specific attacks at a system.','','Perform the following to install default warning banners for GUI logins: 1. Create a default banner text string ($banner) 2. For each directory in /usr/dt/config that contains a Xresources file, copy that Xresources file into a corresponding directory in /etc/dt/config (creating the directory if needed) 3. Append the following lines (replacing $banner with the string in step 1) to each /etc/dt/config/*/Xresources file: a. Dtlogin*greeting.labelString: $banner b. Dtlogin*greeting.persLabelString: $banner 4. Change the owner to root and group owner to sys for each Xresource file 5. Change the file permissions to 644 for each Xresource file The following script performs the procedure above: banner=\"Authorized users only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" for file in /usr/dt/config/*/Xresources; do dir=\"$(dirname \"$file\" | sed \'s|^/usr/|/etc/|\')\" mkdir -p \"$dir\" if [ ! -f \"$dir/Xresources\" ]; then cp -p \"$file\" \"$dir/Xresources\" fi echo \"Dtlogin*greeting.labelString: $banner\" >> \"$dir/Xresources\" echo \"Dtlogin*greeting.persLabelString: $banner\" >> \"$dir/Xresources\" done chown root:sys /etc/dt/config/*/Xresources chmod 644 /etc/dt/config/*/Xresources','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30058,'Create warning banners for FTP daemon.','The FTP daemon in HP-UX 11 is based on the popular Washington University FTP daemon (WU-FTPD), which is an Open Source program widely distributed on the Internet. Note that this setting has no effect if the FTP daemon remains de-activated from item 1.2.1.','Presenting some sort of statutory warning message prior to the normal user logon may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system. Changing some of these login banners also has the side effect of hiding OS version information and other detailed system information from attackers attempting to target specific attacks at a system.','','Perform the following to install a default warning banner for the FTP daemon: 1. Ensure that an appropriate warning message exists in the /etc/issue file . 2. Append the line \"banner /etc/issue\" to the file /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess 3. Change file permissions to 600 for /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess 4. Change owner to root and group owner to sys for both /etc/ftpd and /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess The following script performs the procedure above: if [ -d /etc/ftpd ]; then echo \"banner /etc/issue\" >>/etc/ftpd/ftpaccess chmod 600 /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess chown root:sys /etc/ftpd /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess fi','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30131,'Resolve \'unowned\' files and directories.','Evaluate ownership of any files that are not owned by a locally defined user, and consider reassignment to an active user.','Sometimes when administrators delete users from the system they neglect to remove all files owned by those users from the system. A new user who is assigned the deleted user\'s user ID or group ID may then end up \'owning\' these files, and thus have more access on the system than was intended. It is a good idea to locate files that are owned by users or groups not listed in the system configuration files, and make sure to reset the ownership of these files to some active user on the system (in this example, \'bin\') as appropriate.','','Perform the following to identify \"unowned\" files and directories, and consider resetting ownership to a default owner and restricting access permissions: 1. Locate all local files that are owned by users or groups not listed in the system configuration files. find / ( -nouser -o -nogroup ) 2. Consider resetting user and group ownership of these files to a default active user (e.g. bin) chown bin:bin 3. Consider restricting world-write permissions, and removing any SUID/SGID bits on these files. chmod ug-s,o-w - Note: there is no reason for an application to require an unowned file, so these changes should be application-safe.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30144,'Turn on additional logging for FTP daemon.','If the FTP daemon is left on, it is recommended that the command logging (-L) and connection logging (-l) flags also be enabled to track FTP activity on the system, allowing the administrator (or software) to scan the logs for unusual activity. This is especially powerful when combined with the access control capabilities accessible through inetd\'s /var/adm/inetd.sec configuration file. Note that this setting has no effect if the FTP daemon remains de-activated from item 2.1. Also note that enabling command logging on the FTP daemon (HP-UX 11.x only) can cause user passwords to appear in clear-text form in the system logs, if the user accidentally types their password at the username prompt. Information about FTP sessions will be logged to Syslog and by default HP-UX systems deposit this logging information in /var/adm/syslog/syslog.log with other system log messages. Should the administrator wish to capture this information in a separate file, simply modify /etc/syslog.conf to log daemon.notice to some other log file destination.','Logging information about the source of ftp network connections assists in the detection and identification of unusual activity that may be associated with security intrusions.','','Perform the following to enable logging for the FTP daemon: 1. Change directory to /etc. 2. Open the inetd.conf file and locate the ftpd configuration entry line. 3. Add the \"-L\" and \"-l\" flags to the ftpd entry if not already present. 4. Save and close file. The following script will perform the procedure above: cd /etc awk \'/^ftpd/ && !/-L/ { $NF = $NF \" -L\" } /^ftpd/ && !/-l/ { $NF = $NF \" -l\" } { print }\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.tmp cp inetd.conf.tmp inetd.conf rm -f inetd.conf.tmp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(31000,'Ensure All Apple-provided Software Is Current.','Software vendors release security patches and software updates for their products when security vulnerabilities are discovered. There is no simple way to complete this action without a network connection to an Apple software repository. Please ensure appropriate access for this control. This check is only for what Apple provides through software update. Software updates should be run at minimum every 30 days. Run the following command to verify when software update was previously run: $ /usr/bin/sudo defaults read /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate | grep -e LastFullSuccessfulDate. The response should be in the last 30 days (Example): LastFullSuccessfulDate = \"2020-07-30 12:45:25 +0000\";.','It is important that these updates be applied in a timely manner to prevent unauthorized persons from exploiting the identified vulnerabilities.','Missing patches can lead to more exploit opportunities.','Graphical Method: Perform the following to install all available software updates: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select Update All Terminal Method: Run the following command to verify what packages need to be installed: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -l The output will include the following: Software Update found the following new or updated software: Run the following command to install all the packages that need to be updated: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -i -a -R Or run the following command to install individual packages: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -i \'\' example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -l Software Update Tool Finding available software Software Update found the following new or updated software: * iTunesX-12.8.2 iTunes (12.8.2), 273614K [recommended] $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -i \'iTunesX-12.8.2\' Software Update Tool Downloaded iTunes Installing iTunes Done with iTunes Done.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1038\", \"T1044\", \"T1053\", \"T1068\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1078\", \"T1081\", \"T1088\", \"T1100\", \"T1103\", \"T1114\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1145\", \"T1161\", \"T1176\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1195\", \"T1210\", \"T1211\", \"T1212\", \"T1213\", \"T1214\", \"T1482\", \"T1484\", \"T1495\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\", \"T1527\", \"T1528\", \"T1530\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}]'),(31001,'Ensure Auto Update Is Enabled.','Auto Update verifies that your system has the newest security patches and software updates. If \"Automatically check for updates\" is not selected, background updates for new malware definition files from Apple for XProtect and Gatekeeper will not occur. http://macops.ca/os-x-admins-your-clients-are-not-getting-background-security-updates/ https://derflounder.wordpress.com/2014/12/17/forcing-xprotect-blacklist-updates-on-mavericks-and-yosemite/.','It is important that a system has the newest updates applied so as to prevent unauthorized persons from exploiting identified vulnerabilities.','Without automatic update, updates may not be made in a timely manner and the system will be exposed to additional risk.','Graphical Method: Perform the steps following to enable the system to automatically check for updates: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Check for updates to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable auto update: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticCheckEnabled -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is AutomaticCheckEnabled 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31002,'Ensure Download New Updates When Available Is Enabled.','In the GUI, both \"Install macOS updates\" and \"Install app updates from the App Store\" are dependent on whether \"Download new updates when available\" is selected.','It is important that a system has the newest updates downloaded so that they can be applied.','If \"Download new updates when available\" is not selected, updates may not be made in a timely manner and the system will be exposed to additional risk.','Perform the following to enable the system to automatically check for updates: Graphical Method: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Download new updates when available to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable auto update: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticDownload -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is AutomaticDownload 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31003,'Ensure Install of macOS Updates Is Enabled.','Ensure that macOS updates are installed after they are available from Apple. This setting enables macOS updates to be automatically installed. Some environments will want to approve and test updates before they are delivered. It is best practice to test first where updates can and have caused disruptions to operations. Automatic updates should be turned off where changes are tightly controlled and there are mature testing and approval processes. Automatic updates should not be turned off simply to allow the administrator to contact users in order to verify installation. A dependable, repeatable process involving a patch agent or remote management tool should be in place before auto-updates are turned off.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','Unpatched software may be exploited.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable macOS updates to run automatically: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Install macOS updates to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to to enable automatic checking and installing of macOS updates: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticallyInstallMacOSUpdates -bool TRUE Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is AutomaticallyInstallMacOSUpdates 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31004,'Ensure Install Application Updates from the App Store Is Enabled.','Ensure that application updates are installed after they are available from Apple. These updates do not require reboots or administrator privileges for end users.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','Unpatched software may be exploited.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable App Store updates to install automatically: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Install application updates from the App Store to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to turn on App Store auto updating: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.commerce AutoUpdate -bool TRUE Note: This remediation requires a log out and log in to show in the GUI. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is AutomaticallyInstallAppUpdates 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31005,'Ensure Install Security Responses and System Files Is Enabled.','Ensure that system and security updates are installed after they are available from Apple. This setting enables definition updates for XProtect and Gatekeeper. With this setting in place, new malware and adware that Apple has added to the list of malware or untrusted software will not execute. These updates do not require reboots or end user admin rights.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','Unpatched software may be exploited.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable system data files and security updates to install automatically: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Install Security Responses and System files to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following commands to enable automatic checking of system data files and security updates: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate ConfigDataInstall -bool true $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate CriticalUpdateInstall -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is ConfigDataInstall 3. The key must be set to 4. The key to also include is CriticalUpdateInstall 5. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\", \"7.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CA.L2-3.12.2\", \"RA.L2-3.11.3\", \"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"11.3.1\", \"11.3.2\", \"11.3.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31006,'Ensure Software Update Deferment Is Less Than or Equal to 30 Days.','Apple provides the capability to manage software updates on Apple devices through mobile device management. Part of those capabilities permit organizations to defer software updates and allow for testing. Many organizations have specialized software and configurations that may be negatively impacted by Apple updates. If software updates are deferred, they should not be deferred for more than 30 days. This control only verifies that deferred software updates are not deferred for more than 30 days.','Apple software updates almost always include security updates. Attackers evaluate updates to create exploit code in order to attack unpatched systems. The longer a system remains unpatched, the greater an exploit possibility exists in which there are publicly reported vulnerabilities.','Some organizations may need more than 30 days to evaluate the impact of software updates.','Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.applicationaccess 2. The key to include is enforcedSoftwareUpdateDelay 3. The key must be set to <1-30>.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31007,'Ensure Firewall Is Enabled.','A firewall is a piece of software that blocks unwanted incoming connections to a system. Apple has posted general documentation about the application firewall:.','A firewall minimizes the threat of unauthorized users gaining access to your system while connected to a network or the Internet.','The firewall may block legitimate traffic. Applications that are unsigned will require special handling.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to turn the firewall on: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Network 3. Select Firewall 4. Set Firewall to enabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable the firewall: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.alf globalstate -int For the , use either 1, specific services, or 2, essential services only. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.security.firewall 2. The key to include is EnableFirewall 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.5\", \"13.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.4\", \"9.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"AU.L2-3.3.5\", \"AU.L2-3.3.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\", \"SI.L2-3.14.3\", \"SI.L2-3.14.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-6(1)\", \"AU-7\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"IR-4(1)\", \"SA-10\", \"SC-7(5)\", \"SI-4(2)\", \"SI-4(5)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.4\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.6.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"10.7\", \"10.7.1\", \"10.7.2\", \"10.7.3\", \"11.5\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31008,'Ensure Firewall Stealth Mode Is Enabled.','While in Stealth mode, the computer will not respond to unsolicited probes, dropping that traffic.','Stealth mode on the firewall minimizes the threat of system discovery tools while connected to a network or the Internet.','Traditional network discovery tools like ping will not succeed. Other network tools that measure activity and approved applications will work as expected. This control aligns with the primary macOS use case of a laptop that is often connected to untrusted networks where host segregation may be non-existent. In that use case, hiding from the other inmates is likely more than desirable. In use cases where use is only on trusted LANs with static IP addresses, stealth mode may not be desirable.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable firewall stealth mode: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Network 3. Select Firewall 4. Select Options... 5. Set Enabled stealth mode to enabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable stealth mode: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/libexec/ApplicationFirewall/socketfilterfw --setstealthmode on Stealth mode enabled Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.security.firewall 2. The key to include is EnableStealthMode 3. The key must be set to Note: This key must be set in the same configuration profile with EnableFirewall set to . If it is set in its own configuration profile, it will fail.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.5\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\", \"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.4\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31009,'Ensure Set Time and Date Automatically Is Enabled.','Correct date and time settings are required for authentication protocols, file creation, modification dates, and log entries. Note: If your organization has internal time servers, enter them here. Enterprise mobile devices may need to use a mix of internal and external time servers. If multiple servers are required, use the Date & Time System Preference with each server separated by a space. Additional Note: The default Apple time server is time.apple.com. Variations include time.euro.apple.com. While it is certainly more efficient to use internal time servers, there is no reason to block access to global Apple time servers or to add a time.apple.com alias to internal DNS records. There are no reports that Apple gathers any information from NTP synchronization, as the computers already phone home to Apple for Apple services including iCloud use and software updates. Best practice is to allow DNS resolution to an authoritative time service for time.apple.com, preferably to connect to Apple servers, but local servers are acceptable as well.','Kerberos may not operate correctly if the time on the Mac is off by more than 5 minutes. This in turn can affect Apple\'s single sign-on feature, Active Directory logons, and other features.','The timed service will periodically synchronize with named time servers and will make the computer time more accurate.','Graphical Method: Perform the following to enable the date and time to be set automatically: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Date & Time 4. Set Set time and date automatically to enabled Note: By default, the operating system will use time.apple.com as the time server. You can change to any time server that meets your organization\'s requirements. Terminal Method: Run the following commands to enable the date and time setting automatically: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setnetworktimeserver setNetworkTimeServer: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setusingnetworktime on setUsingNetworkTime: On example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setnetworktimeserver time.apple.com setNetworkTimeServer: time.apple.com $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setusingnetworktime on setUsingNetworkTime: On Run the following commands if you have not set, or need to set, a new time zone: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -listtimezones $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -settimezone example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -listtimezones Time Zones: Africa/Abidjan Africa/Accra Africa/Addis_Ababa ... $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -settimezone America/New_York Set TimeZone: America/New_York.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(31010,'Ensure Time Is Set Within Appropriate Limits.','Correct date and time settings are required for authentication protocols, file creation, modification dates and log entries. Ensure that time on the computer is within acceptable limits. Truly accurate time is measured within milliseconds. For this audit, a drift under four and a half minutes passes the control check. Since Kerberos is one of the important features of macOS integration into Directory systems, the guidance here is to warn you before there could be an impact to operations. From the perspective of accurate time, this check is not strict, so it may be too great for your organization. Your organization can adjust to a smaller offset value as needed. If there are consistent drift issues on the OS, some of the most common drift issues should be investigated: - The chosen time server is not reachable based on network firewall rules on the current network - The computer is offline often and the battery drains, and the network is not immediately available - The chosen time server is a special internal or non-public time server that does not provide a reliable time source Note: ntpdate has been deprecated with 10.14. sntp replaces that command.','Kerberos may not operate correctly if the time on the Mac is off by more than 5 minutes. This in turn can affect Apple\'s single sign-on feature, Active Directory logons, and other features. Audit check is for more than 4 minutes and 30 seconds ahead or behind.','Accurate time is required for many computer functions.','Terminal Method: Run the following commands to ensure your time is set within an appropriate limit: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -getnetworktimeserver The output will include Network Time Server: and the name of your time server example: Network Time Server: time.apple.com. $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/sntp -sS example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -getnetworktimeserver Network Time Server: time.apple.com $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/sntp -sS time.apple.com.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(31011,'Ensure DVD or CD Sharing Is Disabled.','DVD or CD Sharing allows users to remotely access the system\'s optical drive. While Apple does not ship Macs with built-in optical drives any longer, external optical drives are still recognized when they are connected. In testing, the sharing of an external optical drive persists when a drive is reconnected.','Disabling DVD or CD Sharing minimizes the risk of an attacker using the optical drive as a vector for attack and exposure of sensitive data.','Many Apple devices are now sold without optical drives, however drive sharing may be needed for legacy optical media. The media should be explicitly re-shared as needed rather than using a persistent share. Optical drives should not be used for long-term storage. To store necessary data from an optical drive it should be copied to another form of external storage. Optionally, an image can be made of the optical drive so that it is stored in its original form on another form of external storage.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable DVD or CD Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set DVD or CD sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable DVD or CD Sharing: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl disable system/com.apple.ODSAgent Note: If using the Terminal method, the GUI will still show the service checked until after a reboot.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31012,'Ensure Screen Sharing Is Disabled.','Screen Sharing allows a computer to connect to another computer on a network and display the computer\'s screen. While sharing the computer\'s screen, the user can control what happens on that computer, such as opening documents or applications, opening, moving, or closing windows, and even shutting down the computer. While mature administration and management does not use graphical connections for standard maintenance, most help desks have capabilities to assist users in performing their work when they have technical issues and need support. Help desks use graphical remote tools to understand what the user sees and assist them so they can get back to work. For MacOS, some of these remote capabilities can use Apple\'s OS tools. Control is therefore not meant to prohibit the use of a just-in-time graphical view from authorized personnel with authentication controls. Sharing should not be enabled except in narrow windows when help desk support is required.','Disabling Screen Sharing mitigates the risk of remote connections being made without the user of the console knowing that they are sharing the computer.','Help desks may require the periodic use of a graphical connection mechanism to assist users. Any support that relies on native MacOS components will not work unless a scripted solution to enable and disable sharing as neccessary.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Screen Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Screen Sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to turn off Screen Sharing: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl disable system/com.apple.screensharing.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31013,'Ensure File Sharing Is Disabled.','File sharing from a user workstation creates additional risks, such as: - Open ports are created that can be probed and attacked - Passwords are attached to user accounts for access that may be exposed and endanger other parts of the organizational environment, including directory accounts Increased complexity makes security more difficult and may expose additional attack vectors - Apple\'s File Sharing uses the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol to share to other computers that can mount SMB shares. This includes other macOS computers. Apple warns that SMB sharing stored passwords is less secure, and anyone with system access can gain access to the password for that account. When sharing with SMB, each user accessing the Mac must have SMB enabled. Storing passwords, especially copies of valid directory passwords, decrease security for the directory account and should not be used.','By disabling File Sharing, the remote attack surface and risk of unauthorized access to files stored on the system is reduced.','File Sharing can be used to share documents with other users, but hardened servers should be used rather than user endpoints. Turning on File Sharing increases the visibility and attack surface of a system unnecessarily.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable File Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set File Sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable File Sharing: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl disable system/com.apple.smbd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\", \"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\", \"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\", \"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31014,'Ensure Printer Sharing Is Disabled.','By enabling Printer Sharing, the computer is set up as a print server to accept print jobs from other computers. Dedicated print servers or direct IP printing should be used instead.','Disabling Printer Sharing mitigates the risk of attackers attempting to exploit the print server to gain access to the system.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Printer Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Printer Sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Printer Sharing: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/cupsctl --no-share-printers.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31015,'Ensure Remote Login Is Disabled.','Remote Login allows an interactive terminal connection to a computer.','Disabling Remote Login mitigates the risk of an unauthorized person gaining access to the system via Secure Shell (SSH). While SSH is an industry standard to connect to posix servers, the scope of the benchmark is for Apple macOS clients, not servers. macOS does have an IP-based firewall available (pf, ipfw has been deprecated) that is not enabled or configured. There are more details and links in the Network sub-section. macOS no longer has TCP Wrappers support built in and does not have strong Brute-Force password guessing mitigations, or frequent patching of openssh by Apple. Since most macOS computers are mobile workstations, managing IP-based firewall rules on mobile devices can be very resource intensive. All of these factors can be parts of running a hardened SSH server.','The SSH server built into macOS should not be enabled on a standard user computer, particularly one that changes locations and IP addresses. A standard user that runs local applications, including email, web browser, and productivity tools, should not use the same device as a server. There are Enterprise management toolsets that do utilize SSH. If they are in use, the computer should be locked down to only respond to known, trusted IP addresses and appropriate administrator service accounts. For macOS computers that are being used for specialized functions, there are several options to harden the SSH server to protect against unauthorized access including brute force attacks. There are some basic criteria that need to be considered: - Do not open an SSH server to the internet without controls in place to mitigate SSH brute force attacks. This is particularly important for systems bound to Directory environments. It is great to have controls in place to protect the system, but if they trigger after the user is already locked out of their account, they are not optimal. If authorization happens after authentication, directory accounts for users that don\'t even use the system can be locked out. - Do not use SSH key pairs when there is no insight to the security on the client system that will authenticate into the server with a private key. If an attacker gets access to the remote system and can find the key, they may not need a password or a key logger to access the SSH server. - Detailed instructions on hardening an SSH server, if needed, are available in the CIS Linux Benchmarks, but it is beyond the scope of this benchmark.','Perform the following to disable Remote Login: Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Remote Login: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Remote Login to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Remote Login: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setremotelogin off Do you really want to turn remote login off? If you do, you will lose this connection and can only turn it back on locally at the server (yes/no)? Entering yes will disable remote login.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31016,'Ensure Remote Management Is Disabled.','Remote Management is the client portion of Apple Remote Desktop (ARD). Remote Management can be used by remote administrators to view the current screen, install software, report on, and generally manage client Macs. The screen sharing options in Remote Management are identical to those in the Screen Sharing section. In fact, only one of the two can be configured. If Remote Management is used, refer to the Screen Sharing section above on issues regard screen sharing. Remote Management should only be enabled when a Directory is in place to manage the accounts with access. Computers will be available on port 5900 on a macOS System and could accept connections from untrusted hosts depending on the configuration, which is a major concern for mobile systems. As with other sharing options, an open port even for authorized management functions can be attacked, and both unauthorized access and Denial-of-Service vulnerabilities could be exploited. If remote management is required, the pf firewall should restrict access only to known, trusted management consoles. Remote management should not be used across the Internet without the use of a VPN tunnel.','Remote Management should only be enabled on trusted networks with strong user controls present in a Directory system. Mobile devices without strict controls are vulnerable to exploit and monitoring.','Many organizations utilize ARD for client management.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Remote Management: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Remote Management to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Remote Management: $ /usr/bin/sudo /System/Library/CoreServices/RemoteManagement/ARDAgent.app/Contents/Resources /kickstart -deactivate -stop Starting... Removed preference to start ARD after reboot. Done.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\", \"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\", \"9.2\", \"14.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.13.1.3\", \"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1200\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31017,'Ensure Remote Apple Events Is Disabled.','Apple Events is a technology that allows one program to communicate with other programs. Remote Apple Events allows a program on one computer to communicate with a program on a different computer.','Disabling Remote Apple Events mitigates the risk of an unauthorized program gaining access to the system.','With remote Apple events turned on, an AppleScript program running on another Mac can interact with the local computer.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Remote Apple Events: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Remote Apple Events to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following commands to set Remote Apple Events to Off: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setremoteappleevents off setremoteappleevents: Off.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31018,'Ensure Internet Sharing Is Disabled.','Internet Sharing uses the open source natd process to share an internet connection with other computers and devices on a local network. This allows the Mac to function as a router and share the connection to other, possibly unauthorized, devices.','Disabling Internet Sharing reduces the remote attack surface of the system.','Internet Sharing allows the computer to function as a router and other computers to use it for access. This can expose both the computer itself and the networks it is accessing to unacceptable access from unapproved devices.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Internet Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Internet Sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to turn off Internet Sharing: $ usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/SystemConfiguration/com.apple.nat NAT -dict Enabled -int 0 Note: Using the Terminal Method will not be reflected in the GUI, but will disable the underlying service. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.MCX 2. The key to include is forceInternetSharingOff 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31019,'Ensure Content Caching Is Disabled.','Starting with 10.13 (macOS High Sierra), Apple introduced a service to make it easier to deploy data from Apple, including software updates, where there are bandwidth constraints to the Internet and fewer constraints or greater bandwidth exist on the local subnet. This capability can be very valuable for organizations that have throttled and possibly metered Internet connections. In heterogeneous enterprise networks with multiple subnets, the effectiveness of this capability would be determined by how many Macs were on each subnet at the time new, large updates were made available upstream. This capability requires the use of mac OS clients as P2P nodes for updated Apple content. Unless there is a business requirement to manage operational Internet connectivity and bandwidth user endpoints should not store content and act as a cluster to provision data. Content types supported by Content Caching in macOS.','The main use case for Mac computers is as mobile user endpoints. P2P sharing services should not be enabled on laptops that are using untrusted networks. Content Caching can allow a computer to be a server for local nodes on an untrusted network. While there are certainly logical controls that could be used to mitigate risk, they add to the management complexity. Since the value of the service is in specific use cases organizations with the use case described above can accept risk as necessary.','This setting will adversely affect bandwidth usage between local subnets and the Internet.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Content Caching: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Content Caching to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Content Caching: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/AssetCacheManagerUtil deactivate The output will include Content caching deactivated Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.applicationaccess 2. The key to include is allowContentCaching 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1015\", \"T1051\", \"T1076\", \"T1133\", \"T1200\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(31020,'Ensure Backup Automatically is Enabled If Time Machine Is Enabled.','Backup solutions are only effective if the backups run on a regular basis. The time to check for backups is before the hard drive fails or the computer goes missing. In order to simplify the user experience so that backups are more likely to occur, Time Machine should be on and set to Back Up Automatically whenever the target volume is available. Operational staff should ensure that backups complete on a regular basis and the backups are tested to ensure that file restoration from backup is possible when needed. Backup dates are available even when the target volume is not available in the Time Machine plist. SnapshotDates = ( \"2012-08-20 12:10:22 +0000\", \"2013-02-03 23:43:22 +0000\", \"2014-02-19 21:37:21 +0000\", \"2015-02-22 13:07:25 +0000\", \"2016-08-20 14:07:14 +0000\" When the backup volume is connected to the computer more extensive information is available through tmutil. See man tmutil.','Backups should automatically run whenever the backup drive is available.','The backup will run periodically in the background and could have user impact while running.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable Time Machine automatic backup: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Time Machine 4. Select Options... 5. Set Back up frequency to Automatically Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable automatic backups if Time Machine is enabled: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.TimeMachine.plist AutoBackup -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.TimeMachine 2. The key to include is Forced 3. The key must be set to: mcx_preference_settings AutoBackup .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"11.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"10.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.3.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"12.10.1\"]}]'),(31021,'Ensure Time Machine Volumes Are Encrypted If Time Machine Is Enabled.','One of the most important security tools for data protection on macOS is FileVault. With encryption in place it makes it difficult for an outside party to access your data if they get physical possession of the computer. One very large weakness in data protection with FileVault is the level of protection on backup volumes. If the internal drive is encrypted but the external backup volume that goes home in the same laptop bag is not it is self-defeating. Apple tries to make this mistake easily avoided by providing a checkbox to enable encryption when setting-up a Time Machine backup. Using this option does require some password management, particularly if a large drive is used with multiple computers. A unique complex password to unlock the drive can be stored in keychains on multiple systems for ease of use. While some portable drives may contain non-sensitive data and encryption may make interoperability with other systems difficult backup volumes should be protected just like boot volumes.','Backup volumes need to be encrypted.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable encryption on the Time Machine drive: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Time Machine 4. Select the unencrypted drive 5. Select - to forget that drive as a destination 6. Select + to add a different drive as the destination 7. Select Set Up Disk... 8. Set Encrypt Backup to enabled 9. Enter a password in the New Password and the same password in the Re-enter Password fields 10. A password hint is required, but it is recommended that you do not use any identifying information for the password Note: In macOS 12.0 Monterey and previous, the existing Time Machine drive could have encryption added without formatting it. This is no longer possible in macOS 13.0 Ventura. If you with to keep previous backups from the unencrypted volume, you will need to manually move those files over to the new encrypted drive.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.6\", \"3.11\", \"11.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"10.4\", \"13.6\", \"14.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"MP.L2-3.8.9\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.12.3.1\", \"A.6.2.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1114\", \"T1119\", \"T1145\", \"T1208\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1493\", \"T1527\", \"T1530\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CP-9(8)\", \"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\", \"9.5\", \"9.5.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC6.4\", \"CC6.7\"]}]'),(31022,'Ensure Location Services Is Enabled.','macOS uses location information gathered through local Wi-Fi networks to enable applications to supply relevant information to users. With the operating system verifying the location, users do not need to change the time or the time zone. The computer will change them based on the user\'s location. They do not need to specify their location for weather or travel times, and they will receive alerts on travel times to meetings and appointment where location information is supplied. Location Services simplify some processes with mobile computers, such as asset management and time or log management. There are some use cases where it is important that the computer not be able to report its exact location. While the general use case is to enable Location Services, it should not be allowed if the physical location of the computer and the user should not be public knowledge.','Location Services are helpful in most use cases and can simplify log and time management where computers change time zones.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable Location Services: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Privacy & Security 3. Select Location Services 4. Set Location Services to enabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable Location Services: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl load -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/com.apple.locationd.plist If the com.apple.locationd.plist outputs 0, run the following command to also ensure Location Services is running: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /var/db/locationd/Library/Preferences/ByHost/com.apple.locationd LocationServicesEnabled -bool false $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl kickstart -k system/com.apple.locationd Note: In some use cases, organizations may not want Location Services running. To disable Location Services, System Integrity Protection must be disabled.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31023,'Ensure Location Services Is in the Menu Bar.','This setting provides the user to understand the current status of Location Services and which applications are using it.','Apple has fully integrated location services into macOS. Where the computer is currently located is used for Timezones, weather, travel times, geolocation, \"Find my Mac\" and advertising services. This benchmark recommends that location services are enabled for most users. Many users may have occasions when they do not want to share their current locations, some users may need to rarely share their locations. The immediate availability of Location Services in the menu bar provides easy access to the current status, which applications are using the service and a quick shortcut to making changes. This setting provides better user control in managing user privacy.','Users may be provided visibility to a setting they cannot control if organizations control Location Services globally by policy.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to set whether the location services icon is in the menu bar: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Privacy & Security 3. Select Location Services 4. Select Details... 5. Set Show location icon in menu bar when System Services request your location to your organization\'s parameters Terminal Method: Run the following commands to set the option of the location services icon being in the menu bar: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.locationmenu.plist ShowSystemServices -bool .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31024,'Ensure Gatekeeper Is Enabled.','Gatekeeper is Apple\'s application that utilizes allowlisting to restrict downloaded applications from launching. It functions as a control to limit applications from unverified sources from running without authorization. In an update to Gatekeeper in macOS 13 Ventura, Gatekeeper checks every application on every launch, not just quarantined apps.','Disallowing unsigned software will reduce the risk of unauthorized or malicious applications from running on the system.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable Gatekeeper: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Privacy & Security 3. Set \'Allow apps downloaded from\' to \'App Store and identified developers\' Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable Gatekeeper to allow applications from App Store and identified developers: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/spctl --master-enable Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.systempolicy.control 2. The key to include is AllowIdentifiedDevelopers 3. The key must be set to 4. The key to also include is EnableAssessment 5. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2\", \"10.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"8.2\", \"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.2\", \"SI.L1-3.14.4\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(5)(ii)(B)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.2.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1027\", \"T1045\", \"T1068\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1091\", \"T1100\", \"T1103\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1193\", \"T1194\", \"T1195\", \"T1200\", \"T1210\", \"T1211\", \"T1212\", \"T1215\", \"T1221\", \"T1495\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-16\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"11.4\", \"5.1\", \"5.1.1\", \"5.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"5.1.1\", \"5.2.1\", \"5.2.2\", \"5.3.1\", \"5.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.8\"]}]'),(31025,'Ensure FileVault Is Enabled.','FileVault secures a system\'s data by automatically encrypting its boot volume and requiring a password or recovery key to access it. FileVault should be used with a saved escrow key to ensure that the owner can decrypt their data if the password is lost. FileVault may also be enabled using command line using the fdesetup command. To use this functionality, consult the Der Flounder blog for more details (see link below under References).','Encrypting sensitive data minimizes the likelihood of unauthorized users gaining access to it.','Mounting a FileVault encrypted volume from an alternate boot source will require a valid password to decrypt it.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable FileVault: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Security & Privacy 3. Select Turn On... Note: This will allow you to create a recovery key for FileVault. Keep the key saved securely in case it is needed at a later date. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.MCX 2. The key to include is dontAllowFDEDisable 3. The key must be set to Note: This profile is required to pass the audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.6\", \"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"13.6\", \"14.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.6.2.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1114\", \"T1119\", \"T1145\", \"T1208\", \"T1492\", \"T1493\", \"T1527\", \"T1530\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31026,'Ensure an Administrator Password Is Required to Access System-Wide Preferences.','System Preferences controls system and user settings on a macOS Computer. System Preferences allows the user to tailor their experience on the computer as well as allowing the System Administrator to configure global security settings. Some of the settings should only be altered by the person responsible for the computer.','By requiring a password to unlock system-wide System Preferences, the risk is mitigated of a user changing configurations that affect the entire system and requires an admin user to re-authenticate to make changes.','Users will need to enter their password to unlock some additional preference panes that are unlocked by default like Network, Startup and Printers & Scanners.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to verify that an administrator password is required to access system-wide preferences: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Privacy & Security 3. Select Advanced 4. Set Require an administrator password to access system-wide settings to enabled. Terminal Method: The authorizationdb settings cannot be written to directly, so the plist must be exported out to temporary file. Changes can be made to the temporary plist, then imported back into the authorizationdb settings. Run the following commands to enable that an administrator password is required to access system-wide preferences: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/security authorizationdb read system.preferences > /tmp/system.preferences.plist YES (0) $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /tmp/system.preferences.plist shared -bool false $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/security authorizationdb write system.preferences < /tmp/system.preferences.plist YES (0).','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31027,'Ensure Power Nap Is Disabled for Intel Macs.','Power Nap allows the system to stay in low power mode, especially while on battery power, and periodically connect to previously known networks with stored credentials for user applications to phone home and get updates. This capability requires FileVault to remain unlocked and the use of previously joined networks to be risk accepted based on the SSID without user input. This control has been updated to check the status on both battery and AC Power. The presence of an electrical outlet does not completely correlate with logical and physical security of the device or available networks.','Disabling this feature mitigates the risk of an attacker remotely waking the system and gaining access. The use of Power Nap adds to the risk of compromised physical and logical security. The user should be able to decrypt FileVault and have the applications download what is required when the computer is actively used. The control to prevent computer sleep has been retired for this version of the Benchmark. Forcing the computer to stay on and use energy in case a management push is needed is contrary to most current management processes. Only keep computers unslept if after hours pushes are required on closed LANs.','Power Nap exists for unattended user application updates like email and social media clients. With Power Nap disabled, the computer will not wake and reconnect to known wireless SSIDs intermittently when slept.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Power Nap: Desktop Instructions: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Energy Saver 3. Set Power Nap to disabled 4. Select UPS (if applicable) 5. Set Power Nap to disabled Laptop Instructions: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Battery 3. Select Power Adapter (for laptops only) 4. Set Power Nap to disabled 5. Select Battery 6. Set Power Nap to disabled 7. Select UPS (if applicable) 8. Set Power Nap to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Power Nap: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pmset -a powernap 0.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31028,'Ensure Wake for Network Access Is Disabled.','This feature allows the computer to take action when the user is not present and the computer is in energy saving mode. These tools require FileVault to remain unlocked and fully rejoin known networks. This macOS feature is meant to allow the computer to resume activity as needed regardless of physical security controls. This feature allows other users to be able to access your computer\'s shared resources, such as shared printers or Apple Music playlists, even when your computer is in sleep mode. In a closed network when only authorized devices could wake a computer, it could be valuable to wake computers in order to do management push activity. Where mobile workstations and agents exist, the device will more likely check in to receive updates when already awake. Mobile devices should not be listening for signals on any unmanaged network or where untrusted devices exist that could send wake signals.','Disabling this feature mitigates the risk of an attacker remotely waking the system and gaining access.','Management programs like Apple Remote Desktop Administrator use wake-on-LAN to connect with computers. If turned off, such management programs will not be able to wake a computer over the LAN. If the wake-on-LAN feature is needed, do not turn off this feature. The control to prevent computer sleep has been retired for this version of the Benchmark. Forcing the computer to stay on and use energy in case a management push is needed is contrary to most current management processes. Only keep computers unslept if after hours pushes are required on closed LANs.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Wake for network access: Desktop Instructions: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Energy Saver 3. Set Wake for network access to disabled Laptop Instructions: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Battery 3. Select Options... 4. Set Wake for network access to Never Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Wake for network access: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pmset -a womp 0 Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.MCX 2. The key to include is com.apple.EnergySaver.desktop.ACPower 3. The key must be set to: Wake On LAN 0 Wake On Modem Ring 0 4. The key to also include is com.apple.EnergySaver.portable.ACPower 5. The key must be set to: Wake On LAN 0 Wake On Modem Ring 0 6. The key to also include is com.apple.EnergySaver.portable.BatteryPower 7. The key must be set to: Wake On LAN 0 Wake On Modem Ring 0 Note: Both Wake on LAN and Wake on Modem Ring need to be set. Only setting Wake On LAN will allow the profile to install but not set any settings. This profile will only apply the setting at installation and is not sticky.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1015\", \"T1051\", \"T1076\", \"T1133\", \"T1200\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(31029,'Ensure a Password is Required to Wake the Computer From Sleep or Screen Saver Is Enabled.','Sleep and screen saver modes are low power modes that reduce electrical consumption while the system is not in use.','Prompting for a password when waking from sleep or screen saver mode mitigates the threat of an unauthorized person gaining access to a system in the user\'s absence.','Without a screenlock in place anyone with physical access to the computer would be logged in and able to use the active user\'s session.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable a password for unlock after a screen saver begins or after sleep: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Lock Screen 3. Set Require password after screensaver begins or display is turned off to either After 0 seconds or After 5 seconds Terminal Method: Run the following command to require a password to unlock the computer after the screen saver engages or the computer sleeps: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/sysadminctl -screenLock immediate -password or $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/sysadminctl -screenLock 5 seconds -password Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.screensaver 2. The key to include is askForPassword 3. The key must be set to 4. The key to also include is askForPasswordDelay 5. The key must be set to <0,5>.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"2.1\", \"2.1.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"2.3.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(31030,'Ensure a Custom Message for the Login Screen Is Enabled.','An access warning informs the user that the system is reserved for authorized use only, and that the use of the system may be monitored.','An access warning may reduce a casual attacker\'s tendency to target the system. Access warnings may also aid in the prosecution of an attacker by evincing the attacker\'s knowledge of the system\'s private status, acceptable use policy, and authorization requirements.','If users are not informed of their responsibilities, unapproved activities may occur. Users that are not approved for access may take the lack of a warning banner as implied consent to access.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable a login banner set to your organization\'s required text: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Lock Screen 3. Set Show message when locked to enabled 4. Select Set 5. Insert text in the Set a message to appear on the lock screen that matches your organization\'s required text 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable a custom login screen message: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow LoginwindowText \"\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow LoginwindowText \"Center for Internet Security Test Message\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.loginwindow 2. The key to include is LoginwindowText 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31031,'Ensure Login Window Displays as Name and Password Is Enabled.','The login window prompts a user for his/her credentials, verifies their authorization level, and then allows or denies the user access to the system.','Prompting the user to enter both their username and password makes it twice as hard for unauthorized users to gain access to the system since they must discover two attributes.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to ensure the login window display name and password: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Lock Screen 3. Set \'Login window showstoName and Password` Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable the login window to display name and password: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow SHOWFULLNAME -bool true Note: The GUI will not display the updated setting until the current user(s) logs out. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.loginwindow 2. The key to include is SHOWFULLNAME 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31032,'Ensure Show Password Hints Is Disabled.','Password hints are user-created text displayed when an incorrect password is used for an account.','Password hints make it easier for unauthorized persons to gain access to systems by displaying information provided by the user to assist in remembering the password. This info could include the password itself or other information that might be readily discerned with basic knowledge of the end user.','The user can set the hint to any value, including the password itself or clues that allow trivial social engineering attacks.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable password hints from being shown: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Lock Screen 3. Set \'Show password hints` to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable password hints: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow RetriesUntilHint -int 0 Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.loginwindow 2. The key to include is RetriesUntilHint 3. The key must be set to 0.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31033,'Ensure Users\' Accounts Do Not Have a Password Hint.','Password hints help the user recall their passwords for various systems and/or accounts. In most cases, password hints are simple and closely related to the user\'s password.','Password hints that are closely related to the user\'s password are a security vulnerability, especially in the social media age. Unauthorized users are more likely to guess a user\'s password if there is a password hint. The password hint is very susceptible to social engineering attacks and information exposure on social media networks.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to remove a user\'s password hint: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Touch ID & Passwords (or Login Password on non-Touch ID Macs) 3. Select Change... 4. Change the password and ensure that no text is entered in the Password hint box Note: This will only change the currently logged-in user\'s password, and not any others that are not compliant on the Mac. Use the terminal method if multiple users are not in compliance. Terminal Method: Run the following command to remove a user\'s password hint: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/dscl . -list /Users hint . -delete /Users/ hint example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/dscl . -list /Users hint . -delete /Users/firstuser hint $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/dscl . -list /Users hint . -delete /Users/seconduser hint.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.11.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31034,'Ensure Guest Account Is Disabled.','The guest account allows users access to the system without having to create an account or password. Guest users are unable to make setting changes and cannot remotely login to the system. All files, caches, and passwords created by the guest user are deleted upon logging out.','Disabling the guest account mitigates the risk of an untrusted user doing basic reconnaissance and possibly using privilege escalation attacks to take control of the system.','A guest user can use that access to find out additional information about the system and might be able to use privilege escalation vulnerabilities to establish greater access.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable guest account availability: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Users & Groups 3. Select the i next to the Guest User 4. Set Allow guests to log in to this computer to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable the guest account: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow GuestEnabled -bool false Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.MCX 2. The key to include is DisableGuestAccount 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.12.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\", \"6.2\", \"6.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.4\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"IA.L2-3.5.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(B)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\", \"164.308(a)(4)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(4)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\", \"AC-5\", \"AC-6\", \"AC-6(1)\", \"AC-6(7)\", \"AU-9(4)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.3.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.2\", \"7.2.1\", \"7.2.2\", \"7.2.4\", \"7.2.6\", \"7.3\", \"7.3.1\", \"7.3.2\", \"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'); INSERT INTO `tsca` VALUES (31035,'Ensure Guest Access to Shared Folders Is Disabled.','Allowing guests to connect to shared folders enables users to access selected shared folders and their contents from different computers on a network.','Not allowing guests to connect to shared folders mitigates the risk of an untrusted user doing basic reconnaissance and possibly use privilege escalation attacks to take control of the system.','Unauthorized users could access shared files on the system.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to no longer allow guest user access to shared folders: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Users & Groups 3. Select the i next to the Guest User 4. Set Allow guests to connect to shared folders to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following commands to verify that shared folders are not accessible to guest users: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/sysadminctl -smbGuestAccess off.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.12.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1004\", \"T1015\", \"T1021\", \"T1023\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1050\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1089\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1150\", \"T1152\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1159\", \"T1160\", \"T1162\", \"T1163\", \"T1165\", \"T1168\", \"T1169\", \"T1184\", \"T1185\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1200\", \"T1209\", \"T1213\", \"T1484\", \"T1489\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1501\", \"T1504\", \"T1528\", \"T1530\", \"T1537\", \"T1538\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31036,'Ensure Automatic Login Is Disabled.','The automatic login feature saves a user\'s system access credentials and bypasses the login screen. Instead, the system automatically loads to the user\'s desktop screen.','Disabling automatic login decreases the likelihood of an unauthorized person gaining access to a system.','If automatic login is not disabled, an unauthorized user could gain access to the system without supplying any credentials.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to set automatic login to off: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Users & Groups 3. Set Automatic login in as... to Off Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable automatic login: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults delete /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow autoLoginUser Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.loginwindow 2. The key to include is com.apple.login.mcx.DisableAutoLoginClient 3. The key must be set to Note: If both the profile is enabled and a user is set to autologin, the profile will take precedent. In this case, the graphical or terminal remediation method should also be applied in case the profile is ever removed.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.12.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"2.1\", \"2.1.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"2.3.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(31037,'Ensure Security Auditing Is Enabled.','macOS\'s audit facility, auditd, receives notifications from the kernel when certain system calls, such as open, fork, and exit, are made. These notifications are captured and written to an audit log.','Logs generated by auditd may be useful when investigating a security incident as they may help reveal the vulnerable application and the actions taken by a malicious actor.','','Terminal Method: Perform the following to enable security auditing: Run the following command to load auditd: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl load -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/com.apple.auditd.plist.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.9.4.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"9.4.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1134\", \"T1098\", \"T1017\", \"T1067\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1136\", \"T1003\", \"T1214\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1525\", \"T1208\", \"T1215\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1051\", \"T1218\", \"T1184\", \"T1169\", \"T1206\", \"T1019\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1078\", \"T1100\", \"T1077\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\", \"T1156\", \"T1146\", \"T1196\", \"T1081\", \"T1530\", \"T1089\", \"T1073\", \"T1157\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1037\", \"T1036\", \"T1096\", \"T1034\", \"T1150\", \"T1504\", \"T1145\", \"T1494\", \"T1489\", \"T1198\", \"T1165\", \"T1492\", \"T1080\", \"T1209\"]}]'),(31038,'Ensure Security Auditing Flags For User-Attributable Events Are Configured Per Local Organizational Requirements.','Auditing is the capture and maintenance of information about security-related events. Auditable events often depend on differing organizational requirements.','Maintaining an audit trail of system activity logs can help identify configuration errors, troubleshoot service disruptions, and analyze compromises or attacks that have occurred, have begun, or are about to begin. Audit logs are necessary to provide a trail of evidence in case the system or network is compromised. Depending on the governing authority, organizations can have vastly different auditing requirements. In this control we have selected a minimal set of audit flags that should be a part of any organizational requirements. The flags selected below may not adequately meet organizational requirements for users of this benchmark. The auditing checks for the flags proposed here will not impact additional flags that are selected.','','Terminal Method: Perform the following to set the required Security Auditing Flags: Edit the /etc/security/audit_control file and add -fm, ad, -ex, aa, -fr, lo, and -fw to flags. You can also substitute -all for -fm, -ex, -fr, and -fw.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\", \"8.2\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\", \"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"9.4.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(31039,'Ensure install.log Is Retained for 365 or More Days and No Maximum Size.','macOS writes information pertaining to system-related events to the file /var/log/install.log and has a configurable retention policy for this file. The default logging setting limits the file size of the logs and the maximum size for all logs. The default allows for an errant application to fill the log files and does not enforce sufficient log retention. The Benchmark recommends a value based on standard use cases. The value should align with local requirements within the organization. The default value has an \"all_max\" file limitation, no reference to a minimum retention, and a less precise rotation argument. The all_max flag control will remove old log entries based only on the size of the log files. Log size can vary widely depending on how verbose installing applications are in their log entries. The decision here is to ensure that logs go back a year, and depending on the applications a size restriction could compromise the ability to store a full year. While this Benchmark is not scoring for a rotation flag, the default rotation is sequential rather than using a timestamp. Auditors may prefer timestamps in order to simply review specific dates where event information is desired. Please review the File Rotation section in the man page for more information. man asl.conf - The maximum file size limitation string should be removed \"all_max=\" - An organization appropriate retention should be added \"ttl=\" - The rotation should be set with timestamps \"rotate=utc\" or \"rotate=local\".','Archiving and retaining install.log for at least a year is beneficial in the event of an incident as it will allow the user to view the various changes to the system along with the date and time they occurred.','Without log files system maintenance and security forensics cannot be properly performed.','Terminal Method: Perform the following to ensure that install logs are retained for at least 365 days: Edit the /etc/asl/com.apple.install file and add or modify the ttl value to 365 or greater on the file line. Also, remove the all_max= setting and value from the file line.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.1\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\", \"6.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.1\", \"10.1.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(31040,'Ensure Security Auditing Retention Is Enabled.','The macOS audit capability contains important information to investigate security or operational issues. This resource is only completely useful if it is retained long enough to allow technical staff to find the root cause of anomalies in the records. Retention can be set to respect both size and longevity. To retain as much as possible under a certain size, the recommendation is to use the following: expire-after:60d OR 5G This recomendation is based on minimum storage for review and investigation. When a third party tool is in use to allow remote logging or the store and forwarding of logs, this local storage requirement is not required.','The audit records need to be retained long enough to be reviewed as necessary.','The recommendation is that at least 60 days or 5 gigabytes of audit records are retained. Systems that have very little remaining disk space may have issues retaining sufficient data.','Terminal Method: Perform the following to set the audit retention length: Edit the /etc/security/audit_control file so that expire-after: is at least 60d OR 5G.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.1\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\", \"6.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.1\", \"10.1.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(31041,'Ensure Bonjour Advertising Services Is Disabled.','Bonjour is an auto-discovery mechanism for TCP/IP devices which enumerate devices and services within a local subnet. DNS on macOS is integrated with Bonjour and should not be turned off, but the Bonjour advertising service can be disabled.','Bonjour can simplify device discovery from an internal rogue or compromised host. An attacker could use Bonjour\'s multicast DNS feature to discover a vulnerable or poorly-configured service or additional information to aid a targeted attack. Implementing this control disables the continuous broadcasting of \"I\'m here!\" messages. Typical end-user endpoints should not have to advertise services to other computers. This setting does not stop the computer from sending out service discovery messages when looking for services on an internal subnet, if the computer is looking for a printer or server and using service discovery. To block all Bonjour traffic except to approved devices, the pf or other firewall would be needed.','Some applications, like Final Cut Studio and AirPort Base Station management, may not operate properly if the mDNSResponder is turned off.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Bonjour Advertising services: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.mDNSResponder.plist NoMulticastAdvertisements -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mDNSResponder 2. The key to include is NoMulticastAdvertisements.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31042,'Ensure HTTP Server Is Disabled.','macOS used to have a graphical front-end to the embedded Apache web server in the Operating System. Personal web sharing could be enabled to allow someone on another computer to download files or information from the user\'s computer. Personal web sharing from a user endpoint has long been considered questionable, and Apple has removed that capability from the GUI. Apache, however, is still part of the Operating System and can be easily turned on to share files and provide remote connectivity to an end-user computer. Web sharing should only be done through hardened web servers and appropriate cloud services.','Web serving should not be done from a user desktop. Dedicated webservers or appropriate cloud storage should be used. Open ports make it easier to exploit the computer.','The web server is both a point of attack for the system and a means for unauthorized file transfers.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable the HTTP server services: $ sudo /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl unload -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/org.apache.httpd.plist.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31043,'Ensure NFS Server Is Disabled.','macOS can act as an NFS fileserver. NFS sharing could be enabled to allow someone on another computer to mount shares and gain access to information from the user\'s computer. File sharing from a user endpoint has long been considered questionable, and Apple has removed that capability from the GUI. NFSD is still part of the Operating System and can be easily turned on to export shares and provide remote connectivity to an end-user computer. The etc/exports file contains the list of NFS shared directories. If the file exists, it is likely that NFS sharing has been enabled in the past or may be available periodically. As an additional check, the audit verifies that there is no /etc/exports file.','File serving should not be done from a user desktop. Dedicated servers should be used. Open ports make it easier to exploit the computer.','The nfs server is both a point of attack for the system and a means for unauthorized file transfers.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable the nfsd fileserver services: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl disable system/com.apple.nfsd Remove the exported Directory listing. $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/rm /etc/exports.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31044,'Ensure Home Folders Are Secure.','By default, macOS allows all valid users into the top level of every other user\'s home folder and restricts access to the Apple default folders within. Another user on the same system can see you have a \"Documents\" folder but cannot see inside it. This configuration does work for personal file sharing but can expose user files to standard accounts on the system. The best parallel for Enterprise environments is that everyone who has a Dropbox account can see everything that is at the top level but can\'t see your pictures. Similarly with macOS, users can see into every new Directory that is created because of the default permissions. Home folders should be restricted to access only by the user. Sharing should be used on dedicated servers or cloud instances that are managing access controls. Some environments may encounter problems if execute rights are removed as well as read and write. Either no access or execute only for group or others is acceptable.','Allowing all users to view the top level of all networked users\' home folder may not be desirable since it may lead to the revelation of sensitive information.','If implemented, users will not be able to use the \"Public\" folders in other users\' home folders. \"Public\" folders with appropriate permissions would need to be set up in the /Shared folder.','Terminal Method: For each user, run the following command to secure all home folders: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/chmod -R og-rwx /Users/ Alternately, run the following command if there needs to be executable access for a home folder: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/chmod -R og-rw /Users/ example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/chmod -R og-rw /Users/thirduser/ $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/chmod -R og-rwx /Users/fourthuser/ # /bin/ls -l /Users/ total 0 drwxr-xr-x+ 12 Guest _guest 384 24 Jul 13:42 Guest drwxrwxrwt 4 root wheel 128 22 Jul 11:00 Shared drwx--x--x+ 18 firstuser staff 576 10 Aug 14:36 firstuser drwx--x--x+ 15 seconduser staff 480 10 Aug 09:16 seconduser drwx--x--x+ 11 thirduser staff 352 10 Aug 14:53 thirduser drwx------+ 11 fourthuser staff 352 10 Aug 14:53 fourthuser.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1004\", \"T1015\", \"T1021\", \"T1023\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1050\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1089\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1150\", \"T1152\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1159\", \"T1160\", \"T1162\", \"T1163\", \"T1165\", \"T1168\", \"T1169\", \"T1184\", \"T1185\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1200\", \"T1209\", \"T1213\", \"T1484\", \"T1489\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1501\", \"T1504\", \"T1528\", \"T1530\", \"T1537\", \"T1538\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31045,'Ensure System Integrity Protection Status (SIP) Is Enabled.','System Integrity Protection is a security feature introduced in OS X 10.11 El Capitan. System Integrity Protection restricts access to System domain locations and restricts runtime attachment to system processes. Any attempt to inspect or attach to a system process will fail. Kernel Extensions are now restricted to /Library/Extensions and are required to be signed with a Developer ID.','Running without System Integrity Protection on a production system runs the risk of the modification of system binaries or code injection of system processes that would otherwise be protected by SIP.','System binaries and processes could become compromised.','Terminal Method: Perform the following steps to enable System Integrity Protection: 1. Reboot into the Recovery Partition (reboot and hold down Command + R) 2. Select Utilities 3. Select Terminal 4. Run the following command: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/csrutil enable Successfully enabled System Integrity Protection. Please restart the machine for the changes to take effect. 5. Reboot the computer Note: You should research why the system had SIP disabled. It might be a better option to erase the Mac and reinstall the operating system. That is at your discretion. Note: You cannot enable System Integrity Protection from the booted operating system. If the remediation is attempted in the booted OS and not the Recovery Partition the output will give the error csrutil: failed to modify system integrity configuration. This tool needs to be executed from the Recovery OS.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"2.3\", \"2.6\", \"10.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.9\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-10\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-7(2)\", \"CM-8(3)\", \"SI-16\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"12.3.4\", \"2.2.4\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1191\", \"T1092\", \"T1175\", \"T1173\", \"T1519\", \"T1052\", \"T1210\", \"T1133\", \"T1118\", \"T1171\", \"T1170\", \"T1046\", \"T1137\", \"T1086\", \"T1164\", \"T1121\", \"T1076\", \"T1091\", \"T1180\", \"T1064\", \"T1184\", \"T1221\", \"T1127\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31046,'Ensure Apple Mobile File Integrity (AMFI) Is Enabled.','Apple Mobile File Integrity (AMFI) was first released in macOS 10.12. The daemon and service block attempts to run unsigned code. AMFI uses lanchd, code signatures, certificates, entitlements, and provisioning profiles to create a filtered entitlement dictionary for an app. AMFI is the macOS kernel module that enforces code-signing and library validation.','Apple Mobile File Integrity validates that application code is validated.','Applications could be compromised with malicious code.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable the Apple Mobile File Integrity service: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/nvram boot-args=\"\".','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"2.3\", \"2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.9\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-10\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-7(2)\", \"CM-8(3)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"12.3.4\", \"2.2.4\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1191\", \"T1092\", \"T1175\", \"T1173\", \"T1519\", \"T1052\", \"T1210\", \"T1133\", \"T1118\", \"T1171\", \"T1170\", \"T1046\", \"T1137\", \"T1086\", \"T1164\", \"T1121\", \"T1076\", \"T1091\", \"T1180\", \"T1064\", \"T1184\", \"T1221\", \"T1127\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31047,'Ensure Sealed System Volume (SSV) Is Enabled.','Sealed System Volume is a security feature introduced in macOS 11.0 Big Sur. During system installation, a SHA-256 cryptographic hash is calculated for all immutable system files and stored in a Merkle tree which itself is hashed as the Seal. Both are stored in the metadata of the snapshot created of the System volume. The seal is verified by the boot loader at startup. macOS will not boot if system files have been tampered with. If validation fails, the user will be instructed to reinstall the operating system. During read operations for files located in the Sealed System Volume, a hash is calculated and compared to the value stored in the Merkle tree.','Running without Sealed System Volume on a production system could run the risk of Apple software that integrates directly with macOS being modified.','Apple Software that integrates with the operating system could become compromised.','If SSV has been disabled, assume that the operating system has been compromised. Back up any files, and do a clean install to a known good Operating System.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.6\", \"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"13.6\", \"14.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.6.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1527\", \"T1119\", \"T1530\", \"T1114\", \"T1070\", \"T1208\", \"T1040\", \"T1145\", \"T1492\", \"T1493\", \"T1072\"]}]'),(31048,'Ensure Password Account Lockout Threshold Is Configured.','The account lockout threshold specifies the amount of times a user can enter an incorrect password before a lockout will occur. Ensure that a lockout threshold is part of the password policy on the computer.','The account lockout feature mitigates brute-force password attacks on the system.','The number of incorrect log on attempts should be reasonably small to minimize the possibility of a successful password attack, while allowing for honest errors made during a normal user log on. The locked account will auto-unlock after a few minutes when bad password attempts stop. The computer will accept the still-valid password if remembered or recovered.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set the maximum number of failed login attempts to less than or equal to 5: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"maxFailedLoginAttempts=\" Note: When the account lockout threshold is set with pwpolicy, it will also set a reset value to policyAttributeMinutesUntilFailedAuthenticationReset that defaults to 1 minute. You can change this value with the command: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"policyAttributeMinutesUntilFailedAuthenticationReset=\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"maxFailedLoginAttempts=5\" /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"policyAttributeMinutesUntilFailedAuthenticationReset=10\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is maxFailedAttempts 3. The key must be set to Note: When setting the lockout threshold with a mobile configuration profile there is no default reset to the lockout. To set the reset value use the key autoEnableInSeconds and set the key to . Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1134\", \"T1197\", \"T1538\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1089\", \"T1157\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1054\", \"T1159\", \"T1160\", \"T1152\", \"T1168\", \"T1162\", \"T1185\", \"T1031\", \"T1050\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1034\", \"T1163\", \"T1076\", \"T1021\", \"T1053\", \"T1489\", \"T1051\", \"T1023\", \"T1165\", \"T1528\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1537\", \"T1078\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1004\"]}]'),(31049,'Ensure Password Minimum Length Is Configured.','A minimum password length is the fewest number of characters a password can contain to meet a system\'s requirements. Ensure that a minimum of a 15-character password is part of the password policy on the computer. Where the confidentiality of encrypted information in FileVault is more of a concern, requiring a longer password or passphrase may be sufficient rather than imposing additional complexity requirements that may be self-defeating.','Information systems that are not protected with strong password schemes including passwords of minimum length provide a greater opportunity for attackers to crack the password and gain access to the system.','Short passwords can be easily attacked.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set the password length to greater than or equal to 15: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"minChars==15>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"minChars=15\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is minLength 3. The key must be set to =15> Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1134\", \"T1098\", \"T1017\", \"T1067\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1136\", \"T1003\", \"T1214\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1525\", \"T1208\", \"T1215\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1051\", \"T1218\", \"T1184\", \"T1169\", \"T1206\", \"T1019\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1078\", \"T1100\", \"T1077\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31050,'Ensure Complex Password Must Contain Alphabetic Characters Is Configured.','Complex passwords contain one character from each of the following classes: English uppercase letters, English lowercase letters, Westernized Arabic numerals, and non-alphanumeric characters. Ensure that an Alphabetic character is part of the password policy on the computer.','The more complex a password, the more resistant it will be against persons seeking unauthorized access to a system.','Password policy should be in effect to reduce the risk of exposed services being compromised easily through dictionary attacks or other social engineering attempts.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set the that passwords must contain at least one letter: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy - setaccountpolicies \"requiresAlpha==1>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"requiresAlpha=1\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is requireAlphanumeric 3. The key must be set to Note: This profile sets a requirement of both an alphabetical and a numeric character. Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31051,'Ensure Complex Password Must Contain Numeric Character Is Configured.','Complex passwords contain one character from each of the following classes: English uppercase letters, English lowercase letters, Westernized Arabic numerals, and non-alphanumeric characters. Ensure that a number or numeric value is part of the password policy on the computer.','The more complex a password, the more resistant it will be against persons seeking unauthorized access to a system.','Password policy should be in effect to reduce the risk of exposed services being compromised easily through dictionary attacks or other social engineering attempts.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set passwords to require at least one number: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy - setaccountpolicies \"requiresNumeric==1>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"requiresNumeric=2\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is requireAlphanumeric 3. The key must be set to Note: This profile sets a requirement of both an alphabetical and a numeric character. Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31052,'Ensure Complex Password Must Contain Uppercase and Lowercase Characters Is Configured.','Complex passwords contain one character from each of the following classes: English uppercase letters, English lowercase letters, Westernized Arabic numerals, and non-alphanumeric characters. Ensure that both uppercase and lowercase letters are part of the password policy on the computer.','The more complex a password, the more resistant it will be against persons seeking unauthorized access to a system.','Password policy should be in effect to reduce the risk of exposed services being compromised easily through dictionary attacks or other social engineering attempts.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set passwords to require at upper and lower case letter: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"requiresMixedCase==1>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"requiresMixedCase=1\".','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31053,'Ensure Password Age Is Configured.','Over time, passwords can be captured by third parties through mistakes, phishing attacks, third-party breaches, or merely brute-force attacks. To reduce the risk of exposure and to decrease the incentives of password reuse (passwords that are not forced to be changed periodically generally are not ever changed), users should reset passwords periodically. This control uses 365 days as the acceptable value. Some organizations may be more or less restrictive. This control mainly exists to mitigate against password reuse of the macOS account password in other realms that may be more prone to compromise. Attackers take advantage of exposed information to attack other accounts.','Passwords should be changed periodically to reduce exposure.','Required password changes will lead to some locked computers requiring admin assistance.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to require that passwords expire after at most 365 days: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"maxMinutesUntilChangePassword=\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"maxMinutesUntilChangePassword=43200\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is maxPINAgeInDays 3. The key must be set to =365> Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(3)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.3.7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\", \"T1134\", \"T1197\", \"T1538\", \"T1089\", \"T1157\", \"T1054\", \"T1159\", \"T1160\", \"T1152\", \"T1168\", \"T1162\", \"T1185\", \"T1050\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1163\", \"T1021\", \"T1489\", \"T1051\", \"T1023\", \"T1165\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1537\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1004\"]}]'),(31054,'Ensure Password History Is Configured.','Over time, passwords can be captured by third parties through mistakes, phishing attacks, third-party breaches, or merely brute-force attacks. To reduce the risk of exposure and to decrease the incentives of password reuse (passwords that are not forced to be changed periodically generally are not ever changed), users must reset passwords periodically. This control ensures that previous passwords are not reused immediately by keeping a history of previous password hashes. Ensure that password history checks are part of the password policy on the computer. This control checks whether a new password is different than the previous 15. The latest NIST guidance based on exploit research referenced in this section details how one of the greatest risks is password exposure rather than password cracking. Passwords should be changed to a new unique value whenever a password might have been exposed to anyone other than the account holder. Attackers have maintained persistent control based on predictable password change patterns and substantially different patterns should be used in case of a leak.','Old passwords should not be reused.','Required password changes will lead to some locked computers requiring admin assistance.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to require that the password must to be different from at least the last 15 passwords: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"usingHistory==15>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"usingHistory=15\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is pinHistory 3. The key must be set to =15> Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1134\", \"T1098\", \"T1017\", \"T1067\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1136\", \"T1003\", \"T1214\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1525\", \"T1208\", \"T1215\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1051\", \"T1218\", \"T1184\", \"T1169\", \"T1206\", \"T1019\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1078\", \"T1100\", \"T1077\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31055,'Ensure the Sudo Timeout Period Is Set to Zero.','The sudo command allows the user to run programs as the root user. Working as the root user allows the user an extremely high level of configurability within the system. This control, along with the control to use a separate timestamp for each tty, limits the window where an unauthorized user, process, or attacker could utilize legitimate credentials that are valid for longer than required.','The sudo command stays logged in as the root user for five minutes before timing out and re-requesting a password. This five-minute window should be eliminated since it leaves the system extremely vulnerable. This is especially true if an exploit were to gain access to the system, since they would be able to make changes as a root user.','This control has a serious impact where users often have to use sudo. It is even more of an impact where users have to use sudo multiple times in quick succession as part of normal work processes. Organizations with that common use case will likely find this control too onerous and are better to accept the risk of not requiring a 0 grace period. In some ways the use of sudo -s, which is undesirable, is better than a long grace period since that use does change the hash to show that it is a root shell rather than a normal shell where sudo commands will be implemented without a password.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to edit the sudo settings: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/visudo -f /etc/sudoers.d/ example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/visudo -f /etc/sudoers.d/10_cissudoconfiguration Note: Unlike other Unix and/or Linux distros, macOS will ignore configuration files in the sudoers.d folder that contain a . so do not add a file extension to the configuration file. Add the line Defaults timestamp_timeout=0 to the configuration file. If /etc/sudoers.d/ is not owned by root or in the wheel group, run the following to change ownership and group: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/chown -R root:wheel /etc/security/sudoers.d/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.11\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.10\", \"AC.L2-3.1.11\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iii)\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-11\", \"AC-11(1)\", \"AC-12\", \"AC-2(5)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.2.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31056,'Ensure a Separate Timestamp Is Enabled for Each User/tty Combo.','Using tty tickets ensures that a user must enter the sudo password in each Terminal session. With sudo versions 1.8 and higher, introduced in 10.12, the default value is to have tty tickets for each interface so that root access is limited to a specific terminal. The default configuration can be overwritten or not configured correctly on earlier versions of macOS.','In combination with removing the sudo timeout grace period, a further mitigation should be in place to reduce the possibility of a background process using elevated rights when a user elevates to root in an explicit context or tty. Additional mitigation should be in place to reduce the risk of privilege escalation of background processes.','This control should have no user impact. Developers or installers may have issues if background processes are spawned with different interfaces than where sudo was executed.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to edit the sudo settings: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/visudo -f /etc/sudoers.d/ example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/visudo -f /etc/sudoers.d/10_cissudoconfiguration Note: Unlike other Unix and/or Linux distros, macOS will ignore configuration files in the sudoers.d folder that contain a . so do not add a file extension to the configuration file. Add the line Defaults timestamp_type=tty to the configuration file. Note: The Defaults timestamp_type=tty line can be added to an existing configuration file or a new one. That will depend on your organization\'s preference and works either way.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.11\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.10\", \"AC.L2-3.1.11\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iii)\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-11\", \"AC-11(1)\", \"AC-12\", \"AC-2(5)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.2.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31057,'Ensure the \"root\" Account Is Disabled.','The root account is a superuser account that has access privileges to perform any actions and read/write to any file on the computer. With some versions of Linux, the system administrator may commonly use the root account to perform administrative functions.','Enabling and using the root account puts the system at risk since any successful exploit or mistake while the root account is in use could have unlimited access privileges within the system. Using the sudo command allows users to perform functions as a root user while limiting and password protecting the access privileges. By default the root account is not enabled on a macOS computer. An administrator can escalate privileges using the sudo command (use -s or -i to get a root shell).','Some legacy POSIX software might expect an available root account.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to ensure that the root user is disabled: 1. Open /System/Library/CoreServices/Applications/Directory Utility 2. Click the lock icon to unlock the service 3. Click Edit in the menu bar 4. Click Disable Root User Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable the root user: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/dsenableroot -d username = root user password:.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1176\", \"T1501\", \"T1134\", \"T1098\", \"T1017\", \"T1067\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1136\", \"T1003\", \"T1214\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1525\", \"T1208\", \"T1215\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1051\", \"T1218\", \"T1184\", \"T1169\", \"T1206\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1078\", \"T1100\", \"T1077\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31058,'Ensure an Administrator Account Cannot Login to Another User\'s Active and Locked Session.','macOS has a privilege that can be granted to any user that will allow that user to unlock active user\'s sessions.','Disabling the administrator\'s and/or user\'s ability to log into another user\'s active and locked session prevents unauthorized persons from viewing potentially sensitive and/or personal information.','While Fast user switching is a workaround for some lab environments, especially where there is even less of an expectation of privacy, this setting change may impact some maintenance workflows.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable a user logging into another user\'s active and/or locked session: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/security authorizationdb write system.login.screensaver use-login-window-ui YES (0).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.11\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.10\", \"AC.L2-3.1.11\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iii)\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-11\", \"AC-11(1)\", \"AC-12\", \"AC-2(5)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.2.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31059,'Ensure a Login Window Banner Exists.','A Login window banner warning informs the user that the system is reserved for authorized use only. It enforces an acknowledgment by the user that they have been informed of the use policy in the banner if required. The system recognizes either the .txt and the .rtf formats.','An access warning may reduce a casual attacker\'s tendency to target the system. Access warnings may also aid in the prosecution of an attacker by evincing the attacker\'s knowledge of the system\'s private status, acceptable use policy, and authorization requirements.','Users will have to click on the window with the Login text before logging into the computer.','Terminal Method: Run the following commands to create or edit the login window text and set the proper permissions: Edit (or create) a PolicyBanner.txt or PolicyBanner.rtf file, in the /Library/Security/ folder, to include the required login window banner text. Perform the following to set permissions on the policy banner file: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/chown o+r /Library/Security/PolicyBanner.txt $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/chown o+r /Library/Security/PolicyBanner.rtf Note: If your organization uses an .rtfd file to set the policy banner, run $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/chown -R o+rx /Library/Security/PolicyBanner.rtfd to update the permissions.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1003\", \"T1081\", \"T1097\", \"T1178\", \"T1072\", \"T1067\", \"T1495\", \"T1019\", \"T1177\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1491\", \"T1488\", \"T1487\", \"T1490\", \"T1146\", \"T1148\", \"T1015\", \"T1133\", \"T1200\", \"T1076\", \"T1051\", \"T1176\", \"T1501\", \"T1087\", \"T1098\", \"T1139\", \"T1197\", \"T1092\", \"T1136\", \"T1011\", \"T1147\", \"T1130\", \"T1174\", \"T1053\", \"T1166\", \"T1206\", \"T1503\", \"T1214\", \"T1187\", \"T1208\", \"T1142\", \"T1075\", \"T1201\", \"T1145\", \"T1184\", \"T1537\", \"T1078\", \"T1077\", \"T1134\", \"T1017\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1525\", \"T1215\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1218\", \"T1169\", \"T1100\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\", \"T1156\", \"T1196\", \"T1530\", \"T1089\", \"T1073\", \"T1157\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1037\", \"T1036\", \"T1096\", \"T1034\", \"T1150\", \"T1504\", \"T1494\", \"T1489\", \"T1198\", \"T1165\", \"T1492\", \"T1080\", \"T1209\", \"T1112\", \"T1058\", \"T1173\", \"T1137\", \"T1539\", \"T1535\", \"T1506\", \"T1138\", \"T1044\", \"T1199\"]}]'),(31060,'Ensure the Guest Home Folder Does Not Exist.','In the previous two controls, the guest account login has been disabled and sharing to guests has been disabled, as well. There is no need for the legacy Guest home folder to remain in the file system. When normal user accounts are removed, you have the option to archive it, leave it in place, or delete. In the case of the guest folder, the folder remains in place without a GUI option to remove it. If at some point in the future a Guest account is needed, it will be re-created. The presence of the Guest home folder can cause automated audits to fail when looking for compliant settings within all User folders, as well. Rather than ignoring the folder\'s continued existence, it is best removed.','The Guest home folders are unneeded after the Guest account is disabled and could be used inappropriately.','The Guest account should not be necessary after it is disabled, and it will be automatically re-created if the Guest account is re-enabled.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to remove the Guest user home folder: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/rm -R /Users/Guest.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1003\", \"T1081\", \"T1097\", \"T1178\", \"T1072\", \"T1067\", \"T1495\", \"T1019\", \"T1177\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1491\", \"T1488\", \"T1487\", \"T1490\", \"T1146\", \"T1148\", \"T1015\", \"T1133\", \"T1200\", \"T1076\", \"T1051\", \"T1176\", \"T1501\", \"T1087\", \"T1098\", \"T1139\", \"T1197\", \"T1092\", \"T1136\", \"T1011\", \"T1147\", \"T1130\", \"T1174\", \"T1053\", \"T1166\", \"T1206\", \"T1503\", \"T1214\", \"T1187\", \"T1208\", \"T1142\", \"T1075\", \"T1201\", \"T1145\", \"T1184\", \"T1537\", \"T1078\", \"T1077\", \"T1134\", \"T1017\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1525\", \"T1215\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1218\", \"T1169\", \"T1100\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\", \"T1156\", \"T1196\", \"T1530\", \"T1089\", \"T1073\", \"T1157\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1037\", \"T1036\", \"T1096\", \"T1034\", \"T1150\", \"T1504\", \"T1494\", \"T1489\", \"T1198\", \"T1165\", \"T1492\", \"T1080\", \"T1209\", \"T1112\", \"T1058\", \"T1173\", \"T1137\", \"T1539\", \"T1535\", \"T1506\", \"T1138\", \"T1044\", \"T1199\"]}]'); +INSERT INTO `tmodule_inventory` (`id_module_inventory`, `id_os`, `name`, `description`, `interpreter`, `data_format`, `code`, `block_mode`,`script_mode`) VALUES (41,1,'security','Hardening plugin for security compliance analysis','','ID;STATUS','',0,2); + COMMIT; diff --git a/pandora_console/pandoradb_data.sql b/pandora_console/pandoradb_data.sql index bbe14be59e..9c14d6c7b9 100644 --- a/pandora_console/pandoradb_data.sql +++ b/pandora_console/pandoradb_data.sql @@ -2646,3 +2646,5 @@ INSERT INTO `tsca` VALUES (19165,'Ensure only strong Key Exchange algorithms are INSERT INTO `tsca` VALUES (24574,'Ensure the \'ALL\' Audit Option on \'SYS.AUD$\' Is Enabled.','The logging of attempts to alter the audit trail in the SYS.AUD$ table (open for read/update/delete/view) will provide a record of any activities that may indicate unauthorized attempts to access the audit trail. Enabling the audit option will cause these activities to be audited.','As the logging of attempts to alter the SYS.AUD$ table can provide forensic evidence of the initiation of a pattern of unauthorized activities, this logging capability should be enabled.','','AUDIT ALL ON SYS.AUD$ BY ACCESS;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24575,'Ensure the \'PROCEDURE\' Audit Option Is Enabled.','In this statement audit, PROCEDURE means any procedure, function, package or library. Enabling this audit option causes any attempt, successful or not, to create or drop any of these types of objects to be audited, regardless of privilege or lack thereof. Java schema objects (sources, classes, and resources) are considered the same as procedures for the purposes of auditing SQL statements.','Any unauthorized attempts to create or drop a procedure in another\'s schema should cause concern, whether successful or not. Changes to critical stored code can dramatically change the behavior of the application and produce serious security consequences, including enabling privilege escalation and introducing SQL injection vulnerabilities. Audit records of such changes can be helpful in forensics.','','AUDIT PROCEDURE;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24576,'Ensure the \'ALTER SYSTEM\' Audit Option Is Enabled.','ALTER SYSTEM allows one to change instance settings, including security settings and auditing options. Additionally, ALTER SYSTEM can be used to run operating system commands using undocumented Oracle functionality. Enabling the audit option will audit all attempts to perform ALTER SYSTEM, whether successful or not and regardless of whether or not the ALTER SYSTEM privilege is held by the user attempting the action.','Any unauthorized attempt to alter the system should be cause for concern. Alterations outside of some specified maintenance window may be of concern. In forensics, these audit records could be quite useful.','','AUDIT ALTER SYSTEM;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24577,'Ensure the \'TRIGGER\' Audit Option Is Enabled.','A TRIGGER may be used to modify DML actions or invoke other (recursive) actions when some types of user-initiated actions occur. Enabling this audit option will cause auditing of any attempt, successful or not, to create, drop, enable or disable any schema trigger in any schema regardless of privilege or lack thereof. For enabling and disabling a trigger, it covers both ALTER TRIGGER and ALTER TABLE.','Triggers are often part of schema security, data validation and other critical constraints upon actions and data. A trigger in another schema may be used to escalate privileges, redirect operations, transform data and perform other sorts of perhaps undesired actions. Any unauthorized attempt to create, drop or alter a trigger in another schema may be cause for investigation.','','AUDIT TRIGGER;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24578,'Ensure the \'CREATE SESSION\' Audit Option Is Enabled.','Enabling this audit option will cause auditing of all attempts to connect to the database, whether successful or not, as well as audit session disconnects/logoffs. The commands to audit SESSION, CONNECT or CREATE SESSION all accomplish the same thing - they initiate statement auditing of the connect statement used to create a database session.','Auditing attempts to connect to the database is basic and mandated by most security initiatives. Any attempt to logon to a locked account, failed attempts to logon to default accounts or an unusually high number of failed logon attempts of any sort, for any user, in a particular time period may indicate an intrusion attempt. In forensics, the logon record may be first in a chain of evidence and contain information found in no other type of audit record for the session. Logon and logoff in the audit trail define the period and duration of the session.','','AUDIT SESSION;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24579,'Ensure the \'CREATE USER\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','The CREATE USER statement is used to create Oracle database accounts and assign database properties to them. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all CREATE USER statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to create user accounts, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidences about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all activities involving CREATE USER.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS CREATE USER;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24580,'Ensure the \'ALTER USER\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','The ALTER USER statement is used to change database users’ password, lock accounts, and expire passwords. In addition, this statement is used to change database properties of user accounts such as database profiles, default and temporary tablespaces, and tablespace quotas. This unified audit action enables logging of all ALTER USER statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to alter user accounts, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidences about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all activities involving ALTER USER.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALTER USER;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24581,'Ensure the \'DROP USER\' Audit Option Is Enabled.','The DROP USER statement is used to drop Oracle database accounts and schemas associated with them. Enabling this unified action audit enables logging of all DROP USER statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to drop user, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all activities involving DROP USER.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS DROP USER;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24582,'Ensure the \'CREATE ROLE\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','An Oracle database role is a collection or set of privileges that can be granted to users or other roles. Roles may include system privileges, object privileges or other roles. Enabling this unified audit action enables logging of all CREATE ROLE statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to create roles, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving CREATE ROLE.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS CREATE ROLE;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24583,'Ensure the \'ALTER ROLE\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','An Oracle database role is a collection or set of privileges that can be granted to users or other roles. Roles may include system privileges, object privileges or other roles. The ALTER ROLE statement is used to change the authorization needed to enable a role. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all ALTER ROLE statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to alter roles, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving alteration of roles.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALTER ROLE;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24584,'Ensure the \'DROP ROLE\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','An Oracle database role is a collection or set of privileges that can be granted to users or other roles. Roles may include system privileges, object privileges or other roles. Enabling this unified audit action enables logging of all DROP ROLE statements, successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to drop roles, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving DROP ROLE.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS DROP ROLE;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24585,'Ensure the \'GRANT\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','GRANT statements are used to grant privileges to Oracle database users and roles, including the most powerful privileges and roles typically available to the database administrators. Enabling this unified action audit enables logging of all GRANT statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','With unauthorized grants and permissions, a malicious user may be able to change the security of the database, access/update confidential data, or compromise the integrity of the database. Logging and monitoring of all attempts to grant system privileges, object privileges or roles, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities as well as privilege escalation activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving GRANT.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS GRANT;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24586,'Ensure the \'REVOKE\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','REVOKE statements are used to revoke privileges from Oracle database users and roles. Enabling this unified action audit enables logging of all REVOKE statements, successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to revoke system privileges, object privileges or roles, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving REVOKE.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS REVOKE;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24587,'Ensure the \'CREATE PROFILE\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database profiles are used to enforce resource usage limits and implement password policies such as password complexity rules and reuse restrictions. Enabling this unified action audit enables logging of all CREATE PROFILE statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to create profiles, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving creation of database profiles.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS CREATE PROFILE;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24588,'Ensure the \'ALTER PROFILE\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database profiles are used to enforce resource usage limits and implement password policies such as password complexity rules and reuse restrictions. Enabling this unified action audit enables logging of all ALTER PROFILE statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to alter profiles, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving alteration of database profiles.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALTER PROFILE;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24589,'Ensure the \'DROP PROFILE\' Action Audit Is Enabled .','Oracle database profiles are used to enforce resource usage limits and implement password policies such as password complexity rules and reuse restrictions. Enabling this unified action audit enables logging of all DROP PROFILE statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to drop profiles, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving dropping database profiles.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS DROP PROFILE;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24590,'Ensure the \'CREATE DATABASE LINK\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database links are used to establish database-to-database connections to other databases. These connections are available without further authentication once the link is established. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all CREATE DATABASE and CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to create database links, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving creation of database links.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS CREATE DATABASE LINK;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24591,'Ensure the \'ALTER DATABASE LINK\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database links are used to establish database-to-database connections to other databases. These connections are always available without further authentication once the link is established. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all ALTER DATABASE and ALTER PUBLIC DATABASE statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to alter database links, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving alteration of database links.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALTER DATABASE LINK;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24592,'Ensure the \'DROP DATABASE LINK\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database links are used to establish database-to-database connections to other databases. These connections are always available without further authentication once the link is established. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all DROP DATABASE and DROP PUBLIC DATABASE, whether successful or unsuccessful, statements issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to drop database links, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving dropping database links.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS DROP DATABASE LINK;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24593,'Ensure the \'CREATE SYNONYM\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','An Oracle database synonym is used to create an alternative name for a database object such as table, view, procedure, java object or even another synonym, etc. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all CREATE SYNONYM and CREATE PUBLIC SYNONYM statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to create synonyms, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving creation of synonyms or public synonyms.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS CREATE SYNONYM;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24594,'Ensure the \'ALTER SYNONYM\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','An Oracle database synonym is used to create an alternative name for a database object such as table, view, procedure, or java object, or even another synonym. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all ALTER SYNONYM and ALTER PUBLIC SYNONYM statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to alter synonyms, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving alteration of synonyms or public synonyms.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALTER SYNONYM;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24595,'Ensure the \'DROP SYNONYM\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','An Oracle database synonym is used to create an alternative name for a database object such as table, view, procedure, or java object, or even another synonym. Enabling his unified action audit causes logging of all DROP SYNONYM and DROP PUBLIC SYNONYM statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to drop synonyms, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving dropping of synonyms or public synonyms.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS DROP SYNONYM;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24596,'Ensure the \'SELECT ANY DICTIONARY\' Privilege Audit Is Enabled.','The SELECT ANY DICTIONARY system privilege allows the user to view the definition of all schema objects in the database. It grants SELECT privileges on the data dictionary objects to the grantees, including SELECT on DBA_ views, V$ views, X$ views and underlying SYS tables such as TAB$ and OBJ$. This privilege also allows grantees to create stored objects such as procedures, packages and views on the underlying data dictionary objects. Please note that this privilege does not grant SELECT on tables with password hashes such as USER$, DEFAULT_PWD$, LINK$, and USER_HISTORY$. Enabling this audit causes logging of activities that exercise this privilege.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to access a data dictionary, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving access to the database.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD PRIVILEGES SELECT ANY DICTIONARY;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24597,'Ensure the \'AUDSYS.AUD$UNIFIED\' Access Audit Is Enabled.','The AUDSYS.AUD$UNIFIED holds audit trail records generated by the database. Enabling this audit action causes logging of all access attempts to the AUDSYS.AUD$UNIFIED, whether successful or unsuccessful, regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to access the AUDSYS.AUD$UNIFIED, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving access to this table.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALL on AUDSYS.AUD$UNIFIED;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.19\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24598,'Ensure the \'CREATE PROCEDURE/FUNCTION/PACKAGE/PACKAGE BODY\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database procedures, function, packages, and package bodies, which are stored within the database, are created to perform business functions and access database as defined by PL/SQL code and SQL statements contained within these objects. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE PACKAGE and CREATE PACKAGE BODY statements, successful or unsuccessful, statements issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to create procedures, functions, packages or package bodies, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving creation of procedures, functions, packages or package bodies.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE PACKAGE, CREATE PACKAGE BODY;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.20\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24599,'Ensure the \'ALTER PROCEDURE/FUNCTION/PACKAGE/PACKAGE BODY\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database procedures, functions, packages, and package bodies, which are stored within the database, are created to carry out business functions and access database as defined by PL/SQL code and SQL statements contained within these objects. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all ALTER PROCEDURE, ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER PACKAGE and ALTER PACKAGE BODY statements, successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Unauthorized alteration of procedures, functions, packages or package bodies may impact critical business functions or compromise integrity of the database. Logging and monitoring of all attempts, whether successful or unsuccessful, to alter procedures, functions, packages or package bodies may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving alteration of procedures, functions, packages or package bodies.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALTER PROCEDURE, ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER PACKAGE, ALTER PACKAGE BODY;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24600,'Ensure the \'DROP PROCEDURE/FUNCTION/PACKAGE/PACKAGE BODY\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database procedures, functions, packages, and package bodies, which are stored within the database, are created to carry out business functions and access database as defined by PL/SQL code and SQL statements contained within these objects. Enabling this unified action audit causes logging of all DROP PROCEDURE, DROP FUNCTION, DROP PACKAGE or DROP PACKAGE BODY statements, successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts, whether successful or unsuccessful, to drop procedures, functions, packages or package bodies may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving dropping procedures, functions, packages or package bodies.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS DROP PROCEDURE, DROP FUNCTION, DROP PACKAGE, DROP PACKAGE BODY;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.22\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24601,'Ensure the \'ALTER SYSTEM\' Privilege Audit Is Enabled.','The ALTER SYSTEM privilege allows the user to change instance settings which could impact security posture, performance or normal operation of the database. Additionally, the ALTER SYSTEM privilege may be used to run operating system commands using undocumented Oracle functionality. Enabling this unified audit causes logging of activities that involve exercise of this privilege, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to execute ALTER SYSTEM statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities that involve ALTER SYSTEM statements.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALTER SYSTEM;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.23\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24602,'Ensure the \'CREATE TRIGGER\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database triggers are executed automatically when specified conditions on the underlying objects occur. Trigger bodies contain the code, quite often to perform data validation, ensure data integrity/security or enforce critical constraints on allowable actions on data. Enabling this unified audit causes logging of all CREATE TRIGGER statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to create triggers, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving creation of triggers.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS CREATE TRIGGER;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.24\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24603,'Ensure the \'ALTER TRIGGER\' Action Audit IS Enabled.','Oracle database triggers are executed automatically when specified conditions on the underlying objects occur. Trigger bodies contain the code, quite often to perform data validation, ensure data integrity/security or enforce critical constraints on allowable actions on data. Enabling this unified audit causes logging of all ALTER TRIGGER statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Unauthorized alteration of triggers may impact critical business functions or compromise integrity/security of the database. Logging and monitoring of all attempts to alter triggers, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide clues and forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving alteration of triggers.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS ALTER TRIGGER;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.25\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24604,'Ensure the \'DROP TRIGGER\' Action Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database triggers are executed automatically when specified conditions on the underlying objects occur. Trigger bodies contain the code, quite often to perform data validation, ensure data integrity/security or enforce critical constraints on allowable actions on data. Enabling this unified audit causes logging of all DROP TRIGGER statements, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to issue such statements.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to drop triggers, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving dropping triggers.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS DROP TRIGGER;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.26\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(24605,'Ensure the \'LOGON\' AND \'LOGOFF\' Actions Audit Is Enabled.','Oracle database users log on to the database to perform their work. Enabling this unified audit causes logging of all LOGON actions, whether successful or unsuccessful, issued by the users regardless of the privileges held by the users to log into the database. In addition, LOGOFF action audit captures logoff activities. This audit action also captures logon/logoff to the open database by SYSDBA and SYSOPER.','Logging and monitoring of all attempts to logon to the database, whether successful or unsuccessful, may provide forensic evidence about potential suspicious/unauthorized activities. Any such activities may be a cause for further investigation. In addition, organization security policies and industry/government regulations may require logging of all user activities involving LOGON and LOGOFF.','','ALTER AUDIT POLICY CIS_UNIFIED_AUDIT_POLICY ADD ACTIONS LOGON, LOGOFF;','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.27\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"6.2\", \"16\", \"6.3\"]}]'),(25001,'Install and configure HP-UX Secure Shell.','OpenSSH is a popular free distribution of the standards-track SSH protocols which allows secure encrypted network logins and file transfers. HP-UX Secure Shell is HP\'s pre-compiled and supported version of OpenSSH.','Common login and file transfer services such as telnet, FTP, rsh, rlogin, and rcp use insecure, clear-text protocols that are vulnerable to attack. OpenSSH provides a secure, encrypted replacement for these services. Security is improved by further constraining services in the default configuration.','','Perform the following to install and securely configure Secure Shell (SSH) 1. Download and install HP-UX Secure Shell if not already installed on the system. 2. Perform the following post-installation actions to secure the SSH service: a. Change to the /opt/ssh/etc directory b. Open sshd_config c. Set the Protocol token to 2. If it is absent, add and set it. d. Set the X11Forwarding token to yes. If it is absent, add and set it. e. Set the IgnoreRhosts token to yes. If it is absent, add and set it. f. Set the RhostsAuthentication token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. g. Set the RhostsRSAAuthentication token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. h. Set the PermitRootLogin token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. i. Set the PermitEmptyPasswords token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. j. Set the Banner token to /etc/issue. If it is absent, add and set it. k. Set root as the owner of sshd_config and ssh_config. l. Set sys as the group owner of sshd_config and ssh_config. m. Restrict write access to sshd_config and ssh_config to the file owner. The following script will perform the above procedure: 13 | P a g e cd /opt/ssh/etc cp -p sshd_config sshd_config.tmp awk \' /^Protocol/ /^IgnoreRhosts/ /^RhostsAuthentication/ /^RhostsRSAAuthentication/ { $2 =\"no\" }; /(^#|^)PermitRootLogin/ { $1 = \"PermitRootLogin\"; $2 = \"no\" }; /^PermitEmptyPasswords/ { $2 = \"no\" }; /^#Banner/ { $1 = \"Banner\"; $2 = \"/etc/issue\" } { print }\' sshd_config.tmp > sshd_config { $2 =\"2\"}; { $2 = \"yes\" }; { $2 = \"no\" }; rm -f sshd_config.tmp chown root:sys ssh_config sshd_config chmod go-w ssh_config sshd_config','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25002,'Disable Standard Services.','The stock /etc/inetd.conf file shipped with HP-UX contains many services which are rarely used, or which have more secure alternatives. Indeed, after enabling SSH (see item 1.1.2) it may be possible to completely do away with all inetd-based services, since SSH provides both a secure login mechanism and a means of transferring files to and from the system. The steps articulated in the Remediation section will disable all services normally enabled in the HP-UX inetd.conf file. The rest of the actions in this section give the administrator the option of re-enabling certain services—in particular, the services that are disabled in the last two loops in the Action section below.','The stock /etc/inetd.conf file shipped with HP-UX contains services that are rarely used or have more secure alternatives. Removing these from inetd will avoid exposure to possible security vulnerability in those services.','','Perform the following to disable standard inetd-based services: 1. Change to the /etc directory 2. Open inetd.conf 3. Disable the following services by adding a comment character (#) to the beginning of its definition: a. echo b. discard c. daytime d. chargen e. dtspc f. exec g. ntalk h. finger i. uucp j. ident k. auth l. instl_boots m. registrar n. recserv o. rpc.rstatd p. rpc.rusersd q. rpc.rwalld r. rpc.sprayd s. rpc.cmsd t. kcms_server u. printer v. shell w. login h. finger x. telnet y. ftp z. tftp aa. bootps bb. kshell cc. klogin dd. rpc.rquotad ee. rpc.ttdbserver 4. Save inetd.conf. 5. Set root as the owner of inetd.conf. 6. Set sys as the group owner of inetd.conf. 7. Restrict write access to inetd.conf to the file owner. 8. Remove the executable and sticky bit from inetd.conf. 9. Invoke inetd to reread it\'s config file: inetd -c The following script will perform the above procedure: cd /etc for svc in echo discard daytime chargen dtspc exec ntalk finger uucp ident auth instl_boots registrar recserv; do awk \"($1 == \"$svc\") { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; {print}\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in rpc.rstatd rpc.rusersd rpc.rwalld rpc.sprayd rpc.cmsd kcms_server; do awk \"/\\/$svc/ { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; { print }\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in printer shell login telnet ftp tftp bootps kshell klogin; do awk \"($1 == \"$svc\") { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; {print}\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in rpc.rquotad rpc.ttdbserver; do awk \"/^$svc\\// { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; { print }\" /etc/inetd.conf > /etc/inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done chown root:sys inetd.conf chmod go-w,a-xs inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new inetd -c','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25003,'Only enable telnet if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable telnet. Telnet uses an unencrypted network protocol, which means data from the login session (such as passwords and all other data transmitted during the session) can be stolen by eavesdroppers on the network, and also that the session can be hijacked by outsiders to gain access to the remote system. HP-UX Secure Shell (OpenSSH) provides an encrypted alternative to telnet (and other utilities) and should be used instead.','There is a mission-critical reason that requires users to access the system via telnet instead of the more secure SSH protocol.','','Perform the following to re-enable telnet: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the telnet service definition. 3. Add -b /etc/issue to the end of the telnet service definition. This will cause telnet to display the contents of /etc/issue to users attempting to access the system via telnet. 4. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \'/^#telnet/ { $1 = \"telnet\" print $0 \" -b /etc/issue\"; next} { print } \' inetd.conf > /etc/inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.2\"]}]'),(25004,'Only enable FTP if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable ftp. Like telnet, the FTP protocol is unencrypted, which means passwords and other data transmitted during the session can be captured by sniffing the network, and that the FTP session itself can be hijacked by an external attacker. SSH provides two alternative, encrypted file transfer mechanisms, scp and sftp, which should be used instead of FTP. Even if FTP is required because the local system is an anonymous FTP server, consider requiring authenticated users on the system to transfer files via SSH-based protocols. For further information on restricting FTP access to the system, see item 1.6.2 below. Sites may also consider augmenting the \'ftpd -l\' below with \'-v\' (10.x and 11.x) or \'-L\' (11.x only) for additional logging of FTP transactions, or with \'-a\' (11.x only) for fine grain FTP access control through the use of a configuration file - see the ftpd(1M) man page on your systems for details.','This machine serves as an (anonymous) FTP server or other mission-critical role where data must be transferred via FTP instead of the more secure alternatives.','','Perform the following to re-enable FTP: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the ftp service definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' /^#ftp/ { $1 = \"ftp\"; print $0; next} { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.3\"]}]'),(25005,'Only enable rlogin/remsh/rcp if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rlogin/remsh/rcp. SSH was designed to be a drop-in replacement for these protocols. Given the wide availability of free SSH implementations, there are few cases where these tools cannot be replaced with SSH (again, see item 1.2.1 - Install SSH).','There is a mission-critical reason to use rlogin/remsh/rcp instead of the more secure ssh/scp.','','Perform the following to re-enable rlogin/remsh/rcp: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the shell and login service definitions. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#shell/shell/; s/^#login/login/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.4\"]}]'),(25006,'Only enable TFTP if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable TFTP. TFTP is typically used for network booting of diskless workstations, X-terminals, and other similar devices. TFTP is also used during network installs of systems via the HP-UX Ignite facility. Routers and other network devices may copy configuration data to remote systems via TFTP for backup.','This system serves as a boot server or has other mission-critical roles where data must be transferred to and from this system via TFTP.','','Perform the following to re-enable TFTP: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the tftp service definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#tftp/tftp/\' inetd.conf >inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new mkdir -p /var/opt/ignite','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.5\"]}]'),(25007,'Only enable printer service if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rlpdaemon based printer service. rlpdaemon provides a BSD-compatible print server interface. Even machines that are print servers may wish to leave this service disabled if they do not need to support BSD-style printing.','This machine a print server for your network.','','Perform the following to re-enable the rlpdaemon based printer service: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the printer definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#printer/printer/\' inetd.conf >inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.6\"]}]'),(25008,'Only enable rquotad if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rquotad. rquotad allows NFS clients to enforce disk quotas on file systems that are mounted from the local system. If your site does not use disk quotas, then you may leave the rquotad service disabled.','This system an NFS file server that requires the use of disk quotas.','','Perform the following to re-enable rquotad: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the rquotad definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' $6 ~ //rpc.rquotad$/ { sub(/^#/, \"\") } { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.7\"]}]'),(25009,'Only enable CDE-related daemons if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable CDE-related daemons. The rpc.ttdbserver service supports HP\'s CDE windowing environment. This service has a history of security problems. Not only is it vital to keep up to date on vendor patches, but also never enable this service on any system which is not well protected by a complete network security infrastructure (including network and host-based firewalls, packet filters, and intrusion detection infrastructure). Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on.','There a mission-critical reason to run a CDE GUI on this system.','','Perform the following to re-enable CDE-related daemons: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the rpc.ttdbserver 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' $6 ~ //rpc.ttdbserver$/ { sub(/^#/, \"\") } { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.8\"]}]'),(25010,'Only enable Kerberos-related daemons if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable Kerberos-related daemons. Kerberized rlogin/remsh offers a higher degree of security than traditional rlogin, remsh, or telnet by eliminating many clear-text password exchanges from the network. However it is still not as secure as SSH, which encrypts all traffic. Given the wide availability of free SSH implementations, there are few cases where these tools cannot be replaced with SSH.','The Kerberos security system is in use at this site and there is a mission-critical reason that requires users to access this system via Kerberized rlogin/remsh, rather than the more secure SSH protocol.','','Perform the following to re-enable Kerberos-related daemons: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the klogin definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#kshell/kshell/; s/^#klogin/klogin/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.9\"]}]'),(25011,'Only enable BOOTP/DHCP daemon if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable BOOTP/DHCP services. BOOTP/DHCP is a popular protocol for dynamically assigning IP addresses and other network information to systems on the network (rather than having administrators manually manage this information on each host). However, if this system is not a BOOTP/DHCP server for the network, there is no need to be running this service.','This server a BOOTP/DHCP server for the network.','','Perform the following to re-enable BOOTP/DHCP services: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the bootps definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#bootps/bootps/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.10\"]}]'),(25012,'Disable login: prompts on serial ports.','Disable the login: prompt on the system serial devices to make it more difficult for unauthorized users to attach modems, terminals, and other remote access devices to these ports.','If there is not a mission-critical need to provide login capability from any serial ports (such as for a modem) then disabling the login: prompt on the system serial devices reduces the risk of unauthorized access via these ports.','','Perform the following to disable the login: prompt on the system serial devices: 1. Open /etc/inittab. 2. Disable each getty instance associated with a tty device by adding a comment character (#) to the beginning of the line. 3. Save /etc/inittab.* The following script will perform the above procedure: cp -p /etc/inittab /etc/inittab.tmp sed \'s/^[^#].*getty.*tty.*$/#&/\' /etc/inittab.tmp > /etc/inittab rm -f /etc/inittab.tmp - Note that this action may safely be performed even if console access to the system is provided via the serial ports, as the line in the /etc/inittab file that corresponds to the console does not match the supplied pattern (i.e., it doesn\'t contain the string \'tty\'). - Note that when serial port connectivity is needed, /etc/dialups and /etc/d_passwd can be set to require an extra password for serial port access. See the dialups(4) manual page for more information. - Note that by default in HP-UX 11i, only the console has a getty instance running on it.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25013,'Disable NIS/NIS+ related processes, if possible.','Disable NIS/NIS+ related processes. Network Information Service (NIS) is a distributed database providing centralized control of names, addresses, services, and key configuration files throughout a network of servers and clients. NIS was formerly known as Yellow Pages (YP). NIS+ is a replacement for NIS services, and is more scalable, flexible, and secure. It adds a security system with authentication and authorization services to validate users on the network and to determine if they allowed to access or modify the information requested. However, both systems have known security vulnerabilities, and have been an entry point for security attacks.','Eliminate exposure to NIS/NIS+ vulnerabilities by not running related daemons on hosts that are not NIS/NIS+ servers or clients.','','Perform the following to disable the startup of NIS/NIS+ related processes: ch_rc -a -p NIS_MASTER_SERVER=0 -p NIS_SLAVE_SERVER=0 -p NIS_CLIENT=0 -p NISPLUS_SERVER=0 -p NISPLUS_CLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25014,'Disable printer daemons, if possible.','Disable printer daemons. The Technical Print Service (TPS) is a printer service used in the X-Windows and/or CDE environment. It is recommended that this service be disabled if the hosting system does not participate in print services The administrator may wish to consider converting to the LPRng print system (see http://www.lprng.org/) which was designed with security in mind and is widely portable across many different Unix platforms. Note, however, that LPRng is not supported by Hewlett-Packard.','Disabling unused services, such as TPS, will reduce the remote and local attack surfaces of the hosting system.','','Perform the following to disable printer daemons: 1. Set the LP parameter to zero in the lp system configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/lp 2. Set the XPRINTSERVERS parameter to an empty string in the tps system configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/tps The following script will perform the above procedure: ch_rc -a -p XPRINTSERVERS=\"\'\'\" /etc/rc.config.d/tps ch_rc -a -p LP=0 /etc/rc.config.d/lp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25015,'Disable the CDE GUI login, if possible.','CDE stands for \'Common Desktop Environment,\' and is an environment for logging on to and interacting with your system via an X-windows type GUI interface from the console. Intended for use with workstation or desktop systems, this service is not commonly used with the server-class systems or in large enterprise environments. The X Windows-based CDE GUI services were developed with a different set of security expecations from those expected in many enterprise deployments, and have had a history of security issues. Unless there is a mission-critical need for a CDE GUI login to the system, this service should not be run to further reduce opportunities for security attacks.','The X Windows-based CDE GUI on HP-UX systems has had a history of security issues, and should be disabled if unused.','','Perform the following to disable the GUI login: ch_rc -a -p DESKTOP=\"\" /etc/rc.config.d/desktop','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25016,'Disable email server, if possible.','Disable the sendmail daemon to avoid processing incoming email. It is possible to run a Unix system with the Sendmail daemon disabled and still allow users on that system to send email out from that machine. Running Sendmail in \'daemon mode\' (with the -bd command-line option) is only required on machines that act as mail servers, receiving and processing email from other hosts on the network. The remediation below will result in a machine that can send email but not receive it. - Note that after disabling the -bd option on the local mail server on systems running Sendmail v8.12 or later (8.13 is currently shipped as part of HP-UX 11iv3), it is also necessary to modify the /etc/mail/submit.cf file. Find the line that reads \'D{MTAHost}localhost\' and change localhost to the name of some other local mail server for the organization. This will cause email generated on the local system to be relayed to that mail server for further processing and delivery. - Note that if the system is an email server, the administrator is encouraged to search the Web for additional documentation on Sendmail security issues.','Avoid potential vulnerabilities in the sendmail server if incoming email service is not used.','','Perform the following to disable the sendmail server: 1. Set the SENDMAIL_SERVER parameter to zero in the mailservs system configuration file. 2. Setup a cron job to run sendmail at regular intervals (e.g. every hour) in order to process queued, outgoing mail. The following script will perform the above procedure: ch_rc -a -p SENDMAIL_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/mailservs cd /var/spool/cron/crontabs crontab -l >root.tmp echo \'0 * * * * /usr/lib/sendmail -q\' >>root.tmp crontab root.tmp rm -f root.tmp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25017,'Disable SNMP and OpenView Agents, if remote management or monitoring are not needed.','Disable SNMP and OpenView agents if they are not needed. Note: If SNMP is used, it is recommended to change the default SNMP community string by modifying the get-community and set-community parameters in the SNMP configuration file /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf.','If SNMP and OpenView agents are not needed, avoid potential security vulnerabilities in these programs by disabling them.','','Perform the following to disable the SNMP and OpenView Agents: cd /sbin/rc2.d mv -f S570SnmpFddi .NOS570SnmpFddi ch_rc -a -p SNMP_HPUNIX_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpHpunix ch_rc -a -p SNMP_MASTER_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpMaster ch_rc -a -p SNMP_MIB2_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpMib2 ch_rc -a -p SNMP_TRAPDEST_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpTrpDst ch_rc -a -p OSPFMIB=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons ch_rc -a -p OPCAGT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/opcagt','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25018,'Disable rarely used standard boot services.','Disable other standard boot services. Setting these variables in the /etc/rc.config.d configuration files will effectively disable a wide variety of infrequently used subsystems. Variables are merely set (rather than renaming or removing startup scripts) so that the local administrator can easily \"restore\" any of these services if they discover a mission-critical need to have it. Additionally, HP-UX patches tend to supply fresh copies of the startup scripts, so they may get inadvertently re- enabled, whereas setting configuration variables usually survives patch installs. Finally, setting configuration variables is the method recommended and supported by HP. Note that not all of the configuration files listed above will exist on all systems (some are only valid for certain releases, others only exist if certain OEM vendor software is installed). The rest of the actions in this section give the administrator the option of re-enabling certain services - in particular, the services that are disabled in the second block of the remediation section below. Rather than disabling and then re-enabling these services, experienced administrators may wish to simply disable only those services that they know are unnecessary for their systems. Note: that HP-UX 11.31 was the first version to support disablement of the NFS core services. Disablement on earlier versions is possible by moving /sbin/rc2.d/S400nfs.core to /sbin/rc2.d/.NOS400nfs.core, but there is some risk of system instability.','Avoid potential security vulnerabilities in infrequently used subsystems by disabling them.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p START_SNAPLUS=0 -p START_SNANODE=0 -p START_SNAINETD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/snaplus2 ch_rc -a -p MROUTED=0 -p RWHOD=0 -p DDFA=0 -p START_RBOOTD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons ch_rc -a -p RARPD=0 -p RDPD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netconf ch_rc -a -p PTYDAEMON_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/ptydaemon ch_rc -a -p VTDAEMON_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/vt ch_rc -a -p NAMED=0 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs ch_rc -a -p START_I4LMD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/i4lmd ch_rc -a -p RUN_X_FONT_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/xfs ch_rc -a -p AUDIO_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/audio ch_rc -a -p SLSD_DAEMON=0 /etc/rc.config.d/slsd ch_rc -a -p RUN_SAMBA=0 /etc/rc.config.d/samba ch_rc -a -p RUN_CIFSCLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/cifsclient ch_rc -a -p NFS_SERVER=0 -p NFS_CLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_APACHE_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_apacheconf ch_rc -a -p NFS_CORE=0 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25019,'Only enable Windows-compatibility server processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable CIFS Server (Samba) services. HP-UX 11i includes the popular Open Source Samba server (HP-UX CIFS Server) for providing file and print services to Windows-based systems. This allows an HP-UX system to act as a file or print server on a Windows network, and even act as a Domain Controller (authentication server) to older Windows operating systems. However, if this functionality is not required by the site, this service should be disabled.','This machine provides authentication, file sharing, or printer sharing services to systems running Microsoft Windows operating systems.','','Perform the following to re-enable CIFS Server: ch_rc -a -p RUN_SAMBA=1 /etc/rc.config.d/samba','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.8\"]}]'),(25020,'Only enable Windows-compatibility client processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the HP CIFS Client service.','This system requires access to file systems from remote servers via the Windows (SMB) file services.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p RUN_CIFSCLIENT=1 /etc/rc.config.d/cifsclient','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.9\"]}]'),(25021,'Only enable NFS server processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the NFS file service. NFS is frequently exploited to gain unauthorized access to files and systems. Clearly there is no need to run the NFS server-related daemons on hosts that are not NFS servers. If the system is an NFS server, the admin should take reasonable precautions when exporting file systems, including restricting NFS access to a specific range of local IP addresses and exporting file systems \"read-only\" and \"nosuid\" where appropriate. For more information consult the exportfs(1M) manual page. Much higher levels of security can be achieved by combining NFS with secure RPC or Kerberos, although there is significant administrative overhead involved in this transition. Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on. For more information see Item 1.3.12 below. Also, note that some releases of Oracle software for HP-UX require NFS services in order to install properly. Therefore, the NFS server process may need to be started by hand on systems on which Oracle software is to be installed/updated. This can be accomplished by performing the following: 1. Temporarily set NFS_SERVER=1, /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf 2. Execute: /sbin/init.d/nfs.core start /sbin/init.d/nfs.server start 3. Install Oracle 4. Stop the NFS services: /sbin/init.d/nfs.core stop /sbin/init.d/nfs.server stop 5. Disable the NFS services by resetting NFS_SERVER=0, NUM_NFSD=0, and NUM_NFSIOD=0 in /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf.','This machine is a NFS file server.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NFS_SERVER=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.10\"]}]'),(25022,'Only enable NFS client processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the NFS Client service. Again, unless there is a significant need for this system to acquire data via NFS, administrators should disable NFS-related services. Note that other file transfer schemes (such as rdist via SSH) can often be more secure than NFS for certain applications, although again the use of secure RPC or Kerberos can significantly improve NFS security. Also note that if the machine will be an NFS client, then the rpcbind process must be running (see Item 3.12 below). - Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on. For more information see Item 3.12 below.','This system must access file systems from remote servers via NFS.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NFS_CLIENT=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.11\"]}]'),(25023,'Only enable RPC-based services if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable RPC-based services. RPC-based services typically use very weak or non-existent authentication and yet may share very sensitive information. Unless one of the services listed above is required on this machine, it is best to disable RPC-based tools completely. If you are unsure whether or not a particular third-party application requires RPC services, consult with the application vendor. Note that disabling this service by renaming the startup file may not survive the install of RPC-related patches.','RPC-based services are used such as: - This machine is an NFS client or server. - This machine is an NIS (YP) or NIS+ client or server. - This machine runs a GUI or GUI-based administration tool. - The machine runs a third-party software application which is dependent on RPC support (example: FlexLM License managers).','','Perform the following for 11.31 and later: ch_rc -a -p NFS_CORE=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf For 11.23 and prior: mv -f /sbin/rc2.d/.NOS400nfs.core /sbin/rc2.d/400nfs.core','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.12\"]}]'),(25024,'Only enable Web server if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the Web server suite. Even if this machine is a Web server, the local site may choose not to use the Web server provided with HP-UX in favor of a locally developed and supported Web environment. If the machine is a Web server, the administrator is encouraged to search the Web for additional documentation on Web server security. A good starting point is http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/misc/security_tips.html. Note that this action only disables the default web server shipped with the system. Other webservers instances may still be running.','There is a mission-critical reason why this system must run a Web server.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NS_FTRACK=1 /etc/rc.config.d/ns-ftrack ch_rc -a -p APACHE_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/apacheconf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_APACHE32_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_apache32conf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_TOMCAT_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_tomcatconf ch_rc -a -p NS_FTRACK=1 /etc/rc.config.d/ns-ftrack ch_rc -a -p HPWS_WEBMIN_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_webminconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.13\"]}]'),(25025,'Only enable BIND DNS server if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the BIND DNS service. The BIND DNS server, or named, maps IP addresses to hostnames across the Internet and supplies these services to other hosts on the local local network. Though it has been widely implemented, BIND has a long history of security flaws, especially in the BIND 8.x release tree generally shipped with HP-UX 11.x systems. Therefore, if you are going to run BIND, you should strongly consider moving to the BIND 9.x release-tree. HP has supported BIND 9 packages available from http://software.hp.com/portal/swdepot/displayProductInfo.do?productNumber=BIND9.2 . Or it is available directly from the Internet Software Consortium (the developers of BIND), whose website is at http://www.isc.org.','There exists a mission-critical reason why this system must run a DNS server.','','Perform the following: 11.23 and prior: ch_rc -a -p NAMED=1 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs 11.31 and later: ch_rc -a -p NAMED=1 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs_dns','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.14\"]}]'),(25026,'Enable stack protection.','Enabling stack protection prevents certain classes of buffer overflow attacks and is a significant security enhancement. - Note that HP-UX 11i is much more capable in this and other security areas than older releases; therefore, administrators should strongly consider upgrading from older releases. - Note that this action requires a subsequent reboot to take effect in some versions of HP-UX.','Buffer overflow exploits have been the basis for many of the recent highly publicized compromises and defacements of large numbers of Internet connected systems. Many of the automated tools in use by system crackers exploit well-known buffer overflow problems in vendor-supplied and third-party software. Enabling stack protection prevents certain classes of buffer overflow attacks and is a significant security enhancement.','','For 11i v2 and later: kctune -K executable_stack=0 For 11i v1: /usr/sbin/kmtune -s executable_stack=0 && mk_kernel && kmupdate','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25027,'Network parameter modifications.','Modify the network parameter boot configuration file to meet current best practices. Note: HP-UX 11.11 systems require patch PHNE_25644 for ndd to set arp_cleanup_interval from /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf. - Bastille Note: Bastille performs a similar action but does not support the exact same changes.','Network parameter default values should align with current best practices unless there is a specific need to use other values.','','Perform the following to update the default network parameter values: 1. Change to the /etc/rc.config.d directory 2. Open nddconf and review the comment lines on how to use the configuration file 3. Set each of the following network parameters to the recommended value. If a parameter does not have an entry in nddconf then add a new entry to the end of the file while properly incrementing the parameter index. 4. Save nddconf. - If creating this file for the first time: 1. Set root as the owner of nddconf. 2. Set sys as the group owner of nddconf. 3. Restrict write access to nddconf to the file owner. 4. Remove the executable and sticky bit from nddconf. If the existing nddconf file contains no entries, then the following script will perform the above procedure: cd /etc/rc.config.d cat < nddconf # Increase size of half-open connection queue TRANSPORT_NAME[0]=tcp NDD_NAME[0]=tcp_syn_rcvd_max NDD_VALUE[0]=4096 # Reduce timeouts on ARP cache TRANSPORT_NAME[1]=arp NDD_NAME[1]=arp_cleanup_interval NDD_VALUE[1]=60000 # Drop source-routed packets TRANSPORT_NAME[2]=ip NDD_NAME[2]=ip_forward_src_routed NDD_VALUE[2]=0 # Don\'t forward directed broadcasts TRANSPORT_NAME[3]=ip NDD_NAME[3]=ip_forward_directed_broadcasts NDD_VALUE[3]=0 # Don\'t respond to unicast ICMP timestamp requests TRANSPORT_NAME[4]=ip NDD_NAME[4]=ip_respond_to_timestamp NDD_VALUE[4]=0 # Don\'t respond to broadcast ICMP tstamp reqs TRANSPORT_NAME[5]=ip NDD_NAME[5]=ip_respond_to_timestamp_broadcast NDD_VALUE[5]=0 # Don\'t respond to ICMP address mask requests TRANSPORT_NAME[6]=ip NDD_NAME[6]=ip_respond_to_address_mask_broadcast NDD_VALUE[6]=0 # Don‟t respond to broadcast echo requests TRANSPORT_NAME[7]=ip NDD_NAME[7]=ip_respond_to_echo_broadcast NDD_VALUE[7]=0 EOF chown root:sys nddconf chmod go-w,ug-s nddconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25028,'Use more random TCP sequence numbers.','Generate initial TCP sequence numbers that comply with RFC1948. - Note: In HP-UX 11i v1 and later, an algorithm largely compliant with RFC1948 is already used. However, setting the isn passphrase closes the small remaining gap, and adds entropy to the seed.','Makes remote off-net session hijacking attacks more difficult.','','Perform the following to use more random TCP sequence numbers upon system startup: 1. Create/open the file /sbin/rc2.d/S999tcpisn 2. Add the following line: ndd -set /dev/tcp tcp_isn_passprase= replacing with a string of random characters. 3. Save the file. 4. Set root as the owner and bin as the group owner of the file. 5. Restrict write access to the file. 6. Set the execution bit for the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25029,'Additional network parameter modifications.','Configure networking to NOT forward TCP/IP packets between multiple networks, even if the machine has multiple network adapters connected to multiple networks.','System is not going to be used as a firewall or gateway to pass network traffic between different networks.','','Perform the following to disable forwarding TCP/IP packets between networks: 1. Change to the /etc/rc.config.d directory 2. Open nddconf and review the comment lines on how to use the configuration file 3. Set each of the following network parameters to the recommended value. If a parameter does not have an entry in nddconf then add a new entry to the end of the file while properly incrementing the parameter index. 4. Save nddconf. If creating this file for the first time: 5. Set root as the owner of nddconf. 6. Set sys as the group owner of nddconf. 7. Restrict write access to nddconf to the file owner. 8. Remove the executable and sticky bit from nddconf. The following script will perform the above procedure properly if used as a follow-on from the script in item 1.4.2: cat <> /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf # Don‟t act as a router TRANSPORT_NAME[8]=ip NDD_NAME[8]=ip_forwarding NDD_VALUE[8]=0 TRANSPORT_NAME[9]=ip NDD_NAME[9]=ip_send_redirects NDD_VALUE[9]=0 EOF','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25030,'Resolve \'unowned\' files and directories.','Evaluate ownership of any files that are not owned by a locally defined user, and consider reassignment to an active user.','Sometimes when administrators delete users from the system they neglect to remove all files owned by those users from the system. A new user who is assigned the deleted user\'s user ID or group ID may then end up \'owning\' these files, and thus have more access on the system than was intended. It is a good idea to locate files that are owned by users or groups not listed in the system configuration files, and make sure to reset the ownership of these files to some active user on the system (in this example, \'bin\') as appropriate.','','Perform the following to identify \"unowned\" files and directories, and consider resetting ownership to a default owner and restricting access permissions: 1. Locate all local files that are owned by users or groups not listed in the system configuration files. find / ( -nouser -o -nogroup ) 2. Consider resetting user and group ownership of these files to a default active user (e.g. bin) chown bin:bin 3. Consider restricting world-write permissions, and removing any SUID/SGID bits on these files. chmod ug-s,o-w - Note: there is no reason for an application to require an unowned file, so these changes should be application-safe.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25031,'Enable Hidden Passwords.','Enable hidden passwords by converting the system to a Trusted System or to use Shadow Passwords. - Note: do not perform this if the system runs applications that read the encrypted password entries in /etc/passwd directly.','Without hidden passwords, an intruder could use any user\'s account to obtain hashed passwords and use crack or similar utilities to find easily guessed passwords. Password aging (covered in item 1.8.3) ensures that users change their passwords on a regular basis and helps stop the use of stolen passwords.','','Perform one of the following to convert the system to trusted mode or shadowed mode: A. Use the system management program smh or sam to convert to a trusted system -or- B. Use the command pwconv to convert to shadowed passwords.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25032,'Restrict users who can access to FTP.','Configure FTP to prevent certain users from accessing the system via FTP. The file ftpusers contains a list of users who are not allowed to access the system via FTP. Generally, only normal users should ever access the system via FTP - there should be no reason for \'system\' type accounts to be transferring information via this mechanism. Certainly, the root account should never be allowed to transfer files directly via FTP. - Note: more fine-grained FTP access controls can be placed in /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess.','Privileged users such as root and other \'system\' type accounts should never be transferring information via such an insecure service as FTP.','','Perform the following to restrict default priviledged users from access to FTP: 1. Add the users root daemon bin sys adm lp uucp nuucp nobody hpdb useradm to the file /etc/ftpd/ftpusers (each user on a single line). 2. Set the file owner and group owner to the user bin. 3. Set the file permissions so that only the file owner has read or write perms and no user has execute permission (600). The following script will create and populate the ftpusers file as described above: for name in root daemon bin sys adm lp uucp nuucp nobody hpdb useradm do echo $name done >> $ftpusers sort -u $ftpusers > $ftpusers.tmp cp $ftpusers.tmp $ftpusers rm -f $ftpusers.tmp chown bin:bin $ftpusers chmod 600 $ftpusers','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25033,'Prevent Syslog from accepting messages from the network.','Prevent syslogd from accepting messages from the network. By default the system logging daemon, syslogd, listens for log messages from other systems on network port 514/udp. Unfortunately, the protocol used to transfer these messages does not include any form of authentication, so a malicious outsider could simply barrage the local system\'s Syslog port with spurious traffic—either as a denial-of-service attack on the system, or to fill up the local system\'s logging file systems so that subsequent attacks will not be logged. - Note: Do not perform this action if this machine is a log server, or needs to receive Syslog messages via the network from other systems. - Note: It is considered good practice to setup one or more machines as central \'log servers\' to aggregate log traffic from all machines at a site. However, unless a system is set up to be one of these \'log server\' systems, it should not be listening on 514/udp for incoming log messages.','Disabling unused network services will reduce the remote attack surfaces of the hosting system.','','Disable the syslog network option by doing the following: 1. Open the syslogd startup configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd 2. Add the parameter \"-N\" to the SYSLOGD_OPTS= line if it is not already present 3. Save and close the file. The following script will perform the procedure above: SYSLOGD_OPTS=\"`sh -c \". /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd ; echo \"$SYSLOGD_OPTS\"\'`\" if [[ \"$SYSLOGD_OPTS\" = *-N* ]]; then ch_rc -a -p SYSLOGD_OPTS=\"-N $SYSLOGD_OPTS\" /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd fi','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25034,'Disable XDMCP port.','Disable the XDMCP port for remote login services. The standard GUI login provided on most Unix systems can act as a remote login server to other devices (including X terminals and other workstations). Access control is handled via the Xaccess file—by default under HP-UX, this file allows any system on the network to get a remote login screen from the local system. This behavior can be overridden in the /etc/dt/config/Xaccess file.','XDMCP is an unencrypted protocol that may reduce the confidentiality and integrity of data that traverses it.','','Perform the following to disable the XDMCP port: 1. Open the file /etc/dt/config/Xconfig. If it does not exist, copy it from /usr/dt/config/Xconfig. 2. Append the line Dtlogin.requestPort:0 to the file and close. The following script will perform the procedure above: if [ ! -f /etc/dt/config/Xconfig ]; then mkdir -p /etc/dt/config cp -p /usr/dt/config/Xconfig /etc/dt/config fi cd /etc/dt/config awk \'/Dtlogin.requestPort:/ { print \"Dtlogin.requestPort: 0\"; next } { print }\' Xconfig > Xconfig.new cp Xconfig.new Xconfig rm -f Xconfig.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25035,'Configure IPFilter to allow only select communication.','HP-UX IPFilter (B9901AA) is a stateful system firewall that controls IP packet flow in or out of a machine. It is installed by default on HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23) and later. On older systems, IPFilter can be obtained from http://www.hp.com/go/ipfilter. The rules below will work in an otherwise-empty ipf.conf file, or, if there are rules already present, it will block all that were not passed earlier in the ruleset. This is less likely to break things, but will allow more traffic through. Alternatively, you can instead take the pass lines below (not using the block rule), and change them into \'block in quick\' rules, and place those at the top of the file. This will error on the side of blocking traffic. See ipf(5) for detail. Your ruleset can be tested using ipftest(1). Bastille note: if using to change and monitor the IPFilter firewall, ensure that rules are added to /etc/opt/sec_mgmt/bastille/ipf.customrules, and that Bastille is rerun with the last config file, so they will not be overwritten in a subsequent lockdown.','Restricting incoming network traffic to explicitly allowed hosts will help prevent unauthorized access the system.','','Perform the following to add enable ipfilter and install a default ruleset to block unauthorized incoming connections: 1. Enable ipfilter: ipfilter -e 2. Append the following lines to /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf: block in all pass in from / pass in from / replacing each / with an authorized IP address and mask. 3. Flush the old rules and read in the updated rules: ipf -Fa -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf The following script can be used to as a template for creating your own script to perform the procedure above: ipfilter -e cat <> /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf block in all pass in from / pass in from / EOF ipf -Fa -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25036,'Restrict at/cron to authorized users.','The cron.allow and at.allow files are a list of users who are allowed to run the crontab and at commands to submit jobs to be run at scheduled intervals. - Note that even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user. cron.allow only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron jobs.','On many systems, only the system administrator needs the ability to schedule jobs.','','Perform the following to restrict at/cron to root only: 1. Change to the /var/adm/cron directory 2. Archive or delete any existing cron.deny and at.deny files 3. Create or replace the cron.allow and at.allow files with a single line file containing just root 4. Ensure that the files are owned by root and group owned by sys 5. Ensure that no users have write/execute permission to the files, and that only root has read access to the files. The following script will perform the procedures above: cd /var/adm/cron rm -f cron.deny at.deny echo root >cron.allow echo root >at.allow chown root:sys cron.allow at.allow chmod 400 cron.allow at.allow','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25037,'Restrict crontab file permissions.','The system crontab files are only accessed by the cron daemon (which runs with superuser privileges) and the crontab command (which is set-UID to root).','Allowing unprivileged users to read or (even worse) modify system crontab files can create the potential for a local user on the system to gain elevated privileges.','','Perform the following so that only root has access to the crontab files: 1. Change to the /var/spool/cron/crontabs directory 2. Change the file owner to root and file group owner to sys 3. Set file permissions so that only root has access to the files. The following script will perform the procedure above: cd /var/spool/cron/crontabs chown root:sys * chmod og-rwx *','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25038,'Restrict root logins to system console.','Anonymous root logins should never be allowed except on the system console in emergency situations. At all other times, the administrator should access the system via an unprivileged account and use some authorized mechanism to gain additional privilege, such as the su command, the freely-available sudo package discussed in item SN.6, or the HP Role Based Authorization system also discussed in item SN.6. These mechanisms provide at least a limited audit trail in the event of problems.','Anonymous root logins do not provide an audit trail, nor are subject to additional authorization provisions.','','Perform the following to restrict root logins to the system console only: 1. Replace the file /etc/securetty with a single line file containing console 2. Change the file owner to root and file group owner to sys 3. Set file permissions so that only root has access to the file. The following script will perform the procedure above: echo console > /etc/securetty chown root:sys /etc/securetty chmod og-rwx /etc/securetty','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25039,'Disable nobody access for secure RPC.','The keyserv process stores user keys that are utilized with the ONC secure RPC mechanism. The action below prevents keyserv from using default keys for the \"nobody\" user, effectively stopping this user from accessing information via secure RPC.','The default \'nobody\' user should not be accessing information via secure RPC.','','Perform the following to disable nobody access for secure RPC: 1. Add the \'-d\' option to the KEYSERV_OPTIONS parameter in the system startup configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs The following script will perform the procedure above: KEYSERV_OPTIONS=\"`sh -c \'. /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs ; echo \"$KEYSERV_OPTIONS\"\'`\" ch_rc -a -p KEYSERV_OPTIONS=\"-d $KEYSERV_OPTIONS \" /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25040,'Enable logging from inetd.','If inetd is running, it is a good idea to make use of the \"logging\" (-l) feature of the HP-UX inetd that logs information about the source of any network connections seen by the daemon, allowing the administrator (or software) to scan the logs for unusual activity. This is especially powerful when combined with the access control capabilities accessible through inetd\'s /var/adm/inetd.sec configuration file. This information is logged via Syslog and by default HP-UX systems deposit this logging information in var/adm/syslog/syslog.log with other system log messages. Should the administrator wish to capture this information in a separate file, simply modify /etc/syslog.conf to log daemon.notice to some other log file destination. IPFilter, which comes with HP-UX, can log inetd and other connections or attempted connections with its \"ipmon\" daemon as either a compliment or alternative to inetd logging.','Logging information about the source of inetd network connections assists in the detection and identification of unusual activity that may be associated with security intrusions.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p INETD_ARGS=-l /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25042,'Block system accounts.','Accounts that are not being used by regular users should be locked. Not only should the password field for the account be set to an invalid string, but the shell field in the password file should contain an invalid shell. Access to the uucp and nuucp accounts is only needed when the deprecated Unix to Unix Copy (UUCP) service is in use. The other listed accounts should never require direct access. The actions below locks the passwords to these accounts (on systems converted to Trusted Mode only) and sets the login shell to /bin/false. Note that the above is not an exhaustive list of possible system/application accounts that could be installed on the system. An audit of all users on the system is the only way to be sure that only authorized accounts are in place.','System accounts are not used by regular users, and almost never require direct access; thus, they should be locked to prevent accidental or malicious usage.','','Perform the following to properly lock the following known system users: www sys smbnull iwww owww sshd hpsmh named uucp nuucp adm daemon bin lp nobody noaccess hpdb useradm 1. Lock the account: passwd -l 2. Set the login shell to an invalid program: /usr/sbin/usermod -s /bin/false 3. If a trusted system, set the adminstrator lock: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES The following script will perform the procedure above: for user in www sys smbnull iwww owww sshd hpsmh named uucp nuucp adm daemon bin lp nobody noaccess hpdb useradm; do passwd -l \"$user\" /usr/sbin/usermod -s /bin/false \"$user\" if [[ -f /tcb ]]; then /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES \"$user\" fi done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25043,'Verify that there are no accounts with empty password fields.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password at all. All accounts should have strong passwords or should be locked by using a password string like \"*\", \"NP\", or \"*LOCKED*\"','User accounts should have passwords, or be locked.','','Perform the following to ensure that no accounts have an empty password field: 1. Identify all user accounts with an empty password field: logins -p 2. Lock each account: passwd -l 3. If a trusted system, set the administrator lock: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES ','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25044,'Set account expiration parameters on active accounts.','The commands below will set all active accounts (except the root account) to force password changes every 90 days (91 days when not running in HP-UX Trusted Mode) and then prevent password changes for seven days (one week) thereafter. Users will begin receiving warnings 30 days (28 days when not running in HP-UX Trusted Mode) before their password expires. Sites also have the option of expiring idle accounts after a certain number of days (see the on-line manual page for the usermod command, particularly the -f option). These are recommended starting values, but sites may choose to make them more restrictive depending on local policies.','It is a good idea to force users to change passwords on a regular basis.','','Perform the following to set password expiration parameters on all active accounts: 1. Identify all user accounts excluding root that are not locked, and for each: 2. Set password expiration parameters for the account (logname) by executing the following: passwd -x 91 -n 7 -w 28 for trusted systems, perform the following: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 3. Set the default account expiration parameters by appending the following lines to /etc/default/security: a. PASSWORD_MAXDAYS=91 b. PASSWORD_MINDAYS=7 c. PASSWORD_WARNDAYS=28 4. Set the default parameters for trusted systems with: /usr/lbin/modprdef -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 The following script will perform the procedure above. logins -ox | awk -F: \'($8 != \"LK\" && $1 != \"root\") { print $1 }\' | while read logname; do passwd -x 91 -n 7 -w 28 \"$logname\" /usr/lbin/modprpw -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 \"$logname\" done echo PASSWORD_MAXDAYS=91 >> /etc/default/security echo PASSWORD_MINDAYS=7 >> /etc/default/security echo PASSWORD_WARNDAYS=28 >> /etc/default/security /usr/lbin/modprdef -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25045,'Set strong password enforcement policies.','The policies set here are designed to force users to make better password choices when changing their passwords. Sites often have differing opinions on the optimal value of the MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH and PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH parameters. A minimum password length of seven is in line with industry standards, especially the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Security Standard; however, a longer value may be warranted if account locks are not enabled (item 1.6.10). A password history depth of ten combined with passwords that expire four times per year (item 1.8.3) means users will typically not re-use the same password in any given year. Requiring an upper/lowercase and special character password will dramatically increase the password search space and lower the chances for brute-force attack significantly. - Note: these settings are known to exist for HP-UX 11iv2, 0512 and later. The man page for security(5) will indicate if these exist on your particular system. Be sure to consult you local security standards before adopting the values given above.','All users should use strong passwords.','','Perform the following to set strong password enforcement policies: 1. Change the following parameters in the /etc/default/security file to establish default password policies for new users: a. MIN_PASSORD_LENGTH=7 b. PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH=10 c. PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS=1 d. PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS=1 e. PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS=1 f. PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS=1 2. If using a trusted system, issue the following modprdef commands to disallow null or trivial passwords: modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES The following script will perform the procedure above: modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES ch_rc -a -p MIN_PASSORD_LENGTH=7 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH=10 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25046,'Verify no legacy \'+\' entries exist in passwd and group files.','\'+\' entries in various passwd and group files served as markers for systems to insert data from NIS maps at a certain point in a system configuration file. HP-UX does not use these markers, but they may exist in files that have been imported from other platforms. They should be deleted if they exist.','Legacy \'+\' entries are no longer required on HP-UX systems, and may provide an avenue for attackers to gain privileged access on the system.','','Perform the following to remove any legacy \'+\' entries in passwd and group files: 1. Display legacy \'+\' entries: grep \'^+:\' /etc/passwd /etc/group 2. Remove any entries found from the passwd and group files.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25047,'Set default umask for users.','Set the default umask to 077 so that files created by users will not be readable by any other user on the system. A umask of 027 would make files and directories readable by users in the same Unix group, while a umask of 022 would make files readable by every user on the system. - Bastille Note: sets the default umask, but uses a umask of 027 rather than the 077.','Restricting access to files and directories created by a user from any other user on the system reduces the possibility of an unauthorized account accessing that user\'s files. The user creating the file has the discretion of making their files and directories readable by others via the chmod command. Users who wish to allow their files and directories to be readable by others by default may choose a different default umask by inserting the umask command into the standard shell configuration files (.profile, .cshrc, etc.) in their home directories.','','Perform the following to set a default umask for users: 1. Change directory to /etc 2. Append the line umask 077 to the following files: a. profile b. csh.login c. d.profile d. d.login 3. Update the UMASK parameter to 077 in the file /etc/default/security The following script performs the procedure above: cd /etc for file in profile csh.login d.profile d.login do echo umask 077 >> \"$file\" done ch_rc -a -p UMASK=077 /etc/default/security','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25048,'Set \'mesg n\' as default for all users.','Block the use of write or talk commands to contact the user at their terminal in order to slightly strengthen permissions on the user\'s tty device. Note that this setting is the default on HP-UX 11i.','Since write and talk are no longer widely used at most sites, the incremental security increase is worth the loss of functionality.','','Perform the following: 1. Change directory to /etc 2. Append the line mesg n to the following files: a. profile b. csh.login c. d.profile d. d.login The following script performs the procedure above: cd /etc for file in profile csh.login d.profile d.login do echo mesg n >> \"$file\" done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25049,'Create warning banners for terminal-session logins.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed prior to the login prompt on the system\'s console and serial devices, as well as for remote terminal-session logins such as through SSH or Telnet. /etc/motd is generally displayed after all successful logins, no matter where the user is logging in from, but is thought to be less useful because it only provides notification to the user after the machine has been accessed.','Presenting some sort of statutory warning message prior to the normal user logon may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system. Changing some of these login banners also has the side effect of hiding OS version information and other detailed system information from attackers attempting to target specific attacks at a system.','','Perform the following to create warning banners for terminal-session logins: 1. Compose a default banner text string 2. Append this string to the files /etc/motd and /etc/motd 3. Change the owner to root and group owner to sys for the file /etc/motd 4. Change the owner to root and group owner to root for the file /etc/issue 5. Change file permissions to (644) for the files /etc/motd and /etc/issue The following script performs the procedure above: banner=\"Authorized users only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" echo \"$banner\" >> /etc/motd echo \"$banner\" >> /etc/issue chown root:sys /etc/motd chown root:root /etc/issue chmod 644 /etc/motd /etc/issue','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25050,'Create warning banners for FTP daemon.','The FTP daemon in HP-UX 11 is based on the popular Washington University FTP daemon (WU-FTPD), which is an Open Source program widely distributed on the Internet. Note that this setting has no effect if the FTP daemon remains de-activated from item 1.2.1.','Presenting some sort of statutory warning message prior to the normal user logon may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system. Changing some of these login banners also has the side effect of hiding OS version information and other detailed system information from attackers attempting to target specific attacks at a system.','','Perform the following to install a default warning banner for the FTP daemon: 1. Ensure that an appropriate warning message exists in the /etc/issue file . 2. Append the line \"banner /etc/issue\" to the file /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess 3. Change file permissions to 600 for /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess 4. Change owner to root and group owner to sys for both /etc/ftpd and /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess The following script performs the procedure above: if [ -d /etc/ftpd ]; then echo \"banner /etc/issue\" >>/etc/ftpd/ftpaccess chmod 600 /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess chown root:sys /etc/ftpd /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess fi','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(25141,'Turn on additional logging for FTP daemon.','If the FTP daemon is left on, it is recommended that the command logging (-L) and connection logging (-l) flags also be enabled to track FTP activity on the system, allowing the administrator (or software) to scan the logs for unusual activity. This is especially powerful when combined with the access control capabilities accessible through inetd\'s /var/adm/inetd.sec configuration file. Note that this setting has no effect if the FTP daemon remains de-activated from item 2.1. Also note that enabling command logging on the FTP daemon (HP-UX 11.x only) can cause user passwords to appear in clear-text form in the system logs, if the user accidentally types their password at the username prompt. Information about FTP sessions will be logged to Syslog and by default HP-UX systems deposit this logging information in /var/adm/syslog/syslog.log with other system log messages. Should the administrator wish to capture this information in a separate file, simply modify /etc/syslog.conf to log daemon.notice to some other log file destination.','Logging information about the source of ftp network connections assists in the detection and identification of unusual activity that may be associated with security intrusions.','','Perform the following to enable logging for the FTP daemon: 1. Change directory to /etc. 2. Open the inetd.conf file and locate the ftpd configuration entry line. 3. Add the \"-L\" and \"-l\" flags to the ftpd entry if not already present. 4. Save and close file. The following script will perform the procedure above: cd /etc awk \'/^ftpd/ && !/-L/ { $NF = $NF \" -L\" } /^ftpd/ && !/-l/ { $NF = $NF \" -l\" } { print }\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.tmp cp inetd.conf.tmp inetd.conf rm -f inetd.conf.tmp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(26000,'Ensure \'Enforce password history\' is set to \'24 or more password(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the number of renewed, unique passwords that have to be associated with a user account before you can reuse an old password. The value for this policy setting must be between 0 and 24 passwords. The default value for Windows Vista is 0 passwords, but the default setting in a domain is 24 passwords. To maintain the effectiveness of this policy setting, use the Minimum password age setting to prevent users from repeatedly changing their password. The recommended state for this setting is: 24 or more password(s). Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center. Note #2: As of the publication of this benchmark, Microsoft currently has a maximum limit of 24 saved passwords. For more information, please visit Enforce password history (Windows 10) - Windows security | Microsoft Docs','The longer a user uses the same password, the greater the chance that an attacker can determine the password through brute force attacks. Also, any accounts that may have been compromised will remain exploitable for as long as the password is left unchanged. If password changes are required but password reuse is not prevented, or if users continually reuse a small number of passwords, the effectiveness of a good password policy is greatly reduced. If you specify a low number for this policy setting, users will be able to use the same small number of passwords repeatedly. If you do not also configure the Minimum password age setting, users might repeatedly change their passwords until they can reuse their original password.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 24 or more password(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyEnforce password history','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(26001,'Ensure \'Maximum password age\' is set to \'365 or fewer days, but not 0\'.','This policy setting defines how long a user can use their password before it expires. Values for this policy setting range from 0 to 999 days. If you set the value to 0, the password will never expire. Because attackers can crack passwords, the more frequently you change the password the less opportunity an attacker has to use a cracked password. However, the lower this value is set, the higher the potential for an increase in calls to help desk support due to users having to change their password or forgetting which password is current. The recommended state for this setting is 365 or fewer days, but not 0. Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','The longer a password exists the higher the likelihood that it will be compromised by a brute force attack, by an attacker gaining general knowledge about the user, or by the user sharing the password. Configuring the Maximum password age setting to 0 so that users are never required to change their passwords is a major security risk because that allows a compromised password to be used by the malicious user for as long as the valid user has authorized access.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 365 or fewer days, but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyMaximum password age','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(26002,'Ensure \'Minimum password age\' is set to \'1 or more day(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the number of days that you must use a password before you can change it. The range of values for this policy setting is between 1 and 999 days. (You may also set the value to 0 to allow immediate password changes.) The default value for this setting is 0 days. The recommended state for this setting is: 1 or more day(s)). Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Users may have favorite passwords that they like to use because they are easy to remember and they believe that their password choice is secure from compromise. Unfortunately, passwords are compromised and if an attacker is targeting a specific individual\'s user account, with foreknowledge of data about that user, reuse of old passwords can cause a security breach. To address password reuse a combination of security settings is required. Using this policy setting with the Enforce password history setting prevents the easy reuse of old passwords. For example, if you configure the Enforce password history setting to ensure that users cannot reuse any of their last 12 passwords, they could change their password 13 times in a few minutes and reuse the password they started with, unless you also configure the Minimum password age setting to a number that is greater than 0. You must configure this policy setting to a number that is greater than 0 for the Enforce password history setting to be effective.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 1 or more day(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyMinimum password age','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(26003,'Ensure \'Minimum password length\' is set to \'14 or more character(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the least number of characters that make up a password for a user account. There are many different theories about how to determine the best password length for an organization, but perhaps \'passphrase\' is a better term than \'password.\' In Microsoft Windows 2000 and newer, passphrases can be quite long and can include spaces. Therefore, a phrase such as \'I want to drink a $5 milkshake\' is a valid passphrase; it is a considerably stronger password than an 8 or 10 character string of random numbers and letters, and yet is easier to remember. Users must be educated about the proper selection and maintenance of passwords, especially with regard to password length. In enterprise environments, the ideal value for the Minimum password length setting is 14 characters, however you should adjust this value to meet your organization\'s business requirements. The recommended state for this setting is: 14 or more character(s). Note: In Windows Server 2016 and older versions of Windows Server, the GUI of the Local Security Policy (LSP), Local Group Policy Editor (LGPE) and Group Policy Management Editor (GPME) would not let you set this value higher than 14 characters. However, starting with Windows Server 2019, Microsoft changed the GUI to allow up to a 20 character minimum password length. Note #2: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Types of password attacks include dictionary attacks (which attempt to use common words and phrases) and brute force attacks (which try every possible combination of characters). Also, attackers sometimes try to obtain the account database so they can use tools to discover the accounts and passwords.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 14 or more character(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyMinimum password length','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(26004,'Ensure \'Password must meet complexity requirements\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting checks all new passwords to ensure that they meet basic requirements for strong passwords. When this policy is enabled, passwords must meet the following minimum requirements: - Not contain the user\'s account name or parts of the user\'s full name that exceed two consecutive characters - Be at least six characters in length - Contain characters from three of the following categories: - English uppercase characters (A through Z) - English lowercase characters (a through z) - Base 10 digits (0 through 9) - Non-alphabetic characters (for example, !, $, #, %) o A catch-all category of any Unicode character that does not fall under the previous four categories. This fifth category can be regionally specific. Each additional character in a password increases its complexity exponentially. For instance, a seven-character, all lower-case alphabetic password would have 267 (approximately 8 x 109 or 8 billion) possible combinations. At 1,000,000 attempts per second (a capability of many password-cracking utilities), it would only take 133 minutes to crack. A seven-character alphabetic password with case sensitivity has 527 combinations. A seven-character case-sensitive alphanumeric password without punctuation has 627 combinations. An eight-character password has 268 (or 2 x 1011) possible combinations. Although this might seem to be a large number, at 1,000,000 attempts per second it would take only 59 hours to try all possible passwords. Remember, these times will significantly increase for passwords that use ALT characters and other special keyboard characters such as \'!\'\' or \'@\'\'. Proper use of the password settings can help make it difficult to mount a brute force attack. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Passwords that contain only alphanumeric characters are extremely easy to discover with several publicly available tools.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyPassword must meet complexity requirements','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(26005,'Ensure \'Relax minimum password length limits\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the minimum password length setting can be increased beyond the legacy limit of 14 characters. For more information please see the following Microsoft Security Blog. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This setting only affects local accounts on the computer. Domain accounts are only affected by settings on the Domain Controllers, because that is where domain accounts are stored.','This setting will enable the enforcement of longer and generally stronger passwords or passphrases where MFA is not in use.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyRelax minimum password length limits. Note: This setting is only available within the built-in OS security template of Windows 10 Release 2004 and Server 2022 (or newer), and is not available via older versions of the OS, or via downloadable Administrative Templates (ADMX/ADML). Therefore, you must use a Windows 10 Release 2004 or Server 2022 system (or newer) to view or edit this setting with the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or Group Policy Management Editor (GPME).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(26006,'Ensure \'Account lockout duration\' is set to \'15 or more minute(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the length of time that must pass before a locked account is unlocked and a user can try to log on again. The setting does this by specifying the number of minutes a locked out account will remain unavailable. If the value for this policy setting is configured to 0, locked out accounts will remain locked out until an administrator manually unlocks them. Although it might seem like a good idea to configure the value for this policy setting to a high value, such a configuration will likely increase the number of calls that the help desk receives to unlock accounts locked by mistake. Users should be aware of the length of time a lock remains in place, so that they realize they only need to call the help desk if they have an extremely urgent need to regain access to their computer. The recommended state for this setting is: 15 or more minute(s). Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','A denial of service (DoS) condition can be created if an attacker abuses the Account lockout threshold and repeatedly attempts to log on with a specific account. Once you configure the Account lockout threshold setting, the account will be locked out after the specified number of failed attempts. If you configure the Account lockout duration setting to 0, then the account will remain locked out until an administrator unlocks it manually.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 15 or more minute(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesAccount Lockout PolicyAccount lockout duration','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.10\"]}]'),(26007,'Ensure \'Account lockout threshold\' is set to \'5 or fewer invalid logon attempt(s), but not 0\'.','This policy setting determines the number of failed logon attempts before the account is locked. Setting this policy to 0 does not conform to the benchmark as doing so disables the account lockout threshold. The recommended state for this setting is: 5 or fewer invalid logon attempt(s), but not 0. Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Setting an account lockout threshold reduces the likelihood that an online password brute force attack will be successful. Setting the account lockout threshold too low introduces risk of increased accidental lockouts and/or a malicious actor intentionally locking out accounts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 5 or fewer invalid login attempt(s), but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesAccount Lockout PolicyAccount lockout threshold','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.10\"]}]'),(26008,'Ensure \'Reset account lockout counter after\' is set to \'15 or more minute(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the length of time before the Account lockout threshold resets to zero. The default value for this policy setting is Not Defined. If the Account lockout threshold is defined, this reset time must be less than or equal to the value for the Account lockout duration setting. If you leave this policy setting at its default value or configure the value to an interval that is too long, your environment could be vulnerable to a DoS attack. An attacker could maliciously perform a number of failed logon attempts on all users in the organization, which will lock out their accounts. If no policy were determined to reset the account lockout, it would be a manual task for administrators. Conversely, if a reasonable time value is configured for this policy setting, users would be locked out for a set period until all of the accounts are unlocked automatically. The recommended state for this setting is: 15 or more minute(s). Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Users can accidentally lock themselves out of their accounts if they mistype their password multiple times. To reduce the chance of such accidental lockouts, the Reset account lockout counter after setting determines the number of minutes that must elapse before the counter that tracks failed logon attempts and triggers lockouts is reset to 0.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 15 or more minute(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesAccount Lockout PolicyReset account lockout counter after','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.10\"]}]'),(26009,'Ensure \'Accounts: Administrator account status\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting enables or disables the Administrator account during normal operation. When a computer is booted into safe mode, the Administrator account is always enabled, regardless of how this setting is configured. Note that this setting will have no impact when applied to the Domain Controllers organizational unit via group policy because Domain Controllers have no local account database. It can be configured at the domain level via group policy, similar to account lockout and password policy settings. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In some organizations, it can be a daunting management challenge to maintain a regular schedule for periodic password changes for local accounts. Therefore, you may want to disable the built-in Administrator account instead of relying on regular password changes to protect it from attack. Another reason to disable this built-in account is that it cannot be locked out no matter how many failed logons it accrues, which makes it a prime target for brute force attacks that attempt to guess passwords. Also, this account has a well-known security identifier (SID) and there are third-party tools that allow authentication by using the SID rather than the account name. This capability means that even if you rename the Administrator account, an attacker could launch a brute force attack by using the SID to log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Administrator account status','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.7\"]}]'),(26010,'Ensure \'Accounts: Block Microsoft accounts\' is set to \'Users can\'t add or log on with Microsoft accounts\'.','This policy setting prevents users from adding new Microsoft accounts on this computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Users can\'t add or log on with Microsoft accounts.','Organizations that want to effectively implement identity management policies and maintain firm control of what accounts are used to log onto their computers will probably want to block Microsoft accounts. Organizations may also need to block Microsoft accounts in order to meet the requirements of compliance standards that apply to their information systems.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Users can\'t add or log on with Microsoft accounts: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Block Microsoft accounts','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26011,'Ensure \'Accounts: Guest account status\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the Guest account is enabled or disabled. The Guest account allows unauthenticated network users to gain access to the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: This setting will have no impact when applied to the Domain Controllers organizational unit via group policy because Domain Controllers have no local account database. It can be configured at the domain level via group policy, similar to account lockout and password policy settings.','The default Guest account allows unauthenticated network users to log on as Guest with no password. These unauthorized users could access any resources that are accessible to the Guest account over the network. This capability means that any network shares with permissions that allow access to the Guest account, the Guests group, or the Everyone group will be accessible over the network, which could lead to the exposure or corruption of data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Guest account status','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.7\"]}]'),(26012,'Ensure \'Accounts: Limit local account use of blank passwords to console logon only\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether local accounts that are not password protected can be used to log on from locations other than the physical computer console. If you enable this policy setting, local accounts that have blank passwords will not be able to log on to the network from remote client computers. Such accounts will only be able to log on at the keyboard of the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Blank passwords are a serious threat to computer security and should be forbidden through both organizational policy and suitable technical measures. In fact, the default settings for Active Directory domains require complex passwords of at least seven characters. However, if users with the ability to create new accounts bypass your domain-based password policies, they could create accounts with blank passwords. For example, a user could build a stand-alone computer, create one or more accounts with blank passwords, and then join the computer to the domain. The local accounts with blank passwords would still function. Anyone who knows the name of one of these unprotected accounts could then use it to log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Limit local account use of blank passwords to console logon only','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26013,'Configure \'Accounts: Rename administrator account\'.','The built-in local administrator account is a well-known account name that attackers will target. It is recommended to choose another name for this account, and to avoid names that denote administrative or elevated access accounts. Be sure to also change the default description for the local administrator (through the Computer Management console).','The Administrator account exists on all computers that run the Windows 2000 or newer operating systems. If you rename this account, it is slightly more difficult for unauthorized persons to guess this privileged user name and password combination. The built-in Administrator account cannot be locked out, regardless of how many times an attacker might use a bad password. This capability makes the Administrator account a popular target for brute force attacks that attempt to guess passwords. The value of this countermeasure is lessened because this account has a well-known SID, and there are third-party tools that allow authentication by using the SID rather than the account name. Therefore, even if you rename the Administrator account, an attacker could launch a brute force attack by using the SID to log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Rename administrator account','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.7\"]}]'),(26014,'Configure \'Accounts: Rename guest account\'.','The built-in local guest account is another well-known name to attackers. It is recommended to rename this account to something that does not indicate its purpose. Even if you disable this account, which is recommended, ensure that you rename it for added security.','The Guest account exists on all computers that run the Windows 2000 or newer operating systems. If you rename this account, it is slightly more difficult for unauthorized persons to guess this privileged user name and password combination.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Rename guest account','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.7\"]}]'),(26015,'Ensure \'Audit: Force audit policy subcategory settings (Windows Vista or later) to override audit policy category settings\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows administrators to enable the more precise auditing capabilities present in Windows Vista. The Audit Policy settings available in Windows Server 2003 Active Directory do not yet contain settings for managing the new auditing subcategories. To properly apply the auditing policies prescribed in this baseline, the Audit: Force audit policy subcategory settings (Windows Vista or later) to override audit policy category settings setting needs to be configured to Enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Important: Be very cautious about audit settings that can generate a large volume of traffic. For example, if you enable either success or failure auditing for all of the Privilege Use subcategories, the high volume of audit events generated can make it difficult to find other types of entries in the Security log. Such a configuration could also have a significant impact on system performance.','Prior to the introduction of auditing subcategories in Windows Vista, it was difficult to track events at a per-system or per-user level. The larger event categories created too many events and the key information that needed to be audited was difficult to find.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAudit: Force audit policy subcategory settings (Windows Vista or later) to override audit policy category settings','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26016,'Ensure \'Audit: Shut down system immediately if unable to log security audits\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the system shuts down if it is unable to log Security events. It is a requirement for Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria (TCSEC)-C2 and Common Criteria certification to prevent auditable events from occurring if the audit system is unable to log them. Microsoft has chosen to meet this requirement by halting the system and displaying a stop message if the auditing system experiences a failure. When this policy setting is enabled, the system will be shut down if a security audit cannot be logged for any reason. If the Audit: Shut down system immediately if unable to log security audits setting is enabled, unplanned system failures can occur. The administrative burden can be significant, especially if you also configure the Retention method for the Security log to Do not overwrite events (clear log manually). This configuration causes a repudiation threat (a backup operator could deny that they backed up or restored data) to become a denial of service (DoS) vulnerability, because a server could be forced to shut down if it is overwhelmed with logon events and other security events that are written to the Security log. Also, because the shutdown is not graceful, it is possible that irreparable damage to the operating system, applications, or data could result. Although the NTFS file system guarantees its integrity when an ungraceful computer shutdown occurs, it cannot guarantee that every data file for every application will still be in a usable form when the computer restarts. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If the computer is unable to record events to the Security log, critical evidence or important troubleshooting information may not be available for review after a security incident. Also, an attacker could potentially generate a large volume of Security log events to purposely force a computer shutdown.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAudit: Shut down system immediately if unable to log security audits','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.7\"]}]'),(26017,'Ensure \'Devices: Allowed to format and eject removable media\' is set to \'Administrators and Interactive Users\'.','This policy setting determines who is allowed to format and eject removable NTFS media. You can use this policy setting to prevent unauthorized users from removing data on one computer to access it on another computer on which they have local administrator privileges. The recommended state for this setting is: Administrators and Interactive Users.','Users may be able to move data on removable disks to a different computer where they have administrative privileges. The user could then take ownership of any file, grant themselves full control, and view or modify any file. The fact that most removable storage devices will eject media by pressing a mechanical button diminishes the advantage of this policy setting.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Administrators and Interactive Users: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDevices: Allowed to format and eject removable media','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26018,'Ensure \'Devices: Prevent users from installing printer drivers\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','For a computer to print to a shared printer, the driver for that shared printer must be installed on the local computer. This security setting determines who is allowed to install a printer driver as part of connecting to a shared printer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This setting does not affect the ability to add a local printer. This setting does not affect Administrators.','It may be appropriate in some organizations to allow users to install printer drivers on their own workstations. However, in a high security environment, you should allow only Administrators, not users, to do this, because printer driver installation may unintentionally cause the computer to become less stable. A malicious user could install inappropriate printer drivers in a deliberate attempt to damage the computer, or a user might accidentally install malicious software that masquerades as a printer driver. It is feasible for an attacker to disguise a Trojan horse program as a printer driver. The program may appear to users as if they must use it to print, but such a program could unleash malicious code on your computer network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDevices: Prevent users from installing printer drivers','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26019,'Ensure \'Domain member: Digitally encrypt or sign secure channel data (always)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether all secure channel traffic that is initiated by the domain member must be signed or encrypted. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When a computer joins a domain, a computer account is created. After it joins the domain, the computer uses the password for that account to create a secure channel with the Domain Controller for its domain every time that it restarts. Requests that are sent on the secure channel are authenticated-and sensitive information such as passwords are encrypted-but the channel is not integrity-checked, and not all information is encrypted. Digital encryption and signing of the secure channel is a good idea where it is supported. The secure channel protects domain credentials as they are sent to the Domain Controller.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Digitally encrypt or sign secure channel data (always)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26020,'Ensure \'Domain member: Digitally encrypt secure channel data (when possible)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether a domain member should attempt to negotiate encryption for all secure channel traffic that it initiates. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When a computer joins a domain, a computer account is created. After it joins the domain, the computer uses the password for that account to create a secure channel with the Domain Controller for its domain every time that it restarts. Requests that are sent on the secure channel are authenticated-and sensitive information such as passwords are encrypted-but the channel is not integrity-checked, and not all information is encrypted. Digital encryption and signing of the secure channel is a good idea where it is supported. The secure channel protects domain credentials as they are sent to the Domain Controller.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Digitally encrypt secure channel data (when possible)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26021,'Ensure \'Domain member: Digitally sign secure channel data (when possible)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether a domain member should attempt to negotiate whether all secure channel traffic that it initiates must be digitally signed. Digital signatures protect the traffic from being modified by anyone who captures the data as it traverses the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When a computer joins a domain, a computer account is created. After it joins the domain, the computer uses the password for that account to create a secure channel with the Domain Controller for its domain every time that it restarts. Requests that are sent on the secure channel are authenticated-and sensitive information such as passwords are encrypted-but the channel is not integrity-checked, and not all information is encrypted. Digital encryption and signing of the secure channel is a good idea where it is supported. The secure channel protects domain credentials as they are sent to the Domain Controller.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Digitally sign secure channel data (when possible)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26022,'Ensure \'Domain member: Disable machine account password changes\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether a domain member can periodically change its computer account password. Computers that cannot automatically change their account passwords are potentially vulnerable, because an attacker might be able to determine the password for the system\'s domain account. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Some problems can occur as a result of machine account password expiration, particularly if a machine is reverted to a previous point-in-time state, as is common with virtual machines. Depending on how far back the reversion is, the older machine account password stored on the machine may no longer be recognized by the domain controllers, and therefore the computer loses its domain trust. This can also disrupt non-persistent VDI implementations, and devices with write filters that disallow permanent changes to the OS volume. Some organizations may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation and disable machine account password expiration for these situations.','The default configuration for Windows Server 2003-based computers that belong to a domain is that they are automatically required to change the passwords for their accounts every 30 days. If you disable this policy setting, computers that run Windows Server 2003 will retain the same passwords as their computer accounts. Computers that are no longer able to automatically change their account password are at risk from an attacker who could determine the password for the computer\'s domain account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Disable machine account password changes','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26023,'Ensure \'Domain member: Maximum machine account password age\' is set to \'30 or fewer days, but not 0\'.','This policy setting determines the maximum allowable age for a computer account password. By default, domain members automatically change their domain passwords every 30 days. If you increase this interval significantly so that the computers no longer change their passwords, an attacker would have more time to undertake a brute force attack against one of the computer accounts. The recommended state for this setting is: 30 or fewer days, but not 0. Note: A value of 0 does not conform to the benchmark as it disables maximum password age. Note #2: Some problems can occur as a result of machine account password expiration, particularly if a machine is reverted to a previous point-in-time state, as is common with virtual machines. Depending on how far back the reversion is, the older machine account password stored on the machine may no longer be recognized by the domain controllers, and therefore the computer loses its domain trust. This can also disrupt non-persistent VDI implementations, and devices with write filters that disallow permanent changes to the OS volume. Some organizations may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation and disable machine account password expiration for these situations.','In Active Directory-based domains, each computer has an account and password just like every user. By default, the domain members automatically change their domain password every 30 days. If you increase this interval significantly, or set it to 0 so that the computers no longer change their passwords, an attacker will have more time to undertake a brute force attack to guess the password of one or more computer accounts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 30 or fewer days, but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Maximum machine account password age','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.5\"]}]'),(26024,'Ensure \'Domain member: Require strong (Windows 2000 or later) session key\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','When this policy setting is enabled, a secure channel can only be established with Domain Controllers that are capable of encrypting secure channel data with a strong (128-bit) session key. To enable this policy setting, all Domain Controllers in the domain must be able to encrypt secure channel data with a strong key, which means all Domain Controllers must be running Microsoft Windows 2000 or newer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session keys that are used to establish secure channel communications between Domain Controllers and member computers are much stronger in Windows 2000 than they were in previous Microsoft operating systems. Whenever possible, you should take advantage of these stronger session keys to help protect secure channel communications from attacks that attempt to hijack network sessions and eavesdropping. (Eavesdropping is a form of hacking in which network data is read or altered in transit. The data can be modified to hide or change the sender, or be redirected.)','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Require strong (Windows 2000 or later) session key','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26025,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Do not require CTRL+ALT+DEL\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether users must press CTRL+ALT+DEL before they log on. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Microsoft developed this feature to make it easier for users with certain types of physical impairments to log on to computers that run Windows. If users are not required to press CTRL+ALT+DEL, they are susceptible to attacks that attempt to intercept their passwords. If CTRL+ALT+DEL is required before logon, user passwords are communicated by means of a trusted path. An attacker could install a Trojan horse program that looks like the standard Windows logon dialog box and capture the user\'s password. The attacker would then be able to log on to the compromised account with whatever level of privilege that user has.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Do not require CTRL+ALT+DEL','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.1\"]}]'),(26026,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Don\'t display last signed-in\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the account name of the last user to log on to the client computers in your organization will be displayed in each computer\'s respective Windows logon screen. Enable this policy setting to prevent intruders from collecting account names visually from the screens of desktop or laptop computers in your organization. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker with access to the console (for example, someone with physical access or someone who is able to connect to the server through Remote Desktop Services) could view the name of the last user who logged on to the server. The attacker could then try to guess the password, use a dictionary, or use a brute-force attack to try and log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Don\'t display last signed-in. Note: In older versions of Microsoft Windows, this setting was named Interactive logon: Do not display last user name, but it was renamed starting with Windows 10 Release 1703.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26027,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Machine account lockout threshold\' is set to \'10 or fewer invalid logon attempts, but not 0\'.','This security setting determines the number of failed logon attempts that causes the machine to be locked out. Failed password attempts against workstations or member servers that have been locked using either CTRL+ALT+DELETE or password protected screen savers counts as failed logon attempts. The machine lockout policy is enforced only on those machines that have BitLocker enabled for protecting OS volumes. Please ensure that appropriate recovery password backup policies are enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: 10 or fewer invalid logon attempts, but not 0. Note: A value of 0 does not conform to the benchmark as it disables the machine account lockout threshold. Values from 1 to 3 will be interpreted as 4.','If a machine is lost or stolen, or if an insider threat attempts a brute force password attack against the computer, it is important to ensure that BitLocker will lock the computer and therefore prevent a successful attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 10 or fewer invalid logon attempts, but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Machine account lockout threshold','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.10\"]}]'),(26028,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Machine inactivity limit\' is set to \'900 or fewer second(s), but not 0\'.','Windows notices inactivity of a logon session, and if the amount of inactive time exceeds the inactivity limit, then the screen saver will run, locking the session. The recommended state for this setting is: 900 or fewer second(s), but not 0. Note: A value of 0 does not conform to the benchmark as it disables the machine inactivity limit.','If a user forgets to lock their computer when they walk away it\'s possible that a passerby will hijack it.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 900 or fewer seconds, but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Machine inactivity limit','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26029,'Configure \'Interactive logon: Message text for users attempting to log on\'.','This policy setting specifies a text message that displays to users when they log on. Set the following group policy to a value that is consistent with the security and operational requirements of your organization.','Displaying a warning message before logon may help prevent an attack by warning the attacker about the consequences of their misconduct before it happens. It may also help to reinforce corporate policy by notifying employees of the appropriate policy during the logon process. This text is often used for legal reasons—for example, to warn users about the ramifications of misusing company information or to warn them that their actions may be audited. Note: Any warning that you display should first be approved by your organization\'s legal and human resources representatives.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path to a value that is consistent with the security and operational requirements of your organization: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Message text for users attempting to log on','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.5\"]}]'),(26030,'Configure \'Interactive logon: Message title for users attempting to log on\'.','This policy setting specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the window that users see when they log on to the system. Configure this setting in a manner that is consistent with the security and operational requirements of your organization.','Displaying a warning message before logon may help prevent an attack by warning the attacker about the consequences of their misconduct before it happens. It may also help to reinforce corporate policy by notifying employees of the appropriate policy during the logon process.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path to a value that is consistent with the security and operational requirements of your organization: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Message title for users attempting to log on','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.6\"]}]'),(26031,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Number of previous logons to cache (in case domain controller is not available)\' is set to \'4 or fewer logon(s)\'.','This policy setting determines whether a user can log on to a Windows domain using cached account information. Logon information for domain accounts can be cached locally to allow users to log on even if a Domain Controller cannot be contacted. This policy setting determines the number of unique users for whom logon information is cached locally. If this value is set to 0, the logon cache feature is disabled. An attacker who is able to access the file system of the server could locate this cached information and use a brute force attack to determine user passwords. The recommended state for this setting is: 4 or fewer logon(s).','The number that is assigned to this policy setting indicates the number of users whose logon information the computer will cache locally. If the number is set to 4, then the computer caches logon information for 4 users. When a 5th user logs on to the computer, the server overwrites the oldest cached logon session. Users who access the computer console will have their logon credentials cached on that computer. An attacker who is able to access the file system of the computer could locate this cached information and use a brute force attack to attempt to determine user passwords. To mitigate this type of attack, Windows encrypts the information and obscures its physical location.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 4 or fewer logon(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Number of previous logons to cache (in case domain controller is not available)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26032,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Prompt user to change password before expiration\' is set to \'between 5 and 14 days\'.','This policy setting determines how far in advance users are warned that their password will expire. It is recommended that you configure this policy setting to at least 5 days but no more than 14 days to sufficiently warn users when their passwords will expire. The recommended state for this setting is: between 5 and 14 days.','Users will need to be warned that their passwords are going to expire, or they may inadvertently be locked out of the computer when their passwords expire. This condition could lead to confusion for users who access the network locally, or make it impossible for users to access your organization\'s network through dial-up or virtual private network (VPN) connections.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to a value between 5 and 14 days: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Prompt user to change password before expiration','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26033,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Smart card removal behavior\' is set to \'Lock Workstation\' or higher.','This policy setting determines what happens when the smart card for a logged-on user is removed from the smart card reader. The recommended state for this setting is: Lock Workstation. Configuring this setting to Force Logoff or Disconnect if a Remote Desktop Services session also conforms to the benchmark.','Users sometimes forget to lock their workstations when they are away from them, allowing the possibility for malicious users to access their computers. If smart cards are used for authentication, the computer should automatically lock itself when the card is removed to ensure that only the user with the smart card is accessing resources using those credentials.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Lock Workstation (or, if applicable for your environment, Force Logoff or Disconnect if a Remote Desktop Services session): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Smart card removal behavior','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.6\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26034,'Ensure \'Microsoft network client: Digitally sign communications (always)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether packet signing is required by the SMB client component. Note: When Windows Vista-based computers have this policy setting enabled and they connect to file or print shares on remote servers, it is important that the setting is synchronized with its companion setting, Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always), on those servers. For more information about these settings, see the \"Microsoft network client and server: Digitally sign communications (four related settings)\" section in Chapter 5 of the Threats and Countermeasures guide. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session hijacking uses tools that allow attackers who have access to the same network as the client or server to interrupt, end, or steal a session in progress. Attackers can potentially intercept and modify unsigned SMB packets and then modify the traffic and forward it so that the server might perform undesirable actions. Alternatively, the attacker could pose as the server or client after legitimate authentication and gain unauthorized access to data. SMB is the resource sharing protocol that is supported by many Windows operating systems. It is the basis of NetBIOS and many other protocols. SMB signatures authenticate both users and the servers that host the data. If either side fails the authentication process, data transmission will not take place.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network client: Digitally sign communications (always)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.8.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26035,'Ensure \'Microsoft network client: Digitally sign communications (if server agrees)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the SMB client will attempt to negotiate SMB packet signing. Note: Enabling this policy setting on SMB clients on your network makes them fully effective for packet signing with all clients and servers in your environment. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session hijacking uses tools that allow attackers who have access to the same network as the client or server to interrupt, end, or steal a session in progress. Attackers can potentially intercept and modify unsigned SMB packets and then modify the traffic and forward it so that the server might perform undesirable actions. Alternatively, the attacker could pose as the server or client after legitimate authentication and gain unauthorized access to data. SMB is the resource sharing protocol that is supported by many Windows operating systems. It is the basis of NetBIOS and many other protocols. SMB signatures authenticate both users and the servers that host the data. If either side fails the authentication process, data transmission will not take place.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network client: Digitally sign communications (if server agrees)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.8.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26036,'Ensure \'Microsoft network client: Send unencrypted password to third-party SMB servers\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the SMB redirector will send plaintext passwords during authentication to third-party SMB servers that do not support password encryption. It is recommended that you disable this policy setting unless there is a strong business case to enable it. If this policy setting is enabled, unencrypted passwords will be allowed across the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If you enable this policy setting, the server can transmit passwords in plaintext across the network to other computers that offer SMB services, which is a significant security risk. These other computers may not use any of the SMB security mechanisms that are included with Windows Server 2003.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network client: Send unencrypted password to third-party SMB servers','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26037,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Amount of idle time required before suspending session\' is set to \'15 or fewer minute(s)\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify the amount of continuous idle time that must pass in an SMB session before the session is suspended because of inactivity. Administrators can use this policy setting to control when a computer suspends an inactive SMB session. If client activity resumes, the session is automatically reestablished. The maximum value is 99999, which is over 69 days; in effect, this value disables the setting. The recommended state for this setting is: 15 or fewer minute(s).','Each SMB session consumes server resources, and numerous null sessions will slow the server or possibly cause it to fail. An attacker could repeatedly establish SMB sessions until the server\'s SMB services become slow or unresponsive.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 15 or fewer minute(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Amount of idle time required before suspending session','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26038,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether packet signing is required by the SMB server component. Enable this policy setting in a mixed environment to prevent downstream clients from using the workstation as a network server. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session hijacking uses tools that allow attackers who have access to the same network as the client or server to interrupt, end, or steal a session in progress. Attackers can potentially intercept and modify unsigned SMB packets and then modify the traffic and forward it so that the server might perform undesirable actions. Alternatively, the attacker could pose as the server or client after legitimate authentication and gain unauthorized access to data. SMB is the resource sharing protocol that is supported by many Windows operating systems. It is the basis of NetBIOS and many other protocols. SMB signatures authenticate both users and the servers that host the data. If either side fails the authentication process, data transmission will not take place.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26039,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (if client agrees)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the SMB server will negotiate SMB packet signing with clients that request it. If no signing request comes from the client, a connection will be allowed without a signature if the Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always) setting is not enabled. Note: Enable this policy setting on SMB clients on your network to make them fully effective for packet signing with all clients and servers in your environment. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session hijacking uses tools that allow attackers who have access to the same network as the client or server to interrupt, end, or steal a session in progress. Attackers can potentially intercept and modify unsigned SMB packets and then modify the traffic and forward it so that the server might perform undesirable actions. Alternatively, the attacker could pose as the server or client after legitimate authentication and gain unauthorized access to data. SMB is the resource sharing protocol that is supported by many Windows operating systems. It is the basis of NetBIOS and many other protocols. SMB signatures authenticate both users and the servers that host the data. If either side fails the authentication process, data transmission will not take place.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Digitally sign communications (if client agrees)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26040,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Disconnect clients when logon hours expire\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This security setting determines whether to disconnect users who are connected to the local computer outside their user account\'s valid logon hours. This setting affects the Server Message Block (SMB) component. If you enable this policy setting you should also enable Network security: Force logoff when logon hours expire (Rule 2.3.11.6). If your organization configures logon hours for users, this policy setting is necessary to ensure they are effective. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','If your organization configures logon hours for users, then it makes sense to enable this policy setting. Otherwise, users who should not have access to network resources outside of their logon hours may actually be able to continue to use those resources with sessions that were established during allowed hours.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Disconnect clients when logon hours expire','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26041,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Server SPN target name validation level\' is set to \'Accept if provided by client\' or higher.','This policy setting controls the level of validation a computer with shared folders or printers (the server) performs on the service principal name (SPN) that is provided by the client computer when it establishes a session using the server message block (SMB) protocol. The server message block (SMB) protocol provides the basis for file and print sharing and other networking operations, such as remote Windows administration. The SMB protocol supports validating the SMB server service principal name (SPN) within the authentication blob provided by a SMB client to prevent a class of attacks against SMB servers referred to as SMB relay attacks. This setting will affect both SMB1 and SMB2. The recommended state for this setting is: Accept if provided by client. Configuring this setting to Required from client also conforms to the benchmark.','The identity of a computer can be spoofed to gain unauthorized access to network resources.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Accept if provided by client (configuring to Required from client also conforms to the benchmark): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Server SPN target name validation level','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26042,'Ensure \'Network access: Allow anonymous SID/Name translation\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether an anonymous user can request security identifier (SID) attributes for another user, or use a SID to obtain its corresponding user name. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If this policy setting is enabled, a user with local access could use the well-known Administrator\'s SID to learn the real name of the built-in Administrator account, even if it has been renamed. That person could then use the account name to initiate a password guessing attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Allow anonymous SID/Name translation','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.1\"]}]'),(26043,'Ensure \'Network access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the ability of anonymous users to enumerate the accounts in the Security Accounts Manager (SAM). If you enable this policy setting, users with anonymous connections will not be able to enumerate domain account user names on the systems in your environment. This policy setting also allows additional restrictions on anonymous connections. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This policy has no effect on Domain Controllers.','An unauthorized user could anonymously list account names and use the information to attempt to guess passwords or perform social engineering attacks. (Social engineering attacks try to deceive users in some way to obtain passwords or some form of security information.)','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26044,'Ensure \'Network access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the ability of anonymous users to enumerate SAM accounts as well as shares. If you enable this policy setting, anonymous users will not be able to enumerate domain account user names and network share names on the systems in your environment. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This policy has no effect on Domain Controllers.','An unauthorized user could anonymously list account names and shared resources and use the information to attempt to guess passwords or perform social engineering attacks. (Social engineering attacks try to deceive users in some way to obtain passwords or some form of security information.)','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26045,'Ensure \'Network access: Do not allow storage of passwords and credentials for network authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether Credential Manager (formerly called Stored User Names and Passwords) saves passwords or credentials for later use when it gains domain authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Changes to this setting will not take effect until Windows is restarted.','Passwords that are cached can be accessed by the user when logged on to the computer. Although this information may sound obvious, a problem can arise if the user unknowingly executes hostile code that reads the passwords and forwards them to another, unauthorized user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Do not allow storage of passwords and credentials for network authentication','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"3.1\"]}]'),(26046,'Ensure \'Network access: Let Everyone permissions apply to anonymous users\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines what additional permissions are assigned for anonymous connections to the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','An unauthorized user could anonymously list account names and shared resources and use the information to attempt to guess passwords, perform social engineering attacks, or launch DoS attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Let Everyone permissions apply to anonymous users','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26047,'Ensure \'Network access: Named Pipes that can be accessed anonymously\' is set to \'None\'.','This policy setting determines which communication sessions, or pipes, will have attributes and permissions that allow anonymous access. The recommended state for this setting is: (i.e. None).','Limiting named pipes that can be accessed anonymously will reduce the attack surface of the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to (i.e. None): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Named Pipes that can be accessed anonymously','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26048,'Ensure \'Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths\' is configured.','This policy setting determines which registry paths will be accessible over the network, regardless of the users or groups listed in the access control list (ACL) of the winreg registry key. Note: This setting does not exist in Windows XP. There was a setting with that name in Windows XP, but it is called \'Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths and sub-paths\' in Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, and Windows Server 2008 (non-R2). Note #2: When you configure this setting you specify a list of one or more objects. The delimiter used when entering the list is a line feed or carriage return, that is, type the first object on the list, press the Enter button, type the next object, press Enter again, etc. The setting value is stored as a comma-delimited list in group policy security templates. It is also rendered as a comma-delimited list in Group Policy Editor\'s display pane and the Resultant Set of Policy console. It is recorded in the registry as a line-feed delimited list in a REG_MULTI_SZ value. The recommended state for this setting is: SystemCurrentControlSetControlProductOptions SystemCurrentControlSetControlServer Applications SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersion','The registry is a database that contains computer configuration information, and much of the information is sensitive. An attacker could use this information to facilitate unauthorized activities. To reduce the risk of such an attack, suitable ACLs are assigned throughout the registry to help protect it from access by unauthorized users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, in the following UI path: Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths.\" Set these values: -\"System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\ProductOptions\" -\"System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\Server Applications\" -\"SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\"\n','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26049,'Ensure \'Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths and sub-paths\' is configured.','This policy setting determines which registry paths and sub-paths will be accessible over the network, regardless of the users or groups listed in the access control list (ACL) of the winreg registry key. Note: In Windows XP this setting is called \'Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths,\' the setting with that same name in Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008 (non-R2), and Windows Server 2003 does not exist in Windows XP. Note #2: When you configure this setting you specify a list of one or more objects. The delimiter used when entering the list is a line feed or carriage return, that is, type the first object on the list, press the Enter button, type the next object, press Enter again, etc. The setting value is stored as a comma-delimited list in group policy security templates. It is also rendered as a comma-delimited list in Group Policy Editor\'s display pane and the Resultant Set of Policy console. It is recorded in the registry as a line-feed delimited list in a REG_MULTI_SZ value. The recommended state for this setting is: SystemCurrentControlSetControlPrintPrinters SystemCurrentControlSetServicesEventlog SoftwareMicrosoftOLAP Server SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionPrint SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionWindows SystemCurrentControlSetControlContentIndex SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal Server SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal ServerUserConfig SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal ServerDefaultUserConfiguration SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionPerflib SystemCurrentControlSetServicesSysmonLog','The registry contains sensitive computer configuration information that could be used by an attacker to facilitate unauthorized activities. The fact that the default ACLs assigned throughout the registry are fairly restrictive and help to protect the registry from access by unauthorized users reduces the risk of such an attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, in the following UI path: Computer Configuration\\Policies\\Windows Settings\\Security Settings\\Local Policies\\Security Options\\Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths and sub-paths Set the following values: -\"System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\Print\\Printers\" -\"System\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\Eventlog\" -\"SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\OLAP Server SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Print\" -\"SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Windows System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\ContentIndex\" -\"System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\Terminal Server System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\Terminal Server\\UserConfig\" -\"System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\Terminal Server\\DefaultUserConfiguration\" -\"SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Perflib System\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\SysmonLog\"\n','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26050,'Ensure \'Network access: Restrict anonymous access to Named Pipes and Shares\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','When enabled, this policy setting restricts anonymous access to only those shares and pipes that are named in the Network access: Named pipes that can be accessed anonymously and Network access: Shares that can be accessed anonymously settings. This policy setting controls null session access to shares on your computers by adding RestrictNullSessAccess with the value 1 in the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesLanManServerParameters registry key. This registry value toggles null session shares on or off to control whether the server service restricts unauthenticated clients\' access to named resources. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Null sessions are a weakness that can be exploited through shares (including the default shares) on computers in your environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Restrict anonymous access to Named Pipes and Shares','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.9\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26051,'Ensure \'Network access: Restrict clients allowed to make remote calls to SAM\' is set to \'Administrators: Remote Access: Allow\'.','This policy setting allows you to restrict remote RPC connections to SAM. The recommended state for this setting is: Administrators: Remote Access: Allow. Note: A Windows 10 R1607, Server 2016 or newer OS is required to access and set this value in Group Policy. Note #2: If your organization is using Azure Advanced Threat Protection (APT), the service account, \"AATP Service\" will need to be added to the recommendation configuration. For more information on adding the \"AATP Service\" account please see Configure SAM-R to enable lateral movement path detection in Microsoft Defender for Identity | Microsoft Docs.','To ensure that an unauthorized user cannot anonymously list local account names or groups and use the information to attempt to guess passwords or perform social engineering attacks. (Social engineering attacks try to deceive users in some way to obtain passwords or some form of security information.)','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Administrators: Remote Access: Allow: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Restrict clients allowed to make remote calls to SAM','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26052,'Ensure \'Network access: Shares that can be accessed anonymously\' is set to \'None\'.','This policy setting determines which network shares can be accessed by anonymous users. The default configuration for this policy setting has little effect because all users have to be authenticated before they can access shared resources on the server. The recommended state for this setting is: (i.e. None).','It is very dangerous to allow any values in this setting. Any shares that are listed can be accessed by any network user, which could lead to the exposure or corruption of sensitive data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to (i.e. None): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Shares that can be accessed anonymously','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26053,'Ensure \'Network access: Sharing and security model for local accounts\' is set to \'Classic - local users authenticate as themselves\'.','This policy setting determines how network logons that use local accounts are authenticated. The Classic option allows precise control over access to resources, including the ability to assign different types of access to different users for the same resource. The Guest only option allows you to treat all users equally. In this context, all users authenticate as Guest only to receive the same access level to a given resource. The recommended state for this setting is: Classic - local users authenticate as themselves. Note: This setting does not affect interactive logons that are performed remotely by using such services as Telnet or Remote Desktop Services (formerly called Terminal Services).','With the Guest only model, any user who can authenticate to your computer over the network does so with guest privileges, which probably means that they will not have write access to shared resources on that computer. Although this restriction does increase security, it makes it more difficult for authorized users to access shared resources on those computers because ACLs on those resources must include access control entries (ACEs) for the Guest account. With the Classic model, local accounts should be password protected. Otherwise, if Guest access is enabled, anyone can use those user accounts to access shared system resources.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Classic - local users authenticate as themselves: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Sharing and security model for local accounts','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.12\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26054,'Ensure \'Network security: Allow Local System to use computer identity for NTLM\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether Local System services that use Negotiate when reverting to NTLM authentication can use the computer identity. This policy is supported on at least Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When connecting to computers running versions of Windows earlier than Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 (non-R2), services running as Local System and using SPNEGO (Negotiate) that revert to NTLM use the computer identity. In Windows 7, if you are connecting to a computer running Windows Server 2008 or Windows Vista, then a system service uses either the computer identity or a NULL session. When connecting with a NULL session, a system-generated session key is created, which provides no protection but allows applications to sign and encrypt data without errors. When connecting with the computer identity, both signing and encryption is supported in order to provide data protection.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Allow Local System to use computer identity for NTLM','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26055,'Ensure \'Network security: Allow LocalSystem NULL session fallback\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether NTLM is allowed to fall back to a NULL session when used with LocalSystem. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','NULL sessions are less secure because by definition they are unauthenticated.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Allow LocalSystem NULL session fallback','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26056,'Ensure \'Network Security: Allow PKU2U authentication requests to this computer to use online identities\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting determines if online identities are able to authenticate to this computer. The Public Key Cryptography Based User-to-User (PKU2U) protocol introduced in Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 is implemented as a security support provider (SSP). The SSP enables peer-to-peer authentication, particularly through the Windows 7 media and file sharing feature called HomeGroup, which permits sharing between computers that are not members of a domain. With PKU2U, a new extension was introduced to the Negotiate authentication package, Spnego.dll. In previous versions of Windows, Negotiate decided whether to use Kerberos or NTLM for authentication. The extension SSP for Negotiate, Negoexts.dll, which is treated as an authentication protocol by Windows, supports Microsoft SSPs including PKU2U. When computers are configured to accept authentication requests by using online IDs, Negoexts.dll calls the PKU2U SSP on the computer that is used to log on. The PKU2U SSP obtains a local certificate and exchanges the policy between the peer computers. When validated on the peer computer, the certificate within the metadata is sent to the logon peer for validation and associates the user\'s certificate to a security token and the logon process completes. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The PKU2U protocol is a peer-to-peer authentication protocol - authentication should be managed centrally in most managed networks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork Security: Allow PKU2U authentication requests to this computer to use online identities','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26057,'Ensure \'Network security: Configure encryption types allowed for Kerberos\' is set to \'AES128_HMAC_SHA1, AES256_HMAC_SHA1, Future encryption types\'.','This policy setting allows you to set the encryption types that Kerberos is allowed to use. The recommended state for this setting is: AES128_HMAC_SHA1, AES256_HMAC_SHA1, Future encryption types. Note: Some legacy applications and OSes may still require RC4_HMAC_MD5 - we recommend you test in your environment and verify whether you can safely remove it.','The strength of each encryption algorithm varies from one to the next, choosing stronger algorithms will reduce the risk of compromise however doing so may cause issues when the computer attempts to authenticate with systems that do not support them.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to AES128_HMAC_SHA1, AES256_HMAC_SHA1, Future encryption types: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Configure encryption types allowed for Kerberos','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26058,'Ensure \'Network security: Do not store LAN Manager hash value on next password change\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the LAN Manager (LM) hash value for the new password is stored when the password is changed. The LM hash is relatively weak and prone to attack compared to the cryptographically stronger Microsoft Windows NT hash. Since LM hashes are stored on the local computer in the security database, passwords can then be easily compromised if the database is attacked. Note: Older operating systems and some third-party applications may fail when this policy setting is enabled. Also, note that the password will need to be changed on all accounts after you enable this setting to gain the proper benefit. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The SAM file can be targeted by attackers who seek access to username and password hashes. Such attacks use special tools to crack passwords, which can then be used to impersonate users and gain access to resources on your network. These types of attacks will not be prevented if you enable this policy setting, but it will be much more difficult for these types of attacks to succeed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Do not store LAN Manager hash value on next password change','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26059,'Ensure \'Network security: Force logoff when logon hours expire\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether to disconnect users who are connected to the local computer outside their user account\'s valid logon hours. This setting affects the Server Message Block (SMB) component. If you enable this policy setting you should also enable Microsoft network server: Disconnect clients when logon hours expire (Rule 2.3.9.4). The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','If this setting is disabled, a user could remain connected to the computer outside of their allotted logon hours.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Force logoff when logon hours expire','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26060,'Ensure \'Network security: LAN Manager authentication level\' is set to \'Send NTLMv2 response only. Refuse LM & NTLM\'.','LAN Manager (LM) was a family of early Microsoft client/server software (predating Windows NT) that allowed users to link personal computers together on a single network. LM network capabilities included transparent file and print sharing, user security features, and network administration tools. In Active Directory domains, the Kerberos protocol is the default authentication protocol. However, if the Kerberos protocol is not negotiated for some reason, Active Directory will use LM, NTLM, or NTLMv2. LAN Manager authentication includes the LM, NTLM, and NTLM version 2 (NTLMv2) variants, and is the protocol that is used to authenticate all Windows clients when they perform the following operations: -Join a domain -Authenticate between Active Directory forests -Authenticate to down-level domains -Authenticate to computers that do not run Windows 2000, Windows Server 2003, or Windows XP -Authenticate to computers that are not in the domain. The Network security: LAN Manager authentication level setting determines which challenge/response authentication protocol is used for network logons. This choice affects the level of authentication protocol used by clients, the level of session security negotiated, and the level of authentication accepted by servers. The recommended state for this setting is: Send NTLMv2 response only. Refuse LM & NTLM.','Windows 2000 and Windows XP clients were configured by default to send LM and NTLM authentication responses (Windows 95-based and Windows 98-based clients only send LM). The default settings in OSes predating Windows Vista / Windows Server 2008 (non- R2) allowed all clients to authenticate with servers and use their resources. However, this meant that LM responses - the weakest form of authentication response - were sent over the network, and it was potentially possible for attackers to sniff that traffic to more easily reproduce the user\'s password. The Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows NT operating systems cannot use the Kerberos version 5 protocol for authentication. For this reason, in a Windows Server 2003 domain, these computers authenticate by default with both the LM and NTLM protocols for network authentication. You can enforce a more secure authentication protocol for Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows NT by using NTLMv2. For the logon process, NTLMv2 uses a secure channel to protect the authentication process. Even if you use NTLMv2 for older clients and servers, Windows-based clients and servers that are members of the domain will use the Kerberos authentication protocol to authenticate with Windows Server 2003 or newer Domain Controllers. For these reasons, it is strongly preferred to restrict the use of LM & NTLM (non-v2) as much as possible.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Send NTLMv2 response only. Refuse LM & NTLM: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: LAN Manager authentication level','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26061,'Ensure \'Network security: LDAP client signing requirements\' is set to \'Negotiate signing\' or higher.','This policy setting determines the level of data signing that is requested on behalf of clients that issue LDAP BIND requests. Note: This policy setting does not have any impact on LDAP simple bind (ldap_simple_bind) or LDAP simple bind through SSL (ldap_simple_bind_s). No Microsoft LDAP clients that are included with Windows XP Professional use ldap_simple_bind or ldap_simple_bind_s to communicate with a Domain Controller. The recommended state for this setting is: Negotiate signing. Configuring this setting to Require signing also conforms to the benchmark.','Unsigned network traffic is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks in which an intruder captures the packets between the client and server, modifies them, and then forwards them to the server. For an LDAP server, this susceptibility means that an attacker could cause a server to make decisions that are based on false or altered data from the LDAP queries. To lower this risk in your network, you can implement strong physical security measures to protect the network infrastructure. Also, you can make all types of man-in-the-middle attacks extremely difficult if you require digital signatures on all network packets by means of IPsec authentication headers.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Negotiate signing (configuring to Require signing also conforms to the benchmark): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: LDAP client signing requirements','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26062,'Ensure \'Network security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure RPC) clients\' is set to \'Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption\'.','This policy setting determines which behaviors are allowed by clients for applications using the NTLM Security Support Provider (SSP). The SSP Interface (SSPI) is used by applications that need authentication services. The setting does not modify how the authentication sequence works but instead require certain behaviors in applications that use the SSPI. The recommended state for this setting is: Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption. Note: These values are dependent on the Network security: LAN Manager Authentication Level (Rule 2.3.11.7) security setting value.','You can enable both options for this policy setting to help protect network traffic that uses the NTLM Security Support Provider (NTLM SSP) from being exposed or tampered with by an attacker who has gained access to the same network. In other words, these options help protect against man-in-the-middle attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure RPC) clients','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26063,'Ensure \'Network security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure RPC) servers\' is set to \'Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption\'.','This policy setting determines which behaviors are allowed by servers for applications using the NTLM Security Support Provider (SSP). The SSP Interface (SSPI) is used by applications that need authentication services. The setting does not modify how the authentication sequence works but instead require certain behaviors in applications that use the SSPI. The recommended state for this setting is: Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption. Note: These values are dependent on the Network security: LAN Manager Authentication Level (Rule 2.3.11.7) security setting value.','You can enable all of the options for this policy setting to help protect network traffic that uses the NTLM Security Support Provider (NTLM SSP) from being exposed or tampered with by an attacker who has gained access to the same network. That is, these options help protect against man-in-the-middle attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure RPC) servers','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26064,'Ensure \'System cryptography: Force strong key protection for user keys stored on the computer\' is set to \'User is prompted when the key is first used\' or higher.','This policy setting determines whether users\' private keys (such as their S-MIME keys) require a password to be used. The recommended state for this setting is: User is prompted when the key is first used. Configuring this setting to User must enter a password each time they use a key also conforms to the benchmark.','If a user\'s account is compromised or their computer is inadvertently left unsecured the malicious user can use the keys stored for the user to access protected resources. You can configure this policy setting so that users must provide a password that is distinct from their domain password every time they use a key. This configuration makes it more difficult for an attacker to access locally stored user keys, even if the attacker takes control of the user\'s computer and determines their logon password.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to User is prompted when the key is first used (configuring to User must enter a password each time they use a key also conforms to the benchmark): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsSystem cryptography: Force strong key protection for user keys stored on the computer','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.14.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.11\"]}]'),(26065,'Ensure \'System objects: Require case insensitivity for non-Windows subsystems\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether case insensitivity is enforced for all subsystems. The Microsoft Win32 subsystem is case insensitive. However, the kernel supports case sensitivity for other subsystems, such as the Portable Operating System Interface for UNIX (POSIX). Because Windows is case insensitive (but the POSIX subsystem will support case sensitivity), failure to enforce this policy setting makes it possible for a user of the POSIX subsystem to create a file with the same name as another file by using mixed case to label it. Such a situation can block access to these files by another user who uses typical Win32 tools, because only one of the files will be available. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Because Windows is case-insensitive but the POSIX subsystem will support case sensitivity, failure to enable this policy setting would make it possible for a user of that subsystem to create a file with the same name as another file but with a different mix of upper and lower case letters. Such a situation could potentially confuse users when they try to access such files from normal Win32 tools because only one of the files will be available.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsSystem objects: Require case insensitivity for non-Windows subsystems','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.15.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26066,'Ensure \'System objects: Strengthen default permissions of internal system objects (e.g. Symbolic Links)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines the strength of the default discretionary access control list (DACL) for objects. Active Directory maintains a global list of shared system resources, such as DOS device names, mutexes, and semaphores. In this way, objects can be located and shared among processes. Each type of object is created with a default DACL that specifies who can access the objects and what permissions are granted. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting determines the strength of the default DACL for objects. Windows maintains a global list of shared computer resources so that objects can be located and shared among processes. Each type of object is created with a default DACL that specifies who can access the objects and with what permissions.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsSystem objects: Strengthen default permissions of internal system objects (e.g. Symbolic Links)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.15.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26067,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Admin Approval Mode for the Built-in Administrator account\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of Admin Approval Mode for the built-in Administrator account. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','One of the risks that the User Account Control feature introduced with Windows Vista is trying to mitigate is that of malicious software running under elevated credentials without the user or administrator being aware of its activity. An attack vector for these programs was to discover the password of the account named \'Administrator\' because that user account was created for all installations of Windows. To address this risk, in Windows Vista and newer, the built-in Administrator account is now disabled by default. In a default installation of a new computer, accounts with administrative control over the computer are initially set up in one of two ways: - If the computer is not joined to a domain, the first user account you create has the equivalent permissions as a local administrator. - If the computer is joined to a domain, no local administrator accounts are created. The Enterprise or Domain Administrator must log on to the computer and create one if a local administrator account is warranted. Once Windows is installed, the built-in Administrator account may be manually enabled, but we strongly recommend that this account remain disabled.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Admin Approval Mode for the Built-in Administrator account','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26068,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for administrators in Admin Approval Mode\' is set to \'Prompt for consent on the secure desktop\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of the elevation prompt for administrators. The recommended state for this setting is: Prompt for consent on the secure desktop.','One of the risks that the UAC feature introduced with Windows Vista is trying to mitigate is that of malicious software running under elevated credentials without the user or administrator being aware of its activity. This setting raises awareness to the administrator of elevated privilege operations and permits the administrator to prevent a malicious program from elevating its privilege when the program attempts to do so.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Prompt for consent on the secure desktop: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for administrators in Admin Approval Mode','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26069,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for standard users\' is set to \'Automatically deny elevation requests\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of the elevation prompt for standard users. The recommended state for this setting is: Automatically deny elevation requests.','One of the risks that the User Account Control feature introduced with Windows Vista is trying to mitigate is that of malicious programs running under elevated credentials without the user or administrator being aware of their activity. This setting raises awareness to the user that a program requires the use of elevated privilege operations and requires that the user be able to supply administrative credentials in order for the program to run.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Automatically deny elevation requests: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for standard users','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26070,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Detect application installations and prompt for elevation\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of application installation detection for the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Some malicious software will attempt to install itself after being given permission to run. For example, malicious software with a trusted application shell. The user may have given permission for the program to run because the program is trusted, but if they are then prompted for installation of an unknown component this provides another way of trapping the software before it can do damage','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Detect application installations and prompt for elevation','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26071,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Only elevate UIAccess applications that are installed in secure locations\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether applications that request to run with a User Interface Accessibility (UIAccess) integrity level must reside in a secure location in the file system. Secure locations are limited to the following: - ...Program Files, including subfolders - ...Windowssystem32; - ...Program Files (x86), including subfolders (for 64-bit versions of Windows). Note: Windows enforces a public key infrastructure (PKI) signature check on any interactive application that requests to run with a UIAccess integrity level regardless of the state of this security setting. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','UIAccess Integrity allows an application to bypass User Interface Privilege Isolation (UIPI) restrictions when an application is elevated in privilege from a standard user to an administrator. This is required to support accessibility features such as screen readers that are transmitting user interfaces to alternative forms. A process that is started with UIAccess rights has the following abilities: - To set the foreground window. - To drive any application window using SendInput function. - To use read input for all integrity levels using low-level hooks, raw input, GetKeyState, GetAsyncKeyState, and GetKeyboardInput. - To set journal hooks. - To uses AttachThreadInput to attach a thread to a higher integrity input queue.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Only elevate UIAccess applications that are installed in secure locations','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26072,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of all User Account Control (UAC) policy settings for the computer. If you change this policy setting, you must restart your computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If this policy setting is disabled, the Security Center notifies you that the overall security of the operating system has been reduced.','This is the setting that turns on or off UAC. If this setting is disabled, UAC will not be used and any security benefits and risk mitigations that are dependent on UAC will not be present on the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26073,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the elevation request prompt is displayed on the interactive user\'s desktop or the secure desktop. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Standard elevation prompt dialog boxes can be spoofed, which may cause users to disclose their passwords to malicious software. The secure desktop presents a very distinct appearance when prompting for elevation, where the user desktop dims, and the elevation prompt UI is more prominent. This increases the likelihood that users who become accustomed to the secure desktop will recognize a spoofed elevation prompt dialog box and not fall for the trick.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26074,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Virtualize file and registry write failures to per-user locations\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether application write failures are redirected to defined registry and file system locations. This policy setting mitigates applications that run as administrator and write run-time application data to: - %ProgramFiles% - %windir% - %windir%System32 - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWARE. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting reduces vulnerabilities by ensuring that legacy applications only write data to permitted locations.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Virtualize file and registry write failures to per-user locations','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.5.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26075,'Ensure \'Bluetooth Audio Gateway Service (BTAGService)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Service supporting the audio gateway role of the Bluetooth Handsfree Profile. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Bluetooth technology has inherent security risks - especially prior to the v2.1 standard. Wireless Bluetooth traffic is not well encrypted (if at all), so in a high-security environment, it should not be permitted, in spite of the added inconvenience of not being able to use Bluetooth devices.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesBluetooth Audio Gateway Service. Note: This service was first introduced in Windows 10 Release 1803. It appears to have replaced the older Bluetooth Handsfree Service (BthHFSrv), which was removed from Windows in that release (it is not simply a rename, but a different service).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26076,'Ensure \'Bluetooth Support Service (bthserv)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','The Bluetooth service supports discovery and association of remote Bluetooth devices. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Bluetooth technology has inherent security risks - especially prior to the v2.1 standard. Wireless Bluetooth traffic is not well encrypted (if at all), so in a high-security environment, it should not be permitted, in spite of the added inconvenience of not being able to use Bluetooth devices.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesBluetooth Support Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26077,'Ensure \'Downloaded Maps Manager (MapsBroker)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Windows service for application access to downloaded maps. This service is started on-demand by application accessing downloaded maps.','Mapping technologies can unwillingly reveal your location to attackers and other software that picks up the information. In addition, automatic downloads of data from 3rd-party sources should be minimized when not needed. Therefore this service should not be needed in high security environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesDownloaded Maps Manager','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26078,'Ensure \'Geolocation Service (lfsvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service monitors the current location of the system and manages geofences (a geographical location with associated events). The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This setting affects the location feature (e.g. GPS or other location tracking). From a security perspective, it’s not a good idea to reveal your location to software in most cases, but there are legitimate uses, such as mapping software. However, they should not be used in high security environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesGeolocation Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26079,'Ensure \'IIS Admin Service (IISADMIN)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','Enables the server to administer the IIS metabase. The IIS metabase stores configuration for the SMTP and FTP services. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but is installed by enabling an optional Windows feature (Internet Information Services). Note #2: An organization may choose to selectively grant exceptions to web developers to allow IIS (or another web server) on their workstation, in order for them to locally test & develop web pages. However, the organization should track those machines and ensure the security controls and mitigations are kept up to date, to reduce risk of compromise.','Hosting a website from a workstation is an increased security risk, as the attack surface of that workstation is then greatly increased. If proper security mitigations are not followed, the chance of successful attack increases significantly. Note: This security concern applies to any web server application installed on a workstation, not just IIS.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesIIS Admin Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26080,'Ensure \'Infrared monitor service (irmon)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','Detects other Infrared devices that are in range and launches the file transfer application. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed.','Infrared connections can potentially be a source of data compromise - especially via the automatic \'file transfer application\' functionality. Enterprise-managed systems should utilize a more secure method of connection than infrared.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesInfrared monitor service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26081,'Ensure \'Internet Connection Sharing (ICS) (SharedAccess)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Provides network access translation, addressing, name resolution and/or intrusion prevention services for a home or small office network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Internet Connection Sharing (ICS) is a feature that allows someone to \'share\' their Internet connection with other machines on the network - it was designed for home or small office environments where only one machine has Internet access - it effectively turns that machine into an Internet router. This feature causes the bridging of networks and likely bypassing other, more secure pathways. It should not be used on any enterprise-managed system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesInternet Connection Sharing (ICS)','[{\"cis\": [\"5.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26082,'Ensure \'Link-Layer Topology Discovery Mapper (lltdsvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Creates a Network Map, consisting of PC and device topology (connectivity) information, and metadata describing each PC and device. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The feature that this service enables could potentially be used for unauthorized discovery and connection to network devices. Disabling the service helps to prevent responses to requests for network topology discovery in high security environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesLink-Layer Topology Discovery Mapper','[{\"cis\": [\"5.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26083,'Ensure \'LxssManager (LxssManager)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','The LXSS Manager service supports running native ELF binaries. The service provides the infrastructure necessary for ELF binaries to run on Windows. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but is installed by enabling an optional Windows feature (Windows Subsystem for Linux).','The Linux Subsystem (LXSS) Manager allows full system access to Linux applications on Windows, including the file system. While this can certainly have some functionality and performance benefits for running those applications, it also creates new security risks in the event that a hacker injects malicious code into a Linux application. For best security, it is preferred to run Linux applications on Linux, and Windows applications on Windows.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesLxssManager','[{\"cis\": [\"5.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26084,'Ensure \'Microsoft FTP Service (FTPSVC)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','Enables the server to be a File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but is installed by enabling an optional Windows feature (Internet Information Services - FTP Server).','Hosting an FTP server (especially a non-secure FTP server) from a workstation is an increased security risk, as the attack surface of that workstation is then greatly increased. Note: This security concern applies to any FTP server application installed on a workstation, not just IIS.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesMicrosoft FTP Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26085,'Ensure \'Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service (MSiSCSI)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Manages Internet SCSI (iSCSI) sessions from this computer to remote target devices. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This service is critically necessary in order to directly attach to an iSCSI device. However, iSCSI itself uses a very weak authentication protocol (CHAP), which means that the passwords for iSCSI communication are easily exposed, unless all of the traffic is isolated and/or encrypted using another technology like IPsec. This service is generally more appropriate for servers in a controlled environment then on workstations requiring high security.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesMicrosoft iSCSI Initiator Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26086,'Ensure \'OpenSSH SSH Server (sshd)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','SSH protocol based service to provide secure encrypted communications between two untrusted hosts over an insecure network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but it is installed by enabling an optional Windows feature (OpenSSH Server).','Hosting an SSH server from a workstation is an increased security risk, as the attack surface of that workstation is then greatly increased. Note: This security concern applies to any SSH server application installed on a workstation, not just the one supplied with Windows.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesOpenSSH SSH Server','[{\"cis\": [\"5.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26087,'Ensure \'Peer Name Resolution Protocol (PNRPsvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Enables serverless peer name resolution over the Internet using the Peer Name Resolution Protocol (PNRP). The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Peer Name Resolution Protocol is a distributed and (mostly) serverless way to handle name resolution of clients with each other. In a high security environment, it is more secure to rely on centralized name resolution methods maintained by authorized staff.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesPeer Name Resolution Protocol','[{\"cis\": [\"5.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26088,'Ensure \'Peer Networking Grouping (p2psvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Enables multi-party communication using Peer-to-Peer Grouping. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Peer Name Resolution Protocol is a distributed and (mostly) serverless way to handle name resolution of clients with each other. In a high security environment, it is more secure to rely on centralized name resolution methods maintained by authorized staff.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesPeer Networking Grouping','[{\"cis\": [\"5.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26089,'Ensure \'Peer Networking Identity Manager (p2pimsvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Provides identity services for the Peer Name Resolution Protocol (PNRP) and Peer-to-Peer Grouping services. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Peer Name Resolution Protocol is a distributed and (mostly) serverless way to handle name resolution of clients with each other. In a high security environment, it is more secure to rely on centralized name resolution methods maintained by authorized staff.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesPeer Networking Identity Manager','[{\"cis\": [\"5.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26090,'Ensure \'PNRP Machine Name Publication Service (PNRPAutoReg)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service publishes a machine name using the Peer Name Resolution Protocol. Configuration is managed via the netsh context ‘p2p pnrp peer’. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Peer Name Resolution Protocol is a distributed and (mostly) serverless way to handle name resolution of clients with each other. In a high security environment, it is more secure to rely on centralized name resolution methods maintained by authorized staff.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesPNRP Machine Name Publication Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26091,'Ensure \'Print Spooler (Spooler)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service spools print jobs and handles interaction with printers. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security environment, unnecessary services especially those with known vulnerabilities should be disabled. Disabling the Print Spooler (Spooler) service mitigates the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other attacks against the service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesPrint Spooler','[{\"cis\": [\"5.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26092,'Ensure \'Problem Reports and Solutions Control Panel Support (wercplsupport)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service provides support for viewing, sending and deletion of system-level problem reports for the Problem Reports and Solutions control panel. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This service is involved in the process of displaying/reporting issues & solutions to/from Microsoft. In a high security environment, preventing this information from being sent can help reduce privacy concerns for sensitive corporate information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesProblem Reports and Solutions Control Panel Support','[{\"cis\": [\"5.19\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26093,'Ensure \'Remote Access Auto Connection Manager (RasAuto)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Creates a connection to a remote network whenever a program references a remote DNS or NetBIOS name or address. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The function of this service is to provide a \'demand dial\' type of functionality. In a high security environment, it is preferred that any remote \'dial\' connections (whether they be legacy dial-in POTS or VPN) are initiated by the user, not automatically by the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesRemote Access Auto Connection Manager','[{\"cis\": [\"5.20\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26094,'Ensure \'Remote Desktop Configuration (SessionEnv)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Remote Desktop Configuration service (RDCS) is responsible for all Remote Desktop related configuration and session maintenance activities that require SYSTEM context. These include per-session temporary folders, RD themes, and RD certificates. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security environment, Remote Desktop access is an increased security risk. For these environments, only local console access should be permitted.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesRemote Desktop Configuration','[{\"cis\": [\"5.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26095,'Ensure \'Remote Desktop Services (TermService)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Allows users to connect interactively to a remote computer. Remote Desktop and Remote Desktop Session Host Server depend on this service. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security environment, Remote Desktop access is an increased security risk. For these environments, only local console access should be permitted.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesRemote Desktop Services','[{\"cis\": [\"5.22\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26096,'Ensure \'Remote Desktop Services UserMode Port Redirector (UmRdpService)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Allows the redirection of Printers/Drives/Ports for RDP connections. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface - preventing the redirection of COM, LPT and PnP ports will reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer within an RDP session.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesRemote Desktop Services UserMode Port Redirector','[{\"cis\": [\"5.23\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26097,'Ensure \'Remote Procedure Call (RPC) Locator (RpcLocator)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','In Windows 2003 and older versions of Windows, the Remote Procedure Call (RPC) Locator service manages the RPC name service database. In Windows Vista and newer versions of Windows, this service does not provide any functionality and is present for application compatibility. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This is a legacy service that has no value or purpose other than application compatibility for very old software. It should be disabled unless there is a specific old application still in use on the system that requires it.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesRemote Procedure Call (RPC) Locator','[{\"cis\": [\"5.24\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26098,'Ensure \'Remote Registry (RemoteRegistry)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Enables remote users to view and modify registry settings on this computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security environment, exposing the registry to remote access is an increased security risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesRemote Registry','[{\"cis\": [\"5.25\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26099,'Ensure \'Routing and Remote Access (RemoteAccess)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Offers routing services to businesses in local area and wide area network environments. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This service\'s main purpose is to provide Windows router functionality - this is not an appropriate use of workstations in an enterprise managed environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesRouting and Remote Access','[{\"cis\": [\"5.26\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26100,'Ensure \'Server (LanmanServer)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Supports file, print, and named-pipe sharing over the network for this computer. If this service is stopped, these functions will be unavailable. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security environment, a secure workstation should only be a client, not a server. Sharing workstation resources for remote access increases security risk as the attack surface is notably higher.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesServer','[{\"cis\": [\"5.27\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26101,'Ensure \'Simple TCP/IP Services (simptcp)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','Supports the following TCP/IP services: Character Generator, Daytime, Discard, Echo, and Quote of the Day. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but is installed by enabling an optional Windows feature (Simple TCPIP services (i.e. echo, daytime etc)).','The Simple TCP/IP Services have very little purpose in a modern enterprise environment - allowing them might increase exposure and risk for attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesSimple TCP/IP Services','[{\"cis\": [\"5.28\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26102,'Ensure \'SNMP Service (SNMP)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','Enables Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) requests to be processed by this computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but is installed by enabling an optional Windows feature (Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)).','Features that enable inbound network connections increase the attack surface. In a high security environment, management of secure workstations should be handled locally.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesSNMP Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.29\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26103,'Ensure \'Special Administration Console Helper (sacsvr)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','This service allows administrators to remotely access a command prompt using Emergency Management Services. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but it is installed by enabling an optional Windows capability (Windows Emergency Management Services and Serial Console).','Allowing the use of a remotely accessible command prompt that provides the ability to perform remote management tasks on a computer is a security risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesSpecial Administration Console Helper','[{\"cis\": [\"5.30\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26104,'Ensure \'SSDP Discovery (SSDPSRV)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Discovers networked devices and services that use the SSDP discovery protocol, such as UPnP devices. Also announces SSDP devices and services running on the local computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Universal Plug n Play (UPnP) is a real security risk - it allows automatic discovery and attachment to network devices. Note that UPnP is different than regular Plug n Play (PnP). Workstations should not be advertising their services (or automatically discovering and connecting to networked services) in a security-conscious enterprise managed environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesSSDP Discovery','[{\"cis\": [\"5.31\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26105,'Ensure \'UPnP Device Host (upnphost)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Allows UPnP devices to be hosted on this computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Universal Plug n Play (UPnP) is a real security risk - it allows automatic discovery and attachment to network devices. Notes that UPnP is different than regular Plug n Play (PnP). Workstations should not be advertising their services (or automatically discovering and connecting to networked services) in a security-conscious enterprise managed environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesUPnP Device Host','[{\"cis\": [\"5.32\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26106,'Ensure \'Web Management Service (WMSvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','The Web Management Service enables remote and delegated management capabilities for administrators to manage for the Web server, sites and applications present on the machine. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but is installed by enabling an optional Windows feature (Internet Information Services - Web Management Tools - IIS Management Service).','Remote web administration of IIS on a workstation is an increased security risk, as the attack surface of that workstation is then greatly increased. If proper security mitigations are not followed, the chance of successful attack increases significantly.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWeb Management Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.33\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26107,'Ensure \'Windows Error Reporting Service (WerSvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Allows errors to be reported when programs stop working or responding and allows existing solutions to be delivered. Also allows logs to be generated for diagnostic and repair services. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If a Windows Error occurs in a secure, enterprise managed environment, the error should be reported directly to IT staff for troubleshooting and remediation. There is no benefit to the corporation to report these errors directly to Microsoft, and there is some risk of unknowingly exposing sensitive data as part of the error.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWindows Error Reporting Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.34\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26108,'Ensure \'Windows Event Collector (Wecsvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service manages persistent subscriptions to events from remote sources that support WS-Management protocol. This includes Windows Vista event logs, hardware and IPMI-enabled event sources. The service stores forwarded events in a local Event Log. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security environment, remote connections to secure workstations should be minimized, and management functions should be done locally.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWindows Event Collector','[{\"cis\": [\"5.35\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26109,'Ensure \'Windows Media Player Network Sharing Service (WMPNetworkSvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','Shares Windows Media Player libraries to other networked players and media devices using Universal Plug and Play. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed.','Network sharing of media from Media Player has no place in an enterprise managed environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWindows Media Player Network Sharing Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.36\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26110,'Ensure \'Windows Mobile Hotspot Service (icssvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Provides the ability to share a cellular data connection with another device. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The capability to run a mobile hotspot from a domain-connected computer could easily expose the internal network to wardrivers or other hackers.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWindows Mobile Hotspot Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.37\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26111,'Ensure \'Windows Push Notifications System Service (WpnService)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service runs in session 0 and hosts the notification platform and connection provider which handles the connection between the device and WNS server. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: In the first two releases of Windows 10 (R1507 & R1511), the display name of this service was initially named Windows Push Notifications Service - but it was renamed to Windows Push Notifications System Service starting with Windows 10 R1607.','Windows Push Notification Services (WNS) is a mechanism to receive 3rd-party notifications and updates from the cloud/Internet. In a high security environment, external systems, especially those hosted outside the organization, should be prevented from having an impact on the secure workstations.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWindows Push Notifications System Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.38\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26112,'Ensure \'Windows PushToInstall Service (PushToInstall)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service manages Apps that are pushed to the device from the Microsoft Store App running on other devices or the web. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security managed environment, application installations should be managed centrally by IT staff, not by end users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWindows PushToInstall Service (PushToInstall)','[{\"cis\": [\"5.39\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26113,'Ensure \'Windows Remote Management (WS-Management) (WinRM)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service implements the WS-Management protocol for remote management. WS-Management is a standard web services protocol used for remote software and hardware management. The WinRM service listens on the network for WS-Management requests and processes them. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Features that enable inbound network connections increase the attack surface. In a high security environment, management of secure workstations should be handled locally.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWindows Remote Management (WS-Management)','[{\"cis\": [\"5.40\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26114,'Ensure \'World Wide Web Publishing Service (W3SVC)\' is set to \'Disabled\' or \'Not Installed\'.','Provides Web connectivity and administration through the Internet Information Services Manager. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled or Not Installed. Note: This service is not installed by default. It is supplied with Windows, but is installed by enabling an optional Windows feature (Internet Information Services - World Wide Web Services). Note #2: An organization may choose to selectively grant exceptions to web developers to allow IIS (or another web server) on their workstation, in order for them to locally test & develop web pages. However, the organization should track those machines and ensure the security controls and mitigations are kept up to date, to reduce risk of compromise.','Hosting a website from a workstation is an increased security risk, as the attack surface of that workstation is then greatly increased. If proper security mitigations are not followed, the chance of successful attack increases significantly. Note: This security concern applies to any web server application installed on a workstation, not just IIS.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled or ensure the service is not installed. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesWorld Wide Web Publishing Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.41\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26115,'Ensure \'Xbox Accessory Management Service (XboxGipSvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service manages connected Xbox Accessories. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Xbox Live is a gaming service and has no place in an enterprise managed environment (perhaps unless it is a gaming company).','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesXbox Accessory Management Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.42\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26116,'Ensure \'Xbox Live Auth Manager (XblAuthManager)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Provides authentication and authorization services for interacting with Xbox Live. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Xbox Live is a gaming service and has no place in an enterprise managed environment (perhaps unless it is a gaming company).','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesXbox Live Auth Manager','[{\"cis\": [\"5.43\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26117,'Ensure \'Xbox Live Game Save (XblGameSave)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service syncs save data for Xbox Live save enabled games. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Xbox Live is a gaming service and has no place in an enterprise managed environment (perhaps unless it is a gaming company).','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesXbox Live Game Save','[{\"cis\": [\"5.44\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26118,'Ensure \'Xbox Live Networking Service (XboxNetApiSvc)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This service supports the Windows.Networking.XboxLive application programming interface. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Xbox Live is a gaming service and has no place in an enterprise managed environment (perhaps unless it is a gaming company).','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesXbox Live Networking Service','[{\"cis\": [\"5.45\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(26119,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Firewall state\' is set to \'On (recommended)\'.','Select On (recommended) to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security use the settings for this profile to filter network traffic. If you select Off, Windows Firewall with Advanced Security will not use any of the firewall rules or connection security rules for this profile. The recommended state for this setting is: On (recommended).','If the firewall is turned off all traffic will be able to access the system and an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to On (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileFirewall state','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26120,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Inbound connections\' is set to \'Block (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for inbound connections that do not match an inbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Block (default).','If the firewall allows all traffic to access the system then an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Block (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileInbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26121,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Outbound connections\' is set to \'Allow (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for outbound connections that do not match an outbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Allow (default).','Some people believe that it is prudent to block all outbound connections except those specifically approved by the user or administrator. Microsoft disagrees with this opinion, blocking outbound connections by default will force users to deal with a large number of dialog boxes prompting them to authorize or block applications such as their web browser or instant messaging software. Additionally, blocking outbound traffic has little value because if an attacker has compromised the system they can reconfigure the firewall anyway.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Allow (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileOutbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26122,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Settings: Display a notification\' is set to \'No\'.','Select this option to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security display notifications to the user when a program is blocked from receiving inbound connections. The recommended state for this setting is: No. Note: When the Apply local firewall rules setting is configured to No, it\'s recommended to also configure the Display a notification setting to No. Otherwise, users will continue to receive messages that ask if they want to unblock a restricted inbound connection, but the user\'s response will be ignored.','Firewall notifications can be complex and may confuse the end users, who would not be able to address the alert.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to No: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileSettings CustomizeDisplay a notification','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26123,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Logging: Name\' is set to \'%SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewalldomainfw.log\'.','Use this option to specify the path and name of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewalldomainfw.log.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewalldomainfw.log: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileLogging CustomizeName','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26124,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Logging: Size limit (KB)\' is set to \'16,384 KB or greater\'.','Use this option to specify the size limit of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: 16,384 KB or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 16,384 KB or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileLogging CustomizeSize limit (KB)','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26125,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Logging: Log dropped packets\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security discards an inbound packet for any reason. The log records why and when the packet was dropped. Look for entries with the word DROP in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileLogging CustomizeLog dropped packets','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26126,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Logging: Log successful connections\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security allows an inbound connection. The log records why and when the connection was formed. Look for entries with the word ALLOW in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileLogging CustomizeLog successful connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26127,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Firewall state\' is set to \'On (recommended)\'.','Select On (recommended) to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security use the settings for this profile to filter network traffic. If you select Off, Windows Firewall with Advanced Security will not use any of the firewall rules or connection security rules for this profile. The recommended state for this setting is: On (recommended).','If the firewall is turned off all traffic will be able to access the system and an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to On (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileFirewall state','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26128,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Inbound connections\' is set to \'Block (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for inbound connections that do not match an inbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Block (default).','If the firewall allows all traffic to access the system then an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Block (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileInbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26129,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Outbound connections\' is set to \'Allow (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for outbound connections that do not match an outbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Allow (default). Note: If you set Outbound connections to Block and then deploy the firewall policy by using a GPO, computers that receive the GPO settings cannot receive subsequent Group Policy updates unless you create and deploy an outbound rule that enables Group Policy to work. Predefined rules for Core Networking include outbound rules that enable Group Policy to work. Ensure that these outbound rules are active, and thoroughly test firewall profiles before deploying.','Some people believe that it is prudent to block all outbound connections except those specifically approved by the user or administrator. Microsoft disagrees with this opinion, blocking outbound connections by default will force users to deal with a large number of dialog boxes prompting them to authorize or block applications such as their web browser or instant messaging software. Additionally, blocking outbound traffic has little value because if an attacker has compromised the system they can reconfigure the firewall anyway.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Allow (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileOutbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26130,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Settings: Display a notification\' is set to \'No\'.','Select this option to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security display notifications to the user when a program is blocked from receiving inbound connections. The recommended state for this setting is: No. Note: When the Apply local firewall rules setting is configured to No, it\'s recommended to also configure the Display a notification setting to No. Otherwise, users will continue to receive messages that ask if they want to unblock a restricted inbound connection, but the user\'s response will be ignored.','Firewall notifications can be complex and may confuse the end users, who would not be able to address the alert.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to No: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileSettings CustomizeDisplay a notification','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26131,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Logging: Name\' is set to \'%SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallprivatefw.log\'.','Use this option to specify the path and name of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallprivatefw.log.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallprivatefw.log: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileLogging CustomizeName','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26132,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Logging: Size limit (KB)\' is set to \'16,384 KB or greater\'.','Use this option to specify the size limit of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: 16,384 KB or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 16,384 KB or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileLogging CustomizeSize limit (KB)','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26133,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Logging: Log dropped packets\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security discards an inbound packet for any reason. The log records why and when the packet was dropped. Look for entries with the word DROP in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileLogging CustomizeLog dropped packets','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26134,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Logging: Log successful connections\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security allows an inbound connection. The log records why and when the connection was formed. Look for entries with the word ALLOW in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileLogging CustomizeLog successful connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26135,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Firewall state\' is set to \'On (recommended)\'.','Select On (recommended) to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security use the settings for this profile to filter network traffic. If you select Off, Windows Firewall with Advanced Security will not use any of the firewall rules or connection security rules for this profile. The recommended state for this setting is: On (recommended).','If the firewall is turned off all traffic will be able to access the system and an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to On (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileFirewall state','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26136,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Inbound connections\' is set to \'Block (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for inbound connections that do not match an inbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Block (default).','If the firewall allows all traffic to access the system then an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Block (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileInbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26137,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Outbound connections\' is set to \'Allow (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for outbound connections that do not match an outbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Allow (default). Note: If you set Outbound connections to Block and then deploy the firewall policy by using a GPO, computers that receive the GPO settings cannot receive subsequent Group Policy updates unless you create and deploy an outbound rule that enables Group Policy to work. Predefined rules for Core Networking include outbound rules that enable Group Policy to work. Ensure that these outbound rules are active, and thoroughly test firewall profiles before deploying.','Some people believe that it is prudent to block all outbound connections except those specifically approved by the user or administrator. Microsoft disagrees with this opinion, blocking outbound connections by default will force users to deal with a large number of dialog boxes prompting them to authorize or block applications such as their web browser or instant messaging software. Additionally, blocking outbound traffic has little value because if an attacker has compromised the system they can reconfigure the firewall anyway.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Allow (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileOutbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26138,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Settings: Display a notification\' is set to \'No\'.','Select this option to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security display notifications to the user when a program is blocked from receiving inbound connections. The recommended state for this setting is: No.','Some organizations may prefer to avoid alarming users when firewall rules block certain types of network activity. However, notifications can be helpful when troubleshooting network issues involving the firewall.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to \'No\': Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileSettings CustomizeDisplay a notification','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26139,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Settings: Apply local firewall rules\' is set to \'No\'.','This setting controls whether local administrators are allowed to create local firewall rules that apply together with firewall rules configured by Group Policy. The recommended state for this setting is: No. Note: When the Apply local firewall rules setting is configured to No, it\'s recommended to also configure the Display a notification setting to No. Otherwise, users will continue to receive messages that ask if they want to unblock a restricted inbound connection, but the user\'s response will be ignored.','When in the Public profile, there should be no special local firewall exceptions per computer. These settings should be managed by a centralized policy.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to No: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileSettings CustomizeApply local firewall rules','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26140,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Settings: Apply local connection security rules\' is set to \'No\'.','This setting controls whether local administrators are allowed to create connection security rules that apply together with connection security rules configured by Group Policy. The recommended state for this setting is: No.','Users with administrative privileges might create firewall rules that expose the system to remote attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to No: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileSettings CustomizeApply local connection security rules','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26141,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Logging: Name\' is set to \'%SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallpublicfw.log\'.','Use this option to specify the path and name of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallpublicfw.log.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallpublicfw.log: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileLogging CustomizeName','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26142,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Logging: Size limit (KB)\' is set to \'16,384 KB or greater\'.','Use this option to specify the size limit of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: 16,384 KB or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 16,384 KB or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileLogging CustomizeSize limit (KB)','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26143,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Logging: Log dropped packets\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security discards an inbound packet for any reason. The log records why and when the packet was dropped. Look for entries with the word DROP in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileLogging CustomizeLog dropped packets','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26144,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Logging: Log successful connections\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security allows an inbound connection. The log records why and when the connection was formed. Look for entries with the word ALLOW in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileLogging CustomizeLog successful connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26145,'Ensure \'Audit Credential Validation\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports the results of validation tests on credentials submitted for a user account logon request. These events occur on the computer that is authoritative for the credentials. For domain accounts, the Domain Controller is authoritative, whereas for local accounts, the local computer is authoritative. In domain environments, most of the Account Logon events occur in the Security log of the Domain Controllers that are authoritative for the domain accounts. However, these events can occur on other computers in the organization when local accounts are used to log on. Events for this subcategory include: - 4774: An account was mapped for logon. - 4775: An account could not be mapped for logon. - 4776: The Domain Controller attempted to validate the credentials for an account. - 4777: The Domain Controller failed to validate the credentials for an account. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount LogonAudit Credential Validation','[{\"cis\": [\"17.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26146,'Ensure \'Audit Application Group Management\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to application groups such as the following: - Application group is created, changed, or deleted. - Member is added or removed from an application group. Application groups are utilized by Windows Authorization Manager, which is a flexible framework created by Microsoft for integrating role-based access control (RBAC) into applications. More information on Windows Authorization Manager is available at MSDN - Windows Authorization Manager. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing events in this category may be useful when investigating an incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit Application Group Management','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26147,'Ensure \'Audit Security Group Management\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports each event of security group management, such as when a security group is created, changed, or deleted or when a member is added to or removed from a security group. If you enable this Audit policy setting, administrators can track events to detect malicious, accidental, and authorized creation of security group accounts. Events for this subcategory include: - 4727: A security-enabled global group was created. - 4728: A member was added to a security-enabled global group. - 4729: A member was removed from a security-enabled global group. - 4730: A security-enabled global group was deleted. - 4731: A security-enabled local group was created. - 4732: A member was added to a security-enabled local group. - 4733: A member was removed from a security-enabled local group. - 4734: A security-enabled local group was deleted. - 4735: A security-enabled local group was changed. - 4737: A security-enabled global group was changed. - 4754: A security-enabled universal group was created. - 4755: A security-enabled universal group was changed. - 4756: A member was added to a security-enabled universal group. - 4757: A member was removed from a security-enabled universal group. - 4758: A security-enabled universal group was deleted. - 4764: A group\'s type was changed. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit Security Group Management','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26148,'Ensure \'Audit User Account Management\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports each event of user account management, such as when a user account is created, changed, or deleted; a user account is renamed, disabled, or enabled; or a password is set or changed. If you enable this Audit policy setting, administrators can track events to detect malicious, accidental, and authorized creation of user accounts. Events for this subcategory include: - 4720: A user account was created. - 4722: A user account was enabled. - 4723: An attempt was made to change an account\'s password. - 4724: An attempt was made to reset an account\'s password. - 4725: A user account was disabled. - 4726: A user account was deleted. - 4738: A user account was changed. - 4740: A user account was locked out. - 4765: SID History was added to an account. - 4766: An attempt to add SID History to an account failed. - 4767: A user account was unlocked. - 4780: The ACL was set on accounts which are members of administrators groups. - 4781: The name of an account was changed: - 4794: An attempt was made to set the Directory Services Restore Mode. - 5376: Credential Manager credentials were backed up. - 5377: Credential Manager credentials were restored from a backup. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit User Account Management','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26149,'Ensure \'Audit PNP Activity\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit when plug and play detects an external device. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success. Note: A Windows 10, Server 2016 or newer OS is required to access and set this value in Group Policy.','Enabling this setting will allow a user to audit events when a device is plugged into a system. This can help alert IT staff if unapproved devices are plugged in.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesDetailed TrackingAudit PNP Activity','[{\"cis\": [\"17.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26150,'Ensure \'Audit Process Creation\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports the creation of a process and the name of the program or user that created it. Events for this subcategory include: - 4688: A new process has been created. - 4696: A primary token was assigned to process. Refer to Microsoft Knowledge Base article 947226: Description of security events in Windows Vista and in Windows Server 2008 for the most recent information about this setting. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesDetailed TrackingAudit Process Creation','[{\"cis\": [\"17.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26151,'Ensure \'Audit Account Lockout\' is set to include \'Failure\'.','This subcategory reports when a user\'s account is locked out as a result of too many failed logon attempts. Events for this subcategory include: - 4625: An account failed to log on. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Account Lockout','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26152,'Ensure \'Audit Group Membership\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This policy allows you to audit the group membership information in the user’s logon token. Events in this subcategory are generated on the computer on which a logon session is created. For an interactive logon, the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user logged on to. For a network logon, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the computer hosting the resource. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success. Note: A Windows 10, Server 2016 or newer OS is required to access and set this value in Group Policy.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Group Membership','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26153,'Ensure \'Audit Logoff\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports when a user logs off from the system. These events occur on the accessed computer. For interactive logons, the generation of these events occurs on the computer that is logged on to. If a network logon takes place to access a share, these events generate on the computer that hosts the accessed resource. If you configure this setting to No auditing, it is difficult or impossible to determine which user has accessed or attempted to access organization computers. Events for this subcategory include: - 4634: An account was logged off. - 4647: User initiated logoff. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Logoff','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26154,'Ensure \'Audit Logon\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports when a user attempts to log on to the system. These events occur on the accessed computer. For interactive logons, the generation of these events occurs on the computer that is logged on to. If a network logon takes place to access a share, these events generate on the computer that hosts the accessed resource. If you configure this setting to No auditing, it is difficult or impossible to determine which user has accessed or attempted to access organization computers. Events for this subcategory include: - 4624: An account was successfully logged on. - 4625: An account failed to log on. - 4648: A logon was attempted using explicit credentials. - 4675: SIDs were filtered. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Logon','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26155,'Ensure \'Audit Other Logon/Logoff Events\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports other logon/logoff-related events, such as Remote Desktop Services session disconnects and reconnects, using RunAs to run processes under a different account, and locking and unlocking a workstation. Events for this subcategory include: - 4649: A replay attack was detected. - 4778: A session was reconnected to a Window Station. - 4779: A session was disconnected from a Window Station. - 4800: The workstation was locked. - 4801: The workstation was unlocked. - 4802: The screen saver was invoked. - 4803: The screen saver was dismissed. - 5378: The requested credentials delegation was disallowed by policy. - 5632: A request was made to authenticate to a wireless network. - 5633: A request was made to authenticate to a wired network. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Other Logon/Logoff Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26156,'Ensure \'Audit Special Logon\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports when a special logon is used. A special logon is a logon that has administrator-equivalent privileges and can be used to elevate a process to a higher level. Events for this subcategory include: - 4964 : Special groups have been assigned to a new logon. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Special Logon','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26157,'Ensure \'Audit Detailed File Share\' is set to include \'Failure\'.','This subcategory allows you to audit attempts to access files and folders on a shared folder. Events for this subcategory include: - 5145: network share object was checked to see whether client can be granted desired access. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Failure.','Auditing the Failures will log which unauthorized users attempted (and failed) to get access to a file or folder on a network share on this computer, which could possibly be an indication of malicious intent.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesObject AccessAudit Detailed File Share','[{\"cis\": [\"17.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}]'),(26158,'Ensure \'Audit File Share\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit attempts to access a shared folder. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure. Note: There are no system access control lists (SACLs) for shared folders. If this policy setting is enabled, access to all shared folders on the system is audited.','In an enterprise managed environment, workstations should have limited file sharing activity, as file servers would normally handle the overall burden of file sharing activities. Any unusual file sharing activity on workstations may therefore be useful in an investigation of potentially malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesObject AccessAudit File Share','[{\"cis\": [\"17.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}]'),(26159,'Ensure \'Audit Other Object Access Events\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by the management of task scheduler jobs or COM+ objects. For scheduler jobs, the following are audited: - Job created. - Job deleted. - Job enabled. - Job disabled. - Job updated. For COM+ objects, the following are audited: - Catalog object added. - Catalog object updated. - Catalog object deleted. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','The unexpected creation of scheduled tasks and COM+ objects could potentially be an indication of malicious activity. Since these types of actions are generally low volume, it may be useful to capture them in the audit logs for use during an investigation.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesObject AccessAudit Other Object Access Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26160,'Ensure \'Audit Removable Storage\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit user attempts to access file system objects on a removable storage device. A security audit event is generated only for all objects for all types of access requested. If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated each time an account accesses a file system object on a removable storage. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts. If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an account accesses a file system object on a removable storage. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure. Note: A Windows 8.0, Server 2012 (non-R2) or newer OS is required to access and set this value in Group Policy.','Auditing removable storage may be useful when investigating an incident. For example, if an individual is suspected of copying sensitive information onto a USB drive.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesObject AccessAudit Removable Storage','[{\"cis\": [\"17.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26161,'Ensure \'Audit Audit Policy Change\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports changes in audit policy including SACL changes. Events for this subcategory include: - 4715: The audit policy (SACL) on an object was changed. - 4719: System audit policy was changed. - 4902: The Per-user audit policy table was created. - 4904: An attempt was made to register a security event source. - 4905: An attempt was made to unregister a security event source. - 4906: The CrashOnAuditFail value has changed. - 4907: Auditing settings on object were changed. - 4908: Special Groups Logon table modified. - 4912: Per User Audit Policy was changed. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit Audit Policy Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26162,'Ensure \'Audit Authentication Policy Change\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports changes in authentication policy. Events for this subcategory include: - 4706: A new trust was created to a domain. - 4707: A trust to a domain was removed. - 4713: Kerberos policy was changed. - 4716: Trusted domain information was modified. - 4717: System security access was granted to an account. - 4718: System security access was removed from an account. - 4739: Domain Policy was changed. - 4864: A namespace collision was detected. - 4865: A trusted forest information entry was added. - 4866: A trusted forest information entry was removed. - 4867: A trusted forest information entry was modified. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit Authentication Policy Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26163,'Ensure \'Audit Authorization Policy Change\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports changes in authorization policy. Events for this subcategory include: - 4704: A user right was assigned. - 4705: A user right was removed. - 4706: A new trust was created to a domain. - 4707: A trust to a domain was removed. - 4714: Encrypted data recovery policy was changed. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit Authorization Policy Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26164,'Ensure \'Audit MPSSVC Rule-Level Policy Change\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory determines whether the operating system generates audit events when changes are made to policy rules for the Microsoft Protection Service (MPSSVC.exe). Events for this subcategory include: - 4944: The following policy was active when the Windows Firewall started. - 4945: A rule was listed when the Windows Firewall started. - 4946: A change has been made to Windows Firewall exception list. A rule was added. - 4947: A change has been made to Windows Firewall exception list. A rule was modified. - 4948: A change has been made to Windows Firewall exception list. A rule was deleted. - 4949: Windows Firewall settings were restored to the default values. - 4950: A Windows Firewall setting has changed. - 4951: A rule has been ignored because its major version number was not recognized by Windows Firewall. - 4952: Parts of a rule have been ignored because its minor version number was not recognized by Windows Firewall. The other parts of the rule will be enforced. - 4953: A rule has been ignored by Windows Firewall because it could not parse the rule. - 4954: Windows Firewall Group Policy settings have changed. The new settings have been applied. - 4956: Windows Firewall has changed the active profile. - 4957: Windows Firewall did not apply the following rule. - 4958: Windows Firewall did not apply the following rule because the rule referred to items not configured on this computer. The recommended state for this setting is : Success and Failure','Changes to firewall rules are important for understanding the security state of the computer and how well it is protected against network attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit MPSSVC Rule-Level Policy Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26165,'Ensure \'Audit Other Policy Change Events\' is set to include \'Failure\'.','This subcategory contains events about EFS Data Recovery Agent policy changes, changes in Windows Filtering Platform filter, status on Security policy settings updates for local Group Policy settings, Central Access Policy changes, and detailed troubleshooting events for Cryptographic Next Generation (CNG) operations. - 5063: A cryptographic provider operation was attempted. - 5064: A cryptographic context operation was attempted. - 5065: A cryptographic context modification was attempted. - 5066: A cryptographic function operation was attempted. - 5067: A cryptographic function modification was attempted. - 5068: A cryptographic function provider operation was attempted. - 5069: A cryptographic function property operation was attempted. - 5070: A cryptographic function property modification was attempted. - 6145: One or more errors occurred while processing security policy in the group policy objects. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Failure.','This setting can help detect errors in applied Security settings which came from Group Policy, and failure events related to Cryptographic Next Generation (CNG) functions.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit Other Policy Change Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26166,'Ensure \'Audit Sensitive Privilege Use\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports when a user account or service uses a sensitive privilege. A sensitive privilege includes the following user rights: - Act as part of the operating system - Back up files and directories - Create a token object - Debug programs - Enable computer and user accounts to be trusted for delegation - Generate security audits - Impersonate a client after authentication - Load and unload device drivers - Manage auditing and security log - Modify firmware environment values - Replace a process-level token - Restore files and directories - Take ownership of files or other objects Auditing this subcategory will create a high volume of events. Events for this subcategory include: - 4672: Special privileges assigned to new logon. - 4673: A privileged service was called. - 4674: An operation was attempted on a privileged object. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPrivilege UseAudit Sensitive Privilege Use','[{\"cis\": [\"17.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26167,'Ensure \'Audit IPsec Driver\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports on the activities of the Internet Protocol security (IPsec) driver. Events for this subcategory include: - 4960: IPsec dropped an inbound packet that failed an integrity check. If this problem persists, it could indicate a network issue or that packets are being modified in transit to this computer. Verify that the packets sent from the remote computer are the same as those received by this computer. This error might also indicate interoperability problems with other IPsec implementations. - 4961: IPsec dropped an inbound packet that failed a replay check. If this problem persists, it could indicate a replay attack against this computer. - 4962: IPsec dropped an inbound packet that failed a replay check. The inbound packet had too low a sequence number to ensure it was not a replay. - 4963: IPsec dropped an inbound clear text packet that should have been secured. This is usually due to the remote computer changing its IPsec policy without informing this computer. This could also be a spoofing attack attempt. - 4965: IPsec received a packet from a remote computer with an incorrect Security Parameter Index (SPI). This is usually caused by malfunctioning hardware that is corrupting packets. If these errors persist, verify that the packets sent from the remote computer are the same as those received by this computer. This error may also indicate interoperability problems with other IPsec implementations. In that case, if connectivity is not impeded, then these events can be ignored. - 5478: IPsec Services has started successfully. - 5479: IPsec Services has been shut down successfully. The shutdown of IPsec Services can put the computer at greater risk of network attack or expose the computer to potential security risks. - 5480: IPsec Services failed to get the complete list of network interfaces on the computer. This poses a potential security risk because some of the network interfaces may not get the protection provided by the applied IPsec filters. Use the IP Security Monitor snap-in to diagnose the problem. - 5483: IPsec Services failed to initialize RPC server. IPsec Services could not be started. - 5484: IPsec Services has experienced a critical failure and has been shut down. The shutdown of IPsec Services can put the computer at greater risk of network attack or expose the computer to potential security risks. - 5485: IPsec Services failed to process some IPsec filters on a plug-and-play event for network interfaces. This poses a potential security risk because some of the network interfaces may not get the protection provided by the applied IPsec filters. Use the IP Security Monitor snap-in to diagnose the problem. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit IPsec Driver','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26168,'Ensure \'Audit Other System Events\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports on other system events. Events for this subcategory include: - 5024 : The Windows Firewall Service has started successfully. - 5025 : The Windows Firewall Service has been stopped. - 5027 : The Windows Firewall Service was unable to retrieve the security policy from the local storage. The service will continue enforcing the current policy. - 5028 : The Windows Firewall Service was unable to parse the new security policy. The service will continue with currently enforced policy. - 5029: The Windows Firewall Service failed to initialize the driver. The service will continue to enforce the current policy. - 5030: The Windows Firewall Service failed to start. - 5032: Windows Firewall was unable to notify the user that it blocked an application from accepting incoming connections on the network. - 5033 : The Windows Firewall Driver has started successfully. - 5034 : The Windows Firewall Driver has been stopped. - 5035 : The Windows Firewall Driver failed to start. - 5037 : The Windows Firewall Driver detected critical runtime error. Terminating. - 5058: Key file operation. - 5059: Key migration operation. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Capturing these audit events may be useful for identifying when the Windows Firewall is not performing as expected.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit Other System Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26169,'Ensure \'Audit Security State Change\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports changes in security state of the system, such as when the security subsystem starts and stops. Events for this subcategory include: - 4608: Windows is starting up. - 4609: Windows is shutting down. - 4616: The system time was changed. - 4621: Administrator recovered system from CrashOnAuditFail. Users who are not administrators will now be allowed to log on. Some audit-able activity might not have been recorded. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit Security State Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26170,'Ensure \'Audit Security System Extension\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports the loading of extension code such as authentication packages by the security subsystem. Events for this subcategory include: - 4610: An authentication package has been loaded by the Local Security Authority. - 4611: A trusted logon process has been registered with the Local Security Authority. - 4614: A notification package has been loaded by the Security Account Manager. - 4622: A security package has been loaded by the Local Security Authority. - 4697: A service was installed in the system. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit Security System Extension','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26171,'Ensure \'Audit System Integrity\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports on violations of integrity of the security subsystem. Events for this subcategory include: - 4612 : Internal resources allocated for the queuing of audit messages have been exhausted, leading to the loss of some audits. - 4615 : Invalid use of LPC port. - 4618 : A monitored security event pattern has occurred. - 4816 : RPC detected an integrity violation while decrypting an incoming message. - 5038 : Code integrity determined that the image hash of a file is not valid. The file could be corrupt due to unauthorized modification or the invalid hash could indicate a potential disk device error. - 5056: A cryptographic self test was performed. - 5057: A cryptographic primitive operation failed. - 5060: Verification operation failed. - 5061: Cryptographic operation. - 5062: A kernel-mode cryptographic self test was performed. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit System Integrity','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26172,'Ensure \'Prevent enabling lock screen camera\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Disables the lock screen camera toggle switch in PC Settings and prevents a camera from being invoked on the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Disabling the lock screen camera extends the protection afforded by the lock screen to camera features.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesControl PanelPersonalizationPrevent enabling lock screen camera. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ControlPanelDisplay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.1.1.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26173,'Ensure \'Prevent enabling lock screen slide show\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Disables the lock screen slide show settings in PC Settings and prevents a slide show from playing on the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Disabling the lock screen slide show extends the protection afforded by the lock screen to slide show contents.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesControl PanelPersonalizationPrevent enabling lock screen slide show. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ControlPanelDisplay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.1.1.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26174,'Ensure \'Allow users to enable online speech recognition services\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy enables the automatic learning component of input personalization that includes speech, inking, and typing. Automatic learning enables the collection of speech and handwriting patterns, typing history, contacts, and recent calendar information. It is required for the use of Cortana. Some of this collected information may be stored on the user\'s OneDrive, in the case of inking and typing; some of the information will be uploaded to Microsoft to personalize speech. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If this setting is Enabled sensitive information could be stored in the cloud or sent to Microsoft.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesControl PanelRegional and Language OptionsAllow users to enable online speech recognition services. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Globalization.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allow input personalization, but it was renamed to Allow users to enable online speech recognition services starting with the Windows 10 R1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.1.2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26175,'Ensure \'Allow Online Tips\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting configures the retrieval of online tips and help for the Settings app. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesControl PanelAllow Online Tips. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ControlPanel.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(26176,'Ensure LAPS AdmPwd GPO Extension / CSE is installed.','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','In order to utilize LAPS, a minor Active Directory Schema update is required, and a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) must be installed on each managed computer. When LAPS is installed, the file AdmPwd.dll must be present in the following location and registered in Windows (the LAPS AdmPwd GPO Extension / CSE installation does this for you): C:Program FilesLAPSCSEAdmPwd.dll','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\", \"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26177,'Ensure \'Do not allow password expiration time longer than required by policy\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSDo not allow password expiration time longer than required by policy. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26178,'Ensure \'Enable Local Admin Password Management\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSEnable Local Admin Password Management. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\", \"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26179,'Ensure \'Password Settings: Password Complexity\' is set to \'Enabled: Large letters + small letters + numbers + special characters\'.','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Large letters + small letters + numbers + special characters. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, and configure the Password Complexity option to Large letters + small letters + numbers + special characters: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSPassword Settings. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26180,'Ensure \'Password Settings: Password Length\' is set to \'Enabled: 15 or more\'.','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 15 or more. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, and configure the Password Length option to 15 or more: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSPassword Settings. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26181,'Ensure \'Password Settings: Password Age (Days)\' is set to \'Enabled: 30 or fewer\'.','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 30 or fewer. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, and configure the Password Age (Days) option to 30 or fewer: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSPassword Settings. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26182,'Ensure \'Apply UAC restrictions to local accounts on network logons\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting controls whether local accounts can be used for remote administration via network logon (e.g., NET USE, connecting to C$, etc.). Local accounts are at high risk for credential theft when the same account and password is configured on multiple systems. Enabling this policy significantly reduces that risk. Enabled: Applies UAC token-filtering to local accounts on network logons. Membership in powerful group such as Administrators is disabled and powerful privileges are removed from the resulting access token. This configures the LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy registry value to 0. This is the default behavior for Windows. Disabled: Allows local accounts to have full administrative rights when authenticating via network logon, by configuring the LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy registry value to 1. For more information about local accounts and credential theft, review the \'Mitigating Pass-the-Hash (PtH) Attacks and Other Credential Theft Techniques\' documents. For more information about LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy, see Microsoft Knowledge Base article 951016: Description of User Account Control and remote restrictions in Windows Vista. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Local accounts are at high risk for credential theft when the same account and password is configured on multiple systems. Ensuring this policy is Enabled significantly reduces that risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideApply UAC restrictions to local accounts on network logons. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26183,'Ensure \'Configure SMB v1 client driver\' is set to \'Enabled: Disable driver\'.','This setting configures the start type for the Server Message Block version 1 (SMBv1) client driver service (MRxSmb10), which is recommended to be disabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Disable driver (recommended). Note: Do not, under any circumstances, configure this overall setting as Disabled, as doing so will delete the underlying registry entry altogether, which will cause serious problems.','Since September 2016, Microsoft has strongly encouraged that SMBv1 be disabled and no longer used on modern networks, as it is a 30 year old design that is much more vulnerable to attacks then much newer designs such as SMBv2 and SMBv3.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Disable driver (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideConfigure SMB v1 client driver. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26184,'Ensure \'Configure SMB v1 server\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting configures the server-side processing of the Server Message Block version 1 (SMBv1) protocol. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Since September 2016, Microsoft has strongly encouraged that SMBv1 be disabled and no longer used on modern networks, as it is a 30 year old design that is much more vulnerable to attacks then much newer designs such as SMBv2 and SMBv3.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideConfigure SMB v1 server. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26185,'Ensure \'Enable Structured Exception Handling Overwrite Protection (SEHOP)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Windows includes support for Structured Exception Handling Overwrite Protection (SEHOP). We recommend enabling this feature to improve the security profile of the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This feature is designed to block exploits that use the Structured Exception Handler (SEH) overwrite technique. This protection mechanism is provided at run-time. Therefore, it helps protect applications regardless of whether they have been compiled with the latest improvements, such as the /SAFESEH option.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideEnable Structured Exception Handling Overwrite Protection (SEHOP). Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(26186,'Ensure \'Limits print driver installation to Administrators\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether users that aren\'t Administrators can install print drivers on the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: On August 10, 2021, Microsoft announced a Point and Print Default Behavior Change which modifies the default Point and Print driver installation and update behavior to require Administrator privileges. This is documented in KB5005652—Manage new Point and Print default driver installation behavior (CVE-2021-34481).','Restricting the installation of print drives to Administrators can help mitigate the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other Print Spooler attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideLimits print driver installation to Administrators. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template SecGuide.admx/adml is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.5\"]}]'),(26187,'Ensure \'NetBT NodeType configuration\' is set to \'Enabled: P-node\'.','This setting determines which method NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) uses to register and resolve names. The available methods are: The B-node (broadcast) method only uses broadcasts. The P-node (point-to-point) method only uses name queries to a name server (WINS). The M-node (mixed) method broadcasts first, then queries a name server (WINS) if broadcast failed. The H-node (hybrid) method queries a name server (WINS) first, then broadcasts if the query failed. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: P-node (recommended) (point-to- point). Note: Resolution through LMHOSTS or DNS follows these methods. If the NodeType registry value is present, it overrides any DhcpNodeType registry value. If neither NodeType nor DhcpNodeType is present, the computer uses B-node (broadcast) if there are no WINS servers configured for the network, or H-node (hybrid) if there is at least one WINS server configured.','In order to help mitigate the risk of NetBIOS Name Service (NBT-NS) poisoning attacks, setting the node type to P-node (point-to-point) will prevent the system from sending out NetBIOS broadcasts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: P-node (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideNetBT NodeType configuration. Note: This change does not take effect until the computer has been restarted. Note #2: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26188,'Ensure \'WDigest Authentication\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','When WDigest authentication is enabled, Lsass.exe retains a copy of the user\'s plaintext password in memory, where it can be at risk of theft. If this setting is not configured, WDigest authentication is disabled in Windows 8.1 and in Windows Server 2012 R2; it is enabled by default in earlier versions of Windows and Windows Server. For more information about local accounts and credential theft, review the \'Mitigating Pass-the-Hash (PtH) Attacks and Other Credential Theft Techniques\' documents. For more information about UseLogonCredential, see Microsoft Knowledge Base article 2871997: Microsoft Security Advisory Update to improve credentials protection and management May 13, 2014. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Preventing the plaintext storage of credentials in memory may reduce opportunity for credential theft.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideWDigest Authentication (disabling may require KB2871997). Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26189,'Ensure \'MSS: (AutoAdminLogon) Enable Automatic Logon (not recommended)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting is separate from the Welcome screen feature in Windows XP and Windows Vista; if that feature is disabled, this setting is not disabled. If you configure a computer for automatic logon, anyone who can physically gain access to the computer can also gain access to everything that is on the computer, including any network or networks to which the computer is connected. Also, if you enable automatic logon, the password is stored in the registry in plaintext, and the specific registry key that stores this value is remotely readable by the Authenticated Users group. For additional information, see Microsoft Knowledge Base article 324737: How to turn on automatic logon in Windows. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If you configure a computer for automatic logon, anyone who can physically gain access to the computer can also gain access to everything that is on the computer, including any network or networks that the computer is connected to. Also, if you enable automatic logon, the password is stored in the registry in plaintext. The specific registry key that stores this setting is remotely readable by the Authenticated Users group. As a result, this entry is appropriate only if the computer is physically secured and if you ensure that untrusted users cannot remotely see the registry.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (AutoAdminLogon) Enable Automatic Logon (not recommended). Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26190,'Ensure \'MSS: (DisableIPSourceRouting IPv6) IP source routing protection level (protects against packet spoofing)\' is set to \'Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled\'.','IP source routing is a mechanism that allows the sender to determine the IP route that a datagram should follow through the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled.','An attacker could use source routed packets to obscure their identity and location. Source routing allows a computer that sends a packet to specify the route that the packet takes.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (DisableIPSourceRouting IPv6) IP source routing protection level (protects against packet spoofing). Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26191,'Ensure \'MSS: (DisableIPSourceRouting) IP source routing protection level (protects against packet spoofing)\' is set to \'Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled\'.','IP source routing is a mechanism that allows the sender to determine the IP route that a datagram should take through the network. It is recommended to configure this setting to Not Defined for enterprise environments and to Highest Protection for high security environments to completely disable source routing. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled.','An attacker could use source routed packets to obscure their identity and location. Source routing allows a computer that sends a packet to specify the route that the packet takes.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (DisableIPSourceRouting) IP source routing protection level (protects against packet spoofing). Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26192,'Ensure \'MSS: (DisableSavePassword) Prevent the dial-up password from being saved\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','When you dial a phonebook or VPN entry in Dial-Up Networking, you can use the \"Save Password\" option so that your Dial-Up Networking password is cached and you will not need to enter it on successive dial attempts. For security, administrators may want to prevent users from caching passwords. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker who steals a mobile user\'s computer could automatically connect to the organization\'s network if the Save This Password check box is selected for the dial-up or VPN networking entry used to connect to your organization\'s network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS:(DisableSavePassword) Prevent the dial-up password from being saved. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26193,'Ensure \'MSS: (EnableICMPRedirect) Allow ICMP redirects to override OSPF generated routes\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) redirects cause the IPv4 stack to plumb host routes. These routes override the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) generated routes. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This behavior is expected. The problem is that the 10 minute time-out period for the ICMP redirect-plumbed routes temporarily creates a network situation in which traffic will no longer be routed properly for the affected host. Ignoring such ICMP redirects will limit the system\'s exposure to attacks that will impact its ability to participate on the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (EnableICMPRedirect) Allow ICMP redirects to override OSPF generated routes. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}]'),(26194,'Ensure \'MSS: (KeepAliveTime) How often keep-alive packets are sent in milliseconds\' is set to \'Enabled: 300,000 or 5 minutes (recommended)\'.','This value controls how often TCP attempts to verify that an idle connection is still intact by sending a keep-alive packet. If the remote computer is still reachable, it acknowledges the keep-alive packet. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 300,000 or 5 minutes (recommended).','An attacker who is able to connect to network applications could establish numerous connections to cause a DoS condition.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 300,000 or 5 minutes (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (KeepAliveTime) How often keep-alive packets are sent in milliseconds. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26195,'Ensure \'MSS: (NoNameReleaseOnDemand) Allow the computer to ignore NetBIOS name release requests except from WINS servers\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','NetBIOS over TCP/IP is a network protocol that among other things provides a way to easily resolve NetBIOS names that are registered on Windows-based systems to the IP addresses that are configured on those systems. This setting determines whether the computer releases its NetBIOS name when it receives a name-release request. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The NetBT protocol is designed not to use authentication, and is therefore vulnerable to spoofing. Spoofing makes a transmission appear to come from a user other than the user who performed the action. A malicious user could exploit the unauthenticated nature of the protocol to send a name-conflict datagram to a target computer, which would cause the computer to relinquish its name and not respond to queries. An attacker could send a request over the network and query a computer to release its NetBIOS name. As with any change that could affect applications, it is recommended that you test this change in a non-production environment before you change the production environment. The result of such an attack could be to cause intermittent connectivity issues on the target computer, or even to prevent the use of Network Neighborhood, domain logons, the NET SEND command, or additional NetBIOS name resolution.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (NoNameReleaseOnDemand) Allow the computer to ignore NetBIOS name release requests except from WINS servers. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26196,'Ensure \'MSS: (PerformRouterDiscovery) Allow IRDP to detect and configure Default Gateway addresses (could lead to DoS)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting is used to enable or disable the Internet Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP), which allows the system to detect and configure default gateway addresses automatically as described in RFC 1256 on a per-interface basis. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','An attacker who has gained control of a computer on the same network segment could configure a computer on the network to impersonate a router. Other computers with IRDP enabled would then attempt to route their traffic through the already compromised computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (PerformRouterDiscovery) Allow IRDP to detect and configure Default Gateway addresses (could lead to DoS). Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26197,'Ensure \'MSS: (SafeDllSearchMode) Enable Safe DLL search mode (recommended)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','The DLL search order can be configured to search for DLLs that are requested by running processes in one of two ways: - Search folders specified in the system path first, and then search the current working folder. - Search current working folder first, and then search the folders specified in the system path. When enabled, the registry value is set to 1. With a setting of 1, the system first searches the folders that are specified in the system path and then searches the current working folder. When disabled the registry value is set to 0 and the system first searches the current working folder and then searches the folders that are specified in the system path. Applications will be forced to search for DLLs in the system path first. For applications that require unique versions of these DLLs that are included with the application, this entry could cause performance or stability problems. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: More information on how Safe DLL search mode works is available at this link: Dynamic-Link Library Search Order - Windows applications | Microsoft Docs','If a user unknowingly executes hostile code that was packaged with additional files that include modified versions of system DLLs, the hostile code could load its own versions of those DLLs and potentially increase the type and degree of damage the code can render.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (SafeDllSearchMode) Enable Safe DLL search mode (recommended). Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26198,'Ensure \'MSS: (ScreenSaverGracePeriod) The time in seconds before the screen saver grace period expires (0 recommended)\' is set to \'Enabled: 5 or fewer seconds\'.','Windows includes a grace period between when the screen saver is launched and when the console is actually locked automatically when screen saver locking is enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 5 or fewer seconds.','The default grace period that is allowed for user movement before the screen saver lock takes effect is five seconds. If you leave the default grace period configuration, your computer is vulnerable to a potential attack from someone who could approach the console and attempt to log on to the computer before the lock takes effect. An entry to the registry can be made to adjust the length of the grace period.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 5 or fewer seconds: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (ScreenSaverGracePeriod) The time in seconds before the screen saver grace period expires (0 recommended). Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26199,'Ensure \'MSS: (TcpMaxDataRetransmissions IPv6) How many times unacknowledged data is retransmitted\' is set to \'Enabled: 3\'.','This setting controls the number of times that TCP retransmits an individual data segment (non-connect segment) before the connection is aborted. The retransmission time-out is doubled with each successive retransmission on a connection. It is reset when responses resume. The base time-out value is dynamically determined by the measured round-trip time on the connection. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 3.','A malicious user could exhaust a target computer\'s resources if it never sent any acknowledgment messages for data that was transmitted by the target computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 3: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS:(TcpMaxDataRetransmissions IPv6) How many times unacknowledged data is retransmitted. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.11\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26200,'Ensure \'MSS: (TcpMaxDataRetransmissions) How many times unacknowledged data is retransmitted\' is set to \'Enabled: 3\'.','This setting controls the number of times that TCP retransmits an individual data segment (non-connect segment) before the connection is aborted. The retransmission time-out is doubled with each successive retransmission on a connection. It is reset when responses resume. The base time-out value is dynamically determined by the measured round-trip time on the connection. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 3.','A malicious user could exhaust a target computer\'s resources if it never sent any acknowledgment messages for data that was transmitted by the target computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 3: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS:(TcpMaxDataRetransmissions) How many times unacknowledged data is retransmitted. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26201,'Ensure \'MSS: (WarningLevel) Percentage threshold for the security event log at which the system will generate a warning\' is set to \'Enabled: 90% or less\'.','This setting can generate a security audit in the Security event log when the log reaches a user-defined threshold. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 90% or less. Note: If log settings are configured to Overwrite events as needed or Overwrite events older than x days, this event will not be generated.','If the Security log reaches 90 percent of its capacity and the computer has not been configured to overwrite events as needed, more recent events will not be written to the log. If the log reaches its capacity and the computer has been configured to shut down when it can no longer record events to the Security log, the computer will shut down and will no longer be available to provide network services.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 90% or less: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (WarningLevel) Percentage threshold for the security event log at which the system will generate a warning. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.13\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.7\"]}]'),(26202,'Ensure \'Configure DNS over HTTPS (DoH) name resolution\' is set to \'Enabled: Allow DoH\' or higher.','This setting determines if DNS over HTTPS (DoH) is used by the system. DNS over HTTPS (DoH) is a protocol for performing remote Domain Name System (DNS) resolution over the Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS). For additional information on DNS over HTTPS (DoH), visit: Secure DNS Client over HTTPS (DoH) on Windows Server 2022 | Microsoft Docs. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Allow DoH. Configuring this setting to Enabled: Require DoH also conforms to the benchmark.','DNS over HTTPS (DoH) helps protect against DNS spoofing. Spoofing makes a transmission appear to come from a user other than the user who performed the action. It can also help prevent man-in-the-middle (MitM) attacks because the session in-between is encrypted.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Allow DoH (configuring to Enabled: Require DoH also conforms to the benchmark): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkDNS ClientConfigure DNS over HTTPS (DoH) name resolution. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DnsClient.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(26203,'Ensure \'Turn off multicast name resolution\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','LLMNR is a secondary name resolution protocol. With LLMNR, queries are sent using multicast over a local network link on a single subnet from a client computer to another client computer on the same subnet that also has LLMNR enabled. LLMNR does not require a DNS server or DNS client configuration, and provides name resolution in scenarios in which conventional DNS name resolution is not possible. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker can listen on a network for these LLMNR (UDP/5355) or NBT-NS (UDP/137) broadcasts and respond to them, tricking the host into thinking that it knows the location of the requested system. Note: To completely mitigate local name resolution poisoning, in addition to this setting, the properties of each installed NIC should also be set to Disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP (on the WINS tab in the NIC properties). Unfortunately, there is no global setting to achieve this that automatically applies to all NICs - it is a per-NIC setting that varies with different NIC hardware installations.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkDNS ClientTurn off multicast name resolution. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DnsClient.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26204,'Ensure \'Enable Font Providers\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether Windows is allowed to download fonts and font catalog data from an online font provider. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In an enterprise managed environment the IT department should be managing the changes to the system configuration, to ensure all changes are tested and approved.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkFontsEnable Font Providers. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"16.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(26205,'Ensure \'Enable insecure guest logons\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines if the SMB client will allow insecure guest logons to an SMB server. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Insecure guest logons are used by file servers to allow unauthenticated access to shared folders.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkLanman WorkstationEnable insecure guest logons. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template LanmanWorkstation.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.8.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26206,'Ensure \'Turn on Mapper I/O (LLTDIO) driver\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting changes the operational behavior of the Mapper I/O network protocol driver. LLTDIO allows a computer to discover the topology of a network it\'s connected to. It also allows a computer to initiate Quality-of-Service requests such as bandwidth estimation and network health analysis. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','To help protect from potentially discovering and connecting to unauthorized devices, this setting should be disabled to prevent responding to network traffic for network topology discovery.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkLink-Layer Topology DiscoveryTurn on Mapper I/O (LLTDIO) driver. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template LinkLayerTopologyDiscovery.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.9.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26207,'Ensure \'Turn on Responder (RSPNDR) driver\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting changes the operational behavior of the Responder network protocol driver. The Responder allows a computer to participate in Link Layer Topology Discovery requests so that it can be discovered and located on the network. It also allows a computer to participate in Quality-of-Service activities such as bandwidth estimation and network health analysis. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','To help protect from potentially discovering and connecting to unauthorized devices, this setting should be disabled to prevent responding to network traffic for network topology discovery.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkLink-Layer Topology DiscoveryTurn on Responder (RSPNDR) driver. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template LinkLayerTopologyDiscovery.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.9.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26208,'Ensure \'Turn off Microsoft Peer-to-Peer Networking Services\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','The Peer Name Resolution Protocol (PNRP) allows for distributed resolution of a name to an IPv6 address and port number. The protocol operates in the context of clouds. A cloud is a set of peer computers that can communicate with each other by using the same IPv6 scope. Peer-to-Peer protocols allow for applications in the areas of RTC, collaboration, content distribution and distributed processing. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting enhances the security of the environment and reduces the overall risk exposure related to peer-to-peer networking.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkMicrosoft Peer-to-Peer Networking ServicesTurn off Microsoft Peer-to-Peer Networking Services. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template P2P-pnrp.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.10.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26209,'Ensure \'Prohibit installation and configuration of Network Bridge on your DNS domain network\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','You can use this procedure to control a user\'s ability to install and configure a Network Bridge. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The Network Bridge setting, if enabled, allows users to create a Layer 2 Media Access Control (MAC) bridge, enabling them to connect two or more physical network segments together. A Network Bridge thus allows a computer that has connections to two different networks to share data between those networks. In an enterprise managed environment, where there is a need to control network traffic to only authorized paths, allowing users to create a Network Bridge increases the risk and attack surface from the bridged network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkNetwork ConnectionsProhibit installation and configuration of Network Bridge on your DNS domain network. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template NetworkConnections.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.11.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"12.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.5\"]}]'),(26210,'Ensure \'Prohibit use of Internet Connection Sharing on your DNS domain network\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Although this \'legacy\' setting traditionally applied to the use of Internet Connection Sharing (ICS) in Windows 2000, Windows XP & Server 2003, this setting now freshly applies to the Mobile Hotspot feature in Windows 10 & Server 2016. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Non-administrators should not be able to turn on the Mobile Hotspot feature and open their Internet connectivity up to nearby mobile devices.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkNetwork ConnectionsProhibit use of Internet Connection Sharing on your DNS domain network. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template NetworkConnections.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.11.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(26211,'Ensure \'Require domain users to elevate when setting a network\'s location\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether to require domain users to elevate when setting a network\'s location. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing regular users to set a network location increases the risk and attack surface.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkNetwork ConnectionsRequire domain users to elevate when setting a network\'s location. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template NetworkConnections.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.11.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(26212,'Ensure \'Hardened UNC Paths\' is set to \'Enabled, with \"Require Mutual Authentication\" and \"Require Integrity\" set for all NETLOGON and SYSVOL shares\'.','This policy setting configures secure access to UNC paths. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled, with Require Mutual Authentication and Require Integrity set for all NETLOGON and SYSVOL shares. Note: If the environment exclusively contains Windows 8.0 / Server 2012 (non-R2) or newer systems, then the \"Privacy\" setting may (optionally) also be set to enable SMB encryption. However, using SMB encryption will render the targeted share paths completely inaccessible by older OSes, so only use this additional option with caution and thorough testing.','In February 2015, Microsoft released a new control mechanism to mitigate a security risk in Group Policy as part of the MS15-011 / MSKB 3000483 security update. This mechanism requires both the installation of the new security update and also the deployment of specific group policy settings to all computers on the domain from Windows Vista / Server 2008 (non-R2) or newer (the associated security patch to enable this feature was not released for Server 2003). A new group policy template (NetworkProvider.admx/adml) was also provided with the security update. Once the new GPO template is in place, the following are the minimum requirements to remediate the Group Policy security risk: \\*NETLOGON RequireMutualAuthentication=1, RequireIntegrity=1 \\*SYSVOL RequireMutualAuthentication=1, RequireIntegrity=1 Note: A reboot may be required after the setting is applied to a client machine to access the above paths.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled with the following paths configured, at a minimum: \\*NETLOGON RequireMutualAuthentication=1, RequireIntegrity=1 \\*SYSVOL RequireMutualAuthentication=1, RequireIntegrity=1 Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkNetwork ProviderHardened UNC Paths. Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (NetworkProvider.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26213,'Disable IPv6 (Ensure TCPIP6 Parameter \'DisabledComponents\' is set to \'0xff (255)\').','Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) is a set of protocols that computers use to exchange information over the Internet and over home and business networks. IPv6 allows for many more IP addresses to be assigned than IPv4 did. Older networking, hosts and operating systems may not support IPv6 natively. The recommended state for this setting is: DisabledComponents - 0xff (255)','Since the vast majority of private enterprise managed networks have no need to utilize IPv6 (because they have access to private IPv4 addressing), disabling IPv6 components removes a possible attack surface that is also harder to monitor the traffic on. As a result, we recommend configuring IPv6 to a Disabled state when it is not needed.','','To establish the recommended configuration, set the following Registry value to 0xff (255) (DWORD): HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTCPIP6Parameters:DisabledComponents. Note: This change does not take effect until the computer has been restarted. Note #2: Although Microsoft does not provide an ADMX template to configure this registry value, a custom .ADM template (Disable-IPv6-Components-KB929852.adm) is provided in the CIS Benchmark Remediation Kit to facilitate its configuration. Be aware though that simply turning off the group policy setting in the .ADM template will not \"undo\" the change once applied. Instead, the opposite setting must be applied to change the registry value to the opposite state.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.19.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26214,'Ensure \'Configuration of wireless settings using Windows Connect Now\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows the configuration of wireless settings using Windows Connect Now (WCN). The WCN Registrar enables the discovery and configuration of devices over Ethernet (UPnP) over in-band 802.11 Wi-Fi through the Windows Portable Device API (WPD) and via USB Flash drives. Additional options are available to allow discovery and configuration over a specific medium. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This setting enhances the security of the environment and reduces the overall risk exposure related to user configuration of wireless settings.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWindows Connect NowConfiguration of wireless settings using Windows Connect Now. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsConnectNow.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.20.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26215,'Ensure \'Prohibit access of the Windows Connect Now wizards\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prohibits access to Windows Connect Now (WCN) wizards. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing standard users to access the Windows Connect Now wizard increases the risk and attack surface.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWindows Connect NowProhibit access of the Windows Connect Now wizards. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsConnectNow.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.20.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26216,'Ensure \'Minimize the number of simultaneous connections to the Internet or a Windows Domain\' is set to \'Enabled: 3 = Prevent Wi-Fi when on Ethernet\'.','This policy setting prevents computers from establishing multiple simultaneous connections to either the Internet or to a Windows domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 3 = Prevent Wi-Fi when on Ethernet.','Preventing bridged network connections can help prevent a user unknowingly allowing traffic to route between internal and external networks, which risks exposure to sensitive internal data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 3 = Prevent Wi-Fi when on Ethernet: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWindows Connection ManagerMinimize the number of simultaneous connections to the Internet or a Windows Domain. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WCM.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates. It was updated with a new Minimize Policy Options sub-setting starting with the Windows 10 Release 1903 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.21.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26217,'Ensure \'Prohibit connection to non-domain networks when connected to domain authenticated network\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevents computers from connecting to both a domain based network and a non-domain based network at the same time. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The potential concern is that a user would unknowingly allow network traffic to flow between the insecure public network and the enterprise managed network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWindows Connection ManagerProhibit connection to non-domain networks when connected to domain authenticated network. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WCM.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.21.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26218,'Ensure \'Allow Windows to automatically connect to suggested open hotspots, to networks shared by contacts, and to hotspots offering paid services\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether users can enable the following WLAN settings: Connect to suggested open hotspots, Connect to networks shared by my contacts, and Enable paid services. - Connect to suggested open hotspots enables Windows to automatically connect users to open hotspots it knows about by crowdsourcing networks that other people using Windows have connected to. - Connect to networks shared by my contacts enables Windows to automatically connect to networks that the user\'s contacts have shared with them, and enables users on this device to share networks with their contacts. - Enable paid services enables Windows to temporarily connect to open hotspots to determine if paid services are available. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: These features are also known by the name \"Wi-Fi Sense\".','Automatically connecting to an open hotspot or network can introduce the system to a rogue network with malicious intent.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWLAN ServiceWLAN SettingsAllow Windows to automatically connect to suggested open hotspots, to networks shared by contacts, and to hotspots offering paid services. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template wlansvc.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.23.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26219,'Ensure \'Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the Print Spooler service will accept client connections. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: The Print Spooler service must be restarted for changes to this policy to take effect.','Disabling the ability for the Print Spooler service to accept client connections mitigates remote attacks against the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other remote Print Spooler attacks. However, this recommendation does not mitigate against local attacks on the Print Spooler service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesPrintersAllow Print Spooler to accept client connections. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template printing2.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.6.1\"]}]'),(26220,'Ensure \'Point and Print Restrictions: When installing drivers for a new connection\' is set to \'Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt\'.','This policy setting controls whether computers will show a warning and a security elevation prompt when users create a new printer connection using Point and Print. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt. Note: On August 10, 2021, Microsoft announced a Point and Print Default Behavior Change which modifies the default Point and Print driver installation and update behavior to require Administrator privileges. This is documented in KB5005652—Manage new Point and Print default driver installation behavior (CVE-2021-34481). This change overrides all Point and Print Group Policy settings and ensures that only Administrators can install printer drivers from a print server using Point and Print.','Enabling Windows User Account Control (UAC) for the installation of new print drivers can help mitigate the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other Print Spooler attacks. Although the Point and Print default driver installation behavior overrides this setting, it is important to configure this as a backstop in the event that behavior is reversed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesPrintersPoint and Print Restrictions: When installing drivers for a new connection. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Printing.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.6.2\"]}]'),(26221,'Ensure \'Point and Print Restrictions: When updating drivers for an existing connection\' is set to \'Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt\'.','This policy setting controls whether computers will show a warning and a security elevation prompt when users are updating drivers for an existing connection using Point and Print. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt. Note: On August 10, 2021, Microsoft announced a Point and Print Default Behavior Change which modifies the default Point and Print driver installation and update behavior to require Administrator privileges. This is documented in KB5005652—Manage new Point and Print default driver installation behavior (CVE-2021-34481). This change overrides all Point and Print Group Policy settings and ensures that only Administrators can install printer drivers from a print server using Point and Print.','Enabling Windows User Account Control (UAC) for updating existing print drivers can help mitigate the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other Print Spooler attacks. Although the Point and Print default driver installation behavior overrides this setting, it is important to configure this as a backstop in the event that behavior is reversed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesPrintersPoint and Print Restrictions: When updating drivers for an existing connection. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Printing.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.6.3\"]}]'),(26222,'Ensure \'Turn off notifications network usage\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting blocks applications from using the network to send notifications to update tiles, tile badges, toast, or raw notifications. This policy setting turns off the connection between Windows and the Windows Push Notification Service (WNS). This policy setting also stops applications from being able to poll application services to update tiles. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Windows Push Notification Services (WNS) is a mechanism to receive 3rd-party notifications and updates from the cloud/Internet. In a high security environment, external systems, especially those hosted outside the organization, should be prevented from having an impact on the secure workstations.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesStart Menu and TaskbarTurn off notifications network usage. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WPN.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.7.1.1\"]}]'),(26223,'Ensure \'Include command line in process creation events\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the process creation command line text is logged in security audit events when a new process has been created. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This feature that this setting controls was not originally supported in workstation OSes older than Windows 8.1. However, in February 2015 Microsoft added support for the feature to Windows 7 and Windows 8.0 via an update - KB3004375. Therefore, this setting is also important to set on those older OSes.','Capturing process command line information in event logs can be very valuable when performing forensic investigations of attack incidents.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemAudit Process CreationInclude command line in process creation events. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AuditSettings.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26224,'Ensure \'Encryption Oracle Remediation\' is set to \'Enabled: Force Updated Clients\'.','Some versions of the CredSSP protocol that is used by some applications (such as Remote Desktop Connection) are vulnerable to an encryption oracle attack against the client. This policy controls compatibility with vulnerable clients and servers and allows you to set the level of protection desired for the encryption oracle vulnerability. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Force Updated Clients.','This setting is important to mitigate the CredSSP encryption oracle vulnerability, for which information was published by Microsoft on 03/13/2018 in CVE-2018-0886 | CredSSP Remote Code Execution Vulnerability. All versions of Windows from Windows Vista onwards are affected by this vulnerability, and will be compatible with this recommendation provided that they have been patched at least through May 2018 (or later).','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Force Updated Clients: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemCredentials DelegationEncryption Oracle Remediation. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredSsp.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1803 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(26225,'Ensure \'Remote host allows delegation of non-exportable credentials\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Remote host allows delegation of non-exportable credentials. When using credential delegation, devices provide an exportable version of credentials to the remote host. This exposes users to the risk of credential theft from attackers on the remote host. The Restricted Admin Mode and Windows Defender Remote Credential Guard features are two options to help protect against this risk. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: More detailed information on Windows Defender Remote Credential Guard and how it compares to Restricted Admin Mode can be found at this link: Protect Remote Desktop credentials with Windows Defender Remote Credential Guard (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs','Restricted Admin Mode was designed to help protect administrator accounts by ensuring that reusable credentials are not stored in memory on remote devices that could potentially be compromised. Windows Defender Remote Credential Guard helps you protect your credentials over a Remote Desktop connection by redirecting Kerberos requests back to the device that is requesting the connection. Both features should be enabled and supported, as they reduce the chance of credential theft.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemCredentials DelegationRemote host allows delegation of non-exportable credentials. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredSsp.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26226,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Virtualization Based Security is enabled. Virtualization Based Security uses the Windows Hypervisor to provide support for security services. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','Kerberos, NTLM, and Credential manager isolate secrets by using virtualization-based security. Previous versions of Windows stored secrets in the Local Security Authority (LSA). Prior to Windows 10, the LSA stored secrets used by the operating system in its process memory. With Windows Defender Credential Guard enabled, the LSA process in the operating system talks to a new component called the isolated LSA process that stores and protects those secrets. Data stored by the isolated LSA process is protected using virtualization-based security and is not accessible to the rest of the operating system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(26227,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Select Platform Security Level\' is set to \'Secure Boot and DMA Protection\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Virtualization Based Security is enabled. Virtualization Based Security uses the Windows Hypervisor to provide support for security services. The recommended state for this setting is: Secure Boot and DMA Protection. Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','Secure Boot can help reduce the risk of bootloader attacks and in conjunction with DMA protections to help protect data from being scraped from memory.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Secure Boot and DMA Protection: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Select Platform Security Level. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(26228,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity\' is set to \'Enabled with UEFI lock\'.','This setting enables virtualization based protection of Kernel Mode Code Integrity. When this is enabled, kernel mode memory protections are enforced and the Code Integrity validation path is protected by the Virtualization Based Security feature. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled with UEFI lock. Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','The Enabled with UEFI lock option ensures that Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity cannot be disabled remotely.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled with UEFI lock: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(26229,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Require UEFI Memory Attributes Table\' is set to \'True (checked)\'.','This option will only enable Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity on devices with UEFI firmware support for the Memory Attributes Table. Devices without the UEFI Memory Attributes Table may have firmware that is incompatible with Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity which in some cases can lead to crashes or data loss or incompatibility with certain plug-in cards. If not setting this option the targeted devices should be tested to ensure compatibility. The recommended state for this setting is: True (checked). Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','This setting will help protect this control from being enabled on a system that is not compatible which could lead to a crash or data loss.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to TRUE: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Require UEFI Memory Attributes Table. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(26230,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Credential Guard Configuration\' is set to \'Enabled with UEFI lock\'.','This setting lets users turn on Credential Guard with virtualization-based security to help protect credentials. The \"Enabled with UEFI lock\" option ensures that Credential Guard cannot be disabled remotely. In order to disable the feature, you must set the Group Policy to \"Disabled\" as well as remove the security functionality from each computer, with a physically present user, in order to clear configuration persisted in UEFI. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled with UEFI lock. Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','The Enabled with UEFI lock option ensures that Credential Guard cannot be disabled remotely.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled with UEFI lock: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Credential Guard Configuration. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(26231,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Secure Launch Configuration\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Secure Launch protects the Virtualization Based Security environment from exploited vulnerabilities in device firmware. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','Secure Launch changes the way Windows boots to use Intel Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) and Runtime BIOS Resilience features to prevent firmware exploits from being able to impact the security of the Windows Virtualization Based Security environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Secure Launch Configuration. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26232,'Ensure \'Prevent device metadata retrieval from the Internet\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to prevent Windows from retrieving device metadata from the Internet. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This will not prevent the installation of basic hardware drivers, but does prevent associated 3rd-party utility software from automatically being installed under the context of the SYSTEM account.','Installation of software should be conducted by an authorized system administrator and not a standard user. Allowing automatic 3rd-party software installations under the context of the SYSTEM account has potential for allowing unauthorized access via backdoors or installation software bugs.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice InstallationPrevent device metadata retrieval from the Internet. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceInstallation.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates, or with the Group Policy template DeviceSetup.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.7.2\"]}]'),(26233,'Ensure \'Boot-Start Driver Initialization Policy\' is set to \'Enabled: Good, unknown and bad but critical\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify which boot-start drivers are initialized based on a classification determined by an Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver. The Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver can return the following classifications for each boot-start driver: - Good: The driver has been signed and has not been tampered with. - Bad: The driver has been identified as malware. It is recommended that you do not allow known bad drivers to be initialized. - Bad, but required for boot: The driver has been identified as malware, but the computer cannot successfully boot without loading this driver. - Unknown: This driver has not been attested to by your malware detection application and has not been classified by the Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver. If you enable this policy setting you will be able to choose which boot-start drivers to initialize the next time the computer is started. If your malware detection application does not include an Early Launch Antimalware bootstart driver or if your Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver has been disabled, this setting has no effect and all boot-start drivers are initialized. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Good, unknown and bad but critical.','This policy setting helps reduce the impact of malware that has already infected your system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Good, unknown and bad but critical: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemEarly Launch AntimalwareBoot-Start Driver Initialization Policy. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template EarlyLaunchAM.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.14.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.8\"]}]'),(26234,'Ensure \'Configure registry policy processing: Do not apply during periodic background processing\' is set to \'Enabled: FALSE\'.','The \"Do not apply during periodic background processing\" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: FALSE (unchecked).','Setting this option to false (unchecked) will ensure that domain policy changes take effect more quickly, as compared to waiting until the next user logon or system restart.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, then set the Do not apply during periodic background processing option to FALSE (unchecked): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemGroup PolicyConfigure registry policy processing. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.21.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26235,'Ensure \'Configure registry policy processing: Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed\' is set to \'Enabled: TRUE\'.','The \"Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed\" option updates and reapplies policies even if the policies have not changed. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: TRUE (checked).','Setting this option to true (checked) will ensure unauthorized changes that might have been configured locally are forced to match the domain-based Group Policy settings again.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, then set the Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed option to TRUE (checked): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemGroup PolicyConfigure registry policy processing. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.21.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"11.5.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"PI1.4\", \"PI1.5\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\", \"CC7.4\"]}]'),(26236,'Ensure \'Continue experiences on this device\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the Windows device is allowed to participate in cross-device experiences (continue experiences). The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','A cross-device experience is when a system can access app and send messages to other devices. In an enterprise managed environment only trusted systems should be communicating within the network. Access to any other system should be prohibited.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemGroup PolicyContinue experiences on this device. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.21.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26237,'Ensure \'Turn off background refresh of Group Policy\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting prevents Group Policy from being updated while the computer is in use. This policy setting applies to Group Policy for computers, users and Domain Controllers. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This setting ensures that group policy changes take effect more quickly, as compared to waiting until the next user logon or system restart.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemGroup PolicyTurn off background refresh of Group Policy. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.21.5\"]}]'),(26238,'Ensure \'Turn off access to the Store\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to use the Store service for finding an application to open a file with an unhandled file type or protocol association. When a user opens a file type or protocol that is not associated with any applications on the computer, the user is given the choice to select a local application or use the Store service to find an application. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The Store service is a retail outlet built into Windows, primarily for consumer use. In an enterprise managed environment the IT department should be managing the installation of all applications to reduce the risk of the installation of vulnerable software.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off access to the Store. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26239,'Ensure \'Turn off downloading of print drivers over HTTP\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the computer can download print driver packages over HTTP. To set up HTTP printing, printer drivers that are not available in the standard operating system installation might need to be downloaded over HTTP. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users might download drivers that include malicious code.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off downloading of print drivers over HTTP. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26240,'Ensure \'Turn off handwriting personalization data sharing\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting turns off data sharing from the handwriting recognition personalization tool. The handwriting recognition personalization tool enables Tablet PC users to adapt handwriting recognition to their own writing style by providing writing samples. The tool can optionally share user writing samples with Microsoft to improve handwriting recognition in future versions of Windows. The tool generates reports and transmits them to Microsoft over a secure connection. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','A person\'s handwriting is Personally Identifiable Information (PII), especially when it comes to your signature. As such, it is unacceptable in many environments to automatically upload PII to a website without explicit approval by the user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off handwriting personalization data sharing. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ShapeCollector.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26241,'Ensure \'Turn off handwriting recognition error reporting\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Turns off the handwriting recognition error reporting tool. The handwriting recognition error reporting tool enables users to report errors encountered in Tablet PC Input Panel. The tool generates error reports and transmits them to Microsoft over a secure connection. Microsoft uses these error reports to improve handwriting recognition in future versions of Windows. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','A person\'s handwriting is Personally Identifiable Information (PII), especially when it comes to your signature. As such, it is unacceptable in many environments to automatically upload PII to a website without explicit approval by the user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off handwriting recognition error reporting. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template InkWatson.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26242,'Ensure \'Turn off Internet Connection Wizard if URL connection is referring to Microsoft.com\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the Internet Connection Wizard can connect to Microsoft to download a list of Internet Service Providers (ISPs). The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In an enterprise managed environment we want to lower the risk of a user unknowingly exposing sensitive data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Internet Connection Wizard if URL connection is referring to Microsoft.com. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26243,'Ensure \'Turn off Internet download for Web publishing and online ordering wizards\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Windows will download a list of providers for the Web publishing and online ordering wizards. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Although the risk is minimal, enabling this setting will reduce the possibility of a user unknowingly downloading malicious content through this feature.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Internet download for Web publishing and online ordering wizards. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.6\"]}]'),(26244,'Ensure \'Turn off printing over HTTP\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to disable the client computer\'s ability to print over HTTP, which allows the computer to print to printers on the intranet as well as the Internet. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This control affects printing over both HTTP and HTTPS.','Information that is transmitted over HTTP through this capability is not protected and can be intercepted by malicious users. For this reason, it is not often used in enterprise managed environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off printing over HTTP. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26245,'Ensure \'Turn off Registration if URL connection is referring to Microsoft.com\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the Windows Registration Wizard connects to Microsoft.com for online registration. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users in an enterprise managed environment should not be registering their own copies of Windows, providing their own PII in the process.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Registration if URL connection is referring to Microsoft.com. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26246,'Ensure \'Turn off Search Companion content file updates\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Search Companion should automatically download content updates during local and Internet searches. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','There is a small risk that users will unknowingly reveal sensitive information because of the topics they are searching for. This risk is very low because even if this setting is enabled users still must submit search queries to the desired search engine in order to perform searches.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Search Companion content file updates. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.9\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26247,'Ensure \'Turn off the \"Order Prints\" picture task\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the \"Order Prints Online\" task is available from Picture Tasks in Windows folders. The Order Prints Online Wizard is used to download a list of providers and allow users to order prints online. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In an enterprise managed environment we want to lower the risk of a user unknowingly exposing sensitive data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off the \"Order Prints\" picture task. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26248,'Ensure \'Turn off the \"Publish to Web\" task for files and folders\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the tasks Publish this file to the Web, Publish this folder to the Web, and Publish the selected items to the Web are available from File and Folder Tasks in Windows folders. The Web Publishing wizard is used to download a list of providers and allow users to publish content to the Web. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users may publish confidential or sensitive information to a public service outside of the control of the organization.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off the \"Publish to Web\" task for files and folders. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.11\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26249,'Ensure \'Turn off the Windows Messenger Customer Experience Improvement Program\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program can collect anonymous information about how Windows is used. Microsoft uses information collected through the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program to improve features that are most used and to detect flaws so that they can be corrected more quickly. Enabling this setting will reduce the amount of data Microsoft is able to gather for this purpose. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Large enterprise managed environments may not want to have information collected by Microsoft from managed client computers.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off the Windows Messenger Customer Experience Improvement Program. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.12\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26250,'Ensure \'Turn off Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Windows Messenger can collect anonymous information about how the Windows Messenger software and service is used. Microsoft uses information collected through the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program to detect software flaws so that they can be corrected more quickly, enabling this setting will reduce the amount of data Microsoft is able to gather for this purpose. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Large enterprise managed environments may not want to have information collected by Microsoft from managed client computers.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.13\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26251,'Ensure \'Turn off Windows Error Reporting\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether or not errors are reported to Microsoft. Error Reporting is used to report information about a system or application that has failed or has stopped responding and is used to improve the quality of the product. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','If a Windows Error occurs in a secure, enterprise managed environment, the error should be reported directly to IT staff for troubleshooting and remediation. There is no benefit to the corporation to report these errors directly to Microsoft, and there is some risk of unknowingly exposing sensitive data as part of the error.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Windows Error Reporting. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.14\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26252,'Ensure \'Support device authentication using certificate\' is set to \'Enabled: Automatic\'.','This policy setting allows you to set support for Kerberos to attempt authentication using the certificate for the device to the domain. Support for device authentication using certificate will require connectivity to a DC in the device account domain which supports certificate authentication for computer accounts. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Automatic.','Having stronger device authentication with the use of certificates is strongly encouraged over standard username and password authentication. Having this set to Automatic will allow certificate based authentication to be used whenever possible.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Automatic: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemKerberosSupport device authentication using certificate. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Kerberos.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.25.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26253,'Ensure \'Enumeration policy for external devices incompatible with Kernel DMA Protection\' is set to \'Enabled: Block All\'.','This policy is intended to provide additional security against external DMA-capable devices. It allows for more control over the enumeration of external DMA-capable devices that are not compatible with DMA Remapping/device memory isolation and sandboxing. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Block All. Note: This policy does not apply to 1394, PCMCIA or ExpressCard devices. The protection also only applies to Windows 10 R1803 or higher, and also requires a UEFI BIOS to function. Note #2: More information on this feature is available at this link: Kernel DMA Protection for Thunderbolt™ 3 (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs.','Device memory sandboxing allows the OS to leverage the I/O Memory Management Unit (IOMMU) of a device to block unpermitted I/O, or memory access, by the peripheral.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Block All: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemKernel DMA ProtectionEnumeration policy for external devices incompatible with Kernel DMA Protection. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DmaGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.26.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26254,'Ensure \'Disallow copying of user input methods to the system account for sign-in\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy prevents automatic copying of user input methods to the system account for use on the sign-in screen. The user is restricted to the set of input methods that are enabled in the system account. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This is a way to increase the security of the system account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLocale ServicesDisallow copying of user input methods to the system account for sign-in. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Globalization.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.27.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26255,'Ensure \'Block user from showing account details on sign-in\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy prevents the user from showing account details (email address or user name) on the sign-in screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker with access to the console (for example, someone with physical access or someone who is able to connect to the workstation through Remote Desktop Services) could view the name of the last user who logged on to the server. The attacker could then try to guess the password, use a dictionary, or use a brute-force attack to try and log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonBlock user from showing account details on sign-in. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26256,'Ensure \'Do not display network selection UI\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control whether anyone can interact with available networks UI on the logon screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An unauthorized user could disconnect the PC from the network or can connect the PC to other available networks without signing into Windows.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonDo not display network selection UI. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26257,'Ensure \'Do not enumerate connected users on domain-joined computers\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevents connected users from being enumerated on domain-joined computers. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','A malicious user could use this feature to gather account names of other users, that information could then be used in conjunction with other types of attacks such as guessing passwords or social engineering. The value of this countermeasure is small because a user with domain credentials could gather the same account information using other methods.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonDo not enumerate connected users on domain-joined computers. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26258,'Ensure \'Enumerate local users on domain-joined computers\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows local users to be enumerated on domain-joined computers. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','A malicious user could use this feature to gather account names of other users, that information could then be used in conjunction with other types of attacks such as guessing passwords or social engineering. The value of this countermeasure is small because a user with domain credentials could gather the same account information using other methods.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonEnumerate local users on domain-joined computers. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26259,'Ensure \'Turn off app notifications on the lock screen\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to prevent app notifications from appearing on the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','App notifications might display sensitive business or personal data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonTurn off app notifications on the lock screen. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26260,'Ensure \'Turn off picture password sign-in\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control whether a domain user can sign in using a picture password. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If the picture password feature is permitted, the user\'s domain password is cached in the system vault when using it.','Picture passwords bypass the requirement for a typed complex password. In a shared work environment, a simple shoulder surf where someone observed the on-screen gestures would allow that person to gain access to the system without the need to know the complex password. Vertical monitor screens with an image are much more visible at a distance than horizontal key strokes, increasing the likelihood of a successful observation of the mouse gestures.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonTurn off picture password sign-in. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredentialProviders.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26261,'Ensure \'Turn on convenience PIN sign-in\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control whether a domain user can sign in using a convenience PIN. In Windows 10, convenience PIN was replaced with Passport, which has stronger security properties. To configure Passport for domain users, use the policies under Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Passport for Work. Note: The user\'s domain password will be cached in the system vault when using this feature. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','A PIN is created from a much smaller selection of characters than a password, so in most cases a PIN will be much less robust than a password.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonTurn on convenience PIN sign-in. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredentialProviders.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Turn on PIN sign-in, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26262,'Ensure \'Allow Clipboard synchronization across devices\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting determines whether Clipboard contents can be synchronized across devices. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In high security environments, clipboard data should stay local to the system and not synced across devices, as it may contain very sensitive information that must be contained locally.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemOS PoliciesAllow Clipboard synchronization across devices. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template OSPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.31.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26263,'Ensure \'Allow upload of User Activities\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether published User Activities can be uploaded to the cloud. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemOS PoliciesAllow upload of User Activities. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template OSPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1803 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.31.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26264,'Ensure \'Allow network connectivity during connected-standby (on battery)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control the network connectivity state in standby on modern standby-capable systems. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this setting ensures that the computer will not be accessible to attackers over a WLAN network while left unattended, on battery and in a sleep state.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemPower ManagementSleep SettingsAllow network connectivity during connected-standby (on battery). Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Power.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.34.6.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26265,'Ensure \'Allow network connectivity during connected-standby (plugged in)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control the network connectivity state in standby on modern standby-capable systems. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this setting ensures that the computer will not be accessible to attackers over a WLAN network while left unattended, plugged in and in a sleep state.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemPower ManagementSleep SettingsAllow network connectivity during connected-standby (plugged in). Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Power.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.34.6.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26266,'Ensure \'Require a password when a computer wakes (on battery)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Specifies whether or not the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enabling this setting ensures that anyone who wakes an unattended computer from sleep state will have to provide logon credentials before they can access the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemPower ManagementSleep SettingsRequire a password when a computer wakes (on battery). Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Power.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.34.6.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26267,'Ensure \'Require a password when a computer wakes (plugged in)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Specifies whether or not the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enabling this setting ensures that anyone who wakes an unattended computer from sleep state will have to provide logon credentials before they can access the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemPower ManagementSleep SettingsRequire a password when a computer wakes (plugged in). Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Power.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.34.6.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26268,'Ensure \'Configure Offer Remote Assistance\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to turn on or turn off Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance on this computer. Help desk and support personnel will not be able to proactively offer assistance, although they can still respond to user assistance requests. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','A user might be tricked and accept an unsolicited Remote Assistance offer from a malicious user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemRemote AssistanceConfigure Offer Remote Assistance. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template RemoteAssistance.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.36.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26269,'Ensure \'Configure Solicited Remote Assistance\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to turn on or turn off Solicited (Ask for) Remote Assistance on this computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','There is slight risk that a rogue administrator will gain access to another user\'s desktop session, however, they cannot connect to a user\'s computer unannounced or control it without permission from the user. When an expert tries to connect, the user can still choose to deny the connection or give the expert view-only privileges. The user must explicitly click the Yes button to allow the expert to remotely control the workstation.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemRemote AssistanceConfigure Solicited Remote Assistance. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template RemoteAssistance.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.36.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26270,'Ensure \'Enable RPC Endpoint Mapper Client Authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether RPC clients authenticate with the Endpoint Mapper Service when the call they are making contains authentication information. The Endpoint Mapper Service on computers running Windows NT4 (all service packs) cannot process authentication information supplied in this manner. This policy setting can cause a specific issue with 1-way forest trusts if it is applied to the trusting domain DCs (see Microsoft KB3073942), so we do not recommend applying it to Domain Controllers. Note: This policy will not in effect until the system is rebooted. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Anonymous access to RPC services could result in accidental disclosure of information to unauthenticated users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemRemote Procedure CallEnable RPC Endpoint Mapper Client Authentication. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template RPC.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.37.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26271,'Ensure \'Restrict Unauthenticated RPC clients\' is set to \'Enabled: Authenticated\'.','This policy setting controls how the RPC server runtime handles unauthenticated RPC clients connecting to RPC servers. This policy setting impacts all RPC applications. In a domain environment this policy setting should be used with caution as it can impact a wide range of functionality including group policy processing itself. Reverting a change to this policy setting can require manual intervention on each affected machine. This policy setting should never be applied to a Domain Controller. A client will be considered an authenticated client if it uses a named pipe to communicate with the server or if it uses RPC Security. RPC Interfaces that have specifically requested to be accessible by unauthenticated clients may be exempt from this restriction, depending on the selected value for this policy setting. -- \"None\" allows all RPC clients to connect to RPC Servers running on the machine on which the policy setting is applied. -- \"Authenticated\" allows only authenticated RPC Clients (per the definition above) to connect to RPC Servers running on the machine on which the policy setting is applied. Exemptions are granted to interfaces that have requested them. -- \"Authenticated without exceptions\" allows only authenticated RPC Clients (per the definition above) to connect to RPC Servers running on the machine on which the policy setting is applied. No exceptions are allowed. This value has the potential to cause serious problems and is not recommended.\' Note: This policy setting will not be applied until the system is rebooted. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Authenticated.','Unauthenticated RPC communication can create a security vulnerability.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Authenticated: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemRemote Procedure CallRestrict Unauthenticated RPC clients. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template RPC.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.37.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26272,'Ensure \'Microsoft Support Diagnostic Tool: Turn on MSDT interactive communication with support provider\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting configures Microsoft Support Diagnostic Tool (MSDT) interactive communication with the support provider. MSDT gathers diagnostic data for analysis by support professionals. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemTroubleshooting and DiagnosticsMicrosoft Support Diagnostic ToolMicrosoft Support Diagnostic Tool: Turn on MSDT interactive communication with support provider. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template MSDT.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.48.5.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26273,'Ensure \'Enable/Disable PerfTrack\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to enable or disable tracking of responsiveness events. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','When enabled the aggregated data of a given event will be transmitted to Microsoft. The option exists to restrict this feature for a specific user, set the consent level, and designate specific programs for which error reports could be sent. However, centrally restricting the ability to execute PerfTrack to limit the potential for unauthorized or undesired usage, data leakage, or unintentional communications is highly recommended.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemTroubleshooting and DiagnosticsWindows Performance PerfTrackEnable/Disable PerfTrack. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PerformancePerftrack.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.48.11.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26274,'Ensure \'Turn off the advertising ID\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting turns off the advertising ID, preventing apps from using the ID for experiences across apps. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Tracking user activity for advertising purposes, even anonymously, may be a privacy concern. In an enterprise managed environment, applications should not need or require tracking for targeted advertising.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemUser ProfilesTurn off the advertising ID. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template UserProfiles.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.50.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26275,'Ensure \'Enable Windows NTP Client\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the Windows NTP Client is enabled. Enabling the Windows NTP Client allows your computer to synchronize its computer clock with other NTP servers. You might want to disable this service if you decide to use a third-party time provider. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','A reliable and accurate account of time is important for a number of services and security requirements, including but not limited to distributed applications, authentication services, multi-user databases and logging services. The use of an NTP client (with secure operation) establishes functional accuracy and is a focal point when reviewing security relevant events.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemWindows Time ServiceTime ProvidersEnable Windows NTP Client. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template W32Time.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.53.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26276,'Ensure \'Enable Windows NTP Server\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify whether the Windows NTP Server is enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The configuration of proper time synchronization is critically important in an enterprise managed environment both due to the sensitivity of Kerberos authentication timestamps and also to ensure accurate security logging.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemWindows Time ServiceTime ProvidersEnable Windows NTP Server. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template W32Time.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.53.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26277,'Ensure \'Allow a Windows app to share application data between users\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Manages a Windows app\'s ability to share data between users who have installed the app. Data is shared through the SharedLocal folder. This folder is available through the Windows.Storage API. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Users of a system could accidentally share sensitive data with other users on the same system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsApp Package DeploymentAllow a Windows app to share application data between users. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AppxPackageManager.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26278,'Ensure \'Prevent non-admin users from installing packaged Windows apps\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting manages non-Administrator users\' ability to install Windows app packages. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a corporate managed environment, application installations should be managed centrally by IT staff, not by end users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsApp Package DeploymentPrevent non-admin users from installing packaged Windows apps. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AppxPackageManager.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 2004 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}]'),(26279,'Ensure \'Let Windows apps activate with voice while the system is locked\' is set to \'Enabled: Force Deny\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Windows apps can be activated by voice (apps and Cortana) while the system is locked. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Force Deny.','Access to any computer resource should not be allowed when the device is locked.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Force Deny: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsApp PrivacyLet Windows apps activate with voice while the system is locked. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AppPrivacy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1903 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.5.1\"]}]'),(26280,'Ensure \'Allow Microsoft accounts to be optional\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting lets you control whether Microsoft accounts are optional for Windows Store apps that require an account to sign in. This policy only affects Windows Store apps that support it. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enabling this setting allows an organization to use their enterprise user accounts instead of using their Microsoft accounts when accessing Windows store apps. This provides the organization with greater control over relevant credentials. Microsoft accounts cannot be centrally managed and as such enterprise credential security policies cannot be applied to them, which could put any information accessed by using Microsoft accounts at risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsApp runtimeAllow Microsoft accounts to be optional. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AppXRuntime.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26281,'Ensure \'Block launching Universal Windows apps with Windows Runtime API access from hosted content.\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Microsoft Store apps with Windows Runtime API access directly from web content can be launched. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Blocking apps from the web with direct access to the Windows API can prevent malicious apps from being run on a system. Only system administrators should be installing approved applications.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsApp runtimeBlock launching Universal Windows apps with Windows Runtime API access from hosted content. Note: A reboot may be required after the setting is applied. Note #2: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AppXRuntime.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #3: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Block launching Windows Store apps with Windows Runtime API access from hosted content., but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1803 Administrative Templates','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}]'),(26282,'Ensure \'Disallow Autoplay for non-volume devices\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting disallows AutoPlay for MTP devices like cameras or phones. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker could use this feature to launch a program to damage a client computer or data on the computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsAutoPlay PoliciesDisallow Autoplay for non-volume devices. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AutoPlay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26283,'Ensure \'Set the default behavior for AutoRun\' is set to \'Enabled: Do not execute any autorun commands\'.','This policy setting sets the default behavior for Autorun commands. Autorun commands are generally stored in autorun.inf files. They often launch the installation program or other routines. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Do not execute any autorun commands.','Prior to Windows Vista, when media containing an autorun command is inserted, the system will automatically execute the program without user intervention. This creates a major security concern as code may be executed without user\'s knowledge. The default behavior starting with Windows Vista is to prompt the user whether autorun command is to be run. The autorun command is represented as a handler in the Autoplay dialog.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Do not execute any autorun commands: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsAutoPlay PoliciesSet the default behavior for AutoRun. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AutoPlay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26284,'Ensure \'Turn off Autoplay\' is set to \'Enabled: All drives\'.','Autoplay starts to read from a drive as soon as you insert media in the drive, which causes the setup file for programs or audio media to start immediately. An attacker could use this feature to launch a program to damage the computer or data on the computer. Autoplay is disabled by default on some removable drive types, such as floppy disk and network drives, but not on CD-ROM drives. Note: You cannot use this policy setting to enable Autoplay on computer drives in which it is disabled by default, such as floppy disk and network drives. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: All drives.','An attacker could use this feature to launch a program to damage a client computer or data on the computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: All drives: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsAutoPlay PoliciesTurn off Autoplay. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template AutoPlay.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26285,'Ensure \'Configure enhanced anti-spoofing\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether enhanced anti-spoofing is configured for devices which support it. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enterprise managed environments are now supporting a wider range of mobile devices, increasing the security on these devices will help protect against unauthorized access on your network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsBiometricsFacial FeaturesConfigure enhanced anti-spoofing. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Biometrics.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In the Windows 10 Release 1511 and Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Use enhanced anti-spoofing when available. It was renamed to Configure enhanced anti-spoofing starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.10.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26286,'Ensure \'Allow Use of Camera\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the use of Camera devices on the machine are permitted. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Cameras in a high security environment can pose serious privacy and data exfiltration risks - they should be disabled to help mitigate that risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCameraAllow Use of Camera. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Camera.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.12.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26287,'Ensure \'Turn off cloud consumer account state content\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether cloud consumer account state content is allowed in all Windows experiences. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The use of consumer accounts in an enterprise managed environment is not good security practice as it could lead to possible data leakage.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCloud ContentTurn off cloud consumer account state content. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CloudContent.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.14.1\"]}]'),(26288,'Ensure \'Turn off cloud optimized content\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting turns off cloud optimized content in all Windows experiences. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCloud ContentTurn off cloud optimized content. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CloudContent.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 20H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.14.2\"]}]'),(26289,'Ensure \'Turn off Microsoft consumer experiences\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting turns off experiences that help consumers make the most of their devices and Microsoft account. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Per Microsoft TechNet, this policy setting only applies to Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education editions.','Having apps silently install in an enterprise managed environment is not good security practice - especially if the apps send data back to a 3rd party.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCloud ContentTurn off Microsoft consumer experiences. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CloudContent.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.14.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26290,'Ensure \'Require pin for pairing\' is set to \'Enabled: First Time\' OR \'Enabled: Always\'.','This policy setting controls whether or not a PIN is required for pairing to a wireless display device. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: First Time OR Enabled: Always.','If this setting is not configured or disabled then a PIN would not be required when pairing wireless display devices to the system, increasing the risk of unauthorized use.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: First Time OR Enabled: Always: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsConnectRequire pin for pairing. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WirelessDisplay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer). The new Choose one of the following actions sub-option was later added as of the Windows 10 Release 1809 Administrative Templates. Choosing Enabled in the older templates is the equivalent of choosing Enabled: First Time in the newer templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.15.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26291,'Ensure \'Do not display the password reveal button\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure the display of the password reveal button in password entry user experiences. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This is a useful feature when entering a long and complex password, especially when using a touchscreen. The potential risk is that someone else may see your password while surreptitiously observing your screen.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCredential User InterfaceDo not display the password reveal button. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredUI.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.16.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26292,'Ensure \'Enumerate administrator accounts on elevation\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether administrator accounts are displayed when a user attempts to elevate a running application. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Users could see the list of administrator accounts, making it slightly easier for a malicious user who has logged onto a console session to try to crack the passwords of those accounts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCredential User InterfaceEnumerate administrator accounts on elevation. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template CredUI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.16.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26293,'Ensure \'Prevent the use of security questions for local accounts\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether security questions can be used to reset local account passwords. The security question feature does not apply to domain accounts, only local accounts on the workstation. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users could establish security questions that are easily guessed or sleuthed by observing the user’s social media accounts, making it easier for a malicious actor to change the local user account password and gain access to the computer as that user account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCredential User InterfacePrevent the use of security questions for local accounts. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredUI.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1903 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.16.3\"]}]'),(26294,'Ensure \'Allow Diagnostic Data\' is set to \'Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended)\' or \'Enabled: Send required diagnostic data\'.','This policy setting determines the amount of diagnostic and usage data reported to Microsoft: - A value of (0) Diagnostic data off (not recommended). Using this value, no diagnostic data is sent from the device. This value is only supported on Enterprise, Education, and Server editions. If you choose this setting, devices in your organization will still be secure. - A value of (1) Send required diagnostic data. This is the minimum diagnostic data necessary to keep Windows secure, up to date, and performing as expected. Using this value disables the Optional diagnostic data control in the Settings app. - A value of (3)Send optional diagnostic data. Additional diagnostic data is collected that helps us to detect, diagnose and fix issues, as well as make product improvements. Required diagnostic data will always be included when you choose to send optional diagnostic data. Optional diagnostic data can also include diagnostic log files and crash dumps. Use the Limit Dump Collection and the Limit Diagnostic Log Collection policies for more granular control of what optional diagnostic data is sent. Windows telemetry settings apply to the Windows operating system and some first party apps. This setting does not apply to third party apps running on Windows 10/11. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended) or Enabled: Send required diagnostic data. Note: If your organization relies on Windows Update, the minimum recommended setting is Required diagnostic data. Because no Windows Update information is collected when diagnostic data is off, important information about update failures is not sent. Microsoft uses this information to fix the causes of those failures and improve the quality of updates. Note #2: The Configure diagnostic data opt-in settings user interface group policy can be used to prevent end users from changing their data collection settings. Note #3: Enhanced diagnostic data setting is not available on Windows 11 and Windows Server 2022 and has been replaced with policies that can control the amount of optional diagnostic data that is sent. For more information on these settings visit Manage diagnostic data using Group Policy and MDM','Sending any data to a 3rd party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended) or Enabled: Send required diagnostic data: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsAllow Diagnostic Data. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 11 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allow Telemetry, but it was renamed to Allow Diagnostic Data starting with the Windows 11 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26295,'Ensure \'Configure Authenticated Proxy usage for the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service\' is set to \'Enabled: Disable Authenticated Proxy usage\'.','This policy setting controls whether the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service can automatically use an authenticated proxy to send data back to Microsoft. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Disable Authenticated Proxy usage.','Sending any data to a 3rd party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Disable Authenticated Proxy usage: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsConfigure Authenticated Proxy usage for the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26296,'Ensure \'Disable OneSettings Downloads\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Windows attempts to connect with the OneSettings service to download configuration settings. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Sending data to a 3rd party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as-needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsDisable OneSettings Downloads. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.3\"]}]'),(26297,'Ensure \'Do not show feedback notifications\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows an organization to prevent its devices from showing feedback questions from Microsoft. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users should not be sending any feedback to 3rd party vendors in an enterprise managed environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsDo not show feedback notifications. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template FeedbackNotifications.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26298,'Ensure \'Enable OneSettings Auditing\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Windows records attempts to connect with the OneSettings service to the Operational EventLog. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsEnable OneSettings Auditing. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(26299,'Ensure \'Limit Diagnostic Log Collection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether additional diagnostic logs are collected when more information is needed to troubleshoot a problem on the device. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Diagnostic logs are only sent when the device has been configured to send optional diagnostic data. Diagnostic data is limited with recommendation Allow Diagnostic Data is set to Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended) or Enabled: Send required diagnostic data to send only basic information.','Sending data to a 3rd-party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as-needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsLimit Diagnostic Log Collection. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.6\"]}]'),(26300,'Ensure \'Limit Dump Collection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting limits the type of dumps that can be collected when more information is needed to troubleshoot a problem. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Dumps are only sent when the device has been configured to send optional diagnostic data. Diagnostic data is limited with recommendation Ensure Allow Diagnostic Data is set to Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended) or Enabled: Send required diagnostic data to send only basic information.','Sending data to a 3rd party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsLimit Dump Collection. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.7\"]}]'),(26301,'Ensure \'Toggle user control over Insider builds\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether users can access the Insider build controls in the Advanced Options for Windows Update. These controls are located under \"Get Insider builds,\" and enable users to make their devices available for downloading and installing Windows preview software. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: This policy setting applies only to devices running Windows 10 Pro or Windows 10 Enterprise, up until Release 1703. For Release 1709 or newer, Microsoft encourages using the Manage preview builds setting (recommendation title ‘Manage preview builds’). We have kept this setting in the benchmark to ensure that any older builds of Windows 10 in the environment are still enforced.','It can be risky for experimental features to be allowed in an enterprise managed environment because this can introduce bugs and security holes into systems, making it easier for an attacker to gain access. It is generally preferred to only use production-ready builds.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsToggle user control over Insider builds. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AllowBuildPreview.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26302,'Ensure \'Download Mode\' is NOT set to \'Enabled: Internet\'.','This policy setting specifies the download method that Delivery Optimization can use in downloads of Windows Updates, Apps and App updates. The following methods are supported: - 0 = HTTP only, no peering. - 1 = HTTP blended with peering behind the same NAT. - 2 = HTTP blended with peering across a private group. Peering occurs on devices in the same Active Directory Site (if exist) or the same domain by default. When this option is selected, peering will cross NATs. To create a custom group use Group ID in combination with Mode 2. - 3 = HTTP blended with Internet Peering. - 99 = Simple download mode with no peering. Delivery Optimization downloads using HTTP only and does not attempt to contact the Delivery Optimization cloud services. - 100 = Bypass mode. Do not use Delivery Optimization and use BITS instead. The recommended state for this setting is any value EXCEPT: Enabled: Internet (3). Note: The default on all SKUs other than Enterprise, Enterprise LTSB or Education is Enabled: Internet (3), so on other SKUs, be sure to set this to a different value.','Due to privacy concerns and security risks, updates should only be downloaded directly from Microsoft, or from a trusted machine on the internal network that received its updates from a trusted source and approved by the network administrator.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to any value other than Enabled: Internet (3): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsDelivery OptimizationDownload Mode. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeliveryOptimization.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.18.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(26303,'Ensure \'Application: Control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the Backup log automatically when full policy setting.','If new events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceApplicationControl Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Retain old events, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26304,'Ensure \'Application: Specify the maximum log file size (KB)\' is set to \'Enabled: 32,768 or greater\'.','This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes. The maximum log file size can be configured between 1 megabyte (1,024 kilobytes) and 4 terabytes (4,194,240 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 32,768 or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 32,768 or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceApplicationSpecify the maximum log file size (KB). Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Maximum Log Size (KB), but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26305,'Ensure \'Security: Control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the Backup log automatically when full policy setting.','If new events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSecurityControl Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Retain old events, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26306,'Ensure \'Security: Specify the maximum log file size (KB)\' is set to \'Enabled: 196,608 or greater\'.','This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes. The maximum log file size can be configured between 1 megabyte (1,024 kilobytes) and 4 terabytes (4,194,240 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 196,608 or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 196,608 or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSecuritySpecify the maximum log file size (KB). Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Maximum Log Size (KB), but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26307,'Ensure \'Setup: Control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the Backup log automatically when full policy setting.','If new events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSetupControl Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Retain old events, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26308,'Ensure \'Setup: Specify the maximum log file size (KB)\' is set to \'Enabled: 32,768 or greater\'.','This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes. The maximum log file size can be configured between 1 megabyte (1,024 kilobytes) and 4 terabytes (4,194,240 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 32,768 or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 32,768 or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSetupSpecify the maximum log file size (KB). Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Maximum Log Size (KB), but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26309,'Ensure \'System: Control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the Backup log automatically when full policy setting.','If new events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSystemControl Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Retain old events, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26310,'Ensure \'System: Specify the maximum log file size (KB)\' is set to \'Enabled: 32,768 or greater\'.','This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes. The maximum log file size can be configured between 1 megabyte (1,024 kilobytes) and 4 terabytes (4,194,240 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 32,768 or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 32,768 or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSystemSpecify the maximum log file size (KB). Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Maximum Log Size (KB), but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26311,'Ensure \'Turn off Data Execution Prevention for Explorer\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Disabling Data Execution Prevention can allow certain legacy plug-in applications to function without terminating Explorer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Some legacy plug-in applications and other software may not function with Data Execution Prevention and will require an exception to be defined for that specific plug- in/software.','Data Execution Prevention is an important security feature supported by Explorer that helps to limit the impact of certain types of malware.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsFile ExplorerTurn off Data Execution Prevention for Explorer. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Explorer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.31.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(26312,'Ensure \'Turn off heap termination on corruption\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Without heap termination on corruption, legacy plug-in applications may continue to function when a File Explorer session has become corrupt. Ensuring that heap termination on corruption is active will prevent this. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Allowing an application to function after its session has become corrupt increases the risk posture to the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsFile ExplorerTurn off heap termination on corruption. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Explorer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.31.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26313,'Ensure \'Turn off shell protocol protected mode\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure the amount of functionality that the shell protocol can have. When using the full functionality of this protocol, applications can open folders and launch files. The protected mode reduces the functionality of this protocol allowing applications to only open a limited set of folders. Applications are not able to open files with this protocol when it is in the protected mode. It is recommended to leave this protocol in the protected mode to increase the security of Windows. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Limiting the opening of files and folders to a limited set reduces the attack surface of the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsFile ExplorerTurn off shell protocol protected mode. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsExplorer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.31.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26314,'Ensure \'Prevent the computer from joining a homegroup\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','By default, users can add their computer to a HomeGroup on a home network. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: The HomeGroup feature is available in all workstation releases of Windows from Windows 7 through Windows 10 Release 1709. Microsoft removed the feature completely starting with Windows 10 Release 1803. However, if your environment still contains any Windows 10 Release 1709 (or older) workstations, then this setting remains important to disable HomeGroup on those systems.','While resources on a domain-joined computer cannot be shared with a HomeGroup, information from the domain-joined computer can be leaked to other computers in the HomeGroup.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsHomeGroupPrevent the computer from joining a homegroup. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Sharing.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.36.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26315,'Ensure \'Turn off location\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting turns off the location feature for the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting affects the location feature (e.g. GPS or other location tracking). From a security perspective, it\'s not a good idea to reveal your location to software in most cases, but there are legitimate uses, such as mapping software. However, they should not be used in high security environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsLocation and SensorsTurn off location. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Sensors.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.41.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26316,'Ensure \'Allow Message Service Cloud Sync\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows backup and restore of cellular text messages to Microsoft\'s cloud services. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security environment, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMessagingAllow Message Service Cloud Sync. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Messaging.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.45.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26317,'Ensure \'Block all consumer Microsoft account user authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting determines whether applications and services on the device can utilize new consumer Microsoft account authentication via the Windows OnlineID and WebAccountManager APIs. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Organizations that want to effectively implement identity management policies and maintain firm control of what accounts are used on their computers will probably want to block Microsoft accounts. Organizations may also need to block Microsoft accounts in order to meet the requirements of compliance standards that apply to their information systems.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft accountsBlock all consumer Microsoft account user authentication. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template MSAPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.46.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26318,'Ensure \'Configure local setting override for reporting to Microsoft MAPS\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration to join Microsoft Active Protection Service (MAPS), which Microsoft renamed to Windows Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service and then Microsoft Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service. This setting can only be set by Group Policy. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The decision on whether or not to participate in Microsoft MAPS / Microsoft Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service for malicious software reporting should be made centrally in an enterprise managed environment, so that all computers within it behave consistently in that regard. Configuring this setting to Disabled ensures that the decision remains centrally managed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMAPSConfigure local setting override for reporting to Microsoft MAPS. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26319,'Ensure \'Join Microsoft MAPS\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to join Microsoft Active Protection Service (MAPS), which Microsoft renamed to Windows Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service and then Microsoft Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service. Microsoft MAPS / Microsoft Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service is the online community that helps you choose how to respond to potential threats. The community also helps stop the spread of new malicious software infections. You can choose to send basic or additional information about detected software. Additional information helps Microsoft create new definitions and help it to protect your computer. Possible options are: - (0x0) Disabled (default) - (0x1) Basic membership - (0x2) Advanced membership Basic membership will send basic information to Microsoft about software that has been detected including where the software came from the actions that you apply or that are applied automatically and whether the actions were successful. Advanced membership in addition to basic information will send more information to Microsoft about malicious software spyware and potentially unwanted software including the location of the software file names how the software operates and how it has impacted your computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The information that would be sent can include things like location of detected items on your computer if harmful software was removed. The information would be automatically collected and sent. In some instances personal information might unintentionally be sent to Microsoft. However, Microsoft states that it will not use this information to identify you or contact you. For privacy reasons in high security environments, it is best to prevent these data submissions altogether.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMAPSJoin Microsoft MAPS. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.4.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26320,'Ensure \'Configure Attack Surface Reduction rules\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the state for the Attack Surface Reduction (ASR) rules. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Attack surface reduction helps prevent actions and apps that are typically used by exploit-seeking malware to infect machines.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMicrosoft Defender Exploit GuardAttack Surface ReductionConfigure Attack Surface Reduction rules. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26321,'Ensure \'Configure Attack Surface Reduction rules: Set the state for each ASR rule\' is configured.','This policy setting sets the Attack Surface Reduction rules. The recommended state for this setting is: 26190899-1602-49e8-8b27-eb1d0a1ce869 - 1 (Block Office communication application from creating child processes) 3b576869-a4ec-4529-8536-b80a7769e899 - 1 (Block Office applications from creating executable content) 5beb7efe-fd9a-4556-801d-275e5ffc04cc - 1 (Block execution of potentially obfuscated scripts) 75668c1f-73b5-4cf0-bb93-3ecf5cb7cc84 - 1 (Block Office applications from injecting code into other processes) 7674ba52-37eb-4a4f-a9a1-f0f9a1619a2c - 1 (Block Adobe Reader from creating child processes) 92e97fa1-2edf-4476-bdd6-9dd0b4dddc7b - 1 (Block Win32 API calls from Office macro) 9e6c4e1f-7d60-472f-ba1a-a39ef669e4b2 - 1 (Block credential stealing from the Windows local security authority subsystem (lsass.exe)) b2b3f03d-6a65-4f7b-a9c7-1c7ef74a9ba4 - 1 (Block untrusted and unsigned processes that run from USB) be9ba2d9-53ea-4cdc-84e5-9b1eeee46550 - 1 (Block executable content from email client and webmail) d3e037e1-3eb8-44c8-a917-57927947596d - 1 (Block JavaScript or VBScript from launching downloaded executable content) d4f940ab-401b-4efc-aadc-ad5f3c50688a - 1 (Block Office applications from creating child processes) e6db77e5-3df2-4cf1-b95a-636979351e5b - 1 (Block persistence through WMI event subscription) Note: More information on ASR rules can be found at the following link: Use Attack surface reduction rules to prevent malware infection | Microsoft Docs','Attack surface reduction helps prevent actions and apps that are typically used by exploit-seeking malware to infect machines.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path so that 26190899-1602-49e8-8b27-eb1d0a1ce869, 3b576869-a4ec-4529-8536-b80a7769e899, 5beb7efe-fd9a-4556-801d-275e5ffc04cc, 75668c1f-73b5-4cf0-bb93-3ecf5cb7cc84, 7674ba52-37eb-4a4f-a9a1-f0f9a1619a2c, 92e97fa1-2edf-4476-bdd6-9dd0b4dddc7b, 9e6c4e1f-7d60-472f-ba1a-a39ef669e4b2, b2b3f03d-6a65-4f7b-a9c7-1c7ef74a9ba4, be9ba2d9-53ea-4cdc-84e5-9b1eeee46550, d3e037e1-3eb8-44c8-a917-57927947596d, d4f940ab-401b-4efc-aadc-ad5f3c50688a, and e6db77e5-3df2-4cf1-b95a-636979351e5b are each set to a value of 1: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMicrosoft Defender Exploit GuardAttack Surface ReductionConfigure Attack Surface Reduction rules: Set the state for each ASR rule. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26322,'Ensure \'Prevent users and apps from accessing dangerous websites\' is set to \'Enabled: Block\'.','This policy setting controls Microsoft Defender Exploit Guard network protection. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Block.','This setting can help prevent employees from using any application to access dangerous domains that may host phishing scams, exploit-hosting sites, and other malicious content on the Internet.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Block: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Defender AntivirusWindows Defender Exploit GuardNetwork ProtectionPrevent users and apps from accessing dangerous websites. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.5.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"9.3\", \"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26323,'Ensure \'Enable file hash computation feature\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting determines whether hash values are computed for files scanned by Microsoft Defender. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to monitor for suspicious and known malicious activity. File hashes are a reliable way of detecting changes to files, and can speed up the scan process by skipping files that have not changed since they were last scanned and determined to be safe. A changed file hash can also be cause for additional scrutiny.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMpEngineEnable file hash computation feature. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.1\"]}]'),(26324,'Ensure \'Scan all downloaded files and attachments\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting configures scanning for all downloaded files and attachments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to heuristically monitor in real-time for suspicious and known malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReal-Time ProtectionScan all downloaded files and attachments. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.9.1\"]}]'),(26325,'Ensure \'Turn off real-time protection\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting configures real-time protection prompts for known malware detection. Microsoft Defender Antivirus alerts you when malware or potentially unwanted software attempts to install itself or to run on your computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to heuristically monitor in real-time for suspicious and known malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReal-Time ProtectionTurn off real-time protection. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.9.2\"]}]'),(26326,'Ensure \'Turn on behavior monitoring\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure behavior monitoring for Microsoft Defender Antivirus. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to heuristically monitor in real-time for suspicious and known malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReal-Time ProtectionTurn on behavior monitoring. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.7\"]}]'),(26327,'Ensure \'Turn on script scanning\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows script scanning to be turned on/off. Script scanning intercepts scripts then scans them before they are executed on the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to heuristically monitor in real-time for suspicious and known malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReal-Time ProtectionTurn on script scanning. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.7\"]}]'),(26328,'Ensure \'Configure Watson events\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not Watson events are sent. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Watson events are the reports that get sent to Microsoft when a program or service crashes or fails, including the possibility of automatic submission. Preventing this information from being sent can help reduce privacy concerns.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReportingConfigure Watson events. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.11.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26329,'Ensure \'Scan removable drives\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether or not to scan for malicious software and unwanted software in the contents of removable drives, such as USB flash drives, when running a full scan. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','It is important to ensure that any present removable drives are always included in any type of scan, as removable drives are more likely to contain malicious software brought in to the enterprise managed environment from an external, unmanaged computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusScanScan removable drives. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.12.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26330,'Ensure \'Turn on e-mail scanning\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure e-mail scanning. When e-mail scanning is enabled, the engine will parse the mailbox and mail files, according to their specific format, in order to analyze the mail bodies and attachments. Several e-mail formats are currently supported, for example: pst (Outlook), dbx, mbx, mime (Outlook Express), binhex (Mac). The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Incoming e-mails should be scanned by an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, as email attachments are a commonly used attack vector to infiltrate computers with malicious software.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusScanTurn on e-mail scanning. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.12.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26331,'Ensure \'Configure detection for potentially unwanted applications\' is set to \'Enabled: Block\'.','This policy setting controls detection and action for Potentially Unwanted Applications (PUA), which are sneaky unwanted application bundlers or their bundled applications, that can deliver adware or malware. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Block. For more information, see this link: Block potentially unwanted applications with Microsoft Defender Antivirus | Microsoft Docs','Potentially unwanted applications can increase the risk of your network being infected with malware, cause malware infections to be harder to identify, and can waste IT resources in cleaning up the applications. They should be blocked from installation.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Block: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusConfigure detection for potentially unwanted applications. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\", \"10.6\"]}]'),(26332,'Ensure \'Turn off Microsoft Defender AntiVirus\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting turns off Microsoft Defender Antivirus. If the setting is configured to Disabled, Microsoft Defender Antivirus runs and computers are scanned for malware and other potentially unwanted software. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','It is important to ensure a current, updated antivirus product is scanning each computer for malicious file activity. Microsoft provides a competent solution out of the box in Microsoft Defender Antivirus. Organizations that choose to purchase a reputable 3rd-party antivirus solution may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation in lieu of the commercial alternative.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusTurn off Microsoft Defender AntiVirus. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Turn off Windows Defender, but it was renamed to Windows Defender Antivirus starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates. It was again renamed to Turn off Microsoft Defender Antivirus starting with the Windows 10 Release 2004 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.6\"]}]'),(26333,'Ensure \'Enable news and interests on the taskbar\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the news and interests feature is allowed on the device. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, apps and features such as news and interests on the Windows taskbar should be treated as a possible security risk due to the potential of data being sent back to 3rd parties, such as Microsoft. In addition, the app may display inappropriate news and interests within the feed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsNews and interestsEnable news and interests on the taskbar. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Feeds.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H1 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.57.1\"]}]'),(26334,'Ensure \'Prevent the usage of OneDrive for file storage\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting lets you prevent apps and features from working with files on OneDrive using the Next Generation Sync Client. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enabling this setting prevents users from accidentally (or intentionally) uploading confidential or sensitive corporate information to the OneDrive cloud service using the Next Generation Sync Client. Note: This security concern applies to any cloud-based file storage application installed on a workstation, not just the one supplied with Windows.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsOneDrivePrevent the usage of OneDrive for file storage. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template SkyDrive.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer). However, we strongly recommend you only use the version included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer). Older versions of the templates had conflicting settings in different template files for both OneDrive & SkyDrive, until it was cleaned up properly in the above version. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Prevent the usage of SkyDrive for file storage, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.58.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26335,'Ensure \'Turn off Push To Install service\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether users can push Apps to the device from the Microsoft Store App running on other devices or the web. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a high security managed environment, application installations should be managed centrally by IT staff, not by end users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsPush to InstallTurn off Push To Install service. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PushToInstall.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.64.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26336,'Ensure \'Do not allow passwords to be saved\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting helps prevent Remote Desktop clients from saving passwords on a computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If this policy setting was previously configured as Disabled or Not configured, any previously saved passwords will be deleted the first time a Remote Desktop client disconnects from any server.','An attacker with physical access to the computer may be able to break the protection guarding saved passwords. An attacker who compromises a user\'s account and connects to their computer could use saved passwords to gain access to additional hosts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Connection ClientDo not allow passwords to be saved. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(26337,'Ensure \'Allow users to connect remotely by using Remote Desktop Services\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure remote access to computers by using Remote Desktop Services. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Any account with the Allow log on through Remote Desktop Services user right can log on to the remote console of the computer. If you do not restrict access to legitimate users who need to log on to the console of the computer, unauthorized users could download and execute malicious code to elevate their privileges.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostConnectionsAllow users to connect remotely by using Remote Desktop Services. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allow users to connect remotely using Terminal Services, but it was renamed to Allow users to connect remotely using Remote Desktop Services in the Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates. It was finally renamed (again) to Allow users to connect remotely by using Remote Desktop Services starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26338,'Ensure \'Allow UI Automation redirection\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether User Interface (UI) Automation client applications running on the local computer can access UI elements on the server. UI Automation gives programs access to most UI elements, which allows use of assistive technology products like Magnifier and Narrator that need to interact with the UI in order to work properly. UI information also allows automated test scripts to interact with the UI. For example, the local computer\'s Narrator and Magnifier clients can be used to interact with UI on a web page opened in a remote session. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Remote Desktop sessions don\'t currently support UI Automation redirection.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for UI Automation redirection within a Remote Desktop session is rare, and not supported at this time, but it makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for malicious activity to occur.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionAllow UI Automation redirection. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.1\"]}]'),(26339,'Ensure \'Do not allow COM port redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the redirection of data to client COM ports from the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for COM port redirection within a Remote Desktop session is very rare, so makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow COM port redirection. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26340,'Ensure \'Do not allow drive redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevents users from sharing the local drives on their client computers to Remote Desktop Servers that they access. Mapped drives appear in the session folder tree in Windows Explorer in the following format: \\TSClient$ If local drives are shared they are left vulnerable to intruders who want to exploit the data that is stored on them. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Data could be forwarded from the user\'s Remote Desktop Services session to the user\'s local computer without any direct user interaction. Malicious software already present on a compromised server would have direct and stealthy disk access to the user\'s local computer during the Remote Desktop session.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow drive redirection. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26341,'Ensure \'Do not allow location redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the redirection of location data to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for location data redirection within a Remote Desktop session is rare, so it makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for malicious activity to occur.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow location redirection. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.4\"]}]'),(26342,'Ensure \'Do not allow LPT port redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the redirection of data to client LPT ports during a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for LPT port redirection within a Remote Desktop session is very rare, so makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow LPT port redirection. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26343,'Ensure \'Do not allow supported Plug and Play device redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control the redirection of supported Plug and Play devices, such as Windows Portable Devices, to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for Plug and Play device redirection within a Remote Desktop session is very rare, so makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow supported Plug and Play device redirection. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26344,'Ensure \'Always prompt for password upon connection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services always prompts the client computer for a password upon connection. You can use this policy setting to enforce a password prompt for users who log on to Remote Desktop Services, even if they already provided the password in the Remote Desktop Connection client. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users have the option to store both their username and password when they create a new Remote Desktop Connection shortcut. If the server that runs Remote Desktop Services allows users who have used this feature to log on to the server but not enter their password, then it is possible that an attacker who has gained physical access to the user\'s computer could connect to a Remote Desktop Server through the Remote Desktop Connection shortcut, even though they may not know the user\'s password.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityAlways prompt for password upon connection. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In the Microsoft Windows Vista Administrative Templates, this setting was named Always prompt client for password upon connection, but it was renamed starting with the Windows Server 2008 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26345,'Ensure \'Require secure RPC communication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify whether Remote Desktop Services requires secure Remote Procedure Call (RPC) communication with all clients or allows unsecured communication. You can use this policy setting to strengthen the security of RPC communication with clients by allowing only authenticated and encrypted requests. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing unsecure RPC communication can exposes the server to man in the middle attacks and data disclosure attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire secure RPC communication. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26346,'Ensure \'Require use of specific security layer for remote (RDP) connections\' is set to \'Enabled: SSL\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to require the use of a specific security layer to secure communications between clients and RD Session Host servers during Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: SSL. Note: In spite of this setting being labeled SSL, it is actually enforcing Transport Layer Security (TLS) version 1.0, not the older (and less secure) SSL protocol.','The native Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) encryption is now considered a weak protocol, so enforcing the use of stronger Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption for all RDP communications between clients and RD Session Host servers is preferred.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: SSL: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire use of specific security layer for remote (RDP) connections. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(26347,'Ensure \'Require user authentication for remote connections by using Network Level Authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify whether to require user authentication for remote connections to the RD Session Host server by using Network Level Authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Requiring that user authentication occur earlier in the remote connection process enhances security.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire user authentication for remote connections by using Network Level Authentication. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In the Microsoft Windows Vista Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Require user authentication using RDP 6.0 for remote connections, but it was renamed starting with the Windows Server 2008 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(26348,'Ensure \'Set client connection encryption level\' is set to \'Enabled: High Level\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to require the use of a specific encryption level to secure communications between client computers and RD Session Host servers during Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections. This policy only applies when you are using native RDP encryption. However, native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) is not recommended. This policy does not apply to SSL encryption. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: High Level.','If Remote Desktop client connections that use low level encryption are allowed, it is more likely that an attacker will be able to decrypt any captured Remote Desktop Services network traffic.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: High Level: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecuritySet client connection encryption level. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(26349,'Ensure \'Set time limit for active but idle Remote Desktop Services sessions\' is set to \'Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0)\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that an active Remote Desktop Services session can be idle (without user input) before it is automatically disconnected. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0).','This setting helps to prevent active Remote Desktop sessions from tying up the computer for long periods of time while not in use, preventing computing resources from being consumed by large numbers of inactive sessions. In addition, old, forgotten Remote Desktop sessions that are still active can cause password lockouts if the user\'s password has changed but the old session is still running. For systems that limit the number of connected users (e.g. servers in the default Administrative mode - 2 sessions only), other users\' old but still active sessions can prevent another user from connecting, resulting in an effective denial of service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSession Time LimitsSet time limit for active but idle Remote Desktop Services sessions. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Set time limit for active but idle Terminal Services sessions, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.10.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26350,'Ensure \'Set time limit for disconnected sessions\' is set to \'Enabled: 1 minute\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure a time limit for disconnected Remote Desktop Services sessions. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 1 minute.','This setting helps to prevent active Remote Desktop sessions from tying up the computer for long periods of time while not in use, preventing computing resources from being consumed by large numbers of disconnected but still active sessions. In addition, old, forgotten Remote Desktop sessions that are still active can cause password lockouts if the user\'s password has changed but the old session is still running. For systems that limit the number of connected users (e.g. servers in the default Administrative mode - 2 sessions only), other users\' old but still active sessions can prevent another user from connecting, resulting in an effective denial of service. This setting is important to ensure a disconnected session is properly terminated.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 1 minute: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSession Time LimitsSet time limit for disconnected sessions. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.10.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26351,'Ensure \'Do not delete temp folders upon exit\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services retains a user\'s per-session temporary folders at logoff. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Sensitive information could be contained inside the temporary folders and visible to other administrators that log into the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostTemporary FoldersDo not delete temp folders upon exit. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Do not delete temp folder upon exit, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.11.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26352,'Ensure \'Prevent downloading of enclosures\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevents the user from having enclosures (file attachments) downloaded from an RSS feed to the user\'s computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing attachments to be downloaded through the RSS feed can introduce files that could have malicious intent.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRSS FeedsPrevent downloading of enclosures. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template InetRes.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Turn off downloading of enclosures, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.66.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26353,'Ensure \'Allow Cloud Search\' is set to \'Enabled: Disable Cloud Search\'.','This policy setting allows search and Cortana to search cloud sources like OneDrive and SharePoint. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Disable Cloud Search.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Disable Cloud Search: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow Cloud Search. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26354,'Ensure \'Allow Cortana\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Cortana is allowed on the device. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If Cortana is enabled, sensitive information could be contained in search history and sent out to Microsoft.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow Cortana. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26355,'Ensure \'Allow Cortana above lock screen\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether or not the user can interact with Cortana using speech while the system is locked. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Access to any computer resource should not be allowed when the device is locked.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow Cortana above lock screen. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26356,'Ensure \'Allow indexing of encrypted files\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether encrypted items are allowed to be indexed. When this setting is changed, the index is rebuilt completely. Full volume encryption (such as BitLocker Drive Encryption or a non-Microsoft solution) must be used for the location of the index to maintain security for encrypted files. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Indexing and allowing users to search encrypted files could potentially reveal confidential data stored within the encrypted files.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow indexing of encrypted files. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26357,'Ensure \'Allow search and Cortana to use location\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether search and Cortana can provide location aware search and Cortana results. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In an enterprise managed environment, allowing Cortana and Search to have access to location data is unnecessary. Organizations likely do not want this information shared out.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow search and Cortana to use location. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26358,'Ensure \'Turn off KMS Client Online AVS Validation\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','The Key Management Service (KMS) is a Microsoft license activation method that entails setting up a local server to store the software licenses. The KMS server itself needs to connect to Microsoft to activate the KMS service, but subsequent on-network clients can activate Microsoft Windows OS and/or their Microsoft Office via the KMS server instead of connecting directly to Microsoft. This policy setting lets you opt-out of sending KMS client activation data to Microsoft automatically. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Even though the KMS licensing method does not require KMS clients to connect to Microsoft, they still send KMS client activation state data to Microsoft automatically. Preventing this information from being sent can help reduce privacy concerns in high security environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSoftware Protection PlatformTurn off KMS Client Online AVS Validation. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AVSValidationGP.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.72.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26359,'Ensure \'Disable all apps from Microsoft Store\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting configures the launch of all apps from the Microsoft Store that came pre-installed or were downloaded. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: This policy setting only applies to Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education editions. Note #2: The name of this setting and the Enabled/Disabled values are incorrectly worded - logically, the title implies that configuring it to Enabled will disable all apps from the Microsoft Store, and configuring it to Disabled will enable all apps from the Microsoft Store. The opposite is true (and is consistent with the GPME help text). This is a logical wording mistake by Microsoft in the Administrative Template.','The Store service is a retail outlet built into Windows, primarily for consumer use. In an enterprise managed environment the IT department should be managing the installation of all applications to reduce the risk of the installation of vulnerable software.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsStoreDisable all apps from Microsoft Store. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsStore.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Disable all apps from Windows Store, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1803 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.75.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}]'),(26360,'Ensure \'Only display the private store within the Microsoft Store\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting denies access to the retail catalog in the Microsoft Store, but displays the private store. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing the private store will allow an organization to control the apps that users have access to add to a system. This will help ensure that unapproved malicious apps are not running on a system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsStoreOnly display the private store within the Microsoft Store. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsStore.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Only display the private store within the Windows Store app, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1803 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.75.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}]'),(26361,'Ensure \'Turn off Automatic Download and Install of updates\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting enables or disables the automatic download and installation of Microsoft Store app updates. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Keeping your system properly patched can help protect against 0 day vulnerabilities.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsStoreTurn off Automatic Download and Install of updates. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WinStoreUI.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates, or by the Group Policy template WindowsStore.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.75.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26362,'Ensure \'Turn off the offer to update to the latest version of Windows\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Enables or disables the Microsoft Store offer to update to the latest version of Windows. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Unplanned OS upgrades can lead to more preventable support calls. The IT department should be managing and approving all upgrades and updates.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsStoreTurn off the offer to update to the latest version of Windows. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WinStoreUI.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates, or by the Group Policy template WindowsStore.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.75.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26363,'Ensure \'Turn off the Store application\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting denies or allows access to the Store application. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Per Microsoft TechNet and MSKB 3135657, this policy setting does not apply to any Windows 10 editions other than Enterprise and Education.','Only applications approved by an IT department should be installed. Allowing users to install 3rd party applications can lead to missed patches and potential zero day vulnerabilities.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsStoreTurn off the Store application. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WinStoreUI.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates, or by the Group Policy template WindowsStore.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.75.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26364,'Ensure \'Allow widgets\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the widgets feature is allowed on the device. The widgets feature provides information such as, weather, news, sports, stocks, traffic, and entertainment (not an inclusive list). The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, apps and features such as widgets on the Windows taskbar should be treated as a possible security risk due to the potential of data being sent back to 3rd parties, such as Microsoft.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWidgetsAllow Widgets. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template NewsAndInterests.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.81.1\"]}]'),(26365,'Ensure \'Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen\' is set to \'Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage the behavior of Windows Defender SmartScreen. Windows Defender SmartScreen helps keep PCs safer by warning users before running unrecognized programs downloaded from the Internet. Some information is sent to Microsoft about files and programs run on PCs with this feature enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass.','Windows Defender SmartScreen helps keep PCs safer by warning users before running unrecognized programs downloaded from the Internet. However, due to the fact that some information is sent to Microsoft about files and programs run on PCs some organizations may prefer to disable it.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Defender SmartScreenExplorerConfigure Windows Defender SmartScreen. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsExplorer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Configure Windows SmartScreen, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.85.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26366,'Ensure \'Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting lets you decide whether to turn on SmartScreen Filter. SmartScreen Filter provides warning messages to help protect your employees from potential phishing scams and malicious software. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','SmartScreen serves an important purpose as it helps to warn users of possible malicious sites and files. Allowing users to turn off this setting can make the browser become more vulnerable to compromise.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Defender SmartScreenMicrosoft EdgeConfigure Windows Defender SmartScreen. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template MicrosoftEdge.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allows you to configure SmartScreen. In the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates, it was renamed to Turn off the SmartScreen Filter. In the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates, it was renamed (again) to Configure SmartScreen Filter. Finally, it was given its current name of Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.85.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26367,'Ensure \'Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting lets you decide whether employees can override the SmartScreen Filter warnings about potentially malicious websites. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','SmartScreen will warn an employee if a website is potentially malicious. Enabling this setting prevents these warnings from being bypassed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Defender SmartScreenMicrosoft EdgePrevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template MicrosoftEdge.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Don\'t allow SmartScreen Filter warning overrides. In the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates, this setting was renamed to Prevent bypassing SmartScreen prompts for sites. Finally, it was given its current name of Prevent bypassing Windows Defender SmartScreen prompts for sites starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.85.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(26368,'Ensure \'Enables or disables Windows Game Recording and Broadcasting\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting enables or disables the Windows Game Recording and Broadcasting features. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If this setting is allowed, users could record and broadcast session info to external sites, which is both a risk of accidentally exposing sensitive company data (on-screen) outside the company as well as a privacy concern.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Game Recording and BroadcastingEnables or disables Windows Game Recording and Broadcasting. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GameDVR.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.87.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26369,'Ensure \'Allow suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace are allowed. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This Microsoft feature is designed to collect data and suggest apps based on that data collected. Disabling this setting will help ensure your data is not shared with any third party.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Ink WorkspaceAllow suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsInkWorkspace.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.89.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26370,'Ensure \'Allow Windows Ink Workspace\' is set to \'Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock\' OR \'Disabled\' but not \'Enabled: On\'.','This policy setting determines whether Windows Ink items are allowed above the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock OR Disabled.','Allowing any apps to be accessed while system is locked is not recommended. If this feature is permitted, it should only be accessible once a user authenticates with the proper credentials.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock OR Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Ink WorkspaceAllow Windows Ink Workspace. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsInkWorkspace.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.89.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.6\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26371,'Ensure \'Allow user control over installs\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting controls whether users are permitted to change installation options that typically are available only to system administrators. The security features of Windows Installer normally prevent users from changing installation options that are typically reserved for system administrators, such as specifying the directory to which files are installed. If Windows Installer detects that an installation package has permitted the user to change a protected option, it stops the installation and displays a message. These security features operate only when the installation program is running in a privileged security context in which it has access to directories denied to the user. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In an enterprise managed environment, only IT staff with administrative rights should be installing or changing software on a system. Allowing users the ability to have any control over installs can risk unapproved software from being installed or removed from a system, which could cause the system to become vulnerable to compromise.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerAllow user control over installs. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Enable user control over installs, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26372,'Ensure \'Always install with elevated privileges\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting controls whether or not Windows Installer should use system permissions when it installs any program on the system. Note: This setting appears both in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. To make this setting effective, you must enable the setting in both folders. Caution: If enabled, skilled users can take advantage of the permissions this setting grants to change their privileges and gain permanent access to restricted files and folders. Note that the User Configuration version of this setting is not guaranteed to be secure. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Users with limited privileges can exploit this feature by creating a Windows Installer installation package that creates a new local account that belongs to the local built-in Administrators group, adds their current account to the local built-in Administrators group, installs malicious software, or performs other unauthorized activities.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerAlways install with elevated privileges. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26373,'Ensure \'Prevent Internet Explorer security prompt for Windows Installer scripts\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Web-based programs are allowed to install software on the computer without notifying the user. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Suppressing the system warning can pose a security risk and increase the attack surface on the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerPrevent Internet Explorer security prompt for Windows Installer scripts. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Disable IE security prompt for Windows Installer scripts, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(26374,'Ensure \'Sign-in and lock last interactive user automatically after a restart\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether a device will automatically sign-in the last interactive user after Windows Update restarts the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this feature will prevent the caching of user\'s credentials and unauthorized use of the device, and also ensure the user is aware of the restart.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Logon OptionsSign-in and lock last interactive user automatically after a restart. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WinLogon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Sign-in last interactive user automatically after a system-initiated restart, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1903 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.91.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.6\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(26375,'Ensure \'Turn on PowerShell Script Block Logging\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting enables logging of all PowerShell script input to the Applications and Services LogsMicrosoftWindowsPowerShellOperational Event Log channel. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If logging of Script Block Invocation Start/Stop Events is enabled (option box checked), PowerShell will log additional events when invocation of a command, script block, function, or script starts or stops. Enabling this option generates a high volume of event logs. CIS has intentionally chosen not to make a recommendation for this option, since it generates a large volume of events. If an organization chooses to enable the optional setting (checked), this also conforms to the benchmark.','Logs of PowerShell script input can be very valuable when performing forensic investigations of PowerShell attack incidents to determine what occurred.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows PowerShellTurn on PowerShell Script Block Logging. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PowerShellExecutionPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.100.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(26376,'Ensure \'Turn on PowerShell Transcription\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This Policy setting lets you capture the input and output of Windows PowerShell commands into text-based transcripts. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If this setting is enabled there is a risk that passwords could get stored in plain text in the PowerShell_transcript output file.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows PowerShellTurn on PowerShell Transcription. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PowerShellExecutionPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.100.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(26377,'Ensure \'Allow Basic authentication\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client uses Basic authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Clients that use Microsoft\'s Exchange Online service (Office 365) will require an exception to this recommendation, to instead have this setting set to Enabled. Exchange Online uses Basic authentication over HTTPS, and so the Exchange Online authentication traffic will still be safely encrypted.','Basic authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM because credentials including passwords are transmitted in plain text. An attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientAllow Basic authentication. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26378,'Ensure \'Allow unencrypted traffic\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client sends and receives unencrypted messages over the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Encrypting WinRM network traffic reduces the risk of an attacker viewing or modifying WinRM messages as they transit the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientAllow unencrypted traffic. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26379,'Ensure \'Disallow Digest authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client will not use Digest authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Digest authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM, an attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientDisallow Digest authentication. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26380,'Ensure \'Allow Basic authentication\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service accepts Basic authentication from a remote client. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Basic authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM because credentials including passwords are transmitted in plain text. An attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow Basic authentication. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26381,'Ensure \'Allow remote server management through WinRM\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service automatically listens on the network for requests on the HTTP transport over the default HTTP port. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Any feature is a potential avenue of attack, those that enable inbound network connections are particularly risky. Only enable the use of the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service on trusted networks and when feasible employ additional controls such as IPsec.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow remote server management through WinRM. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allow automatic configuration of listeners, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26382,'Ensure \'Allow unencrypted traffic\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service sends and receives unencrypted messages over the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Encrypting WinRM network traffic reduces the risk of an attacker viewing or modifying WinRM messages as they transit the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow unencrypted traffic. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26383,'Ensure \'Disallow WinRM from storing RunAs credentials\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service will allow RunAs credentials to be stored for any plug-ins. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If you enable and then disable this policy setting, any values that were previously configured for RunAsPassword will need to be reset.','Although the ability to store RunAs credentials is a convenient feature it increases the risk of account compromise slightly. For example, if you forget to lock your desktop before leaving it unattended for a few minutes another person could access not only the desktop of your computer but also any hosts you manage via WinRM with cached RunAs credentials.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceDisallow WinRM from storing RunAs credentials. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(26384,'Ensure \'Allow Remote Shell Access\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage configuration of remote access to all supported shells to execute scripts and commands. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: The GPME help text for this setting is incorrectly worded, implying that configuring it to Enabled will reject new Remote Shell connections, and setting it to Disabled will allow Remote Shell connections. The opposite is true (and is consistent with the title of the setting). This is a wording mistake by Microsoft in the Administrative Template.','Any feature is a potential avenue of attack, those that enable inbound network connections are particularly risky. Only enable the use of the Windows Remote Shell on trusted networks and when feasible employ additional controls such as IPsec.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote ShellAllow Remote Shell Access. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteShell.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.103.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26385,'Ensure \'Allow clipboard sharing with Windows Sandbox\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting enables or disables clipboard sharing with the Windows sandbox. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: The Windows Sandbox feature was first introduced in Windows 10 R1903, and allows a temporary \"clean install\" virtual instance of Windows to be run inside the host, for the ostensible purpose of testing applications without making changes to the host.','Disabling copy and paste decreases the attack surface exposed by the Windows Sandbox and possible exposure of untrusted applications to the internal network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows SandboxAllow clipboard sharing with Windows Sandbox. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsSandbox.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.104.1\"]}]'),(26386,'Ensure \'Allow networking in Windows Sandbox\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting enables or disables networking in the Windows Sandbox. Networking is achieved by creating a virtual switch on the host, and connecting the Windows Sandbox to it via a virtual Network Interface Card (NIC). The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: The Windows Sandbox feature was first introduced in Windows 10 R1903, and allows a temporary \"clean install\" virtual instance of Windows to be run inside the host, for the ostensible purpose of testing applications without making changes to the host.','Disabling network access decreases the attack surface exposed by the Windows Sandbox and exposure of untrusted applications to the internal network. Note: Per Microsoft, enabling networking in the Windows Sandbox can expose untrusted applications to the internal network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows SandboxAllow networking in Windows Sandbox. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsSandbox.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.104.2\"]}]'),(26387,'Ensure \'Prevent users from modifying settings\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevent users from making changes to the Exploit protection settings area in the Windows Security settings. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Only authorized IT staff should be able to make changes to the exploit protection settings in order to ensure the organizations specific configuration is not modified.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows SecurityApp and browser protectionPrevent users from modifying settings. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.105.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(26388,'Ensure \'No auto-restart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies that Automatic Updates will wait for computers to be restarted by the users who are logged on to them to complete a scheduled installation. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: This setting applies only when you configure Automatic Updates to perform scheduled update installations. If you configure the Configure Automatic Updates setting to Disabled, this setting has no effect.','Some security updates require that the computer be restarted to complete an installation. If the computer cannot restart automatically, then the most recent update will not completely install and no new updates will download to the computer until it is restarted. Without the auto-restart functionality, users who are not security-conscious may choose to indefinitely delay the restart, therefore keeping the computer in a less secure state.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateLegacy PoliciesNo auto-restart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named No auto-restart for scheduled Automatic Updates installations, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(26389,'Ensure \'Configure Automatic Updates\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether computers in your environment will receive security updates from Windows Update or WSUS. If you configure this policy setting to Enabled, the operating system will recognize when a network connection is available and then use the network connection to search Windows Update or your designated intranet site for updates that apply to them. After you configure this policy setting to Enabled, select one of the following three options in the Configure Automatic Updates Properties dialog box to specify how the service will work: 2 - Notify for download and auto install (Notify before downloading any updates) 3 - Auto download and notify for install (Download the updates automatically and notify when they are ready to be installed.) (Default setting) 4 - Auto download and schedule the install (Automatically download updates and install them on the schedule specified below.)) 5 - Allow local admin to choose setting (Leave decision on above choices up to the local Administrators (Not Recommended)) The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: The sub-setting \"Configure automatic updating:\" has 4 possible values - all of them are valid depending on specific organizational needs, however if feasible we suggest using a value of 4 - Auto download and schedule the install. This suggestion is not a scored requirement. Note #2: Organizations that utilize a 3rd-party solution for patching may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation, and instead configure it to Disabled so that the native Windows Update mechanism does not interfere with the 3rd-party patching process.','Although each version of Windows is thoroughly tested before release, it is possible that problems will be discovered after the products are shipped. The Configure Automatic Updates setting can help you ensure that the computers in your environment will always have the most recent critical operating system updates and service packs installed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage end user experienceConfigure Automatic Updates. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(26390,'Ensure \'Configure Automatic Updates: Scheduled install day\' is set to \'0 - Every day\'.','This policy setting specifies when computers in your environment will receive security updates from Windows Update or WSUS. The recommended state for this setting is: 0 - Every day. Note: This setting is only applicable if 4 - Auto download and schedule the install is selected in recommendation \'Configure Automatic Updates\'. It will have no impact if any other option is selected.','Although each version of Windows is thoroughly tested before release, it is possible that problems will be discovered after the products are shipped. The Configure Automatic Updates setting can help you ensure that the computers in your environment will always have the most recent critical operating system updates and service packs installed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 0 - Every day: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage end user experienceConfigure Automatic Updates: Scheduled install day. Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(26391,'Ensure \'Remove access to \"Pause updates\" feature\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy removes access to \"Pause updates\" feature. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In order to ensure security and system updates are applied, system administrators should control when updates are applied to systems.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage end user experienceRemove access to \"Pause updates\" feature. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(26392,'Ensure \'Manage preview builds\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting manage which updates that are receive prior to the update being released. Dev Channel: Ideal for highly technical users. Insiders in the Dev Channel will receive builds from our active development branch that is earliest in a development cycle. These builds are not matched to a specific Windows 10 release. Beta Channel: Ideal for feature explorers who want to see upcoming Windows 10 features. Your feedback will be especially important here as it will help our engineers ensure key issues are fixed before a major release. Release Preview Channel (default): Insiders in the Release Preview Channel will have access to the upcoming release of Windows 10 prior to it being released to the world. These builds are supported by Microsoft. The Release Preview Channel is where we recommend companies preview and validate upcoming Windows 10 releases before broad deployment within their organization. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Preview Build enrollment requires a telemetry level setting of 2 or higher and your domain registered on insider.windows.com. For additional information on Preview Builds, see: https://aka.ms/wipforbiz','It can be risky for experimental features to be allowed in an enterprise managed environment because this can introduce bugs and security holes into systems, making it easier for an attacker to gain access. It is generally preferred to only use production-ready builds.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage updates offered from Windows UpdateManage preview builds. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26393,'Ensure \'Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received\' is set to \'Enabled: 180 or more days\'.','This policy setting determines when Preview Build or Feature Updates are received. Defer Updates This enables devices to defer taking the next Feature Update available to your channel for up to 14 days for all the pre-release channels and up to 365 days for the Semi-Annual Channel. Or, if the device is updating from the Semi-Annual Channel, a version for the device to move to and/or stay on until the policy is updated or the device reaches end of service can be specified. Note: If you set both policies, the version specified will take precedence and the deferrals will not be in effect. Please see the Windows Release Information page for OS version information. Pause Updates To prevent Feature Updates from being received on their scheduled time, you can temporarily pause Feature Updates. The pause will remain in effect for 35 days from the specified start date or until the field is cleared (Quality Updates will still be offered). Note: If the \"Allow Diagnostic Data\" (formerly \"Allow Telemetry\") policy is set to 0, this policy will have no effect. Note #2: Starting with Windows 10 R1607, Microsoft introduced a new Windows Update (WU) client behavior called Dual Scan, with an eye to cloud-based update management. In some cases, this Dual Scan feature can interfere with Windows Updates from Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and/or manual WU updates. If you are using WSUS in your environment, you may need to set the above setting to Not Configured or configure the setting Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update (added in the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates) in order to prevent the Dual Scan feature from interfering. More information on Dual Scan is available at these links: - Demystifying \"Dual Scan\" - WSUS Product Team Blog - Improving Dual Scan on 1607 - WSUS Product Team Blog Note #3: Prior to Windows 10 R1703, values above 180 days are not recognized by the OS. Starting with Windows 10 R1703, the maximum number of days you can defer is 365 days.','In a production environment, it is preferred to only use software and features that are publicly available, after they have gone through rigorous testing in beta.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 180 or more days: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage updates offered from Windows UpdateWindows Update for BusinessSelect when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received. Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Select when Feature Updates are received, but it was renamed to Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received starting with the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\", \"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(26394,'Ensure \'Select when Quality Updates are received\' is set to \'Enabled: 0 days\'.','This settings controls when Quality Updates are received. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 0 days. Note: If the \"Allow Diagnostic Data\" (formerly \"Allow Telemetry\") policy is set to 0, this policy will have no effect. Note #2: Starting with Windows 10 R1607, Microsoft introduced a new Windows Update (WU) client behavior called Dual Scan, with an eye to cloud-based update management. In some cases, this Dual Scan feature can interfere with Windows Updates from Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and/or manual WU updates. If you are using WSUS in your environment, you may need to set the above setting to Not Configured or configure the setting Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update (added in the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates) in order to prevent the Dual Scan feature from interfering. More information on Dual Scan is available at these links: - Demystifying \"Dual Scan\" - WSUS Product Team Blog - Improving Dual Scan on 1607 - WSUS Product Team Blog','Quality Updates can contain important bug fixes and/or security patches, and should be installed as soon as possible.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled:0 days: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateWindows Update for BusinessSelect when Quality Updates are received Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An updated Group Policy template (WindowsUpdate.admx/adml) is required - it is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(27000,'Ensure \'Enforce password history\' is set to \'24 or more password(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the number of renewed, unique passwords that have to be associated with a user account before you can reuse an old password. The value for this policy setting must be between 0 and 24 passwords. The default value for Windows Vista is 0 passwords, but the default setting in a domain is 24 passwords. To maintain the effectiveness of this policy setting, use the Minimum password age setting to prevent users from repeatedly changing their password. The recommended state for this setting is: 24 or more password(s). Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center. Note #2: As of the publication of this benchmark, Microsoft currently has a maximum limit of 24 saved passwords. For more information, please visit Enforce password history (Windows 10) - Windows security | Microsoft Docs','The longer a user uses the same password, the greater the chance that an attacker can determine the password through brute force attacks. Also, any accounts that may have been compromised will remain exploitable for as long as the password is left unchanged. If password changes are required but password reuse is not prevented, or if users continually reuse a small number of passwords, the effectiveness of a good password policy is greatly reduced. If you specify a low number for this policy setting, users will be able to use the same small number of passwords repeatedly. If you do not also configure the Minimum password age setting, users might repeatedly change their passwords until they can reuse their original password.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 24 or more password(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyEnforce password history','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(27001,'Ensure \'Maximum password age\' is set to \'365 or fewer days, but not 0\'.','This policy setting defines how long a user can use their password before it expires. Values for this policy setting range from 0 to 999 days. If you set the value to 0, the password will never expire. Because attackers can crack passwords, the more frequently you change the password the less opportunity an attacker has to use a cracked password. However, the lower this value is set, the higher the potential for an increase in calls to help desk support due to users having to change their password or forgetting which password is current. The recommended state for this setting is 365 or fewer days, but not 0. Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','The longer a password exists the higher the likelihood that it will be compromised by a brute force attack, by an attacker gaining general knowledge about the user, or by the user sharing the password. Configuring the Maximum password age setting to 0 so that users are never required to change their passwords is a major security risk because that allows a compromised password to be used by the malicious user for as long as the valid user has authorized access.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 365 or fewer days, but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyMaximum password age','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(27002,'Ensure \'Minimum password age\' is set to \'1 or more day(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the number of days that you must use a password before you can change it. The range of values for this policy setting is between 1 and 999 days. (You may also set the value to 0 to allow immediate password changes.) The default value for this setting is 0 days. The recommended state for this setting is: 1 or more day(s). Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Users may have favorite passwords that they like to use because they are easy to remember and they believe that their password choice is secure from compromise. Unfortunately, passwords are compromised and if an attacker is targeting a specific individual user account, with foreknowledge of data about that user, reuse of old passwords can cause a security breach. To address password reuse a combination of security settings is required. Using this policy setting with the Enforce password history setting prevents the easy reuse of old passwords. For example, if you configure the Enforce password history setting to ensure that users cannot reuse any of their last 12 passwords, they could change their password 13 times in a few minutes and reuse the password they started with, unless you also configure the Minimum password age setting to a number that is greater than 0. You must configure this policy setting to a number that is greater than 0 for the Enforce password history setting to be effective.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 1 or more day(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyMinimum password age','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(27003,'Ensure \'Minimum password length\' is set to \'14 or more character(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the least number of characters that make up a password for a user account. There are many different theories about how to determine the best password length for an organization, but perhaps \"passphrase\" is a better term than \"password.\" In Microsoft Windows 2000 and newer, passphrases can be quite long and can include spaces. Therefore, a phrase such as \"I want to drink a $5 milkshake\" is a valid passphrase; it is a considerably stronger password than an 8 or 10 character string of random numbers and letters, and yet is easier to remember. Users must be educated about the proper selection and maintenance of passwords, especially with regard to password length. In enterprise environments, the ideal value for the Minimum password length setting is 14 characters, however you should adjust this value to meet your organization\'s business requirements. The recommended state for this setting is: 14 or more character(s). Note: In Windows Server 2016 and older versions of Windows Server, the GUI of the Local Security Policy (LSP), Local Group Policy Editor (LGPE) and Group Policy Management Editor (GPME) would not let you set this value higher than 14 characters. However, starting with Windows Server 2019, Microsoft changed the GUI to allow up to a 20 character minimum password length. Note #2: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Types of password attacks include dictionary attacks (which attempt to use common words and phrases) and brute force attacks (which try every possible combination of characters). Also, attackers sometimes try to obtain the account database so they can use tools to discover the accounts and passwords.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 14 or more character(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyMinimum password length','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(27004,'Ensure \'Password must meet complexity requirements\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting checks all new passwords to ensure that they meet basic requirements for strong passwords. When this policy is enabled, passwords must meet the following minimum requirements: - Not contain the user\'s account name or parts of the user\'s full name that exceed two consecutive characters - Be at least six characters in length - Contain characters from three of the following categories: o English uppercase characters (A through Z) o English lowercase characters (a through z) o Base 10 digits (0 through 9) o Non-alphabetic characters (for example, !, $, #, %) o A catch-all category of any Unicode character that does not fall under the previous four categories. This fifth category can be regionally specific. Each additional character in a password increases its complexity exponentially. For instance, a seven-character, all lower-case alphabetic password would have 267 (approximately 8 x 109 or 8 billion) possible combinations. At 1,000,000 attempts per second (a capability of many password-cracking utilities), it would only take 133 minutes to crack. A seven-character alphabetic password with case sensitivity has 527 combinations. A seven-character case-sensitive alphanumeric password without punctuation has 627 combinations. An eight-character password has 268 (or 2 x 1011) possible combinations. Although this might seem to be a large number, at 1,000,000 attempts per second it would take only 59 hours to try all possible passwords. Remember, these times will significantly increase for passwords that use ALT characters and other special keyboard characters such as \"!\" or \"@\". Proper use of the password settings can help make it difficult to mount a brute force attack. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Passwords that contain only alphanumeric characters are extremely easy to discover with several publicly available tools.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyPassword must meet complexity requirements','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(27005,'Ensure \'Relax minimum password length limits\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the minimum password length setting can be increased beyond the legacy limit of 14 characters. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This setting only affects local accounts on the computer. Domain accounts are only affected by settings on the Domain Controllers, because that is where domain accounts are stored.','This setting will enable the enforcement of longer and generally stronger passwords or passphrases where MFA is not in use.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesPassword PolicyRelax minimum password length limits Note: This setting is only available within the built-in OS security template of Windows 10 Release 2004 and Server 2022 (or newer), and is not available via older versions of the OS, or via downloadable Administrative Templates (ADMX/ADML). Therefore, you must use a Windows 10 Release 2004 or Server 2022 system (or newer) to view or edit this setting with the Group Policy Management Console (GPMC) or Group Policy Management Editor (GPME).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}]'),(27006,'Ensure \'Account lockout duration\' is set to \'15 or more minute(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the length of time that must pass before a locked account is unlocked and a user can try to log on again. The setting does this by specifying the number of minutes a locked out account will remain unavailable. If the value for this policy setting is configured to 0, locked out accounts will remain locked out until an administrator manually unlocks them. Although it might seem like a good idea to configure the value for this policy setting to a high value, such a configuration will likely increase the number of calls that the help desk receives to unlock accounts locked by mistake. Users should be aware of the length of time a lock remains in place, so that they realize they only need to call the help desk if they have an extremely urgent need to regain access to their computer. The recommended state for this setting is: 15 or more minute(s). Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','A denial of service (DoS) condition can be created if an attacker abuses the Account lockout threshold and repeatedly attempts to log on with a specific account. Once you configure the Account lockout threshold setting, the account will be locked out after the specified number of failed attempts. If you configure the Account lockout duration setting to 0, then the account will remain locked out until an administrator unlocks it manually.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 15 or more minute(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesAccount Lockout PolicyAccount lockout duration','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.10\"]}]'),(27007,'Ensure \'Account lockout threshold\' is set to \'5 or fewer invalid logon attempt(s), but not 0\'.','This policy setting determines the number of failed logon attempts before the account is locked. Setting this policy to 0 does not conform to the benchmark as doing so disables the account lockout threshold. The recommended state for this setting is: 5 or fewer invalid logon attempt(s), but not 0. Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Setting an account lockout threshold reduces the likelihood that an online password brute force attack will be successful. Setting the account lockout threshold too low introduces risk of increased accidental lockouts and/or a malicious actor intentionally locking out accounts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 5 or fewer invalid login attempt(s), but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesAccount Lockout PolicyAccount lockout threshold','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.10\"]}]'),(27008,'Ensure \'Reset account lockout counter after\' is set to \'15 or more minute(s)\'.','This policy setting determines the length of time before the Account lockout threshold resets to zero. The default value for this policy setting is Not Defined. If the Account lockout threshold is defined, this reset time must be less than or equal to the value for the Account lockout duration setting. If you leave this policy setting at its default value or configure the value to an interval that is too long, your environment could be vulnerable to a DoS attack. An attacker could maliciously perform a number of failed logon attempts on all users in the organization, which will lock out their accounts. If no policy were determined to reset the account lockout, it would be a manual task for administrators. Conversely, if a reasonable time value is configured for this policy setting, users would be locked out for a set period until all of the accounts are unlocked automatically. The recommended state for this setting is: 15 or more minute(s). Note: Password Policy settings (section 1.1) and Account Lockout Policy settings (section 1.2) must be applied via the Default Domain Policy GPO in order to be globally in effect on domain user accounts as their default behavior. If these settings are configured in another GPO, they will only affect local user accounts on the computers that receive the GPO. However, custom exceptions to the default password policy and account lockout policy rules for specific domain users and/or groups can be defined using Password Settings Objects (PSOs), which are completely separate from Group Policy and most easily configured using Active Directory Administrative Center.','Users can accidentally lock themselves out of their accounts if they mistype their password multiple times. To reduce the chance of such accidental lockouts, the Reset account lockout counter after setting determines the number of minutes that must elapse before the counter that tracks failed logon attempts and triggers lockouts is reset to 0.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 15 or more minute(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAccount PoliciesAccount Lockout PolicyReset account lockout counter after','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.10\"]}]'),(27009,'Ensure \'Accounts: Administrator account status\' is set to \'Disabled\' (MS only).','This policy setting enables or disables the Administrator account during normal operation. When a computer is booted into safe mode, the Administrator account is always enabled, regardless of how this setting is configured. Note that this setting will have no impact when applied to the Domain Controllers organizational unit via group policy because Domain Controllers have no local account database. It can be configured at the domain level via group policy, similar to account lockout and password policy settings. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In some organizations, it can be a daunting management challenge to maintain a regular schedule for periodic password changes for local accounts. Therefore, you may want to disable the built-in Administrator account instead of relying on regular password changes to protect it from attack. Another reason to disable this built-in account is that it cannot be locked out no matter how many failed logons it accrues, which makes it a prime target for brute force attacks that attempt to guess passwords. Also, this account has a well-known security identifier (SID) and there are third-party tools that allow authentication by using the SID rather than the account name. This capability means that even if you rename the Administrator account, an attacker could launch a brute force attack by using the SID to log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Administrator account status','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.7\"]}]'),(27010,'Ensure \'Accounts: Block Microsoft accounts\' is set to \'Users can\'t add or log on with Microsoft accounts\'.','This policy setting prevents users from adding new Microsoft accounts on this computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Users can\'t add or log on with Microsoft accounts.','Organizations that want to effectively implement identity management policies and maintain firm control of what accounts are used to log onto their computers will probably want to block Microsoft accounts. Organizations may also need to block Microsoft accounts in order to meet the requirements of compliance standards that apply to their information systems.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Users can\'t add or log on with Microsoft accounts: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Block Microsoft accounts','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27011,'Ensure \'Accounts: Guest account status\' is set to \'Disabled\' (MS only).','This policy setting determines whether the Guest account is enabled or disabled. The Guest account allows unauthenticated network users to gain access to the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: This setting will have no impact when applied to the Domain Controllers organizational unit via group policy because Domain Controllers have no local account database. It can be configured at the domain level via group policy, similar to account lockout and password policy settings.','The default Guest account allows unauthenticated network users to log on as Guest with no password. These unauthorized users could access any resources that are accessible to the Guest account over the network. This capability means that any network shares with permissions that allow access to the Guest account, the Guests group, or the Everyone group will be accessible over the network, which could lead to the exposure or corruption of data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Guest account status','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.7\"]}]'),(27012,'Ensure \'Accounts: Limit local account use of blank passwords to console logon only\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether local accounts that are not password protected can be used to log on from locations other than the physical computer console. If you enable this policy setting, local accounts that have blank passwords will not be able to log on to the network from remote client computers. Such accounts will only be able to log on at the keyboard of the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Blank passwords are a serious threat to computer security and should be forbidden through both organizational policy and suitable technical measures. In fact, the default settings for Active Directory domains require complex passwords of at least seven characters. However, if users with the ability to create new accounts bypass your domain- based password policies, they could create accounts with blank passwords. For example, a user could build a stand-alone computer, create one or more accounts with blank passwords, and then join the computer to the domain. The local accounts with blank passwords would still function. Anyone who knows the name of one of these unprotected accounts could then use it to log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Limit local account use of blank passwords to console logon only','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27013,'Configure \'Accounts: Rename administrator account\'.','The built-in local administrator account is a well-known account name that attackers will target. It is recommended to choose another name for this account, and to avoid names that denote administrative or elevated access accounts. Be sure to also change the default description for the local administrator (through the Computer Management console). On Domain Controllers, since they do not have their own local accounts, this rule refers to the built-in Administrator account that was established when the domain was first created.','The Administrator account exists on all computers that run the Windows 2000 or newer operating systems. If you rename this account, it is slightly more difficult for unauthorized persons to guess this privileged user name and password combination. The built-in Administrator account cannot be locked out, regardless of how many times an attacker might use a bad password. This capability makes the Administrator account a popular target for brute force attacks that attempt to guess passwords. The value of this countermeasure is lessened because this account has a well-known SID, and there are third-party tools that allow authentication by using the SID rather than the account name. Therefore, even if you rename the Administrator account, an attacker could launch a brute force attack by using the SID to log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Rename administrator account','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.7\"]}]'),(27014,'Configure \'Accounts: Rename guest account\'.','The built-in local guest account is another well-known name to attackers. It is recommended to rename this account to something that does not indicate its purpose. Even if you disable this account, which is recommended, ensure that you rename it for added security. On Domain Controllers, since they do not have their own local accounts, this rule refers to the built-in Guest account that was established when the domain was first created.','The Guest account exists on all computers that run the Windows 2000 or newer operating systems. If you rename this account, it is slightly more difficult for unauthorized persons to guess this privileged user name and password combination.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAccounts: Rename guest account','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.7\"]}]'),(27015,'Ensure \'Audit: Force audit policy subcategory settings (Windows Vista or later) to override audit policy category settings\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows administrators to enable the more precise auditing capabilities present in Windows Vista. The Audit Policy settings available in Windows Server 2003 Active Directory do not yet contain settings for managing the new auditing subcategories. To properly apply the auditing policies prescribed in this baseline, the Audit: Force audit policy subcategory settings (Windows Vista or later) to override audit policy category settings setting needs to be configured to Enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Important: Be very cautious about audit settings that can generate a large volume of traffic. For example, if you enable either success or failure auditing for all of the Privilege Use subcategories, the high volume of audit events generated can make it difficult to find other types of entries in the Security log. Such a configuration could also have a significant impact on system performance.','Prior to the introduction of auditing subcategories in Windows Vista, it was difficult to track events at a per-system or per-user level. The larger event categories created too many events and the key information that needed to be audited was difficult to find.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAudit: Force audit policy subcategory settings (Windows Vista or later) to override audit policy category settings','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27016,'Ensure \'Audit: Shut down system immediately if unable to log security audits\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the system shuts down if it is unable to log Security events. It is a requirement for Trusted Computer System Evaluation Criteria (TCSEC)-C2 and Common Criteria certification to prevent auditable events from occurring if the audit system is unable to log them. Microsoft has chosen to meet this requirement by halting the system and displaying a stop message if the auditing system experiences a failure. When this policy setting is enabled, the system will be shut down if a security audit cannot be logged for any reason. If the Audit: Shut down system immediately if unable to log security audits setting is enabled, unplanned system failures can occur. The administrative burden can be significant, especially if you also configure the Retention method for the Security log to Do not overwrite events (clear log manually). This configuration causes a repudiation threat (a backup operator could deny that they backed up or restored data) to become a denial of service (DoS) vulnerability, because a server could be forced to shut down if it is overwhelmed with logon events and other security events that are written to the Security log. Also, because the shutdown is not graceful, it is possible that irreparable damage to the operating system, applications, or data could result. Although the NTFS file system guarantees its integrity when an ungraceful computer shutdown occurs, it cannot guarantee that every data file for every application will still be in a usable form when the computer restarts. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If the computer is unable to record events to the Security log, critical evidence or important troubleshooting information may not be available for review after a security incident. Also, an attacker could potentially generate a large volume of Security log events to purposely force a computer shutdown.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsAudit: Shut down system immediately if unable to log security audits','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.7\"]}]'),(27017,'Ensure \'Devices: Allowed to format and eject removable media\' is set to \'Administrators\'.','This policy setting determines who is allowed to format and eject removable NTFS media. You can use this policy setting to prevent unauthorized users from removing data on one computer to access it on another computer on which they have local administrator privileges. The recommended state for this setting is: Administrators.','Users may be able to move data on removable disks to a different computer where they have administrative privileges. The user could then take ownership of any file, grant themselves full control, and view or modify any file. The fact that most removable storage devices will eject media by pressing a mechanical button diminishes the advantage of this policy setting.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Administrators: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDevices: Allowed to format and eject removable media','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27018,'Ensure \'Devices: Prevent users from installing printer drivers\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','For a computer to print to a shared printer, the driver for that shared printer must be installed on the local computer. This security setting determines who is allowed to install a printer driver as part of connecting to a shared printer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This setting does not affect the ability to add a local printer. This setting does not affect Administrators.','It may be appropriate in some organizations to allow users to install printer drivers on their own workstations. However, you should allow only Administrators, not users, to do so on servers, because printer driver installation on a server may unintentionally cause the computer to become less stable. A malicious user could install inappropriate printer drivers in a deliberate attempt to damage the computer, or a user might accidentally install malicious software that masquerades as a printer driver. It is feasible for an attacker to disguise a Trojan horse program as a printer driver. The program may appear to users as if they must use it to print, but such a program could unleash malicious code on your computer network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDevices: Prevent users from installing printer drivers','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27019,'Ensure \'Domain controller: Allow server operators to schedule tasks\' is set to \'Disabled\' (DC only).','This policy setting determines whether members of the Server Operators group are allowed to submit jobs by means of the AT schedule facility. The impact of this policy setting configuration should be small for most organizations. Users, including those in the Server Operators group, will still be able to create jobs by means of the Task Scheduler Wizard, but those jobs will run in the context of the account with which the user authenticates when they set up the job. Note: An AT Service Account can be modified to select a different account rather than the LOCAL SYSTEM account. To change the account, open System Tools, click Scheduled Tasks, and then click Accessories folder. Then click AT Service Account on the Advanced menu. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If you enable this policy setting, jobs that are created by server operators by means of the AT service will execute in the context of the account that runs that service. By default, that is the local SYSTEM account. If you enable this policy setting, server operators could perform tasks that SYSTEM is able to do but that they would typically not be able to do, such as add their account to the local Administrators group.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain controller: Allow server operators to schedule tasks','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5.1\"]}]'),(27020,'Ensure \'Domain controller: Allow vulnerable Netlogon secure channel connections\' is set to \'Not Configured\' (DC Only).','This security setting determines whether the domain controller bypasses secure RPC for Netlogon secure channel connections for specified machine accounts. When deployed, this policy should be applied to all domain controllers in a forest by enabling the policy on the domain controllers OU. When the Create Vulnerable Connections list (allow list) is configured: - Given allow permission, the domain controller will allow accounts to use a Netlogon secure channel without secure RPC. - Given deny permission, the domain controller will require accounts to use a Netlogon secure channel with secure RPC which is the same as the default (not necessary). Note: Warning from Microsoft - enabling this policy will expose your domain-joined devices and can expose your Active Directory forest to risk. This policy should be used as a temporary measure for 3rd-party devices as you deploy updates. Once a 3rd-party device is updated to support using secure RPC with Netlogon secure channels, the account should be removed from the Create Vulnerable Connections list. To better understand the risk of configuring accounts to be allowed to use vulnerable Netlogon secure channel connections, please visit How to manage the changes in Netlogon secure channel connections associated with CVE-2020-1472. The recommended state for this setting is: Not Configured.','Enabling this policy will expose your domain-joined devices and can expose your Active Directory forest to security risks. It is highly recommended that this setting not be used (i.e. be left completely unconfigured) so as not to add risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Not Configured: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain controller: Allow vulnerable Netlogon secure channel connections','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5.2\"]}]'),(27021,'Ensure \'Domain controller: LDAP server channel binding token requirements\' is set to \'Always\' (DC Only).','This setting determines whether the LDAP server (Domain Controller) enforces validation of Channel Binding Tokens (CBT) received in LDAP bind requests that are sent over SSL/TLS (i.e. LDAPS). The recommended state for this setting is: Always. Note: All LDAP clients must have the CVC-2017-8563 security update to be compatible with Domain Controllers that have this setting enabled. More information on this setting is available at: MSKB 4520412: 2020 LDAP channel binding and LDAP signing requirements for Windows','Requiring Channel Binding Tokens (CBT) can prevent an attacker who is able to capture users\' authentication credentials (e.g. OAuth tokens, session identifiers, etc.) from reusing those credentials in another TLS session. This also helps to increase protection against \"man-in-the-middle\" attacks using LDAP authentication over SSL/TLS (LDAPS).','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Always: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain controller: LDAP server channel binding token requirements Note: This Group Policy path requires the installation of the March 2020 (or later) Windows security update. With that update, Microsoft added this setting to the built-in OS security template.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27022,'Ensure \'Domain controller: LDAP server signing requirements\' is set to \'Require signing\' (DC only).','This policy setting determines whether the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) server requires LDAP clients to negotiate data signing. The recommended state for this setting is: Require signing. Note: Domain member computers must have Network security: LDAP signing requirements (Rule 2.3.11.8) set to Negotiate signing or higher. If not, they will fail to authenticate once the above Require signing value is configured on the Domain Controllers. Fortunately, Negotiate signing is the default in the client configuration. Note #2: This policy setting does not have any impact on LDAP simple bind (ldap_simple_bind) or LDAP simple bind through SSL (ldap_simple_bind_s). No Microsoft LDAP clients that are shipped with Windows XP Professional use LDAP simple bind or LDAP simple bind through SSL to talk to a Domain Controller. Note #3: Before enabling this setting, you should first ensure that there are no clients (including server-based applications) that are configured to authenticate with Active Directory via unsigned LDAP, because changing this setting will break those applications. Such applications should first be reconfigured to use signed LDAP, Secure LDAP (LDAPS), or IPsec-protected connections.','Unsigned network traffic is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks. In such attacks, an intruder captures packets between the server and the client, modifies them, and then forwards them to the client. Where LDAP servers are concerned, an attacker could cause a client to make decisions that are based on false records from the LDAP directory. To lower the risk of such an intrusion in an organization\'s network, you can implement strong physical security measures to protect the network infrastructure. Also, you could implement Internet Protocol security (IPsec) authentication header mode (AH), which performs mutual authentication and packet integrity for IP traffic to make all types of man- in-the-middle attacks extremely difficult. Additionally, allowing the use of regular, unsigned LDAP permits credentials to be received over the network in clear text, which could very easily result in the interception of account passwords by other systems on the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Require signing: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain controller: LDAP server signing requirements','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27023,'Ensure \'Domain controller: Refuse machine account password changes\' is set to \'Disabled\' (DC only).','This security setting determines whether Domain Controllers will refuse requests from member computers to change computer account passwords. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Some problems can occur as a result of machine account password expiration, particularly if a machine is reverted to a previous point-in-time state, as is common with virtual machines. Depending on how far back the reversion is, the older machine account password stored on the machine may no longer be recognized by the domain controllers, and therefore the computer loses its domain trust. This can also disrupt non-persistent VDI implementations, and devices with write filters that disallow permanent changes to the OS volume. Some organizations may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation and disable machine account password expiration for these situations.','If you enable this policy setting on all Domain Controllers in a domain, domain members will not be able to change their computer account passwords, and those passwords will be more susceptible to attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain controller: Refuse machine account password changes','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5.5\"]}]'),(27024,'Ensure \'Domain member: Digitally encrypt or sign secure channel data (always)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether all secure channel traffic that is initiated by the domain member must be signed or encrypted. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When a computer joins a domain, a computer account is created. After it joins the domain, the computer uses the password for that account to create a secure channel with the Domain Controller for its domain every time that it restarts. Requests that are sent on the secure channel are authenticated—and sensitive information such as passwords are encrypted—but the channel is not integrity-checked, and not all information is encrypted. Digital encryption and signing of the secure channel is a good idea where it is supported. The secure channel protects domain credentials as they are sent to the Domain Controller.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Digitally encrypt or sign secure channel data (always)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27025,'Ensure \'Domain member: Digitally encrypt secure channel data (when possible)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether a domain member should attempt to negotiate encryption for all secure channel traffic that it initiates. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When a computer joins a domain, a computer account is created. After it joins the domain, the computer uses the password for that account to create a secure channel with the Domain Controller for its domain every time that it restarts. Requests that are sent on the secure channel are authenticated—and sensitive information such as passwords are encrypted—but the channel is not integrity-checked, and not all information is encrypted. Digital encryption and signing of the secure channel is a good idea where it is supported. The secure channel protects domain credentials as they are sent to the Domain Controller.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Digitally encrypt secure channel data (when possible)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27026,'Ensure \'Domain member: Digitally sign secure channel data (when possible)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether a domain member should attempt to negotiate whether all secure channel traffic that it initiates must be digitally signed. Digital signatures protect the traffic from being modified by anyone who captures the data as it traverses the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When a computer joins a domain, a computer account is created. After it joins the domain, the computer uses the password for that account to create a secure channel with the Domain Controller for its domain every time that it restarts. Requests that are sent on the secure channel are authenticated—and sensitive information such as passwords are encrypted—but the channel is not integrity-checked, and not all information is encrypted. Digital encryption and signing of the secure channel is a good idea where it is supported. The secure channel protects domain credentials as they are sent to the Domain Controller.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Digitally sign secure channel data (when possible)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27027,'Ensure \'Domain member: Disable machine account password changes\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether a domain member can periodically change its computer account password. Computers that cannot automatically change their account passwords are potentially vulnerable, because an attacker might be able to determine the password for the system\'s domain account. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Some problems can occur as a result of machine account password expiration, particularly if a machine is reverted to a previous point-in-time state, as is common with virtual machines. Depending on how far back the reversion is, the older machine account password stored on the machine may no longer be recognized by the domain controllers, and therefore the computer loses its domain trust. This can also disrupt non-persistent VDI implementations, and devices with write filters that disallow permanent changes to the OS volume. Some organizations may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation and disable machine account password expiration for these situations.','The default configuration for Windows Server 2003-based computers that belong to a domain is that they are automatically required to change the passwords for their accounts every 30 days. If you disable this policy setting, computers that run Windows Server 2003 will retain the same passwords as their computer accounts. Computers that are no longer able to automatically change their account password are at risk from an attacker who could determine the password for the computer\'s domain account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Disable machine account password changes','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27028,'Ensure \'Domain member: Maximum machine account password age\' is set to \'30 or fewer days, but not 0\'.','This policy setting determines the maximum allowable age for a computer account password. By default, domain members automatically change their domain passwords every 30 days. The recommended state for this setting is: 30 or fewer days, but not 0. Note: A value of 0 does not conform to the benchmark as it disables maximum password age. Note #2: Some problems can occur as a result of machine account password expiration, particularly if a machine is reverted to a previous point-in-time state, as is common with virtual machines. Depending on how far back the reversion is, the older machine account password stored on the machine may no longer be recognized by the domain controllers, and therefore the computer loses its domain trust. This can also disrupt non-persistent VDI implementations, and devices with write filters that disallow permanent changes to the OS volume. Some organizations may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation and disable machine account password expiration for these situations.','In Active Directory-based domains, each computer has an account and password just like every user. By default, the domain members automatically change their domain password every 30 days. If you increase this interval significantly, or set it to 0 so that the computers no longer change their passwords, an attacker will have more time to undertake a brute force attack to guess the passwords of computer accounts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 30 or fewer days, but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Maximum machine account password age','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.5\"]}]'),(27029,'Ensure \'Domain member: Require strong (Windows 2000 or later) session key\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','When this policy setting is enabled, a secure channel can only be established with Domain Controllers that are capable of encrypting secure channel data with a strong (128-bit) session key. To enable this policy setting, all Domain Controllers in the domain must be able to encrypt secure channel data with a strong key, which means all Domain Controllers must be running Microsoft Windows 2000 or newer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session keys that are used to establish secure channel communications between Domain Controllers and member computers are much stronger in Windows 2000 than they were in previous Microsoft operating systems. Whenever possible, you should take advantage of these stronger session keys to help protect secure channel communications from attacks that attempt to hijack network sessions and eavesdropping. (Eavesdropping is a form of hacking in which network data is read or altered in transit. The data can be modified to hide or change the sender, or be redirected.)','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsDomain member: Require strong (Windows 2000 or later) session key','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27030,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Do not require CTRL+ALT+DEL\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether users must press CTRL+ALT+DEL before they log on. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Microsoft developed this feature to make it easier for users with certain types of physical impairments to log on to computers that run Windows. If users are not required to press CTRL+ALT+DEL, they are susceptible to attacks that attempt to intercept their passwords. If CTRL+ALT+DEL is required before logon, user passwords are communicated by means of a trusted path. An attacker could install a Trojan horse program that looks like the standard Windows logon dialog box and capture the user\'s password. The attacker would then be able to log on to the compromised account with whatever level of privilege that user has.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Do not require CTRL+ALT+DEL','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.1\"]}]'),(27031,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Don\'t display last signed-in\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the account name of the last user to log on to the client computers in your organization will be displayed in each computer\'s respective Windows logon screen. Enable this policy setting to prevent intruders from collecting account names visually from the screens of desktop or laptop computers in your organization. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker with access to the console (for example, someone with physical access or someone who is able to connect to the server through Remote Desktop Services) could view the name of the last user who logged on to the server. The attacker could then try to guess the password, use a dictionary, or use a brute-force attack to try and log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Don\'t display last signed-in Note: In older versions of Microsoft Windows, this setting was named Interactive logon: Do not display last user name, but it was renamed starting with Windows Server 2019.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27032,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Machine inactivity limit\' is set to \'900 or fewer second(s), but not 0\'.','Windows notices inactivity of a logon session, and if the amount of inactive time exceeds the inactivity limit, then the screen saver will run, locking the session. The recommended state for this setting is: 900 or fewer second(s), but not 0. Note: A value of 0 does not conform to the benchmark as it disables the machine inactivity limit.','If a user forgets to lock their computer when they walk away it\'s possible that a passerby will hijack it.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 900 or fewer seconds, but not 0: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Machine inactivity limit','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27033,'Configure \'Interactive logon: Message text for users attempting to log on\'.','This policy setting specifies a text message that displays to users when they log on. Configure this setting in a manner that is consistent with the security and operational requirements of your organization.','Displaying a warning message before logon may help prevent an attack by warning the attacker about the consequences of their misconduct before it happens. It may also help to reinforce corporate policy by notifying employees of the appropriate policy during the logon process. This text is often used for legal reasons—for example, to warn users about the ramifications of misusing company information or to warn them that their actions may be audited. Note: Any warning that you display should first be approved by your organization\'s legal and human resources representatives.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path to a value that is consistent with the security and operational requirements of your organization: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Message text for users attempting to log on','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.4\"]}]'),(27034,'Configure \'Interactive logon: Message title for users attempting to log on\'.','This policy setting specifies the text displayed in the title bar of the window that users see when they log on to the system. Configure this setting in a manner that is consistent with the security and operational requirements of your organization.','Displaying a warning message before logon may help prevent an attack by warning the attacker about the consequences of their misconduct before it happens. It may also help to reinforce corporate policy by notifying employees of the appropriate policy during the logon process.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path to a value that is consistent with the security and operational requirements of your organization: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Message title for users attempting to log on','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.5\"]}]'),(27035,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Number of previous logons to cache (in case domain controller is not available)\' is set to \'4 or fewer logon(s)\' (MS only).','This policy setting determines whether a user can log on to a Windows domain using cached account information. Logon information for domain accounts can be cached locally to allow users to log on even if a Domain Controller cannot be contacted. This policy setting determines the number of unique users for whom logon information is cached locally. If this value is set to 0, the logon cache feature is disabled. An attacker who is able to access the file system of the server could locate this cached information and use a brute force attack to determine user passwords. The recommended state for this setting is: 4 or fewer logon(s).','The number that is assigned to this policy setting indicates the number of users whose logon information the computer will cache locally. If the number is set to 4, then the computer caches logon information for 4 users. When a 5th user logs on to the computer, the server overwrites the oldest cached logon session. Users who access the computer console will have their logon credentials cached on that computer. An attacker who is able to access the file system of the computer could locate this cached information and use a brute force attack to attempt to determine user passwords. To mitigate this type of attack, Windows encrypts the information and obscures its physical location.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 4 or fewer logon(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Number of previous logons to cache (in case domain controller is not available)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27036,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Prompt user to change password before expiration\' is set to \'between 5 and 14 days\'.','This policy setting determines how far in advance users are warned that their password will expire. It is recommended that you configure this policy setting to at least 5 days but no more than 14 days to sufficiently warn users when their passwords will expire. The recommended state for this setting is: between 5 and 14 days.','It is recommended that user passwords be configured to expire periodically. Users will need to be warned that their passwords are going to expire, or they may inadvertently be locked out of the computer when their passwords expire. This condition could lead to confusion for users who access the network locally, or make it impossible for users to access your organization\'s network through dial-up or virtual private network (VPN) connections.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to a value between 5 and 14 days: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Prompt user to change password before expiration','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27037,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Require Domain Controller Authentication to unlock workstation\' is set to \'Enabled\' (MS only).','Logon information is required to unlock a locked computer. For domain accounts, this security setting determines whether it is necessary to contact a Domain Controller to unlock a computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','By default, the computer caches in memory the credentials of any users who are authenticated locally. The computer uses these cached credentials to authenticate anyone who attempts to unlock the console. When cached credentials are used, any changes that have recently been made to the account — such as user rights assignments, account lockout, or the account being disabled — are not considered or applied after the account is authenticated. User privileges are not updated, and (more importantly) disabled accounts are still able to unlock the console of the computer.','','To implement the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Require Domain Controller Authentication to unlock workstation','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\", \"16.11\"]}]'),(27038,'Ensure \'Interactive logon: Smart card removal behavior\' is set to \'Lock Workstation\' or higher.','This policy setting determines what happens when the smart card for a logged-on user is removed from the smart card reader. The recommended state for this setting is: Lock Workstation. Configuring this setting to Force Logoff or Disconnect if a Remote Desktop Services session also conforms to the benchmark.','Users sometimes forget to lock their workstations when they are away from them, allowing the possibility for malicious users to access their computers. If smart cards are used for authentication, the computer should automatically lock itself when the card is removed to ensure that only the user with the smart card is accessing resources using those credentials.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Lock Workstation (or, if applicable for your environment, Force Logoff or Disconnect if a Remote Desktop Services session): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsInteractive logon: Smart card removal behavior','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.7.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.6\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27039,'Ensure \'Microsoft network client: Digitally sign communications (always)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether packet signing is required by the SMB client component. Note: When Windows Vista-based computers have this policy setting enabled and they connect to file or print shares on remote servers, it is important that the setting is synchronized with its companion setting, Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always), on those servers. For more information about these settings, see the \"Microsoft network client and server: Digitally sign communications (four related settings)\" section in Chapter 5 of the Threats and Countermeasures guide. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session hijacking uses tools that allow attackers who have access to the same network as the client or server to interrupt, end, or steal a session in progress. Attackers can potentially intercept and modify unsigned SMB packets and then modify the traffic and forward it so that the server might perform undesirable actions. Alternatively, the attacker could pose as the server or client after legitimate authentication and gain unauthorized access to data. SMB is the resource sharing protocol that is supported by many Windows operating systems. It is the basis of NetBIOS and many other protocols. SMB signatures authenticate both users and the servers that host the data. If either side fails the authentication process, data transmission will not take place.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network client: Digitally sign communications (always)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.8.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27040,'Ensure \'Microsoft network client: Digitally sign communications (if server agrees)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the SMB client will attempt to negotiate SMB packet signing. Note: Enabling this policy setting on SMB clients on your network makes them fully effective for packet signing with all clients and servers in your environment. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session hijacking uses tools that allow attackers who have access to the same network as the client or server to interrupt, end, or steal a session in progress. Attackers can potentially intercept and modify unsigned SMB packets and then modify the traffic and forward it so that the server might perform undesirable actions. Alternatively, the attacker could pose as the server or client after legitimate authentication and gain unauthorized access to data. SMB is the resource sharing protocol that is supported by many Windows operating systems. It is the basis of NetBIOS and many other protocols. SMB signatures authenticate both users and the servers that host the data. If either side fails the authentication process, data transmission will not take place.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network client: Digitally sign communications (if server agrees)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.8.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27041,'Ensure \'Microsoft network client: Send unencrypted password to third-party SMB servers\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the SMB redirector will send plaintext passwords during authentication to third-party SMB servers that do not support password encryption. It is recommended that you disable this policy setting unless there is a strong business case to enable it. If this policy setting is enabled, unencrypted passwords will be allowed across the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If you enable this policy setting, the server can transmit passwords in plaintext across the network to other computers that offer SMB services, which is a significant security risk. These other computers may not use any of the SMB security mechanisms that are included with Windows Server 2003.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network client: Send unencrypted password to third-party SMB servers','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27042,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Amount of idle time required before suspending session\' is set to \'15 or fewer minute(s)\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify the amount of continuous idle time that must pass in an SMB session before the session is suspended because of inactivity. Administrators can use this policy setting to control when a computer suspends an inactive SMB session. If client activity resumes, the session is automatically reestablished. The maximum value is 99999, which is over 69 days; in effect, this value disables the setting. The recommended state for this setting is: 15 or fewer minute(s).','Each SMB session consumes server resources, and numerous null sessions will slow the server or possibly cause it to fail. An attacker could repeatedly establish SMB sessions until the server\'s SMB services become slow or unresponsive.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 15 or fewer minute(s): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Amount of idle time required before suspending session','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27043,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether packet signing is required by the SMB server component. Enable this policy setting in a mixed environment to prevent downstream clients from using the workstation as a network server. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session hijacking uses tools that allow attackers who have access to the same network as the client or server to interrupt, end, or steal a session in progress. Attackers can potentially intercept and modify unsigned SMB packets and then modify the traffic and forward it so that the server might perform undesirable actions. Alternatively, the attacker could pose as the server or client after legitimate authentication and gain unauthorized access to data. SMB is the resource sharing protocol that is supported by many Windows operating systems. It is the basis of NetBIOS and many other protocols. SMB signatures authenticate both users and the servers that host the data. If either side fails the authentication process, data transmission will not take place.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27044,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (if client agrees)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the SMB server will negotiate SMB packet signing with clients that request it. If no signing request comes from the client, a connection will be allowed without a signature if the Microsoft network server: Digitally sign communications (always) setting is not enabled. Note: Enable this policy setting on SMB clients on your network to make them fully effective for packet signing with all clients and servers in your environment. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Session hijacking uses tools that allow attackers who have access to the same network as the client or server to interrupt, end, or steal a session in progress. Attackers can potentially intercept and modify unsigned SMB packets and then modify the traffic and forward it so that the server might perform undesirable actions. Alternatively, the attacker could pose as the server or client after legitimate authentication and gain unauthorized access to data. SMB is the resource sharing protocol that is supported by many Windows operating systems. It is the basis of NetBIOS and many other protocols. SMB signatures authenticate both users and the servers that host the data. If either side fails the authentication process, data transmission will not take place.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Digitally sign communications (if client agrees)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27045,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Disconnect clients when logon hours expire\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This security setting determines whether to disconnect users who are connected to the local computer outside their user account\'s valid logon hours. This setting affects the Server Message Block (SMB) component. If you enable this policy setting you should also enable Network security: Force logoff when logon hours expire (Rule 2.3.11.6). If your organization configures logon hours for users, this policy setting is necessary to ensure they are effective. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','If your organization configures logon hours for users, then it makes sense to enable this policy setting. Otherwise, users who should not have access to network resources outside of their logon hours may actually be able to continue to use those resources with sessions that were established during allowed hours.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Disconnect clients when logon hours expire','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27046,'Ensure \'Microsoft network server: Server SPN target name validation level\' is set to \'Accept if provided by client\' or higher (MS only).','This policy setting controls the level of validation a computer with shared folders or printers (the server) performs on the service principal name (SPN) that is provided by the client computer when it establishes a session using the server message block (SMB) protocol. The server message block (SMB) protocol provides the basis for file and print sharing and other networking operations, such as remote Windows administration. The SMB protocol supports validating the SMB server service principal name (SPN) within the authentication blob provided by a SMB client to prevent a class of attacks against SMB servers referred to as SMB relay attacks. This setting will affect both SMB1 and SMB2. The recommended state for this setting is: Accept if provided by client. Configuring this setting to Required from client also conforms to the benchmark. Note: Since the release of the MS KB3161561 security patch, this setting can cause significant issues (such as replication problems, group policy editing issues and blue screen crashes) on Domain Controllers when used simultaneously with UNC path hardening (i.e. Rule 18.5.14.1). CIS therefore recommends against deploying this setting on Domain Controllers.','The identity of a computer can be spoofed to gain unauthorized access to network resources.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Accept if provided by client (configuring to Required from client also conforms to the benchmark): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsMicrosoft network server: Server SPN target name validation level','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.9.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27047,'Ensure \'Network access: Allow anonymous SID/Name translation\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether an anonymous user can request security identifier (SID) attributes for another user, or use a SID to obtain its corresponding user name. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If this policy setting is enabled, a user with local access could use the well-known Administrator\'s SID to learn the real name of the built-in Administrator account, even if it has been renamed. That person could then use the account name to initiate a password guessing attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Allow anonymous SID/Name translation','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.1\"]}]'),(27048,'Ensure \'Network access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts\' is set to \'Enabled\' (MS only).','This policy setting controls the ability of anonymous users to enumerate the accounts in the Security Accounts Manager (SAM). If you enable this policy setting, users with anonymous connections will not be able to enumerate domain account user names on the systems in your environment. This policy setting also allows additional restrictions on anonymous connections. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This policy has no effect on Domain Controllers.','An unauthorized user could anonymously list account names and use the information to attempt to guess passwords or perform social engineering attacks. (Social engineering attacks try to deceive users in some way to obtain passwords or some form of security information.)','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27049,'Ensure \'Network access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares\' is set to \'Enabled\' (MS only).','This policy setting controls the ability of anonymous users to enumerate SAM accounts as well as shares. If you enable this policy setting, anonymous users will not be able to enumerate domain account user names and network share names on the systems in your environment. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This policy has no effect on Domain Controllers.','An unauthorized user could anonymously list account names and shared resources and use the information to attempt to guess passwords or perform social engineering attacks. (Social engineering attacks try to deceive users in some way to obtain passwords or some form of security information.)','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Do not allow anonymous enumeration of SAM accounts and shares','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27050,'Ensure \'Network access: Do not allow storage of passwords and credentials for network authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether Credential Manager (formerly called Stored User Names and Passwords) saves passwords or credentials for later use when it gains domain authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Changes to this setting will not take effect until Windows is restarted.','Passwords that are cached can be accessed by the user when logged on to the computer. Although this information may sound obvious, a problem can arise if the user unknowingly executes hostile code that reads the passwords and forwards them to another, unauthorized user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Do not allow storage of passwords and credentials for network authentication','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"3.1\"]}]'),(27051,'Ensure \'Network access: Let Everyone permissions apply to anonymous users\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines what additional permissions are assigned for anonymous connections to the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','An unauthorized user could anonymously list account names and shared resources and use the information to attempt to guess passwords, perform social engineering attacks, or launch DoS attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Let Everyone permissions apply to anonymous users','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27052,'Configure \'Network access: Named Pipes that can be accessed anonymously\' (DC only).','This policy setting determines which communication sessions, or pipes, will have attributes and permissions that allow anonymous access. The recommended state for this setting is: LSARPC, NETLOGON, SAMR and (when the legacy Computer Browser service is enabled) BROWSER. Note: A Member Server that holds the Remote Desktop Services Role with Remote Desktop Licensing Role Service will require a special exception to this recommendation, to allow the HydraLSPipe and TermServLicensing Named Pipes to be accessed anonymously.','Limiting named pipes that can be accessed anonymously will reduce the attack surface of the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Named Pipes that can be accessed anonymously','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"14.1\", \"14.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27053,'Configure \'Network access: Named Pipes that can be accessed anonymously\' (MS only).','This policy setting determines which communication sessions, or pipes, will have attributes and permissions that allow anonymous access. The recommended state for this setting is: (i.e. None), or (when the legacy Computer Browser service is enabled) BROWSER. Note: A Member Server that holds the Remote Desktop Services Role with Remote Desktop Licensing Role Service will require a special exception to this recommendation, to allow the HydraLSPipe and TermServLicensing Named Pipes to be accessed anonymously.','Limiting named pipes that can be accessed anonymously will reduce the attack surface of the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, configure the following UI path: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Named Pipes that can be accessed anonymously','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"14.1\", \"14.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27054,'Configure \'Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths\' is configured.','This policy setting determines which registry paths will be accessible over the network, regardless of the users or groups listed in the access control list (ACL) of the winreg registry key. Note: This setting does not exist in Windows XP. There was a setting with that name in Windows XP, but it is called \"Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths and sub- paths\" in Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista, and Windows Server 2008 (non-R2). Note #2: When you configure this setting you specify a list of one or more objects. The delimiter used when entering the list is a line feed or carriage return, that is, type the first object on the list, press the Enter button, type the next object, press Enter again, etc. The setting value is stored as a comma-delimited list in group policy security templates. It is also rendered as a comma-delimited list in Group Policy Editor\'s display pane and the Resultant Set of Policy console. It is recorded in the registry as a line-feed delimited list in a REG_MULTI_SZ value. The recommended state for this setting is: SystemCurrentControlSetControlProductOptions SystemCurrentControlSetControlServer Applications SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersion','The registry is a database that contains computer configuration information, and much of the information is sensitive. An attacker could use this information to facilitate unauthorized activities. To reduce the risk of such an attack, suitable ACLs are assigned throughout the registry to help protect it from access by unauthorized users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: SystemCurrentControlSetControlProductOptions SystemCurrentControlSetControlServer Applications SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersion Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Remotely accessible registry paths','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"14\", \"16\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27055,'Configure \'Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths and sub-paths\' is configured.','This policy setting determines which registry paths and sub-paths will be accessible over the network, regardless of the users or groups listed in the access control list (ACL) of the winreg registry key. Note: In Windows XP this setting is called \"Network access: Remotely accessible registry paths,\" the setting with that same name in Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008 (non-R2), and Windows Server 2003 does not exist in Windows XP. Note #2: When you configure this setting you specify a list of one or more objects. The delimiter used when entering the list is a line feed or carriage return, that is, type the first object on the list, press the Enter button, type the next object, press Enter again, etc. The setting value is stored as a comma-delimited list in group policy security templates. It is also rendered as a comma-delimited list in Group Policy Editor\'s display pane and the Resultant Set of Policy console. It is recorded in the registry as a line-feed delimited list in a REG_MULTI_SZ value. The recommended state for this setting is: SystemCurrentControlSetControlPrintPrinters SystemCurrentControlSetServicesEventlog SoftwareMicrosoftOLAP Server SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionPrint SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionWindows SystemCurrentControlSetControlContentIndex SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal Server SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal ServerUserConfig SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal ServerDefaultUserConfiguration SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionPerflib SystemCurrentControlSetServicesSysmonLog The recommended state for servers that hold the Active Directory Certificate Services Role with Certification Authority Role Service includes the above list and: SystemCurrentControlSetServicesCertSvc The recommended state for servers that have the WINS Server Feature installed includes the above list and: SystemCurrentControlSetServicesWINS','The registry contains sensitive computer configuration information that could be used by an attacker to facilitate unauthorized activities. The fact that the default ACLs assigned throughout the registry are fairly restrictive and help to protect the registry from access by unauthorized users reduces the risk of such an attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: SystemCurrentControlSetControlPrintPrinters SystemCurrentControlSetServicesEventlog SoftwareMicrosoftOLAP Server SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionPrint SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionWindows SystemCurrentControlSetControlContentIndex SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal Server SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal ServerUserConfig SystemCurrentControlSetControlTerminal ServerDefaultUserConfiguration SoftwareMicrosoftWindows NTCurrentVersionPerflib SystemCurrentControlSetServicesSysmonLog Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Remotely accessible registry paths and sub-paths When a server holds the Active Directory Certificate Services Role with Certification Authority Role Service, the above list should also include: SystemCurrentControlSetServicesCertSvc. When a server has the WINS Server Feature installed, the above list should also include: SystemCurrentControlSetServicesWINS','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"14\", \"16\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27056,'Ensure \'Network access: Restrict anonymous access to Named Pipes and Shares\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','When enabled, this policy setting restricts anonymous access to only those shares and pipes that are named in the Network access: Named pipes that can be accessed anonymously and Network access: Shares that can be accessed anonymously settings. This policy setting controls null session access to shares on your computers by adding RestrictNullSessAccess with the value 1 in the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesLanManServerParameters registry key. This registry value toggles null session shares on or off to control whether the server service restricts unauthenticated clients\' access to named resources. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Null sessions are a weakness that can be exploited through shares (including the default shares) on computers in your environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Restrict anonymous access to Named Pipes and Shares','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"14\", \"16\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27057,'Ensure \'Network access: Restrict clients allowed to make remote calls to SAM\' is set to \'Administrators: Remote Access: Allow\' (MS only).','This policy setting allows you to restrict remote RPC connections to SAM. The recommended state for this setting is: Administrators: Remote Access: Allow. Note: A Windows 10 R1607, Server 2016 or newer OS is required to access and set this value in Group Policy. Note #2: If your organization is using Azure Advanced Threat Protection (APT), the service account, “AATP Service” will need to be added to the recommendation configuration. For more information on adding the “AATP Service” account please see Configure SAM-R to enable lateral movement path detection in Microsoft Defender for Identity | Microsoft Docs.','To ensure that an unauthorized user cannot anonymously list local account names or groups and use the information to attempt to guess passwords or perform social engineering attacks. (Social engineering attacks try to deceive users in some way to obtain passwords or some form of security information.)','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Administrators: Remote Access: Allow: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Restrict clients allowed to make remote calls to SAM','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.1\", \"9.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27058,'Ensure \'Network access: Shares that can be accessed anonymously\' is set to \'None\'.','This policy setting determines which network shares can be accessed by anonymous users. The default configuration for this policy setting has little effect because all users have to be authenticated before they can access shared resources on the server. The recommended state for this setting is: (i.e. None).','It is very dangerous to allow any values in this setting. Any shares that are listed can be accessed by any network user, which could lead to the exposure or corruption of sensitive data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to (i.e. None): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Shares that can be accessed anonymously','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27059,'Ensure \'Network access: Sharing and security model for local accounts\' is set to \'Classic - local users authenticate as themselves\'.','This policy setting determines how network logons that use local accounts are authenticated. The Classic option allows precise control over access to resources, including the ability to assign different types of access to different users for the same resource. The Guest only option allows you to treat all users equally. In this context, all users authenticate as Guest only to receive the same access level to a given resource. The recommended state for this setting is: Classic - local users authenticate as themselves. Note: This setting does not affect interactive logons that are performed remotely by using such services as Telnet or Remote Desktop Services (formerly called Terminal Services).','With the Guest only model, any user who can authenticate to your computer over the network does so with guest privileges, which probably means that they will not have write access to shared resources on that computer. Although this restriction does increase security, it makes it more difficult for authorized users to access shared resources on those computers because ACLs on those resources must include access control entries (ACEs) for the Guest account. With the Classic model, local accounts should be password protected. Otherwise, if Guest access is enabled, anyone can use those user accounts to access shared system resources.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Classic - local users authenticate as themselves: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork access: Sharing and security model for local accounts','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.10.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"14\", \"16\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27060,'Ensure \'Network security: Allow Local System to use computer identity for NTLM\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether Local System services that use Negotiate when reverting to NTLM authentication can use the computer identity. This policy is supported on at least Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When connecting to computers running versions of Windows earlier than Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 (non-R2), services running as Local System and using SPNEGO (Negotiate) that revert to NTLM use the computer identity. In Windows 7, if you are connecting to a computer running Windows Server 2008 or Windows Vista, then a system service uses either the computer identity or a NULL session. When connecting with a NULL session, a system-generated session key is created, which provides no protection but allows applications to sign and encrypt data without errors. When connecting with the computer identity, both signing and encryption is supported in order to provide data protection.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Allow Local System to use computer identity for NTLM','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27061,'Ensure \'Network security: Allow LocalSystem NULL session fallback\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether NTLM is allowed to fall back to a NULL session when used with LocalSystem. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','NULL sessions are less secure because by definition they are unauthenticated.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Allow LocalSystem NULL session fallback','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27062,'Ensure \'Network Security: Allow PKU2U authentication requests to this computer to use online identities\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting determines if online identities are able to authenticate to this computer. The Public Key Cryptography Based User-to-User (PKU2U) protocol introduced in Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2 is implemented as a security support provider (SSP). The SSP enables peer-to-peer authentication, particularly through the Windows 7 media and file sharing feature called HomeGroup, which permits sharing between computers that are not members of a domain. With PKU2U, a new extension was introduced to the Negotiate authentication package, Spnego.dll. In previous versions of Windows, Negotiate decided whether to use Kerberos or NTLM for authentication. The extension SSP for Negotiate, Negoexts.dll, which is treated as an authentication protocol by Windows, supports Microsoft SSPs including PKU2U. When computers are configured to accept authentication requests by using online IDs, Negoexts.dll calls the PKU2U SSP on the computer that is used to log on. The PKU2U SSP obtains a local certificate and exchanges the policy between the peer computers. When validated on the peer computer, the certificate within the metadata is sent to the logon peer for validation and associates the user\'s certificate to a security token and the logon process completes. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The PKU2U protocol is a peer-to-peer authentication protocol - authentication should be managed centrally in most managed networks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork Security: Allow PKU2U authentication requests to this computer to use online identities','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27063,'Ensure \'Network security: Configure encryption types allowed for Kerberos\' is set to \'AES128_HMAC_SHA1, AES256_HMAC_SHA1, Future encryption types\'.','This policy setting allows you to set the encryption types that Kerberos is allowed to use. The recommended state for this setting is: AES128_HMAC_SHA1, AES256_HMAC_SHA1, Future encryption types. Note: Some legacy applications and OSes may still require RC4_HMAC_MD5 - we recommend you test in your environment and verify whether you can safely remove it.','The strength of each encryption algorithm varies from one to the next, choosing stronger algorithms will reduce the risk of compromise however doing so may cause issues when the computer attempts to authenticate with systems that do not support them.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to AES128_HMAC_SHA1, AES256_HMAC_SHA1, Future encryption types: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Configure encryption types allowed for Kerberos','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27064,'Ensure \'Network security: Do not store LAN Manager hash value on next password change\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the LAN Manager (LM) hash value for the new password is stored when the password is changed. The LM hash is relatively weak and prone to attack compared to the cryptographically stronger Microsoft Windows NT hash. Since LM hashes are stored on the local computer in the security database, passwords can then be easily compromised if the database is attacked. Note: Older operating systems and some third-party applications may fail when this policy setting is enabled. Also, note that the password will need to be changed on all accounts after you enable this setting to gain the proper benefit. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The SAM file can be targeted by attackers who seek access to username and password hashes. Such attacks use special tools to crack passwords, which can then be used to impersonate users and gain access to resources on your network. These types of attacks will not be prevented if you enable this policy setting, but it will be much more difficult for these types of attacks to succeed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Do not store LAN Manager hash value on next password change','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27065,'Ensure \'Network security: LAN Manager authentication level\' is set to \'Send NTLMv2 response only. Refuse LM & NTLM\'.','LAN Manager (LM) was a family of early Microsoft client/server software (predating Windows NT) that allowed users to link personal computers together on a single network. LM network capabilities included transparent file and print sharing, user security features, and network administration tools. In Active Directory domains, the Kerberos protocol is the default authentication protocol. However, if the Kerberos protocol is not negotiated for some reason, Active Directory will use LM, NTLM, or NTLMv2. LAN Manager authentication includes the LM, NTLM, and NTLM version 2 (NTLMv2) variants, and is the protocol that is used to authenticate all Windows clients when they perform the following operations: - Join a domain - Authenticate between Active Directory forests - Authenticate to down-level domains - Authenticate to computers that do not run Windows 2000, Windows Server 2003, or Windows XP - Authenticate to computers that are not in the domain The Network security: LAN Manager authentication level setting determines which challenge/response authentication protocol is used for network logons. This choice affects the level of authentication protocol used by clients, the level of session security negotiated, and the level of authentication accepted by servers. The recommended state for this setting is: Send NTLMv2 response only. Refuse LM & NTLM.','Windows 2000 and Windows XP clients were configured by default to send LM and NTLM authentication responses (Windows 95-based and Windows 98-based clients only send LM). The default settings in OSes predating Windows Vista / Windows Server 2008 (non- R2) allowed all clients to authenticate with servers and use their resources. However, this meant that LM responses - the weakest form of authentication response - were sent over the network, and it was potentially possible for attackers to sniff that traffic to more easily reproduce the user\'s password. The Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows NT operating systems cannot use the Kerberos version 5 protocol for authentication. For this reason, in a Windows Server 2003 domain, these computers authenticate by default with both the LM and NTLM protocols for network authentication. You can enforce a more secure authentication protocol for Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows NT by using NTLMv2. For the logon process, NTLMv2 uses a secure channel to protect the authentication process. Even if you use NTLMv2 for older clients and servers, Windows-based clients and servers that are members of the domain will use the Kerberos authentication protocol to authenticate with Windows Server 2003 or newer Domain Controllers. For these reasons, it is strongly preferred to restrict the use of LM & NTLM (non-v2) as much as possible.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Send NTLMv2 response only. Refuse LM & NTLM: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: LAN Manager authentication level','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27066,'Ensure \'Network security: LDAP client signing requirements\' is set to \'Negotiate signing\' or higher.','This policy setting determines the level of data signing that is requested on behalf of clients that issue LDAP BIND requests. Note: This policy setting does not have any impact on LDAP simple bind (ldap_simple_bind) or LDAP simple bind through SSL (ldap_simple_bind_s). No Microsoft LDAP clients that are included with Windows XP Professional use ldap_simple_bind or ldap_simple_bind_s to communicate with a Domain Controller. The recommended state for this setting is: Negotiate signing. Configuring this setting to Require signing also conforms to the benchmark.','Unsigned network traffic is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks in which an intruder captures the packets between the client and server, modifies them, and then forwards them to the server. For an LDAP server, this susceptibility means that an attacker could cause a server to make decisions that are based on false or altered data from the LDAP queries. To lower this risk in your network, you can implement strong physical security measures to protect the network infrastructure. Also, you can make all types of man-in-the-middle attacks extremely difficult if you require digital signatures on all network packets by means of IPsec authentication headers.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Negotiate signing (configuring to Require signing also conforms to the benchmark): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: LDAP client signing requirements','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27067,'Ensure \'Network security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure RPC) clients\' is set to \'Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption\'.','This policy setting determines which behaviors are allowed by clients for applications using the NTLM Security Support Provider (SSP). The SSP Interface (SSPI) is used by applications that need authentication services. The setting does not modify how the authentication sequence works but instead require certain behaviors in applications that use the SSPI. The recommended state for this setting is: Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption. Note: These values are dependent on the Network security: LAN Manager Authentication Level (Rule 2.3.11.7) security setting value.','You can enable both options for this policy setting to help protect network traffic that uses the NTLM Security Support Provider (NTLM SSP) from being exposed or tampered with by an attacker who has gained access to the same network. In other words, these options help protect against man-in-the-middle attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure RPC) clients','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27068,'Ensure \'Network security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure RPC) servers\' is set to \'Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption\'.','This policy setting determines which behaviors are allowed by servers for applications using the NTLM Security Support Provider (SSP). The SSP Interface (SSPI) is used by applications that need authentication services. The setting does not modify how the authentication sequence works but instead require certain behaviors in applications that use the SSPI. The recommended state for this setting is: Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption. Note: These values are dependent on the Network security: LAN Manager Authentication Level (Rule 2.3.11.7) security setting value.','You can enable all of the options for this policy setting to help protect network traffic that uses the NTLM Security Support Provider (NTLM SSP) from being exposed or tampered with by an attacker who has gained access to the same network. That is, these options help protect against man-in-the-middle attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Require NTLMv2 session security, Require 128-bit encryption: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsNetwork security: Minimum session security for NTLM SSP based (including secure RPC) servers','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.11.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27069,'Ensure \'Shutdown: Allow system to be shut down without having to log on\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether a computer can be shut down when a user is not logged on. If this policy setting is enabled, the shutdown command is available on the Windows logon screen. It is recommended to disable this policy setting to restrict the ability to shut down the computer to users with credentials on the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: In Server 2008 R2 and older versions, this setting had no impact on Remote Desktop (RDP) / Terminal Services sessions - it only affected the local console. However, Microsoft changed the behavior in Windows Server 2012 (non-R2) and above, where if set to Enabled, RDP sessions are also allowed to shut down or restart the server.','Users who can access the console locally could shut down the computer. Attackers could also walk to the local console and restart the server, which would cause a temporary DoS condition. Attackers could also shut down the server and leave all of its applications and services unavailable. As noted in the Description above, the Denial of Service (DoS) risk of enabling this setting dramatically increases in Windows Server 2012 (non-R2) and above, as even remote users could then shut down or restart the server from the logon screen of an RDP session.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsShutdown: Allow system to be shut down without having to log on','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.13.1\"]}]'),(27070,'Ensure \'System objects: Require case insensitivity for non- Windows subsystems\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether case insensitivity is enforced for all subsystems. The Microsoft Win32 subsystem is case insensitive. However, the kernel supports case sensitivity for other subsystems, such as the Portable Operating System Interface for UNIX (POSIX). Because Windows is case insensitive (but the POSIX subsystem will support case sensitivity), failure to enforce this policy setting makes it possible for a user of the POSIX subsystem to create a file with the same name as another file by using mixed case to label it. Such a situation can block access to these files by another user who uses typical Win32 tools, because only one of the files will be available. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Because Windows is case-insensitive but the POSIX subsystem will support case sensitivity, failure to enable this policy setting would make it possible for a user of that subsystem to create a file with the same name as another file but with a different mix of upper and lower case letters. Such a situation could potentially confuse users when they try to access such files from normal Win32 tools because only one of the files will be available.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsSystem objects: Require case insensitivity for non- Windows subsystems','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.15.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27071,'Ensure \'System objects: Strengthen default permissions of internal system objects (e.g. Symbolic Links)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines the strength of the default discretionary access control list (DACL) for objects. Active Directory maintains a global list of shared system resources, such as DOS device names, mutexes, and semaphores. In this way, objects can be located and shared among processes. Each type of object is created with a default DACL that specifies who can access the objects and what permissions are granted. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting determines the strength of the default DACL for objects. Windows maintains a global list of shared computer resources so that objects can be located and shared among processes. Each type of object is created with a default DACL that specifies who can access the objects and with what permissions.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsSystem objects: Strengthen default permissions of internal system objects (e.g. Symbolic Links)','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.15.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27072,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Admin Approval Mode for the Built-in Administrator account\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of Admin Approval Mode for the built-in Administrator account. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','One of the risks that the User Account Control feature introduced with Windows Vista is trying to mitigate is that of malicious software running under elevated credentials without the user or administrator being aware of its activity. An attack vector for these programs was to discover the password of the account named \"Administrator\" because that user account was created for all installations of Windows. To address this risk, in Windows Vista and newer, the built-in Administrator account is now disabled by default. In a default installation of a new computer, accounts with administrative control over the computer are initially set up in one of two ways: - If the computer is not joined to a domain, the first user account you create has the equivalent permissions as a local administrator. - If the computer is joined to a domain, no local administrator accounts are created. The Enterprise or Domain Administrator must log on to the computer and create one if a local administrator account is warranted. Once Windows is installed, the built-in Administrator account may be manually enabled, but we strongly recommend that this account remain disabled.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Admin Approval Mode for the Built-in Administrator account','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27073,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for administrators in Admin Approval Mode\' is set to \'Prompt for consent on the secure desktop\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of the elevation prompt for administrators. The recommended state for this setting is: Prompt for consent on the secure desktop.','One of the risks that the UAC feature introduced with Windows Vista is trying to mitigate is that of malicious software running under elevated credentials without the user or administrator being aware of its activity. This setting raises awareness to the administrator of elevated privilege operations and permits the administrator to prevent a malicious program from elevating its privilege when the program attempts to do so.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Prompt for consent on the secure desktop: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for administrators in Admin Approval Mode','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27074,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for standard users\' is set to \'Automatically deny elevation requests\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of the elevation prompt for standard users. The recommended state for this setting is: Automatically deny elevation requests.','One of the risks that the User Account Control feature introduced with Windows Vista is trying to mitigate is that of malicious programs running under elevated credentials without the user or administrator being aware of their activity. This setting raises awareness to the user that a program requires the use of elevated privilege operations and requires that the user be able to supply administrative credentials in order for the program to run.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Automatically deny elevation requests: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for standard users','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27075,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Detect application installations and prompt for elevation\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of application installation detection for the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Some malicious software will attempt to install itself after being given permission to run. For example, malicious software with a trusted application shell. The user may have given permission for the program to run because the program is trusted, but if they are then prompted for installation of an unknown component this provides another way of trapping the software before it can do damage','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Detect application installations and prompt for elevation','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27076,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Only elevate UIAccess applications that are installed in secure locations\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether applications that request to run with a User Interface Accessibility (UIAccess) integrity level must reside in a secure location in the file system. Secure locations are limited to the following: - …Program Files, including subfolders - …WindowsSystem32 - …Program Files (x86), including subfolders (for 64-bit versions of Windows) Note: Windows enforces a public key infrastructure (PKI) signature check on any interactive application that requests to run with a UIAccess integrity level regardless of the state of this security setting. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','UIAccess Integrity allows an application to bypass User Interface Privilege Isolation (UIPI) restrictions when an application is elevated in privilege from a standard user to an administrator. This is required to support accessibility features such as screen readers that are transmitting user interfaces to alternative forms. A process that is started with UIAccess rights has the following abilities: - To set the foreground window. - To drive any application window using SendInput function. - To use read input for all integrity levels using low-level hooks, raw input, GetKeyState, GetAsyncKeyState, and GetKeyboardInput. - To set journal hooks. - To uses AttachThreadInput to attach a thread to a higher integrity input queue.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Only elevate UIAccess applications that are installed in secure locations','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27077,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the behavior of all User Account Control (UAC) policy settings for the computer. If you change this policy setting, you must restart your computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If this policy setting is disabled, the Security Center notifies you that the overall security of the operating system has been reduced.','This is the setting that turns on or off UAC. If this setting is disabled, UAC will not be used and any security benefits and risk mitigations that are dependent on UAC will not be present on the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27078,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the elevation request prompt is displayed on the interactive user\'s desktop or the secure desktop. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Standard elevation prompt dialog boxes can be spoofed, which may cause users to disclose their passwords to malicious software. The secure desktop presents a very distinct appearance when prompting for elevation, where the user desktop dims, and the elevation prompt UI is more prominent. This increases the likelihood that users who become accustomed to the secure desktop will recognize a spoofed elevation prompt dialog box and not fall for the trick.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27079,'Ensure \'User Account Control: Virtualize file and registry write failures to per-user locations\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether application write failures are redirected to defined registry and file system locations. This policy setting mitigates applications that run as administrator and write run-time application data to: - %ProgramFiles% - %windir% - %windir%System32 - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESOFTWARE The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting reduces vulnerabilities by ensuring that legacy applications only write data to permitted locations.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsLocal PoliciesSecurity OptionsUser Account Control: Virtualize file and registry write failures to per-user locations','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.17.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.5.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27080,'Ensure \'Print Spooler (Spooler)\' is set to \'Disabled\' (DC only).','This service spools print jobs and handles interaction with printers. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling the Print Spooler (Spooler) service mitigates the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other attacks against the service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesPrint Spooler','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(27081,'Ensure \'Print Spooler (Spooler)\' is set to \'Disabled\' (MS only).','This service spools print jobs and handles interaction with printers. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling the Print Spooler (Spooler) service mitigates the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other attacks against the service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to: Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsSystem ServicesPrint Spooler','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(27082,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Firewall state\' is set to \'On (recommended)\'.','Select On (recommended) to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security use the settings for this profile to filter network traffic. If you select Off, Windows Firewall with Advanced Security will not use any of the firewall rules or connection security rules for this profile. The recommended state for this setting is: On (recommended).','If the firewall is turned off all traffic will be able to access the system and an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to On (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileFirewall state','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27083,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Inbound connections\' is set to \'Block (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for inbound connections that do not match an inbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Block (default).','If the firewall allows all traffic to access the system then an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Block (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileInbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27084,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Outbound connections\' is set to \'Allow (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for outbound connections that do not match an outbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Allow (default).','Some people believe that it is prudent to block all outbound connections except those specifically approved by the user or administrator. Microsoft disagrees with this opinion, blocking outbound connections by default will force users to deal with a large number of dialog boxes prompting them to authorize or block applications such as their web browser or instant messaging software. Additionally, blocking outbound traffic has little value because if an attacker has compromised the system they can reconfigure the firewall anyway.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Allow (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileOutbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27085,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Settings: Display a notification\' is set to \'No\'.','Select this option to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security display notifications to the user when a program is blocked from receiving inbound connections. The recommended state for this setting is: No. Note: When the Apply local firewall rules setting is configured to No, it\'s recommended to also configure the Display a notification setting to No. Otherwise, users will continue to receive messages that ask if they want to unblock a restricted inbound connection, but the user\'s response will be ignored.','Firewall notifications can be complex and may confuse the end users, who would not be able to address the alert.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to No: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileSettings CustomizeDisplay a notification','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27086,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Logging: Name\' is set to \'%SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewalldomainfw.log\'.','Use this option to specify the path and name of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewalldomainfw.log.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewalldomainfw.log: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileLogging CustomizeName','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27087,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Logging: Size limit (KB)\' is set to \'16,384 KB or greater\'.','Use this option to specify the size limit of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: 16,384 KB or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 16,384 KB or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileLogging CustomizeSize limit (KB)','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27088,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Logging: Log dropped packets\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security discards an inbound packet for any reason. The log records why and when the packet was dropped. Look for entries with the word DROP in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileLogging CustomizeLog dropped packets','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27089,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Domain: Logging: Log successful connections\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security allows an inbound connection. The log records why and when the connection was formed. Look for entries with the word ALLOW in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesDomain ProfileLogging CustomizeLog successful connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27090,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Firewall state\' is set to \'On (recommended)\'.','Select On (recommended) to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security use the settings for this profile to filter network traffic. If you select Off, Windows Firewall with Advanced Security will not use any of the firewall rules or connection security rules for this profile. The recommended state for this setting is: On (recommended).','If the firewall is turned off all traffic will be able to access the system and an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to On (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileFirewall state','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27091,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Inbound connections\' is set to \'Block (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for inbound connections that do not match an inbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Block (default).','If the firewall allows all traffic to access the system then an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Block (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileInbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27092,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Outbound connections\' is set to \'Allow (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for outbound connections that do not match an outbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Allow (default). Note: If you set Outbound connections to Block and then deploy the firewall policy by using a GPO, computers that receive the GPO settings cannot receive subsequent Group Policy updates unless you create and deploy an outbound rule that enables Group Policy to work. Predefined rules for Core Networking include outbound rules that enable Group Policy to work. Ensure that these outbound rules are active, and thoroughly test firewall profiles before deploying.','Some people believe that it is prudent to block all outbound connections except those specifically approved by the user or administrator. Microsoft disagrees with this opinion, blocking outbound connections by default will force users to deal with a large number of dialog boxes prompting them to authorize or block applications such as their web browser or instant messaging software. Additionally, blocking outbound traffic has little value because if an attacker has compromised the system they can reconfigure the firewall anyway.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Allow (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileOutbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27093,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Settings: Display a notification\' is set to \'No\'.','Select this option to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security display notifications to the user when a program is blocked from receiving inbound connections. The recommended state for this setting is: No. Note: When the Apply local firewall rules setting is configured to No, it\'s recommended to also configure the Display a notification setting to No. Otherwise, users will continue to receive messages that ask if they want to unblock a restricted inbound connection, but the user\'s response will be ignored.','Firewall notifications can be complex and may confuse the end users, who would not be able to address the alert.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to No: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileSettings CustomizeDisplay a notification','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27094,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Logging: Name\' is set to \'%SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallprivatefw.log\'.','Use this option to specify the path and name of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallprivatefw.log.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallprivatefw.log: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileLogging CustomizeName','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27095,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Logging: Size limit (KB)\' is set to \'16,384 KB or greater\'.','Use this option to specify the size limit of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: 16,384 KB or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 16,384 KB or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileLogging CustomizeSize limit (KB)','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27096,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Logging: Log dropped packets\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security discards an inbound packet for any reason. The log records why and when the packet was dropped. Look for entries with the word DROP in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileLogging CustomizeLog dropped packets','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27097,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Private: Logging: Log successful connections\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security allows an inbound connection. The log records why and when the connection was formed. Look for entries with the word ALLOW in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPrivate ProfileLogging CustomizeLog successful connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27098,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Firewall state\' is set to \'On (recommended)\'.','Select On (recommended) to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security use the settings for this profile to filter network traffic. If you select Off, Windows Firewall with Advanced Security will not use any of the firewall rules or connection security rules for this profile. The recommended state for this setting is: On (recommended).','If the firewall is turned off all traffic will be able to access the system and an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to On (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileFirewall state','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27099,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Inbound connections\' is set to \'Block (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for inbound connections that do not match an inbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Block (default).','If the firewall allows all traffic to access the system then an attacker may be more easily able to remotely exploit a weakness in a network service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Block (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileInbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27100,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Outbound connections\' is set to \'Allow (default)\'.','This setting determines the behavior for outbound connections that do not match an outbound firewall rule. The recommended state for this setting is: Allow (default). Note: If you set Outbound connections to Block and then deploy the firewall policy by using a GPO, computers that receive the GPO settings cannot receive subsequent Group Policy updates unless you create and deploy an outbound rule that enables Group Policy to work. Predefined rules for Core Networking include outbound rules that enable Group Policy to work. Ensure that these outbound rules are active, and thoroughly test firewall profiles before deploying.','Some people believe that it is prudent to block all outbound connections except those specifically approved by the user or administrator. Microsoft disagrees with this opinion, blocking outbound connections by default will force users to deal with a large number of dialog boxes prompting them to authorize or block applications such as their web browser or instant messaging software. Additionally, blocking outbound traffic has little value because if an attacker has compromised the system they can reconfigure the firewall anyway.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Allow (default): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileOutbound connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27101,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Settings: Display a notification\' is set to \'No\'.','Select this option to have Windows Firewall with Advanced Security display notifications to the user when a program is blocked from receiving inbound connections. The recommended state for this setting is: No.','Some organizations may prefer to avoid alarming users when firewall rules block certain types of network activity. However, notifications can be helpful when troubleshooting network issues involving the firewall.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to \'No\': Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileSettings CustomizeDisplay a notification','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27102,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Settings: Apply local firewall rules\' is set to \'No\'.','This setting controls whether local administrators are allowed to create local firewall rules that apply together with firewall rules configured by Group Policy. The recommended state for this setting is: No. Note: When the Apply local firewall rules setting is configured to No, it\'s recommended to also configure the Display a notification setting to No. Otherwise, users will continue to receive messages that ask if they want to unblock a restricted inbound connection, but the user\'s response will be ignored.','When in the Public profile, there should be no special local firewall exceptions per computer. These settings should be managed by a centralized policy.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to No: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileSettings CustomizeApply local firewall rules','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27103,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Settings: Apply local connection security rules\' is set to \'No\'.','This setting controls whether local administrators are allowed to create connection security rules that apply together with connection security rules configured by Group Policy. The recommended state for this setting is: No.','Users with administrative privileges might create firewall rules that expose the system to remote attack.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to No: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileSettings CustomizeApply local connection security rules','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27104,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Logging: Name\' is set to \'%SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallpublicfw.log\'.','Use this option to specify the path and name of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallpublicfw.log.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to %SystemRoot%System32logfilesfirewallpublicfw.log: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileLogging CustomizeName','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27105,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Logging: Size limit (KB)\' is set to \'16,384 KB or greater\'.','Use this option to specify the size limit of the file in which Windows Firewall will write its log information. The recommended state for this setting is: 16,384 KB or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 16,384 KB or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileLogging CustomizeSize limit (KB)','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27106,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Logging: Log dropped packets\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security discards an inbound packet for any reason. The log records why and when the packet was dropped. Look for entries with the word DROP in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileLogging CustomizeLog dropped packets','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27107,'Ensure \'Windows Firewall: Public: Logging: Log successful connections\' is set to \'Yes\'.','Use this option to log when Windows Firewall with Advanced Security allows an inbound connection. The log records why and when the connection was formed. Look for entries with the word ALLOW in the action column of the log. The recommended state for this setting is: Yes.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Yes: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall with Advanced SecurityWindows Firewall PropertiesPublic ProfileLogging CustomizeLog successful connections','[{\"cis\": [\"9.3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.5\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27108,'Ensure \'Audit Credential Validation\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports the results of validation tests on credentials submitted for a user account logon request. These events occur on the computer that is authoritative for the credentials. For domain accounts, the Domain Controller is authoritative, whereas for local accounts, the local computer is authoritative. In domain environments, most of the Account Logon events occur in the Security log of the Domain Controllers that are authoritative for the domain accounts. However, these events can occur on other computers in the organization when local accounts are used to log on. Events for this subcategory include: - 4774: An account was mapped for logon. - 4775: An account could not be mapped for logon. - 4776: The Domain Controller attempted to validate the credentials for an account. - 4777: The Domain Controller failed to validate the credentials for an account. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount LogonAudit Credential Validation','[{\"cis\": [\"17.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27109,'Ensure \'Audit Kerberos Authentication Service\' is set to \'Success and Failure\' (DC Only).','This subcategory reports the results of events generated after a Kerberos authentication TGT request. Kerberos is a distributed authentication service that allows a client running on behalf of a user to prove its identity to a server without sending data across the network. This helps mitigate an attacker or server from impersonating a user. - 4768: A Kerberos authentication ticket (TGT) was requested. - 4771: Kerberos pre-authentication failed. - 4772: A Kerberos authentication ticket request failed. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount LogonAudit Kerberos Authentication Service','[{\"cis\": [\"17.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27110,'Ensure \'Audit Kerberos Service Ticket Operations\' is set to \'Success and Failure\' (DC Only).','This subcategory reports the results of events generated by Kerberos authentication ticket- granting ticket (TGT) requests. Kerberos Service Ticket requests (TGS requests) occur as part of service use and access requests by specific accounts. Auditing these events will record the IP address from which the account requested TGS, when TGS was requested, and which encryption type was used. - 4769: A Kerberos service ticket was requested. - 4770: A Kerberos service ticket was renewed. - 4773: A Kerberos service ticket request failed. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount LogonAudit Kerberos Service Ticket Operations','[{\"cis\": [\"17.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27111,'Ensure \'Audit Application Group Management\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by changes to application groups such as the following: - Application group is created, changed, or deleted. - Member is added or removed from an application group. Application groups are utilized by Windows Authorization Manager, which is a flexible framework created by Microsoft for integrating role-based access control (RBAC) into applications. More information on Windows Authorization Manager is available at MSDN - Windows Authorization Manager. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing events in this category may be useful when investigating an incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit Application Group Management','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27112,'Ensure \'Audit Computer Account Management\' is set to include \'Success\' (DC only).','This subcategory reports each event of computer account management, such as when a computer account is created, changed, deleted, renamed, disabled, or enabled. Events for this subcategory include: - 4741: A computer account was created. - 4742: A computer account was changed. - 4743: A computer account was deleted. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing events in this category may be useful when investigating an incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit Computer Account Management','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27113,'Ensure \'Audit Distribution Group Management\' is set to include \'Success\' (DC only).','This subcategory reports each event of distribution group management, such as when a distribution group is created, changed, or deleted or when a member is added to or removed from a distribution group. If you enable this Audit policy setting, administrators can track events to detect malicious, accidental, and authorized creation of group accounts. Events for this subcategory include: - 4744: A security-disabled local group was created. - 4745: A security-disabled local group was changed. - 4746: A member was added to a security-disabled local group. - 4747: A member was removed from a security-disabled local group. - 4748: A security-disabled local group was deleted. - 4749: A security-disabled global group was created. - 4750: A security-disabled global group was changed. - 4751: A member was added to a security-disabled global group. - 4752: A member was removed from a security-disabled global group. - 4753: A security-disabled global group was deleted. - 4759: A security-disabled universal group was created. - 4760: A security-disabled universal group was changed. - 4761: A member was added to a security-disabled universal group. - 4762: A member was removed from a security-disabled universal group. - 4763: A security-disabled universal group was deleted. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may provide an organization with insight when investigating an incident. For example, when a given unauthorized user was added to a sensitive distribution group.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit Distribution Group Management','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27114,'Ensure \'Audit Other Account Management Events\' is set to include \'Success\' (DC only).','This subcategory reports other account management events. Events for this subcategory include: - 4782: The password hash an account was accessed. - 4793: The Password Policy Checking API was called. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit Other Account Management Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27115,'Ensure \'Audit Security Group Management\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports each event of security group management, such as when a security group is created, changed, or deleted or when a member is added to or removed from a security group. If you enable this Audit policy setting, administrators can track events to detect malicious, accidental, and authorized creation of security group accounts. Events for this subcategory include: - 4727: A security-enabled global group was created. - 4728: A member was added to a security-enabled global group. - 4729: A member was removed from a security-enabled global group. - 4730: A security-enabled global group was deleted. - 4731: A security-enabled local group was created. - 4732: A member was added to a security-enabled local group. - 4733: A member was removed from a security-enabled local group. - 4734: A security-enabled local group was deleted. - 4735: A security-enabled local group was changed. - 4737: A security-enabled global group was changed. - 4754: A security-enabled universal group was created. - 4755: A security-enabled universal group was changed. - 4756: A member was added to a security-enabled universal group. - 4757: A member was removed from a security-enabled universal group. - 4758: A security-enabled universal group was deleted. - 4764: A group\'s type was changed. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit Security Group Management','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27116,'Ensure \'Audit User Account Management\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports each event of user account management, such as when a user account is created, changed, or deleted; a user account is renamed, disabled, or enabled; or a password is set or changed. If you enable this Audit policy setting, administrators can track events to detect malicious, accidental, and authorized creation of user accounts. Events for this subcategory include: - 4720: A user account was created. - 4722: A user account was enabled. - 4723: An attempt was made to change an account\'s password. - 4724: An attempt was made to reset an account\'s password. - 4725: A user account was disabled. - 4726: A user account was deleted. - 4738: A user account was changed. - 4740: A user account was locked out. - 4765: SID History was added to an account. - 4766: An attempt to add SID History to an account failed. - 4767: A user account was unlocked. - 4780: The ACL was set on accounts which are members of administrators groups. - 4781: The name of an account was changed: - 4794: An attempt was made to set the Directory Services Restore Mode. - 5376: Credential Manager credentials were backed up. - 5377: Credential Manager credentials were restored from a backup. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesAccount ManagementAudit User Account Management','[{\"cis\": [\"17.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27117,'Ensure \'Audit PNP Activity\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit when plug and play detects an external device. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success. Note: A Windows 10, Server 2016 or newer OS is required to access and set this value in Group Policy.','Enabling this setting will allow a user to audit events when a device is plugged into a system. This can help alert IT staff if unapproved devices are plugged in.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesDetailed TrackingAudit PNP Activity','[{\"cis\": [\"17.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27118,'Ensure \'Audit Process Creation\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports the creation of a process and the name of the program or user that created it. Events for this subcategory include: - 4688: A new process has been created. - 4696: A primary token was assigned to process. Refer to Microsoft Knowledge Base article 947226: Description of security events in Windows Vista and in Windows Server 2008 for the most recent information about this setting. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesDetailed TrackingAudit Process Creation','[{\"cis\": [\"17.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27119,'Ensure \'Audit Directory Service Access\' is set to include \'Failure\' (DC only).','This subcategory reports when an AD DS object is accessed. Only objects with SACLs cause audit events to be generated, and only when they are accessed in a manner that matches their SACL. These events are similar to the directory service access events in previous versions of Windows Server. This subcategory applies only to Domain Controllers. Events for this subcategory include: - 4662 : An operation was performed on an object. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesDS AccessAudit Directory Service Access','[{\"cis\": [\"17.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27120,'Ensure \'Audit Directory Service Changes\' is set to include \'Success\' (DC only).','This subcategory reports changes to objects in Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS). The types of changes that are reported are create, modify, move, and undelete operations that are performed on an object. DS Change auditing, where appropriate, indicates the old and new values of the changed properties of the objects that were changed. Only objects with SACLs cause audit events to be generated, and only when they are accessed in a manner that matches their SACL. Some objects and properties do not cause audit events to be generated due to settings on the object class in the schema. This subcategory applies only to Domain Controllers. Events for this subcategory include: - 5136 : A directory service object was modified. - 5137 : A directory service object was created. - 5138 : A directory service object was undeleted. - 5139 : A directory service object was moved. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesDS AccessAudit Directory Service Changes','[{\"cis\": [\"17.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27121,'Ensure \'Audit Account Lockout\' is set to include \'Failure\'.','This subcategory reports when a user\'s account is locked out as a result of too many failed logon attempts. Events for this subcategory include: - 4625: An account failed to log on. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Account Lockout','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27122,'Ensure \'Audit Group Membership\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This policy allows you to audit the group membership information in the user’s logon token. Events in this subcategory are generated on the computer on which a logon session is created. For an interactive logon, the security audit event is generated on the computer that the user logged on to. For a network logon, such as accessing a shared folder on the network, the security audit event is generated on the computer hosting the resource. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success. Note: A Windows 10, Server 2016 or newer OS is required to access and set this value in Group Policy.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Group Membership','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27123,'Ensure \'Audit Logoff\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports when a user logs off from the system. These events occur on the accessed computer. For interactive logons, the generation of these events occurs on the computer that is logged on to. If a network logon takes place to access a share, these events generate on the computer that hosts the accessed resource. If you configure this setting to No auditing, it is difficult or impossible to determine which user has accessed or attempted to access organization computers. Events for this subcategory include: - 4634: An account was logged off. - 4647: User initiated logoff. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Logoff','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27124,'Ensure \'Audit Logon\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports when a user attempts to log on to the system. These events occur on the accessed computer. For interactive logons, the generation of these events occurs on the computer that is logged on to. If a network logon takes place to access a share, these events generate on the computer that hosts the accessed resource. If you configure this setting to No auditing, it is difficult or impossible to determine which user has accessed or attempted to access organization computers. Events for this subcategory include: - 4624: An account was successfully logged on. - 4625: An account failed to log on. - 4648: A logon was attempted using explicit credentials. - 4675: SIDs were filtered. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Logon','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27125,'Ensure \'Audit Other Logon/Logoff Events\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports other logon/logoff-related events, such as Remote Desktop Services session disconnects and reconnects, using RunAs to run processes under a different account, and locking and unlocking a workstation. Events for this subcategory include: - 4649: A replay attack was detected. - 4778: A session was reconnected to a Window Station. - 4779: A session was disconnected from a Window Station. - 4800: The workstation was locked. - 4801: The workstation was unlocked. - 4802: The screen saver was invoked. - 4803: The screen saver was dismissed. - 5378: The requested credentials delegation was disallowed by policy. - 5632: A request was made to authenticate to a wireless network. - 5633: A request was made to authenticate to a wired network. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Other Logon/Logoff Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27126,'Ensure \'Audit Special Logon\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports when a special logon is used. A special logon is a logon that has administrator-equivalent privileges and can be used to elevate a process to a higher level. Events for this subcategory include: - 4964 : Special groups have been assigned to a new logon. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesLogon/LogoffAudit Special Logon','[{\"cis\": [\"17.5.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27127,'Ensure \'Audit Detailed File Share\' is set to include \'Failure\'.','This subcategory allows you to audit attempts to access files and folders on a shared folder. Events for this subcategory include: - 5145: network share object was checked to see whether client can be granted desired access. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Failure','Auditing the Failures will log which unauthorized users attempted (and failed) to get access to a file or folder on a network share on this computer, which could possibly be an indication of malicious intent.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesObject AccessAudit Detailed File Share','[{\"cis\": [\"17.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}]'),(27128,'Ensure \'Audit File Share\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit attempts to access a shared folder. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure. Note: There are no system access control lists (SACLs) for shared folders. If this policy setting is enabled, access to all shared folders on the system is audited.','In an enterprise managed environment, it\'s important to track deletion, creation, modification, and access events for network shares. Any unusual file sharing activity may be useful in an investigation of potentially malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesObject AccessAudit File Share','[{\"cis\": [\"17.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}]'),(27129,'Ensure \'Audit Other Object Access Events\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit events generated by the management of task scheduler jobs or COM+ objects. For scheduler jobs, the following are audited: - Job created. - Job deleted. - Job enabled. - Job disabled. - Job updated. For COM+ objects, the following are audited: - Catalog object added. - Catalog object updated. - Catalog object deleted. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','The unexpected creation of scheduled tasks and COM+ objects could potentially be an indication of malicious activity. Since these types of actions are generally low volume, it may be useful to capture them in the audit logs for use during an investigation.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesObject AccessAudit Other Object Access Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27130,'Ensure \'Audit Removable Storage\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This policy setting allows you to audit user attempts to access file system objects on a removable storage device. A security audit event is generated only for all objects for all types of access requested. If you configure this policy setting, an audit event is generated each time an account accesses a file system object on a removable storage. Success audits record successful attempts and Failure audits record unsuccessful attempts. If you do not configure this policy setting, no audit event is generated when an account accesses a file system object on a removable storage. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure. Note: A Windows 8.0, Server 2012 (non-R2) or newer OS is required to access and set this value in Group Policy.','Auditing removable storage may be useful when investigating an incident. For example, if an individual is suspected of copying sensitive information onto a USB drive.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesObject AccessAudit Removable Storage','[{\"cis\": [\"17.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27131,'Ensure \'Audit Audit Policy Change\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports changes in audit policy including SACL changes. Events for this subcategory include: - 4715: The audit policy (SACL) on an object was changed. - 4719: System audit policy was changed. - 4902: The Per-user audit policy table was created. - 4904: An attempt was made to register a security event source. - 4905: An attempt was made to unregister a security event source. - 4906: The CrashOnAuditFail value has changed. - 4907: Auditing settings on object were changed. - 4908: Special Groups Logon table modified. - 4912: Per User Audit Policy was changed. The recommended state for this setting is include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit Audit Policy Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27132,'Ensure \'Audit Authentication Policy Change\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports changes in authentication policy. Events for this subcategory include: - 4706: A new trust was created to a domain. - 4707: A trust to a domain was removed. - 4713: Kerberos policy was changed. - 4716: Trusted domain information was modified. - 4717: System security access was granted to an account. - 4718: System security access was removed from an account. - 4739: Domain Policy was changed. - 4864: A namespace collision was detected. - 4865: A trusted forest information entry was added. - 4866: A trusted forest information entry was removed. - 4867: A trusted forest information entry was modified. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit Authentication Policy Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27133,'Ensure \'Audit Authorization Policy Change\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports changes in authorization policy. Events for this subcategory include: - 4704: A user right was assigned. - 4705: A user right was removed. - 4706: A new trust was created to a domain. - 4707: A trust to a domain was removed. - 4714: Encrypted data recovery policy was changed. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit Authorization Policy Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27134,'Ensure \'Audit MPSSVC Rule-Level Policy Change\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory determines whether the operating system generates audit events when changes are made to policy rules for the Microsoft Protection Service (MPSSVC.exe). Events for this subcategory include: - 4944: The following policy was active when the Windows Firewall started. - 4945: A rule was listed when the Windows Firewall started. - 4946: A change has been made to Windows Firewall exception list. A rule was added. - 4947: A change has been made to Windows Firewall exception list. A rule was modified. - 4948: A change has been made to Windows Firewall exception list. A rule was deleted. - 4949: Windows Firewall settings were restored to the default values. - 4950: A Windows Firewall setting has changed. - 4951: A rule has been ignored because its major version number was not recognized by Windows Firewall. - 4952: Parts of a rule have been ignored because its minor version number was not recognized by Windows Firewall. The other parts of the rule will be enforced. - 4953: A rule has been ignored by Windows Firewall because it could not parse the rule. - 4954: Windows Firewall Group Policy settings have changed. The new settings have been applied. - 4956: Windows Firewall has changed the active profile. - 4957: Windows Firewall did not apply the following rule. - 4958: Windows Firewall did not apply the following rule because the rule referred to items not configured on this computer. The recommended state for this setting is : Success and Failure','Changes to firewall rules are important for understanding the security state of the computer and how well it is protected against network attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit MPSSVC Rule- Level Policy Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27135,'Ensure \'Audit Other Policy Change Events\' is set to include \'Failure\'.','This subcategory contains events about EFS Data Recovery Agent policy changes, changes in Windows Filtering Platform filter, status on Security policy settings updates for local Group Policy settings, Central Access Policy changes, and detailed troubleshooting events for Cryptographic Next Generation (CNG) operations. - 5063: A cryptographic provider operation was attempted. - 5064: A cryptographic context operation was attempted. - 5065: A cryptographic context modification was attempted. - 5066: A cryptographic function operation was attempted. - 5067: A cryptographic function modification was attempted. - 5068: A cryptographic function provider operation was attempted. - 5069: A cryptographic function property operation was attempted. - 5070: A cryptographic function property modification was attempted. - 6145: One or more errors occurred while processing security policy in the group policy objects. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Failure.','This setting can help detect errors in applied Security settings which came from Group Policy, and failure events related to Cryptographic Next Generation (CNG) functions.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPolicy ChangeAudit Other Policy Change Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.7.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27136,'Ensure \'Audit Sensitive Privilege Use\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports when a user account or service uses a sensitive privilege. A sensitive privilege includes the following user rights: - Act as part of the operating system - Back up files and directories - Create a token object - Debug programs - Enable computer and user accounts to be trusted for delegation - Generate security audits - Impersonate a client after authentication - Load and unload device drivers - Manage auditing and security log - Modify firmware environment values - Replace a process-level token - Restore files and directories - Take ownership of files or other objects Auditing this subcategory will create a high volume of events. Events for this subcategory include: - 4672: Special privileges assigned to new logon. - 4673: A privileged service was called. - 4674: An operation was attempted on a privileged object. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesPrivilege UseAudit Sensitive Privilege Use','[{\"cis\": [\"17.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27137,'Ensure \'Audit IPsec Driver\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports on the activities of the Internet Protocol security (IPsec) driver. Events for this subcategory include: - 4960: IPsec dropped an inbound packet that failed an integrity check. If this problem persists, it could indicate a network issue or that packets are being modified in transit to this computer. Verify that the packets sent from the remote computer are the same as those received by this computer. This error might also indicate interoperability problems with other IPsec implementations. - 4961: IPsec dropped an inbound packet that failed a replay check. If this problem persists, it could indicate a replay attack against this computer. - 4962: IPsec dropped an inbound packet that failed a replay check. The inbound packet had too low a sequence number to ensure it was not a replay. - 4963: IPsec dropped an inbound clear text packet that should have been secured. This is usually due to the remote computer changing its IPsec policy without informing this computer. This could also be a spoofing attack attempt. - 4965: IPsec received a packet from a remote computer with an incorrect Security Parameter Index (SPI). This is usually caused by malfunctioning hardware that is corrupting packets. If these errors persist, verify that the packets sent from the remote computer are the same as those received by this computer. This error may also indicate interoperability problems with other IPsec implementations. In that case, if connectivity is not impeded, then these events can be ignored. - 5478: IPsec Services has started successfully. - 5479: IPsec Services has been shut down successfully. The shutdown of IPsec Services can put the computer at greater risk of network attack or expose the computer to potential security risks. - 5480: IPsec Services failed to get the complete list of network interfaces on the computer. This poses a potential security risk because some of the network interfaces may not get the protection provided by the applied IPsec filters. Use the IP Security Monitor snap-in to diagnose the problem. - 5483: IPsec Services failed to initialize RPC server. IPsec Services could not be started. - 5484: IPsec Services has experienced a critical failure and has been shut down. The shutdown of IPsec Services can put the computer at greater risk of network attack or expose the computer to potential security risks. - 5485: IPsec Services failed to process some IPsec filters on a plug-and-play event for network interfaces. This poses a potential security risk because some of the network interfaces may not get the protection provided by the applied IPsec filters. Use the IP Security Monitor snap-in to diagnose the problem. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit IPsec Driver','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27138,'Ensure \'Audit Other System Events\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports on other system events. Events for this subcategory include: - 5024 : The Windows Firewall Service has started successfully. - 5025 : The Windows Firewall Service has been stopped. - 5027 : The Windows Firewall Service was unable to retrieve the security policy from the local storage. The service will continue enforcing the current policy. - 5028 : The Windows Firewall Service was unable to parse the new security policy. The service will continue with currently enforced policy. - 5029: The Windows Firewall Service failed to initialize the driver. The service will continue to enforce the current policy. - 5030: The Windows Firewall Service failed to start. - 5032: Windows Firewall was unable to notify the user that it blocked an application from accepting incoming connections on the network. - 5033 : The Windows Firewall Driver has started successfully. - 5034 : The Windows Firewall Driver has been stopped. - 5035 : The Windows Firewall Driver failed to start. - 5037 : The Windows Firewall Driver detected critical runtime error. Terminating. - 5058: Key file operation. - 5059: Key migration operation. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Capturing these audit events may be useful for identifying when the Windows Firewall is not performing as expected.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit Other System Events','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27139,'Ensure \'Audit Security State Change\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports changes in security state of the system, such as when the security subsystem starts and stops. Events for this subcategory include: - 4608: Windows is starting up. - 4609: Windows is shutting down. - 4616: The system time was changed. - 4621: Administrator recovered system from CrashOnAuditFail. Users who are not administrators will now be allowed to log on. Some auditable activity might not have been recorded. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit Security State Change','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27140,'Ensure \'Audit Security System Extension\' is set to include \'Success\'.','This subcategory reports the loading of extension code such as authentication packages by the security subsystem. Events for this subcategory include: - 4610: An authentication package has been loaded by the Local Security Authority. - 4611: A trusted logon process has been registered with the Local Security Authority. - 4614: A notification package has been loaded by the Security Account Manager. - 4622: A security package has been loaded by the Local Security Authority. - 4697: A service was installed in the system. The recommended state for this setting is to include: Success.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to include Success: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit Security System Extension','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27141,'Ensure \'Audit System Integrity\' is set to \'Success and Failure\'.','This subcategory reports on violations of integrity of the security subsystem. Events for this subcategory include: - 4612 : Internal resources allocated for the queuing of audit messages have been exhausted, leading to the loss of some audits. - 4615 : Invalid use of LPC port. - 4618 : A monitored security event pattern has occurred. - 4816 : RPC detected an integrity violation while decrypting an incoming message. - 5038 : Code integrity determined that the image hash of a file is not valid. The file could be corrupt due to unauthorized modification or the invalid hash could indicate a potential disk device error. - 5056: A cryptographic self test was performed. - 5057: A cryptographic primitive operation failed. - 5060: Verification operation failed. - 5061: Cryptographic operation. - 5062: A kernel-mode cryptographic self test was performed. The recommended state for this setting is: Success and Failure.','Auditing these events may be useful when investigating a security incident.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Success and Failure: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesWindows SettingsSecurity SettingsAdvanced Audit Policy ConfigurationAudit PoliciesSystemAudit System Integrity','[{\"cis\": [\"17.9.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27142,'Ensure \'Prevent enabling lock screen camera\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Disables the lock screen camera toggle switch in PC Settings and prevents a camera from being invoked on the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Disabling the lock screen camera extends the protection afforded by the lock screen to camera features.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesControl PanelPersonalizationPrevent enabling lock screen camera Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ControlPanelDisplay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.1.1.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27143,'Ensure \'Prevent enabling lock screen slide show\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Disables the lock screen slide show settings in PC Settings and prevents a slide show from playing on the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Disabling the lock screen slide show extends the protection afforded by the lock screen to slide show contents.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesControl PanelPersonalizationPrevent enabling lock screen slide show Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ControlPanelDisplay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.1.1.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27144,'Ensure \'Allow users to enable online speech recognition services\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy enables the automatic learning component of input personalization that includes speech, inking, and typing. Automatic learning enables the collection of speech and handwriting patterns, typing history, contacts, and recent calendar information. It is required for the use of Cortana. Some of this collected information may be stored on the user\'s OneDrive, in the case of inking and typing; some of the information will be uploaded to Microsoft to personalize speech. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If this setting is Enabled sensitive information could be stored in the cloud or sent to Microsoft.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesControl PanelRegional and Language OptionsAllow users to enable online speech recognition services Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Globalization.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allow input personalization, but it was renamed to Allow users to enable online speech recognition services starting with the Windows 10 R1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.1.2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27145,'Ensure \'Allow Online Tips\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting configures the retrieval of online tips and help for the Settings app. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesControl PanelAllow Online Tips Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ControlPanel.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(27146,'Ensure LAPS AdmPwd GPO Extension / CSE is installed (MS only).','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','In order to utilize LAPS, a minor Active Directory Schema update is required, and a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) must be installed on each managed computer. When LAPS is installed, the file AdmPwd.dll must be present in the following location and registered in Windows (the LAPS AdmPwd GPO Extension / CSE installation does this for you): C:Program FilesLAPSCSEAdmPwd.dll','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\", \"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27147,'Ensure \'Do not allow password expiration time longer than required by policy\' is set to \'Enabled\' (MS only).','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSDo not allow password expiration time longer than required by policy Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27148,'Ensure \'Enable Local Admin Password Management\' is set to \'Enabled\' (MS only).','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSEnable Local Admin Password Management Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\", \"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27149,'Ensure \'Password Settings: Password Complexity\' is set to \'Enabled: Large letters + small letters + numbers + special characters\' (MS only).','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Large letters + small letters + numbers + special characters. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, and configure the Password Complexity option to Large letters + small letters + numbers + special characters: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSPassword Settings Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27150,'Ensure \'Password Settings: Password Length\' is set to \'Enabled: 15 or more\' (MS only).','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 15 or more. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, and configure the Password Length option to 15 or more: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSPassword Settings Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27151,'Ensure \'Password Settings: Password Age (Days)\' is set to \'Enabled: 30 or fewer\' (MS only).','In May 2015, Microsoft released the Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS) tool, which is free and supported software that allows an organization to automatically set randomized and unique local Administrator account passwords on domain-attached workstations and Member Servers. The passwords are stored in a confidential attribute of the domain computer account and can be retrieved from Active Directory by approved Sysadmins when needed. The LAPS tool requires a small Active Directory Schema update in order to implement, as well as installation of a Group Policy Client Side Extension (CSE) on targeted computers. Please see the LAPS documentation for details. LAPS supports Windows Vista or newer workstation OSes, and Server 2003 or newer server OSes. LAPS does not support standalone computers - they must be joined to a domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 30 or fewer. Note: Organizations that utilize 3rd-party commercial software to manage unique & complex local Administrator passwords on domain members may opt to disregard these LAPS recommendations. Note #2: LAPS is only designed to manage local Administrator passwords, and is therefore not recommended (or supported) for use directly on Domain Controllers, which do not have a traditional local Administrator account. We strongly encourage you to only deploy the LAPS CSE and LAPS GPO settings to member servers and workstations.','Due to the difficulty in managing local Administrator passwords, many organizations choose to use the same password on all workstations and/or Member Servers when deploying them. This creates a serious attack surface security risk because if an attacker manages to compromise one system and learn the password to its local Administrator account, then they can leverage that account to instantly gain access to all other computers that also use that password for their local Administrator account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, and configure the Password Age (Days) option to 30 or fewer: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesLAPSPassword Settings Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (AdmPwd.admx/adml) is required - it is included with Microsoft Local Administrator Password Solution (LAPS).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.2.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.4\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27152,'Ensure \'Apply UAC restrictions to local accounts on network logons\' is set to \'Enabled\' (MS only).','This setting controls whether local accounts can be used for remote administration via network logon (e.g., NET USE, connecting to C$, etc.). Local accounts are at high risk for credential theft when the same account and password is configured on multiple systems. Enabling this policy significantly reduces that risk. Enabled: Applies UAC token-filtering to local accounts on network logons. Membership in powerful group such as Administrators is disabled and powerful privileges are removed from the resulting access token. This configures the LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy registry value to 0. This is the default behavior for Windows. Disabled: Allows local accounts to have full administrative rights when authenticating via network logon, by configuring the LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy registry value to 1. For more information about local accounts and credential theft, review the \"Mitigating Pass-the-Hash (PtH) Attacks and Other Credential Theft Techniques\" documents. For more information about LocalAccountTokenFilterPolicy, see Microsoft Knowledge Base article 951016: Description of User Account Control and remote restrictions in Windows Vista. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Local accounts are at high risk for credential theft when the same account and password is configured on multiple systems. Ensuring this policy is Enabled significantly reduces that risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideApply UAC restrictions to local accounts on network logons Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27153,'Ensure \'Configure SMB v1 client driver\' is set to \'Enabled: Disable driver (recommended)\'.','This setting configures the start type for the Server Message Block version 1 (SMBv1) client driver service (MRxSmb10), which is recommended to be disabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Disable driver (recommended). Note: Do not, under any circumstances, configure this overall setting as Disabled, as doing so will delete the underlying registry entry altogether, which will cause serious problems.','Since September 2016, Microsoft has strongly encouraged that SMBv1 be disabled and no longer used on modern networks, as it is a 30 year old design that is much more vulnerable to attacks then much newer designs such as SMBv2 and SMBv3.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Disable driver (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideConfigure SMB v1 client driver Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27154,'Ensure \'Configure SMB v1 server\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting configures the server-side processing of the Server Message Block version 1 (SMBv1) protocol. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Since September 2016, Microsoft has strongly encouraged that SMBv1 be disabled and no longer used on modern networks, as it is a 30 year old design that is much more vulnerable to attacks then much newer designs such as SMBv2 and SMBv3.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideConfigure SMB v1 server Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27155,'Ensure \'Enable Structured Exception Handling Overwrite Protection (SEHOP)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Windows includes support for Structured Exception Handling Overwrite Protection (SEHOP). We recommend enabling this feature to improve the security profile of the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This feature is designed to block exploits that use the Structured Exception Handler (SEH) overwrite technique. This protection mechanism is provided at run-time. Therefore, it helps protect applications regardless of whether they have been compiled with the latest improvements, such as the /SAFESEH option.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideEnable Structured Exception Handling Overwrite Protection (SEHOP) Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required. More information is available at MSKB 956607: How to enable Structured Exception Handling Overwrite Protection (SEHOP) in Windows operating systems','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(27156,'Ensure \'Limits print driver installation to Administrators\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether users that aren\'t Administrators can install print drivers on the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: On August 10, 2021, Microsoft announced a Point and Print Default Behavior Change which modifies the default Point and Print driver installation and update behavior to require Administrator privileges. This is documented in KB5005652—Manage new Point and Print default driver installation behavior (CVE-2021-34481).','Restricting the installation of print drives to Administrators can help mitigate the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other Print Spooler attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideLimits print driver installation to Administrators Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template SecGuide.admx/adml is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.5\"]}]'),(27157,'Ensure \'NetBT NodeType configuration\' is set to \'Enabled: P- node (recommended)\'.','This setting determines which method NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NetBT) uses to register and resolve names. The available methods are: - The B-node (broadcast) method only uses broadcasts. - The P-node (point-to-point) method only uses name queries to a name server (WINS). - The M-node (mixed) method broadcasts first, then queries a name server (WINS) if broadcast failed. - The H-node (hybrid) method queries a name server (WINS) first, then broadcasts if the query failed. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: P-node (recommended) (point-to- point). Note: Resolution through LMHOSTS or DNS follows these methods. If the NodeType registry value is present, it overrides any DhcpNodeType registry value. If neither NodeType nor DhcpNodeType is present, the computer uses B-node (broadcast) if there are no WINS servers configured for the network, or H-node (hybrid) if there is at least one WINS server configured.','In order to help mitigate the risk of NetBIOS Name Service (NBT-NS) poisoning attacks, setting the node type to P-node (point-to-point) will prevent the system from sending out NetBIOS broadcasts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: P-node (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideNetBT NodeType configuration Note: This change does not take effect until the computer has been restarted. Note #2: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required. Please note that this setting is only available in the Security baseline (FINAL) for Windows 10 v1903 and Windows Server v1903 (or newer) release of SecGuide.admx/adml, so if you previously downloaded this template, you may need to update it from a newer Microsoft baseline to get this new NetBT NodeType configuration setting.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27158,'Ensure \'WDigest Authentication\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','When WDigest authentication is enabled, Lsass.exe retains a copy of the user\'s plaintext password in memory, where it can be at risk of theft. If this setting is not configured, WDigest authentication is disabled in Windows 8.1 and in Windows Server 2012 R2; it is enabled by default in earlier versions of Windows and Windows Server. For more information about local accounts and credential theft, review the \"Mitigating Pass-the-Hash (PtH) Attacks and Other Credential Theft Techniques\" documents. For more information about UseLogonCredential, see Microsoft Knowledge Base article 2871997: Microsoft Security Advisory Update to improve credentials protection and management May 13, 2014. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Preventing the plaintext storage of credentials in memory may reduce opportunity for credential theft.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMS Security GuideWDigest Authentication (disabling may require KB2871997) Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (SecGuide.admx/adml) is required.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27159,'Ensure \'MSS: (AutoAdminLogon) Enable Automatic Logon (not recommended)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting is separate from the Welcome screen feature in Windows XP and Windows Vista; if that feature is disabled, this setting is not disabled. If you configure a computer for automatic logon, anyone who can physically gain access to the computer can also gain access to everything that is on the computer, including any network or networks to which the computer is connected. Also, if you enable automatic logon, the password is stored in the registry in plaintext, and the specific registry key that stores this value is remotely readable by the Authenticated Users group. For additional information, see Microsoft Knowledge Base article 324737: How to turn on automatic logon in Windows. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If you configure a computer for automatic logon, anyone who can physically gain access to the computer can also gain access to everything that is on the computer, including any network or networks that the computer is connected to. Also, if you enable automatic logon, the password is stored in the registry in plaintext. The specific registry key that stores this setting is remotely readable by the Authenticated Users group. As a result, this entry is appropriate only if the computer is physically secured and if you ensure that untrusted users cannot remotely see the registry.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (AutoAdminLogon) Enable Automatic Logon (not recommended) Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27160,'Ensure \'MSS: (DisableIPSourceRouting IPv6) IP source routing protection level (protects against packet spoofing)\' is set to \'Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled\'.','IP source routing is a mechanism that allows the sender to determine the IP route that a datagram should follow through the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled.','An attacker could use source routed packets to obscure their identity and location. Source routing allows a computer that sends a packet to specify the route that the packet takes.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (DisableIPSourceRouting IPv6) IP source routing protection level (protects against packet spoofing) Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27161,'Ensure \'MSS: (DisableIPSourceRouting) IP source routing protection level (protects against packet spoofing)\' is set to \'Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled\'.','IP source routing is a mechanism that allows the sender to determine the IP route that a datagram should take through the network. It is recommended to configure this setting to Not Defined for enterprise environments and to Highest Protection for high security environments to completely disable source routing. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled.','An attacker could use source routed packets to obscure their identity and location. Source routing allows a computer that sends a packet to specify the route that the packet takes.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Highest protection, source routing is completely disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (DisableIPSourceRouting) IP source routing protection level (protects against packet spoofing) Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27162,'Ensure \'MSS: (EnableICMPRedirect) Allow ICMP redirects to override OSPF generated routes\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) redirects cause the IPv4 stack to plumb host routes. These routes override the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) generated routes. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This behavior is expected. The problem is that the 10 minute time-out period for the ICMP redirect-plumbed routes temporarily creates a network situation in which traffic will no longer be routed properly for the affected host. Ignoring such ICMP redirects will limit the system\'s exposure to attacks that will impact its ability to participate on the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (EnableICMPRedirect) Allow ICMP redirects to override OSPF generated routes Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}]'),(27163,'Ensure \'MSS: (KeepAliveTime) How often keep-alive packets are sent in milliseconds\' is set to \'Enabled: 300,000 or 5 minutes (recommended)\'.','This value controls how often TCP attempts to verify that an idle connection is still intact by sending a keep-alive packet. If the remote computer is still reachable, it acknowledges the keep-alive packet. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 300,000 or 5 minutes (recommended).','An attacker who is able to connect to network applications could establish numerous connections to cause a DoS condition.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 300,000 or 5 minutes (recommended): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (KeepAliveTime) How often keep-alive packets are sent in milliseconds Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27164,'Ensure \'MSS: (NoNameReleaseOnDemand) Allow the computer to ignore NetBIOS name release requests except from WINS servers\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','NetBIOS over TCP/IP is a network protocol that among other things provides a way to easily resolve NetBIOS names that are registered on Windows-based systems to the IP addresses that are configured on those systems. This setting determines whether the computer releases its NetBIOS name when it receives a name-release request. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The NetBT protocol is designed not to use authentication, and is therefore vulnerable to spoofing. Spoofing makes a transmission appear to come from a user other than the user who performed the action. A malicious user could exploit the unauthenticated nature of the protocol to send a name-conflict datagram to a target computer, which would cause the computer to relinquish its name and not respond to queries. An attacker could send a request over the network and query a computer to release its NetBIOS name. As with any change that could affect applications, it is recommended that you test this change in a non-production environment before you change the production environment. The result of such an attack could be to cause intermittent connectivity issues on the target computer, or even to prevent the use of Network Neighborhood, domain logons, the NET SEND command, or additional NetBIOS name resolution.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (NoNameReleaseOnDemand) Allow the computer to ignore NetBIOS name release requests except from WINS servers Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml)','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27165,'Ensure \'MSS: (PerformRouterDiscovery) Allow IRDP to detect and configure Default Gateway addresses (could lead to DoS)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting is used to enable or disable the Internet Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP), which allows the system to detect and configure default gateway addresses automatically as described in RFC 1256 on a per-interface basis. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','An attacker who has gained control of a computer on the same network segment could configure a computer on the network to impersonate a router. Other computers with IRDP enabled would then attempt to route their traffic through the already compromised computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (PerformRouterDiscovery) Allow IRDP to detect and configure Default Gateway addresses (could lead to DoS) Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27166,'Ensure \'MSS: (SafeDllSearchMode) Enable Safe DLL search mode (recommended)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','The DLL search order can be configured to search for DLLs that are requested by running processes in one of two ways: - Search folders specified in the system path first, and then search the current working folder. - Search current working folder first, and then search the folders specified in the system path. When enabled, the registry value is set to 1. With a setting of 1, the system first searches the folders that are specified in the system path and then searches the current working folder. When disabled the registry value is set to 0 and the system first searches the current working folder and then searches the folders that are specified in the system path. Applications will be forced to search for DLLs in the system path first. For applications that require unique versions of these DLLs that are included with the application, this entry could cause performance or stability problems. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','If a user unknowingly executes hostile code that was packaged with additional files that include modified versions of system DLLs, the hostile code could load its own versions of those DLLs and potentially increase the type and degree of damage the code can render.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (SafeDllSearchMode) Enable Safe DLL search mode (recommended) Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27167,'Ensure \'MSS: (ScreenSaverGracePeriod) The time in seconds before the screen saver grace period expires (0 recommended)\' is set to \'Enabled: 5 or fewer seconds\'.','Windows includes a grace period between when the screen saver is launched and when the console is actually locked automatically when screen saver locking is enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 5 or fewer seconds.','The default grace period that is allowed for user movement before the screen saver lock takes effect is five seconds. If you leave the default grace period configuration, your computer is vulnerable to a potential attack from someone who could approach the console and attempt to log on to the computer before the lock takes effect. An entry to the registry can be made to adjust the length of the grace period.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 5 or fewer seconds: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (ScreenSaverGracePeriod) The time in seconds before the screen saver grace period expires (0 recommended) Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27168,'Ensure \'MSS: (TcpMaxDataRetransmissions IPv6) How many times unacknowledged data is retransmitted\' is set to \'Enabled: 3\'.','This setting controls the number of times that TCP retransmits an individual data segment (non-connect segment) before the connection is aborted. The retransmission time-out is doubled with each successive retransmission on a connection. It is reset when responses resume. The base time-out value is dynamically determined by the measured round-trip time on the connection. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 3.','A malicious user could exhaust a target computer\'s resources if it never sent any acknowledgment messages for data that was transmitted by the target computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 3: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS:(TcpMaxDataRetransmissions IPv6) How many times unacknowledged data is retransmitted Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27169,'Ensure \'MSS: (TcpMaxDataRetransmissions) How many times unacknowledged data is retransmitted\' is set to \'Enabled: 3\'.','This setting controls the number of times that TCP retransmits an individual data segment (non-connect segment) before the connection is aborted. The retransmission time-out is doubled with each successive retransmission on a connection. It is reset when responses resume. The base time-out value is dynamically determined by the measured round-trip time on the connection. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 3.','A malicious user could exhaust a target computer\'s resources if it never sent any acknowledgment messages for data that was transmitted by the target computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 3: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS:(TcpMaxDataRetransmissions) How many times unacknowledged data is retransmitted Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.1\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27170,'Ensure \'MSS: (WarningLevel) Percentage threshold for the security event log at which the system will generate a warning\' is set to \'Enabled: 90% or less\'.','This setting can generate a security audit in the Security event log when the log reaches a user-defined threshold. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 90% or less. Note: If log settings are configured to Overwrite events as needed or Overwrite events older than x days, this event will not be generated.','If the Security log reaches 90 percent of its capacity and the computer has not been configured to overwrite events as needed, more recent events will not be written to the log. If the log reaches its capacity and the computer has been configured to shut down when it can no longer record events to the Security log, the computer will shut down and will no longer be available to provide network services.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 90% or less: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesMSS (Legacy)MSS: (WarningLevel) Percentage threshold for the security event log at which the system will generate a warning Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (MSS-legacy.admx/adml) is required','[{\"cis\": [\"18.4.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.7\"]}]'),(27171,'Ensure \'Configure DNS over HTTPS (DoH) name resolution\' is set to \'Enabled: Allow DoH\' or higher.','This setting determines if DNS over HTTPS (DoH) is used by the system. DNS over HTTPS (DoH) is a protocol for performing remote Domain Name System (DNS) resolution over the Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS). For additional information on DNS over HTTPS (DoH), visit: Secure DNS Client over HTTPS (DoH) on Windows Server 2022 | Microsoft Docs. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Allow DoH. Configuring this setting to Enabled: Require DoH also conforms to the benchmark.','DNS over HTTPS (DoH) helps protect against DNS spoofing. Spoofing makes a transmission appear to come from a user other than the user who performed the action. It can also help prevent man-in-the-middle (MitM) attacks because the session in-between is encrypted.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Allow DoH (configuring to Enabled: Require DoH also conforms to the benchmark): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkDNS ClientConfigure DNS over HTTPS (DoH) name resolution Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DnsClient.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27172,'Ensure \'Turn off multicast name resolution\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','LLMNR is a secondary name resolution protocol. With LLMNR, queries are sent using multicast over a local network link on a single subnet from a client computer to another client computer on the same subnet that also has LLMNR enabled. LLMNR does not require a DNS server or DNS client configuration, and provides name resolution in scenarios in which conventional DNS name resolution is not possible. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker can listen on a network for these LLMNR (UDP/5355) or NBT-NS (UDP/137) broadcasts and respond to them, tricking the host into thinking that it knows the location of the requested system. Note: To completely mitigate local name resolution poisoning, in addition to this setting, the properties of each installed NIC should also be set to Disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP (on the WINS tab in the NIC properties). Unfortunately, there is no global setting to achieve this that automatically applies to all NICs - it is a per-NIC setting that varies with different NIC hardware installations.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkDNS ClientTurn off multicast name resolution Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DnsClient.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27173,'Ensure \'Enable Font Providers\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether Windows is allowed to download fonts and font catalog data from an online font provider. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In an enterprise managed environment the IT department should be managing the changes to the system configuration, to ensure all changes are tested and approved.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkFontsEnable Font Providers Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"16.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(27174,'Ensure \'Enable insecure guest logons\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines if the SMB client will allow insecure guest logons to an SMB server. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Insecure guest logons are used by file servers to allow unauthenticated access to shared folders.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkLanman WorkstationEnable insecure guest logons Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template LanmanWorkstation.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.8.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27175,'Ensure \'Turn on Mapper I/O (LLTDIO) driver\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting changes the operational behavior of the Mapper I/O network protocol driver. LLTDIO allows a computer to discover the topology of a network it\'s connected to. It also allows a computer to initiate Quality-of-Service requests such as bandwidth estimation and network health analysis. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','To help protect from potentially discovering and connecting to unauthorized devices, this setting should be disabled to prevent responding to network traffic for network topology discovery.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkLink-Layer Topology DiscoveryTurn on Mapper I/O (LLTDIO) driver Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template LinkLayerTopologyDiscovery.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.9.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27176,'Ensure \'Turn on Responder (RSPNDR) driver\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting changes the operational behavior of the Responder network protocol driver. The Responder allows a computer to participate in Link Layer Topology Discovery requests so that it can be discovered and located on the network. It also allows a computer to participate in Quality-of-Service activities such as bandwidth estimation and network health analysis. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','To help protect from potentially discovering and connecting to unauthorized devices, this setting should be disabled to prevent responding to network traffic for network topology discovery.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkLink-Layer Topology DiscoveryTurn on Responder (RSPNDR) driver Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template LinkLayerTopologyDiscovery.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.9.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27177,'Ensure \'Turn off Microsoft Peer-to-Peer Networking Services\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','The Peer Name Resolution Protocol (PNRP) allows for distributed resolution of a name to an IPv6 address and port number. The protocol operates in the context of clouds. A cloud is a set of peer computers that can communicate with each other by using the same IPv6 scope. Peer-to-Peer protocols allow for applications in the areas of RTC, collaboration, content distribution and distributed processing. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting enhances the security of the environment and reduces the overall risk exposure related to peer-to-peer networking.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkMicrosoft Peer-to-Peer Networking ServicesTurn off Microsoft Peer-to-Peer Networking Services Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template P2P- pnrp.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.10.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27178,'Ensure \'Prohibit installation and configuration of Network Bridge on your DNS domain network\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','You can use this procedure to control a user\'s ability to install and configure a Network Bridge. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The Network Bridge setting, if enabled, allows users to create a Layer 2 Media Access Control (MAC) bridge, enabling them to connect two or more physical network segments together. A Network Bridge thus allows a computer that has connections to two different networks to share data between those networks. In an enterprise managed environment, where there is a need to control network traffic to only authorized paths, allowing users to create a Network Bridge increases the risk and attack surface from the bridged network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkNetwork ConnectionsProhibit installation and configuration of Network Bridge on your DNS domain network Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template NetworkConnections.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.11.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.5\"]}]'),(27179,'Ensure \'Prohibit use of Internet Connection Sharing on your DNS domain network\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Although this \"legacy\" setting traditionally applied to the use of Internet Connection Sharing (ICS) in Windows 2000, Windows XP & Server 2003, this setting now freshly applies to the Mobile Hotspot feature in Windows 10 & Server 2016. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Non-administrators should not be able to turn on the Mobile Hotspot feature and open their Internet connectivity up to nearby mobile devices.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkNetwork ConnectionsProhibit use of Internet Connection Sharing on your DNS domain network Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template NetworkConnections.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.11.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(27180,'Ensure \'Require domain users to elevate when setting a network\'s location\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether to require domain users to elevate when setting a network\'s location. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing regular users to set a network location increases the risk and attack surface.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkNetwork ConnectionsRequire domain users to elevate when setting a network\'s location Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template NetworkConnections.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.11.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(27181,'Ensure \'Hardened UNC Paths\' is set to \'Enabled, with \"Require Mutual Authentication\" and \"Require Integrity\" set for all NETLOGON and SYSVOL shares\'.','This policy setting configures secure access to UNC paths. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled, with \"Require Mutual Authentication\" and \"Require Integrity\" set for all NETLOGON and SYSVOL shares. Note: If the environment exclusively contains Windows 8.0 / Server 2012 (non-R2) or newer systems, then the \"Privacy\" setting may (optionally) also be set to enable SMB encryption. However, using SMB encryption will render the targeted share paths completely inaccessible by older OSes, so only use this additional option with caution and thorough testing.','In February 2015, Microsoft released a new control mechanism to mitigate a security risk in Group Policy as part of the MS15-011 / MSKB 3000483 security update. This mechanism requires both the installation of the new security update and also the deployment of specific group policy settings to all computers on the domain from Windows Vista / Server 2008 (non-R2) or newer (the associated security patch to enable this feature was not released for Server 2003). A new group policy template (NetworkProvider.admx/adml) was also provided with the security update. Once the new GPO template is in place, the following are the minimum requirements to remediate the Group Policy security risk: \\*NETLOGON RequireMutualAuthentication=1, RequireIntegrity=1 \\*SYSVOL RequireMutualAuthentication=1, RequireIntegrity=1 Note: A reboot may be required after the setting is applied to a client machine to access the above paths.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled with the following paths configured, at a minimum: \\*NETLOGON RequireMutualAuthentication=1, RequireIntegrity=1 \\*SYSVOL RequireMutualAuthentication=1, RequireIntegrity=1 Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkNetwork ProviderHardened UNC Paths Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An additional Group Policy template (NetworkProvider.admx/adml) is required - it is included with the MS15-011 / MSKB 3000483 security update or with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27182,'Disable IPv6 (Ensure TCPIP6 Parameter \'DisabledComponents\' is set to \'0xff (255)\').','Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) is a set of protocols that computers use to exchange information over the Internet and over home and business networks. IPv6 allows for many more IP addresses to be assigned than IPv4 did. Older networking, hosts and operating systems may not support IPv6 natively. The recommended state for this setting is: DisabledComponents - 0xff (255)','Since the vast majority of private enterprise managed networks have no need to utilize IPv6 (because they have access to private IPv4 addressing), disabling IPv6 components removes a possible attack surface that is also harder to monitor the traffic on. As a result, we recommend configuring IPv6 to a Disabled state when it is not needed.','','To establish the recommended configuration, set the following Registry value to 0xff (255) (DWORD): HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesTCPIP6Parameters:Disabl edComponents Note: This change does not take effect until the computer has been restarted Note #2: Although Microsoft does not provide an ADMX template to configure this registry value, a custom .ADM template (Disable-IPv6-Components-KB929852.adm) is provided in the CIS Benchmark Remediation Kit to facilitate its configuration. Be aware though that simply turning off the group policy setting in the .ADM template will not \"undo\" the change once applied. Instead, the opposite setting must be applied to change the registry value to the opposite state.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.19.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27183,'Ensure \'Configuration of wireless settings using Windows Connect Now\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows the configuration of wireless settings using Windows Connect Now (WCN). The WCN Registrar enables the discovery and configuration of devices over Ethernet (UPnP) over in-band 802.11 Wi-Fi through the Windows Portable Device API (WPD) and via USB Flash drives. Additional options are available to allow discovery and configuration over a specific medium. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This setting enhances the security of the environment and reduces the overall risk exposure related to user configuration of wireless settings.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWindows Connect NowConfiguration of wireless settings using Windows Connect Now Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsConnectNow.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.20.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27184,'Ensure \'Prohibit access of the Windows Connect Now wizards\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prohibits access to Windows Connect Now (WCN) wizards. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing standard users to access the Windows Connect Now wizard increases the risk and attack surface.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWindows Connect NowProhibit access of the Windows Connect Now wizards Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsConnectNow.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.20.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27185,'Ensure \'Minimize the number of simultaneous connections to the Internet or a Windows Domain\' is set to \'Enabled: 3 = Prevent Wi-Fi when on Ethernet\'.','This policy setting prevents computers from establishing multiple simultaneous connections to either the Internet or to a Windows domain. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 3 = Prevent Wi-Fi when on Ethernet.','Preventing bridged network connections can help prevent a user unknowingly allowing traffic to route between internal and external networks, which risks exposure to sensitive internal data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 3 = Prevent Wi-Fi when on Ethernet: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWindows Connection ManagerMinimize the number of simultaneous connections to the Internet or a Windows Domain Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WCM.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates. It was updated with a new Minimize Policy Options sub-setting starting with the Windows 10 Release 1903 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.21.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27186,'Ensure \'Prohibit connection to non-domain networks when connected to domain authenticated network\' is set to \'Enabled\' (MS only).','This policy setting prevents computers from connecting to both a domain based network and a non-domain based network at the same time. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The potential concern is that a user would unknowingly allow network traffic to flow between the insecure public network and the enterprise managed network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesNetworkWindows Connection ManagerProhibit connection to non-domain networks when connected to domain authenticated network Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WCM.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.5.21.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27187,'Ensure \'Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the Print Spooler service will accept client connections. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: The Print Spooler service must be restarted for changes to this policy to take effect. Warning: An exception to this recommendation must be made for print servers in order for them to function properly. Users will not be able to print to the server when client connections are disabled.','Disabling the ability for the Print Spooler service to accept client connections mitigates remote attacks against the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other remote Print Spooler attacks. However, this recommendation does not mitigate against local attacks on the Print Spooler service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesPrinters:Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Printing2.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.6.1\"]}]'),(27188,'Ensure \'Point and Print Restrictions: When installing drivers for a new connection\' is set to \'Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt\'.','This policy setting controls whether computers will show a warning and a security elevation prompt when users create a new printer connection using Point and Print. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt. Note: On August 10, 2021, Microsoft announced a Point and Print Default Behavior Change which modifies the default Point and Print driver installation and update behavior to require Administrator privileges. This is documented in KB5005652—Manage new Point and Print default driver installation behavior (CVE-2021-34481). This change overrides all Point and Print Group Policy settings and ensures that only Administrators can install printer drivers from a print server using Point and Print.','Enabling Windows User Account Control (UAC) for the installation of new print drivers can help mitigate the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other Print Spooler attacks. Although the Point and Print default driver installation behavior overrides this setting, it is important to configure this as a backstop in the event that behavior is reversed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesPrintersPoint and Print Restrictions: When installing drivers for a new connection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Printing.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.6.2\"]}]'),(27189,'Ensure \'Point and Print Restrictions: When updating drivers for an existing connection\' is set to \'Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt\'.','This policy setting controls whether computers will show a warning and a security elevation prompt when users are updating drivers for an existing connection using Point and Print. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt. Note: On August 10, 2021, Microsoft announced a Point and Print Default Behavior Change which modifies the default Point and Print driver installation and update behavior to require Administrator privileges. This is documented in KB5005652—Manage new Point and Print default driver installation behavior (CVE-2021-34481). This change overrides all Point and Print Group Policy settings and ensures that only Administrators can install printer drivers from a print server using Point and Print.','Enabling Windows User Account Control (UAC) for updating existing print drivers can help mitigate the PrintNightmare vulnerability (CVE-2021-34527) and other Print Spooler attacks. Although the Point and Print default driver installation behavior overrides this setting, it is important to configure this as a backstop in the event that behavior is reversed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Show warning and elevation prompt: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesPrintersPoint and Print Restrictions: When updating drivers for an existing connection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Printing.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.6.3\"]}]'),(27190,'Ensure \'Turn off notifications network usage\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting blocks applications from using the network to send notifications to update tiles, tile badges, toast, or raw notifications. This policy setting turns off the connection between Windows and the Windows Push Notification Service (WNS). This policy setting also stops applications from being able to poll application services to update tiles. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Windows Push Notification Services (WNS) is a mechanism to receive 3rd-party notifications and updates from the cloud/Internet. In a high security environment, external systems, especially those hosted outside the organization, should be prevented from having an impact on the secure workstations.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesStart Menu and TaskbarTurn off notifications network usage Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WPN.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.7.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(27191,'Ensure \'Include command line in process creation events\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the process creation command line text is logged in security audit events when a new process has been created. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This feature that this setting controls was not originally supported in workstation OSes older than Windows 8.1. However, in February 2015 Microsoft added support for the feature to Windows 7 and Windows 8.0 via an update - KB3004375. Therefore, this setting is also important to set on those older OSes.','Capturing process command line information in event logs can be very valuable when performing forensic investigations of attack incidents.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemAudit Process CreationInclude command line in process creation events Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AuditSettings.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27192,'Ensure \'Encryption Oracle Remediation\' is set to \'Enabled: Force Updated Clients\'.','Some versions of the CredSSP protocol that is used by some applications (such as Remote Desktop Connection) are vulnerable to an encryption oracle attack against the client. This policy controls compatibility with vulnerable clients and servers and allows you to set the level of protection desired for the encryption oracle vulnerability. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Force Updated Clients.','This setting is important to mitigate the CredSSP encryption oracle vulnerability, for which information was published by Microsoft on 03/13/2018 in CVE-2018-0886 | CredSSP Remote Code Execution Vulnerability. All versions of Windows Server from Server 2008 (non-R2) onwards are affected by this vulnerability, and will be compatible with this recommendation provided that they have been patched up through May 2018 (or later).','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Force Updated Clients: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemCredentials DelegationEncryption Oracle Remediation Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredSsp.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1803 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(27193,'Ensure \'Remote host allows delegation of non-exportable credentials\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Remote host allows delegation of non-exportable credentials. When using credential delegation, devices provide an exportable version of credentials to the remote host. This exposes users to the risk of credential theft from attackers on the remote host. The Restricted Admin Mode and Windows Defender Remote Credential Guard features are two options to help protect against this risk. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Restricted Admin Mode was designed to help protect administrator accounts by ensuring that reusable credentials are not stored in memory on remote devices that could potentially be compromised. Windows Defender Remote Credential Guard helps you protect your credentials over a Remote Desktop connection by redirecting Kerberos requests back to the device that is requesting the connection. Both features should be enabled and supported, as they reduce the chance of credential theft.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemCredentials DelegationRemote host allows delegation of non-exportable credentials Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredSsp.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27194,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Virtualization Based Security is enabled. Virtualization Based Security uses the Windows Hypervisor to provide support for security services. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','Kerberos, NTLM, and Credential manager isolate secrets by using virtualization-based security. Previous versions of Windows stored secrets in the Local Security Authority (LSA). Prior to Windows 10, the LSA stored secrets used by the operating system in its process memory. With Windows Defender Credential Guard enabled, the LSA process in the operating system talks to a new component called the isolated LSA process that stores and protects those secrets. Data stored by the isolated LSA process is protected using virtualization-based security and is not accessible to the rest of the operating system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(27195,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Select Platform Security Level\' is set to \'Secure Boot and DMA Protection\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Virtualization Based Security is enabled. Virtualization Based Security uses the Windows Hypervisor to provide support for security services. The recommended state for this setting is: Secure Boot and DMA Protection Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','Secure Boot can help reduce the risk of bootloader attacks and in conjunction with DMA protections to help protect data from being scraped from memory.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Secure Boot and DMA Protection: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Select Platform Security Level Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(27196,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity\' is set to \'Enabled with UEFI lock\'.','This setting enables virtualization based protection of Kernel Mode Code Integrity. When this is enabled, kernel mode memory protections are enforced and the Code Integrity validation path is protected by the Virtualization Based Security feature. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled with UEFI lock Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','The Enabled with UEFI lock option ensures that Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity cannot be disabled remotely.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled with UEFI lock: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(27197,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Require UEFI Memory Attributes Table\' is set to \'True (checked)\'.','This option will only enable Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity on devices with UEFI firmware support for the Memory Attributes Table. Devices without the UEFI Memory Attributes Table may have firmware that is incompatible with Virtualization Based Protection of Code Integrity which in some cases can lead to crashes or data loss or incompatibility with certain plug-in cards. If not setting this option the targeted devices should be tested to ensure compatibility. The recommended state for this setting is: True (checked) Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','This setting will help protect this control from being enabled on a system that is not compatible which could lead to a crash or data loss.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to TRUE: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Require UEFI Memory Attributes Table Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(27198,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Credential Guard Configuration\' is set to \'Enabled with UEFI lock\' (MS Only).','This setting lets users turn on Credential Guard with virtualization-based security to help protect credentials. The \"Enabled with UEFI lock\" option ensures that Credential Guard cannot be disabled remotely. In order to disable the feature, you must set the Group Policy to \"Disabled\" as well as remove the security functionality from each computer, with a physically present user, in order to clear configuration persisted in UEFI. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled with UEFI lock, but only on Member Servers (not Domain Controllers). Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','The Enabled with UEFI lock option ensures that Credential Guard cannot be disabled remotely.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled with UEFI lock (on Member Servers only): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Credential Guard Configuration Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(27199,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Credential Guard Configuration\' is set to \'Disabled\' (DC Only).','This setting lets users turn on Credential Guard with virtualization-based security to help protect credentials. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled on Domain Controllers. Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','Credential Guard is not useful on Domain Controllers and can cause crashes on them.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Credential Guard Configuration Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(27200,'Ensure \'Turn On Virtualization Based Security: Secure Launch Configuration\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Secure Launch protects the Virtualization Based Security environment from exploited vulnerabilities in device firmware. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Virtualization Based Security requires a 64-bit version of Windows with Secure Boot enabled, which in turn requires that Windows was installed with a UEFI BIOS configuration, not a Legacy BIOS configuration. In addition, if running Windows on a virtual machine, the hardware-assisted CPU virtualization feature (Intel VT-x or AMD-V) must be exposed by the host to the guest VM. More information on system requirements for this feature can be found at Windows Defender Credential Guard Requirements (Windows 10) | Microsoft Docs Note #2: Credential Guard and Device Guard are not currently supported when using Azure IaaS VMs.','Secure Launch changes the way windows boots to use Intel Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) and Runtime BIOS Resilience features to prevent firmware exploits from being able to impact the security of the Windows Virtualization Based Security environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice GuardTurn On Virtualization Based Security: Secure Launch Configuration Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.5.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27201,'Ensure \'Prevent device metadata retrieval from the Internet\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to prevent Windows from retrieving device metadata from the Internet. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This will not prevent the installation of basic hardware drivers, but does prevent associated 3rd-party utility software from automatically being installed under the context of the SYSTEM account.','Installation of software should be conducted by an authorized system administrator and not a standard user. Allowing automatic 3rd-party software installations under the context of the SYSTEM account has potential for allowing unauthorized access via backdoors or installation software bugs.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemDevice InstallationPrevent device metadata retrieval from the Internet Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template DeviceInstallation.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates, or with the Group Policy template DeviceSetup.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.7.2\"]}]'),(27202,'Ensure \'Boot-Start Driver Initialization Policy\' is set to \'Enabled: Good, unknown and bad but critical\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify which boot-start drivers are initialized based on a classification determined by an Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver. The Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver can return the following classifications for each boot-start driver: - Good: The driver has been signed and has not been tampered with. - Bad: The driver has been identified as malware. It is recommended that you do not allow known bad drivers to be initialized. - Bad, but required for boot: The driver has been identified as malware, but the computer cannot successfully boot without loading this driver. - Unknown: This driver has not been attested to by your malware detection application and has not been classified by the Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver. If you enable this policy setting you will be able to choose which boot-start drivers to initialize the next time the computer is started. If your malware detection application does not include an Early Launch Antimalware boot- start driver or if your Early Launch Antimalware boot-start driver has been disabled, this setting has no effect and all boot-start drivers are initialized. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Good, unknown and bad but critical.','This policy setting helps reduce the impact of malware that has already infected your system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Good, unknown and bad but critical: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemEarly Launch AntimalwareBoot-Start Driver Initialization Policy Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template EarlyLaunchAM.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.14.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.3\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.8\"]}]'),(27203,'Ensure \'Configure registry policy processing: Do not apply during periodic background processing\' is set to \'Enabled: FALSE\'.','The \"Do not apply during periodic background processing\" option prevents the system from updating affected policies in the background while the computer is in use. When background updates are disabled, policy changes will not take effect until the next user logon or system restart. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: FALSE (unchecked).','Setting this option to false (unchecked) will ensure that domain policy changes take effect more quickly, as compared to waiting until the next user logon or system restart.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, then set the Do not apply during periodic background processing option to FALSE (unchecked): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemGroup PolicyConfigure registry policy processing Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.21.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27204,'Ensure \'Configure registry policy processing: Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed\' is set to \'Enabled: TRUE\'.','The \"Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed\" option updates and reapplies policies even if the policies have not changed. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: TRUE (checked).','Setting this option to true (checked) will ensure unauthorized changes that might have been configured locally are forced to match the domain-based Group Policy settings again.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled, then set the Process even if the Group Policy objects have not changed option to TRUE (checked): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemGroup PolicyConfigure registry policy processing Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.21.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"11.5.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"PI1.4\", \"PI1.5\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\", \"CC7.4\"]}]'),(27205,'Ensure \'Continue experiences on this device\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether the Windows device is allowed to participate in cross-device experiences (continue experiences). The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','A cross-device experience is when a system can access app and send messages to other devices. In an enterprise managed environment only trusted systems should be communicating within the network. Access to any other system should be prohibited.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemGroup PolicyContinue experiences on this device Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.21.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27206,'Ensure \'Turn off background refresh of Group Policy\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting prevents Group Policy from being updated while the computer is in use. This policy setting applies to Group Policy for computers, users and Domain Controllers. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This setting ensures that group policy changes take effect more quickly, as compared to waiting until the next user logon or system restart.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemGroup PolicyTurn off background refresh of Group Policy Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template GroupPolicy.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.21.5\"]}]'),(27207,'Ensure \'Turn off downloading of print drivers over HTTP\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the computer can download print driver packages over HTTP. To set up HTTP printing, printer drivers that are not available in the standard operating system installation might need to be downloaded over HTTP. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users might download drivers that include malicious code.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off downloading of print drivers over HTTP Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27208,'Ensure \'Turn off handwriting personalization data sharing\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting turns off data sharing from the handwriting recognition personalization tool. The handwriting recognition personalization tool enables Tablet PC users to adapt handwriting recognition to their own writing style by providing writing samples. The tool can optionally share user writing samples with Microsoft to improve handwriting recognition in future versions of Windows. The tool generates reports and transmits them to Microsoft over a secure connection. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','A person\'s handwriting is Personally Identifiable Information (PII), especially when it comes to your signature. As such, it is unacceptable in many environments to automatically upload PII to a website without explicit approval by the user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off handwriting personalization data sharing Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template ShapeCollector.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27209,'Ensure \'Turn off handwriting recognition error reporting\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Turns off the handwriting recognition error reporting tool. The handwriting recognition error reporting tool enables users to report errors encountered in Tablet PC Input Panel. The tool generates error reports and transmits them to Microsoft over a secure connection. Microsoft uses these error reports to improve handwriting recognition in future versions of Windows. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','A person\'s handwriting is Personally Identifiable Information (PII), especially when it comes to your signature. As such, it is unacceptable in many environments to automatically upload PII to a website without explicit approval by the user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off handwriting recognition error reporting Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template InkWatson.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27210,'Ensure \'Turn off Internet Connection Wizard if URL connection is referring to Microsoft.com\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the Internet Connection Wizard can connect to Microsoft to download a list of Internet Service Providers (ISPs). The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In an enterprise managed environment we want to lower the risk of a user unknowingly exposing sensitive data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Internet Connection Wizard if URL connection is referring to Microsoft.com Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27211,'Ensure \'Turn off Internet download for Web publishing and online ordering wizards\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Windows will download a list of providers for the Web publishing and online ordering wizards. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Although the risk is minimal, enabling this setting will reduce the possibility of a user unknowingly downloading malicious content through this feature.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Internet download for Web publishing and online ordering wizards Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}]'),(27212,'Ensure \'Turn off printing over HTTP\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to disable the client computer\'s ability to print over HTTP, which allows the computer to print to printers on the intranet as well as the Internet. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: This control affects printing over both HTTP and HTTPS.','Information that is transmitted over HTTP through this capability is not protected and can be intercepted by malicious users. For this reason, it is not often used in enterprise managed environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off printing over HTTP Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27213,'Ensure \'Turn off Registration if URL connection is referring to Microsoft.com\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the Windows Registration Wizard connects to Microsoft.com for online registration. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users in an enterprise managed environment should not be registering their own copies of Windows, providing their own PII in the process.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Registration if URL connection is referring to Microsoft.com Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27214,'Ensure \'Turn off Search Companion content file updates\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Search Companion should automatically download content updates during local and Internet searches. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','There is a small risk that users will unknowingly reveal sensitive information because of the topics they are searching for. This risk is very low because even if this setting is enabled users still must submit search queries to the desired search engine in order to perform searches.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Search Companion content file updates Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27215,'Ensure \'Turn off the \"Order Prints\" picture task\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the \"Order Prints Online\" task is available from Picture Tasks in Windows folders. The Order Prints Online Wizard is used to download a list of providers and allow users to order prints online. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In an enterprise managed environment we want to lower the risk of a user unknowingly exposing sensitive data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off the \"Order Prints\" picture task Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27216,'Ensure \'Turn off the \"Publish to Web\" task for files and folders\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the tasks Publish this file to the Web, Publish this folder to the Web, and Publish the selected items to the Web are available from File and Folder Tasks in Windows folders. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users may publish confidential or sensitive information to a public service outside of the control of the organization.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off the \"Publish to Web\" task for files and folders Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27217,'Ensure \'Turn off the Windows Messenger Customer Experience Improvement Program\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Windows Messenger can collect anonymous information about how the Windows Messenger software and service is used. Microsoft uses information collected through the Customer Experience Improvement Program to detect software flaws so that they can be corrected more quickly, enabling this setting will reduce the amount of data Microsoft is able to gather for this purpose. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Large enterprise managed environments may not want to have information collected by Microsoft from managed client computers.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off the Windows Messenger Customer Experience Improvement Program Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27218,'Ensure \'Turn off Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program can collect anonymous information about how Windows is used. Microsoft uses information collected through the Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program to improve features that are most used and to detect flaws so that they can be corrected more quickly. Enabling this setting will reduce the amount of data Microsoft is able to gather for this purpose. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Large enterprise managed environments may not want to have information collected by Microsoft from managed client computers.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Windows Customer Experience Improvement Program Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27219,'Ensure \'Turn off Windows Error Reporting\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether or not errors are reported to Microsoft. Error Reporting is used to report information about a system or application that has failed or has stopped responding and is used to improve the quality of the product. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','If a Windows Error occurs in a secure, enterprise managed environment, the error should be reported directly to IT staff for troubleshooting and remediation. There is no benefit to the corporation to report these errors directly to Microsoft, and there is some risk of unknowingly exposing sensitive data as part of the error.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemInternet Communication ManagementInternet Communication settingsTurn off Windows Error Reporting Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template ICM.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.22.1.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27220,'Ensure \'Support device authentication using certificate\' is set to \'Enabled: Automatic\'.','This policy setting allows you to set support for Kerberos to attempt authentication using the certificate for the device to the domain. Support for device authentication using certificate will require connectivity to a DC in the device account domain which supports certificate authentication for computer accounts. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Automatic.','Having stronger device authentication with the use of certificates is strongly encouraged over standard username and password authentication. Having this set to Automatic will allow certificate based authentication to be used whenever possible.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Automatic: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemKerberosSupport device authentication using certificate Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Kerberos.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.25.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27221,'Ensure \'Enumeration policy for external devices incompatible with Kernel DMA Protection\' is set to \'Enabled: Block All\'.','This policy is intended to provide additional security against external DMA-capable devices. It allows for more control over the enumeration of external DMA-capable devices that are not compatible with DMA Remapping/device memory isolation and sandboxing. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Block All. Note: This policy does not apply to 1394, PCMCIA or ExpressCard devices. The protection also only applies to Windows 10 R1803 or higher, and also requires a UEFI BIOS to function.','Device memory sandboxing allows the OS to leverage the I/O Memory Management Unit (IOMMU) of a device to block unpermitted I/O, or memory access, by the peripheral.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Block All: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemKernel DMA ProtectionEnumeration policy for external devices incompatible with Kernel DMA Protection Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DmaGuard.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.26.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27222,'Ensure \'Disallow copying of user input methods to the system account for sign-in\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy prevents automatic copying of user input methods to the system account for use on the sign-in screen. The user is restricted to the set of input methods that are enabled in the system account. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This is a way to increase the security of the system account.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLocale ServicesDisallow copying of user input methods to the system account for sign-in Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Globalization.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.27.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27223,'Ensure \'Block user from showing account details on sign- in\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy prevents the user from showing account details (email address or user name) on the sign-in screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker with access to the console (for example, someone with physical access or someone who is able to connect to the server through Remote Desktop Services) could view the name of the last user who logged on to the server. The attacker could then try to guess the password, use a dictionary, or use a brute-force attack to try and log on.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonBlock user from showing account details on sign-in Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27224,'Ensure \'Do not display network selection UI\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control whether anyone can interact with available networks UI on the logon screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An unauthorized user could disconnect the PC from the network or can connect the PC to other available networks without signing into Windows.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonDo not display network selection UI Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27225,'Ensure \'Do not enumerate connected users on domain- joined computers\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevents connected users from being enumerated on domain-joined computers. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','A malicious user could use this feature to gather account names of other users, that information could then be used in conjunction with other types of attacks such as guessing passwords or social engineering. The value of this countermeasure is small because a user with domain credentials could gather the same account information using other methods.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonDo not enumerate connected users on domain-joined computers Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27226,'Ensure \'Enumerate local users on domain-joined computers\' is set to \'Disabled\' (MS only).','This policy setting allows local users to be enumerated on domain-joined computers. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','A malicious user could use this feature to gather account names of other users, that information could then be used in conjunction with other types of attacks such as guessing passwords or social engineering. The value of this countermeasure is small because a user with domain credentials could gather the same account information using other methods.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonEnumerate local users on domain-joined computers Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27227,'Ensure \'Turn off app notifications on the lock screen\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to prevent app notifications from appearing on the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','App notifications might display sensitive business or personal data.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonTurn off app notifications on the lock screen Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Logon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27228,'Ensure \'Turn off picture password sign-in\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control whether a domain user can sign in using a picture password. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If the picture password feature is permitted, the user\'s domain password is cached in the system vault when using it.','Picture passwords bypass the requirement for a typed complex password. In a shared work environment, a simple shoulder surf where someone observed the on-screen gestures would allow that person to gain access to the system without the need to know the complex password. Vertical monitor screens with an image are much more visible at a distance than horizontal key strokes, increasing the likelihood of a successful observation of the mouse gestures.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonTurn off picture password sign-in Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredentialProviders.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27229,'Ensure \'Turn on convenience PIN sign-in\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control whether a domain user can sign in using a convenience PIN. In Windows 10, convenience PIN was replaced with Passport, which has stronger security properties. To configure Passport for domain users, use the policies under Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Passport for Work. Note: The user\'s domain password will be cached in the system vault when using this feature. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','A PIN is created from a much smaller selection of characters than a password, so in most cases a PIN will be much less robust than a password.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemLogonTurn on convenience PIN sign-in Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredentialProviders.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Turn on PIN sign-in, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.28.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27230,'Ensure \'Allow Clipboard synchronization across devices\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether Clipboard contents can be synchronized across devices. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, clipboard data should stay local to the system and not synced across devices.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemOS PoliciesAllow Clipboard synchronization across devices','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.31.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27231,'Ensure \'Allow upload of User Activities\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether published User Activities can be uploaded to the cloud. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemOS PoliciesAllow upload of User Activities Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template OSPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1803 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.31.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27232,'Ensure \'Allow network connectivity during connected-standby (on battery)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control the network connectivity state in standby on modern standby-capable systems. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this setting ensures that the computer will not be accessible to attackers over a WLAN network while left unattended, on battery and in a sleep state.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemPower ManagementSleep SettingsAllow network connectivity during connected-standby (on battery) Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Power.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.34.6.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27233,'Ensure \'Allow network connectivity during connected-standby (plugged in)\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control the network connectivity state in standby on modern standby-capable systems. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this setting ensures that the computer will not be accessible to attackers over a WLAN network while left unattended, plugged in and in a sleep state.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemPower ManagementSleep SettingsAllow network connectivity during connected-standby (plugged in) Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Power.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.34.6.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27234,'Ensure \'Require a password when a computer wakes (on battery)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Specifies whether or not the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enabling this setting ensures that anyone who wakes an unattended computer from sleep state will have to provide logon credentials before they can access the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemPower ManagementSleep SettingsRequire a password when a computer wakes (on battery) Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Power.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.34.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27235,'Ensure \'Require a password when a computer wakes (plugged in)\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','Specifies whether or not the user is prompted for a password when the system resumes from sleep. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enabling this setting ensures that anyone who wakes an unattended computer from sleep state will have to provide logon credentials before they can access the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemPower ManagementSleep SettingsRequire a password when a computer wakes (plugged in) Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Power.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.34.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27236,'Ensure \'Configure Offer Remote Assistance\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to turn on or turn off Offer (Unsolicited) Remote Assistance on this computer. Help desk and support personnel will not be able to proactively offer assistance, although they can still respond to user assistance requests. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','A user might be tricked and accept an unsolicited Remote Assistance offer from a malicious user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemRemote AssistanceConfigure Offer Remote Assistance Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template RemoteAssistance.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.36.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27237,'Ensure \'Configure Solicited Remote Assistance\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to turn on or turn off Solicited (Ask for) Remote Assistance on this computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','There is slight risk that a rogue administrator will gain access to another user\'s desktop session, however, they cannot connect to a user\'s computer unannounced or control it without permission from the user. When an expert tries to connect, the user can still choose to deny the connection or give the expert view-only privileges. The user must explicitly click the Yes button to allow the expert to remotely control the workstation.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemRemote AssistanceConfigure Solicited Remote Assistance Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template RemoteAssistance.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.36.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27238,'Ensure \'Enable RPC Endpoint Mapper Client Authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\' (MS only).','This policy setting controls whether RPC clients authenticate with the Endpoint Mapper Service when the call they are making contains authentication information. The Endpoint Mapper Service on computers running Windows NT4 (all service packs) cannot process authentication information supplied in this manner. This policy setting can cause a specific issue with 1-way forest trusts if it is applied to the trusting domain DCs (see Microsoft KB3073942), so we do not recommend applying it to Domain Controllers. Note: This policy will not be in effect until the system is rebooted. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Anonymous access to RPC services could result in accidental disclosure of information to unauthenticated users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemRemote Procedure CallEnable RPC Endpoint Mapper Client Authentication Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template RPC.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.37.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27239,'Ensure \'Restrict Unauthenticated RPC clients\' is set to \'Enabled: Authenticated\' (MS only).','This policy setting controls how the RPC server runtime handles unauthenticated RPC clients connecting to RPC servers. This policy setting impacts all RPC applications. In a domain environment this policy setting should be used with caution as it can impact a wide range of functionality including group policy processing itself. Reverting a change to this policy setting can require manual intervention on each affected machine. This policy setting should never be applied to a Domain Controller. A client will be considered an authenticated client if it uses a named pipe to communicate with the server or if it uses RPC Security. RPC Interfaces that have specifically requested to be accessible by unauthenticated clients may be exempt from this restriction, depending on the selected value for this policy setting. -- \"None\" allows all RPC clients to connect to RPC Servers running on the machine on which the policy setting is applied. -- \"Authenticated\" allows only authenticated RPC Clients (per the definition above) to connect to RPC Servers running on the machine on which the policy setting is applied. Exemptions are granted to interfaces that have requested them. -- \"Authenticated without exceptions\" allows only authenticated RPC Clients (per the definition above) to connect to RPC Servers running on the machine on which the policy setting is applied. No exceptions are allowed. This value has the potential to cause serious problems and is not recommended. Note: This policy setting will not be applied until the system is rebooted. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Authenticated.','Unauthenticated RPC communication can create a security vulnerability.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Authenticated: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemRemote Procedure CallRestrict Unauthenticated RPC clients Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template RPC.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.37.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27240,'Ensure \'Configure validation of ROCA-vulnerable WHfB keys during authentication\' is set to \'Enabled: Audit\' or higher (DC only).','This policy setting allows you to configure how Domain Controllers handle Windows Hello for Business (WHfB) keys that are vulnerable to the \"Return of Coppersmiths attack\" (ROCA) vulnerability. If this policy setting is enabled the following options are supported: Ignore: during authentication the domain controller will not probe any WHfB keys for the ROCA vulnerability. Audit: during authentication the domain controller will emit audit events for WHfB keys that are subject to the ROCA vulnerability (authentications will still succeed). Block: during authentication the domain controller will block the use of WHfB keys that are subject to the ROCA vulnerability (authentications will fail). The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Audit. Configuring this setting to Enabled: Block: also conforms to the benchmark. Note: This setting only takes effect on Domain Controllers. Note #2: A reboot is not required for changes to this setting to take effect.','The \"Return of Coppersmiths attack\" or ROCA vulnerability is a cryptographic weakness in a widely used cryptographic library. An attacker can reveal secret keys (offline with no physical access to the affected device) on certified devices using this library. For more information on this vulnerability, visit ADV170012 - Security Update Guide - Microsoft - Vulnerability in TPM could allow Security Feature Bypass.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Audit (configuring to Enabled: Block also conforms to the benchmark): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemSecurity Account ManagerConfigure validation of ROCA-vulnerable WHfB keys during authentication Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Sam.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.40.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}]'),(27241,'Ensure \'Microsoft Support Diagnostic Tool: Turn on MSDT interactive communication with support provider\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting configures Microsoft Support Diagnostic Tool (MSDT) interactive communication with the support provider. MSDT gathers diagnostic data for analysis by support professionals. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemTroubleshooting and DiagnosticsMicrosoft Support Diagnostic ToolMicrosoft Support Diagnostic Tool: Turn on MSDT interactive communication with support provider Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template MSDT.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.48.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27242,'Ensure \'Enable/Disable PerfTrack\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to enable or disable tracking of responsiveness events. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','When enabled the aggregated data of a given event will be transmitted to Microsoft. The option exists to restrict this feature for a specific user, set the consent level, and designate specific programs for which error reports could be sent. However, centrally restricting the ability to execute PerfTrack to limit the potential for unauthorized or undesired usage, data leakage, or unintentional communications is highly recommended.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemTroubleshooting and DiagnosticsWindows Performance PerfTrackEnable/Disable PerfTrack Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PerformancePerftrack.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.48.11.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27243,'Ensure \'Turn off the advertising ID\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting turns off the advertising ID, preventing apps from using the ID for experiences across apps. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Tracking user activity for advertising purposes, even anonymously, may be a privacy concern. In an enterprise managed environment, applications should not need or require tracking for targeted advertising.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemUser ProfilesTurn off the advertising ID Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template UserProfiles.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.50.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27244,'Ensure \'Enable Windows NTP Client\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether the Windows NTP Client is enabled. Enabling the Windows NTP Client allows your computer to synchronize its computer clock with other NTP servers. You might want to disable this service if you decide to use a third-party time provider. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','A reliable and accurate account of time is important for a number of services and security requirements, including but not limited to distributed applications, authentication services, multi-user databases and logging services. The use of an NTP client (with secure operation) establishes functional accuracy and is a focal point when reviewing security relevant events','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemWindows Time ServiceTime ProvidersEnable Windows NTP Client Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template W32Time.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.53.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27245,'Ensure \'Enable Windows NTP Server\' is set to \'Disabled\' (MS only).','This policy setting allows you to specify whether the Windows NTP Server is enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: In most enterprise managed environments, you should not disable the Windows NTP Server on Domain Controllers, as it is very important for the operation of NT5DS (domain hierarchy-based) time synchronization.','The configuration of proper time synchronization is critically important in an enterprise managed environment both due to the sensitivity of Kerberos authentication timestamps and also to ensure accurate security logging.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesSystemWindows Time ServiceTime ProvidersEnable Windows NTP Server Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template W32Time.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.8.53.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27246,'Ensure \'Allow a Windows app to share application data between users\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Manages a Windows app\'s ability to share data between users who have installed the app. Data is shared through the SharedLocal folder. This folder is available through the Windows.Storage API. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Users of a system could accidentally share sensitive data with other users on the same system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsApp Package DeploymentAllow a Windows app to share application data between users Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AppxPackageManager.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27247,'Ensure \'Allow Microsoft accounts to be optional\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting lets you control whether Microsoft accounts are optional for Windows Store apps that require an account to sign in. This policy only affects Windows Store apps that support it. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enabling this setting allows an organization to use their enterprise user accounts instead of using their Microsoft accounts when accessing Windows store apps. This provides the organization with greater control over relevant credentials. Microsoft accounts cannot be centrally managed and as such enterprise credential security policies cannot be applied to them, which could put any information accessed by using Microsoft accounts at risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsApp runtimeAllow Microsoft accounts to be optional Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AppXRuntime.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27248,'Ensure \'Disallow Autoplay for non-volume devices\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting disallows AutoPlay for MTP devices like cameras or phones. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','An attacker could use this feature to launch a program to damage a client computer or data on the computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsAutoPlay PoliciesDisallow Autoplay for non-volume devices Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AutoPlay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27249,'Ensure \'Set the default behavior for AutoRun\' is set to \'Enabled: Do not execute any autorun commands\'.','This policy setting sets the default behavior for Autorun commands. Autorun commands are generally stored in autorun.inf files. They often launch the installation program or other routines. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Do not execute any autorun commands.','Prior to Windows Vista, when media containing an autorun command is inserted, the system will automatically execute the program without user intervention. This creates a major security concern as code may be executed without user\'s knowledge. The default behavior starting with Windows Vista is to prompt the user whether autorun command is to be run. The autorun command is represented as a handler in the Autoplay dialog.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Do not execute any autorun commands: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsAutoPlay PoliciesSet the default behavior for AutoRun Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AutoPlay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27250,'Ensure \'Turn off Autoplay\' is set to \'Enabled: All drives\'.','Autoplay starts to read from a drive as soon as you insert media in the drive, which causes the setup file for programs or audio media to start immediately. An attacker could use this feature to launch a program to damage the computer or data on the computer. Autoplay is disabled by default on some removable drive types, such as floppy disk and network drives, but not on CD-ROM drives. Note: You cannot use this policy setting to enable Autoplay on computer drives in which it is disabled by default, such as floppy disk and network drives. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: All drives.','An attacker could use this feature to launch a program to damage a client computer or data on the computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: All drives: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsAutoPlay PoliciesTurn off Autoplay Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template AutoPlay.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27251,'Ensure \'Configure enhanced anti-spoofing\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether enhanced anti-spoofing is configured for devices which support it. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enterprise managed environments are now supporting a wider range of mobile devices, increasing the security on these devices will help protect against unauthorized access on your network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsBiometricsFacial FeaturesConfigure enhanced anti-spoofing Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Biometrics.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In the Windows 10 Release 1511 and Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Use enhanced anti-spoofing when available. It was renamed to Configure enhanced anti-spoofing starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.10.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27252,'Ensure \'Allow Use of Camera\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether the use of Camera devices on the machine are permitted. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Cameras in a high security environment can pose serious privacy and data exfiltration risks - they should be disabled to help mitigate that risk.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCameraAllow Use of Camera Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Camera.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.12.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27253,'Ensure \'Turn off cloud consumer account state content\' is set to \'Enabled\' (Manual).','This policy setting determines whether cloud consumer account state content is allowed in all Windows experiences. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','The use of consumer accounts in an enterprise managed environment is not good security practice as it could lead to possible data leakage.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCloud ContentTurn off cloud consumer account state content Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CloudContent.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.14.1\"]}]'),(27254,'Ensure \'Turn off Microsoft consumer experiences\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting turns off experiences that help consumers make the most of their devices and Microsoft account. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Per Microsoft TechNet, this policy setting only applies to Windows 10 Enterprise and Windows 10 Education editions.','Having apps silently install in an enterprise managed environment is not good security practice - especially if the apps send data back to a 3rd party.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCloud ContentTurn off Microsoft consumer experiences Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CloudContent.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.14.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27255,'Ensure \'Require pin for pairing\' is set to \'Enabled: First Time\' OR \'Enabled: Always\'.','This policy setting controls whether or not a PIN is required for pairing to a wireless display device. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: First Time OR Enabled: Always.','If this setting is not configured or disabled then a PIN would not be required when pairing wireless display devices to the system, increasing the risk of unauthorized use.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: First Time OR Enabled: Always: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsConnectRequire pin for pairing Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WirelessDisplay.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer). The new Choose one of the following actions sub-option was later added as of the Windows 10 Release 1809 Administrative Templates. Choosing Enabled in the older templates is the equivalent of choosing Enabled: First Time in the newer templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.15.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27256,'Ensure \'Do not display the password reveal button\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure the display of the password reveal button in password entry user experiences. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This is a useful feature when entering a long and complex password, especially when using a touchscreen. The potential risk is that someone else may see your password while surreptitiously observing your screen.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCredential User InterfaceDo not display the password reveal button Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template CredUI.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.16.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27257,'Ensure \'Enumerate administrator accounts on elevation\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether administrator accounts are displayed when a user attempts to elevate a running application. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Users could see the list of administrator accounts, making it slightly easier for a malicious user who has logged onto a console session to try to crack the passwords of those accounts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsCredential User InterfaceEnumerate administrator accounts on elevation Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template CredUI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.16.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27258,'Ensure \'Allow Diagnostic Data\' is set to \'Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended)\' or \'Enabled: Send required diagnostic data\'.','This policy setting determines the amount of diagnostic and usage data reported to Microsoft: - A value of (0) Diagnostic data off (not recommended). Using this value, no diagnostic data is sent from the device. This value is only supported on Enterprise, Education, and Server editions. If you choose this setting, devices in your organization will still be secure. - A value of (1) Send required diagnostic data. This is the minimum diagnostic data necessary to keep Windows secure, up to date, and performing as expected. Using this value disables the Optional diagnostic data control in the Settings app. - A value of (3)Send optional diagnostic data. Additional diagnostic data is collected that helps us to detect, diagnose and fix issues, as well as make product improvements. Required diagnostic data will always be included when you choose to send optional diagnostic data. Optional diagnostic data can also include diagnostic log files and crash dumps. Use the Limit Dump Collection and the Limit Diagnostic Log Collection policies for more granular control of what optional diagnostic data is sent. Windows telemetry settings apply to the Windows operating system and some first party apps. This setting does not apply to third party apps running on Windows 10/11. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended) or Enabled: Send required diagnostic data. Note: If your organization relies on Windows Update, the minimum recommended setting is Required diagnostic data. Because no Windows Update information is collected when diagnostic data is off, important information about update failures is not sent. Microsoft uses this information to fix the causes of those failures and improve the quality of updates. Note #2: The Configure diagnostic data opt-in settings user interface group policy can be used to prevent end users from changing their data collection settings. Note #3: Enhanced diagnostic data setting is not available on Windows 11 and Windows Server 2022 and has been replaced with policies that can control the amount of optional diagnostic data that is sent. For more information on these settings visit Manage diagnostic data using Group Policy and MDM','Sending any data to a 3rd party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended) or Enabled: Send required diagnostic data: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsAllow Diagnostic Data Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 11 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allow Telemetry, but it was renamed to Allow Diagnostic Data starting with the Windows 11 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27259,'Ensure \'Configure Authenticated Proxy usage for the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service\' is set to \'Enabled: Disable Authenticated Proxy usage\'.','This policy setting controls whether the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service can automatically use an authenticated proxy to send data back to Microsoft. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Disable Authenticated Proxy usage.','Sending any data to a 3rd party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Disable Authenticated Proxy usage: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsConfigure Authenticated Proxy usage for the Connected User Experience and Telemetry service Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27260,'Ensure \'Disable OneSettings Downloads\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Windows attempts to connect with the OneSettings service to download configuration settings. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Sending data to a 3rd party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as- needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsDisable OneSettings Downloads Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.3\"]}]'),(27261,'Ensure \'Do not show feedback notifications\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows an organization to prevent its devices from showing feedback questions from Microsoft. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users should not be sending any feedback to 3rd party vendors in an enterprise managed environment.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsDo not show feedback notifications Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template FeedbackNotifications.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1511 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27262,'Ensure \'Enable OneSettings Auditing\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Windows records attempts to connect with the OneSettings service to the Operational EventLog. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsEnable OneSettings Auditing Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.5\"]}]'),(27263,'Ensure \'Limit Diagnostic Log Collection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether additional diagnostic logs are collected when more information is needed to troubleshoot a problem on the device. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Diagnostic logs are only sent when the device has been configured to send optional diagnostic data. Diagnostic data is limited with recommendation Allow Diagnostic Data is set to Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended)or Enabled: Send required diagnostic data to send only basic information.','Sending data to a 3rd-party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as- needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsLimit Diagnostic Log Collection Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.6\"]}]'),(27264,'Ensure \'Limit Dump Collection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting limits the type of dumps that can be collected when more information is needed to troubleshoot a problem. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: Dumps are only sent when the device has been configured to send optional diagnostic data. Diagnostic data is limited with recommendation Ensure Allow Diagnostic Data is set to Enabled: Diagnostic data off (not recommended) or Enabled: Send required diagnostic data to send only basic information.','Sending data to a 3rd party vendor is a security concern and should only be done on an as needed basis.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled. Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsLimit Dump Collection Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template DataCollection.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.7\"]}]'),(27265,'Ensure \'Toggle user control over Insider builds\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether users can access the Insider build controls in the Advanced Options for Windows Update. These controls are located under \"Get Insider builds,\" and enable users to make their devices available for downloading and installing Windows preview software. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: This policy setting applies only to devices running Windows Server 2016, up until Release 1703. For Release 1709 or newer, Microsoft encourages using the Manage preview builds setting (recommendation title \'Manage preview builds\'). We have kept this setting in the benchmark to ensure that any older builds of Windows Server 2016 in the environment are still enforced.','It can be risky for experimental features to be allowed in an enterprise managed environment because this can introduce bugs and security holes into systems, making it easier for an attacker to gain access. It is generally preferred to only use production-ready builds.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsData Collection and Preview BuildsToggle user control over Insider builds Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AllowBuildPreview.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.17.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27266,'Ensure \'Application: Control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the Backup log automatically when full policy setting.','If new events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceApplicationControl Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Retain old events, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27267,'Ensure \'Application: Specify the maximum log file size (KB)\' is set to \'Enabled: 32,768 or greater\'.','This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes. The maximum log file size can be configured between 1 megabyte (1,024 kilobytes) and 4 terabytes (4,194,240 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 32,768 or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 32,768 or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceApplicationSpecify the maximum log file size (KB) Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Maximum Log Size (KB), but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27268,'Ensure \'Security: Control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the Backup log automatically when full policy setting.','If new events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSecurityControl Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Retain old events, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27269,'Ensure \'Security: Specify the maximum log file size (KB)\' is set to \'Enabled: 196,608 or greater\'.','This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes. The maximum log file size can be configured between 1 megabyte (1,024 kilobytes) and 4 terabytes (4,194,240 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 196,608 or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 196,608 or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSecuritySpecify the maximum log file size (KB) Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Maximum Log Size (KB), but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27270,'Ensure \'Setup: Control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the Backup log automatically when full policy setting.','If new events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSetupControl Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Retain old events, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27271,'Ensure \'Setup: Specify the maximum log file size (KB)\' is set to \'Enabled: 32,768 or greater\'.','This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes. The maximum log file size can be configured between 1 megabyte (1,024 kilobytes) and 4 terabytes (4,194,240 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 32,768 or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 32,768 or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSetupSpecify the maximum log file size (KB) Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Maximum Log Size (KB), but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27272,'Ensure \'System: Control Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Old events may or may not be retained according to the Backup log automatically when full policy setting.','If new events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSystemControl Event Log behavior when the log file reaches its maximum size Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Retain old events, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27273,'Ensure \'System: Specify the maximum log file size (KB)\' is set to \'Enabled: 32,768 or greater\'.','This policy setting specifies the maximum size of the log file in kilobytes. The maximum log file size can be configured between 1 megabyte (1,024 kilobytes) and 4 terabytes (4,194,240 kilobytes) in kilobyte increments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 32,768 or greater.','If events are not recorded it may be difficult or impossible to determine the root cause of system problems or the unauthorized activities of malicious users','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 32,768 or greater: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsEvent Log ServiceSystemSpecify the maximum log file size (KB) Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template EventLog.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Maximum Log Size (KB), but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.27.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27274,'Ensure \'Turn off Data Execution Prevention for Explorer\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Disabling Data Execution Prevention can allow certain legacy plug-in applications to function without terminating Explorer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Some legacy plug-in applications and other software may not function with Data Execution Prevention and will require an exception to be defined for that specific plug- in/software.','Data Execution Prevention is an important security feature supported by Explorer that helps to limit the impact of certain types of malware.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsFile ExplorerTurn off Data Execution Prevention for Explorer Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Explorer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.31.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"10.6.1\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"AU.6\"]}, {\"gpg13\": [\"4.12\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC7.3\"]}]'),(27275,'Ensure \'Turn off heap termination on corruption\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','Without heap termination on corruption, legacy plug-in applications may continue to function when a File Explorer session has become corrupt. Ensuring that heap termination on corruption is active will prevent this. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Allowing an application to function after its session has become corrupt increases the risk posture to the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsFile ExplorerTurn off heap termination on corruption Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Explorer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.31.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27276,'Ensure \'Turn off shell protocol protected mode\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure the amount of functionality that the shell protocol can have. When using the full functionality of this protocol, applications can open folders and launch files. The protected mode reduces the functionality of this protocol allowing applications to only open a limited set of folders. Applications are not able to open files with this protocol when it is in the protected mode. It is recommended to leave this protocol in the protected mode to increase the security of Windows. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Limiting the opening of files and folders to a limited set reduces the attack surface of the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsFile ExplorerTurn off shell protocol protected mode Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsExplorer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.31.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27277,'Ensure \'Turn off location\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting turns off the location feature for the computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting affects the location feature (e.g. GPS or other location tracking). From a security perspective, it’s not a good idea to reveal your location to software in most cases, but there are legitimate uses, such as mapping software. However, they should not be used in high security environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsLocation and SensorsTurn off location Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Sensors.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.41.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27278,'Ensure \'Allow Message Service Cloud Sync\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows backup and restore of cellular text messages to Microsoft\'s cloud services. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In a high security environment, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMessagingAllow Message Service Cloud Sync Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Messaging.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.45.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27279,'Ensure \'Block all consumer Microsoft account user authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting determines whether applications and services on the device can utilize new consumer Microsoft account authentication via the Windows OnlineID and WebAccountManager APIs. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Organizations that want to effectively implement identity management policies and maintain firm control of what accounts are used on their computers will probably want to block Microsoft accounts. Organizations may also need to block Microsoft accounts in order to meet the requirements of compliance standards that apply to their information systems.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft accountsBlock all consumer Microsoft account user authentication Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template MSAPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.46.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27280,'Ensure \'Configure local setting override for reporting to Microsoft MAPS\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting configures a local override for the configuration to join Microsoft Active Protection Service (MAPS), which Microsoft has now renamed to \"Microsft Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service\". This setting can only be set by Group Policy. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The decision on whether or not to participate in Microsoft MAPS / Microsoft Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service for malicious software reporting should be made centrally in an enterprise managed environment, so that all computers within it behave consistently in that regard. Configuring this setting to Disabled ensures that the decision remains centrally managed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMAPSConfigure local setting override for reporting to Microsoft MAPS Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27281,'Ensure \'Join Microsoft MAPS\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to join Microsoft Active Protection Service (MAPS), which Microsoft has now renamed to Windows Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service and then Microsoft Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service. Microsoft MAPS / Microsoft Defender Antivirus Cloud Protection Service is the online community that helps you choose how to respond to potential threats. The community also helps stop the spread of new malicious software infections. You can choose to send basic or additional information about detected software. Additional information helps Microsoft create new definitions and help it to protect your computer. Possible options are: - (0x0) Disabled (default) - (0x1) Basic membership - (0x2) Advanced membership Basic membership will send basic information to Microsoft about software that has been detected including where the software came from the actions that you apply or that are applied automatically and whether the actions were successful. Advanced membership in addition to basic information will send more information to Microsoft about malicious software spyware and potentially unwanted software including the location of the software file names how the software operates and how it has impacted your computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','The information that would be sent can include things like location of detected items on your computer if harmful software was removed. The information would be automatically collected and sent. In some instances personal information might unintentionally be sent to Microsoft. However, Microsoft states that it will not use this information to identify you or contact you. For privacy reasons in high security environments, it is best to prevent these data submissions altogether.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMAPSJoin Microsoft MAPS Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.4.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27282,'Ensure \'Configure Attack Surface Reduction rules\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the state for the Attack Surface Reduction (ASR) rules. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Attack surface reduction helps prevent actions and apps that are typically used by exploit- seeking malware to infect machines.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMicrosoft Defender Exploit GuardAttack Surface ReductionConfigure Attack Surface Reduction rules Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27283,'Ensure \'Configure Attack Surface Reduction rules: Set the state for each ASR rule\' is configured.','This policy setting sets the Attack Surface Reduction rules. The recommended state for this setting is: 26190899-1602-49e8-8b27-eb1d0a1ce869 - 1 (Block Office communication application from creating child processes) 3b576869-a4ec-4529-8536-b80a7769e899 - 1 (Block Office applications from creating executable content) 5beb7efe-fd9a-4556-801d-275e5ffc04cc - 1 (Block execution of potentially obfuscated scripts) 75668c1f-73b5-4cf0-bb93-3ecf5cb7cc84 - 1 (Block Office applications from injecting code into other processes) 7674ba52-37eb-4a4f-a9a1-f0f9a1619a2c - 1 (Block Adobe Reader from creating child processes) 92e97fa1-2edf-4476-bdd6-9dd0b4dddc7b - 1 (Block Win32 API calls from Office macro) 9e6c4e1f-7d60-472f-ba1a-a39ef669e4b2 - 1 (Block credential stealing from the Windows local security authority subsystem (lsass.exe)) b2b3f03d-6a65-4f7b-a9c7-1c7ef74a9ba4 - 1 (Block untrusted and unsigned processes that run from USB) be9ba2d9-53ea-4cdc-84e5-9b1eeee46550 - 1 (Block executable content from email client and webmail) d3e037e1-3eb8-44c8-a917-57927947596d - 1 (Block JavaScript or VBScript from launching downloaded executable content) d4f940ab-401b-4efc-aadc-ad5f3c50688a - 1 (Block Office applications from creating child processes) e6db77e5-3df2-4cf1-b95a-636979351e5b - 1 (Block persistence through WMI event subscription)','Attack surface reduction helps prevent actions and apps that are typically used by exploit- seeking malware to infect machines.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path so that 26190899-1602-49e8-8b27-eb1d0a1ce869, 3b576869-a4ec-4529-8536-b80a7769e899, 5beb7efe-fd9a-4556-801d-275e5ffc04cc, 75668c1f-73b5-4cf0-bb93-3ecf5cb7cc84, 7674ba52-37eb-4a4f-a9a1-f0f9a1619a2c, 92e97fa1-2edf-4476-bdd6-9dd0b4dddc7b, 9e6c4e1f-7d60-472f-ba1a-a39ef669e4b2, b2b3f03d-6a65-4f7b-a9c7-1c7ef74a9ba4, be9ba2d9-53ea-4cdc-84e5-9b1eeee46550, d3e037e1-3eb8-44c8-a917-57927947596d, d4f940ab-401b-4efc-aadc-ad5f3c50688a, and e6db77e5-3df2-4cf1-b95a-636979351e5b are each set to a value of 1: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMicrosoft Defender Exploit GuardAttack Surface ReductionConfigure Attack Surface Reduction rules: Set the state for each ASR rule Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27284,'Ensure \'Prevent users and apps from accessing dangerous websites\' is set to \'Enabled: Block\'.','This policy setting controls Microsoft Defender Exploit Guard network protection. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Block.','This setting can help prevent employees from using any application to access dangerous domains that may host phishing scams, exploit-hosting sites, and other malicious content on the Internet.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Block: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMicrosoft Defender Exploit GuardNetwork ProtectionPrevent users and apps from accessing dangerous websites Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.5.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"9.3\", \"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27285,'Ensure \'Enable file hash computation feature\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This setting determines whether hash values are computed for files scanned by Microsoft Defender. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to monitor for suspicious and known malicious activity. File hashes are a reliable way of detecting changes to files, and can speed up the scan process by skipping files that have not changed since they were last scanned and determined to be safe. A changed file hash can also be cause for additional scrutiny.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusMpEngineEnable file hash computation feature Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 2004 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.1\"]}]'),(27286,'Ensure \'Scan all downloaded files and attachments\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting configures scanning for all downloaded files and attachments. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to heuristically monitor in real-time for suspicious and known malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReal-Time ProtectionScan all downloaded files and attachments Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.9.1\"]}]'),(27287,'Ensure \'Turn off real-time protection\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting configures real-time protection prompts for known malware detection. Microsoft Defender Antivirus alerts you when malware or potentially unwanted software attempts to install itself or to run on your computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to heuristically monitor in real-time for suspicious and known malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReal-Time ProtectionTurn off real- time protection Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.9.2\"]}]'),(27288,'Ensure \'Turn on behavior monitoring\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure behavior monitoring for Microsoft Defender Antivirus. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to heuristically monitor in real-time for suspicious and known malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReal-Time ProtectionTurn on behavior monitoring Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.7\"]}]'),(27289,'Ensure \'Turn on script scanning\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows script scanning to be turned on/off. Script scanning intercepts scripts then scans them before they are executed on the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','When running an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, it is important to ensure that it is configured to heuristically monitor in real-time for suspicious and known malicious activity.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReal-Time ProtectionTurn on script scanning Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.7\"]}]'),(27290,'Ensure \'Configure Watson events\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure whether or not Watson events are sent. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Watson events are the reports that get sent to Microsoft when a program or service crashes or fails, including the possibility of automatic submission. Preventing this information from being sent can help reduce privacy concerns.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusReportingConfigure Watson events Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.11.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27291,'Ensure \'Scan removable drives\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether or not to scan for malicious software and unwanted software in the contents of removable drives, such as USB flash drives, when running a full scan. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','It is important to ensure that any present removable drives are always included in any type of scan, as removable drives are more likely to contain malicious software brought in to the enterprise managed environment from an external, unmanaged computer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusScanScan removable drives Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.12.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27292,'Ensure \'Turn on e-mail scanning\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure e-mail scanning. When e-mail scanning is enabled, the engine will parse the mailbox and mail files, according to their specific format, in order to analyze the mail bodies and attachments. Several e-mail formats are currently supported, for example: pst (Outlook), dbx, mbx, mime (Outlook Express), binhex (Mac). The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Incoming e-mails should be scanned by an antivirus solution such as Microsoft Defender Antivirus, as email attachments are a commonly used attack vector to infiltrate computers with malicious software.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusScanTurn on e-mail scanning Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.12.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27293,'Ensure \'Configure detection for potentially unwanted applications\' is set to \'Enabled: Block\'.','This policy setting controls detection and action for Potentially Unwanted Applications (PUA), which are sneaky unwanted application bundlers or their bundled applications, that can deliver adware or malware. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Block.','Potentially unwanted applications can increase the risk of your network being infected with malware, cause malware infections to be harder to identify, and can waste IT resources in cleaning up the applications. They should be blocked from installation.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Block: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusConfigure detection for potentially unwanted applications Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1809 & Server 2019 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\", \"10.6\"]}]'),(27294,'Ensure \'Turn off Microsoft Defender AntiVirus\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting turns off Microsoft Defender Antivirus. If the setting is configured to Disabled, Microsoft Defender Antivirus runs and computers are scanned for malware and other potentially unwanted software. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','It is important to ensure a current, updated antivirus product is scanning each computer for malicious file activity. Microsoft provides a competent solution out of the box in Microsoft Defender Antivirus. Organizations that choose to purchase a reputable 3rd-party antivirus solution may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation in lieu of the commercial alternative.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsMicrosoft Defender AntivirusTurn off Microsoft Defender AntiVirus Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefender.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Turn off Windows Defender, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates. It was again renamed to Windows Defender Antivirus starting with the Windows 10 Release 2004 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.47.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.6\"]}]'),(27295,'Ensure \'Prevent the usage of OneDrive for file storage\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting lets you prevent apps and features from working with files on OneDrive using the Next Generation Sync Client. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Enabling this setting prevents users from accidentally (or intentionally) uploading confidential or sensitive corporate information to the OneDrive cloud service using the Next Generation Sync Client. Note: This security concern applies to any cloud-based file storage application installed on a server, not just the one supplied with Windows Server.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsOneDrivePrevent the usage of OneDrive for file storage Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template SkyDrive.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer). However, we strongly recommend you only use the version included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer). Older versions of the templates had conflicting settings in different template files for both OneDrive & SkyDrive, until it was cleaned up properly in the above version. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Prevent the usage of SkyDrive for file storage, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.58.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27296,'Ensure \'Turn off Push To Install service\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether users can push Apps to the device from the Microsoft Store App running on other devices or the web. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a high security managed environment, application installations should be managed centrally by IT staff, not by end users.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsPush to InstallTurn off Push To Install service Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PushToInstall.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.64.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27297,'Ensure \'Do not allow passwords to be saved\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting helps prevent Remote Desktop clients from saving passwords on a computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If this policy setting was previously configured as Disabled or Not configured, any previously saved passwords will be deleted the first time a Remote Desktop client disconnects from any server.','An attacker with physical access to the computer may be able to break the protection guarding saved passwords. An attacker who compromises a user\'s account and connects to their computer could use saved passwords to gain access to additional hosts.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Connection ClientDo not allow passwords to be saved Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(27298,'Ensure \'Restrict Remote Desktop Services users to a single Remote Desktop Services session\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to restrict users to a single Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','This setting ensures that users & administrators who Remote Desktop to a server will continue to use the same session - if they disconnect and reconnect, they will go back to the same session they were using before, preventing the creation of a second simultaneous session. This both prevents unnecessary resource usage by having the server host unnecessary additional sessions (which would put extra load on the server) and also ensures a consistency of experience for the user.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostConnectionsRestrict Remote Desktop Services users to a single Remote Desktop Services session Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Restrict Terminal Services users to a single remote session, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"9.2\"]}]'),(27299,'Ensure \'Allow UI Automation redirection\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether User Interface (UI) Automation client applications running on the local computer can access UI elements on the server. UI Automation gives programs access to most UI elements, which allows use of assistive technology products like Magnifier and Narrator that need to interact with the UI in order to work properly. UI information also allows automated test scripts to interact with the UI. For example, the local computers Narrator and Magnifier clients can be used to interact with UI on a web page opened in a remote session. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Remote Desktop sessions dont currently support UI Automation redirection.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for UI Automation redirection within a Remote Desktop session is rare, and not supported at this time, but it makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for malicious activity to occur.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionAllow UI Automation redirection Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.1\"]}]'),(27300,'Ensure \'Do not allow COM port redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the redirection of data to client COM ports from the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for COM port redirection within a Remote Desktop session is very rare, so makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow COM port redirection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27301,'Ensure \'Do not allow drive redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevents users from sharing the local drives on their client computers to Remote Desktop Servers that they access. Mapped drives appear in the session folder tree in Windows Explorer in the following format: \\TSClient$ If local drives are shared they are left vulnerable to intruders who want to exploit the data that is stored on them. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Data could be forwarded from the user\'s Remote Desktop Services session to the user\'s local computer without any direct user interaction. Malicious software already present on a compromised server would have direct and stealthy disk access to the user\'s local computer during the Remote Desktop session.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow drive redirection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27302,'Ensure \'Do not allow location redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting controls the redirection of location data to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for location data redirection within a Remote Desktop session is rare, so it makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for malicious activity to occur.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow location redirection Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 21H2 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.4\"]}]'); INSERT INTO `tsca` VALUES (27303,'Ensure \'Do not allow LPT port redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to prevent the redirection of data to client LPT ports during a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for LPT port redirection within a Remote Desktop session is very rare, so makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow LPT port redirection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27304,'Ensure \'Do not allow supported Plug and Play device redirection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to control the redirection of supported Plug and Play devices, such as Windows Portable Devices, to the remote computer in a Remote Desktop Services session. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','In a more security-sensitive environment, it is desirable to reduce the possible attack surface. The need for Plug and Play device redirection within a Remote Desktop session is very rare, so makes sense to reduce the number of unexpected avenues for data exfiltration and/or malicious code transfer.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostDevice and Resource RedirectionDo not allow supported Plug and Play device redirection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.3.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27305,'Ensure \'Always prompt for password upon connection\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services always prompts the client computer for a password upon connection. You can use this policy setting to enforce a password prompt for users who log on to Remote Desktop Services, even if they already provided the password in the Remote Desktop Connection client. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Users have the option to store both their username and password when they create a new Remote Desktop Connection shortcut. If the server that runs Remote Desktop Services allows users who have used this feature to log on to the server but not enter their password, then it is possible that an attacker who has gained physical access to the user\'s computer could connect to a Remote Desktop Server through the Remote Desktop Connection shortcut, even though they may not know the user\'s password.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityAlways prompt for password upon connection Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In the Microsoft Windows Vista Administrative Templates, this setting was named Always prompt client for password upon connection, but it was renamed starting with the Windows Server 2008 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27306,'Ensure \'Require secure RPC communication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify whether Remote Desktop Services requires secure Remote Procedure Call (RPC) communication with all clients or allows unsecured communication. You can use this policy setting to strengthen the security of RPC communication with clients by allowing only authenticated and encrypted requests. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing unsecure RPC communication can exposes the server to man in the middle attacks and data disclosure attacks.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire secure RPC communication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.2.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27307,'Ensure \'Require use of specific security layer for remote (RDP) connections\' is set to \'Enabled: SSL\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to require the use of a specific security layer to secure communications between clients and RD Session Host servers during Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: SSL. Note: In spite of this setting being labeled SSL, it is actually enforcing Transport Layer Security (TLS) version 1.0, not the older (and less secure) SSL protocol.','The native Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) encryption is now considered a weak protocol, so enforcing the use of stronger Transport Layer Security (TLS) encryption for all RDP communications between clients and RD Session Host servers is preferred.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: SSL: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire use of specific security layer for remote (RDP) connections Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27308,'Ensure \'Require user authentication for remote connections by using Network Level Authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify whether to require user authentication for remote connections to the RD Session Host server by using Network Level Authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Requiring that user authentication occur earlier in the remote connection process enhances security.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecurityRequire user authentication for remote connections by using Network Level Authentication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In the Microsoft Windows Vista Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Require user authentication using RDP 6.0 for remote connections, but it was renamed starting with the Windows Server 2008 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27309,'Ensure \'Set client connection encryption level\' is set to \'Enabled: High Level\'.','This policy setting specifies whether to require the use of a specific encryption level to secure communications between client computers and RD Session Host servers during Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections. This policy only applies when you are using native RDP encryption. However, native RDP encryption (as opposed to SSL encryption) is not recommended. This policy does not apply to SSL encryption. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: High Level.','If Remote Desktop client connections that use low level encryption are allowed, it is more likely that an attacker will be able to decrypt any captured Remote Desktop Services network traffic.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: High Level: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSecuritySet client connection encryption level Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.9.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}]'),(27310,'Ensure \'Set time limit for active but idle Remote Desktop Services sessions\' is set to \'Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0)\'.','This policy setting allows you to specify the maximum amount of time that an active Remote Desktop Services session can be idle (without user input) before it is automatically disconnected. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0).','This setting helps to prevent active Remote Desktop sessions from tying up the computer for long periods of time while not in use, preventing computing resources from being consumed by large numbers of inactive sessions. In addition, old, forgotten Remote Desktop sessions that are still active can cause password lockouts if the user\'s password has changed but the old session is still running. For systems that limit the number of connected users (e.g. servers in the default Administrative mode - 2 sessions only), other users\' old but still active sessions can prevent another user from connecting, resulting in an effective denial of service.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 15 minutes or less, but not Never (0): Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSession Time LimitsSet time limit for active but idle Remote Desktop Services sessions Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Set time limit for active but idle Terminal Services sessions, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.10.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27311,'Ensure \'Set time limit for disconnected sessions\' is set to \'Enabled: 1 minute\'.','This policy setting allows you to configure a time limit for disconnected Remote Desktop Services sessions. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 1 minute.','This setting helps to prevent active Remote Desktop sessions from tying up the computer for long periods of time while not in use, preventing computing resources from being consumed by large numbers of disconnected but still active sessions. In addition, old, forgotten Remote Desktop sessions that are still active can cause password lockouts if the user\'s password has changed but the old session is still running. For systems that limit the number of connected users (e.g. servers in the default Administrative mode - 2 sessions only), other users\' old but still active sessions can prevent another user from connecting, resulting in an effective denial of service. This setting is important to ensure a disconnected session is properly terminated.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 1 minute: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostSession Time LimitsSet time limit for disconnected sessions Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.10.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27312,'Ensure \'Do not delete temp folders upon exit\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether Remote Desktop Services retains a user\'s per-session temporary folders at logoff. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Sensitive information could be contained inside the temporary folders and visible to other administrators that log into the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostTemporary FoldersDo not delete temp folders upon exit Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Do not delete temp folder upon exit, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.11.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27313,'Ensure \'Do not use temporary folders per session\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','By default, Remote Desktop Services creates a separate temporary folder on the RD Session Host server for each active session that a user maintains on the RD Session Host server. The temporary folder is created on the RD Session Host server in a Temp folder under the user\'s profile folder and is named with the sessionid. This temporary folder is used to store individual temporary files. To reclaim disk space, the temporary folder is deleted when the user logs off from a session. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this setting keeps the cached data independent for each session, both reducing the chance of problems from shared cached data between sessions, and keeping possibly sensitive data separate to each user session.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRemote Desktop ServicesRemote Desktop Session HostTemporary FoldersDo not use temporary folders per session Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template TerminalServer.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.65.3.11.2\"]}]'),(27314,'Ensure \'Prevent downloading of enclosures\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevents the user from having enclosures (file attachments) downloaded from an RSS feed to the user\'s computer. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Allowing attachments to be downloaded through the RSS feed can introduce files that could have malicious intent.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsRSS FeedsPrevent downloading of enclosures Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template InetRes.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Turn off downloading of enclosures, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.66.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27315,'Ensure \'Allow Cloud Search\' is set to \'Enabled: Disable Cloud Search\'.','This policy setting allows search and Cortana to search cloud sources like OneDrive and SharePoint. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Disable Cloud Search.','Due to privacy concerns, data should never be sent to any 3rd party since this data could contain sensitive information.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Disable Cloud Search: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow Cloud Search Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27316,'Ensure \'Allow indexing of encrypted files\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether encrypted items are allowed to be indexed. When this setting is changed, the index is rebuilt completely. Full volume encryption (such as BitLocker Drive Encryption or a non-Microsoft solution) must be used for the location of the index to maintain security for encrypted files. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Indexing and allowing users to search encrypted files could potentially reveal confidential data stored within the encrypted files.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSearchAllow indexing of encrypted files Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template Search.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.67.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27317,'Ensure \'Turn off KMS Client Online AVS Validation\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','The Key Management Service (KMS) is a Microsoft license activation method that entails setting up a local server to store the software licenses. The KMS server itself needs to connect to Microsoft to activate the KMS service, but subsequent on-network clients can activate Microsoft Windows OS and/or their Microsoft Office via the KMS server instead of connecting directly to Microsoft. This policy setting lets you opt-out of sending KMS client activation data to Microsoft automatically. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Even though the KMS licensing method does not require KMS clients to connect to Microsoft, they still send KMS client activation state data to Microsoft automatically. Preventing this information from being sent can help reduce privacy concerns in high security environments.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsSoftware Protection PlatformTurn off KMS Client Online AVS Validation Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template AVSValidationGP.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.72.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27318,'Ensure \'Configure Windows Defender SmartScreen\' is set to \'Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage the behavior of Windows SmartScreen. Windows SmartScreen helps keep PCs safer by warning users before running unrecognized programs downloaded from the Internet. Some information is sent to Microsoft about files and programs run on PCs with this feature enabled. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass.','Windows SmartScreen helps keep PCs safer by warning users before running unrecognized programs downloaded from the Internet. However, due to the fact that some information is sent to Microsoft about files and programs run on PCs some organizations may prefer to disable it.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Warn and prevent bypass: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Defender SmartScreenExplorerConfigure Windows Defender SmartScreen Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsExplorer.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Configure Windows SmartScreen, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1703 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.85.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"CM.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC5.2\"]}]'),(27319,'Ensure \'Allow suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting determines whether suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace are allowed. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','This Microsoft feature is designed to collect data and suggest apps based on that data collected. Disabling this setting will help ensure your data is not shared with any third party.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Ink WorkspaceAllow suggested apps in Windows Ink Workspace Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsInkWorkspace.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.89.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27320,'Ensure \'Allow Windows Ink Workspace\' is set to \'Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock\' OR \'Disabled\' but not \'Enabled: On\'.','This policy setting determines whether Windows Ink items are allowed above the lock screen. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock OR Disabled.','Allowing any apps to be accessed while system is locked is not recommended. If this feature is permitted, it should only be accessible once a user authenticates with the proper credentials.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: On, but disallow access above lock OR Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Ink WorkspaceAllow Windows Ink Workspace Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsInkWorkspace.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.89.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.6\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27321,'Ensure \'Allow user control over installs\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting controls whether users are permitted to change installation options that typically are available only to system administrators. The security features of Windows Installer normally prevent users from changing installation options that are typically reserved for system administrators, such as specifying the directory to which files are installed. If Windows Installer detects that an installation package has permitted the user to change a protected option, it stops the installation and displays a message. These security features operate only when the installation program is running in a privileged security context in which it has access to directories denied to the user. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','In an enterprise managed environment, only IT staff with administrative rights should be installing or changing software on a system. Allowing users the ability to have any control over installs can risk unapproved software from being installed or removed from a system, which could cause the system to become vulnerable to compromise.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerAllow user control over installs Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was named Enable user control over installs, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27322,'Ensure \'Always install with elevated privileges\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This setting controls whether or not Windows Installer should use system permissions when it installs any program on the system. Note: This setting appears both in the Computer Configuration and User Configuration folders. To make this setting effective, you must enable the setting in both folders. Caution: If enabled, skilled users can take advantage of the permissions this setting grants to change their privileges and gain permanent access to restricted files and folders. Note that the User Configuration version of this setting is not guaranteed to be secure. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Users with limited privileges can exploit this feature by creating a Windows Installer installation package that creates a new local account that belongs to the local built-in Administrators group, adds their current account to the local built-in Administrators group, installs malicious software, or performs other unauthorized activities.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerAlways install with elevated privileges Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27323,'Ensure \'Prevent Internet Explorer security prompt for Windows Installer scripts\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether Web-based programs are allowed to install software on the computer without notifying the user. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Suppressing the system warning can pose a security risk and increase the attack surface on the system.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows InstallerPrevent Internet Explorer security prompt for Windows Installer scripts Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template MSI.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Disable IE security prompt for Windows Installer scripts, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.90.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(27324,'Ensure \'Sign-in and lock last interactive user automatically after a restart\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting controls whether a device will automatically sign-in the last interactive user after Windows Update restarts the system. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Disabling this feature will prevent the caching of user\'s credentials and unauthorized use of the device, and also ensure the user is aware of the restart.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Logon OptionsSign-in and lock last interactive user automatically after a restart Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WinLogon.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.1 & Server 2012 R2 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Sign-in last interactive user automatically after a system-initiated restart, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 10 Release 1903 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.91.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"8.6\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(27325,'Ensure \'Turn on PowerShell Script Block Logging\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting enables logging of all PowerShell script input to the Applications and Services LogsMicrosoftWindowsPowerShellOperational Event Log channel. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If logging of Script Block Invocation Start/Stop Events is enabled (option box checked), PowerShell will log additional events when invocation of a command, script block, function, or script starts or stops. Enabling this option generates a high volume of event logs. CIS has intentionally chosen not to make a recommendation for this option, since it generates a large volume of events. If an organization chooses to enable the optional setting (checked), this also conforms to the benchmark.','Logs of PowerShell script input can be very valuable when performing forensic investigations of PowerShell attack incidents to determine what occurred.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows PowerShellTurn on PowerShell Script Block Logging Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PowerShellExecutionPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.100.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"8.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(27326,'Ensure \'Turn on PowerShell Transcription\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This Policy setting lets you capture the input and output of Windows PowerShell commands into text-based transcripts. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','If this setting is enabled there is a risk that passwords could get stored in plain text in the PowerShell_transcript output file.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows PowerShellTurn on PowerShell Transcription Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template PowerShellExecutionPolicy.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 RTM (Release 1507) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.100.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(27327,'Ensure \'Allow Basic authentication\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client uses Basic authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Basic authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM because credentials including passwords are transmitted in plain text. An attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientAllow Basic authentication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27328,'Ensure \'Allow unencrypted traffic\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client sends and receives unencrypted messages over the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Encrypting WinRM network traffic reduces the risk of an attacker viewing or modifying WinRM messages as they transit the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientAllow unencrypted traffic Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27329,'Ensure \'Disallow Digest authentication\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) client will not use Digest authentication. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Digest authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM, an attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ClientDisallow Digest authentication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27330,'Ensure \'Allow Basic authentication\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service accepts Basic authentication from a remote client. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Basic authentication is less robust than other authentication methods available in WinRM because credentials including passwords are transmitted in plain text. An attacker who is able to capture packets on the network where WinRM is running may be able to determine the credentials used for accessing remote hosts via WinRM.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow Basic authentication Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27331,'Ensure \'Allow remote server management through WinRM\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service automatically listens on the network for requests on the HTTP transport over the default HTTP port. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Any feature is a potential avenue of attack, those that enable inbound network connections are particularly risky. Only enable the use of the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service on trusted networks and when feasible employ additional controls such as IPsec.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow remote server management through WinRM Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Allow automatic configuration of listeners, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27332,'Ensure \'Allow unencrypted traffic\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service sends and receives unencrypted messages over the network. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled.','Encrypting WinRM network traffic reduces the risk of an attacker viewing or modifying WinRM messages as they transit the network.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceAllow unencrypted traffic Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27333,'Ensure \'Disallow WinRM from storing RunAs credentials\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage whether the Windows Remote Management (WinRM) service will allow RunAs credentials to be stored for any plug-ins. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: If you enable and then disable this policy setting, any values that were previously configured for RunAsPassword will need to be reset.','Although the ability to store RunAs credentials is a convenient feature it increases the risk of account compromise slightly. For example, if you forget to lock your desktop before leaving it unattended for a few minutes another person could access not only the desktop of your computer but also any hosts you manage via WinRM with cached RunAs credentials.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote Management (WinRM)WinRM ServiceDisallow WinRM from storing RunAs credentials Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteManagement.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 8.0 & Server 2012 (non-R2) Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.102.2.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"12.3.8\"]}]'),(27334,'Ensure \'Allow Remote Shell Access\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting allows you to manage configuration of remote access to all supported shells to execute scripts and commands. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: The GPME help text for this setting is incorrectly worded, implying that configuring it to Enabled will reject new Remote Shell connections, and setting it to Disabled will allow Remote Shell connections. The opposite is true (and is consistent with the title of the setting). This is a wording mistake by Microsoft in the Administrative Template.','Any feature is a potential avenue of attack, those that enable inbound network connections are particularly risky. Only enable the use of the Windows Remote Shell on trusted networks and when feasible employ additional controls such as IPsec.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows Remote ShellAllow Remote Shell Access Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsRemoteShell.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.103.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27335,'Ensure \'Prevent users from modifying settings\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting prevent users from making changes to the Exploit protection settings area in the Windows Security settings. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled.','Only authorized IT staff should be able to make changes to the exploit protection settings in order to ensure the organizations specific configuration is not modified.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows SecurityApp and browser protectionPrevent users from modifying settings Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsDefenderSecurityCenter.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.105.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"10.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"7.1\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.4\"]}]'),(27336,'Ensure \'No auto-restart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting specifies that Automatic Updates will wait for computers to be restarted by the users who are logged on to them to complete a scheduled installation. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: This setting applies only when you configure Automatic Updates to perform scheduled update installations. If you configure the Configure Automatic Updates setting to Disabled, this setting has no effect.','Some security updates require that the computer be restarted to complete an installation. If the computer cannot restart automatically, then the most recent update will not completely install and no new updates will download to the computer until it is restarted. Without the auto-restart functionality, users who are not security-conscious may choose to indefinitely delay the restart, therefore keeping the computer in a less secure state.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateLegacy PoliciesNo auto-restart with logged on users for scheduled automatic updates installations Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates. Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named No auto-restart for scheduled Automatic Updates installations, but it was renamed starting with the Windows 7 & Server 2008 R2 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(27337,'Ensure \'Configure Automatic Updates\' is set to \'Enabled\'.','This policy setting specifies whether computers in your environment will receive security updates from Windows Update or WSUS. If you configure this policy setting to Enabled, the operating system will recognize when a network connection is available and then use the network connection to search Windows Update or your designated intranet site for updates that apply to them. After you configure this policy setting to Enabled, select one of the following three options in the Configure Automatic Updates Properties dialog box to specify how the service will work: - 2 - Notify for download and auto install (Notify before downloading any updates) - 3 - Auto download and notify for install (Download the updates automatically and notify when they are ready to be installed.) (Default setting) - 4 - Auto download and schedule the install (Automatically download updates and install them on the schedule specified below.)) - 5 - Allow local admin to choose setting (Leave decision on above choices up to the local Administrators (Not Recommended)) The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled. Note: The sub-setting \"Configure automatic updating:\" has 4 possible values – all of them are valid depending on specific organizational needs, however if feasible we suggest using a value of 4 - Auto download and schedule the install. This suggestion is not a scored requirement. Note #2: Organizations that utilize a 3rd-party solution for patching may choose to exempt themselves from this recommendation, and instead configure it to Disabled so that the native Windows Update mechanism does not interfere with the 3rd-party patching process.','Although each version of Windows is thoroughly tested before release, it is possible that problems will be discovered after the products are shipped. The Configure Automatic Updates setting can help you ensure that the computers in your environment will always have the most recent critical operating system updates and service packs installed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage end user experienceConfigure Automatic Updates Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(27338,'Ensure \'Configure Automatic Updates: Scheduled install day\' is set to \'0 - Every day\'.','This policy setting specifies when computers in your environment will receive security updates from Windows Update or WSUS. The recommended state for this setting is: 0 - Every day. Note: This setting is only applicable if 4 - Auto download and schedule the install is selected in recommendation \'Configure Automatic Updates\'. It will have no impact if any other option is selected.','Although each version of Windows is thoroughly tested before release, it is possible that problems will be discovered after the products are shipped. The Configure Automatic Updates setting can help you ensure that the computers in your environment will always have the most recent critical operating system updates and service packs installed.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to 0 - Every day: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage end user experienceConfigure Automatic Updates: Scheduled install day Note: This Group Policy path is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with all versions of the Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}]'),(27339,'Ensure \'Manage preview builds\' is set to \'Disabled\'.','This policy setting manage which updates that are receive prior to the update being released. Dev Channel: Ideal for highly technical users. Insiders in the Dev Channel will receive builds from our active development branch that is earliest in a development cycle. These builds are not matched to a specific Windows 10 release. Beta Channel: Ideal for feature explorers who want to see upcoming Windows 10 features. Your feedback will be especially important here as it will help our engineers ensure key issues are fixed before a major release. Release Preview Channel (default): Insiders in the Release Preview Channel will have access to the upcoming release of Windows 10 prior to it being released to the world. These builds are supported by Microsoft. The Release Preview Channel is where we recommend companies preview and validate upcoming Windows 10 releases before broad deployment within their organization. The recommended state for this setting is: Disabled. Note: Preview Build enrollment requires a telemetry level setting of 2 or higher and your domain registered on insider.windows.com. For additional information on Preview Builds, see: https://aka.ms/wipforbiz','It can be risky for experimental features to be allowed in an enterprise managed environment because this can introduce bugs and security holes into systems, making it easier for an attacker to gain access. It is generally preferred to only use production-ready builds.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Disabled: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage updates offered from Windows UpdateManage preview builds Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27340,'Ensure \'Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received\' is set to \'Enabled: 180 or more days\'.','This policy setting determines when Preview Build or Feature Updates are received. Defer Updates This enables devices to defer taking the next Feature Update available to your channel for up to 14 days for all the pre-release channels and up to 365 days for the Semi-Annual Channel. Or, if the device is updating from the Semi-Annual Channel, a version for the device to move to and/or stay on until the policy is updated or the device reaches end of service can be specified. Note: If you set both policies, the version specified will take precedence and the deferrals will not be in effect. Please see the Windows Release Information page for OS version information. Pause Updates To prevent Feature Updates from being received on their scheduled time, you can temporarily pause Feature Updates. The pause will remain in effect for 35 days from the specified start date or until the field is cleared (Quality Updates will still be offered). Note: If the \"Allow Diagnostic Data\" (formerly \"Allow Telemetry\") policy is set to 0, this policy will have no effect. Note #2: Starting with Windows 10 R1607, Microsoft introduced a new Windows Update (WU) client behavior called Dual Scan, with an eye to cloud-based update management. In some cases, this Dual Scan feature can interfere with Windows Updates from Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and/or manual WU updates. If you are using WSUS in your environment, you may need to set the above setting to Not Configured or configure the setting Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update (added in the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates) in order to prevent the Dual Scan feature from interfering. Note #2: Prior to Windows 10 R1703, values above 180 days are not recognized by the OS. Starting with Windows 10 R1703, the maximum number of days you can defer is 365 days.','In a production environment, it is preferred to only use software and features that are publicly available, after they have gone through rigorous testing in beta.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled: 180 or more days: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateManage updates offered from Windows UpdateWindows Update for BusinessSelect when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received Note: This Group Policy path may not exist by default. It is provided by the Group Policy template WindowsUpdate.admx/adml that is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer). Note #2: In older Microsoft Windows Administrative Templates, this setting was initially named Select when Feature Updates are received, but it was renamed to Select when Preview Builds and Feature Updates are received starting with the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates.','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"2.5\", \"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.a.2.IV\", \"164.312.e.1\", \"164.312.e.2.I\", \"164.312.e.2.II\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SC.8\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.7\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(27341,'Ensure \'Select when Quality Updates are received\' is set to \'Enabled: 0 days\'.','This settings controls when Quality Updates are received. The recommended state for this setting is: Enabled: 0 days. Note: If the \"Allow Diagnostic Data\" (formerly \"Allow Telemetry\") policy is set to 0, this policy will have no effect. Note #2: Starting with Windows Server 2016 RTM (Release 1607), Microsoft introduced a new Windows Update (WU) client behavior called Dual Scan, with an eye to cloud-based update management. In some cases, this Dual Scan feature can interfere with Windows Updates from Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) and/or manual WU updates. If you are using WSUS in your environment, you may need to set the above setting to Not Configured or configure the setting Do not allow update deferral policies to cause scans against Windows Update (added in the Windows 10 Release 1709 Administrative Templates) in order to prevent the Dual Scan feature from interfering.','Quality Updates can contain important bug fixes and/or security patches, and should be installed as soon as possible.','','To establish the recommended configuration via GP, set the following UI path to Enabled:0 days: Computer ConfigurationPoliciesAdministrative TemplatesWindows ComponentsWindows UpdateWindows Update for BusinessSelect when Quality Updates are received Note: This Group Policy path does not exist by default. An updated Group Policy template (WindowsUpdate.admx/adml) is required - it is included with the Microsoft Windows 10 Release 1607 & Server 2016 Administrative Templates (or newer).','[{\"cis\": [\"18.9.108.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_800_53\": [\"SI.2\", \"SA.11\", \"SI.4\"]}, {\"gpg_13\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"gdpr_IV\": [\"35.7.d\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312.b\"]}, {\"tsc\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.8\"]}]'),(28000,'Ensure /tmp is a separate partition.','The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications.','Making /tmp its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as the noexec option on the mount, making /tmp useless for an attacker to install executable code. It would also prevent an attacker from establishing a hard link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw. Since the /tmp directory is intended to be world-writable, there is a risk of resource exhaustion if it is not bound to a separate partition. This can be accomplished by either mounting tmpfs to /tmp, or creating a separate partition for /tmp.','By design files saved to /tmp should have no expectation of surviving a reboot of the system. tmpfs is ram based and all files stored to tmpfs will be lost when the system is rebooted. If files need to be persistent through a reboot, they should be saved to /var/tmp not /tmp. Running out of /tmp space is a problem regardless of what kind of filesystem lies under it, but in a configuration where /tmp is not a separate file system it will essentially have the whole disk available, as the default installation only creates a single / partition. On the other hand, a RAM-based /tmp (as with tmpfs) will almost certainly be much smaller, which can lead to applications filling up the filesystem much more easily. Another alternative is to create a dedicated partition for /tmp from a separate volume or disk. One of the downsides of a disk-based dedicated partition is that it will be slower than tmpfs which is RAM-based.','First ensure that systemd is correctly configured to ensure that /tmp will be mounted at boot time. # systemctl unmask tmp.mount For specific configuration requirements of the /tmp mount for your environment, modify /etc/fstab. Example of using tmpfs with specific mount options: tmpfs /tmp tmpfs defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime,size=2G 0 0 Example of using a volume or disk with specific mount options. The source location of the volume or disk will vary depending on your environment. /tmp defaults,nodev,nosuid,noexec 0 0.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28001,'Ensure nodev option set on /tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28002,'Ensure noexec option set on /tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28003,'Ensure nosuid option set on /tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28004,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var.','The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to temporarily store dynamic data. Some directories created by these processes may be world-writable.','The reasoning for mounting /var on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var and cause unintended behavior across the system as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection from exploitation: An example of exploiting /var may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hardlink would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}]'),(28005,'Ensure nodev option set on /var partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28006,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28007,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/tmp.','The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications. Temporary files residing in /var/tmp are to be preserved between reboots.','The reasoning for mounting /var/tmp on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/tmp directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/tmp and cause potential disruption to daemons as the disk is full. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/tmp as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection from exploitation: An example of exploiting /var/tmp may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard-link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/tmp. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28008,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28009,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28010,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28011,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log.','The /var/log directory is used by system services to store log data.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log directory contains log files which can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/log as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limit an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of log data: As /var/log contains log files, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28012,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(28013,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28014,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28015,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log/audit.','The auditing daemon, auditd, stores log data in the /var/log/audit directory.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log/audit on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log/audit directory contains the audit.log file which can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/log/audit and cause auditd to trigger it\'s space_left_action as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/log/audit as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limit an attacker\'s ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of audit data: As /var/log/audit contains audit logs, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log/audit. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28016,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for audit logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log/audit.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28017,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log/audit.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28018,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log/audit.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28019,'Ensure separate partition exists for /home.','The /home directory is used to support disk storage needs of local users.','The reasoning for mounting /home on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /home directory contains user generated data, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /home and impact all local users. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /home as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limit an attacker\'s ability to create exploits on the system. In the case of /home options such as usrquota/grpquota may be considered to limit the impact that users can have on each other with regards to disk resource exhaustion. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of user data: As /home contains user data, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /home. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(28020,'Ensure nodev option set on /home partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /home filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /home.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(28021,'Ensure nosuid option set on /home partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /home filesystem is only intended for user file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /home.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28022,'Ensure /dev/shm is a separate partition.','The /dev/shm directory is a world-writable directory that can function as shared memory that facilitates inter process communication (IPC).','Making /dev/shm its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as the noexec option on the mount, making /dev/shm useless for an attacker to install executable code. It would also prevent an attacker from establishing a hard link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw. This can be accomplished by mounting tmpfs to /dev/shm.','Since the /dev/shm directory is intended to be world-writable, there is a risk of resource exhaustion if it is not bound to a separate partition. /dev/shm utilizing tmpfs can be resized using the size={size} parameter in the relevant entry in /etc/fstab.','For specific configuration requirements of the /dev/shm mount for your environment, modify /etc/fstab. Example of using tmpfs with specific mount options: tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime,size=2G 0 0.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28023,'Ensure nodev option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /dev/shm filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot attempt to create special devices in /dev/shm partitions.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28024,'Ensure noexec option set on /dev/shm partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from executing programs from shared memory. This deters users from introducing potentially malicious software on the system.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. Example: /dev/shm defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /dev/shm with the configured options: # mount -o remount /dev/shm. NOTE It is recommended to use tmpfs as the device/filesystem type as /dev/shm is used as shared memory space by applications.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28025,'Ensure nosuid option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from introducing privileged programs onto the system and allowing non-root users to execute them.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(28026,'Ensure gpgcheck is globally activated.','The gpgcheck option, found in the main section of the /etc/dnf/dnf.conf and individual /etc/yum.repos.d/* files, determines if an RPM package\'s signature is checked prior to its installation.','It is important to ensure that an RPM\'s package signature is always checked prior to installation to ensure that the software is obtained from a trusted source.','','Edit /etc/dnf/dnf.conf and set gpgcheck=1 in the [main] section. Example: # sed -i \'s/^gpgchecks*=s*.*/gpgcheck=1/\' /etc/dnf/dnf.conf. Edit any failing files in /etc/yum.repos.d/* and set all instances starting with gpgcheck to 1. Example: # find /etc/yum.repos.d/ -name \"*.repo\" -exec echo \"Checking:\" {} ; -exec sed -i \'s/^gpgchecks*=s*.*/gpgcheck=1/\' {} ;.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1195\", \"T1195.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28027,'Ensure AIDE is installed.','Advanced Intrusion Detection Environment (AIDE) is a intrusion detection tool that uses predefined rules to check the integrity of files and directories in the Linux operating system. AIDE has its own database to check the integrity of files and directories. AIDE takes a snapshot of files and directories including modification times, permissions, and file hashes which can then be used to compare against the current state of the filesystem to detect modifications to the system.','By monitoring the filesystem state compromised files can be detected to prevent or limit the exposure of accidental or malicious misconfigurations or modified binaries.','','Run the following command to install AIDE: # dnf install aide. Configure AIDE as appropriate for your environment. Consult the AIDE documentation for options. Initialize AIDE: Run the following commands: # aide --init # mv /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new.gz /var/lib/aide/aide.db.gz.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1565\", \"T1565.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}]'),(28028,'Ensure filesystem integrity is regularly checked.','Periodic checking of the filesystem integrity is needed to detect changes to the filesystem.','Periodic file checking allows the system administrator to determine on a regular basis if critical files have been changed in an unauthorized fashion.','','If cron will be used to schedule and run aide check. Run the following command: # crontab -u root -e. Add the following line to the crontab: 0 5 * * * /usr/sbin/aide --check. OR if aidecheck.service and aidecheck.timer will be used to schedule and run aide check: Create or edit the file /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.service and add the following lines: [Unit] Description=Aide Check [Service] Type=simple ExecStart=/usr/sbin/aide --check [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target. Create or edit the file /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.timer and add the following lines: [Unit] Description=Aide check every day at 5AM [Timer] OnCalendar=*-*-* 05:00:00 Unit=aidecheck.service [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target. Run the following commands: # chown root:root /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.* # chmod 0644 /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.* # systemctl daemon-reload # systemctl enable aidecheck.service # systemctl --now enable aidecheck.timer.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1036\", \"T1036.005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28029,'Ensure bootloader password is set.','Setting the boot loader password will require that anyone rebooting the system must enter a password before being able to set command line boot parameters.','Requiring a boot password upon execution of the boot loader will prevent an unauthorized user from entering boot parameters or changing the boot partition. This prevents users from weakening security (e.g. turning off SELinux at boot time).','If password protection is enabled, only the designated superuser can edit a Grub 2 menu item by pressing \"e\" or access the GRUB 2 command line by pressing \"c\". If GRUB 2 is set up to boot automatically to a password-protected menu entry the user has no option to back out of the password prompt to select another menu entry. Holding the SHIFT key will not display the menu in this case. The user must enter the correct username and password. If unable, the configuration files will have to be edited via the LiveCD or other means to fix the problem.','Create an encrypted password with grub2-setpassword: # grub2-setpassword Enter password: Confirm password: .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1046\"]}]'),(28030,'Ensure permissions on bootloader config are configured.','The grub files contain information on boot settings and passwords for unlocking boot options.','Setting the permissions to read and write for root only prevents non-root users from seeing the boot parameters or changing them. Non-root users who read the boot parameters may be able to identify weaknesses in security upon boot and be able to exploit them.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on your grub configuration files: Run the following command to set ownership and permissions on grub.cfg: # chown root:root /boot/grub2/grub.cfg # chmod og-rwx /boot/grub2/grub.cfg Run the following command to set ownership and permissions on grubenv: # chown root:root /boot/grub2/grubenv # chmod u-x,og-rwx /boot/grub2/grubenv Run the following command to set ownership and permissions on user.cfg: # chown root:root /boot/grub2/user.cfg # chmod u-x,og-rwx /boot/grub2/user.cfg Note: This may require a re-boot to enable the change.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28031,'Ensure core dump storage is disabled.','A core dump is the memory of an executable program. It is generally used to determine why a program aborted. It can also be used to glean confidential information from a core file.','A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers trying to debug problems.','','Edit /etc/systemd/coredump.conf and edit or add the following line: Storage=none.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28032,'Ensure core dump backtraces are disabled.','A core dump is the memory of an executable program. It is generally used to determine why a program aborted. It can also be used to glean confidential information from a core file.','A core dump includes a memory image taken at the time the operating system terminates an application. The memory image could contain sensitive data and is generally useful only for developers trying to debug problems, increasing the risk to the system.','','Edit or add the following line in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf: ProcessSizeMax=0.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-6b\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28033,'Ensure SELinux is installed.','SELinux provides Mandatory Access Control.','Without a Mandatory Access Control system installed only the default Discretionary Access Control system will be available.','','Run the following command to install SELinux: # dnf install libselinux.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28034,'Ensure SELinux is not disabled in bootloader configuration.','Configure SELINUX to be enabled at boot time and verify that it has not been overwritten by the grub boot parameters.','SELinux must be enabled at boot time in your grub configuration to ensure that the controls it provides are not overridden.','Files created while SELinux is disabled are not labeled at all. This behavior causes problems when changing to enforcing mode because files are labeled incorrectly or are not labeled at all. To prevent incorrectly labeled and unlabeled files from causing problems, file systems are automatically relabeled when changing from the disabled state to permissive or enforcing mode. This can be a long running process that should be accounted for as it may extend downtime during initial re-boot.','Run the following command to remove the selinux=0 and enforcing=0 parameters: grubby --update-kernel ALL --remove-args \"selinux=0 enforcing=0\" Run the following command to remove the selinux=0 and enforcing=0 parameters if they were created by the deprecated grub2-mkconfig command: # grep -Prsq -- \'h*([^#\n\r]+h+)?kernelopts=([^#\n\r]+h+)?(selinux|enforcing)=0\' /boot/grub2 /boot/efi && grub2-mkconfig -o \"$(grep -Prl -- \'h*([^#\n\r]+h+)?kernelopts=([^#\n\r]+h+)?(selinux|enforcing)=0\' /boot/grub2 /boot/efi).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28035,'Ensure SELinux policy is configured.','Configure SELinux to meet or exceed the default targeted policy, which constrains daemons and system software only.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that at least the default recommendations are met.','','Edit the /etc/selinux/config file to set the SELINUXTYPE parameter: SELINUXTYPE=targeted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28036,'Ensure the SELinux mode is not disabled.','SELinux can run in one of three modes: disabled, permissive, or enforcing: - Enforcing - Is the default, and recommended, mode of operation; in enforcing mode SELinux operates normally, enforcing the loaded security policy on the entire system. - Permissive - The system acts as if SELinux is enforcing the loaded security policy, including labeling objects and emitting access denial entries in the logs, but it does not actually deny any operations. While not recommended for production systems, permissive mode can be helpful for SELinux policy development. - Disabled - Is strongly discouraged; not only does the system avoid enforcing the SELinux policy, it also avoids labeling any persistent objects such as files, making it difficult to enable SELinux in the future. Note: you can set individual domains to permissive mode while the system runs in enforcing mode. For example, to make the httpd_t domain permissive: # semanage permissive -a httpd_t.','Running SELinux in disabled mode is strongly discouraged; not only does the system avoid enforcing the SELinux policy, it also avoids labeling any persistent objects such as files, making it difficult to enable SELinux in the future.','','Run one of the following commands to set SELinux\'s running mode: To set SELinux mode to Enforcing: # setenforce 1 OR To set SELinux mode to Permissive: # setenforce 0 Edit the /etc/selinux/config file to set the SELINUX parameter: For Enforcing mode: SELINUX=enforcing OR For Permissive mode: SELINUX=permissive.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28037,'Ensure the SELinux mode is enforcing.','SELinux can run in one of three modes: disabled, permissive, or enforcing: - Enforcing - Is the default, and recommended, mode of operation; in enforcing mode SELinux operates normally, enforcing the loaded security policy on the entire system. - Permissive - The system acts as if SELinux is enforcing the loaded security policy, including labeling objects and emitting access denial entries in the logs, but it does not actually deny any operations. While not recommended for production systems, permissive mode can be helpful for SELinux policy development. - Disabled - Is strongly discouraged; not only does the system avoid enforcing the SELinux policy, it also avoids labeling any persistent objects such as files, making it difficult to enable SELinux in the future. Note: you can set individual domains to permissive mode while the system runs in enforcing mode. For example, to make the httpd_t domain permissive: # semanage permissive -a httpd_t.','Running SELinux in disabled mode the system not only avoids enforcing the SELinux policy, it also avoids labeling any persistent objects such as files, making it difficult to enable SELinux in the future. Running SELinux in Permissive mode, though helpful for developing SELinux policy, only logs access denial entries, but does not deny any operations.','','Run the following command to set SELinux\'s running mode: # setenforce 1 Edit the /etc/selinux/config file to set the SELINUX parameter: For Enforcing mode: SELINUX=enforcing.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28038,'Ensure no unconfined services exist.','Unconfined processes run in unconfined domains.','For unconfined processes, SELinux policy rules are applied, but policy rules exist that allow processes running in unconfined domains almost all access. Processes running in unconfined domains fall back to using DAC rules exclusively. If an unconfined process is compromised, SELinux does not prevent an attacker from gaining access to system resources and data, but of course, DAC rules are still used. SELinux is a security enhancement on top of DAC rules - it does not replace them.','','Investigate any unconfined processes found during the audit action. They may need to have an existing security context assigned to them or a policy built for them.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28039,'Ensure SETroubleshoot is not installed.','The SETroubleshoot service notifies desktop users of SELinux denials through a user-friendly interface. The service provides important information around configuration errors, unauthorized intrusions, and other potential errors.','The SETroubleshoot service is an unnecessary daemon to have running on a server, especially if X Windows is disabled.','','Run the following command to uninstall setroubleshoot: # dnf remove setroubleshoot.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28040,'Ensure the MCS Translation Service (mcstrans) is not installed.','The mcstransd daemon provides category label information to client processes requesting information. The label translations are defined in /etc/selinux/targeted/setrans.conf.','Since this service is not used very often, remove it to reduce the amount of potentially vulnerable code running on the system.','','Run the following command to uninstall mcstrans: # dnf remove mcstrans.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28041,'Ensure message of the day is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \"uname -a\" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/motd file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform OR If the motd is not used, this file can be removed. Run the following command to remove the motd file: # rm /etc/motd.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28042,'Ensure local login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version - or the operating system\'s name.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform: # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28043,'Ensure remote login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue.net file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform: # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28044,'Ensure permissions on /etc/motd are configured.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users.','If the /etc/motd file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/motd: # chown root:root /etc/motd # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/motd.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28045,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals.','If the /etc/issue file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue: # chown root:root /etc/issue # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/issue.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28046,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue.net are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services.','If the /etc/issue.net file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue.net: # chown root:root /etc/issue.net # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28047,'Ensure GNOME Display Manager is removed.','The GNOME Display Manager (GDM) is a program that manages graphical display servers and handles graphical user logins.','If a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is not required, it should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Removing the GNOME Display manager will remove the Graphical User Interface (GUI) from the system.','Run the following command to remove the gdm package # dnf remove gdm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}]'),(28048,'Ensure XDCMP is not enabled.','X Display Manager Control Protocol (XDMCP) is designed to provide authenticated access to display management services for remote displays.','XDMCP is inherently insecure. - XDMCP is not a ciphered protocol. This may allow an attacker to capture keystrokes entered by a user. - XDMCP is vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks. This may allow an attacker to steal the credentials of legitimate users by impersonating the XDMCP server.','','Edit the file /etc/gdm/custom.conf and remove the line: Enable=true.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1056\", \"T1056.001\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}]'),(28049,'Ensure updates, patches, and additional security software are installed.','Periodically patches are released for included software either due to security flaws or to include additional functionality.','Newer patches may contain security enhancements that would not be available through the latest full update. As a result, it is recommended that the latest software patches be used to take advantage of the latest functionality. As with any software installation, organizations need to determine if a given update meets their requirements and verify the compatibility and supportability of any additional software against the update revision that is selected.','','Use your package manager to update all packages on the system according to site policy. The following command will install all available updates: # dnf update. Once the update process is complete, verify if reboot is required to load changes. dnf needs-restarting -r.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1211\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1051\"]}]'),(28050,'Ensure system-wide crypto policy is not legacy.','The system-wide crypto-policies followed by the crypto core components allow consistently deprecating and disabling algorithms system-wide. The individual policy levels (DEFAULT, LEGACY, FUTURE, and FIPS) are included in the crypto-policies(7) package.','If the Legacy system-wide crypto policy is selected, it includes support for TLS 1.0, TLS 1.1, and SSH2 protocols or later. The algorithms DSA, 3DES, and RC4 are allowed, while RSA and Diffie-Hellman parameters are accepted if larger than 1023-bits. These legacy protocols and algorithms can make the system vulnerable to attacks, including those listed in RFC 7457.','Environments that require compatibility with older insecure protocols may require the use of the less secure LEGACY policy level.','Run the following command to change the system-wide crypto policy # update-crypto-policies --set Example: # update-crypto-policies --set DEFAULT Run the following to make the updated system-wide crypto policy active # update-crypto-policies.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-8\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}]'),(28051,'Ensure time synchronization is in use.','System time should be synchronized between all systems in an environment. This is typically done by establishing an authoritative time server or set of servers and having all systems synchronize their clocks to them. Note: If another method for time synchronization is being used, this section may be skipped.','Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms like Kerberos and also ensures log files have consistent time records across the enterprise, which aids in forensic investigations.','','Run the following command to install chrony: # dnf install chrony.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-12\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28052,'Ensure chrony is configured.','chrony is a daemon which implements the Network Time Protocol (NTP) and is designed to synchronize system clocks across a variety of systems and use a source that is highly accurate. More information on chrony can be found at http://chrony.tuxfamily.org/. chrony can be configured to be a client and/or a server.','If chrony is in use on the system proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is working properly.','','Add or edit server or pool lines to /etc/chrony.conf as appropriate: server Add or edit the OPTIONS in /etc/sysconfig/chronyd to include \'-u chrony\': OPTIONS=\"-u chrony\".','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-12\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28053,'Ensure xorg-x11-server-common is not installed.','The X Window System provides a Graphical User Interface (GUI) where users can have multiple windows in which to run programs and various add on. The X Windows system is typically used on workstations where users login, but not on servers where users typically do not login.','Unless your organization specifically requires graphical login access via X Windows, remove it to reduce the potential attack surface.','Many Linux systems run applications which require a Java runtime. Some Linux Java packages have a dependency on specific X Windows xorg-x11-fonts. One workaround to avoid this dependency is to use the \"headless\" Java packages for your specific Java runtime.','Run the following command to remove the X Windows Server packages: # dnf remove xorg-x11-server-common.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28054,'Ensure Avahi Server is not installed.','Avahi is a free zeroconf implementation, including a system for multicast DNS/DNS-SD service discovery. Avahi allows programs to publish and discover services and hosts running on a local network with no specific configuration. For example, a user can plug a computer into a network and Avahi automatically finds printers to print to, files to look at and people to talk to, as well as network services running on the machine.','Automatic discovery of network services is not normally required for system functionality. It is recommended to remove this package to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to stop, mask and remove avahi: # systemctl stop avahi-daemon.socket avahi-daemon.service # dnf remove avahi.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28055,'Ensure CUPS is not installed.','The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) provides the ability to print to both local and network printers. A system running CUPS can also accept print jobs from remote systems and print them to local printers. It also provides a web based remote administration capability.','If the system does not need to print jobs or accept print jobs from other systems, it is recommended that CUPS be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. Note: Removing CUPS will prevent printing from the system.','Disabling CUPS will prevent printing from the system, a common task for workstation systems.','Run the following command to remove cups: # dnf remove cups.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28056,'Ensure DHCP Server is not installed.','The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a service that allows machines to be dynamically assigned IP addresses.','Unless a system is specifically set up to act as a DHCP server, it is recommended that the dhcp-server package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove dhcp: # dnf remove dhcp-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28057,'Ensure DNS Server is not installed.','The Domain Name System (DNS) is a hierarchical naming system that maps names to IP addresses for computers, services and other resources connected to a network.','Unless a system is specifically designated to act as a DNS server, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove bind: # dnf remove bind.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28058,'Ensure VSFTP Server is not installed.','FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is a traditional and widely used standard tool for transferring files between a server and clients over a network, especially where no authentication is necessary (permits anonymous users to connect to a server).','Unless there is a need to run the system as a FTP server, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove vsftpd: # dnf remove vsftpd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28059,'Ensure TFTP Server is not installed.','Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a simple protocol for exchanging files between two TCP/IP machines. TFTP servers allow connections from a TFTP Client for sending and receiving files.','Unless there is a need to run the system as a TFTP server, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. TFTP does not have built-in encryption, access control or authentication. This makes it very easy for an attacker to exploit TFTP to gain access to files.','TFTP is often used to provide files for network booting such as for PXE based installation of servers.','Run the following command to remove tftp-server: # dnf remove tftp-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28060,'Ensure a web server is not installed.','Web servers provide the ability to host web site content.','Unless there is a need to run the system as a web server, it is recommended that the packages be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. Note: Several http servers exist. They should also be audited, and removed, if not required.','','Run the following command to remove httpd and nginx: # dnf remove httpd nginx.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28061,'Ensure IMAP and POP3 server is not installed.','dovecot is an open source IMAP and POP3 server for Linux based systems.','Unless POP3 and/or IMAP servers are to be provided by this system, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. Note: Several IMAP/POP3 servers exist and can use other service names. These should also be audited and the packages removed if not required.','','Run the following command to remove dovecot and cyrus-imapd: # dnf remove dovecot cyrus-imapd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28062,'Ensure Samba is not installed.','The Samba daemon allows system administrators to configure their Linux systems to share file systems and directories with Windows desktops. Samba will advertise the file systems and directories via the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol. Windows desktop users will be able to mount these directories and file systems as letter drives on their systems.','If there is no need to mount directories and file systems to Windows systems, then this package can be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove samba: # dnf remove samba.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1039\", \"T1083\", \"T1135\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28063,'Ensure HTTP Proxy Server is not installed.','Squid is a standard proxy server used in many distributions and environments.','Unless a system is specifically set up to act as a proxy server, it is recommended that the squid package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface. Note: Several HTTP proxy servers exist. These should be checked and removed unless required.','','Run the following command to remove the squid package: # dnf remove squid.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28064,'Ensure net-snmp is not installed.','Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a widely used protocol for monitoring the health and welfare of network equipment, computer equipment and devices like UPSs. Net-SNMP is a suite of applications used to implement SNMPv1 (RFC 1157), SNMPv2 (RFCs 1901-1908), and SNMPv3 (RFCs 3411-3418) using both IPv4 and IPv6. Support for SNMPv2 classic (a.k.a. \"SNMPv2 historic\" - RFCs 1441-1452) was dropped with the 4.0 release of the UCD-snmp package. The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server is used to listen for SNMP commands from an SNMP management system, execute the commands or collect the information and then send results back to the requesting system.','The SNMP server can communicate using SNMPv1, which transmits data in the clear and does not require authentication to execute commands. SNMPv3 replaces the simple/clear text password sharing used in SNMPv2 with more securely encoded parameters. If the the SNMP service is not required, the net-snmp package should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system. Note: If SNMP is required: - The server should be configured for SNMP v3 only. User Authentication and Message Encryption should be configured. - If SNMP v2 is absolutely necessary, modify the community strings\' values.','','Run the following command to remove net-snmpd: # dnf remove net-snmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28065,'Ensure telnet-server is not installed.','The telnet-server package contains the telnet daemon, which accepts connections from users from other systems via the telnet protocol.','The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow a user with access to sniff network traffic the ability to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security.','','Run the following command to remove the telnet-server package: # dnf remove telnet-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28066,'Ensure dnsmasq is not installed.','dnsmasq is a lightweight tool that provides DNS caching, DNS forwarding and DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) services.','Unless a system is specifically designated to act as a DNS caching, DNS forwarding and/or DHCP server, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove dnsmasq: # dnf remove dnsmasq.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.14\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28067,'Ensure mail transfer agent is configured for local-only mode.','Mail Transfer Agents (MTA), such as sendmail and Postfix, are used to listen for incoming mail and transfer the messages to the appropriate user or mail server. If the system is not intended to be a mail server, it is recommended that the MTA be configured to only process local mail.','The software for all Mail Transfer Agents is complex and most have a long history of security issues. While it is important to ensure that the system can process local mail messages, it is not necessary to have the MTA\'s daemon listening on a port unless the server is intended to be a mail server that receives and processes mail from other systems. Note: - This recommendation is designed around the postfix mail server. - Depending on your environment you may have an alternative MTA installed such as sendmail. If this is the case consult the documentation for your installed MTA to configure the recommended state.','','Edit /etc/postfix/main.cf and add the following line to the RECEIVING MAIL section. If the line already exists, change it to look like the line below: inet_interfaces = loopback-only. Run the following command to restart postfix: # systemctl restart postfix.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28068,'Ensure nfs-utils is not installed or the nfs-server service is masked.','The Network File System (NFS) is one of the first and most widely distributed file systems in the UNIX environment. It provides the ability for systems to mount file systems of other servers through the network.','If the system does not require network shares, it is recommended that the nfs-utils package be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Many of the libvirt packages used by Enterprise Linux virtualization are dependent on the nfs-utils package. If the nfs-utils package is required as a dependency, the nfs-server service should be disabled and masked to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Run the following command to remove nfs-utils: # dnf remove nfs-utils OR If the nfs-utils package is required as a dependency, run the following command to stop and mask the nfs-server service: # systemctl --now mask nfs-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1039\", \"T1083\", \"T1135\", \"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28069,'Ensure rpcbind is not installed or the rpcbind services are masked.','The rpcbind utility maps RPC services to the ports on which they listen. RPC processes notify rpcbind when they start, registering the ports they are listening on and the RPC program numbers they expect to serve. The client system then contacts rpcbind on the server with a particular RPC program number. The rpcbind service redirects the client to the proper port number so it can communicate with the requested service. Portmapper is an RPC service, which always listens on tcp and udp 111, and is used to map other RPC services (such as nfs, nlockmgr, quotad, mountd, etc.) to their corresponding port number on the server. When a remote host makes an RPC call to that server, it first consults with portmap to determine where the RPC server is listening.','A small request (~82 bytes via UDP) sent to the Portmapper generates a large response (7x to 28x amplification), which makes it a suitable tool for DDoS attacks. If rpcbind is not required, it is recommended that the rpcbind package be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Many of the libvirt packages used by Enterprise Linux virtualization, and the nfs-utils package used for The Network File System (NFS), are dependent on the rpcbind package. If the rpcbind package is required as a dependency, the services rpcbind.service and rpcbind.socket should be stopped and masked to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Run the following command to remove rpcbind: # dnf remove rpcbind OR If the rpcbind package is required as a dependency, run the following commands to stop and mask the rpcbind.service and rpcbind.socket systemd units: # systemctl --now mask rpcbind.service # systemctl --now mask rpcbind.socket.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1498\", \"T1498.002\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28070,'Ensure rsync-daemon is not installed or the rsyncd service is masked.','The rsyncd service can be used to synchronize files between systems over network links.','Unless required, the rsync-daemon package should be removed to reduce the attack surface area of the system. The rsyncd service presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication. Note: If a required dependency exists for the rsync-daemon package, but the rsyncd service is not required, the service should be masked.','There are packages that are dependent on the rsync package. If the rsync package is removed, these packages will be removed as well. Before removing the rsync-daemon package, review any dependent packages to determine if they are required on the system. If a dependent package is required, mask the rsyncd service and leave the rsync-daemon package installed.','Run the following command to remove the rsync package: # dnf remove rsync-daemon OR Run the following command to mask the rsyncd service: # systemctl --now mask rsyncd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1105\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\", \"T1570\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28071,'Ensure telnet client is not installed.','The telnet package contains the telnet client, which allows users to start connections to other systems via the telnet protocol.','The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security and is included in most Linux distributions.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Run the following command to remove the telnet package: # dnf remove telnet.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}]'),(28072,'Ensure LDAP client is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP client, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing the LDAP client will prevent or inhibit using LDAP for authentication in your environment.','Run the following command to remove the openldap-clients package: # dnf remove openldap-clients.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28073,'Ensure TFTP client is not installed.','Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a simple protocol for exchanging files between two TCP/IP machines. TFTP servers allow connections from a TFTP Client for sending and receiving files.','TFTP does not have built-in encryption, access control or authentication. This makes it very easy for an attacker to exploit TFTP to gain access to files.','','Run the following command to remove tftp: # dnf remove tftp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28074,'Ensure FTP client is not installed.','FTP (File Transfer Protocol) is a traditional and widely used standard tool for transferring files between a server and clients over a network, especially where no authentication is necessary (permits anonymous users to connect to a server).','FTP does not protect the confidentiality of data or authentication credentials. It is recommended SFTP be used if file transfer is required. Unless there is a need to run the system as a FTP server (for example, to allow anonymous downloads), it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove ftp: # dnf remove ftp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28075,'Ensure nftables is installed.','nftables provides a new in-kernel packet classification framework that is based on a network-specific Virtual Machine (VM) and a new nft userspace command line tool. nftables reuses the existing Netfilter subsystems such as the existing hook infrastructure, the connection tracking system, NAT, userspace queuing and logging subsystem.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel that can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host.','Changing firewall settings while connected over the network can result in being locked out of the system.','Run the following command to install nftables # dnf install nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CA-9\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(28076,'Ensure at least one nftables table exists.','Tables hold chains. Each table only has one address family and only applies to packets of this family. Tables can have one of five families.','Without a table, nftables will not filter network traffic.','Adding or modifying firewall rules can cause loss of connectivity to the system.','Run the following command to create a table in nftables # nft create table inet
Example if FirewallD is not in use on the system: # nft create table inet filter Note: FirewallD uses the table inet firewalld NFTables table that is created when FirewallD is installed.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CA-9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}]'),(28077,'Ensure nftables base chains exist.','Chains are containers for rules. They exist in two kinds, base chains and regular chains. A base chain is an entry point for packets from the networking stack, a regular chain may be used as jump target and is used for better rule organization.','If a base chain doesn\'t exist with a hook for input, forward, and delete, packets that would flow through those chains will not be touched by nftables.','If configuring over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command to create the base chains: # nft create chain inet
{ type filter hook <(input|forward|output)> priority 0 ; } Example: # nft create chain inet filter input { type filter hook input priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter forward { type filter hook forward priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter output { type filter hook output priority 0 ; }.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CA-9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}]'),(28078,'Ensure nftables default deny firewall policy.','Base chain policy is the default verdict that will be applied to packets reaching the end of the chain.','There are two policies: accept (Default) and drop. If the policy is set to accept, the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied and the packet will continue traversing the network stack. It is easier to explicitly permit acceptable usage than to deny unacceptable usage. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over the network can result in being locked out of the system.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','If NFTables utility is in use on your system: Run the following command for the base chains with the input, forward, and output hooks to implement a default DROP policy: # nft chain
{ policy drop ; } Example: # nft chain inet filter input { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter forward { policy drop ; }.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CA-9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}]'),(28079,'Ensure auditd is installed.','auditd is the userspace component to the Linux Auditing System. It\'s responsible for writing audit records to the disk.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to Install auditd: # dnf install audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"9.4.5\", \"10.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28080,'Ensure auditing for processes that start prior to auditd is enabled.','Configure grub2 so that processes that are capable of being audited can be audited even if they start up prior to auditd startup.','Audit events need to be captured on processes that start up prior to auditd, so that potential malicious activity cannot go undetected.','','Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration with audit=1: # grubby --update-kernel ALL --args \'audit=1\'.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28081,'Ensure audit_backlog_limit is sufficient.','The backlog limit has a default setting of 64.','During boot if audit=1, then the backlog will hold 64 records. If more that 64 records are created during boot, auditd records will be lost and potential malicious activity could go undetected.','','Run the following command to add audit_backlog_limit= to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX: # grubby --update-kernel ALL --args \'audit_backlog_limit=\' Example: # grubby --update-kernel ALL --args \'audit_backlog_limit=8192\'.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28082,'Ensure auditd service is enabled.','Turn on the auditd daemon to record system events.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to enable auditd: # systemctl --now enable auditd.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28083,'Ensure audit log storage size is configured.','Configure the maximum size of the audit log file. Once the log reaches the maximum size, it will be rotated and a new log file will be started.','It is important that an appropriate size is determined for log files so that they do not impact the system and audit data is not lost.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf in accordance with site policy: max_log_file = .','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-8\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(28084,'Ensure audit logs are not automatically deleted.','The max_log_file_action setting determines how to handle the audit log file reaching the max file size. A value of keep_logs will rotate the logs but never delete old logs.','In high security contexts, the benefits of maintaining a long audit history exceed the cost of storing the audit history.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: max_log_file_action = keep_logs.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-8\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28085,'Ensure system is disabled when audit logs are full.','The auditd daemon can be configured to halt the system when the audit logs are full. The admin_space_left_action parameter tells the system what action to take when the system has detected that it is low on disk space. Valid values are ignore, syslog, suspend, single, and halt. - ignore, the audit daemon does nothing - Syslog, the audit daemon will issue a warning to syslog - Suspend, the audit daemon will stop writing records to the disk - single, the audit daemon will put the computer system in single user mode - halt, the audit daemon will shutdown the system.','In high security contexts, the risk of detecting unauthorized access or nonrepudiation exceeds the benefit of the system\'s availability.','If the admin_space_left_action parameter is set to halt the audit daemon will shutdown the system when the disk partition containing the audit logs becomes full.','Set the following parameters in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: space_left_action = email action_mail_acct = root. set admin_space_left_action to either halt or single in /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Example: admin_space_left_action = halt.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-8\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28086,'Ensure changes to system administration scope (sudoers) is collected.','Monitor scope changes for system administrators. If the system has been properly configured to force system administrators to log in as themselves first and then use the sudo command to execute privileged commands, it is possible to monitor changes in scope. The file /etc/sudoers, or files in /etc/sudoers.d, will be written to when the file(s) or related attributes have changed. The audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"scope\".','Changes in the /etc/sudoers and /etc/sudoers.d files can indicate that an unauthorized change has been made to the scope of system administrator activity.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor scope changes for system administrators. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k scope -w /etc/sudoers.d -p wa -k scope \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-scope.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(28087,'Ensure the audit configuration is immutable.','Set system audit so that audit rules cannot be modified with auditctl. Setting the flag \"-e 2\" forces audit to be put in immutable mode. Audit changes can only be made on system reboot. Note: This setting will require the system to be rebooted to update the active auditd configuration settings.','In immutable mode, unauthorized users cannot execute changes to the audit system to potentially hide malicious activity and then put the audit rules back. Users would most likely notice a system reboot and that could alert administrators of an attempt to make unauthorized audit changes.','','Edit or create the file /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules and add the line -e 2 at the end of the file: Example: # printf -- \"-e 2\" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.20\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\", \"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\", \"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28088,'Ensure the running and on disk configuration is the same.','The Audit system have both on disk and running configuration. It is possible for these configuration settings to differ. Note: Due to the limitations of augenrules and auditctl, it is not absolutely guaranteed that loading the rule sets via augenrules --load will result in all rules being loaded or even that the user will be informed if there was a problem loading the rules.','Configuration differences between what is currently running and what is on disk could cause unexpected problems or may give a false impression of compliance requirements.','','If the rules are not aligned across all three () areas, run the following command to merge and load all rules: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then echo \"Reboot required to load rules\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28089,'Ensure audit tools are 755 or more restrictive.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28090,'Ensure audit tools are owned by root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to change the owner of the audit tools to the root user: # chown root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28091,'Ensure audit tools belong to group root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules Run the following command to change owner and group of the audit tools to root user and group: # chown root:root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28092,'Ensure rsyslog is installed.','The rsyslog software is recommended in environments where journald does not meet operation requirements.','The security enhancements of rsyslog such as connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server) justify installing and configuring the package.','','Run the following command to install rsyslog: # dnf install rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1070\", \"T1070.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28093,'Ensure rsyslog service is enabled.','Once the rsyslog package is installed, ensure that the service is enabled.','If the rsyslog service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','Run the following command to enable rsyslog: # systemctl --now enable rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1211\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28094,'Ensure journald is configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Utilities exist to accept remote export of journald logs, however, use of the RSyslog service provides a consistent means of log collection and export.','IF RSyslog is the preferred method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be sent to it for further processing. Note: This recommendation only applies if rsyslog is the chosen method for client side logging. Do not apply this recommendation if journald is used.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: ForwardToSyslog=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"AU-2\", \"AU-4\", \"AU-12\", \"MP-2\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.3.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\", \"T1565\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28095,'Ensure rsyslog default file permissions configured.','Rsyslog will create logfiles that do not already exist on the system. This setting controls what permissions will be applied to these newly created files.','It is important to ensure that log files have the correct permissions to ensure that sensitive data is archived and protected.','The systems global umask could override, but only making the file permissions stricter, what is configured in RSyslog with the FileCreateMode directive. RSyslog also has its own $umask directive that can alter the intended file creation mode. In addition, consideration should be given to how FileCreateMode is used. Thus it is critical to ensure that the intended file creation mode is not overridden with less restrictive settings in /etc/rsyslog.conf, /etc/rsyslog.d/*conf files and that FileCreateMode is set before any file is created.','Edit either /etc/rsyslog.conf or a dedicated .conf file in /etc/rsyslog.d/ and set $FileCreateMode to 0640 or more restrictive: $FileCreateMode 0640 Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"AU-2\", \"AU-4\", \"AU-12\", \"MP-2\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\", \"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28096,'Ensure rsyslog is configured to send logs to a remote log host.','RSyslog supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralized log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Edit the /etc/rsyslog.conf and /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf files and add the following line (where loghost.example.com is the name of your central log host). The target directive may either be a fully qualified domain name or an IP address. *.* action(type=\"omfwd\" target=\"192.168.2.100\" port=\"514\" protocol=\"tcp\" action.resumeRetryCount=\"100\" queue.type=\"LinkedList\" queue.size=\"1000\") Run the following command to reload the rsyslogd configuration: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28097,'Ensure rsyslog is not configured to receive logs from a remote client.','RSyslog supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Should there be any active log server configuration found in the auditing section, modify those files and remove the specific lines highlighted by the audit. Ensure none of the following entries are present in any of /etc/rsyslog.conf or /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf. New format: module(load=\"imtcp\") input(type=\"imtcp\" port=\"514\") -OR- Old format: $ModLoad imtcp $InputTCPServerRun - Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28098,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is installed.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralized log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to install systemd-journal-remote: # dnf install systemd-journal-remote.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28099,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is enabled.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralized log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to enable systemd-journal-remote: # systemctl --now enable systemd-journal-upload.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"CM-7\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28100,'Ensure journald is not configured to receive logs from a remote client.','Journald supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts. NOTE: - The same package, systemd-journal-remote, is used for both sending logs to remote hosts and receiving incoming logs. - With regards to receiving logs, there are two services; systemd-journal- remote.socket and systemd-journal-remote.service.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Run the following command to disable systemd-journal-remote.socket: # systemctl --now mask systemd-journal-remote.socket.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28101,'Ensure journald service is enabled.','Ensure that the systemd-journald service is enabled to allow capturing of logging events.','If the systemd-journald service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','By default the systemd-journald service does not have an [Install] section and thus cannot be enabled / disabled. It is meant to be referenced as Requires or Wants by other unit files. As such, if the status of systemd-journald is not static, investigate why.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28102,'Ensure journald is configured to compress large log files.','The journald system includes the capability of compressing overly large files to avoid filling up the system with logs or making the logs unmanageably large.','Uncompressed large files may unexpectedly fill a filesystem leading to resource unavailability. Compressing logs prior to write can prevent sudden, unexpected filesystem impacts.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Compress=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(28103,'Ensure journald is configured to write logfiles to persistent disk.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Logs in memory will be lost upon a system reboot. By persisting logs to local disk on the server they are protected from loss due to a reboot.','Writing log data to disk will provide the ability to forensically reconstruct events which may have impacted the operations or security of a system even after a system crash or reboot.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Storage=persistent Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28104,'Ensure journald is not configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald should be kept in the confines of the service and not forwarded on to other services.','IF journald is the method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be handled by journald and not forwarded to other logging mechanisms. Note: This recommendation only applies if journald is the chosen method for client side logging. Do not apply this recommendation if rsyslog is used.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and ensure that ForwardToSyslog=yes is removed. Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\", \"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\", \"T1565\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(28105,'Ensure cron daemon is enabled.','The cron daemon is used to execute batch jobs on the system.','While there may not be user jobs that need to be run on the system, the system does have maintenance jobs that may include security monitoring that have to run, and cron is used to execute them.','','Run the following command to enable cron : # systemctl --now enable crond.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28106,'Ensure permissions on /etc/crontab are configured.','The /etc/crontab file is used by cron to control its own jobs. The commands in this item make sure that root is the user and group owner of the file and that only the owner can access the file.','This file contains information on what system jobs are run by cron. Write access to this file could provide unprivileged users with the ability to elevate their privileges. Read access to this file could provide users with the ability to gain insight on system jobs that run on the system and could provide them a way to gain unauthorized privileged access.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/crontab : # chown root:root /etc/crontab # chmod og-rwx /etc/crontab.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28107,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.hourly are configured.','This directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on an hourly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.hourly : # chown root:root /etc/cron.hourly # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.hourly.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28108,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.daily are configured.','The /etc/cron.daily directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a daily basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.daily : # chown root:root /etc/cron.daily # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.daily.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28109,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.weekly are configured.','The /etc/cron.weekly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a weekly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.weekly : # chown root:root /etc/cron.weekly # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.weekly.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28110,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.monthly are configured.','The /etc/cron.monthly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a monthly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.monthly : # chown root:root /etc/cron.monthly # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.monthly.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28111,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.d are configured.','The /etc/cron.d directory contains system cron jobs that need to run in a similar manner to the hourly, daily, weekly and monthly jobs from /etc/crontab , but require more granular control as to when they run. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/cron.d : # chown root:root /etc/cron.d # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.d.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28112,'Ensure permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config are configured.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file contains configuration specifications for sshd. The command below sets the owner and group of the file to root.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config: # chown root:root /etc/ssh/sshd_config # chmod u-x,go-rwx /etc/ssh/sshd_config.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1098\", \"T1098.004\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28113,'Ensure SSH access is limited.','There are several options available to limit which users and group can access the system via SSH. It is recommended that at least one of the following options be leveraged: - AllowUsers: The AllowUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by only allowing the allowed users to log in from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - AllowGroups: The AllowGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable. - DenyUsers: The DenyUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by specifically denying a user\'s access from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - DenyGroups: The DenyGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable.','Restricting which users can remotely access the system via SSH will help ensure that only authorized users access the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set one or more of the parameters as follows: AllowUsers OR AllowGroups OR DenyUsers OR DenyGroups .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28114,'Ensure SSH LogLevel is appropriate.','INFO level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the field. VERBOSE level specifies that login and logout activity as well as the key fingerprint for any SSH key used for login will be logged. This information is important for SSH key management, especially in legacy environments.','SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LogLevel VERBOSE OR LogLevel INFO.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-2\", \"AU-12\", \"SI-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(28115,'Ensure SSH PAM is enabled.','UsePAM Enables the Pluggable Authentication Module interface. If set to \'yes\' this will enable PAM authentication using ChallengeResponseAuthentication and PasswordAuthentication in addition to PAM account and session module processing for all authentication types.','When usePAM is set to yes, PAM runs through account and session types properly. This is important if you want to restrict access to services based off of IP, time or other factors of the account. Additionally, you can make sure users inherit certain environment variables on login or disallow access to the server.','If UsePAM is enabled, you will not be able to run sshd(8) as a non-root user.','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: UsePAM yes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}]'),(28116,'Ensure SSH root login is disabled.','The PermitRootLogin parameter specifies if the root user can log in using ssh. The default is no.','Disallowing root logins over SSH requires system admins to authenticate using their own individual account, then escalating to root via sudo or su. This in turn limits opportunity for non-repudiation and provides a clear audit trail in the event of a security incident.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitRootLogin no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28117,'Ensure SSH HostbasedAuthentication is disabled.','The HostbasedAuthentication parameter specifies if authentication is allowed through trusted hosts via the user of .rhosts , or /etc/hosts.equiv, along with successful public key client host authentication. This option only applies to SSH Protocol Version 2.','Even though the .rhosts files are ineffective if support is disabled in /etc/pam.conf, disabling the ability to use .rhosts files in SSH provides an additional layer of protection.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: HostbasedAuthentication no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28118,'Ensure SSH PermitEmptyPasswords is disabled.','The PermitEmptyPasswords parameter specifies if the SSH server allows login to accounts with empty password strings.','Disallowing remote shell access to accounts that have an empty password reduces the probability of unauthorized access to the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitEmptyPasswords no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28119,'Ensure SSH PermitUserEnvironment is disabled.','The PermitUserEnvironment option allows users to present environment options to the ssh daemon.','Permitting users the ability to set environment variables through the SSH daemon could potentially allow users to bypass security controls (e.g. setting an execution path that has ssh executing trojan\'d programs).','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitUserEnvironment no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28120,'Ensure SSH IgnoreRhosts is enabled.','The IgnoreRhosts parameter specifies that .rhosts and .shosts files will not be used in RhostsRSAAuthentication or HostbasedAuthentication.','Setting this parameter forces users to enter a password when authenticating with ssh.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: IgnoreRhosts yes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28121,'Ensure SSH X11 forwarding is disabled.','The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic through the connection to enable remote graphic connections.','Disable X11 forwarding unless there is an operational requirement to use X11 applications directly. There is a small risk that the remote X11 servers of users who are logged in via SSH with X11 forwarding could be compromised by other users on the X11 server. Note that even if X11 forwarding is disabled, users can always install their own forwarders.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: X11Forwarding no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28122,'Ensure SSH AllowTcpForwarding is disabled.','SSH port forwarding is a mechanism in SSH for tunneling application ports from the client to the server, or servers to clients. It can be used for adding encryption to legacy applications, going through firewalls, and some system administrators and IT professionals use it for opening backdoors into the internal network from their home machines.','Leaving port forwarding enabled can expose the organization to security risks and back-doors. SSH connections are protected with strong encryption. This makes their contents invisible to most deployed network monitoring and traffic filtering solutions. This invisibility carries considerable risk potential if it is used for malicious purposes such as data exfiltration. Cybercriminals or malware could exploit SSH to hide their unauthorized communications, or to exfiltrate stolen data from the target network.','SSH tunnels are widely used in many corporate environments that employ mainframe systems as their application backends. In those environments the applications themselves may have very limited native support for security. By utilizing tunneling, compliance with SOX, HIPAA, PCI-DSS, and other standards can be achieved without having to modify the applications.','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: AllowTcpForwarding no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1048\", \"T1048.002\", \"T1572\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(28123,'Ensure system-wide crypto policy is not over-ridden.','System-wide Crypto policy can be over-ridden or opted out of for openSSH.','Over-riding or opting out of the system-wide crypto policy could allow for the use of less secure Ciphers, MACs, KexAlgorithms and GSSAPIKexAlgorithm.','','Run the following commands: # sed -ri \"s/^s*(CRYPTO_POLICYs*=.*)$/# 1/\" /etc/sysconfig/sshd; # systemctl reload sshd.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.10.1.1\"]}]'),(28124,'Ensure SSH warning banner is configured.','The Banner parameter specifies a file whose contents must be sent to the remote user before authentication is permitted. By default, no banner is displayed.','Banners are used to warn connecting users of the particular site\'s policy regarding connection. Presenting a warning message prior to the normal user login may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: Banner /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}]'),(28125,'Ensure SSH MaxAuthTries is set to 4 or less.','The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection. When the login failure count reaches half the number, error messages will be written to the syslog file detailing the login failure.','Setting the MaxAuthTries parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. While the recommended setting is 4, set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxAuthTries 4.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.13\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}]'),(28126,'Ensure SSH MaxStartups is configured.','The MaxStartups parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of pending authentication connection attempts, use the rate limiting function of MaxStartups to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxStartups 10:30:60.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(28127,'Ensure SSH MaxSessions is set to 10 or less.','The MaxSessions parameter specifies the maximum number of open sessions permitted from a given connection.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of concurrent sessions, use the rate limiting function of MaxSessions to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxSessions 10.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(28128,'Ensure SSH LoginGraceTime is set to one minute or less.','The LoginGraceTime parameter specifies the time allowed for successful authentication to the SSH server. The longer the Grace period is the more open unauthenticated connections can exist. Like other session controls in this session the Grace Period should be limited to appropriate organizational limits to ensure the service is available for needed access.','Setting the LoginGraceTime parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. It will also limit the number of concurrent unauthenticated connections While the recommended setting is 60 seconds (1 Minute), set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LoginGraceTime 60.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.19\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}]'),(28129,'Ensure SSH Idle Timeout Interval is configured.','NOTE: To clarify, the two settings described below are only meant for idle connections from a protocol perspective and not meant to check if the user is active or not. An idle user does not mean an idle connection. SSH does not, and never had, intentionally the capability to drop idle users. In SSH versions before 8.2p1 there was a bug that caused these values to behave in such a manner that they were abused to disconnect idle users. This bug has been resolved in 8.2p1 and thus may no longer be abused disconnect idle users. The two options ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax control the timeout of SSH sessions. Taken directly from man 5 sshd_config: - ClientAliveInterval Sets a timeout interval in seconds after which if no data has been received from the client, sshd(8) will send a message through the encrypted channel to request a response from the client. The default is 0, indicating that these messages will not be sent to the client. - ClientAliveCountMax Sets the number of client alive messages which may be sent without sshd(8) receiving any messages back from the client. If this threshold is reached while client alive messages are being sent, sshd will disconnect the client, terminating the session. It is important to note that the use of client alive messages is very different from TCPKeepAlive. The client alive messages are sent through the encrypted channel and therefore will not be spoofable. The TCP keepalive option enabled by TCPKeepAlive is spoofable. The client alive mechanism is valuable when the client or server depend on knowing when a connection has become unresponsive. The default value is 3. If ClientAliveInterval is set to 15, and ClientAliveCountMax is left at the default, unresponsive SSH clients will be disconnected after approximately 45 seconds. Setting a zero ClientAliveCountMax disables connection termination.','In order to prevent resource exhaustion, appropriate values should be set for both ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax. Specifically, looking at the source code, ClientAliveCountMax must be greater than zero in order to utilize the ability of SSH to drop idle connections. If connections are allowed to stay open indefinitely, this can potentially be used as a DDOS attack or simple resource exhaustion could occur over unreliable networks. The example set here is a 45 second timeout. Consult your site policy for network timeouts and apply as appropriate.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameters according to site policy. Example: ClientAliveInterval 15 ClientAliveCountMax 3.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.20\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28130,'Ensure sudo is installed.','sudo allows a permitted user to execute a command as the superuser or another user, as specified by the security policy. The invoking user\'s real (not effective) user ID is used to determine the user name with which to query the security policy.','sudo supports a plug-in architecture for security policies and input/output logging. Third parties can develop and distribute their own policy and I/O logging plug-ins to work seamlessly with the sudo front end. The default security policy is sudoers, which is configured via the file /etc/sudoers and any entries in /etc/sudoers.d. The security policy determines what privileges, if any, a user has to run sudo. The policy may require that users authenticate themselves with a password or another authentication mechanism. If authentication is required, sudo will exit if the user\'s password is not entered within a configurable time limit. This limit is policy-specific.','','Run the following command to install sudo. # dnf install sudo.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(28131,'Ensure sudo commands use pty.','sudo can be configured to run only from a pseudo terminal (pseudo-pty).','Attackers can run a malicious program using sudo which would fork a background process that remains even when the main program has finished executing.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers with visudo or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo -f and add the following line: Defaults use_pty.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1548\", \"T1548.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\", \"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\", \"M1038\"]}]'),(28132,'Ensure sudo log file exists.','sudo can use a custom log file.','A sudo log file simplifies auditing of sudo commands.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files. Creation of additional log files can cause disk space exhaustion if not correctly managed. You should configure logrotate to manage the sudo log in accordance with your local policy.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo or visudo -f and add the following line: Defaults logfile=\"\" Example: Defaults logfile=\"/var/log/sudo.log\".','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28133,'Ensure users must provide password for escalation.','The operating system must be configured so that users must provide a password for privilege escalation.','Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user re-authenticate.','This will prevent automated processes from being able to elevate privileges. To include Ansible and AWS builds.','Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any line with occurrences of NOPASSWD tags in the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(28134,'Ensure re-authentication for privilege escalation is not disabled globally.','The operating system must be configured so that users must re-authenticate for privilege escalation.','Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user re-authenticate.','','Configure the operating system to require users to reauthenticate for privilege escalation. Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any occurrences of !authenticate tags in the file(s).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(28135,'Ensure sudo authentication timeout is configured correctly.','sudo caches used credentials for a default of 5 minutes. This is for ease of use when there are multiple administrative tasks to perform. The timeout can be modified to suit local security policies.','Setting a timeout value reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized privileged access to another user.','','If the currently configured timeout is larger than 15 minutes, edit the file listed in the audit section with visudo -f and modify the entry timestamp_timeout= to 15 minutes or less as per your site policy. The value is in minutes. This particular entry may appear on its own, or on the same line as env_reset. See the following two examples: Defaults env_reset, timestamp_timeout=15 Defaults timestamp_timeout=15 Defaults env_reset.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(28136,'Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','The su command allows a user to run a command or shell as another user. The program has been superseded by sudo, which allows for more granular control over privileged access. Normally, the su command can be executed by any user. By uncommenting the pam_wheel.so statement in /etc/pam.d/su, the su command will only allow users in a specific groups to execute su. This group should be empty to reinforce the use of sudo for privileged access.','Restricting the use of su, and using sudo in its place, provides system administrators better control of the escalation of user privileges to execute privileged commands. The sudo utility also provides a better logging and audit mechanism, as it can log each command executed via sudo, whereas su can only record that a user executed the su program.','','Create an empty group that will be specified for use of the su command. The group should be named according to site policy. Example: # groupadd sugroup. Add the following line to the /etc/pam.d/su file, specifying the empty group: auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid group=sugroup.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28137,'Ensure custom authselect profile is used.','A custom profile can be created by copying and customizing one of the default profiles. The default profiles include: sssd, winbind, or the nis. This profile can then be customized to follow site specific requirements. You can select a profile for the authselect utility for a specific host. The profile will be applied to every user logging into the host.','A custom profile is required to customize many of the pam options. When you deploy a profile, the profile is applied to every user logging into the given host.','','Run the following command to create a custom authselect profile: # authselect create-profile Example: # authselect create-profile custom-profile -b sssd --symlink-meta Run the following command to select a custom authselect profile: # authselect select custom/ {with-} Example: # authselect select custom/custom-profile with-sudo with-faillock without-nullok.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"16.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"6.3.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"6.3.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}]'),(28138,'Ensure authselect includes with-faillock.','The pam_faillock.so module maintains a list of failed authentication attempts per user during a specified interval and locks the account in case there were more than the configured number of consecutive failed authentications (this is defined by the deny parameter in the faillock configuration). It stores the failure records into per-user files in the tally directory.','Locking out user IDs after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts mitigates brute force password attacks against your systems.','','Run the following commands to include the with-faillock option to the current authselect profile: # authselect enable-feature with-faillock # authselect apply-changes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}]'),(28139,'Ensure password creation requirements are configured.','The pam_pwquality.so module checks the strength of passwords. It performs checks such as making sure a password is not a dictionary word, it is a certain length, contains a mix of characters (e.g. alphabet, numeric, other) and more. The following are definitions of the pam_pwquality.so options. - try_first_pass - retrieve the password from a previous stacked PAM module. If not available, then prompt the user for a password. - retry=3 - Allow 3 tries before sending back a failure. - minlen=14 - password must be 14 characters or more. Either of the following can be used to enforce complex passwords: - minclass=4 - provide at least four classes of characters for the new password. OR - dcredit=-1 - provide at least one digit. - ucredit=-1 - provide at least one uppercase character. - ocredit=-1 - provide at least one special character. - lcredit=-1 - provide at least one lowercase character. - The settings shown above are one possible policy. Alter these values to conform to your own organization\'s password policies.','Strong passwords protect systems from being hacked through brute force methods.','','Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password length to conform to site policy: minlen = 14 Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password complexity to conform to site policy: minclass = 4 OR dcredit = -1 ucredit = -1 ocredit = -1 lcredit = -1. Run the following script to update the system-auth and password-auth files: #!/usr/bin/env bash for fn in system-auth password-auth; do file=\"/etc/authselect/$(head -1 /etc/authselect/authselect.conf | grep \'custom/\')/$fn\" if ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+requisiteh+pam_pwquality.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)?h+.*enforce_for_r oot.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/^s*(passwords+requisites+pam_pwquality.sos+)(.*)$/12 enforce_for_root/\' \"$file\" fi if grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+requisiteh+pam_pwquality.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)?h+retry=([4-9]|[1-9][0-9]+).*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'/pwquality/s/retry=S+/retry=3/\' \"$file\" elif ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+requisiteh+pam_pwquality.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)?h+retry=d+.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/^s*(passwords+requisites+pam_pwquality.sos+)(.*)$/12 retry=3/\' \"$file\" fi done authselect apply-changes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1178.001\", \"T1178.002\", \"T1178.003\", \"T1178.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28140,'Ensure lockout for failed password attempts is configured.','Lock out users after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts. - deny= - Number of attempts before the account is locked. - unlock_time= - Time in seconds before the account is unlocked. Note: The maximum configurable value for unlock_time is 604800.','Locking out user IDs after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts mitigates brute force password attacks against your systems.','Use of unlock_time=0 may allow an attacker to cause denial of service to legitimate users.','Set password lockouts and unlock times to conform to site policy. deny should be greater than 0 and no greater than 5. unlock_time should be 0 (never), or 900 seconds or greater. Edit /etc/security/faillock.conf and update or add the following lines: deny = 5 unlock_time = 900.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28141,'Ensure password reuse is limited.','The /etc/security/opasswd file stores the users\' old passwords and can be checked to ensure that users are not recycling recent passwords. remember=<5> - Number of old passwords to remember.','Forcing users not to reuse their past 5 passwords make it less likely that an attacker will be able to guess the password. Note: These change only apply to accounts configured on the local system.','','Set remembered password history to conform to site policy. Run the following script to add or modify the pam_pwhistory.so and pam_unix.so lines to include the remember option: #!/usr/bin/env bash { file=\"/etc/authselect/$(head -1 /etc/authselect/authselect.conf | grep \'custom/\')/system-auth\" if ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_pwhistory.soh+([^#\n\r]+h+)?remember=([5-9]|[1-9][0-9]+).*$\' \"$file\"; then if grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_pwhistory.soh+([^#\n\r]+h+)?remember=d+.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/^s*(passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_pwhistory.sos+([^#\n\r]+s+)?)(remember=S+s*)(s+.*)?$/1 remember=5 5/\' $file elif grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_pwhistory.soh+([^#\n\r]+h+)?.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'/^s*passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_pwhistory.so/ s/$/ remember=5/\' $file else sed -ri \'/^s*passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_unix.so/i password required pam_pwhistory.so remember=5 use_authtok\' $file fi fi if ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_unix.soh+([^#\n\r]+h+)?remember=([5-9]|[1-9][0-9]+).*$\' \"$file\"; then if grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_unix.soh+([^#\n\r]+h +)?remember=d+.*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/^s*(passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_unix.sos+([^#\n\r] +s+)?)(remember=S+s*)(s+.*)?$/1 remember=5 5/\' $file else sed -ri \'/^s*passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_unix.so/ s/$/ remember=5/\' $file fi fi authselect apply-changes }.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"IA-5(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}]'),(28142,'Ensure password hashing algorithm is SHA-512 or yescrypt.','A cryptographic hash function converts an arbitrary-length input into a fixed length output. Password hashing performs a one-way transformation of a password, turning the password into another string, called the hashed password.','The SHA-512 algorithm provides stronger hashing than other hashing algorithms used for password hashing with Linux, providing additional protection to the system by increasing the level of effort for an attacker to successfully determine passwords. Note: These changes only apply to accounts configured on the local system.','','Set password hashing algorithm to sha512. Edit /etc/libuser.conf and edit of add the following line: crypt_style = sha512 Edit /etc/login.defs and edit or add the following line: ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512 Run the following script to configure pam_unix.so to use the sha512 hashing algorithm: #!/usr/bin/env bash for fn in system-auth password-auth; do file=\"/etc/authselect/$(head -1 /etc/authselect/authselect.conf | grep \'custom/\')/$fn\" if ! grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_unix.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)? h+sha512.*$\' \"$file\"; then if grep -Pq -- \'^h*passwordh+(requisite|required|sufficient)h+pam_unix.so(h+[^#\n\r]+)? h+(md5|blowfish|bigcrypt|sha256).*$\' \"$file\"; then sed -ri \'s/(md5|blowfish|bigcrypt|sha256)/sha512/\' \"$file\" else sed -ri \'s/(^s*passwords+(requisite|required|sufficient)s+pam_unix.sos+)(.*)$/1s ha512 3/\' $file fi fi done authselect apply-changes Note: This only effects local users and passwords created after updating the files to use sha512. If it is determined that the password algorithm being used is not SHA-512, once it is changed, it is recommended that all user ID\'s be immediately expired and forced to change their passwords on next login.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"IA-5(1)\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(28143,'Ensure password expiration is 365 days or less.','The PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to force passwords to expire once they reach a defined age. It is recommended that the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter be set to less than or equal to 365 days.','The window of opportunity for an attacker to leverage compromised credentials or successfully compromise credentials via an online brute force attack is limited by the age of the password. Therefore, reducing the maximum age of a password also reduces an attacker\'s window of opportunity.','','Set the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter to conform to site policy in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MAX_DAYS 365 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: chage --maxdays 365 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\"]}]'),(28144,'Ensure minimum days between password changes is configured.','The PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to prevent users from changing their password until a minimum number of days have passed since the last time the user changed their password. It is recommended that PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter be set to 1 or more days.','By restricting the frequency of password changes, an administrator can prevent users from repeatedly changing their password in an attempt to circumvent password reuse controls.','','Set the PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter to 1 in /etc/login.defs: PASS_MIN_DAYS 1 and modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: chage --mindays 1 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28145,'Ensure password expiration warning days is 7 or more.','The PASS_WARN_AGE parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to notify users that their password will expire in a defined number of days. It is recommended that the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter be set to 7 or more days.','Providing an advance warning that a password will be expiring gives users time to think of a secure password. Users caught unaware may choose a simple password or write it down where it may be discovered.','','Set the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter to 7 in /etc/login.defs: PASS_WARN_AGE 7 and modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: chage --warndays 7 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28146,'Ensure inactive password lock is 30 days or less.','User accounts that have been inactive for over a given period of time can be automatically disabled. It is recommended that accounts that are inactive for 30 days after password expiration be disabled.','Inactive accounts pose a threat to system security since the users are not logging in to notice failed login attempts or other anomalies.','','Run the following command to set the default password inactivity period to 30 days: useradd -D -f 30 and modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: chage --inactive 30 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28147,'Ensure default group for the root account is GID 0.','The usermod command can be used to specify which group the root account belongs to. This affects permissions of files that are created by the root account.','Using GID 0 for the root account helps prevent root -owned files from accidentally becoming accessible to non-privileged users.','','Run the following command to set the root account default group to GID 0 : # usermod -g 0 root.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-1\", \"CM-2\", \"CM-6\", \"CM-7\", \"IA-5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28148,'Ensure root password is set.','There are a number of methods to access the root account directly. Without a password set any user would be able to gain access and thus control over the entire system.','Access to root should be secured at all times.','If there are any automated processes that relies on access to the root account without authentication, they will fail after remediation.','Set the root password with: # passwd root.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28149,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd are configured.','The /etc/passwd file contains user account information that is used by many system utilities and therefore must be readable for these utilities to operate.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd file is protected from unauthorized write access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/passwd: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd # chown root:root /etc/passwd.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28150,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd- are configured.','The /etc/passwd- file contains backup user account information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/passwd-: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd- # chown root:root /etc/passwd-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28151,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group are configured.','The /etc/group file contains a list of all the valid groups defined in the system. The command below allows read/write access for root and read access for everyone else.','The /etc/group file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users, but needs to be readable as this information is used with many non-privileged programs.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/group: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group # chown root:root /etc/group.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28152,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group- are configured.','The /etc/group- file contains a backup list of all the valid groups defined in the system.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/group- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/group-: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group- # chown root:root /etc/group-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28153,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow are configured.','The /etc/shadow file is used to store the information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/shadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/shadow file (such as expiration) could also be useful to subvert the user accounts.','','Run the following commands to set mode, owner, and group on /etc/shadow: # chown root:root /etc/shadow # chmod 0000 /etc/shadow.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28154,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow- are configured.','The /etc/shadow- file is used to store backup information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/shadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to set mode, owner, and group on /etc/shadow-: # chown root:root /etc/shadow- # chmod 0000 /etc/shadow-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28155,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow are configured.','The /etc/gshadow file is used to store the information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/gshadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/gshadow file (such as group administrators) could also be useful to subvert the group.','','Run the following commands to set mode, owner, and group on /etc/gshadow: # chown root:root /etc/gshadow # chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28156,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow- are configured.','The /etc/gshadow- file is used to store backup information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/gshadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to set mode, owner, and group on /etc/gshadow-: # chown root:root /etc/gshadow- # chmod 0000 /etc/gshadow-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(28157,'Ensure accounts in /etc/passwd use shadowed passwords.','Local accounts can uses shadowed passwords. With shadowed passwords, the passwords are saved in shadow password file, /etc/shadow, encrypted by a salted one-way hash. Accounts with a shadowed password have an x in the second field in /etc/passwd.','The /etc/passwd file also contains information like user ID\'s and group ID\'s that are used by many system programs. Therefore, the /etc/passwd file must remain world readable. In spite of encoding the password with a randomly-generated one-way hash function, an attacker could still break the system if they got access to the /etc/passwd file. This can be mitigated by using shadowed passwords, thus moving the passwords in the /etc/passwd file to /etc/shadow. The /etc/shadow file is set so only root will be able to read and write. This helps mitigate the risk of an attacker gaining access to the encoded passwords with which to perform a dictionary attack. Note: - All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user. - A user account with an empty second field in /etc/passwd allows the account to be logged into by providing only the username.','','Run the following command to set accounts to use shadowed passwords: # sed -e \'s/^([a-zA-Z0-9_]*):[^:]*:/1:x:/\' -i /etc/passwd Investigate to determine if the account is logged in and what it is being used for, to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28158,'Ensure /etc/shadow password fields are not empty.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password.','All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user.','','If any accounts in the /etc/shadow file do not have a password, run the following command to lock the account until it can be determined why it does not have a password: passwd -l . Also, check to see if the account is logged in and investigate what it is being used for to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(28159,'Ensure root is the only UID 0 account.','Any account with UID 0 has superuser privileges on the system.','This access must be limited to only the default root account and only from the system console. Administrative access must be through an unprivileged account using an approved mechanism as noted in Item 5.6 Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','','Remove any users other than root with UID 0 or assign them a new UID if appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.9\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28500,'Ensure /tmp is a separate partition.','The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications.','Making /tmp its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as the noexec option on the mount, making /tmp useless for an attacker to install executable code. It would also prevent an attacker from establishing a hard link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw. This can be accomplished by either mounting tmpfs to /tmp, or creating a separate partition for /tmp.','Since the /tmp directory is intended to be world-writable, there is a risk of resource exhaustion if it is not bound to a separate partition. Running out of /tmp space is a problem regardless of what kind of filesystem lies under it, but in a configuration where /tmp is not a separate file system it will essentially have the whole disk available, as the default installation only creates a single / partition. On the other hand, a RAM-based /tmp (as with tmpfs) will almost certainly be much smaller, which can lead to applications filling up the filesystem much more easily. Another alternative is to create a dedicated partition for /tmp from a separate volume or disk. One of the downsides of a disk-based dedicated partition is that it will be slower than tmpfs which is RAM-based. /tmp utilizing tmpfs can be resized using the size={size} parameter in the relevant entry in /etc/fstab.','First ensure that systemd is correctly configured to ensure that /tmp will be mounted at boot time. # systemctl unmask tmp.mount For specific configuration requirements of the /tmp mount for your environment, modify /etc/fstab or tmp.mount. Example of /etc/fstab configured tmpfs file system with specific mount options: tmpfs 0 /tmp tmpfs defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime,size=2G 0 Example of tmp.mount configured tmpfs file system with specific mount options: [Unit] Description=Temporary Directory /tmp ConditionPathIsSymbolicLink=!/tmp DefaultDependencies=no Conflicts=umount.target Before=local-fs.target umount.target After=swap.target [Mount] What=tmpfs Where=/tmp Type=tmpfs.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28501,'Ensure nodev option set on /tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28502,'Ensure noexec option set on /tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28503,'Ensure nosuid option set on /tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28504,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var.','The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to temporarily store dynamic data. Some directories created by these processes may be world-writable.','The reasoning for mounting /var on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var and cause unintended behavior across the system as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /var as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behaviour. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection from exploitation An example of exploiting /var may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hardlink would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28505,'Ensure nodev option set on /var partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var.','','IF the /var partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28506,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var.','','IF the /var partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28507,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/tmp.','The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications. Temporary file residing in /var/tmp is to be preserved between reboots.','The reasoning for mounting /var/tmp on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/tmp directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/tmp and cause the potential disruption to daemons as the disk is full. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /var/tmp as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection from exploitation An example of exploiting /var/tmp may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard-link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/tmp. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28508,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp 0 defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28509,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp 0 defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28510,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp 0 defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28511,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log.','The /var/log directory is used by system services to store log data.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log directory contain the log files that can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /var/log as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection of log data As /var/log contains log files, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log . For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28512,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28513,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28514,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28515,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log/audit.','The auditing daemon, auditd, stores log data in the /var/log/audit directory.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log/audit on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log/audit directory contain the audit.log file that can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/log/audit and cause auditd to trigger it\'s space_left_action as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /var/log/audit as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection of audit data As /var/log/audit contains audit logs, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log/audit. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28516,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for audit logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28517,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28518,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28519,'Ensure separate partition exists for /home.','The /home directory is used to support disk storage needs of local users.','The reasoning for mounting /home on a separate partition is as follow. Protection from resource exhaustion The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /home directory contains user generated data, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /home and impact all local users. Fine grained control over the mount Configuring /home as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. In the case of /home options such as usrquota/grpquota may be considered to limit the impact that users can have on each other with regards to disk resource exhaustion. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. Protection of user data As /home contains user data, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /home. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28520,'Ensure nodev option set on /home partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /home filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var.','','IF the /home partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28521,'Ensure nosuid option set on /home partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /home filesystem is only intended for user file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /home.','','IF the /home partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28522,'Ensure nodev option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /dev/shm filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot attempt to create special devices in /dev/shm partitions.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm Additional Information: Some distributions mount /dev/shm through other means and require /dev/shm to be added to /etc/fstab even though it is already being mounted on boot. Others may configure /dev/shm in other locations and may override /etc/fstab configuration. Consult the documentation appropriate for your distribution.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28523,'Ensure noexec option set on /dev/shm partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from executing programs from shared memory. This deters users from introducing potentially malicious software on the system.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. Example: /dev/shm defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 Run the following command to remount /dev/shm with the configured options: # mount -o remount /dev/shm NOTE It is recommended to use tmpfs as the device/filesystem type as /dev/shm is used as shared memory space by applications.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28524,'Ensure nosuid option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from introducing privileged programs onto the system and allowing non-root users to execute them.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm Additional Information: Some distributions mount /dev/shm through other means and require /dev/shm to be added to /etc/fstab even though it is already being mounted on boot. Others may configure /dev/shm in other locations and may override /etc/fstab configuration. Consult the documentation appropriate for your distribution.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28525,'Disable Automounting.','autofs allows automatic mounting of devices, typically including CD/DVDs and USB drives.','With automounting enabled anyone with physical access could attach a USB drive or disc and have its contents available in system even if they lacked permissions to mount it themselves.','The use of portable hard drives is very common for workstation users. If your organization allows the use of portable storage or media on workstations and physical access controls to workstations is considered adequate there is little value add in turning off automounting.','If there are no other packages that depends on autofs, remove the package with: # apt purge autofs OR if there are dependencies on the autofs package: Run the following commands to mask autofs: # systemctl stop autofs # systemctl mask autofs Additional Information: This control should align with the tolerance of the use of portable drives and optical media in the organization. On a server requiring an admin to manually mount media can be part of defense-in-depth to reduce the risk of unapproved software or information being introduced or proprietary software or information being exfiltrated. If admins commonly use flash drives and Server access has sufficient physical controls, requiring manual mounting may not increase security.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1203\", \"T1211\", \"T1212\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"MP.L2-3.8.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.310(d)(1)\"]}]'),(28526,'Ensure AIDE is installed.','AIDE takes a snapshot of filesystem state including modification times, permissions, and file hashes which can then be used to compare against the current state of the filesystem to detect modifications to the system.','By monitoring the filesystem state compromised files can be detected to prevent or limit the exposure of accidental or malicious misconfigurations or modified binaries.','','Install AIDE using the appropriate package manager or manual installation: # apt install aide aide-common Configure AIDE as appropriate for your environment. Consult the AIDE documentation for options. Run the following commands to initialize AIDE: # aideinit # mv /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new /var/lib/aide/aide.db Additional Information: The prelinking feature can interfere with AIDE because it alters binaries to speed up their start up times. Run prelink -ua to restore the binaries to their prelinked state, thus avoiding false positives from AIDE.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1036\", \"T1036.002\", \"T1036.003\", \"T1036.004\", \"T1036.005\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28527,'Ensure bootloader password is set.','Setting the boot loader password will require that anyone rebooting the system must enter a password before being able to set command line boot parameters.','Requiring a boot password upon execution of the boot loader will prevent an unauthorized user from entering boot parameters or changing the boot partition. This prevents users from weakening security (e.g. turning off AppArmor at boot time).','If password protection is enabled, only the designated superuser can edit a Grub 2 menu item by pressing \"e\" or access the GRUB 2 command line by pressing \"c\" If GRUB 2 is set up to boot automatically to a password-protected menu entry the user has no option to back out of the password prompt to select another menu entry. Holding the SHIFT key will not display the menu in this case. The user must enter the correct username and password. If unable, the configuration files will have to be edited via the LiveCD or other means to fix the problem You can add --unrestricted to the menu entries to allow the system to boot without entering a password. Password will still be required to edit menu items. More Information: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Grub2/Passwords.','Create an encrypted password with grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2: # grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2 Enter password: Reenter password: PBKDF2 hash of your password is Add the following into a custom /etc/grub.d configuration file: cat <\" password_pbkdf2 EOF The superuser/user information and password should not be contained in the /etc/grub.d/00_header file as this file could be overwritten in a package update. If there is a requirement to be able to boot/reboot without entering the password, edit /etc/grub.d/10_linux and add --unrestricted to the line CLASS= Example: CLASS=\"--class gnu-linux --class gnu --class os --unrestricted\" Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub Default Value: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment enact equivalent settings. Replace /boot/grub/grub.cfg with the appropriate grub configuration file for your environment.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1046\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \" 8.3.5\", \" 8.3.6\", \" 8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28528,'Ensure permissions on bootloader config are configured.','The grub configuration file contains information on boot settings and passwords for unlocking boot options.','Setting the permissions to read and write for root only prevents non-root users from seeing the boot parameters or changing them. Non-root users who read the boot parameters may be able to identify weaknesses in security upon boot and be able to exploit them.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on your grub configuration: # chown root:root /boot/grub/grub.cfg # chmod u-wx,go-rwx /boot/grub/grub.cfg Additional Information: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment enact equivalent settings. Replace /boot/grub/grub.cfg with the appropriate grub configuration file for your environment.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \" AC.L1-3.1.2\", \" AC.L2-3.1.5\", \" AC.L2-3.1.3\", \" MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \" 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \" 164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \" 7.1.1\", \" 7.1.2\", \" 7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \" 7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \" AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \" CC6.1\"]}]'),(28529,'Ensure authentication required for single user mode.','Single user mode is used for recovery when the system detects an issue during boot or by manual selection from the bootloader.','Requiring authentication in single user mode prevents an unauthorized user from rebooting the system into single user to gain root privileges without credentials.','','Run the following command and follow the prompts to set a password for the root user: # passwd root.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \" 8.3.5\", \" 8.3.6\", \" 8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28530,'Ensure prelink is not installed.','prelink is a program that modifies ELF shared libraries and ELF dynamically linked binaries in such a way that the time needed for the dynamic linker to perform relocations at startup significantly decreases.','The prelinking feature can interfere with the operation of AIDE, because it changes binaries. Prelinking can also increase the vulnerability of the system if a malicious user is able to compromise a common library such as libc.','','Run the following command to restore binaries to normal: # prelink -ua Uninstall prelink using the appropriate package manager or manual installation: # apt purge prelink.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1055\", \"T1055.009\", \"T1065\", \"T1065.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \" 164.312(c)(1)\", \" 164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \" 11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \" 10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28531,'Ensure Automatic Error Reporting is not enabled.','The Apport Error Reporting Service automatically generates crash reports for debugging.','Apport collects potentially sensitive data, such as core dumps, stack traces, and log files. They can contain passwords, credit card numbers, serial numbers, and other private material.','','Edit /etc/default/apport and add or edit the enabled parameter to equal 0: enabled=0 Run the following commands to stop and disable the apport service # systemctl stop apport.service # systemctl --now disable apport.service -- OR -Run the following command to remove the apport package: # apt purge apport Default Value: enabled=1.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28532,'Ensure core dumps are restricted.','A core dump is the memory of an executable program. It is generally used to determine why a program aborted. It can also be used to glean confidential information from a core file. The system provides the ability to set a soft limit for core dumps, but this can be overridden by the user.','Setting a hard limit on core dumps prevents users from overriding the soft variable. If core dumps are required, consider setting limits for user groups (see limits.conf(5) ). In addition, setting the fs.suid_dumpable variable to 0 will prevent setuid programs from dumping core.','','Add the following line to /etc/security/limits.conf or a /etc/security/limits.d/* file: * hard core 0 Set the following parameter in /etc/sysctl.conf or a /etc/sysctl.d/* file: fs.suid_dumpable = 0 Run the following command to set the active kernel parameter: # sysctl -w fs.suid_dumpable=0 IF systemd-coredump is installed: edit /etc/systemd/coredump.conf and add/modify the following lines: Storage=none ProcessSizeMax=0 Run the command: systemctl daemon-reload','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28533,'Ensure AppArmor is installed.','AppArmor provides Mandatory Access Controls.','Without a Mandatory Access Control system installed only the default Discretionary Access Control system will be available.','','Install AppArmor. # apt install apparmor.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \" AC.L1-3.1.2\", \" AC.L2-3.1.5\", \" AC.L2-3.1.3\", \" MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \" 164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \" 164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \" 7.1.1\", \" 7.1.2\", \" 7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \" 7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \" AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \" CC6.1\"]}]'),(28534,'Ensure AppArmor is enabled in the bootloader configuration.','Configure AppArmor to be enabled at boot time and verify that it has not been overwritten by the bootloader boot parameters. Note: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment enact equivalent settings.','AppArmor must be enabled at boot time in your bootloader configuration to ensure that the controls it provides are not overridden.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add the apparmor=1 and security=apparmor parameters to the GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX= line GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"apparmor=1 security=apparmor\" Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28535,'Ensure all AppArmor Profiles are in enforce or complain mode.','AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that any policies that exist on the system are activated.','','Run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode: # aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/* OR Run the following command to set all profiles to complain mode: # aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/* Note: Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28536,'Ensure all AppArmor Profiles are enforcing.','AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that any policies that exist on the system are activated.','','Run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode: # aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/* Note: Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28537,'Ensure message of the day is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/motd file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform OR if the motd is not used, this file can be removed. Run the following command to remove the motd file: # rm /etc/motd','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28538,'Ensure local login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version - or the operating system\'s name.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28539,'Ensure remote login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a \" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(28540,'Ensure permissions on /etc/motd are configured.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users.','If the /etc/motd file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/motd : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/motd) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/motd) OR run the following command to remove the /etc/motd file: # rm /etc/motd','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28541,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals.','If the /etc/issue file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/issue) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/issue) Default Value: Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--) Uid: ( 0/ root) Gid: ( 0/ root).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28542,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue.net are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services.','If the /etc/issue.net file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue.net : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/issue.net) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/issue.net)','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28543,'Ensure GNOME Display Manager is removed.','The GNOME Display Manager (GDM) is a program that manages graphical display servers and handles graphical user logins.','If a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is not required, it should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Removing the GNOME Display manager will remove the Graphical User Interface (GUI) from the system.','Run the following command to uninstall gdm3: # apt purge gdm3.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28544,'Ensure XDCMP is not enabled.','X Display Manager Control Protocol (XDMCP) is designed to provide authenticated access to display management services for remote displays.','XDMCP is inherently insecure. XDMCP is not a ciphered protocol. This may allow an attacker to capture keystrokes entered by a user XDMCP is vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks. This may allow an attacker to steal the credentials of legitimate users by impersonating the XDMCP server.','','Edit the file /etc/gdm3/custom.conf and remove the line: Enable=true Default Value: false (This is denoted by no Enabled= entry in the file /etc/gdm3/custom.conf in the [xdmcp] section.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1056\", \"T1056.001\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28545,'Ensure chrony is running as user _chrony.','The chrony package is installed with a dedicated user account _chrony. This account is granted the access required by the chronyd service.','The chronyd service should run with only the required privileges.','','Add or edit the user line to /etc/chrony/chrony.conf or a file ending in .conf in /etc/chrony/conf.d/: user _chrony OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove chrony from the system: # apt purge chrony','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28546,'Ensure chrony is enabled and running.','chrony is a daemon for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','chrony needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF chrony is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask chrony.service: # systemctl unmask chrony.service Run the following command to enable and start chrony.service: # systemctl --now enable chrony.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove chrony: # apt purge chrony.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28547,'Ensure systemd-timesyncd is enabled and running.','systemd-timesyncd is a daemon that has been added for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','systemd-timesyncd needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF systemd-timesyncd is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask systemd-timesyncd.service: # systemctl unmask systemd-timesyncd.service Run the following command to enable and start systemd-timesyncd.service: # systemctl --now enable systemd-timesyncd.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to stop and mask systemd-timesyncd: # systemctl --now mask systemd-timesyncd.service','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28548,'Ensure ntp access control is configured.','ntp Access Control Commands: restrict address [mask mask] [ippeerlimit int] [flag ...] The address argument expressed in dotted-quad form is the address of a host or network. Alternatively, the address argument can be a valid host DNS name. The mask argument expressed in dotted-quad form defaults to 255.255.255.255, meaning that the address is treated as the address of an individual host. A default entry (address 0.0.0.0, mask 0.0.0.0) is always included and is always the first entry in the list. Note: the text string default, with no mask option, may be used to indicate the default entry. The ippeerlimit directive limits the number of peer requests for each IP to int, where a value of -1 means \"unlimited\", the current default. A value of 0 means \"none\". There would usually be at most 1 peering request per IP, but if the remote peering requests are behind a proxy there could well be more than 1 per IP. In the current implementation, flag always restricts access, i.e., an entry with no flags indicates that free access to the server is to be given. The flags are not orthogonal, in that more restrictive flags will often make less restrictive ones redundant. The flags can generally be classed into two categories, those which restrict time service and those which restrict informational queries and attempts to do run-time reconfiguration of the server. One or more of the following flags may be specified: kod - If this flag is set when an access violation occurs, a kiss-o\'-death (KoD) packet is sent. KoD packets are rate limited to no more than one per second. If another KoD packet occurs within one second after the last one, the packet is dropped. limited - Deny service if the packet spacing violates the lower limits specified in the discard command. A history of clients is kept using the monitoring capability of ntpd. Thus, monitoring is always active as long as there is a restriction entry with the limited flag. lowpriotrap - Declare traps set by matching hosts to be low priority. The number of traps a server can maintain is limited (the current limit is 3). Traps are usually assigned on a first come, first served basis, with later trap requestors being denied service. This flag modifies the assignment algorithm by allowing low priority traps to be overridden by later requests for normal priority traps. noepeer - Deny ephemeral peer requests, even if they come from an authenticated source. Note that the ability to use a symmetric key for authentication may be restricted to one or more IPs or subnets via the third field of the ntp.keys file. This restriction is not enabled by default, to maintain backward compatibility. Expect noepeer to become the default in ntp-4.4. nomodify - Deny ntpq and ntpdc queries which attempt to modify the state of the server (i.e., run time reconfiguration). Queries which return information are permitted. noquery - Deny ntpq and ntpdc queries. Time service is not affected. nopeer - Deny unauthenticated packets which would result in mobilizing a new association. This includes broadcast and symmetric active packets when a configured association does not exist. It also includes pool associations, so if you want to use servers from a pool directive and also want to use nopeer by default, you\'ll want a restrict source ... line as well that does not include the nopeer directive. noserve - Deny all packets except ntpq and ntpdc queries. notrap - Decline to provide mode 6 control message trap service to matching hosts. The trap service is a subsystem of the ntpq control message protocol which is intended for use by remote event logging programs. notrust - Deny service unless the packet is cryptographically authenticated. ntpport - This is actually a match algorithm modifier, rather than a restriction flag. Its presence causes the restriction entry to be matched only if the source port in the packet is the standard NTP UDP port (123). Both ntpport and nonntpport may be specified. The ntpport is considered more specific and is sorted later in the list.','If ntp is in use on the system, proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is accurate.','','Add or edit restrict lines in /etc/ntp.conf to match the following: restrict -4 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery restrict -6 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp Default Value: restrict -4 default kod notrap nomodify nopeer noquery limited restrict -6 default kod notrap nomodify nopeer noquery limited.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28549,'Ensure ntp is running as user ntp.','The ntp package is installed with a dedicated user account ntp. This account is granted the access required by the ntpd daemon Note: If chrony or systemd-timesyncd are used, ntp should be removed and this section skipped This recommendation only applies if ntp is in use on the system Only one time synchronization method should be in use on the system.','The ntpd daemon should run with only the required privilege.','','Add or edit the following line in /etc/init.d/ntp: RUNASUSER=ntp Run the following command to restart ntp.servocee: # systemctl restart ntp.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp Default Value: user ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28550,'Ensure ntp is enabled and running.','ntp is a daemon for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','ntp needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF ntp is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask ntp.service: # systemctl unmask ntp.service Run the following command to enable and start ntp.service: # systemctl --now enable ntp.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(28551,'Ensure X Window System is not installed.','The X Window System provides a Graphical User Interface (GUI) where users can have multiple windows in which to run programs and various add on. The X Windows system is typically used on workstations where users login, but not on servers where users typically do not login.','Unless your organization specifically requires graphical login access via X Windows, remove it to reduce the potential attack surface.','Many Linux systems run applications which require a Java runtime. Some Linux Java packages have a dependency on specific X Windows xorg-x11-fonts. One workaround to avoid this dependency is to use the \"headless\" Java packages for your specific Java runtime, if provided by your distribution.','Remove the X Windows System packages: apt purge xserver-xorg*','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28552,'Ensure Avahi Server is not installed.','Avahi is a free zeroconf implementation, including a system for multicast DNS/DNS-SD service discovery. Avahi allows programs to publish and discover services and hosts running on a local network with no specific configuration. For example, a user can plug a computer into a network and Avahi automatically finds printers to print to, files to look at and people to talk to, as well as network services running on the machine.','Automatic discovery of network services is not normally required for system functionality. It is recommended to remove this package to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to remove avahi-daemon: # systemctl stop avahi-daaemon.service # systemctl stop avahi-daemon.socket # apt purge avahi-daemon.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28553,'Ensure CUPS is not installed.','The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) provides the ability to print to both local and network printers. A system running CUPS can also accept print jobs from remote systems and print them to local printers. It also provides a web based remote administration capability.','If the system does not need to print jobs or accept print jobs from other systems, it is recommended that CUPS be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing CUPS will prevent printing from the system, a common task for workstation systems.','Run one of the following commands to remove cups : # apt purge cups','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28554,'Ensure DHCP Server is not installed.','The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a service that allows machines to be dynamically assigned IP addresses.','Unless a system is specifically set up to act as a DHCP server, it is recommended that this package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove isc-dhcp-server: # apt purge isc-dhcp-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28555,'Ensure LDAP server is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP server, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run one of the following commands to remove slapd: # apt purge slapd','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28556,'Ensure NFS is not installed.','The Network File System (NFS) is one of the first and most widely distributed file systems in the UNIX environment. It provides the ability for systems to mount file systems of other servers through the network.','If the system does not export NFS shares or act as an NFS client, it is recommended that these services be removed to reduce the remote attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove nfs: # apt purge nfs-kernel-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28557,'Ensure DNS Server is not installed.','The Domain Name System (DNS) is a hierarchical naming system that maps names to IP addresses for computers, services and other resources connected to a network.','Unless a system is specifically designated to act as a DNS server, it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to disable DNS server: # apt purge bind9','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28558,'Ensure FTP Server is not installed.','The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides networked computers with the ability to transfer files.','FTP does not protect the confidentiality of data or authentication credentials. It is recommended SFTP be used if file transfer is required. Unless there is a need to run the system as a FTP server (for example, to allow anonymous downloads), it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove vsftpd: # apt purge vsftpd Additional Information: Additional FTP servers also exist and should be audited.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28559,'Ensure HTTP server is not installed.','HTTP or web servers provide the ability to host web site content.','Unless there is a need to run the system as a web server, it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove apache: # apt purge apache2 Additional Information: Several httpd servers exist and can use other service names. apache2 and nginx are example services that provide an HTTP server. These and other services should also be audited','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28560,'Ensure IMAP and POP3 server are not installed.','dovecot-imapd and dovecot-pop3d are an open source IMAP and POP3 server for Linux based systems.','Unless POP3 and/or IMAP servers are to be provided by this system, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run one of the following commands to remove dovecot-imapd and dovecot-pop3d: # apt purge dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d Additional Information: Several IMAP/POP3 servers exist and can use other service names. courier-imap and cyrus-imap are example services that provide a mail server. These and other services should also be audited.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28561,'Ensure Samba is not installed.','The Samba daemon allows system administrators to configure their Linux systems to share file systems and directories with Windows desktops. Samba will advertise the file systems and directories via the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol. Windows desktop users will be able to mount these directories and file systems as letter drives on their systems.','If there is no need to mount directories and file systems to Windows systems, then this service should be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove samba: # apt purge samba.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28562,'Ensure HTTP Proxy Server is not installed.','Squid is a standard proxy server used in many distributions and environments.','If there is no need for a proxy server, it is recommended that the squid proxy be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove squid: # apt purge squid Additional Information: Several HTTP proxy servers exist. These and other services should be checked.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28563,'Ensure SNMP Server is not installed.','Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a widely used protocol for monitoring the health and welfare of network equipment, computer equipment and devices like UPSs. Net-SNMP is a suite of applications used to implement SNMPv1 (RFC 1157), SNMPv2 (RFCs 1901-1908), and SNMPv3 (RFCs 3411-3418) using both IPv4 and IPv6. Support for SNMPv2 classic (a.k.a. \"SNMPv2 historic\" - RFCs 1441-1452) was dropped with the 4.0 release of the UCD-snmp package. The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server is used to listen for SNMP commands from an SNMP management system, execute the commands or collect the information and then send results back to the requesting system.','The SNMP server can communicate using SNMPv1, which transmits data in the clear and does not require authentication to execute commands. SNMPv3 replaces the simple/clear text password sharing used in SNMPv2 with more securely encoded parameters. If the the SNMP service is not required, the net-snmp package should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system. Note: If SNMP is required: The server should be configured for SNMP v3 only. User Authentication and Message Encryption should be configured. If SNMP v2 is absolutely necessary, modify the community strings\' values.','','Run the following command to remove snmp: # apt purge snmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28564,'Ensure NIS Server is not installed.','The Network Information Service (NIS) (formally known as Yellow Pages) is a clientserver directory service protocol for distributing system configuration files. The NIS server is a collection of programs that allow for the distribution of configuration files.','The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed and other, more secure services be used.','','Run the following command to remove nis: # apt purge nis.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28565,'Ensure mail transfer agent is configured for local-only mode.','Mail Transfer Agents (MTA), such as sendmail and Postfix, are used to listen for incoming mail and transfer the messages to the appropriate user or mail server. If the system is not intended to be a mail server, it is recommended that the MTA be configured to only process local mail.','The software for all Mail Transfer Agents is complex and most have a long history of security issues. While it is important to ensure that the system can process local mail messages, it is not necessary to have the MTA\'s daemon listening on a port unless the server is intended to be a mail server that receives and processes mail from other systems. Note: - This recommendation is designed around the postfix mail server. - Depending on your environment you may have an alternative MTA installed such as exim4. If this is the case consult the documentation for your installed MTA to configure the recommended state.','','Edit /etc/postfix/main.cf and add the following line to the RECEIVING MAIL section. If the line already exists, change it to look like the line below: inet_interfaces = loopback-only Run the following command to restart postfix: # systemctl restart postfix.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28566,'Ensure rsync service is either not installed or masked.','The rsync service can be used to synchronize files between systems over network links.','The rsync service presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication. The rsync package should be removed to reduce the attack area of the system.','','Run the following command to remove rsync: # apt purge rsync OR Run the following commands to stop and mask rsync: # systemctl stop rsync # systemctl mask rsync.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1105\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\", \"1570\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \" CM.L2-3.4.8\", \" SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \" 1.2.1\", \" 2.2.2\", \" 2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \" 2.2.4\", \" 6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \" CC6.6\"]}]'),(28567,'Ensure NIS Client is not installed.','The Network Information Service (NIS), formerly known as Yellow Pages, is a clientserver directory service protocol used to distribute system configuration files. The NIS client was used to bind a machine to an NIS server and receive the distributed configuration files.','The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall nis: # apt purge nis','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28568,'Ensure rsh client is not installed.','The rsh-client package contains the client commands for the rsh services.','These legacy clients contain numerous security exposures and have been replaced with the more secure SSH package. Even if the server is removed, it is best to ensure the clients are also removed to prevent users from inadvertently attempting to use these commands and therefore exposing their credentials. Note that removing the rsh package removes the clients for rsh, rcp and rlogin.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall rsh: # apt purge rsh-client','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28569,'Ensure talk client is not installed.','The talk software makes it possible for users to send and receive messages across systems through a terminal session. The talk client, which allows initialization of talk sessions, is installed by default.','The software presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall talk: # apt purge talk','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28570,'Ensure telnet client is not installed.','The telnet package contains the telnet client, which allows users to start connections to other systems via the telnet protocol.','The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security and is included in most Linux distributions.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall telnet: # apt purge telnet','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28571,'Ensure LDAP client is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP client, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing the LDAP client will prevent or inhibit using LDAP for authentication in your environment.','Uninstall ldap-utils: # apt purge ldap-utils','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28572,'Ensure RPC is not installed.','Remote Procedure Call (RPC) is a method for creating low level client server applications across different system architectures. It requires an RPC compliant client listening on a network port. The supporting package is rpcbind.','If RPC is not required, it is recommended that this services be removed to reduce the remote attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove rpcbind: # apt purge rpcbind','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28573,'Ensure ufw is installed.','The Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) is a frontend for iptables and is particularly well-suited for host-based firewalls. ufw provides a framework for managing netfilter, as well as a command-line interface for manipulating the firewall.','A firewall utility is required to configure the Linux kernel\'s netfilter framework via the iptables or nftables back-end. The Linux kernel\'s netfilter framework host-based firewall can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host. Note: Only one firewall utility should be installed and configured. UFW is dependent on the iptables package.','','Run the following command to install Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW): apt install ufw','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28574,'Ensure iptables-persistent is not installed with ufw.','The iptables-persistent is a boot-time loader for netfilter rules, iptables plugin.','Running both ufw and the services included in the iptables-persistent package may lead to conflict.','','Run the following command to remove the iptables-persistent package: # apt purge iptables-persistent','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28575,'Ensure ufw service is enabled.','UncomplicatedFirewall (ufw) is a frontend for iptables. ufw provides a framework for managing netfilter, as well as a command-line and available graphical user interface for manipulating the firewall. Notes: When running ufw enable or starting ufw via its initscript, ufw will flush its chains. This is required so ufw can maintain a consistent state, but it may drop existing connections (eg ssh). ufw does support adding rules before enabling the firewall. Run the following command before running ufw enable. # ufw allow proto tcp from any to any port 22 The rules will still be flushed, but the ssh port will be open after enabling the firewall. Please note that once ufw is \'enabled\', ufw will not flush the chains when adding or removing rules (but will when modifying a rule or changing the default policy) By default, ufw will prompt when enabling the firewall while running under ssh. This can be disabled by using ufw --force enable.','The ufw service must be enabled and running in order for ufw to protect the system.','Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.','Run the following command to unmask the ufw daemon: # systemctl unmask ufw.service Run the following command to enable and start the ufw daemon: # systemctl --now enable ufw.service active Run the following command to enable ufw: # ufw enable','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28576,'Ensure ufw loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6).','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # ufw allow in on lo # ufw allow out on lo # ufw deny in from 127.0.0.0/8 # ufw deny in from ::1','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28577,'Ensure ufw default deny firewall policy.','A default deny policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: Any port or protocol without a explicit allow before the default deny will be blocked.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','Any port and protocol not explicitly allowed will be blocked. The following rules should be considered before applying the default deny. ufw allow git ufw allow in http ufw allow out http <- required for apt to connect to repository ufw allow in https ufw allow out https ufw allow out 53 ufw logging on.','Run the following commands to implement a default deny policy: # ufw default deny incoming # ufw default deny outgoing # ufw default deny routed','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28578,'Ensure nftables is installed.','nftables provides a new in-kernel packet classification framework that is based on a network-specific Virtual Machine (VM) and a new nft userspace command line tool. nftables reuses the existing Netfilter subsystems such as the existing hook infrastructure, the connection tracking system, NAT, userspace queuing and logging subsystem. Notes: nftables is available in Linux kernel 3.13 and newer Only one firewall utility should be installed and configured Changing firewall settings while connected over the network can result in being locked out of the system.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel that can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host.','','Run the following command to install nftables: # apt install nftables','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28579,'Ensure a nftables table exists.','Tables hold chains. Each table only has one address family and only applies to packets of this family. Tables can have one of five families.','nftables doesn\'t have any default tables. Without a table being build, nftables will not filter network traffic.','Adding rules to a running nftables can cause loss of connectivity to the system.','Run the following command to create a table in nftables # nft create table inet
Example: # nft create table inet filter','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28580,'Ensure nftables base chains exist.','Chains are containers for rules. They exist in two kinds, base chains and regular chains. A base chain is an entry point for packets from the networking stack, a regular chain may be used as jump target and is used for better rule organization.','If a base chain doesn\'t exist with a hook for input, forward, and delete, packets that would flow through those chains will not be touched by nftables.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command to create the base chains: # nft create chain inet
{ type filter hook <(input|forward|output)> priority 0 ; } Example: # nft create chain inet filter input { type filter hook input priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter forward { type filter hook forward priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter output { type filter hook output priority 0 ; }','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28581,'Ensure nftables default deny firewall policy.','Base chain policy is the default verdict that will be applied to packets reaching the end of the chain.','There are two policies: accept (Default) and drop. If the policy is set to accept, the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied and the packet will continue transversing the network stack. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command for the base chains with the input, forward, and output hooks to implement a default DROP policy: # nft chain
{ policy drop ; } Example: # nft chain inet filter input { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter forward { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter output { policy drop ; } Default Value: accept','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28582,'Ensure nftables service is enabled.','The nftables service allows for the loading of nftables rulesets during boot, or starting on the nftables service.','The nftables service restores the nftables rules from the rules files referenced in the /etc/nftables.conf file during boot or the starting of the nftables service.','','Run the following command to enable the nftables service: # systemctl enable nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28583,'Ensure iptables packages are installed.','iptables is a utility program that allows a system administrator to configure the tables provided by the Linux kernel firewall, implemented as different Netfilter modules, and the chains and rules it stores. Different kernel modules and programs are used for different protocols; iptables applies to IPv4, ip6tables to IPv6, arptables to ARP, and ebtables to Ethernet frames.','A method of configuring and maintaining firewall rules is necessary to configure a Host Based Firewall.','','Run the following command to install iptables and iptables-persistent # apt install iptables iptables-persistent','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28584,'Ensure nftables is not installed with iptables.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel providing filtering and classification of network packets/datagrams/frames and is the successor to iptables.','Running both iptables and nftables may lead to conflict.','','Run the following command to remove nftables: # apt purge nftables','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28585,'Ensure ufw is uninstalled or disabled with iptables.','Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW) is a program for managing a netfilter firewall designed to be easy to use. Uses a command-line interface consisting of a small number of simple commands Uses iptables for configuration.','Running iptables.persistent with ufw enabled may lead to conflict and unexpected results.','','Run one of the following commands to either remove ufw or stop and mask ufw Run the following command to remove ufw: # apt purge ufw OR Run the following commands to disable ufw: # ufw disable # systemctl stop ufw # systemctl mask ufw.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28586,'Ensure iptables default deny firewall policy.','A default deny all policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','','Run the following commands to implement a default DROP policy: # iptables -P INPUT DROP # iptables -P OUTPUT DROP # iptables -P FORWARD DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28587,'Ensure iptables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (127.0.0.0/8). Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (127.0.0.0/8) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT # iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT # iptables -A INPUT -s 127.0.0.0/8 -j DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28588,'Ensure ip6tables default deny firewall policy.','A default deny all policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','','Run the following commands to implement a default DROP policy: # ip6tables -P INPUT DROP # ip6tables -P OUTPUT DROP # ip6tables -P FORWARD DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28589,'Ensure ip6tables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (::1). Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (::1) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # ip6tables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT # ip6tables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT # ip6tables -A INPUT -s ::1 -j DROP','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"1.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28590,'Ensure auditd is installed.','auditd is the userspace component to the Linux Auditing System. It\'s responsible for writing audit records to the disk.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to Install auditd # apt install auditd audispd-plugins.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28591,'Ensure auditd service is enabled and active.','Turn on the auditd daemon to record system events.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to enable and start auditd: # systemctl --now enable auditd.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28592,'Ensure auditing for processes that start prior to auditd is enabled.','Configure grub2 so that processes that are capable of being audited can be audited even if they start up prior to auditd startup.','Audit events need to be captured on processes that start up prior to auditd , so that potential malicious activity cannot go undetected.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add audit=1 to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX: Example: GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"audit=1\" Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28593,'Ensure audit_backlog_limit is sufficient.','In the kernel-level audit subsystem, a socket buffer queue is used to hold audit events. Whenever a new audit event is received, it is logged and prepared to be added to this queue. The kernel boot parameter audit_backlog_limit=N, with N representing the amount of messages, will ensure that a queue cannot grow beyond a certain size. If an audit event is logged which would grow the queue beyond this limit, then a failure occurs and is handled according to the system configuration.','If an audit event is logged which would grow the queue beyond the audit_backlog_limit, then a failure occurs, auditd records will be lost, and potential malicious activity could go undetected.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add audit_backlog_limit=N to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX. The recommended size for N is 8192 or larger. Example: GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"audit_backlog_limit=8192\" Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28594,'Ensure audit log storage size is configured.','Configure the maximum size of the audit log file. Once the log reaches the maximum size, it will be rotated and a new log file will be started.','It is important that an appropriate size is determined for log files so that they do not impact the system and audit data is not lost.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf in accordance with site policy: max_log_file = Default Value: max_log_file = 8 Additional Information: The max_log_file parameter is measured in megabytes. Other methods of log rotation may be appropriate based on site policy. One example is time-based rotation strategies which don\'t have native support in auditd configurations. Manual audit of custom configurations should be evaluated for effectiveness and completeness.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28595,'Ensure audit logs are not automatically deleted.','The max_log_file_action setting determines how to handle the audit log file reaching the max file size. A value of keep_logs will rotate the logs but never delete old logs.','In high security contexts, the benefits of maintaining a long audit history exceed the cost of storing the audit history.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: max_log_file_action = keep_logs.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28596,'Ensure system is disabled when audit logs are full.','The auditd daemon can be configured to halt the system when the audit logs are full. The admin_space_left_action parameter tells the system what action to take when the system has detected that it is low on disk space. Valid values are ignore, syslog, suspend, single, and halt. ignore, the audit daemon does nothing Syslog, the audit daemon will issue a warning to syslog Suspend, the audit daemon will stop writing records to the disk single, the audit daemon will put the computer system in single user mode halt, the audit daemon will shutdown the system.','In high security contexts, the risk of detecting unauthorized access or nonrepudiation exceeds the benefit of the system\'s availability.','If the admin_space_left_action parameter is set to halt the audit daemon will shutdown the system when the disk partition containing the audit logs becomes full.','Set the following parameters in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: space_left_action = email action_mail_acct = root set admin_space_left_action to either halt or single in /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Example: admin_space_left_action = halt.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28597,'Ensure changes to system administration scope (sudoers) is collected.','Monitor scope changes for system administrators. If the system has been properly configured to force system administrators to log in as themselves first and then use the sudo command to execute privileged commands, it is possible to monitor changes in scope. The file /etc/sudoers will be written to when the file or its attributes have changed. The audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"scope.\". Note: Reloading the auditd config to set active settings requires the auditd service to be restarted, and may require a system reboot.','Changes in the /etc/sudoers and /etc/sudoers.d files can indicate that an unauthorized change has been made to the scope of system administrator activity.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor scope changes for system administrators. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k scope -w /etc/sudoers.d -p wa -k scope \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-scope.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28598,'Ensure actions as another user are always logged.','sudo provides users with temporary elevated privileges to perform operations, either as the superuser or another user.','Creating an audit log of users with temporary elevated privileges and the operation(s) they performed is essential to reporting. Administrators will want to correlate the events written to the audit trail with the records written to sudo\'s logfile to verify if unauthorized commands have been executed.','','Create audit rules Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor elevated privileges. 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -C euid!=uid -F auid!=unset -S execve -k user_emulation -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -C euid!=uid -F auid!=unset -S execve -k user_emulation \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-user_emulation.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi 32 Bit systems Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64. Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28599,'Ensure events that modify date and time information are collected.','Capture events where the system date and/or time has been modified. The parameters in this section are set to determine if the; adjtimex - tune kernel clock settimeofday - set time using timeval and timezone structures stime - using seconds since 1/1/1970 clock_settime - allows for the setting of several internal clocks and timers system calls have been executed. Further, ensure to write an audit record to the configured audit log file upon exit, tagging the records with a unique identifier such as \"time-change\".','Unexpected changes in system date and/or time could be a sign of malicious activity on the system.','','Create audit rules Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify date and time information. 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime -k timechange -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime -k timechange -w /etc/localtime -p wa -k time-change \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-time-change.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi 32 Bit systems Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64. In addition, add stime to the system call audit. Example: -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime,stime -k time-change Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28600,'Ensure events that modify the system\'s network environment are collected.','Record changes to network environment files or system calls. The below parameters monitors the following system calls, and write an audit event on system call exit: sethostname - set the systems host name setdomainname - set the systems domain name The files being monitored are: -/etc/issue and /etc/issue.net - messages displayed pre-login /etc/hosts - file containing host names and associated IP addresses - /etc/networks - symbolic names for networks - /etc/network/ - directory containing network interface scripts and configurations files.','Monitoring sethostname and setdomainname will identify potential unauthorized changes to host and domainname of a system. The changing of these names could potentially break security parameters that are set based on those names. The /etc/hosts file is monitored for changes that can indicate an unauthorized intruder is trying to change machine associations with IP addresses and trick users and processes into connecting to unintended machines. Monitoring /etc/issue and /etc/issue.net is important, as intruders could put disinformation into those files and trick users into providing information to the intruder. Monitoring /etc/network is important as it can show if network interfaces or scripts are being modified in a way that can lead to the machine becoming unavailable or compromised. All audit records should have a relevant tag associated with them.','','Create audit rules Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify the system\'s network environment. 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \"-a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S sethostname,setdomainname -k system-locale -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S sethostname,setdomainname -k system-locale -w /etc/issue -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/hosts -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/networks -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/network/ -p wa -k system-locale\" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-system_local.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi 32 Bit systems Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28601,'Ensure events that modify user/group information are collected.','Record events affecting the modification of user or group information, including that of passwords and old passwords if in use. /etc/group - system groups /etc/passwd - system users /etc/gshadow - encrypted password for each group /etc/shadow - system user passwords /etc/security/opasswd - storage of old passwords if the relevant PAM module is in use The parameters in this section will watch the files to see if they have been opened for write or have had attribute changes (e.g. permissions) and tag them with the identifier \"identity\" in the audit log file.','Unexpected changes to these files could be an indication that the system has been compromised and that an unauthorized user is attempting to hide their activities or compromise additional accounts.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify user/group information. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/group -p wa -k identity -w /etc/passwd -p wa -k identity -w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k identity -w /etc/shadow -p wa -k identity -w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k identity \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-identity.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28602,'Ensure session initiation information is collected.','Monitor session initiation events. The parameters in this section track changes to the files associated with session events. /var/run/utmp - tracks all currently logged in users. /var/log/wtmp - file tracks logins, logouts, shutdown, and reboot events. /var/log/btmp - keeps track of failed login attempts and can be read by entering the command /usr/bin/last -f /var/log/btmp. All audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"session.\".','Monitoring these files for changes could alert a system administrator to logins occurring at unusual hours, which could indicate intruder activity (i.e. a user logging in at a time when they do not normally log in).','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor session initiation information. Example: # printf \" -w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session -w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session -w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-session.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"16.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28603,'Ensure login and logout events are collected.','Monitor login and logout events. The parameters below track changes to files associated with login/logout events. /var/log/lastlog - maintain records of the last time a user successfully logged in. /var/run/faillock - directory maintains records of login failures via the pam_faillock module.','Monitoring login/logout events could provide a system administrator with information associated with brute force attacks against user logins.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor login and logout events. Example: # printf \" -w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins -w /var/run/faillock -p wa -k logins \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-login.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi. Additional Information: Potential reboot required If the auditing configuration is locked (-e 2), then augenrules will not warn in any way that rules could not be loaded into the running configuration. A system reboot will be required to load the rules into the running configuration. System call structure For performance (man 7 audit.rules) reasons it is preferable to have all the system calls on one line. However, your configuration may have them on one line each or some other combination. This is important to understand for both the auditing and remediation sections as the examples given are optimized for performance as per the man page.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"16.11\", \"16.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28604,'Ensure events that modify the system\'s Mandatory Access Controls are collected.','Monitor AppArmor, an implementation of mandatory access controls. The parameters below monitor any write access (potential additional, deletion or modification of files in the directory) or attribute changes to the /etc/apparmor/ and /etc/apparmor.d/ directories. Note: If a different Mandatory Access Control method is used, changes to the corresponding directories should be audited.','Rationale: Changes to files in the /etc/apparmor/ and /etc/apparmor.d/ directories could indicate that an unauthorized user is attempting to modify access controls and change security contexts, leading to a compromise of the system.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify the system\'s Mandatory Access Controls. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/apparmor/ -p wa -k MAC-policy -w /etc/apparmor.d/ -p wa -k MAC-policy \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-MAC-policy.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28605,'Ensure the audit configuration is immutable.','Set system audit so that audit rules cannot be modified with auditctl . Setting the flag \"-e 2\" forces audit to be put in immutable mode. Audit changes can only be made on system reboot. Note: This setting will require the system to be rebooted to update the active auditd configuration settings.','In immutable mode, unauthorized users cannot execute changes to the audit system to potentially hide malicious activity and then put the audit rules back. Users would most likely notice a system reboot and that could alert administrators of an attempt to make unauthorized audit changes.','','Edit or create the file /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules and add the line -e 2 at the end of the file: Example: # printf -- \"-e 2 \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules \"; fi Additional Information: NIST SP 800-53 Rev. 5: AC-3 AU-3 AU-3(1) MP-2','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.20\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28606,'Ensure only authorized groups are assigned ownership of audit log files.','Audit log files contain information about the system and system activity.','Access to audit records can reveal system and configuration data to attackers, potentially compromising its confidentiality.','','Run the following command to configure the audit log files to be owned by adm group: # find $(dirname $(awk -F\"=\" \'/^s*log_files*=s*/ {print $2}\' /etc/audit/auditd.conf | xargs)) -type f ( ! -group adm -a ! -group root ) -exec chgrp adm {} + Run the following command to configure the audit log files to be owned by the adm group: # chgrp adm /var/log/audit/ Run the following command to set the log_group parameter in the audit configuration file to log_group = adm: # sed -ri \'s/^s*#?s*log_groups*=s*S+(s*#.*)?.*$/log_group = adm1/\' /etc/audit/auditd.conf Run the following command to restart the audit daemon to reload the configuration file: # systemctl restart auditd','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28607,'Ensure audit configuration files are 640 or more restrictive.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode than 0640 from the audit configuration files: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) -exec chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx {} +','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28608,'Ensure audit configuration files are owned by root.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to change ownership to root user: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) ! -user root -exec chown root {} +','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28609,'Ensure audit configuration files belong to group root.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to change group to root: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) ! -group root -exec chgrp root {} +','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28610,'Ensure audit tools are 755 or more restrictive.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28611,'Ensure audit tools are owned by root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to change the owner of the audit tools to the root user: # chown root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28612,'Ensure audit tools belong to group root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules Run the following command to change owner and group of the audit tools to root user and group: # chown root:root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28613,'Ensure cryptographic mechanisms are used to protect the integrity of audit tools.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting the integrity of the tools used for auditing purposes is a critical step toward ensuring the integrity of audit information. Audit information includes all information (e.g., audit records, audit settings, and audit reports) needed to successfully audit information system activity. Attackers may replace the audit tools or inject code into the existing tools with the purpose of providing the capability to hide or erase system activity from the audit logs. Audit tools should be cryptographically signed in order to provide the capability to identify when the audit tools have been modified, manipulated, or replaced. An example is a checksum hash of the file or files.','','Add or update the following selection lines for \"/etc/aide/aide.conf\" to protect the integrity of the audit tools: # Audit Tools /sbin/auditctl p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/auditd p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/ausearch p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/aureport p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/autrace p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512 /sbin/augenrules p+i+n+u+g+s+b+acl+xattrs+sha512','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28614,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is installed.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralised log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to install systemd-journal-remote: # apt install systemd-journal-remote','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28615,'Ensure journald is not configured to recieve logs from a remote client.','Journald supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts. NOTE: The same package, systemd-journal-remote, is used for both sending logs to remote hosts and receiving incoming logs. With regards to receiving logs, there are two services; systemd-journalremote.socket and systemd-journal-remote.service.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Run the following command to disable systemd-journal-remote.socket: # systemctl --now disable systemd-journal-remote.socket','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28616,'Ensure journald service is enabled.','Ensure that the systemd-journald service is enabled to allow capturing of logging events.','If the systemd-journald service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','By default the systemd-journald service does not have an [Install] section and thus cannot be enabled / disabled. It is meant to be referenced as Requires or Wants by other unit files. As such, if the status of systemd-journald is not static, investigate why.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28617,'Ensure journald is configured to compress large log files.','The journald system includes the capability of compressing overly large files to avoid filling up the system with logs or making the logs unmanageably large.','Uncompressed large files may unexpectedly fill a filesystem leading to resource unavailability. Compressing logs prior to write can prevent sudden, unexpected filesystem impacts.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Compress=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald Additional Information: The main configuration file /etc/systemd/journald.conf is read before any of the custom *.conf files. If there are custom configs present, they override the main configuration parameters. It is possible to change the default threshold of 512 bytes per object before compression is used.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(28618,'Ensure journald is configured to write logfiles to persistent disk.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Logs in memory will be lost upon a system reboot. By persisting logs to local disk on the server they are protected from loss due to a reboot.','Writing log data to disk will provide the ability to forensically reconstruct events which may have impacted the operations or security of a system even after a system crash or reboot.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Storage=persistent Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald Additional Information: The main configuration file /etc/systemd/journald.conf is read before any of the custom *.conf files. If there are custom configs present, they override the main configuration parameters.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28619,'Ensure journald is not configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald should be kept in the confines of the service and not forwarded on to other services.','IF journald is the method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be handled by journald and not forwarded to other logging mechanisms.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and ensure that ForwardToSyslog=yes is removed. Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}]'),(28620,'Ensure rsyslog is installed.','The rsyslog software is recommended in environments where journald does not meet operation requirements.','The security enhancements of rsyslog such as connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server) justify installing and configuring the package.','','Run the following command to install rsyslog: # apt install rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1070\", \"T1070.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28621,'Ensure rsyslog service is enabled.','Once the rsyslog package is installed, ensure that the service is enabled.','If the rsyslog service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','Run the following command to enable rsyslog: # systemctl --now enable rsyslog','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28622,'Ensure journald is configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Utilities exist to accept remote export of journald logs, however, use of the RSyslog service provides a consistent means of log collection and export.','IF RSyslog is the preferred method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be sent to it for further processing.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: ForwardToSyslog=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}]'),(28623,'Ensure rsyslog default file permissions are configured.','RSyslog will create logfiles that do not already exist on the system. This setting controls what permissions will be applied to these newly created files.','It is important to ensure that log files have the correct permissions to ensure that sensitive data is archived and protected.','The systems global umask could override, but only making the file permissions stricter, what is configured in RSyslog with the FileCreateMode directive. RSyslog also has it\'s own $umask directive that can alter the intended file creation mode. In addition, consideration should be given to how FileCreateMode is used. Thus it is critical to ensure that the intended file creation mode is not overridden with less restrictive settings in /etc/rsyslog.conf, /etc/rsyslog.d/*conf files and that FileCreateMode is set before any file is created.','Edit either /etc/rsyslog.conf or a dedicated .conf file in /etc/rsyslog.d/ and set $FileCreateMode to 0640 or more restrictive: $FileCreateMode 0640 Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28624,'Ensure rsyslog is not configured to receive logs from a remote client.','RSyslog supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Should there be any active log server configuration found in the auditing section, modify those file and remove the specific lines highlighted by the audit. Ensure none of the following entries are present in any of /etc/rsyslog.conf or /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf. Old format $ModLoad imtcp $InputTCPServerRun New format module(load=\"imtcp\") input(type=\"imtcp\" port=\"514\") Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28625,'Ensure cron daemon is enabled and running.','The cron daemon is used to execute batch jobs on the system. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','While there may not be user jobs that need to be run on the system, the system does have maintenance jobs that may include security monitoring that have to run, and cron is used to execute them.','','Run the following command to enable and start cron: # systemctl --now enable cron','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(28626,'Ensure permissions on /etc/crontab are configured.','The /etc/crontab file is used by cron to control its own jobs. The commands in this item make sure that root is the user and group owner of the file and that only the owner can access the file. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','This file contains information on what system jobs are run by cron. Write access to these files could provide unprivileged users with the ability to elevate their privileges. Read access to these files could provide users with the ability to gain insight on system jobs that run on the system and could provide them a way to gain unauthorized privileged access.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/crontab : # chown root:root /etc/crontab # chmod og-rwx /etc/crontab','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28627,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.hourly are configured.','This directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on an hourly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.hourly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.hourly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.hourly','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28628,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.daily are configured.','The /etc/cron.daily directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a daily basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.daily directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.daily/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.daily/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28629,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.weekly are configured.','The /etc/cron.weekly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a weekly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.weekly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.weekly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.weekly/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28630,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.monthly are configured.','The /etc/cron.monthly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a monthly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.monthly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.monthly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.monthly/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28631,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.d are configured.','The /etc/cron.d directory contains system cron jobs that need to run in a similar manner to the hourly, daily weekly and monthly jobs from /etc/crontab, but require more granular control as to when they run. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.d directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.d/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.d/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28632,'Ensure cron is restricted to authorized users.','Configure /etc/cron.allow to allow specific users to use this service. If /etc/cron.allow does not exist, then /etc/cron.deny is checked. Any user not specifically defined in this file is allowed to use cron. By removing the file, only users in /etc/cron.allow are allowed to use cron. Note: - Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy - Even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user - The cron.allow file only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron jobs.','On many systems, only the system administrator is authorized to schedule cron jobs. Using the cron.allow file to control who can run cron jobs enforces this policy. It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. In a deny list, you could potentially add a user ID to the system and forget to add it to the deny files.','','Run the following commands to remove /etc/cron.deny: # rm /etc/cron.deny Run the following command to create /etc/cron.allow # touch /etc/cron.allow Run the following commands to set permissions and ownership for /etc/cron.allow: # chmod g-wx,o-rwx /etc/cron.allow # chown root:root /etc/cron.allow.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28633,'Ensure at is restricted to authorized users.','Configure /etc/cron.allow to allow specific users to use this service. If /etc/cron.allow does not exist, then /etc/cron.deny is checked. Any user not specifically defined in this file is allowed to use cron. By removing the file, only users in /etc/cron.allow are allowed to use cron. Note: - Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy. - Even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user. - The cron.allow file only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron job.','On many systems, only the system administrator is authorized to schedule at jobs. Using the at.allow file to control who can run at jobs enforces this policy. It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. In a deny list, you could potentially add a user ID to the system and forget to add it to the deny files.','','Run the following commands to remove /etc/at.deny: # rm /etc/at.deny Run the following command to create /etc/at.allow # touch /etc/at.allow Run the following commands to set permissions and ownership for /etc/at.allow: # chmod g-wx,o-rwx /etc/at.allow # chown root:root /etc/at.allow.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28634,'Ensure permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config are configured.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file contains configuration specifications for sshd. The command below sets the owner and group of the file to root.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config: # chown root:root /etc/ssh/sshd_config # chmod og-rwx /etc/ssh/sshd_config.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1098\", \"T1098.004\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28635,'Ensure SSH access is limited.','There are several options available to limit which users and group can access the system via SSH. It is recommended that at least one of the following options be leveraged: - AllowUsers: > The AllowUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by only allowing the allowed users to log in from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - AllowGroups: > The AllowGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable. - DenyUsers: > The DenyUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by specifically denying a user\'s access from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - DenyGroups: > The DenyGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable.','Restricting which users can remotely access the system via SSH will help ensure that only authorized users access the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file or a included configuration file to set one or more of the parameter as follows: AllowUsers OR AllowGroups OR DenyUsers OR DenyGroups ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28636,'Ensure SSH LogLevel is appropriate.','INFO level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the field. VERBOSE level specifies that login and logout activity as well as the key fingerprint for any SSH key used for login will be logged. This information is important for SSH key management, especially in legacy environments.','SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LogLevel VERBOSE OR LogLevel INFO','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}]'),(28637,'Ensure SSH PAM is enabled.','The UsePAM directive enables the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) interface. If set to yes this will enable PAM authentication using ChallengeResponseAuthentication and PasswordAuthentication directives in addition to PAM account and session module processing for all authentication types.','When usePAM is set to yes, PAM runs through account and session types properly. This is important if you want to restrict access to services based off of IP, time or other factors of the account. Additionally, you can make sure users inherit certain environment variables on login or disallow access to the server.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: UsePAM yes','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28638,'Ensure SSH root login is disabled.','The PermitRootLogin parameter specifies if the root user can log in using SSH. The default is prohibit-password.','Disallowing root logins over SSH requires system admins to authenticate using their own individual account, then escalating to root. This limits opportunity for non-repudiation and provides a clear audit trail in the event of a security incident.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitRootLogin no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28639,'Ensure SSH HostbasedAuthentication is disabled.','The HostbasedAuthentication parameter specifies if authentication is allowed through trusted hosts via the user of .rhosts, or /etc/hosts.equiv, along with successful public key client host authentication.','Even though the .rhosts files are ineffective if support is disabled in /etc/pam.conf, disabling the ability to use .rhosts files in SSH provides an additional layer of protection.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: HostbasedAuthentication no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28640,'Ensure SSH PermitEmptyPasswords is disabled.','The PermitEmptyPasswords parameter specifies if the SSH server allows login to accounts with empty password strings.','Disallowing remote shell access to accounts that have an empty password reduces the probability of unauthorized access to the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitEmptyPasswords no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28641,'Ensure SSH PermitUserEnvironment is disabled.','The PermitUserEnvironment option allows users to present environment options to the SSH daemon.','Permitting users the ability to set environment variables through the SSH daemon could potentially allow users to bypass security controls (e.g. setting an execution path that has SSH executing trojan\'d programs).','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitUserEnvironment no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28642,'Ensure SSH IgnoreRhosts is enabled.','The IgnoreRhosts parameter specifies that .rhosts and .shosts files will not be used in RhostsRSAAuthentication or HostbasedAuthentication.','Setting this parameter forces users to enter a password when authenticating with SSH.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: IgnoreRhosts yes','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28643,'Ensure SSH X11 forwarding is disabled.','The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic through the connection to enable remote graphic connections.','Disable X11 forwarding unless there is an operational requirement to use X11 applications directly. There is a small risk that the remote X11 servers of users who are logged in via SSH with X11 forwarding could be compromised by other users on the X11 server. Note that even if X11 forwarding is disabled, users can always install their own forwarders.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: X11Forwarding no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(28644,'Ensure only strong Ciphers are used.','This variable limits the ciphers that SSH can use during communication. Note: - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved ciphers. - Ensure that ciphers used are in compliance with site policy. - The only \"strong\" ciphers currently FIPS 140-2 compliant are: > aes256-ctr > aes192-ctr > aes128-ctr - Supported ciphers in openSSH 8.2: 3des-cbc aes128-cbc aes192-cbc aes256-cbc aes128-ctr aes192-ctr aes256-ctr aes128-gcm@openssh.com aes256-gcm@openssh.com chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com.','Weak ciphers that are used for authentication to the cryptographic module cannot be relied upon to provide confidentiality or integrity, and system data may be compromised. - The Triple DES ciphers, as used in SSH, have a birthday bound of approximately four billion blocks, which makes it easier for remote attackers to obtain clear text data via a birthday attack against a long-duration encrypted session, aka a \"Sweet32\" attack. - Error handling in the SSH protocol; Client and Server, when using a block cipher algorithm in Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) mode, makes it easier for remote attackers to recover certain plain text data from an arbitrary block of cipher text in an SSH session via unknown vectors.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file add/modify the Ciphers line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved ciphers. Example: Ciphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128- gcm@openssh.com,aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}]'),(28645,'Ensure only strong MAC algorithms are used.','This variable limits the types of MAC algorithms that SSH can use during communication. Note: - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved MACs. - Ensure that MACs used are in compliance with site policy. - The only \"strong\" MACs currently FIPS 140-2 approved are: > hmac-sha2-256 > hmac-sha2-512 - The Supported MACs are: hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1-96 hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha2-512 umac-64@openssh.com umac-128@openssh.com hmac-md5-etm@openssh.com hmac-md5-96-etm@openssh.com hmac-sha1-etm@openssh.com hmac-sha1-96-etm@openssh.com hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com umac-64-etm@openssh.com umac-128-etm@openssh.com.','MD5 and 96-bit MAC algorithms are considered weak and have been shown to increase exploitability in SSH downgrade attacks. Weak algorithms continue to have a great deal of attention as a weak spot that can be exploited with expanded computing power. An attacker that breaks the algorithm could take advantage of a MiTM position to decrypt the SSH tunnel and capture credentials and information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file and add/modify the MACs line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved MACs. Example: MACs hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\", \"16.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}]'),(28646,'Ensure only strong Key Exchange algorithms are used.','Key exchange is any method in cryptography by which cryptographic keys are exchanged between two parties, allowing use of a cryptographic algorithm. If the sender and receiver wish to exchange encrypted messages, each must be equipped to encrypt messages to be sent and decrypt messages received. Notes: - Kex algorithms have a higher preference the earlier they appear in the list - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved Key exchange algorithms - Ensure that Key exchange algorithms used are in compliance with site policy - The only Key Exchange Algorithms currently FIPS 140-2 approved are: > ecdh-sha2-nistp256 > ecdh-sha2-nistp384 > ecdh-sha2-nistp521 > diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256 > diffie-hellman-group16-sha512 > diffie-hellman-group18-sha512 > diffie-hellman-group14-sha256 - The Key Exchange algorithms supported by OpenSSH 8.2 are: curve25519-sha256 curve25519-sha256@libssh.org diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 diffie-hellman-group14-sha256 diffie-hellman-group16-sha512 diffie-hellman-group18-sha512 diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256 ecdh-sha2-nistp256 ecdh-sha2-nistp384 ecdh-sha2-nistp521 sntrup4591761x25519-sha512@tinyssh.org.','Key exchange methods that are considered weak should be removed. A key exchange method may be weak because too few bits are used, or the hashing algorithm is considered too weak. Using weak algorithms could expose connections to man-in-the-middle attacks.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file add/modify the KexAlgorithms line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved key exchange algorithms Example: KexAlgorithms curve25519-sha256,curve25519-sha256@libssh.org,diffie-hellman-group14-sha256,diffie-hellman-group16-sha512,diffie-hellman-group18-sha512,ecdh-sha2-nistp521,ecdh-sha2-nistp384,ecdh-sha2-nistp256,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}]'),(28647,'Ensure SSH AllowTcpForwarding is disabled.','SSH port forwarding is a mechanism in SSH for tunneling application ports from the client to the server, or servers to clients. It can be used for adding encryption to legacy applications, going through firewalls, and some system administrators and IT professionals use it for opening backdoors into the internal network from their home machines.','Leaving port forwarding enabled can expose the organization to security risks and backdoors. SSH connections are protected with strong encryption. This makes their contents invisible to most deployed network monitoring and traffic filtering solutions. This invisibility carries considerable risk potential if it is used for malicious purposes such as data exfiltration. Cybercriminals or malware could exploit SSH to hide their unauthorized communications, or to exfiltrate stolen data from the target network.','SSH tunnels are widely used in many corporate environments. In some environments the applications themselves may have very limited native support for security. By utilizing tunneling, compliance with SOX, HIPAA, PCI-DSS, and other standards can be achieved without having to modify the applications.','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: AllowTcpForwarding no','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1048\", \"T1048.002\", \"T1572\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28648,'Ensure SSH warning banner is configured.','The Banner parameter specifies a file whose contents must be sent to the remote user before authentication is permitted. By default, no banner is displayed.','Banners are used to warn connecting users of the particular site\'s policy regarding connection. Presenting a warning message prior to the normal user login may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: Banner /etc/issue.net','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28649,'Ensure SSH MaxAuthTries is set to 4 or less.','The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection. When the login failure count reaches half the number, error messages will be written to the syslog file detailing the login failure.','Setting the MaxAuthTries parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. While the recommended setting is 4, set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxAuthTries 4','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28650,'Ensure SSH MaxStartups is configured.','The MaxStartups parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of pending authentication connection attempts, use the rate limiting function of MaxStartups to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxStartups 10:30:60','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.19\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28651,'Ensure SSH MaxSessions is set to 10 or less.','The MaxSessions parameter specifies the maximum number of open sessions permitted from a given connection.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of concurrent sessions, use the rate limiting function of MaxSessions to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxSessions 10','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.20\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(28652,'Ensure SSH LoginGraceTime is set to one minute or less.','The LoginGraceTime parameter specifies the time allowed for successful authentication to the SSH server. The longer the Grace period is the more open unauthenticated connections can exist. Like other session controls in this session the Grace Period should be limited to appropriate organizational limits to ensure the service is available for needed access.','Setting the LoginGraceTime parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. It will also limit the number of concurrent unauthenticated connections. While the recommended setting is 60 seconds (1 Minute), set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LoginGraceTime 60','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\", \"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(28653,'Ensure SSH Idle Timeout Interval is configured.','NOTE: To clarify, the two settings described below is only meant for idle connections from a protocol perspective and not meant to check if the user is active or not. An idle user does not mean an idle connection. SSH does not and never had, intentionally, the capability to drop idle users. In SSH versions before 8.2p1 there was a bug that caused these values to behave in such a manner that they where abused to disconnect idle users. This bug has been resolved in 8.2p1 and thus it can no longer be abused disconnect idle users. The two options ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax control the timeout of SSH sessions. Taken directly from man 5 sshd_config: - ClientAliveInterval Sets a timeout interval in seconds after which if no data has been received from the client, sshd(8) will send a message through the encrypted channel to request a response from the client. The default is 0, indicating that these messages will not be sent to the client. - ClientAliveCountMax Sets the number of client alive messages which may be sent without sshd(8) receiving any messages back from the client. If this threshold is reached while client alive messages are being sent, sshd will disconnect the client, terminating the session. It is important to note that the use of client alive messages is very different from TCPKeepAlive. The client alive messages are sent through the encrypted channel and therefore will not be spoofable. The TCP keepalive option enabled by TCPKeepAlive is spoofable. The client alive mechanism is valuable when the client or server depend on knowing when a connection has become unresponsive. The default value is 3. If ClientAliveInterval is set to 15, and ClientAliveCountMax is left at the default, unresponsive SSH clients will be disconnected after approximately 45 seconds. Setting a zero ClientAliveCountMax disables connection termination.','In order to prevent resource exhaustion, appropriate values should be set for both ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax. Specifically, looking at the source code, ClientAliveCountMax must be greater than zero in order to utilize the ability of SSH to drop idle connections. If connections are allowed to stay open indefinately, this can potentially be used as a DDOS attack or simple resource exhaustion could occur over unreliable networks. The example set here is a 45 second timeout. Consult your site policy for network timeouts and apply as appropriate.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameters according to site policy. Example: ClientAliveInterval 15 ClientAliveCountMax 3','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.22\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(28654,'Ensure sudo is installed.','sudo allows a permitted user to execute a command as the superuser or another user, as specified by the security policy. The invoking user\'s real (not effective) user ID is used to determine the user name with which to query the security policy.','sudo supports a plug-in architecture for security policies and input/output logging. Third parties can develop and distribute their own policy and I/O logging plug-ins to work seamlessly with the sudo front end. The default security policy is sudoers, which is configured via the file /etc/sudoers and any entries in /etc/sudoers.d. The security policy determines what privileges, if any, a user has to run sudo. The policy may require that users authenticate themselves with a password or another authentication mechanism. If authentication is required, sudo will exit if the user\'s password is not entered within a configurable time limit. This limit is policy-specific.','','First determine is LDAP functionality is required. If so, then install sudo-ldap, else install sudo. Example: # apt install sudo','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28655,'Ensure sudo commands use pty.','sudo can be configured to run only from a pseudo terminal (pseudo-pty).','Attackers can run a malicious program using sudo which would fork a background process that remains even when the main program has finished executing.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers with visudo or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo -f and add the following line: Defaults use_pty','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28656,'Ensure sudo log file exists.','sudo can use a custom log file.','A sudo log file simplifies auditing of sudo commands.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo or visudo -f and add the following line: Example: Defaults logfile=\'/var/log/sudo.log\'','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(28657,'Ensure users must provide password for privilege escalation.','The operating system must be configured so that users must provide a password for privilege escalation.','Without (re-)authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user (re-)authenticate.','This will prevent automated processes from being able to elevate privileges.','Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any line with occurrences of NOPASSWD tags in the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28658,'Ensure re-authentication for privilege escalation is not disabled globally.','The operating system must be configured so that users must re-authenticate for privilege escalation.','Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user re-authenticate.','','Configure the operating system to require users to reauthenticate for privilege escalation. Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any occurrences of !authenticate tags in the file(s).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28659,'Ensure sudo authentication timeout is configured correctly.','sudo caches used credentials for a default of 15 minutes. This is for ease of use when there are multiple administrative tasks to perform. The timeout can be modified to suit local security policies. This default is distribution specific. See audit section for further information.','Setting a timeout value reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized privileged access to another user.','','If the currently configured timeout is larger than 15 minutes, edit the file listed in the audit section with visudo -f and modify the entry timestamp_timeout= to 15 minutes or less as per your site policy. The value is in minutes. This particular entry may appear on its own, or on the same line as env_reset. See the following two examples: Defaults env_reset, timestamp_timeout=15 Defaults timestamp_timeout=15 Defaults env_reset','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28660,'Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','The su command allows a user to run a command or shell as another user. The program has been superseded by sudo, which allows for more granular control over privileged access. Normally, the su command can be executed by any user. By uncommenting the pam_wheel.so statement in /etc/pam.d/su, the su command will only allow users in a specific groups to execute su. This group should be empty to reinforce the use of sudo for privileged access.','Restricting the use of su , and using sudo in its place, provides system administrators better control of the escalation of user privileges to execute privileged commands. The sudo utility also provides a better logging and audit mechanism, as it can log each command executed via sudo , whereas su can only record that a user executed the su program.','','Create an empty group that will be specified for use of the su command. The group should be named according to site policy. Example: # groupadd sugroup Add the following line to the /etc/pam.d/su file, specifying the empty group: auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid group=sugroup','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28661,'Ensure password creation requirements are configured.','The pam_pwquality.so module checks the strength of passwords. It performs checks such as making sure a password is not a dictionary word, it is a certain length, contains a mix of characters (e.g. alphabet, numeric, other) and more. The following options are set in the /etc/security/pwquality.conf file: - Password Length: > minlen = 14 - password must be 14 characters or more - Password complexity: > minclass = 4 - The minimum number of required classes of characters for the new password (digits, uppercase, lowercase, others) OR > dcredit = -1 - provide at least one digit > ucredit = -1 - provide at least one uppercase character > ocredit = -1 - provide at least one special character > lcredit = -1 - provide at least one lowercase character.','Strong passwords protect systems from being hacked through brute force methods.','','The following setting is a recommend example policy. Alter these values to conform to your own organization\'s password policies. Run the following command to install the pam_pwquality module: # apt install libpam-pwquality Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password length to conform to site policy: minlen = 14 Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password complexity to conform to site policy: Option 1: minclass = 4 Option 2: dcredit = -1 ucredit = -1 ocredit = -1 lcredit = -1','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28662,'Ensure lockout for failed password attempts is configured.','Lock out users after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts. The first sets of changes are made to the common PAM configuration files. The second set of changes are applied to the program specific PAM configuration file. The second set of changes must be applied to each program that will lock out users. Check the documentation for each secondary program for instructions on how to configure them to work with PAM. All configuration of faillock is located in /etc/security/faillock.conf and well commented. - deny - Deny access if the number of consecutive authentication failures for this user during the recent interval exceeds n tries. - fail_interval - The length of the interval, in seconds, during which the consecutive authentication failures must happen for the user account to be locked out - unlock_time - The access will be re-enabled after n seconds after the lock out. The value 0 has the same meaning as value never - the access will not be re-enabled without resetting the faillock entries by the faillock command. Set the lockout number and unlock time in accordance with local site policy.','Locking out user IDs after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts mitigates brute force password attacks against your systems.','It is critical to test and validate any PAM changes before deploying. Any misconfiguration could cause the system to be inaccessible.','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. Common auth Edit /etc/pam.d/common-auth and ensure that faillock is configured. Note: It is critical to understand each line and the relevant arguments for successful implementation. The order of these entries is very specific. The pam_faillock.so lines surround the pam_unix.so line. The comment \"Added to enable faillock\" is shown to highlight the additional lines and their order in the file. # here are the per-package modules (the \"Primary\" block) auth required pam_faillock.so preauth # Added to enable faillock auth [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so nullok auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail # Added to enable faillock auth sufficient pam_faillock.so authsucc # Added to enable faillock # here\'s the fallback if no module succeeds auth requisite pam_deny.so # prime the stack with a positive return value if there isn\'t one already; # this avoids us returning an error just because nothing sets a success code # since the modules above will each just jump around auth required pam_permit.so # and here are more per-package modules (the \"Additional\" block) auth optional pam_cap.so # end of pam-auth-update config Common account Edit /etc/pam.d/common-account and ensure that the following stanza is at the end of the file. account required pam_faillock.so Fail lock configuration Edit /etc/security/faillock.conf and configure it per your site policy. Example: deny = 4 fail_interval = 900 unlock time = 600','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'),(28663,'Ensure password reuse is limited.','The /etc/security/opasswd file stores the users\' old passwords and can be checked to ensure that users are not recycling recent passwords.','Forcing users not to reuse their past 5 passwords make it less likely that an attacker will be able to guess the password.','','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. Edit the /etc/pam.d/common-password file to include the remember option and conform to site policy as shown: password [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure use_authtok try_first_pass yescrypt remember=5','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28664,'Ensure password hashing algorithm is up to date with the latest standards.','The commands below change password encryption to yescrypt. All existing accounts will need to perform a password change to upgrade the stored hashes to the new algorithm.','The yescrypt algorithm provides much stronger hashing than previous available algorithms, thus providing additional protection to the system by increasing the level of effort for an attacker to successfully determine passwords. Note: these change only apply to accounts configured on the local system.','','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. PAM: Edit the /etc/pam.d/common-password file and ensure that no hashing algorithm option for pam_unix.so is set: password [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure use_authtok try_first_pass remember=5. Login definitions: Edit /etc/login.defs and ensure that ENCRYPT_METHOD is set to yescrypt.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28665,'Ensure minimum days between password changes is configured.','The PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to prevent users from changing their password until a minimum number of days have passed since the last time the user changed their password. It is recommended that PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter be set to 1 or more days.','By restricting the frequency of password changes, an administrator can prevent users from repeatedly changing their password in an attempt to circumvent password reuse controls.','','Set the PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter to 1 in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MIN_DAYS 1 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --mindays 1 ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28666,'Ensure password expiration is 365 days or less.','The PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to force passwords to expire once they reach a defined age.','The window of opportunity for an attacker to leverage compromised credentials or successfully compromise credentials via an online brute force attack is limited by the age of the password. Therefore, reducing the maximum age of a password also reduces an attacker\'s window of opportunity. It is recommended that the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter does not exceed 365 days and is greater than the value of PASS_MIN_DAYS.','','Set the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter to conform to site policy in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MAX_DAYS 365 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --maxdays 365 ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28667,'Ensure password expiration warning days is 7 or more.','The PASS_WARN_AGE parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to notify users that their password will expire in a defined number of days. It is recommended that the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter be set to 7 or more days.','Providing an advance warning that a password will be expiring gives users time to think of a secure password. Users caught unaware may choose a simple password or write it down where it may be discovered.','','Set the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter to 7 in /etc/login.defs : PASS_WARN_AGE 7 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --warndays 7 ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28668,'Ensure inactive password lock is 30 days or less.','User accounts that have been inactive for over a given period of time can be automatically disabled. It is recommended that accounts that are inactive for 30 days after password expiration be disabled.','Inactive accounts pose a threat to system security since the users are not logging in to notice failed login attempts or other anomalies.','','Run the following command to set the default password inactivity period to 30 days: # useradd -D -f 30 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --inactive 30 ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28669,'Ensure default group for the root account is GID 0.','The usermod command can be used to specify which group the root user belongs to. This affects permissions of files that are created by the root user.','Using GID 0 for the root account helps prevent root -owned files from accidentally becoming accessible to non-privileged users.','','Run the following command to set the root user default group to GID 0 : # usermod -g 0 root','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28670,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd are configured.','The /etc/passwd file contains user account information that is used by many system utilities and therefore must be readable for these utilities to operate.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd file is protected from unauthorized write access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following command to set permissions on /etc/passwd: # chown root:root /etc/passwd # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28671,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd- are configured.','The /etc/passwd- file contains backup user account information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following command to set permissions on /etc/passwd- : # chown root:root /etc/passwd- # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd-','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28672,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group are configured.','The /etc/group file contains a list of all the valid groups defined in the system. The command below allows read/write access for root and read access for everyone else.','The /etc/group file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users, but needs to be readable as this information is used with many non-privileged programs.','','Run the following command to set permissions on /etc/group : # chown root:root /etc/group # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28673,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group- are configured.','The /etc/group- file contains a backup list of all the valid groups defined in the system.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/group- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following command to set permissions on /etc/group- : # chown root:root /etc/group- # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group-','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28674,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow are configured.','The /etc/shadow file is used to store the information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/shadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/shadow file (such as expiration) could also be useful to subvert the user accounts.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/shadow to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:root /etc/shadow # chown root:shadow /etc/shadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/shadow: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/shadow','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28675,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow- are configured.','The /etc/shadow- file is used to store backup information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/shadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/shadow- to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:root /etc/shadow- # chown root:shadow /etc/shadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/shadow-: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/shadow-','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28676,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow are configured.','The /etc/gshadow file is used to store the information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/gshadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/gshadow file (such as group administrators) could also be useful to subvert the group.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/gshadow to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:root /etc/gshadow # chown root:shadow /etc/gshadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/gshadow: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/gshadow','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28677,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow- are configured.','The /etc/gshadow- file is used to store backup information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/gshadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/gshadow- to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:root /etc/gshadow- # chown root:shadow /etc/gshadowRun the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/gshadow-: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/gshadow-','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28678,'Ensure accounts in /etc/passwd use shadowed passwords.','Local accounts can uses shadowed passwords. With shadowed passwords, The passwords are saved in shadow password file, /etc/shadow, encrypted by a salted oneway hash. Accounts with a shadowed password have an x in the second field in /etc/passwd.','The /etc/passwd file also contains information like user ID\'s and group ID\'s that are used by many system programs. Therefore, the /etc/passwd file must remain world readable. In spite of encoding the password with a randomly-generated one-way hash function, an attacker could still break the system if they got access to the /etc/passwd file. This can be mitigated by using shadowed passwords, thus moving the passwords in the /etc/passwd file to /etc/shadow. The /etc/shadow file is set so only root will be able to read and write. This helps mitigate the risk of an attacker gaining access to the encoded passwords with which to perform a dictionary attack. Note: All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user. A user account with an empty second field in /etc/passwd allows the account to be logged into by providing only the username.','','Run the following command to set accounts to use shadowed passwords: # sed -e \'s/^([a-zA-Z0-9_]*):[^:]*:/1:x:/\' -i /etc/passwd Investigate to determine if the account is logged in and what it is being used for, to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28679,'Ensure /etc/shadow password fields are not empty.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password.','All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user.','','If any accounts in the /etc/shadow file do not have a password, run the following command to lock the account until it can be determined why it does not have a password: # passwd -l Also, check to see if the account is logged in and investigate what it is being used for to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28680,'Ensure shadow group is empty.','The shadow group allows system programs which require access the ability to read the /etc/shadow file. No users should be assigned to the shadow group.','Any users assigned to the shadow group would be granted read access to the /etc/shadow file. If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/shadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed passwords to break them. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/shadow file (such as expiration) could also be useful to subvert additional user accounts.','','Run the following command to remove all users from the shadow group # sed -ri \'s/(^shadow:[^:]*:[^:]*:)([^:]+$)/1/\' /etc/group Change the primary group of any users with shadow as their primary group. # usermod -g ','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(28681,'Ensure root is the only UID 0 account.','Any account with UID 0 has superuser privileges on the system.','This access must be limited to only the default root account and only from the system console. Administrative access must be through an unprivileged account using an approved mechanism as noted in Item 5.6 Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','','Remove any users other than root with UID 0 or assign them a new UID if appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29000,'Ensure All Apple-provided Software Is Current.','Software vendors release security patches and software updates for their products when security vulnerabilities are discovered. There is no simple way to complete this action without a network connection to an Apple software repository. Please ensure appropriate access for this control. This check is only for what Apple provides through software update.','It is important that these updates be applied in a timely manner to prevent unauthorized persons from exploiting the identified vulnerabilities.','','1. In Terminal, run the following command to verify what packages need to be installed: sudo softwareupdate -l. 2.1. In Terminal, run the following command to install all the packages that need to be updated: sudo software -i -a -R. 2.2. In Terminal, run the following for any packages that show up in step 1: sudo softwareupdate -i packagename\'','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29001,'Ensure Auto Update Is Enabled.','Auto Update verifies that your system has the newest security patches and software updates. If \"Automatically check for updates\" is not selected background updates for new malware definition files from Apple for XProtect and Gatekeeper will not occur.','It is important that a system has the newest updates applied so as to prevent unauthorized persons from exploiting identified vulnerabilities.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to enable the auto update feature: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticCheckEnabled -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29002,'Ensure Download New Updates When Available is Enabled.','In the GUI both \"Install macOS updates\" and \"Install app updates from the App Store\" are dependent on whether \"Download new updates when available\" is selected.','It is important that a system has the newest updates downloaded so that they can be applied.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to enable the auto update feature: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticDownload -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29003,'Ensure Installation of App Update Is Enabled.','Ensure that application updates are installed after they are available from Apple. These updates do not require reboots or admin privileges for end users.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to enable the auto update feature: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.commerce AutoUpdate -bool TRUE','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29004,'Ensure System Data Files and Security Updates Are Downloaded Automatically Is Enabled.','Ensure that system and security updates are installed after they are available from Apple. This setting enables definition updates for XProtect and Gatekeeper. With this setting in place new malware and adware that Apple has added to the list of malware or untrusted software will not execute. These updates do not require reboots or end user admin rights.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to enable install system data files and security updates: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate ConfigDataInstall -bool true && sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate CriticalUpdateInstall -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29005,'Ensure Install of macOS Updates Is Enabled.','Ensure that macOS updates are installed after they are available from Apple. This setting enables macOS updates to be automatically installed. Some environments will want to approve and test updates before they are delivered. It is best practice to test first where updates can and have caused disruptions to operations. Automatic updates should be turned off where changes are tightly controlled and there are mature testing and approval processes. Automatic updates should not be turned off so the admin can call the users first to let them know it\'s ok to install. A dependable, repeatable process involving a patch agent or remote management tool should be in place before auto-updates are turned off.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','','Run the following command to to enable automatic checking and installing of macOS updates: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticallyInstallMacOSUpdates -bool TRUE','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29006,'Ensure Bluetooth Is Disabled If No Devices Are Paired.','Bluetooth devices use a wireless communications system that replaces the cables used by other peripherals to connect to a system. It is by design a peer-to-peer network technology and typically lacks centralized administration and security enforcement infrastructure.','Bluetooth is particularly susceptible to a diverse set of security vulnerabilities involving identity detection, location tracking, denial of service, unintended control and access of data and voice channels, and unauthorized device control and data access.','','Open a terminal session and enter the following command to disable bluetooth: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.Bluetooth ControllerPowerState -int 0 && sudo killall -HUP bluetoothd','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29007,'Ensure Show Bluetooth Status in Menu Bar Is Enabled.','By showing the Bluetooth status in the menu bar, a small Bluetooth icon is placed in the menu bar. This icon quickly shows the status of Bluetooth, and can allow the user to quickly turn Bluetooth on or off.','Enabling \"Show Bluetooth status in menu bar\" is a security awareness method that helps understand the current state of Bluetooth, including whether it is enabled, discoverable, what paired devices exist, and what paired devices are currently active.','','For each user, run the following command to enable Bluetooth status in the menu bar: sudo -u defaults -currentHost write com.apple.controlcenter.plist Bluetooth -int 18','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29008,'Ensure \"Set time and date automatically\" Is Enabled','Correct date and time settings are required for authentication protocols, file creation, modification dates and log entries.','Kerberos may not operate correctly if the time on the Mac is off by more than 5 minutes. This in turn can affect Apple\'s single sign-on feature, Active Directory logons, and other features.','','Run the following commands: sudo systemsetup -setnetworktimeserver sudo systemsetup -setusingnetworktime on. Run the following commands if you have not set, or need to set, a new time zone: sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -listtimezones sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -settimezone ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29009,'Ensure time set is within appropriate limits.','Correct date and time settings are required for authentication protocols, file creation, modification dates and log entries. Ensure that time on the computer is within acceptable limits. Truly accurate time is measured within milliseconds. For this audit, a drift under four and a half minutes passes the control check. Since Kerberos is one of the important features of macOS integration into Directory systems the guidance here is to warn you before there could be an impact to operations. From the perspective of accurate time, this check is not strict, so it may be too great for your organization. Your organization can adjust to a smaller offset value as needed. Note: ntpdate has been deprecated with 10.14. sntp replaces that command. NOTE: set the correct network time server in the rules.','Kerberos may not operate correctly if the time on the Mac is off by more than 5 minutes. This in turn can affect Apple\'s single sign-on feature, Active Directory logons, and other features. Audit check is for more than 4 minutes and 30 seconds ahead or behind.','','Run the following commands to ensure your time is set within an appropriate limit: sudo systemsetup -getnetworktimeserver -> Get the time server name and then run: sudo touch /var/db/ntp-kod && sudo chown root:wheel /var/db/ntp-kod && sudo sntp -sS ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29010,'Ensure an Inactivity Interval of 20 Minutes Or Less for the Screen Saver Is Enabled.','A locking screensaver is one of the standard security controls to limit access to a computer and the current user\'s session when the computer is temporarily unused or unattended. In macOS the screensaver starts after a value selected in a drop down menu, 10 minutes and 20 minutes are both options and either is acceptable. Any value can be selected through the command line or script but a number that is not reflected in the GUI can be problematic. 20 minutes is the default for new accounts.','Setting an inactivity interval for the screensaver prevents unauthorized persons from viewing a system left unattended for an extensive period of time.','','Run the following command to verify that the idle time of the screen saver to 20 minutes or less (≤1200): $ sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults -currentHost write com.apple.screensaver idleTime -int . If there are multiple users out of compliance with the prescribed setting, run this command for each user to set their idle time: $ sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults -currentHost write com.apple.screensaver idleTime -int . Note: Issues arise if the command line is used to make the setting something other than what is available in the GUI Menu. Choose either 1 (60), 2 (120), 5 (300), 10 (600), or 20 (120) minutes to avoid any issues. Profile Method: 1. Create or edit a configuration profile with the PayLoadType of com.apple.screensaver.user 2. Add the key idleTime 3. Set the key to <≤1200> ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29011,'Ensure Screen Saver Corners Are Secure.','Hot Corners can be configured to disable the screen saver by moving the mouse cursor to a corner of the screen.','Setting a hot corner to disable the screen saver poses a potential security risk since an unauthorized person could use this to bypass the login screen and gain access to the system.','','Run the following command to turn off Disable Screen Saver for a Hot Corner: sudo -u defaults write com.apple.dock -int 0 ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29012,'Ensure Remote Apple Events Is Disabled.','Apple Events is a technology that allows one program to communicate with other programs. Remote Apple Events allows a program on one computer to communicate with a program on a different computer.','Disabling Remote Apple Events mitigates the risk of an unauthorized program gaining access to the system.','','Run the following command in Terminal: sudo systemsetup -setremoteappleevents off','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29013,'Ensure Internet Sharing Is Disabled','Internet Sharing uses the open source natd process to share an internet connection with other computers and devices on a local network. This allows the Mac to function as a router and share the connection to other, possibly unauthorized, devices.','Disabling Internet Sharing reduces the remote attack surface of the system.','','Run the following command to turn off Internet Sharing: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/SystemConfiguration/com.apple.nat NAT -dict Enabled -int 0','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29014,'Ensure Screen Sharing Is Disabled.','Screen Sharing allows a computer to connect to another computer on a network and display the computer’s screen. While sharing the computer’s screen, the user can control what happens on that computer, such as opening documents or applications, opening, moving, or closing windows, and even shutting down the computer.','Disabling Screen Sharing mitigates the risk of remote connections being made without the user of the console knowing that they are sharing the computer.','','Run the following command to turn off Screen Sharing: sudo launchctl disable system/com.apple.screensharing','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29015,'Ensure Printer Sharing Is Disabled.','By enabling Printer Sharing the computer is set up as a print server to accept print jobs from other computers. Dedicated print servers or direct IP printing should be used instead.','Disabling Printer Sharing mitigates the risk of attackers attempting to exploit the print server to gain access to the system.','','Run the following command in Terminal: sudo cupsctl --no-share-printers','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29016,'Ensure Remote Login Is Disabled.','Remote Login allows an interactive terminal connection to a computer.','Disabling Remote Login mitigates the risk of an unauthorized person gaining access to the system via Secure Shell (SSH). While SSH is an industry standard to connect to posix servers, the scope of the benchmark is for Apple macOS clients, not servers. macOS does have an IP based firewall available (pf, ipfw has been deprecated) that is not enabled or configured. There are more details and links in section 7.5. macOS no longer has TCP Wrappers support built-in and does not have strong Brute-Force password guessing mitigations, or frequent patching of openssh by Apple. Most macOS computers are mobile workstations, managing IP based firewall rules on mobile devices can be very resource intensive. All of these factors can be parts of running a hardened SSH server.','','Run the following command in Terminal: sudo systemsetup -setremotelogin off','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29017,'Ensure DVD or CD Sharing Is Disabled.','DVD or CD Sharing allows users to remotely access the system\'s optical drive. While Apple does not ship Macs with built-in optical drives any longer, external optical drives are still recognized when they are connected. In testing the sharing of an external optical drive persists when a drive is reconnected.','Disabling DVD or CD Sharing minimizes the risk of an attacker using the optical drive as a vector for attack and exposure of sensitive data.','','Run the following command to disable DVD or CD sharing: sudo launchctl disable system/com.apple.ODSAgent ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29018,'Ensure Bluetooth Sharing Is Disabled.','Bluetooth Sharing allows files to be exchanged with Bluetooth enabled devices.','Disabling Bluetooth Sharing minimizes the risk of an attacker using Bluetooth to remotely attack the system.','','Run the following command to disable Bluetooth Sharing is disabled: sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults -currentHost write com.apple.Bluetooth PrefKeyServicesEnabled -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29019,'Ensure File Sharing Is Disabled.','Server Message Block (SMB), Common Internet File System (CIFS) When Windows (or possibly Linux) computers need to access file shared on a Mac, SMB/CIFS file sharing is commonly used. Apple warns that SMB sharing stores passwords is a less secure fashion than AFP sharing and anyone with system access can gain access to the password for that account. When sharing with SMB, each user that will access the Mac must have SMB enabled.','By disabling file sharing, the remote attack surface and risk of unauthorized access to files stored on the system is reduced.','','Run the following command to disable SMB file sharing: sudo launchctl disable system/com.apple.smbd ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29020,'Ensure Remote Management Is Disabled.','Remote Management is the client portion of Apple Remote Desktop (ARD). Remote Management can be used by remote administrators to view the current screen, install software, report on, and generally manage client Macs. The screen sharing options in Remote Management are identical to those in the Screen Sharing section. In fact, only one of the two can be configured. If Remote Management is used, refer to the Screen Sharing section above on issues regard screen sharing. Remote Management should only be enabled when a Directory is in place to manage the accounts with access. Computers will be available on port 5900 on a macOS System and could accept connections from untrusted hosts depending on the configuration, definitely a concern for mobile systems.','Remote Management should only be enabled on trusted networks with strong user controls present in a Directory system. Mobile devices without strict controls are vulnerable to exploit and monitoring.','','Run the following command to disable Remote Management: sudo /System/Library/CoreServices/RemoteManagement/ARDAgent.app/Contents/Resources/kickstart -deactivate -stop','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29021,'Ensure Content Caching Is Disabled.','Starting with 10.13 (macOS High Sierra) Apple introduced a service to make it easier to deploy data from Apple, including software updates, where there are bandwidth constraints to the Internet and fewer constraints and greater bandwidth on the local subnet. This capability can be very valuable for organizations that have throttled and possibly metered Internet connections. In heterogeneous enterprise networks with multiple subnets the effectiveness of this capability would be determined on how many Macs were on each subnet at the time new large updates were made available upstream. This capability requires the use of mac OS clients as P2P nodes for updated Apple content. Unless there is a business requirement to manage operational Internet connectivity bandwidth user endpoints should not store content and act as a cluster to provision data.','The main use case for Mac computers is as mobile user endpoints. P2P sharing services should not be enabled on laptops that are using untrusted networks. Content Caching can allow a computer to be a server for local nodes on an untrusted network. While there are certainly logical controls that could be used to mitigate risk they add to the management complexity, since the value of the service is in specific use cases organizations with the use case described above can accept risk as necessary.','','Run the following command to disable Content Caching:: sudo AssetCacheManagerUtil deactivate','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29022,'Ensure AirDrop Is Disabled.','AirDrop is Apple\'s built-in on demand ad hoc file exchange system that is compatible with both macOS and iOS. It uses Bluetooth LE for discovery that limits connectivity to Mac or iOS users that are in close proximity. Depending on the setting it allows everyone or only Contacts to share files when they are nearby to each other. In many ways this technology is far superior to the alternatives. The file transfer is done over a TLS encrypted session, does not require any open ports that are required for file sharing, does not leave file copies on email servers or within cloud storage, and allows for the service to be mitigated so that only people already trusted and added to contacts can interact with you. While there are positives to AirDrop, there are privacy concerns that could expose personal information. For that reason, AirDrop should be disabled, and should only be enabled when needed and disabled afterwards.','AirDrop can allow malicious files to be downloaded from unknown sources. Contacts Only limits may expose personal information to devices in the same area.','','Run the following commands to disable AirDrop: sudo -u defaults write com.apple.NetworkBrowser DisableAirDrop -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29023,'Ensure Media Sharing Is Disabled.','Starting with macOS 10.15 Apple has provided a control to allow a user to share Apple downloaded content on all Apple devices that are signed in with the same Apple ID. This allows a user to share downloaded Movies, Music or TV shows with other controlled macOS, iOS and iPadOS devices as well as photos with Apple TVs. With this capability guest users can also use media downloaded on the computer. The recommended best practice is not to use the computer as a server but to utilize Apple\'s cloud storage to download and use content stored there if content stored with Apple is used on multiple devices.','Disabling Media Sharing reduces the remote attack surface of the system.','','Run the following command to disable Media Sharing: sudo -u defaults write com.apple.amp.mediasharingd home-sharing-enabled -int 0','[{\"cis\": [\"2.4.12\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29024,'Ensure FileVault Is Enabled.','FileVault secures a system\'s data by automatically encrypting its boot volume and requiring a password or recovery key to access it. FileVault may also be enabled using command line using the fdesetup command. To use this functionality, consult the Der Flounder blog for more details (see references).','Encrypting sensitive data minimizes the likelihood of unauthorized users gaining access to it.','','Perform the following to enable FileVault: 1. Open System Preferences 2. Select Security & Privacy 3. Select FileVault 4. Select Turn on FileVault','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29025,'Ensure Gatekeeper is Enabled.','Gatekeeper is Apple\'s application allowlisting control that restricts downloaded applications from launching. It functions as a control to limit applications from unverified sources from running without authorization.','Disallowing unsigned software will reduce the risk of unauthorized or malicious applications from running on the system.','','Run the following command to enable Gatekeeper to allow applications from App Store and identified developers: sudo /usr/sbin/spctl --master-enable','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29026,'Ensure Firewall Is Enabled.','A firewall is a piece of software that blocks unwanted incoming connections to a system. Apple has posted general documentation about the application firewall.','A firewall minimizes the threat of unauthorized users from gaining access to your system while connected to a network or the Internet.','','Run the following command to enable the firewall: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.alf globalstate -int For the , use either 1, specific services, or 2, essential services only.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29027,'Ensure Firewall Stealth Mode Is Enabled.','While in Stealth mode the computer will not respond to unsolicited probes, dropping that traffic.','Stealth mode on the firewall minimizes the threat of system discovery tools while connected to a network or the Internet.','','Run the following command to enable stealth mode: sudo /usr/libexec/ApplicationFirewall/socketfilterfw --setstealthmode on','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29028,'Ensure Location Services Is Enabled.','macOS uses location information gathered through local Wi-Fi networks to enable applications to supply relevant information to users. With the operating system verifying the location, users do not need to change the time or the time zone. The computer will change them based on the user\'s location. They do not need to specify their location for weather or travel times and even get alerts on travel times to meetings and appointment where location information is supplied. Location Services simplify some processes, for the purpose of asset management and time and log management, with mobile computers. There are some use cases where it is important that the computer not be able to report its exact location. While the general use case is to enable Location Services, it should not be allowed if the physical location of the computer and the user should not be public knowledge.','Location Services are helpful in most use cases and can simplify log and time management where computers change time zones.','','Run the following command to enable Location Services: sudo launchctl load -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/com.apple.locationd.plist','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29029,'Ensure Sending Diagnostic and Usage Data to Apple Is Disabled.','Apple provides a mechanism to send diagnostic and analytics data back to Apple to help them improve the platform. Information sent to Apple may contain internal organizational information that should be controlled and not available for processing by Apple. Turn off all Analytics and Improvements sharing. Share Mac Analytics (Share with App Developers dependent on Mac Analytic sharing) - Includes diagnostics, usage and location data. Share iCloud Analytics - Includes iCloud data and usage information.','Organizations should have knowledge of what is shared with the vendor and the setting automatically forwards information to Apple.','','Perform the following to disable diagnostic data being sent to Apple: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Application Support/CrashReporter/DiagnosticMessagesHistory.plist AutoSubmit -bool false, sudo /bin/chmod 644 /Library/Application Support/CrashReporter/DiagnosticMessagesHistory.plist, sudo /usr/sbin/chgrp admin /Library/Application Support/CrashReporter/DiagnosticMessagesHistory.plist','[{\"cis\": [\"2.5.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29030,'Ensure Backup Up Automatically is Enabled.','Backup solutions are only effective if the backups run on a regular basis. The time to check for backups is before the hard drive fails or the computer goes missing. In order to simplify the user experience so that backups are more likely to occur Time Machine should be on and set to Back Up Automatically whenever the target volume is available. Operational staff should ensure that backups complete on a regular basis and the backups are tested to ensure that file restoration from backup is possible when needed. Backup dates are available even when the target volume is not available in the Time Machine plist. SnapshotDates = ( \"2012-08-20 12:10:22 +0000\", \"2013-02-03 23:43:22 +0000\", \"2014-02-19 21:37:21 +0000\", \"2015-02-22 13:07:25 +0000\", \"2016-08-20 14:07:14 +0000\" When the backup volume is connected to the computer more extensive information is available through tmutil. See man tmutil','Backups should automatically run whenever the backup drive is available.','','Run the following command to enable automatic backups if Time Machine is enabled: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.TimeMachine.plist AutoBackup -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"2.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29031,'Ensure Wake for Network Access Is Disabled.','This feature allows the computer to take action when the user is not present and the computer is in energy saving mode. These tools require FileVault to remain unlocked and fully rejoin known networks. This macOS feature is meant to allow the computer to resume activity as needed regardless of physical security controls. This feature allows other users to be able to access your computer’s shared resources, such as shared printers or iTunes playlists, even when your computer is in sleep mode. In a closed network when only authorized devices could wake a computer it could be valuable to wake computers in order to do management push activity. Where mobile workstations and agents exist the device will more likely check in to receive updates when already awake. Mobile devices should not be listening for signals on any unmanaged network or where untrusted devices exist that could send wake signals.','Disabling this feature mitigates the risk of an attacker remotely waking the system and gaining access.','','Perform the following disable Wake for network access or Power Nap: Run the following command to disable Wake for network access: sudo pmset -a womp 0 ','[{\"cis\": [\"2.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29032,'Ensure Power Nap Is Disabled.','This feature allows the computer to take action when the user is not present and the computer is in energy saving mode. These tools require FileVault to remain unlocked and fully rejoin known networks. This macOS feature is meant to allow the computer to resume activity as needed regardless of physical security controls. Power Nap allows the system to stay in low power mode, especially while on battery power and periodically connect to previously named networks with stored credentials for user applications to phone home and get updates. This capability requires FileVault to remain unlocked and the use of previously joined networks to be risk accepted based on the SSID without user input. This control has been updated to check the status on both battery and AC Power. The presence of an electrical outlet does not completely correlate with logical and physical security of the device or available networks.','Disabling this feature mitigates the risk of an attacker remotely waking the system and gaining access. The use of Power Nap adds to the risk of compromised physical and logical security. The user should be able to decrypt FileVault and have the applications download what is required when the computer is actively used. The control to prevent computer sleep has been retired for this version of the Benchmark. Forcing the computer to stay on and use energy in case a management push is needed is contrary to most current management processes. Only keep computers unslept if after hours pushes are required on closed LANs.','','Perform the following disable Wake for network access or Power Nap: sudo pmset -a powernap 0','[{\"cis\": [\"2.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29033,'Ensure Secure Keyboard Entry terminal.app is Enabled.','Secure Keyboard Entry prevents other applications on the system and/or network from detecting and recording what is typed into Terminal.','Enabling Secure Keyboard Entry minimizes the risk of a key logger from detecting what is entered in Terminal.','','Perform the following to enable secure keyboard entries in Terminal: sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults write -app Terminal SecureKeyboardEntry -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29034,'Ensure EFI Version Is Valid and Checked Regularly.','In order to mitigate firmware attacks Apple has created an automated Firmware check to ensure that the EFI version running is a known good version from Apple. There is also an automated process to check it every seven days.','If the Firmware of a computer has been compromised the Operating System that the Firmware loads cannot be trusted either.','','If EFI does not pass the integrity check you may send a report to Apple. Backing up files and clean installing a known good Operating System and Firmware is recommended.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29035,'Ensure Security Auditing Is Enabled.','macOS\'s audit facility, auditd, receives notifications from the kernel when certain system calls, such as open, fork, and exit, are made. These notifications are captured and written to an audit log.','Logs generated by auditd may be useful when investigating a security incident as they may help reveal the vulnerable application and the actions taken by a malicious actor.','','Run the following command to load auditd: sudo launchctl load -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/com.apple.auditd.plist','[{\"cis\": [\"3.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29036,'Ensure install.log Is Retained for 365 or More Days and No Maximum Size.','macOS writes information pertaining to system-related events to the file /var/log/install.log and has a configurable retention policy for this file. The default logging setting limits the file size of the logs and the maximum size for all logs. The default allows for an errant application to fill the log files and does not enforce sufficient log retention. The Benchmark recommends a value based on standard use cases. The value should align with local requirements within the organization. The default value has an \"all_max\" file limitation, no reference to a minimum retention and a less precise rotation argument. The all_max flag control will remove old log entries based only on the size of the log files. Log size can vary widely depending on how verbose installing applications are in their log entries. The decision here is to ensure that logs go back a year and depending on the applications a size restriction could compromise the ability to store a full year. While this Benchmark is not scoring for a rotation flag the default rotation is sequential rather than using a timestamp. Auditors may prefer timestamps in order to simply review specific dates where event information is desired. Please review the File Rotation section in the man page for more information. man asl.conf - The maximum file size limitation string should be removed \"all_max=\" - An organization appropriate retention should be added \"ttl=\" - The rotation should be set with timestamps \"rotate=utc\" or \"rotate=local\"','Archiving and retaining install.log for at least a year is beneficial in the event of an incident as it will allow the user to view the various changes to the system along with the date and time they occurred.','','Perform the following to ensure that install logs are retained for at least 365 days: Edit the /etc/asl/com.apple.install file and add or modify the ttl value to 365 or greater on the file line. Also, remove the all_max= setting and value from the file line.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29037,'Ensure Access to Audit Records Is Controlled.','The audit system on macOS writes important operational and security information that can be both useful for an attacker and a place for an attacker to attempt to obfuscate unwanted changes that were recorded. As part of defense-in-depth the /etc/security/audit_control configuration and the files in /var/audit should be owned only by root with group wheel with read-only rights and no other access allowed. macOS ACLs should not be used for these files.','Audit records should never be changed except by the system daemon posting events. Records may be viewed or extracts manipulated, but the authoritative files should be protected from unauthorized changes.','','Run the following to commands to set the audit records to the root user and wheel group: sudo chown -R root:wheel /etc/security/audit_control, sudo chmod -R o-rw /etc/security/audit_control, sudo chown -R root:wheel /var/audit/, sudo chmod -R o-rw /var/audit/ Note: It is recommended to do a thorough verification process on why the audit logs have been changed before following the remediation steps. If the system has different access controls on the audit logs, and the changes cannot be traced, a new install may be prudent. Check for signs of file tampering as well as unapproved OS changes.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29038,'Ensure Firewall Logging Is Enabled and Configured.','The socketfilter firewall is what is used when the firewall is turned on in the Security Preference Pane. In order to appropriately monitor what access is allowed and denied logging must be enabled. The logging level must be set to \"detailed\" to be useful in monitoring connection attempts that the firewall detects. Throttled login is not sufficient for examine firewall connection attempts.','In order to troubleshoot the successes and failures of a firewall, detailed logging should be enabled.','','Run the following command to enable logging of the firewall: sudo /usr/libexec/ApplicationFirewall/socketfilterfw --setloggingmode on. sudo /usr/libexec/ApplicationFirewall/socketfilterfw --setloggingopt detail.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29039,'Ensure Bonjour Advertising Services Is Disabled.','Bonjour is an auto-discovery mechanism for TCP/IP devices which enumerate devices and services within a local subnet. DNS on macOS is integrated with Bonjour and should not be turned off, but the Bonjour advertising service can be disabled.','Bonjour can simplify device discovery from an internal rogue or compromised host. An attacker could use Bonjour\'s multicast DNS feature to discover a vulnerable or poorly- configured service or additional information to aid a targeted attack. Implementing this control disables the continuous broadcasting of \"I\'m here!\" messages. Typical end-user endpoints should not have to advertise services to other computers. This setting does not stop the computer from sending out service discovery messages when looking for services on an internal subnet, if the computer is looking for a printer or server and using service discovery. To block all Bonjour traffic except to approved devices the pf or other firewall would be needed.','','Run the following command to disable Bonjour Advertising services: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.mDNSResponder.plist NoMulticastAdvertisements -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29040,'Ensure HTTP Server Is Disabled.','macOS used to have a graphical front-end to the embedded Apache web server in the Operating System. Personal web sharing could be enabled to allow someone on another computer to download files or information from the user\'s computer. Personal web sharing from a user endpoint has long been considered questionable, and Apple has removed that capability from the GUI. Apache however is still part of the Operating System and can be easily turned on to share files and provide remote connectivity to an end-user computer. Web sharing should only be done through hardened web servers and appropriate cloud services.','Web serving should not be done from a user desktop. Dedicated webservers or appropriate cloud storage should be used. Open ports make it easier to exploit the computer.','','Run the following command to disable the http server services: sudo launchctl disable system/org.apache.httpd','[{\"cis\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29041,'Ensure NFS Server Is Disabled.','macOS can act as an NFS fileserver. NFS sharing could be enabled to allow someone on another computer to mount shares and gain access to information from the user\'s computer. File sharing from a user endpoint has long been considered questionable, and Apple has removed that capability from the GUI. NFSD is still part of the Operating System and can be easily turned on to export shares and provide remote connectivity to an end-user computer.','File serving should not be done from a user desktop. Dedicated servers should be used. Open ports make it easier to exploit the computer.','','Run the following command to disable the nfsd fileserver services: sudo launchctl disable system/com.apple.nfsd. Remove the exported Directory listing: sudo rm /etc/exports','[{\"cis\": [\"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29042,'Ensure System Integrity Protection Status (SIPS) Is Enabled.','System Integrity Protection is a security feature introduced in OS X 10.11 El Capitan. System Integrity Protection restricts access to System domain locations and restricts runtime attachment to system processes. Any attempt to inspect or attach to a system process will fail. Kernel Extensions are now restricted to /Library/Extensions and are required to be signed with a Developer ID.','Running without System Integrity Protection on a production system runs the risk of the modification of system binaries or code injection of system processes that would otherwise be protected by SIP.','','Perform the following to enable System Integrity Protection: 1. Reboot into the Recovery Partition (reboot and hold down Command (⌘) + R) 2. Select Utilities 3. Select Terminal 4. Run the following command: sudo /usr/bin/csrutil enable Successfully enabled System Integrity Protection. Please restart the machine for the changes to take effect. 5. Reboot the computer','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29043,'Ensure Apple Mobile File Integrity Is Enabled.','Apple Mobile File Integrity was first released in macOS 10.12, the daemon and service block attempts to run unsigned code. AMFI uses lanchd, code signatures, certificates, entitlements, and provisioning profiles to create a filtered entitlement dictionary for an app. AMFI is the macOS kernel module that enforces code-signing and library validation.','Apple Mobile File Integrity (AMFI) validates that application code is validated.','','Run the following command to enable the Apple Mobile File Integrity service: sudo /usr/sbin/nvram boot-args=\"\"','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29044,'Ensure Library Validation Is Enabled.','Library Validation is a security feature introduced in macOS 10.10 Yosemite. Library Validation protects processes from loading arbitrary libraries. This stops root from loading arbitrary libraries into any process (depending on SIP status),and keeps root from becoming more powerful. Security is strengthened, because some user processes can no longer be fooled to run additional code without root\'s explicit request, which may grant access to daemons that depend on Library Validation for secure validation of code identity.','Running without Library Validation on a production system runs the risk of the modification of system binaries or code injection of system processes that would otherwise be protected by Library Validation.','','Run the following command to set library validation: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.security.libraryvalidation.plist DisableLibraryValidation -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29045,'Ensure Sealed System Volume (SSV) Is Enabled.','Sealed System Volume is a security feature introduced in macOS 11.0 Big Sur. During system installation, a SHA-256 cryptographic hash is calculated for all immutable system files and stored in a Merkle tree which itself is hashed as the Seal. Both are stored in the metadata of the snapshot created of the System volume. The seal is verified by the boot loader at startup. macOS will not boot if system files have been tampered with. If validation fails, the user will be instructed to reinstall the operating system. During read operations for files located in the Sealed System Volume, a hash is calculated and compared to the value stored in the Merkle tree.','Running without Sealed System Volume on a production system could run the risk of Apple software, that integrates directly with macOS, being modified.','','Perform the following to enable System Integrity Protection: 1. Reboot into the Recovery Partition (reboot and hold down Command (⌘) + R) 2. Select an administrator\'s account and enter that account\'s password 3. Select Utilities 4. Select Terminal 5. Run the following command: sudo /usr/bin/csrutil enable authenticated-root 6. Reboot the computer.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29046,'Ensure Appropriate Permissions Are Enabled for System Wide Applications.','Applications in the System Applications Directory (/Applications) should be world executable since that is their reason to be on the system. They should not be world-writable and allow any process or user to alter them for other processes or users to then execute modified versions.','Unauthorized modifications of applications could lead to the execution of malicious code.','','Run the following command to change the permissions for each application that does not meet the requirements: sudo chmod -R o-w /Applications/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29047,'Ensure No World Writable Files Exist in the System Folder.','Software sometimes insists on being installed in the /System/Volumes/Data/SystemDirectory and have inappropriate world-writable permissions.','Folders in /System/Volumes/Data/System should not be world-writable. The audit check excludes the \"Drop Box\" folder that is part of Apple\'s default user template.','','Run the following command to set permissions so that folders are not world writable in the /System folder: sudo chmod -R o-w /Path/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29048,'Ensure No World Writable Files Exist in the Library Folder.','Software sometimes insists on being installed in the /Library Directory and have inappropriate world-writable permissions.','Folders in /System/Volumes/Data/Library should not be world-writable. The audit check excludes the /System/Volumes/Data/Library/Caches and /System/Volumes/Data/Library/Preferences/Audio/Data folders where the sticky bit is set.','','Run the following command to set permissions so that folders are not world writable in the /System/Volumes/Data/Library folder: sudo /bin/chmod -R o-w /System/Volumes/Data/Library/','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29049,'Ensure the Sudo Timeout Period Is Set to Zero.','The sudo command allows the user to run programs as the root user. Working as the root user allows the user an extremely high level of configurability within the system. This control along with the control to use a separate timestamp for each tty limits the window where an unauthorized user, process or attacker could utilize legitimate credentials that are valid for longer than required.','The sudo command stays logged in as the root user for five minutes before timing out and re-requesting a password. This five-minute window should be eliminated since it leaves the system extremely vulnerable. This is especially true if an exploit were to gain access to the system, since they would be able to make changes as a root user.','','Run the following command to edit the sudo settings: sudo visudo. Add the line \'Defaults timestamp_timeout=0\' in the Override built-in defaults section. ','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29050,'Ensure a Separate Timestamp Is Enabled for Each User/tty Combo.','Using tty tickets ensures that a user must enter the sudo password in each Terminal session. With sudo versions 1.8 and higher, introduced in 10.12, the default value is to have tty tickets for each interface so that root access is limited to a specific terminal. The default configuration can be overwritten or not configured correctly on earlier versions of macOS.','In combination with removing the sudo timeout grace period, a further mitigation should be in place to reduce the possibility of a background process using elevated rights when a user elevates to root in an explicit context or tty. Additional mitigation should be in place to reduce the risk of privilege escalation of background processes.','','Edit the /etc/sudoers file with visudo and remove !tty_tickets from any Defaults line. If there is a Default line of timestamp_type= with a value other than tty, change the value to tty If there is a file in the /etc/sudoers.d/ folder that contains Defaults !tty_tickets, edit the file and remove !tty_tickets from any Defaults line. If there is a file /etc/sudoers.d/ folder that contains a Default line of timestamp_type= with a value other than tty, change the value to tty.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29051,'Ensure the \"root\" Account Is Disabled','The root account is a superuser account that has access privileges to perform any actions and read/write to any file on the computer. With some Linux distros the system administrator may commonly use the root account to perform administrative functions.','Enabling and using the root account puts the system at risk since any successful exploit or mistake while the root account is in use could have unlimited access privileges within the system. Using the sudo command allows users to perform functions as a root user while limiting and password protecting the access privileges. By default the root account is not enabled on a macOS computer. An administrator can escalate privileges using the sudo command (use -s or -i to get a root shell).','','Run the following command to disable the root user: sudo /usr/sbin/dsenableroot -d','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29052,'Ensure Automatic Login Is Disabled.','The automatic login feature saves a user\'s system access credentials and bypasses the login screen. Instead, the system automatically loads to the user\'s desktop screen.','Disabling automatic login decreases the likelihood of an unauthorized person gaining access to a system.','','Run the following command to disable automatic login: sudo defaults delete /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow autoLoginUser','[{\"cis\": [\"5.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29053,'Require an administrator password to access system-wide preferences.','System Preferences controls system and user settings on a macOS Computer. System Preferences allows the user to tailor their experience on the computer as well as allowing the System Administrator to configure global security settings. Some of the settings should only be altered by the person responsible for the computer.','By requiring a password to unlock system-wide System Preferences the risk is mitigated of a user changing configurations that affect the entire system and requires an admin user to re-authenticate to make changes.','','The authorizationdb settings cannot be written to directly, so the plist must be exported out to temporary file. Changes can be made to the temporary plist, then imported back into the authorizationdb settings. Run the following commands to enable that an administrator password is required to access system-wide preferences: $ sudo security authorizationdb read system.preferences > /tmp/system.preferences.plist $ sudo defaults write /tmp/system.preferences.plist shared -bool false $ sudo security authorizationdb write system.preferences < /tmp/system.preferences.plist','[{\"cis\": [\"5.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29054,'Ensure an administrator account cannot login to another user\'s active and locked session.','macOS has a privilege that can be granted to any user that will allow that user to unlock active user\'s sessions.','Disabling the admins and/or user\'s ability to log into another user\'s active and locked session prevents unauthorized persons from viewing potentially sensitive and/or personal information.','','Run the following command to disable a user logging into another user\'s active and/or locked session: sudo security authorizationdb write system.login.screensaver use-login-window-ui','[{\"cis\": [\"5.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29055,'Ensure a Custom Message for the Login Screen Is Enabled.','An access warning informs the user that the system is reserved for authorized use only, and that the use of the system may be monitored.','An access warning may reduce a casual attacker\'s tendency to target the system. Access warnings may also aid in the prosecution of an attacker by evincing the attacker\'s knowledge of the system\'s private status, acceptable use policy, and authorization requirements.','','Run the following command to enable a custom login screen message: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow LoginwindowText \"\"','[{\"cis\": [\"5.12\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29056,'Ensure a Login Window Banner Exists.','A Login window banner warning informs the user that the system is reserved for authorized use only. It enforces an acknowledgment by the user that they have been informed of the use policy in the banner if required. The system recognizes either the .txt and the .rtf formats.','An access warning may reduce a casual attacker\'s tendency to target the system. Access warnings may also aid in the prosecution of an attacker by evincing the attacker\'s knowledge of the system\'s private status, acceptable use policy, and authorization requirements.','','Edit (or create) a PolicyBanner.txt or PolicyBanner.rtf file, in the /Library/Security/ folder, to include the required login window banner text.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.13\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29057,'Ensure Fast User Switching Is Disabled.','Fast user switching allows a person to quickly log in to the computer with a different account. While only a minimal security risk, when a second user is logged in, that user might be able to see what processes the first user is using, or possibly gain other information about the first user. In a large directory environment where it is difficult to limit log in access many valid users can login to other user\'s assigned computers.','Fast user switching allows multiple users to run applications simultaneously at console. There can be information disclosed about processes running under a different user. Without a specific configuration to save data and log out users can have unsaved data running in a background session that is not obvious.','','Run the following command to turn fast user switching off: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/.GlobalPreferences MultipleSessionEnabled -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"5.15\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"2\"]}]'),(29058,'Ensure Login Window Displays as Name and Password Is Enabled.','The login window prompts a user for his/her credentials, verifies their authorization level and then allows or denies the user access to the system.','Prompting the user to enter both their username and password makes it twice as hard for unauthorized users to gain access to the system since they must discover two attributes.','','Run the following command to enable the login window to display name and password: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow SHOWFULLNAME -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29059,'Ensure Show Password Hints Is Disabled.','Password hints are user-created text displayed when an incorrect password is used for an account.','Password hints make it easier for unauthorized persons to gain access to systems by providing information to anyone that the user provided to assist in remembering the password. This info could include the password itself or other information that might be readily discerned with basic knowledge of the end user.','','Run the following command to disable password hints: sudo defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow RetriesUntilHint -int 0','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29060,'Ensure Guest Account Is Disabled.','The guest account allows users access to the system without having to create an account or password. Guest users are unable to make setting changes cannot remotely login to the system. All files, caches, and passwords created by the guest user are deleted upon logging out.','Disabling the guest account mitigates the risk of an untrusted user doing basic reconnaissance and possibly using privilege escalation attacks to take control of the system.','','Run the following command to disable the guest account: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow GuestEnabled -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29061,'Ensure Guest Access to Shared Folders Is Disabled.','Allowing guests to connect to shared folders enables users to access selected shared folders and their contents from different computers on a network.','Not allowing guests to connect to shared folders mitigates the risk of an untrusted user doing basic reconnaissance and possibly use privilege escalation attacks to take control of the system.','','Run the following commands to verify that shared folders are not accessible to guest users: sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/SystemConfiguration/com.apple.smb.server AllowGuestAccess -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29062,'Ensure the Guest Home Folder Does Not Exist.','In the previous two controls the guest account login has been disabled and sharing to guests has been disabled as well. There is no need for the legacy Guest home folder to remain in the file system. When normal user accounts are removed you have the option to archive it, leave it in place or delete. In the case of the guest folder the folder remains in place without a GUI option to remove it. If at some point in the future a Guest account is needed it will be re-created. The presence of the Guest home folder can cause automated audits to fail when looking for compliant settings within all User folders as well. Rather than ignoring the folder\'s continued existence, it is best removed.','The Guest home folders are unneeded after the Guest account is disabled and could be used inappropriately.','','Run the following command to remove the Guest user home folder: sudo /bin/rm -R /Users/Guest','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29063,'Ensure Show All Filename Extensions Setting is Enabled.','A filename extension is a suffix added to a base filename that indicates the base filename\'s file format.','Visible filename extensions allow the user to identify the file type and the application it is associated with which leads to quick identification of misrepresented malicious files.','','Run the following command to enable displaying of file extensions: sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults write /Users//Library/Preferences/.GlobalPreferences.plist AppleShowAllExtensions -bool true','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29064,'Ensure Automatic Opening of Safe Files in Safari Is Disabled.','Safari will automatically run or execute what it considers safe files. This can include installers and other files that execute on the operating system. Safari bases file safety by using a list of filetypes maintained by Apple. The list of files include text, image, video and archive formats that would be run in the context of the OS rather than the browser.','Hackers have taken advantage of this setting via drive-by attacks. These attacks occur when a user visits a legitimate website that has been corrupted. The user unknowingly downloads a malicious file either by closing an infected pop-up or hovering over a malicious banner. An attacker can create a malicious file that will fall within Safari\'s safe file list that will download and execute without user input.','','Run the following command to disable safe files from not opening in Safari: sudo -u /usr/bin/defaults write /Users//Library/Containers/com.apple.Safari/Data/Library/Preferences/com.apple.Safari AutoOpenSafeDownloads -bool false','[{\"cis\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(29500,'Ensure /tmp is a separate partition.','The /tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications.','Making /tmp its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as the noexec option on the mount, making /tmp useless for an attacker to install executable code. It would also prevent an attacker from establishing a hard link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw. This can be accomplished by either mounting tmpfs to /tmp, or creating a separate partition for /tmp.','Since the /tmp directory is intended to be world-writable, there is a risk of resource exhaustion if it is not bound to a separate partition. Running out of /tmp space is a problem regardless of what kind of filesystem lies under it, but in a configuration where /tmp is not a separate file system it will essentially have the whole disk available, as the default installation only creates a single / partition. On the other hand, a RAM-based /tmp (as with tmpfs) will almost certainly be much smaller, which can lead to applications filling up the filesystem much more easily. Another alternative is to create a dedicated partition for /tmp from a separate volume or disk. One of the downsides of a disk-based dedicated partition is that it will be slower than tmpfs which is RAM-based. /tmp utilizing tmpfs can be resized using the size={size} parameter in the relevant entry in /etc/fstab.','First ensure that systemd is correctly configured to ensure that /tmp will be mounted at boot time. # systemctl unmask tmp.mount. For specific configuration requirements of the /tmp mount for your environment, modify /etc/fstab or tmp.mount. Example of /etc/fstab configured tmpfs file system with specific mount options: tmpfs /tmp tmpfs defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime,size=2G 0 0. Example of tmp.mount configured tmpfs file system with specific mount options: [Unit] Description=Temporary Directory /tmp ConditionPathIsSymbolicLink=!/tmp DefaultDependencies=no Conflicts=umount.target Before=local-fs.target umount.target After=swap.target [Mount] What=tmpfs Where=/tmp Type=tmpfs.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29501,'Ensure nodev option set on /tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29502,'Ensure noexec option set on /tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29503,'Ensure nosuid option set on /tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /tmp.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /tmp partition. Example: /tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29504,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var.','The /var directory is used by daemons and other system services to temporarily store dynamic data. Some directories created by these processes may be world-writable.','The reasoning for mounting /var on a separate partition is as follow. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var and cause unintended behavior across the system as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behaviour. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection from exploitation: An example of exploiting /var may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard-link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}]'),(29505,'Ensure nodev option set on /var partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var.','','IF the /var partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29506,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var.','','IF the /var partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29507,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/tmp.','The /var/tmp directory is a world-writable directory used for temporary storage by all users and some applications. Temporary files residing in /var/tmp are to be preserved between reboots.','The reasoning for mounting /var/tmp on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/tmp directory may contain world-writable files and directories, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/tmp and cause the potential disruption to daemons as the disk is full. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/tmp as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection from exploitation: An example of exploiting /var/tmp may be an attacker establishing a hard-link to a system setuid program and wait for it to be updated. Once the program was updated, the hard-link would be broken and the attacker would have his own copy of the program. If the program happened to have a security vulnerability, the attacker could continue to exploit the known flaw.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/tmp. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29508,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/tmp partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29509,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is only intended for temporary file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29510,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/tmp partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/tmp filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/tmp.','','IF the /var/tmp partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/tmp partition. Example: /var/tmp defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/tmp with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/tmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29511,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log.','The /var/log directory is used by system services to store log data.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log directory contains log files which can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/log as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of log data: As /var/log contains log files, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log . For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29512,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29513,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29514,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log filesystem is only intended for log files, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log.','','IF the /var/log partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log partition. Example: /var/log defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29515,'Ensure separate partition exists for /var/log/audit.','The auditing daemon, auditd, stores log data in the /var/log/audit directory.','The reasoning for mounting /var/log/audit on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /var/log/audit directory contains the audit.log file which can grow quite large, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /var/log/audit and cause auditd to trigger it\'s space_left_action as the disk is full. See man auditd.conf for details. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /var/log/audit as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of audit data: As /var/log/audit contains audit logs, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /var/log/audit. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29516,'Ensure noexec option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for audit logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot run executable binaries from /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29517,'Ensure nodev option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29518,'Ensure nosuid option set on /var/log/audit partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /var/log/audit filesystem is only intended for variable files such as logs, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /var/log/audit.','','IF the /var/log/audit partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /var/log/audit partition. Example: /var/log/audit defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0 . Run the following command to remount /var/log/audit with the configured options: # mount -o remount /var/log/audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29519,'Ensure separate partition exists for /home.','The /home directory is used to support disk storage needs of local users.','The reasoning for mounting /home on a separate partition is as follows. - Protection from resource exhaustion: The default installation only creates a single / partition. Since the /home directory contains user generated data, there is a risk of resource exhaustion. It will essentially have the whole disk available to fill up and impact the system as a whole. In addition, other operations on the system could fill up the disk unrelated to /home and impact all local users. - Fine grained control over the mount: Configuring /home as its own file system allows an administrator to set additional mount options such as noexec/nosuid/nodev. These options limits an attackers ability to create exploits on the system. In the case of /home options such as usrquota/grpquota may be considered to limit the impact that users can have on each other with regards to disk resource exhaustion. Other options allow for specific behavior. See man mount for exact details regarding filesystem-independent and filesystem-specific options. - Protection of user data: As /home contains user data, care should be taken to ensure the security and integrity of the data and mount point.','Resizing filesystems is a common activity in cloud-hosted servers. Separate filesystem partitions may prevent successful resizing, or may require the installation of additional tools solely for the purpose of resizing operations. The use of these additional tools may introduce their own security considerations.','For new installations, during installation create a custom partition setup and specify a separate partition for /home. For systems that were previously installed, create a new partition and configure /etc/fstab as appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29520,'Ensure nodev option set on /home partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /home filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot create a block or character special devices in /home.','','IF the /home partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29521,'Ensure nosuid option set on /home partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Since the /home filesystem is only intended for user file storage, set this option to ensure that users cannot create setuid files in /home.','','IF the /home partition exists, edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /home partition. Example: /home defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /home with the configured options: # mount -o remount /home.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29522,'Ensure nodev option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nodev mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain special devices.','Since the /dev/shm filesystem is not intended to support devices, set this option to ensure that users cannot attempt to create special devices in /dev/shm partitions.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nodev to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1200\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29523,'Ensure noexec option set on /dev/shm partition.','The noexec mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain executable binaries.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from executing programs from shared memory. This deters users from introducing potentially malicious software on the system.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add noexec to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. Example: /dev/shm defaults,rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,relatime 0 0. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm with the configured options: # mount -o remount /dev/shm. NOTE It is recommended to use tmpfs as the device/filesystem type as /dev/shm is used as shared memory space by applications.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1204\", \"T1204.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29524,'Ensure nosuid option set on /dev/shm partition.','The nosuid mount option specifies that the filesystem cannot contain setuid files.','Setting this option on a file system prevents users from introducing privileged programs onto the system and allowing non-root users to execute them.','','Edit the /etc/fstab file and add nosuid to the fourth field (mounting options) for the /dev/shm partition. See the fstab(5) manual page for more information. Run the following command to remount /dev/shm using the updated options from /etc/fstab: # mount -o remount /dev/shm.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1038\"]}]'),(29525,'Disable Automounting.','autofs allows automatic mounting of devices, typically including CD/DVDs and USB drives.','With automounting enabled anyone with physical access could attach a USB drive or disc and have its contents available in system even if they lacked permissions to mount it themselves.','The use of portable hard drives is very common for workstation users. If your organization allows the use of portable storage or media on workstations and physical access controls to workstations is considered adequate there is little value add in turning off automounting.','If there are no other packages that depends on autofs, remove the package with: # apt purge autofs OR if there are dependencies on the autofs package: Run the following commands to mask autofs: # systemctl stop autofs # systemctl mask autofs.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"10.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"MP.L2-3.8.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.310(d)(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.2.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1203\", \"T1211\", \"T1212\"]}]'),(29526,'Ensure AIDE is installed.','AIDE takes a snapshot of filesystem state including modification times, permissions, and file hashes which can then be used to compare against the current state of the filesystem to detect modifications to the system.','By monitoring the filesystem state compromised files can be detected to prevent or limit the exposure of accidental or malicious misconfigurations or modified binaries.','','Install AIDE using the appropriate package manager or manual installation: # apt install aide aide-common Configure AIDE as appropriate for your environment. Consult the AIDE documentation for options. Run the following commands to initialize AIDE: # aideinit # mv /var/lib/aide/aide.db.new /var/lib/aide/aide.db.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1036\", \"T1036.002\", \"T1036.003\", \"T1036.004\", \"T1036.005\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\"]}]'),(29527,'Ensure filesystem integrity is regularly checked.','Periodic checking of the filesystem integrity is needed to detect changes to the filesystem.','Periodic file checking allows the system administrator to determine on a regular basis if critical files have been changed in an unauthorized fashion.','','If cron will be used to schedule and run aide check: Run the following command: # crontab -u root -e Add the following line to the crontab: 0 5 * * * /usr/bin/aide.wrapper --config /etc/aide/aide.conf --check OR If aidecheck.service and aidecheck.timer will be used to schedule and run aide check: Create or edit the file /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.service and add the following lines: [Unit] Description=Aide Check [Service] Type=simple ExecStart=/usr/bin/aide.wrapper --config /etc/aide/aide.conf --check [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target. Create or edit the file /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.timer and add the following lines: [Unit] Description=Aide check every day at 5AM [Timer] OnCalendar=*-*-* 05:00:00 Unit=aidecheck.service [Install] WantedBy=multi-user.target. Run the following commands: # chown root:root /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.* # chmod 0644 /etc/systemd/system/aidecheck.* # systemctl daemon-reload # systemctl enable aidecheck.service # systemctl --now enable aidecheck.timer.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1036\", \"T1036.002\", \"T1036.003\", \"T1036.004\", \"T1036.005\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29528,'Ensure bootloader password is set.','Setting the boot loader password will require that anyone rebooting the system must enter a password before being able to set command line boot parameters.','Requiring a boot password upon execution of the boot loader will prevent an unauthorized user from entering boot parameters or changing the boot partition. This prevents users from weakening security (e.g. turning off AppArmor at boot time).','If password protection is enabled, only the designated superuser can edit a Grub 2 menu item by pressing \'e\' or access the GRUB 2 command line by pressing \'c\' If GRUB 2 is set up to boot automatically to a password-protected menu entry the user has no option to back out of the password prompt to select another menu entry. Holding the SHIFT key will not display the menu in this case. The user must enter the correct username and password. If unable, the configuration files will have to be edited via the LiveCD or other means to fix the problem You can add --unrestricted to the menu entries to allow the system to boot without entering a password. Password will still be required to edit menu items. More Information: https://help.ubuntu.com/community/Grub2/Passwords.','Create an encrypted password with grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2: # grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2 Enter password: Reenter password: PBKDF2 hash of your password is . Add the following into a custom /etc/grub.d configuration file: cat <\" password_pbkdf2 EOF. The superuser/user information and password should not be contained in the /etc/grub.d/00_header file as this file could be overwritten in a package update. If there is a requirement to be able to boot/reboot without entering the password, edit /etc/grub.d/10_linux and add --unrestricted to the line CLASS= Example: CLASS=\"--class gnu-linux --class gnu --class os --unrestricted\". Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1046\"]}]'),(29529,'Ensure permissions on bootloader config are configured.','The grub configuration file contains information on boot settings and passwords for unlocking boot options.','Setting the permissions to read and write for root only prevents non-root users from seeing the boot parameters or changing them. Non-root users who read the boot parameters may be able to identify weaknesses in security upon boot and be able to exploit them.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on your grub configuration: # chown root:root /boot/grub/grub.cfg # chmod u-wx,go-rwx /boot/grub/grub.cfg.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1542\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29530,'Ensure authentication required for single user mode.','Single user mode is used for recovery when the system detects an issue during boot or by manual selection from the bootloader.','Requiring authentication in single user mode prevents an unauthorized user from rebooting the system into single user to gain root privileges without credentials.','','Run the following command and follow the prompts to set a password for the root user: # passwd root.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29531,'Ensure prelink is not installed.','prelink is a program that modifies ELF shared libraries and ELF dynamically linked binaries in such a way that the time needed for the dynamic linker to perform relocations at startup significantly decreases.','The prelinking feature can interfere with the operation of AIDE, because it changes binaries. Prelinking can also increase the vulnerability of the system if a malicious user is able to compromise a common library such as libc.','','Run the following command to restore binaries to normal: # prelink -ua . Uninstall prelink using the appropriate package manager or manual installation: # apt purge prelink.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2.1\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1055\", \"T1055.009\", \"T1065\", \"T1065.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}]'),(29532,'Ensure Automatic Error Reporting is not enabled.','The Apport Error Reporting Service automatically generates crash reports for debugging.','Apport collects potentially sensitive data, such as core dumps, stack traces, and log files. They can contain passwords, credit card numbers, serial numbers, and other private material.','','Edit /etc/default/apport and add or edit the enabled parameter to equal 0: enabled=0 Run the following commands to stop and disable the apport service # systemctl stop apport.service # systemctl --now disable apport.service -- OR -- Run the following command to remove the apport package: # apt purge apport.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}]'),(29533,'Ensure core dumps are restricted.','A core dump is the memory of an executable program. It is generally used to determine why a program aborted. It can also be used to glean confidential information from a core file. The system provides the ability to set a soft limit for core dumps, but this can be overridden by the user.','Setting a hard limit on core dumps prevents users from overriding the soft variable. If core dumps are required, consider setting limits for user groups (see limits.conf(5) ). In addition, setting the fs.suid_dumpable variable to 0 will prevent setuid programs from dumping core.','','Add the following line to /etc/security/limits.conf or a /etc/security/limits.d/* file: * hard core 0. Set the following parameter in /etc/sysctl.conf or a /etc/sysctl.d/* file: fs.suid_dumpable = 0. Run the following command to set the active kernel parameter: # sysctl -w fs.suid_dumpable=0. IF systemd-coredump is installed: edit /etc/systemd/coredump.conf and add/modify the following lines: Storage=none ProcessSizeMax=0. Run the command: systemctl daemon-reload.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29534,'Ensure AppArmor is installed.','AppArmor provides Mandatory Access Controls.','Without a Mandatory Access Control system installed only the default Discretionary Access Control system will be available.','','Install AppArmor. # apt install apparmor apparmor-utils.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29535,'Ensure AppArmor is enabled in the bootloader configuration.','Configure AppArmor to be enabled at boot time and verify that it has not been overwritten by the bootloader boot parameters. Note: This recommendation is designed around the grub bootloader, if LILO or another bootloader is in use in your environment enact equivalent settings.','AppArmor must be enabled at boot time in your bootloader configuration to ensure that the controls it provides are not overridden.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add the apparmor=1 and security=apparmor parameters to the GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX= line GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"apparmor=1 security=apparmor\". Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29536,'Ensure all AppArmor Profiles are in enforce or complain mode.','AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that any policies that exist on the system are activated.','','Run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode: # aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/* OR Run the following command to set all profiles to complain mode: # aa-complain /etc/apparmor.d/* Note: Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29537,'Ensure all AppArmor Profiles are enforcing.','AppArmor profiles define what resources applications are able to access.','Security configuration requirements vary from site to site. Some sites may mandate a policy that is stricter than the default policy, which is perfectly acceptable. This item is intended to ensure that any policies that exist on the system are activated.','','Run the following command to set all profiles to enforce mode: # aa-enforce /etc/apparmor.d/* Note: Any unconfined processes may need to have a profile created or activated for them and then be restarted.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1068\", \"T1565\", \"T1565.001\", \"T1565.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29538,'Ensure message of the day is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a .\" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/motd file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , v or references to the OS platform OR If the motd is not used, this file can be removed. Run the following command to remove the motd file: # rm /etc/motd.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29539,'Ensure local login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \" uname -a .\" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , or v , or references to the OS platform # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29540,'Ensure remote login warning banner is configured properly.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services. Unix-based systems have typically displayed information about the OS release and patch level upon logging in to the system. This information can be useful to developers who are developing software for a particular OS platform. If mingetty(8) supports the following options, they display operating system information: m - machine architecture \r - operating system release s - operating system name v - operating system version.','Warning messages inform users who are attempting to login to the system of their legal status regarding the system and must include the name of the organization that owns the system and any monitoring policies that are in place. Displaying OS and patch level information in login banners also has the side effect of providing detailed system information to attackers attempting to target specific exploits of a system. Authorized users can easily get this information by running the \"uname -a\" command once they have logged in.','','Edit the /etc/issue.net file with the appropriate contents according to your site policy, remove any instances of m , \r , s , or v or references to the OS platform: # echo \"Authorized uses only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" > /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1082\", \"T1592\", \"T1592.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29541,'Ensure permissions on /etc/motd are configured.','The contents of the /etc/motd file are displayed to users after login and function as a message of the day for authenticated users.','If the /etc/motd file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/motd: # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/motd) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/motd) OR run the following command to remove the /etc/motd file: # rm /etc/motd.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29542,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed to users prior to login for local terminals.','If the /etc/issue file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/issue) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/issue).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29543,'Ensure permissions on /etc/issue.net are configured.','The contents of the /etc/issue.net file are displayed to users prior to login for remote connections from configured services.','If the /etc/issue.net file does not have the correct ownership it could be modified by unauthorized users with incorrect or misleading information.','','Run the following commands to set permissions on /etc/issue.net : # chown root:root $(readlink -e /etc/issue.net) # chmod u-x,go-wx $(readlink -e /etc/issue.net).','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29544,'Ensure GNOME Display Manager is removed.','The GNOME Display Manager (GDM) is a program that manages graphical display servers and handles graphical user logins.','If a Graphical User Interface (GUI) is not required, it should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system.','Removing the GNOME Display manager will remove the Graphical User Interface (GUI) from the system.','Run the following command to uninstall gdm3: # apt purge gdm3.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}]'),(29545,'Ensure XDCMP is not enabled.','X Display Manager Control Protocol (XDMCP) is designed to provide authenticated access to display management services for remote displays.','XDMCP is inherently insecure. XDMCP is not a ciphered protocol. This may allow an attacker to capture keystrokes entered by a user XDMCP is vulnerable to man-in-the-middle attacks. This may allow an attacker to steal the credentials of legitimate users by impersonating the XDMCP server.','','Edit the file /etc/gdm3/custom.conf and remove the line: Enable=true.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1056\", \"T1056.001\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1050\"]}]'),(29546,'Ensure updates, patches, and additional security software are installed.','Periodically patches are released for included software either due to security flaws or to include additional functionality.','Newer patches may contain security enhancements that would not be available through the latest full update. As a result, it is recommended that the latest software patches be used to take advantage of the latest functionality. As with any software installation, organizations need to determine if a given update meets their requirements and verify the compatibility and supportability of any additional software against the update revision that is selected.','','Run the following command to update all packages following local site policy guidance on applying updates and patches: # apt upgrade OR # apt dist-upgrade.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}]'),(29547,'Ensure chrony is running as user _chrony.','The chrony package is installed with a dedicated user account _chrony. This account is granted the access required by the chronyd service.','The chronyd service should run with only the required privileges.','','Add or edit the user line to /etc/chrony/chrony.conf or a file ending in .conf in /etc/chrony/conf.d/: user _chrony OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove chrony from the system: # apt purge chrony.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29548,'Ensure chrony is enabled and running.','chrony is a daemon for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','chrony needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF chrony is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask chrony.service: # systemctl unmask chrony.service. Run the following command to enable and start chrony.service: # systemctl --now enable chrony.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove chrony: # apt purge chrony.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29549,'Ensure systemd-timesyncd configured with authorized timeserver.','- NTP= > A space-separated list of NTP server host names or IP addresses. During runtime this list is combined with any per-interface NTP servers acquired from systemd-networkd.service(8). systemd-timesyncd will contact all configured system or per-interface servers in turn, until one responds. When the empty string is assigned, the list of NTP servers is reset, and all prior assignments will have no effect. This setting defaults to an empty list. - FallbackNTP= > A space-separated list of NTP server host names or IP addresses to be used as the fallback NTP servers. Any per-interface NTP servers obtained from systemd-networkd.service(8) take precedence over this setting, as do any servers set via NTP= above. This setting is hence only relevant if no other NTP server information is known. When the empty string is assigned, the list of NTP servers is reset, and all prior assignments will have no effect. If this option is not given, a compiled-in list of NTP servers is used.','Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','Edit or create a file in /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ending in .conf and add the NTP= and/or FallbackNTP= lines to the [Time] section: Example: [Time] NTP=time.nist.gov # Uses the generic name for NIST\'s time servers -AND/OR- FallbackNTP=time-a-g.nist.gov time-b-g.nist.gov time-c-g.nist.gov # Space separated list of NIST time servers Note: Servers added to these line(s) should follow local site policy. NIST servers are for example. The timesyncd.conf.d directory may need to be created. Example script: The following example script will create the systemd-timesyncd drop-in configuration snippet: #!/usr/bin/env bash ntp_ts=\"time.nist.gov\" ntp_fb=\"time-a-g.nist.gov time-b-g.nist.gov time-c-g.nist.gov\" disfile=\"/etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d/50-timesyncd.conf\" if ! find /etc/systemd -type f -name \'*.conf\' -exec grep -Ph \'^h*NTP=H+\' {} +; then [ ! -d /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ] && mkdir /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ! grep -Pqs \'^h*[Time]\' \"$disfile\" && echo \"[Time]\" >> \"$disfile\" echo \"NTP=$ntp_ts\" >> \"$disfile\" fi if ! find /etc/systemd -type f -name \'*.conf\' -exec grep -Ph \'^h*FallbackNTP=H+\' {} +; then [ ! -d /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ] && mkdir /etc/systemd/timesyncd.conf.d ! grep -Pqs \'^h*[Time]\' \"$disfile\" && echo \"[Time]\" >> \"$disfile\" echo \"FallbackNTP=$ntp_fb\" >> \"$disfile\" fi Run the following command to reload the systemd-timesyncd configuration: # systemctl try-reload-or-restart systemd-timesyncd OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to stop and mask systemd-timesyncd: # systemctl --now mask systemd-timesyncd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29550,'Ensure systemd-timesyncd is enabled and running.','systemd-timesyncd is a daemon that has been added for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','systemd-timesyncd needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF systemd-timesyncd is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask systemd-timesyncd.service: # systemctl unmask systemd-timesyncd.service. Run the following command to enable and start systemd-timesyncd.service: # systemctl --now enable systemd-timesyncd.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to stop and mask systemd-timesyncd: # systemctl --now mask systemd-timesyncd.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29551,'Ensure ntp access control is configured.','ntp Access Control Commands: restrict address [mask mask] [ippeerlimit int] [flag ...]. The address argument expressed in dotted-quad form is the address of a host or network. Alternatively, the address argument can be a valid host DNS name. The mask argument expressed in dotted-quad form defaults to 255.255.255.255, meaning that the address is treated as the address of an individual host. A default entry (address 0.0.0.0, mask 0.0.0.0) is always included and is always the first entry in the list. Note: the text string default, with no mask option, may be used to indicate the default entry. The ippeerlimit directive limits the number of peer requests for each IP to int, where a value of -1 means \"unlimited\", the current default. A value of 0 means \"none\". There would usually be at most 1 peering request per IP, but if the remote peering requests are behind a proxy there could well be more than 1 per IP. In the current implementation, flag always restricts access, i.e., an entry with no flags indicates that free access to the server is to be given. The flags are not orthogonal, in that more restrictive flags will often make less restrictive ones redundant. The flags can generally be classed into two categories, those which restrict time service and those which restrict informational queries and attempts to do run-time reconfiguration of the server. One or more of the following flags may be specified: - kod - If this flag is set when an access violation occurs, a kiss-of-death (KoD) packet is sent. KoD packets are rate limited to no more than one per second. If another KoD packet occurs within one second after the last one, the packet is dropped. - limited - Deny service if the packet spacing violates the lower limits specified in the discard command. A history of clients is kept using the monitoring capability of ntpd. Thus, monitoring is always active as long as there is a restriction entry with the limited flag. - lowpriotrap - Declare traps set by matching hosts to be low priority. The number of traps a server can maintain is limited (the current limit is 3). Traps are usually assigned on a first come, first served basis, with later trap requestors being denied service. This flag modifies the assignment algorithm by allowing low priority traps to be overridden by later requests for normal priority traps. - noepeer - Deny ephemeral peer requests, even if they come from an authenticated source. Note that the ability to use a symmetric key for authentication may be restricted to one or more IPs or subnets via the third field of the ntp.keys file. This restriction is not enabled by default, to maintain backward compatibility. Expect noepeer to become the default in ntp-4.4. - nomodify - Deny ntpq and ntpdc queries which attempt to modify the state of the server (i.e., run time reconfiguration). Queries which return information are permitted. - noquery - Deny ntpq and ntpdc queries. Time service is not affected. - nopeer - Deny unauthenticated packets which would result in mobilizing a new association. This includes broadcast and symmetric active packets when a configured association does not exist. It also includes pool associations, so if you want to use servers from a pool directive and also want to use nopeer by default, you\'ll want a restrict source ... line as well that does not include the nopeer directive. - noserve - Deny all packets except ntpq and ntpdc queries. - notrap - Decline to provide mode 6 control message trap service to matching hosts. The trap service is a subsystem of the ntpq control message protocol which is intended for use by remote event logging programs. - notrust - Deny service unless the packet is cryptographically authenticated. - ntpport - This is actually a match algorithm modifier, rather than a restriction flag. Its presence causes the restriction entry to be matched only if the source port in the packet is the standard NTP UDP port (123). Both ntpport and non-ntpport may be specified. The ntpport is considered more specific and is sorted later in the list.','If ntp is in use on the system, proper configuration is vital to ensuring time synchronization is accurate.','','Add or edit restrict lines in /etc/ntp.conf to match the following: restrict -4 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery restrict -6 default kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29552,'Ensure ntp is configured with authorized timeserver.','The various modes are determined by the command keyword and the type of the required IP address. Addresses are classed by type as (s) a remote server or peer (IPv4 class A, B and C), (b) the broadcast address of a local interface, (m) a multicast address (IPv4 class D), or (r) a reference clock address (127.127.x.x). Note: That only those options applicable to each command are listed below. Use of options not listed may not be caught as an error, but may result in some weird and even destructive behavior. If the Basic Socket Interface Extensions for IPv6 (RFC-2553) is detected, support for the IPv6 address family is generated in addition to the default support of the IPv4 address family. In a few cases, including the reslist billboard generated by ntpq or ntpdc, IPv6 addresses are automatically generated. IPv6 addresses can be identified by the presence of colons \":\" in the address field. IPv6 addresses can be used almost everywhere where IPv4 addresses can be used, with the exception of reference clock addresses, which are always IPv4. Note: In contexts where a host name is expected, a -4 qualifier preceding the host name forces DNS resolution to the IPv4 namespace, while a -6 qualifier forces DNS resolution to the IPv6 namespace. See IPv6 references for the equivalent classes for that address family. - pool - For type s addresses, this command mobilizes a persistent client mode association with a number of remote servers. In this mode the local clock can synchronized to the remote server, but the remote server can never be synchronized to the local clock. - server - For type s and r addresses, this command mobilizes a persistent client mode association with the specified remote server or local radio clock. In this mode the local clock can synchronized to the remote server, but the remote server can never be synchronized to the local clock. This command should not be used for type b or m addresses.','Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','Edit /etc/ntp.conf and add or edit server or pool lines as appropriate according to local site policy: <[server|pool]> <[remote-server|remote-pool]> Examples: pool mode: pool time.nist.gov iburst. server mode: server time-a-g.nist.gov iburst server 132.163.97.3 iburst server time-d-b.nist.gov iburst Run the following command to load the updated time sources into ntp running config: # systemctl restart ntp OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1498\", \"T1498.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29553,'Ensure ntp is running as user ntp.','The ntp package is installed with a dedicated user account ntp. This account is granted the access required by the ntpd daemon. Note: - If chrony or systemd-timesyncd are used, ntp should be removed and this section skipped. - This recommendation only applies if ntp is in use on the system. - Only one time synchronization method should be in use on the system.','The ntpd daemon should run with only the required privilege.','','Add or edit the following line in /etc/init.d/ntp: RUNASUSER=ntp. Run the following command to restart ntp.service: # systemctl restart ntp.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp from the system: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29554,'Ensure ntp is enabled and running.','ntp is a daemon for synchronizing the system clock across the network.','ntp needs to be enabled and running in order to synchronize the system to a timeserver. Time synchronization is important to support time sensitive security mechanisms and to ensure log files have consistent time records across the enterprise to aid in forensic investigations.','','IF ntp is in use on the system, run the following commands: Run the following command to unmask ntp.service: # systemctl unmask ntp.service Run the following command to enable and start ntp.service: # systemctl --now enable ntp.service OR If another time synchronization service is in use on the system, run the following command to remove ntp: # apt purge ntp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}]'),(29555,'Ensure X Window System is not installed.','The X Window System provides a Graphical User Interface (GUI) where users can have multiple windows in which to run programs and various add on. The X Windows system is typically used on workstations where users login, but not on servers where users typically do not login.','Unless your organization specifically requires graphical login access via X Windows, remove it to reduce the potential attack surface.','Many Linux systems run applications which require a Java runtime. Some Linux Java packages have a dependency on specific X Windows xorg-x11-fonts. One workaround to avoid this dependency is to use the \"headless\" Java packages for your specific Java runtime, if provided by your distribution.','Remove the X Windows System packages: apt purge xserver-xorg*.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29556,'Ensure Avahi Server is not installed.','Avahi is a free zeroconf implementation, including a system for multicast DNS/DNS-SD service discovery. Avahi allows programs to publish and discover services and hosts running on a local network with no specific configuration. For example, a user can plug a computer into a network and Avahi automatically finds printers to print to, files to look at and people to talk to, as well as network services running on the machine.','Automatic discovery of network services is not normally required for system functionality. It is recommended to remove this package to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to remove avahi-daemon: # systemctl stop avahi-daaemon.service # systemctl stop avahi-daemon.socket # apt purge avahi-daemon.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29557,'Ensure CUPS is not installed.','The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) provides the ability to print to both local and network printers. A system running CUPS can also accept print jobs from remote systems and print them to local printers. It also provides a web based remote administration capability.','If the system does not need to print jobs or accept print jobs from other systems, it is recommended that CUPS be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing CUPS will prevent printing from the system, a common task for workstation systems.','Run one of the following commands to remove cups: # apt purge cups.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29558,'Ensure DHCP Server is not installed.','The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a service that allows machines to be dynamically assigned IP addresses.','Unless a system is specifically set up to act as a DHCP server, it is recommended that this package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove isc-dhcp-server: # apt purge isc-dhcp-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29559,'Ensure LDAP server is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP server, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run one of the following commands to remove slapd: # apt purge slapd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29560,'Ensure NFS is not installed.','The Network File System (NFS) is one of the first and most widely distributed file systems in the UNIX environment. It provides the ability for systems to mount file systems of other servers through the network.','If the system does not export NFS shares, it is recommended that the nfs-kernel-server package be removed to reduce the remote attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove nfs: # apt purge nfs-kernel-server.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}]'),(29561,'Ensure DNS Server is not installed.','The Domain Name System (DNS) is a hierarchical naming system that maps names to IP addresses for computers, services and other resources connected to a network.','Unless a system is specifically designated to act as a DNS server, it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following commands to disable DNS server: # apt purge bind9.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29562,'Ensure FTP Server is not installed.','The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) provides networked computers with the ability to transfer files.','FTP does not protect the confidentiality of data or authentication credentials. It is recommended SFTP be used if file transfer is required. Unless there is a need to run the system as a FTP server (for example, to allow anonymous downloads), it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove vsftpd: # apt purge vsftpd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29563,'Ensure HTTP server is not installed.','HTTP or web servers provide the ability to host web site content.','Unless there is a need to run the system as a web server, it is recommended that the package be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove apache: # apt purge apache2.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29564,'Ensure IMAP and POP3 server are not installed.','dovecot-imapd and dovecot-pop3d are an open source IMAP and POP3 server for Linux based systems.','Unless POP3 and/or IMAP servers are to be provided by this system, it is recommended that the package be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run one of the following commands to remove dovecot-imapd and dovecot-pop3d: # apt purge dovecot-imapd dovecot-pop3d.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29565,'Ensure Samba is not installed.','The Samba daemon allows system administrators to configure their Linux systems to share file systems and directories with Windows desktops. Samba will advertise the file systems and directories via the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol. Windows desktop users will be able to mount these directories and file systems as letter drives on their systems.','If there is no need to mount directories and file systems to Windows systems, then this service should be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove samba: # apt purge samba.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1039\", \"T1083\", \"T1135\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}]'),(29566,'Ensure HTTP Proxy Server is not installed.','Squid is a standard proxy server used in many distributions and environments.','If there is no need for a proxy server, it is recommended that the squid proxy be deleted to reduce the potential attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove squid: # apt purge squid.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29567,'Ensure SNMP Server is not installed.','Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a widely used protocol for monitoring the health and welfare of network equipment, computer equipment and devices like UPSs. Net-SNMP is a suite of applications used to implement SNMPv1 (RFC 1157), SNMPv2 (RFCs 1901-1908), and SNMPv3 (RFCs 3411-3418) using both IPv4 and IPv6. Support for SNMPv2 classic (a.k.a. \"SNMPv2 historic\" - RFCs 1441-1452) was dropped with the 4.0 release of the UCD-snmp package. The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server is used to listen for SNMP commands from an SNMP management system, execute the commands or collect the information and then send results back to the requesting system.','The SNMP server can communicate using SNMPv1, which transmits data in the clear and does not require authentication to execute commands. SNMPv3 replaces the simple/clear text password sharing used in SNMPv2 with more securely encoded parameters. If the the SNMP service is not required, the net-snmp package should be removed to reduce the attack surface of the system. Note: If SNMP is required: - The server should be configured for SNMP v3 only. User Authentication and Message Encryption should be configured. - If SNMP v2 is absolutely necessary, modify the community strings\' values.','','Run the following command to remove snmp: # apt purge snmp.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29568,'Ensure NIS Server is not installed.','The Network Information Service (NIS) (formally known as Yellow Pages) is a client-server directory service protocol for distributing system configuration files. The NIS server is a collection of programs that allow for the distribution of configuration files.','The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed and other, more secure services be used.','','Run the following command to remove nis: # apt purge nis.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29569,'Ensure mail transfer agent is configured for local-only mode.','Mail Transfer Agents (MTA), such as sendmail and Postfix, are used to listen for incoming mail and transfer the messages to the appropriate user or mail server. If the system is not intended to be a mail server, it is recommended that the MTA be configured to only process local mail.','The software for all Mail Transfer Agents is complex and most have a long history of security issues. While it is important to ensure that the system can process local mail messages, it is not necessary to have the MTA\'s daemon listening on a port unless the server is intended to be a mail server that receives and processes mail from other systems. Note: This recommendation is designed around the postfix mail server. Depending on your environment you may have an alternative MTA installed such as exim4. If this is the case consult the documentation for your installed MTA to configure the recommended state.','','Edit /etc/postfix/main.cf and add the following line to the RECEIVING MAIL section. If the line already exists, change it to look like the line below: inet_interfaces = loopback-only. Run the following command to restart postfix: # systemctl restart postfix.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1018\", \"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29570,'Ensure rsync service is either not installed or masked.','The rsync service can be used to synchronize files between systems over network links.','The rsync service presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication. The rsync package should be removed to reduce the attack area of the system.','','Run the following command to remove rsync: # apt purge rsync OR Run the following commands to stop and mask rsync: # systemctl stop rsync # systemctl mask rsync.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1105\", \"T1203\", \"T1210\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\", \"T1570\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29571,'Ensure NIS Client is not installed.','The Network Information Service (NIS), formerly known as Yellow Pages, is a client-server directory service protocol used to distribute system configuration files. The NIS client was used to bind a machine to an NIS server and receive the distributed configuration files.','The NIS service is inherently an insecure system that has been vulnerable to DOS attacks, buffer overflows and has poor authentication for querying NIS maps. NIS generally has been replaced by such protocols as Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). It is recommended that the service be removed.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall nis: # apt purge nis.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29572,'Ensure rsh client is not installed.','The rsh-client package contains the client commands for the rsh services.','These legacy clients contain numerous security exposures and have been replaced with the more secure SSH package. Even if the server is removed, it is best to ensure the clients are also removed to prevent users from inadvertently attempting to use these commands and therefore exposing their credentials. Note that removing the rsh package removes the clients for rsh, rcp and rlogin.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall rsh: # apt purge rsh-client.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}]'),(29573,'Ensure talk client is not installed.','The talk software makes it possible for users to send and receive messages across systems through a terminal session. The talk client, which allows initialization of talk sessions, is installed by default.','The software presents a security risk as it uses unencrypted protocols for communication.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall talk: # apt purge talk.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}]'),(29574,'Ensure telnet client is not installed.','The telnet package contains the telnet client, which allows users to start connections to other systems via the telnet protocol.','The telnet protocol is insecure and unencrypted. The use of an unencrypted transmission medium could allow an unauthorized user to steal credentials. The ssh package provides an encrypted session and stronger security and is included in most Linux distributions.','Many insecure service clients are used as troubleshooting tools and in testing environments. Uninstalling them can inhibit capability to test and troubleshoot. If they are required it is advisable to remove the clients after use to prevent accidental or intentional misuse.','Uninstall telnet: # apt purge telnet.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\", \"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\", \"M1042\"]}]'),(29575,'Ensure LDAP client is not installed.','The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) was introduced as a replacement for NIS/YP. It is a service that provides a method for looking up information from a central database.','If the system will not need to act as an LDAP client, it is recommended that the software be removed to reduce the potential attack surface.','Removing the LDAP client will prevent or inhibit using LDAP for authentication in your environment.','Uninstall ldap-utils: # apt purge ldap-utils.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29576,'Ensure RPC is not installed.','Remote Procedure Call (RPC) is a method for creating low level client server applications across different system architectures. It requires an RPC compliant client listening on a network port. The supporting package is rpcbind.','If RPC is not required, it is recommended that this services be removed to reduce the remote attack surface.','','Run the following command to remove rpcbind: # apt purge rpcbind.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1203\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29577,'Ensure ufw is installed.','The Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) is a frontend for iptables and is particularly well-suited for host-based firewalls. ufw provides a framework for managing netfilter, as well as a command-line interface for manipulating the firewall.','A firewall utility is required to configure the Linux kernel\'s netfilter framework via the iptables or nftables back-end. The Linux kernel\'s netfilter framework host-based firewall can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host. Note: Only one firewall utility should be installed and configured. UFW is dependent on the iptables package.','','Run the following command to install Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW): # apt install ufw.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29578,'Ensure iptables-persistent is not installed with ufw.','The iptables-persistent is a boot-time loader for netfilter rules, iptables plugin.','Running both ufw and the services included in the iptables-persistent package may lead to conflict.','','Run the following command to remove the iptables-persistent package: # apt purge iptables-persistent.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29579,'Ensure ufw service is enabled.','UncomplicatedFirewall (ufw) is a frontend for iptables. ufw provides a framework for managing netfilter, as well as a command-line and available graphical user interface for manipulating the firewall. Notes: - When running ufw enable or starting ufw via its initscript, ufw will flush its chains. This is required so ufw can maintain a consistent state, but it may drop existing connections (eg ssh). ufw does support adding rules before enabling the firewall. - Run the following command before running ufw enable. # ufw allow proto tcp from any to any port 22. - The rules will still be flushed, but the ssh port will be open after enabling the firewall. Please note that once ufw is \'enabled\', ufw will not flush the chains when adding or removing rules (but will when modifying a rule or changing the default policy). - By default, ufw will prompt when enabling the firewall while running under ssh. This can be disabled by using ufw --force enable.','The ufw service must be enabled and running in order for ufw to protect the system.','Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.','Run the following command to unmask the ufw daemon: # systemctl unmask ufw.service. Run the following command to enable and start the ufw daemon: # systemctl --now enable ufw.service active Run the following command to enable ufw: # ufw enable.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29580,'Ensure ufw loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6).','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (127.0.0.0/8 for IPv4 and ::1/128 for IPv6) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # ufw allow in on lo # ufw allow out on lo # ufw deny in from 127.0.0.0/8 # ufw deny in from ::1.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29581,'Ensure ufw default deny firewall policy.','A default deny policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: Any port or protocol without a explicit allow before the default deny will be blocked.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','Any port and protocol not explicitly allowed will be blocked. The following rules should be considered before applying the default deny. ufw allow git, ufw allow in http, ufw allow out http <- required for apt to connect to repository, ufw allow in https, ufw allow out https, ufw allow out 53, ufw logging on.','Run the following commands to implement a default deny policy: # ufw default deny incoming # ufw default deny outgoing # ufw default deny routed.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29582,'Ensure nftables is installed.','nftables provides a new in-kernel packet classification framework that is based on a network-specific Virtual Machine (VM) and a new nft userspace command line tool. nftables reuses the existing Netfilter subsystems such as the existing hook infrastructure, the connection tracking system, NAT, userspace queuing and logging subsystem. Notes: - nftables is available in Linux kernel 3.13 and newer. - Only one firewall utility should be installed and configured. - Changing firewall settings while connected over the network can result in being locked out of the system.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel that can protect against threats originating from within a corporate network to include malicious mobile code and poorly configured software on a host.','','Run the following command to install nftables: # apt install nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29583,'Ensure ufw is uninstalled or disabled with nftables.','Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW) is a program for managing a netfilter firewall designed to be easy to use.','Running both the nftables service and ufw may lead to conflict and unexpected results.','','Run one of the following commands to either remove ufw or disable ufw. Run the following command to remove ufw: # apt purge ufw. Run the following command to disable ufw: # ufw disable.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29584,'Ensure iptables are flushed with nftables.','nftables is a replacement for iptables, ip6tables, ebtables and arptables.','It is possible to mix iptables and nftables. However, this increases complexity and also the chance to introduce errors. For simplicity flush out all iptables rules, and ensure it is not loaded.','','Run the following commands to flush iptables: For iptables: # iptables -F For ip6tables: # ip6tables -F.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29585,'Ensure a nftables table exists.','Tables hold chains. Each table only has one address family and only applies to packets of this family. Tables can have one of five families.','nftables doesn\'t have any default tables. Without a table being build, nftables will not filter network traffic.','Adding rules to a running nftables can cause loss of connectivity to the system.','Run the following command to create a table in nftables: # nft create table inet
Example: # nft create table inet filter.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29586,'Ensure nftables base chains exist.','Chains are containers for rules. They exist in two kinds, base chains and regular chains. A base chain is an entry point for packets from the networking stack, a regular chain may be used as jump target and is used for better rule organization.','If a base chain doesn\'t exist with a hook for input, forward, and delete, packets that would flow through those chains will not be touched by nftables.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command to create the base chains: # nft create chain inet
{ type filter hook <(input|forward|output)> priority 0 ; }. Example: # nft create chain inet filter input { type filter hook input priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter forward { type filter hook forward priority 0 ; } # nft create chain inet filter output { type filter hook output priority 0 ; }.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29587,'Ensure nftables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # nft add rule inet filter input iif lo accept # nft create rule inet filter input ip saddr 127.0.0.0/8 counter drop. IF IPv6 is enabled on the system: Run the following command to implement the IPv6 loopback rule: # nft add rule inet filter input ip6 saddr ::1 counter drop.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29588,'Ensure nftables default deny firewall policy.','Base chain policy is the default verdict that will be applied to packets reaching the end of the chain.','There are two policies: accept (Default) and drop. If the policy is set to accept, the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied and the packet will continue transversing the network stack. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage. Note: Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system.','If configuring nftables over ssh, creating a base chain with a policy of drop will cause loss of connectivity. Ensure that a rule allowing ssh has been added to the base chain prior to setting the base chain\'s policy to drop.','Run the following command for the base chains with the input, forward, and output hooks to implement a default DROP policy: # nft chain
{ policy drop ; }. Example: # nft chain inet filter input { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter forward { policy drop ; } # nft chain inet filter output { policy drop ; }.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29589,'Ensure nftables service is enabled.','The nftables service allows for the loading of nftables rulesets during boot, or starting on the nftables service.','The nftables service restores the nftables rules from the rules files referenced in the /etc/nftables.conf file during boot or the starting of the nftables service.','','Run the following command to enable the nftables service: # systemctl enable nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29590,'Ensure iptables packages are installed.','iptables is a utility program that allows a system administrator to configure the tables provided by the Linux kernel firewall, implemented as different Netfilter modules, and the chains and rules it stores. Different kernel modules and programs are used for different protocols; iptables applies to IPv4, ip6tables to IPv6, arptables to ARP, and ebtables to Ethernet frames.','A method of configuring and maintaining firewall rules is necessary to configure a Host Based Firewall.','','Run the following command to install iptables and iptables-persistent # apt install iptables iptables-persistent.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29591,'Ensure nftables is not installed with iptables.','nftables is a subsystem of the Linux kernel providing filtering and classification of network packets/datagrams/frames and is the successor to iptables.','Running both iptables and nftables may lead to conflict.','','Run the following command to remove nftables: # apt purge nftables.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}]'),(29592,'Ensure ufw is uninstalled or disabled with iptables.','Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW) is a program for managing a netfilter firewall designed to be easy to use. - Uses a command-line interface consisting of a small number of simple commands. - Uses iptables for configuration.','Running iptables.persistent with ufw enabled may lead to conflict and unexpected results.','','Run one of the following commands to either remove ufw or stop and mask ufw Run the following command to remove ufw: # apt purge ufw OR Run the following commands to disable ufw: # ufw disable # systemctl stop ufw # systemctl mask ufw.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}]'),(29593,'Ensure iptables default deny firewall policy.','A default deny all policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Notes: - Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system. - Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','','Run the following commands to implement a default DROP policy: # iptables -P INPUT DROP # iptables -P OUTPUT DROP # iptables -P FORWARD DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29594,'Ensure iptables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (127.0.0.0/8). Notes: - Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system. - Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (127.0.0.0/8) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT # iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT # iptables -A INPUT -s 127.0.0.0/8 -j DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29595,'Ensure ip6tables default deny firewall policy.','A default deny all policy on connections ensures that any unconfigured network usage will be rejected. Note: - Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system. - Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','With a default accept policy the firewall will accept any packet that is not configured to be denied. It is easier to white list acceptable usage than to black list unacceptable usage.','','Run the following commands to implement a default DROP policy: # ip6tables -P INPUT DROP # ip6tables -P OUTPUT DROP # ip6tables -P FORWARD DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29596,'Ensure ip6tables loopback traffic is configured.','Configure the loopback interface to accept traffic. Configure all other interfaces to deny traffic to the loopback network (::1). Note: - Changing firewall settings while connected over network can result in being locked out of the system. - Remediation will only affect the active system firewall, be sure to configure the default policy in your firewall management to apply on boot as well.','Loopback traffic is generated between processes on machine and is typically critical to operation of the system. The loopback interface is the only place that loopback network (::1) traffic should be seen, all other interfaces should ignore traffic on this network as an anti-spoofing measure.','','Run the following commands to implement the loopback rules: # ip6tables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT # ip6tables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT # ip6tables -A INPUT -s ::1 -j DROP.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.5.3.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.4\", \"4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.3.1\", \"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.1\", \"1.4.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0011\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1031\", \"M1037\"]}]'),(29597,'Ensure auditd is installed.','auditd is the userspace component to the Linux Auditing System. It\'s responsible for writing audit records to the disk.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to Install auditd: # apt install auditd audispd-plugins.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29598,'Ensure auditd service is enabled and active.','Turn on the auditd daemon to record system events.','The capturing of system events provides system administrators with information to allow them to determine if unauthorized access to their system is occurring.','','Run the following command to enable and start auditd: # systemctl --now enable auditd.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29599,'Ensure auditing for processes that start prior to auditd is enabled.','Configure grub2 so that processes that are capable of being audited can be audited even if they start up prior to auditd startup.','Audit events need to be captured on processes that start up prior to auditd , so that potential malicious activity cannot go undetected.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add audit=1 to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX: Example: GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"audit=1\". Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29600,'Ensure audit_backlog_limit is sufficient.','In the kernel-level audit subsystem, a socket buffer queue is used to hold audit events. Whenever a new audit event is received, it is logged and prepared to be added to this queue. The kernel boot parameter audit_backlog_limit=N, with N representing the amount of messages, will ensure that a queue cannot grow beyond a certain size. If an audit event is logged which would grow the queue beyond this limit, then a failure occurs and is handled according to the system configuration.','If an audit event is logged which would grow the queue beyond the audit_backlog_limit, then a failure occurs, auditd records will be lost, and potential malicious activity could go undetected.','','Edit /etc/default/grub and add audit_backlog_limit=N to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX. The recommended size for N is 8192 or larger. Example: GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX=\"audit_backlog_limit=8192\". Run the following command to update the grub2 configuration: # update-grub.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29601,'Ensure audit log storage size is configured.','Configure the maximum size of the audit log file. Once the log reaches the maximum size, it will be rotated and a new log file will be started.','It is important that an appropriate size is determined for log files so that they do not impact the system and audit data is not lost.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf in accordance with site policy: max_log_file = .','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(29602,'Ensure audit logs are not automatically deleted.','The max_log_file_action setting determines how to handle the audit log file reaching the max file size. A value of keep_logs will rotate the logs but never delete old logs.','In high security contexts, the benefits of maintaining a long audit history exceed the cost of storing the audit history.','','Set the following parameter in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: max_log_file_action = keep_logs.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(29603,'Ensure system is disabled when audit logs are full.','The auditd daemon can be configured to halt the system when the audit logs are full. The admin_space_left_action parameter tells the system what action to take when the system has detected that it is low on disk space. Valid values are ignore, syslog, suspend, single, and halt. - ignore, the audit daemon does nothing. - Syslog, the audit daemon will issue a warning to syslog. - Suspend, the audit daemon will stop writing records to the disk. - single, the audit daemon will put the computer system in single user mode. - halt, the audit daemon will shutdown the system.','In high security contexts, the risk of detecting unauthorized access or nonrepudiation exceeds the benefit of the system\'s availability.','If the admin_space_left_action parameter is set to halt the audit daemon will shutdown the system when the disk partition containing the audit logs becomes full.','Set the following parameters in /etc/audit/auditd.conf: space_left_action = email action_mail_acct = root set admin_space_left_action to either halt or single in /etc/audit/auditd.conf. Example: admin_space_left_action = halt.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29604,'Ensure changes to system administration scope (sudoers) is collected.','Monitor scope changes for system administrators. If the system has been properly configured to force system administrators to log in as themselves first and then use the sudo command to execute privileged commands, it is possible to monitor changes in scope. The file /etc/sudoers, or files in /etc/sudoers.d, will be written to when the file(s) or related attributes have changed. The audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"scope\".','Changes in the /etc/sudoers and /etc/sudoers.d files can indicate that an unauthorized change has been made to the scope of system administrator activity.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor scope changes for system administrators. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/sudoers -p wa -k scope -w /etc/sudoers.d -p wa -k scope \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-scope.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\";fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29605,'Ensure actions as another user are always logged.','sudo provides users with temporary elevated privileges to perform operations, either as the superuser or another user.','Creating an audit log of users with temporary elevated privileges and the operation(s) they performed is essential to reporting. Administrators will want to correlate the events written to the audit trail with the records written to sudo\'s logfile to verify if unauthorized commands have been executed.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor elevated privileges. - 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -C euid!=uid -F auid!=unset -S execve -k user_emulation -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -C euid!=uid -F auid!=unset -S execve -k user_emulation \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-user_emulation.rules - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29606,'Ensure events that modify date and time information are collected.','Capture events where the system date and/or time has been modified. The parameters in this section are set to determine if the; - adjtimex: tune kernel clock. - settimeofday: set time using timeval and timezone structures. - stime: using seconds since 1/1/1970. - clock_settime: allows for the setting of several internal clocks and timers system calls have been executed. Further, ensure to write an audit record to the configured audit log file upon exit, tagging the records with a unique identifier such as \"time-change\".','Unexpected changes in system date and/or time could be a sign of malicious activity on the system.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify date and time information. - 64 Bit systems Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime -k time-change -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime -k time-change -w /etc/localtime -p wa -k time-change \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-time-change.rules - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load .Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64. In addition, add stime to the system call audit. Example: -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S adjtimex,settimeofday,clock_settime,stime -k time-change.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.1.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29607,'Ensure events that modify the system\'s network environment are collected.','Record changes to network environment files or system calls. The below parameters monitors the following system calls, and write an audit event on system call exit: - sethostname: set the systems host name. - setdomainname: set the systems domain name. The files being monitored are: > /etc/issue and /etc/issue.net - messages displayed pre-login. > /etc/hosts - file containing host names and associated IP addresses. > /etc/networks - symbolic names for networks. > /etc/network/ - directory containing network interface scripts and configurations files.','Monitoring sethostname and setdomainname will identify potential unauthorized changes to host and domainname of a system. The changing of these names could potentially break security parameters that are set based on those names. The /etc/hosts file is monitored for changes that can indicate an unauthorized intruder is trying to change machine associations with IP addresses and trick users and processes into connecting to unintended machines. Monitoring /etc/issue and /etc/issue.net is important, as intruders could put disinformation into those files and trick users into providing information to the intruder. Monitoring /etc/network is important as it can show if network interfaces or scripts are being modified in a way that can lead to the machine becoming unavailable or compromised. All audit records should have a relevant tag associated with them.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify the system\'s network environment. - 64 Bit systems: Example: # printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S sethostname,setdomainname -k system-locale -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S sethostname,setdomainname -k system-locale -w /etc/issue -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/issue.net -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/hosts -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/networks -p wa -k system-locale -w /etc/network/ -p wa -k system-locale \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-system_local.rules - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.1.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29608,'Ensure unsuccessful file access attempts are collected.','Monitor for unsuccessful attempts to access files. The following parameters are associated with system calls that control files: - creation - creat. - opening - open, openat. - truncation - truncate, ftruncate. An audit log record will only be written if all of the following criteria is met for the user when trying to access a file: - a non-privileged user (auid>=UID_MIN). - is not a Daemon event (auid=4294967295/unset/-1). - if the system call returned EACCES (permission denied) or EPERM (some other permanent error associated with the specific system call).','Failed attempts to open, create or truncate files could be an indication that an individual or process is trying to gain unauthorized access to the system.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor unsuccessful file access attempts. 64 Bit systems Example: #{ UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S creat,open,openat,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EACCES -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k access -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S creat,open,openat,truncate,ftruncate -F exit=-EPERM -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k access \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-access.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi. 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29609,'Ensure events that modify user/group information are collected.','Record events affecting the modification of user or group information, including that of passwords and old passwords if in use. - /etc/group: system groups. - /etc/passwd: system users. - /etc/gshadow: encrypted password for each group. - /etc/shadow: system user passwords. - /etc/security/opasswd: storage of old passwords if the relevant PAM module is in use. The parameters in this section will watch the files to see if they have been opened for write or have had attribute changes (e.g. permissions) and tag them with the identifier \"identity\" in the audit log file.','Unexpected changes to these files could be an indication that the system has been compromised and that an unauthorized user is attempting to hide their activities or compromise additional accounts.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify user/group information. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/group -p wa -k identity -w /etc/passwd -p wa -k identity -w /etc/gshadow -p wa -k identity -w /etc/shadow -p wa -k identity -w /etc/security/opasswd -p wa -k identity \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-identity.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29610,'Ensure discretionary access control permission modification events are collected.','Monitor changes to file permissions, attributes, ownership and group. The parameters in this section track changes for system calls that affect file permissions and attributes. The following commands and system calls effect the permissions, ownership and various attributes of files: chmod, fchmod, fchmodat, chown, fchown, fchownat, lchown, setxattr, lsetxattr, fsetxattr, removexattr, lremovexattr, fremovexattr. In all cases, an audit record will only be written for non-system user ids and will ignore Daemon events. All audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"perm_mod\".','Monitoring for changes in file attributes could alert a system administrator to activity that could indicate intruder activity or policy violation.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor discretionary access control permission modification events. 64 Bit systems: Example: #{ UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S chown,fchown,lchown,fchownat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S chmod,fchmod,fchmodat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S lchown,fchown,chown,fchownat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S setxattr,lsetxattr,fsetxattr,removexattr,lremovexattr,fremovexattr -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=perm_mod \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-perm_mod.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi. 32 Bit systems Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.1.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29611,'Ensure successful file system mounts are collected.','Monitor the use of the mount system call. The mount (and umount ) system call controls the mounting and unmounting of file systems. The parameters below configure the system to create an audit record when the mount system call is used by a non-privileged user.','It is highly unusual for a non privileged user to mount file systems to the system. While tracking mount commands gives the system administrator evidence that external media may have been mounted (based on a review of the source of the mount and confirming it\'s an external media type), it does not conclusively indicate that data was exported to the media. System administrators who wish to determine if data were exported, would also have to track successful open, creat and truncate system calls requiring write access to a file under the mount point of the external media file system. This could give a fair indication that a write occurred. The only way to truly prove it, would be to track successful writes to the external media. Tracking write system calls could quickly fill up the audit log and is not recommended. Recommendations on configuration options to track data export to media is beyond the scope of this document.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful file system mounts. - 64 Bit systems Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S mount -F auid>=$UID_MIN -F auid!=unset -k mounts -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S mount -F auid>=$UID_MIN -F auid!=unset -k mounts \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-mounts.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\"} - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0010\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1034\"]}]'),(29612,'Ensure session initiation information is collected.','Monitor session initiation events. The parameters in this section track changes to the files associated with session events. - /var/run/utmp: tracks all currently logged in users. - /var/log/wtmp: file tracks logins, logouts, shutdown, and reboot events. - /var/log/btmp: keeps track of failed login attempts and can be read by entering the command /usr/bin/last -f /var/log/btmp. All audit records will be tagged with the identifier \"session\".','Monitoring these files for changes could alert a system administrator to logins occurring at unusual hours, which could indicate intruder activity (i.e. a user logging in at a time when they do not normally log in).','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor session initiation information. Example: # printf \" -w /var/run/utmp -p wa -k session -w /var/log/wtmp -p wa -k session -w /var/log/btmp -p wa -k session \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-session.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"16.13\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}]'),(29613,'Ensure login and logout events are collected.','Monitor login and logout events. The parameters below track changes to files associated with login/logout events. - /var/log/lastlog: maintain records of the last time a user successfully logged in. - /var/run/faillock: directory maintains records of login failures via the pam_faillock module.','Monitoring login/logout events could provide a system administrator with information associated with brute force attacks against user logins.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor login and logout events. Example: # printf \" -w /var/log/lastlog -p wa -k logins -w /var/run/faillock -p wa -k logins \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-login.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"16.11\", \"16.13\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.2\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}]'),(29614,'Ensure file deletion events by users are collected.','Monitor the use of system calls associated with the deletion or renaming of files and file attributes. This configuration statement sets up monitoring for: - unlink: remove a file. - unlinkat: remove a file attribute. - rename: rename a file. - renameat: rename a file attribute system calls and tags them with the identifier \"delete\".','Monitoring these calls from non-privileged users could provide a system administrator with evidence that inappropriate removal of files and file attributes associated with protected files is occurring. While this audit option will look at all events, system administrators will want to look for specific privileged files that are being deleted or altered.','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor file deletion events by users. - 64 Bit systems: Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S rename,unlink,unlinkat,renameat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=delete -a always,exit -F arch=b32 -S rename,unlink,unlinkat,renameat -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -F key=delete \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-delete.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29615,'Ensure events that modify the system\'s Mandatory Access Controls are collected.','Monitor AppArmor, an implementation of mandatory access controls. The parameters below monitor any write access (potential additional, deletion or modification of files in the directory) or attribute changes to the /etc/apparmor/ and /etc/apparmor.d/ directories. Note: If a different Mandatory Access Control method is used, changes to the corresponding directories should be audited.','Changes to files in the /etc/apparmor/ and /etc/apparmor.d/ directories could indicate that an unauthorized user is attempting to modify access controls and change security contexts, leading to a compromise of the system.','','Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor events that modify the systems Mandatory Access Controls. Example: # printf \" -w /etc/apparmor/ -p wa -k MAC-policy -w /etc/apparmor.d/ -p wa -k MAC-policy \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-MAC-policy.rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.1.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29616,'Ensure successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the chcon command are recorded.','The operating system must generate audit records for successful/unsuccessful uses of the chcon command.','The chcon command is used to change file security context. Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter).','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the chcon command. - 64 Bit systems: Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chcon -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k perm_chng \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-perm_chng.rules || printf \"ERROR:Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } - Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load .Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29617,'Ensure successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the setfacl command are recorded.','The operating system must generate audit records for successful/unsuccessful uses of the setfacl command.','This utility sets Access Control Lists (ACLs) of files and directories. Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter).','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the setfacl command. - 64 Bit systems Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/setfacl -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k perm_chng \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-perm_chng.rules || printf \"ERROR:Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29618,'Ensure successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the chacl command are recorded.','The operating system must generate audit records for successful/unsuccessful uses of the chacl command. chacl is an IRIX-compatibility command, and is maintained for those users who are familiar with its use from either XFS or IRIX.','chacl changes the ACL(s) for a file or directory. Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter).','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the chacl command. - 64 Bit systems: Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/chacl -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k perm_chng \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-perm_chng.rules || printf \"ERROR:Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29619,'Ensure successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the usermod command are recorded.','The operating system must generate audit records for successful/unsuccessful uses of the usermod command.','The usermod command modifies the system account files to reflect the changes that are specified on the command line. Without generating audit records that are specific to the security and mission needs of the organization, it would be difficult to establish, correlate, and investigate the events relating to an incident or identify those responsible for one. Audit records can be generated from various components within the information system (e.g., module or policy filter).','','Create audit rules: Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor successful and unsuccessful attempts to use the usermod command. - 64 Bit systems Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F path=/usr/sbin/usermod -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k usermod \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-usermod.rules || printf \"ERROR:Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules: Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi - 32 Bit systems: Follow the same procedures as for 64 bit systems and ignore any entries with b64.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29620,'Ensure kernel module loading unloading and modification is collected.','Monitor the loading and unloading of kernel modules. All the loading / listing / dependency checking of modules is done by kmod via symbolic links. The following system calls control loading and unloading of modules: - init_module - load a module. - finit_module - load a module (used when the overhead of using cryptographically signed modules to determine the authenticity of a module can be avoided). - delete_module - delete a module. - create_module - create a loadable module entry. - query_module - query the kernel for various bits pertaining to modules. Any execution of the loading and unloading module programs and system calls will trigger an audit record with an identifier of modules.','Monitoring the use of all the various ways to manipulate kernel modules could provide system administrators with evidence that an unauthorized change was made to a kernel module, possibly compromising the security of the system.','','Create audit rules Edit or create a file in the /etc/audit/rules.d/ directory, ending in .rules extension, with the relevant rules to monitor kernel module modification. 64 Bit systems Example: # { UID_MIN=$(awk \'/^s*UID_MIN/{print $2}\' /etc/login.defs) [ -n \"${UID_MIN}\" ] && printf \" -a always,exit -F arch=b64 -S init_module,finit_module,delete_module,create_module,query_module -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k kernel_modules -a always,exit -F path=/usr/bin/kmod -F perm=x -F auid>=${UID_MIN} -F auid!=unset -k kernel_modules \" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/50-kernel_modules.rules || printf \"ERROR: Variable \'UID_MIN\' is unset.\n\" } Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.19\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1047\"]}]'),(29621,'Ensure the audit configuration is immutable.','Set system audit so that audit rules cannot be modified with auditctl. Setting the flag \"-e 2\" forces audit to be put in immutable mode. Audit changes can only be made on system reboot. Note: This setting will require the system to be rebooted to update the active auditd configuration settings.','In immutable mode, unauthorized users cannot execute changes to the audit system to potentially hide malicious activity and then put the audit rules back. Users would most likely notice a system reboot and that could alert administrators of an attempt to make unauthorized audit changes.','','Edit or create the file /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules and add the line -e 2 at the end of the file: Example: # printf -- \"-e 2\" >> /etc/audit/rules.d/99-finalize.rules Load audit rules Merge and load the rules into active configuration: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. # if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then printf \"Reboot required to load rules\n\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.20\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\", \"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\", \"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"AU-3\", \"AU-3(1)\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29622,'Ensure the running and on disk configuration is the same.','The Audit system have both on disk and running configuration. It is possible for these configuration settings to differ. Note: Due to the limitations of augenrules and auditctl, it is not absolutely guaranteed that loading the rule sets via augenrules --load will result in all rules being loaded or even that the user will be informed if there was a problem loading the rules.','Configuration differences between what is currently running and what is on disk could cause unexpected problems or may give a false impression of compliance requirements.','','If the rules are not aligned across all three () areas, run the following command to merge and load all rules: # augenrules --load Check if reboot is required. if [[ $(auditctl -s | grep \"enabled\") =~ \"2\" ]]; then echo \"Reboot required to load rules\"; fi.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.3.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29623,'Ensure only authorized groups are assigned ownership of audit log files.','Audit log files contain information about the system and system activity.','Access to audit records can reveal system and configuration data to attackers, potentially compromising its confidentiality.','','Run the following command to configure the audit log files to be owned by adm group: # find $(dirname $(awk -F\"=\" \'/^s*log_file/ {print $2}\' /etc/audit/auditd.conf | xargs)) -type f ( ! -group adm -a ! -group root ) -exec chgrp adm {} + Run the following command to configure the audit log files to be owned by the adm group: # chgrp adm /var/log/audit/ Run the following command to set the log_group parameter in the audit configuration file to log_group = adm: # sed -ri \'s/^s*#?s*log_groups*=s*S+(s*#.*)?.*$/log_group = adm1/\' /etc/audit/auditd.conf Run the following command to restart the audit daemon to reload the configuration file: # systemctl restart auditd.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29624,'Ensure audit configuration files are 640 or more restrictive.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode than 0640 from the audit configuration files: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) -exec chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx {} +.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29625,'Ensure audit configuration files are owned by root.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to change ownership to root user: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) ! -user root -exec chown root {} +.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29626,'Ensure audit configuration files belong to group root.','Audit configuration files control auditd and what events are audited.','Access to the audit configuration files could allow unauthorized personnel to prevent the auditing of critical events. Misconfigured audit configuration files may prevent the auditing of critical events or impact the system\'s performance by overwhelming the audit log. Misconfiguration of the audit configuration files may also make it more difficult to establish and investigate events relating to an incident.','','Run the following command to change group to root: # find /etc/audit/ -type f ( -name \'*.conf\' -o -name \'*.rules\' ) ! -group root -exec chgrp root {} +.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29627,'Ensure audit tools are 755 or more restrictive.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29628,'Ensure audit tools are owned by root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to change the owner of the audit tools to the root user: # chown root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29629,'Ensure audit tools belong to group root.','Audit tools include, but are not limited to, vendor-provided and open source audit tools needed to successfully view and manipulate audit information system activity and records. Audit tools include custom queries and report generators.','Protecting audit information includes identifying and protecting the tools used to view and manipulate log data. Protecting audit tools is necessary to prevent unauthorized operation on audit information.','','Run the following command to remove more permissive mode from the audit tools: # chmod go-w /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules Run the following command to change owner and group of the audit tools to root user and group: # chown root:root /sbin/auditctl /sbin/aureport /sbin/ausearch /sbin/autrace /sbin/auditd /sbin/augenrules.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1.4.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29630,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is installed.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralised log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to install systemd-journal-remote: # apt install systemd-journal-remote.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(29631,'Ensure systemd-journal-remote is enabled.','Journald (via systemd-journal-remote) supports the ability to send log events it gathers to a remote log host or to receive messages from remote hosts, thus enabling centralised log management.','Storing log data on a remote host protects log integrity from local attacks. If an attacker gains root access on the local system, they could tamper with or remove log data that is stored on the local system.','','Run the following command to enable systemd-journal-remote: # systemctl --now enable systemd-journal-upload.service.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(29632,'Ensure journald is not configured to recieve logs from a remote client.','Journald supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts. NOTE: - The same package, systemd-journal-remote, is used for both sending logs to remote hosts and receiving incoming logs. - With regards to receiving logs, there are two services; systemd-journal-remote.socket and systemd-journal-remote.service.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Run the following command to disable systemd-journal-remote.socket: # systemctl --now disable systemd-journal-remote.socket.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(29633,'Ensure journald service is enabled.','Ensure that the systemd-journald service is enabled to allow capturing of logging events.','If the systemd-journald service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','By default the systemd-journald service does not have an [Install] section and thus cannot be enabled / disabled. It is meant to be referenced as Requires or Wants by other unit files. As such, if the status of systemd-journald is not static, investigate why.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29634,'Ensure journald is configured to compress large log files.','The journald system includes the capability of compressing overly large files to avoid filling up the system with logs or making the logs unmanageably large.','Uncompressed large files may unexpectedly fill a filesystem leading to resource unavailability. Compressing logs prior to write can prevent sudden, unexpected filesystem impacts.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Compress=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1053\"]}]'),(29635,'Ensure journald is configured to write logfiles to persistent disk.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Logs in memory will be lost upon a system reboot. By persisting logs to local disk on the server they are protected from loss due to a reboot.','Writing log data to disk will provide the ability to forensically reconstruct events which may have impacted the operations or security of a system even after a system crash or reboot.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: Storage=persistent Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29636,'Ensure journald is not configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald should be kept in the confines of the service and not forwarded on to other services.','IF journald is the method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be handled by journald and not forwarded to other logging mechanisms.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and ensure that ForwardToSyslog=yes is removed. Restart the service: # systemctl restart systemd-journald.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\", \"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1029\"]}]'),(29637,'Ensure rsyslog is installed.','The rsyslog software is recommended in environments where journald does not meet operation requirements.','The security enhancements of rsyslog such as connection-oriented (i.e. TCP) transmission of logs, the option to log to database formats, and the encryption of log data en route to a central logging server) justify installing and configuring the package.','','Run the following command to install rsyslog: # apt install rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1005\", \"T1070\", \"T1070.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29638,'Ensure rsyslog service is enabled.','Once the rsyslog package is installed, ensure that the service is enabled.','If the rsyslog service is not enabled to start on boot, the system will not capture logging events.','','Run the following command to enable rsyslog: # systemctl --now enable rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29639,'Ensure journald is configured to send logs to rsyslog.','Data from journald may be stored in volatile memory or persisted locally on the server. Utilities exist to accept remote export of journald logs, however, use of the RSyslog service provides a consistent means of log collection and export.','IF RSyslog is the preferred method for capturing logs, all logs of the system should be sent to it for further processing.','','Edit the /etc/systemd/journald.conf file and add the following line: ForwardToSyslog=yes Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"6.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.5.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.3.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\", \"AU-6(3)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"PL1.4\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}]'),(29640,'Ensure rsyslog default file permissions are configured.','RSyslog will create logfiles that do not already exist on the system. This setting controls what permissions will be applied to these newly created files.','It is important to ensure that log files have the correct permissions to ensure that sensitive data is archived and protected.','The systems global umask could override, but only making the file permissions stricter, what is configured in RSyslog with the FileCreateMode directive. RSyslog also has it\'s own $umask directive that can alter the intended file creation mode. In addition, consideration should be given to how FileCreateMode is used. Thus it is critical to ensure that the intended file creation mode is not overridden with less restrictive settings in /etc/rsyslog.conf, /etc/rsyslog.d/*conf files and that FileCreateMode is set before any file is created.','Edit either /etc/rsyslog.conf or a dedicated .conf file in /etc/rsyslog.d/ and set $FileCreateMode to 0640 or more restrictive: $FileCreateMode 0640 Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\", \"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\", \"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1083\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0007\"]}]'),(29641,'Ensure rsyslog is not configured to receive logs from a remote client.','RSyslog supports the ability to receive messages from remote hosts, thus acting as a log server. Clients should not receive data from other hosts.','If a client is configured to also receive data, thus turning it into a server, the client system is acting outside it\'s operational boundary.','','Should there be any active log server configuration found in the auditing section, modify those file and remove the specific lines highlighted by the audit. Ensure none of the following entries are present in any of /etc/rsyslog.conf or /etc/rsyslog.d/*.conf. Old format $ModLoad imtcp $InputTCPServerRun New format module(load=\"imtcp\") input(type=\"imtcp\" port=\"514\") Restart the service: # systemctl restart rsyslog.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\", \"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\", \"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1070\", \"T1070.002\", \"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29642,'Ensure cron daemon is enabled and running.','The cron daemon is used to execute batch jobs on the system. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','While there may not be user jobs that need to be run on the system, the system does have maintenance jobs that may include security monitoring that have to run, and cron is used to execute them.','','Run the following command to enable and start cron: # systemctl --now enable cron.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.001\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29643,'Ensure permissions on /etc/crontab are configured.','The /etc/crontab file is used by cron to control its own jobs. The commands in this item make sure that root is the user and group owner of the file and that only the owner can access the file. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','This file contains information on what system jobs are run by cron. Write access to these files could provide unprivileged users with the ability to elevate their privileges. Read access to these files could provide users with the ability to gain insight on system jobs that run on the system and could provide them a way to gain unauthorized privileged access.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/crontab : # chown root:root /etc/crontab # chmod og-rwx /etc/crontab.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29644,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.hourly are configured.','This directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on an hourly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.hourly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.hourly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.hourly/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29645,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.daily are configured.','The /etc/cron.daily directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a daily basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.daily directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.daily/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.daily/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29646,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.weekly are configured.','The /etc/cron.weekly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a weekly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.weekly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.weekly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.weekly/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29647,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.monthly are configured.','The /etc/cron.monthly directory contains system cron jobs that need to run on a monthly basis. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.monthly directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.monthly/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.monthly/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29648,'Ensure permissions on /etc/cron.d are configured.','The /etc/cron.d directory contains system cron jobs that need to run in a similar manner to the hourly, daily weekly and monthly jobs from /etc/crontab, but require more granular control as to when they run. The files in this directory cannot be manipulated by the crontab command, but are instead edited by system administrators using a text editor. The commands below restrict read/write and search access to user and group root, preventing regular users from accessing this directory. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','Granting write access to this directory for non-privileged users could provide them the means for gaining unauthorized elevated privileges. Granting read access to this directory could give an unprivileged user insight in how to gain elevated privileges or circumvent auditing controls.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on the /etc/cron.d directory: # chown root:root /etc/cron.d/ # chmod og-rwx /etc/cron.d/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29649,'Ensure cron is restricted to authorized users.','Configure /etc/cron.allow to allow specific users to use this service. If /etc/cron.allow does not exist, then /etc/cron.deny is checked. Any user not specifically defined in this file is allowed to use cron. By removing the file, only users in /etc/cron.allow are allowed to use cron. Notes: - Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, cron should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy. - Even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user. - The cron.allow file only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron jobs.','On many systems, only the system administrator is authorized to schedule cron jobs. Using the cron.allow file to control who can run cron jobs enforces this policy. It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. In a deny list, you could potentially add a user ID to the system and forget to add it to the deny files.','','Run the following commands to remove /etc/cron.deny: # rm /etc/cron.deny Run the following command to create /etc/cron.allow # touch /etc/cron.allow Run the following commands to set permissions and ownership for /etc/cron.allow: # chmod g-wx,o-rwx /etc/cron.allow # chown root:root /etc/cron.allow.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29650,'Ensure at is restricted to authorized users.','Configure /etc/at.allow to allow specific users to use this service. If /etc/at.allow does not exist, then /etc/at.deny is checked. Any user not specifically defined in this file is allowed to use at. By removing the file, only users in /etc/at.allow are allowed to use at. Note: Other methods, such as systemd timers, exist for scheduling jobs. If another method is used, at should be removed, and the alternate method should be secured in accordance with local site policy.','On many systems, only the system administrator is authorized to schedule at jobs. Using the at.allow file to control who can run at jobs enforces this policy. It is easier to manage an allow list than a deny list. In a deny list, you could potentially add a user ID to the system and forget to add it to the deny files.','','Run the following commands to remove /etc/at.deny: # rm /etc/at.deny Run the following command to create /etc/at.allow # touch /etc/at.allow Run the following commands to set permissions and ownership for /etc/at.allow: # chmod g-wx,o-rwx /etc/at.allow # chown root:root /etc/at.allow.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1053\", \"T1053.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0002\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29651,'Ensure permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config are configured.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file contains configuration specifications for sshd. The command below sets the owner and group of the file to root.','The /etc/ssh/sshd_config file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users.','','Run the following commands to set ownership and permissions on /etc/ssh/sshd_config: # chown root:root /etc/ssh/sshd_config # chmod og-rwx /etc/ssh/sshd_config.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1098\", \"T1098.004\", \"T1543\", \"T1543.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29652,'Ensure SSH access is limited.','There are several options available to limit which users and group can access the system via SSH. It is recommended that at least one of the following options be leveraged: - AllowUsers: > The AllowUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by only allowing the allowed users to log in from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - AllowGroups: > The AllowGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of allowing specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable. - DenyUsers: > The DenyUsers variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated user names. Numeric user IDs are not recognized with this variable. If a system administrator wants to restrict user access further by specifically denying a user\'s access from a particular host, the entry can be specified in the form of user@host. - DenyGroups: > The DenyGroups variable gives the system administrator the option of denying specific groups of users to ssh into the system. The list consists of space separated group names. Numeric group IDs are not recognized with this variable.','Restricting which users can remotely access the system via SSH will help ensure that only authorized users access the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set one or more of the parameter as follows: AllowUsers OR AllowGroups OR DenyUsers OR DenyGroups .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1018\"]}]'),(29653,'Ensure SSH LogLevel is appropriate.','INFO level is the basic level that only records login activity of SSH users. In many situations, such as Incident Response, it is important to determine when a particular user was active on a system. The logout record can eliminate those users who disconnected, which helps narrow the field. VERBOSE level specifies that login and logout activity as well as the key fingerprint for any SSH key used for login will be logged. This information is important for SSH key management, especially in legacy environments.','SSH provides several logging levels with varying amounts of verbosity. DEBUG is specifically not recommended other than strictly for debugging SSH communications since it provides so much data that it is difficult to identify important security information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LogLevel VERBOSE OR LogLevel INFO.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.2\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}]'),(29654,'Ensure SSH PAM is enabled.','The UsePAM directive enables the Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) interface. If set to yes this will enable PAM authentication using ChallengeResponseAuthentication and PasswordAuthentication directives in addition to PAM account and session module processing for all authentication types.','When usePAM is set to yes, PAM runs through account and session types properly. This is important if you want to restrict access to services based off of IP, time or other factors of the account. Additionally, you can make sure users inherit certain environment variables on login or disallow access to the server.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: UsePAM yes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\", \"T1021.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}]'),(29655,'Ensure SSH root login is disabled.','The PermitRootLogin parameter specifies if the root user can log in using SSH. The default is prohibit-password.','Disallowing root logins over SSH requires system admins to authenticate using their own individual account, then escalating to root. This limits opportunity for non-repudiation and provides a clear audit trail in the event of a security incident.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitRootLogin no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29656,'Ensure SSH HostbasedAuthentication is disabled.','The HostbasedAuthentication parameter specifies if authentication is allowed through trusted hosts via the user of .rhosts, or /etc/hosts.equiv, along with successful public key client host authentication.','Even though the .rhosts files are ineffective if support is disabled in /etc/pam.conf, disabling the ability to use .rhosts files in SSH provides an additional layer of protection.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: HostbasedAuthentication no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29657,'Ensure SSH PermitEmptyPasswords is disabled.','The PermitEmptyPasswords parameter specifies if the SSH server allows login to accounts with empty password strings.','Disallowing remote shell access to accounts that have an empty password reduces the probability of unauthorized access to the system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitEmptyPasswords no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29658,'Ensure SSH PermitUserEnvironment is disabled.','The PermitUserEnvironment option allows users to present environment options to the SSH daemon.','Permitting users the ability to set environment variables through the SSH daemon could potentially allow users to bypass security controls (e.g. setting an execution path that has SSH executing trojan\'d programs).','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: PermitUserEnvironment no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1021\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29659,'Ensure SSH IgnoreRhosts is enabled.','The IgnoreRhosts parameter specifies that .rhosts and .shosts files will not be used in RhostsRSAAuthentication or HostbasedAuthentication.','Setting this parameter forces users to enter a password when authenticating with SSH.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: IgnoreRhosts yes.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29660,'Ensure SSH X11 forwarding is disabled.','The X11Forwarding parameter provides the ability to tunnel X11 traffic through the connection to enable remote graphic connections.','Disable X11 forwarding unless there is an operational requirement to use X11 applications directly. There is a small risk that the remote X11 servers of users who are logged in via SSH with X11 forwarding could be compromised by other users on the X11 server. Note that even if X11 forwarding is disabled, users can always install their own forwarders.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: X11Forwarding no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.12\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1210\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29661,'Ensure only strong Ciphers are used.','This variable limits the ciphers that SSH can use during communication. Note: - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved ciphers. - Ensure that ciphers used are in compliance with site policy. - The only \"strong\" ciphers currently FIPS 140-2 compliant are: aes256-ctr, aes192-ctr, aes128-ctr. - Supported ciphers in openSSH 8.2: 3des-cbc, aes128-cbc, aes192-cbc, aes256-cbc, aes128-ctr, aes192-ctr, aes256-ctr, aes128-gcm@openssh.com, aes256-gcm@openssh.com, chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com.','Weak ciphers that are used for authentication to the cryptographic module cannot be relied upon to provide confidentiality or integrity, and system data may be compromised. - The Triple DES ciphers, as used in SSH, have a birthday bound of approximately four billion blocks, which makes it easier for remote attackers to obtain clear text data via a birthday attack against a long-duration encrypted session, aka a \"Sweet32\" attack. - Error handling in the SSH protocol; Client and Server, when using a block cipher algorithm in Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) mode, makes it easier for remote attackers to recover certain plain text data from an arbitrary block of cipher text in an SSH session via unknown vectors.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file add/modify the Ciphers line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved ciphers. Example: Ciphers chacha20-poly1305@openssh.com,aes256-gcm@openssh.com,aes128-gcm@openssh.com,aes256-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes128-ctr.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.13\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(29662,'Ensure only strong MAC algorithms are used.','This variable limits the types of MAC algorithms that SSH can use during communication. Notes: - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved MACs. - Ensure that MACs used are in compliance with site policy. - The only \"strong\" MACs currently FIPS 140-2 approved are: hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha2-512. - The Supported MACs are: hmac-md5, hmac-md5-96, hmac-sha1, hmac-sha1-96, hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha2-512, umac-64@openssh.co, umac-128@openssh.com, hmac-md5-etm@openssh.com, hmac-md5-96-etm@openssh.com, hmac-sha1-etm@openssh.com, hmac-sha1-96-etm@openssh.com, hmac-sha2-256-etm@openss.com, hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com, umac-64-etm@openssh.com, umac-128-etm@openssh.com.','MD5 and 96-bit MAC algorithms are considered weak and have been shown to increase exploitability in SSH downgrade attacks. Weak algorithms continue to have a great deal of attention as a weak spot that can be exploited with expanded computing power. An attacker that breaks the algorithm could take advantage of a MiTM position to decrypt the SSH tunnel and capture credentials and information.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file and add/modify the MACs line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved MACs.Example: MACs hmac-sha2-512-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-256-etm@openssh.com,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-256.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.14\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\", \"16.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(29663,'Ensure only strong Key Exchange algorithms are used.','Key exchange is any method in cryptography by which cryptographic keys are exchanged between two parties, allowing use of a cryptographic algorithm. If the sender and receiver wish to exchange encrypted messages, each must be equipped to encrypt messages to be sent and decrypt messages received. Notes: - Kex algorithms have a higher preference the earlier they appear in the list. - Some organizations may have stricter requirements for approved Key exchange algorithms. - Ensure that Key exchange algorithms used are in compliance with site policy. - The only Key Exchange Algorithms currently FIPS 140-2 approved are: ecdh-sha2-nistp256, ecdh-sha2-nistp384, ecdh-sha2-nistp521, diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256, diffie-hellman-group16-sha512, diffie-hellman-group18-sha512, diffie-hellman-group14-sha256. - The Key Exchange algorithms supported by OpenSSH 8.2 are: curve25519-sha256, curve25519-sha256@libssh.org, diffie-hellman-group1-sha1, diffie-hellman-group14-sha1, diffie-hellman-group14-sha256, diffie-hellman-group16-sha512, diffie-hellman-group18-sha512, diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1, diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256, ecdh-sha2-nistp256, ecdh-sha2-nistp384, ecdh-sha2-nistp521, sntrup4591761x25519-sha512@tinyssh.org.','Key exchange methods that are considered weak should be removed. A key exchange method may be weak because too few bits are used, or the hashing algorithm is considered too weak. Using weak algorithms could expose connections to man-in-the-middle attacks.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file add/modify the KexAlgorithms line to contain a comma separated list of the site approved key exchange algorithms Example: KexAlgorithms curve25519-sha256,curve25519-sha256@libssh.org,diffie-hellman-group14-sha256,diffie-hellman-group16-sha512,diffie-hellman-group18-sha512,ecdh-sha2-nistp521,ecdh-sha2-nistp384,ecdh-sha2-nistp256,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.15\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.17\", \"AC.L2-3.1.13\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.15\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(1)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(i)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.1.1\", \"4.1\", \"4.1.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.7\", \"4.1.1\", \"4.2.1\", \"4.2.1.2\", \"4.2.2\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-17(2)\", \"SC-8\", \"SC-8(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.13.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1557\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(29664,'Ensure SSH AllowTcpForwarding is disabled.','SSH port forwarding is a mechanism in SSH for tunneling application ports from the client to the server, or servers to clients. It can be used for adding encryption to legacy applications, going through firewalls, and some system administrators and IT professionals use it for opening backdoors into the internal network from their home machines.','Leaving port forwarding enabled can expose the organization to security risks and backdoors. SSH connections are protected with strong encryption. This makes their contents invisible to most deployed network monitoring and traffic filtering solutions. This invisibility carries considerable risk potential if it is used for malicious purposes such as data exfiltration. Cybercriminals or malware could exploit SSH to hide their unauthorized communications, or to exfiltrate stolen data from the target network.','SSH tunnels are widely used in many corporate environments. In some environments the applications themselves may have very limited native support for security. By utilizing tunneling, compliance with SOX, HIPAA, PCI-DSS, and other standards can be achieved without having to modify the applications.','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: AllowTcpForwarding no.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.16\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1048\", \"T1048.002\", \"T1572\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0008\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1042\"]}]'),(29665,'Ensure SSH warning banner is configured.','The Banner parameter specifies a file whose contents must be sent to the remote user before authentication is permitted. By default, no banner is displayed.','Banners are used to warn connecting users of the particular site\'s policy regarding connection. Presenting a warning message prior to the normal user login may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: Banner /etc/issue.net.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.17\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\", \"TA0007\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1035\"]}]'),(29666,'Ensure SSH MaxAuthTries is set to 4 or less.','The MaxAuthTries parameter specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection. When the login failure count reaches half the number, error messages will be written to the syslog file detailing the login failure.','Setting the MaxAuthTries parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. While the recommended setting is 4, set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxAuthTries 4.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.18\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.13\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}]'),(29667,'Ensure SSH MaxStartups is configured.','The MaxStartups parameter specifies the maximum number of concurrent unauthenticated connections to the SSH daemon.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of pending authentication connection attempts, use the rate limiting function of MaxStartups to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxStartups 10:30:60.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.19\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(29668,'Ensure SSH MaxSessions is set to 10 or less.','The MaxSessions parameter specifies the maximum number of open sessions permitted from a given connection.','To protect a system from denial of service due to a large number of concurrent sessions, use the rate limiting function of MaxSessions to protect availability of sshd logins and prevent overwhelming the daemon.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: MaxSessions 10.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.20\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0040\"]}]'),(29669,'Ensure SSH LoginGraceTime is set to one minute or less.','The LoginGraceTime parameter specifies the time allowed for successful authentication to the SSH server. The longer the Grace period is the more open unauthenticated connections can exist. Like other session controls in this session the Grace Period should be limited to appropriate organizational limits to ensure the service is available for needed access.','Setting the LoginGraceTime parameter to a low number will minimize the risk of successful brute force attacks to the SSH server. It will also limit the number of concurrent unauthenticated connections. While the recommended setting is 60 seconds (1 Minute), set the number based on site policy.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameter as follows: LoginGraceTime 60.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.21\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"2.2\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.5.1\", \"1.2.7\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\", \"T1499\", \"T1499.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1036\"]}]'),(29670,'Ensure SSH Idle Timeout Interval is configured.','NOTE: To clarify, the two settings described below is only meant for idle connections from a protocol perspective and not meant to check if the user is active or not. An idle user does not mean an idle connection. SSH does not and never had, intentionally, the capability to drop idle users. In SSH versions before 8.2p1 there was a bug that caused these values to behave in such a manner that they where abused to disconnect idle users. This bug has been resolved in 8.2p1 and thus it can no longer be abused disconnect idle users. The two options ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax control the timeout of SSH sessions. Taken directly from man 5 sshd_config: - ClientAliveInterval Sets a timeout interval in seconds after which if no data has been received from the client, sshd(8) will send a message through the encrypted channel to request a response from the client. The default is 0, indicating that these messages will not be sent to the client. - ClientAliveCountMax Sets the number of client alive messages which may be sent without sshd(8) receiving any messages back from the client. If this threshold is reached while client alive messages are being sent, sshd will disconnect the client, terminating the session. It is important to note that the use of client alive messages is very different from TCPKeepAlive. The client alive messages are sent through the encrypted channel and therefore will not be spoofable. The TCP keepalive option en-abled by TCPKeepAlive is spoofable. The client alive mechanism is valuable when the client or server depend on knowing when a connection has become unresponsive. The default value is 3. If ClientAliveInterval is set to 15, and ClientAliveCountMax is left at the default, unresponsive SSH clients will be disconnected after approximately 45 seconds. Setting a zero ClientAliveCountMax disables connection termination.','In order to prevent resource exhaustion, appropriate values should be set for both ClientAliveInterval and ClientAliveCountMax. Specifically, looking at the source code, ClientAliveCountMax must be greater than zero in order to utilize the ability of SSH to drop idle connections. If connections are allowed to stay open indefinately, this can potentially be used as a DDOS attack or simple resource exhaustion could occur over unreliable networks. The example set here is a 45 second timeout. Consult your site policy for network timeouts and apply as appropriate.','','Edit the /etc/ssh/sshd_config file to set the parameters according to site policy. Example: ClientAliveInterval 15 ClientAliveCountMax 3.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.22\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29671,'Ensure sudo is installed.','sudo allows a permitted user to execute a command as the superuser or another user, as specified by the security policy. The invoking user\'s real (not effective) user ID is used to determine the user name with which to query the security policy.','sudo supports a plug-in architecture for security policies and input/output logging. Third parties can develop and distribute their own policy and I/O logging plug-ins to work seamlessly with the sudo front end. The default security policy is sudoers, which is configured via the file /etc/sudoers and any entries in /etc/sudoers.d. The security policy determines what privileges, if any, a user has to run sudo. The policy may require that users authenticate themselves with a password or another authentication mechanism. If authentication is required, sudo will exit if the user\'s password is not entered within a configurable time limit. This limit is policy-specific.','','First determine is LDAP functionality is required. If so, then install sudo-ldap, else install sudo. Example: # apt install sudo.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}]'),(29672,'Ensure sudo commands use pty.','sudo can be configured to run only from a pseudo terminal (pseudo-pty).','Attackers can run a malicious program using sudo which would fork a background process that remains even when the main program has finished executing.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers with visudo or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo -f and add the following line: Defaults use_pty.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\", \"T1548.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}]'),(29673,'Ensure sudo log file exists.','sudo can use a custom log file.','A sudo log file simplifies auditing of sudo commands.','WARNING: Editing the sudo configuration incorrectly can cause sudo to stop functioning. Always use visudo to modify sudo configuration files.','Edit the file /etc/sudoers or a file in /etc/sudoers.d/ with visudo or visudo -f and add the following line: Example: Defaults logfile=\"/var/log/sudo.log\".','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"9.4.5\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1562\", \"T1562.006\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0004\"]}]'),(29674,'Ensure users must provide password for privilege escalation.','The operating system must be configured so that users must provide a password for privilege escalation.','Without (re-)authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user (re-)authenticate.','This will prevent automated processes from being able to elevate privileges.','Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any line with occurrences of NOPASSWD tags in the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(29675,'Ensure re-authentication for privilege escalation is not disabled globally.','The operating system must be configured so that users must re-authenticate for privilege escalation.','Without re-authentication, users may access resources or perform tasks for which they do not have authorization. When operating systems provide the capability to escalate a functional capability, it is critical the user re-authenticate.','','Configure the operating system to require users to reauthenticate for privilege escalation. Based on the outcome of the audit procedure, use visudo -f to edit the relevant sudoers file. Remove any occurrences of !authenticate tags in the file(s).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(29676,'Ensure sudo authentication timeout is configured correctly.','sudo caches used credentials for a default of 15 minutes. This is for ease of use when there are multiple administrative tasks to perform. The timeout can be modified to suit local security policies. This default is distribution specific. See audit section for further information.','Setting a timeout value reduces the window of opportunity for unauthorized privileged access to another user.','','If the currently configured timeout is larger than 15 minutes, edit the file listed in the audit section with visudo -f and modify the entry timestamp_timeout= to 15 minutes or less as per your site policy. The value is in minutes. This particular entry may appear on it\'s own, or on the same line as env_reset. See the following two examples: Defaults Defaults Defaults env_reset, timestamp_timeout=15 timestamp_timeout=15 env_reset.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}]'),(29677,'Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','The su command allows a user to run a command or shell as another user. The program has been superseded by sudo, which allows for more granular control over privileged access. Normally, the su command can be executed by any user. By uncommenting the pam_wheel.so statement in /etc/pam.d/su, the su command will only allow users in a specific groups to execute su. This group should be empty to reinforce the use of sudo for privileged access.','Restricting the use of su , and using sudo in its place, provides system administrators better control of the escalation of user privileges to execute privileged commands. The sudo utility also provides a better logging and audit mechanism, as it can log each command executed via sudo , whereas su can only record that a user executed the su program.','','Create an empty group that will be specified for use of the su command. The group should be named according to site policy. Example: # groupadd sugroup Add the following line to the /etc/pam.d/su file, specifying the empty group: auth required pam_wheel.so use_uid group=sugroup.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29678,'Ensure password creation requirements are configured.','The pam_pwquality.so module checks the strength of passwords. It performs checks such as making sure a password is not a dictionary word, it is a certain length, contains a mix of characters (e.g. alphabet, numeric, other) and more. The following options are set in the /etc/security/pwquality.conf file: - Password Length: > minlen = 14 - password must be 14 characters or more. - Password complexity: > minclass = 4 - The minimum number of required classes of characters for the new password (digits, uppercase, lowercase, others) OR > dcredit = -1 - provide at least one digit. > ucredit = -1 - provide at least one uppercase character. > ocredit = -1 - provide at least one special character. > lcredit = -1 - provide at least one lowercase character.','Strong passwords protect systems from being hacked through brute force methods.','','The following setting is a recommend example policy. Alter these values to conform to your own organization\'s password policies. Run the following command to install the pam_pwquality module: # apt install libpam-pwquality Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for password length to conform to site policy: minlen = 14 .Edit the file /etc/security/pwquality.conf and add or modify the following line for .password complexity to conform to site policy: Option 1 minclass = 4 Option 2 dcredit = -1, ucredit = -1, ocredit = -1, lcredit = -1.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29679,'Ensure lockout for failed password attempts is configured.','Lock out users after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts. The first sets of changes are made to the common PAM configuration files. The second set of changes are applied to the program specific PAM configuration file. The second set of changes must be applied to each program that will lock out users. Check the documentation for each secondary program for instructions on how to configure them to work with PAM. All configuration of faillock is located in /etc/security/faillock.conf and well commented. - deny > Deny access if the number of consecutive authentication failures for this user during the recent interval exceeds n tries. - fail_interval > The length of the interval, in seconds, during which the consecutive authentication failures must happen for the user account to be locked out. - unlock_time > The access will be re-enabled after n seconds after the lock out. The value 0 has the same meaning as value never - the access will not be re-enabled without resetting the faillock entries by the faillock command. Set the lockout number and unlock time in accordance with local site policy.','Locking out user IDs after n unsuccessful consecutive login attempts mitigates brute force password attacks against your systems.','It is critical to test and validate any PAM changes before deploying. Any misconfiguration could cause the system to be inaccessible.','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. Common auth: Edit /etc/pam.d/common-auth and ensure that faillock is configured. Note: It is critical to understand each line and the relevant arguments for successful implementation. The order of these entries is very specific. The pam_faillock.so lines surround the pam_unix.so line. The comment \"Added to enable faillock\" is shown to highlight the additional lines and their order in the file. # here are the per-package modules (the \"Primary\" block) auth required pam_faillock.so preauth # Added to enable faillock auth [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so nullok auth [default=die] pam_faillock.so authfail # Added to enable faillock auth sufficient pam_faillock.so authsucc # Added to enable faillock # here\'s the fallback if no module succeeds auth requisite pam_deny.so # prime the stack with a positive return value if there isn\'t one already; # this avoids us returning an error just because nothing sets a success code # since the modules above will each just jump around auth required pam_permit.so # and here are more per-package modules (the \"Additional\" block) auth optional pam_cap.so # end of pam-auth-update config Common account: Edit /etc/pam.d/common-account and ensure that the following stanza is at the end of the file. > account > required > pam_faillock.so. Fail lock configuration: Edit /etc/security/faillock.conf and configure it per your site policy. Example: deny = 4 > fail_interval = 900 > unlock time = 600.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29680,'Ensure password reuse is limited.','The /etc/security/opasswd file stores the users old passwords and can be checked to ensure that users are not recycling recent passwords.','Forcing users not to reuse their past 5 passwords make it less likely that an attacker will be able to guess the password.','','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. Edit the /etc/pam.d/common-password file to include the remember= option of 5 or more. If this line doesn\'t exist, add the line directly above the line: password [success=1 default=ignore] pam_unix.so obscure yescrypt: Example: password required pam_pwhistory.so use_authtok remember=5.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}]'),(29681,'Ensure password hashing algorithm is up to date with the latest standards.','The commands below change password encryption to yescrypt. All existing accounts will need to perform a password change to upgrade the stored hashes to the new algorithm.','The yescrypt algorithm provides much stronger hashing than previous available algorithms, thus providing additional protection to the system by increasing the level of effort for an attacker to successfully determine passwords. Note: these change only apply to accounts configured on the local system.','','NOTE: Pay special attention to the configuration. Incorrect configuration can cause system lock outs. This is example configuration. You configuration may differ based on previous changes to the files. PAM Edit the /etc/pam.d/common-password file and ensure that no hashing algorithm option for pam_unix.so is set: password [success=1 default=ignore] try_first_pass remember=5 pam_unix.so obscure use_authtok - Login definitions: Edit /etc/login.defs and ensure that ENCRYPT_METHOD is set to yescrypt.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1041\"]}]'),(29682,'Ensure minimum days between password changes is configured.','The PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to prevent users from changing their password until a minimum number of days have passed since the last time the user changed their password. It is recommended that PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter be set to 1 or more days.','By restricting the frequency of password changes, an administrator can prevent users from repeatedly changing their password in an attempt to circumvent password reuse controls.','','Set the PASS_MIN_DAYS parameter to 1 in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MIN_DAYS 1 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --mindays 1 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.004\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29683,'Ensure password expiration is 365 days or less.','The PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to force passwords to expire once they reach a defined age.','The window of opportunity for an attacker to leverage compromised credentials or successfully compromise credentials via an online brute force attack is limited by the age of the password. Therefore, reducing the maximum age of a password also reduces an attacker\'s window of opportunity. It is recommended that the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter does not exceed 365 days and is greater than the value of PASS_MIN_DAYS.','','Set the PASS_MAX_DAYS parameter to conform to site policy in /etc/login.defs : PASS_MAX_DAYS 365 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --maxdays 365 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\", \"T1078.004\", \"T1110\", \"T1110.001\", \"T1110.002\", \"T1110.003\", \"T1110.004\"]}]'),(29684,'Ensure password expiration warning days is 7 or more.','The PASS_WARN_AGE parameter in /etc/login.defs allows an administrator to notify users that their password will expire in a defined number of days. It is recommended that the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter be set to 7 or more days.','Providing an advance warning that a password will be expiring gives users time to think of a secure password. Users caught unaware may choose a simple password or write it down where it may be discovered.','','Set the PASS_WARN_AGE parameter to 7 in /etc/login.defs :PASS_WARN_AGE 7 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --warndays 7 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0006\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29685,'Ensure inactive password lock is 30 days or less.','User accounts that have been inactive for over a given period of time can be automatically disabled. It is recommended that accounts that are inactive for 30 days after password expiration be disabled.','Inactive accounts pose a threat to system security since the users are not logging in to notice failed login attempts or other anomalies.','','Run the following command to set the default password inactivity period to 30 days: # useradd -D -f 30 Modify user parameters for all users with a password set to match: # chage --inactive 30 .','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.002\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29686,'Ensure default group for the root account is GID 0.','The usermod command can be used to specify which group the root user belongs to. This affects permissions of files that are created by the root user.','Using GID 0 for the root account helps prevent root -owned files from accidentally becoming accessible to non-privileged users.','','Run the following command to set the root user default group to GID 0 : # usermod -g 0 root.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(29687,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd are configured.','The /etc/passwd file contains user account information that is used by many system utilities and therefore must be readable for these utilities to operate.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd file is protected from unauthorized write access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/passwd: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd # chown root:root /etc/passwd.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29688,'Ensure permissions on /etc/passwd- are configured.','The /etc/passwd- file contains backup user account information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/passwd- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/passwd-: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/passwd- # chown root:root /etc/passwd-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29689,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group are configured.','The /etc/group file contains a list of all the valid groups defined in the system. The command below allows read/write access for root and read access for everyone else.','The /etc/group file needs to be protected from unauthorized changes by non-privileged users, but needs to be readable as this information is used with many non-privileged programs.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/group: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group # chown root:root /etc/group.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29690,'Ensure permissions on /etc/group- are configured.','The /etc/group- file contains a backup list of all the valid groups defined in the system.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/group- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run the following commands to remove excess permissions, set owner, and set group on /etc/group-: # chmod u-x,go-wx /etc/group- # chown root:root /etc/group-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29691,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow are configured.','The /etc/shadow file is used to store the information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/shadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/shadow file (such as expiration) could also be useful to subvert the user accounts.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/shadow to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:shadow /etc/shadow -OR- # chown root:root /etc/shadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/shadow: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/shadow.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29692,'Ensure permissions on /etc/shadow- are configured.','The /etc/shadow- file is used to store backup information about user accounts that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/shadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/shadow- to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:shadow /etc/shadow- -OR- # chown root:root /etc/shadow- Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/shadow-: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/shadow-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29693,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow are configured.','The /etc/gshadow file is used to store the information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','If attackers can gain read access to the /etc/gshadow file, they can easily run a password cracking program against the hashed password to break it. Other security information that is stored in the /etc/gshadow file (such as group administrators) could also be useful to subvert the group.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/gshadow to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:shadow /etc/gshadow -OR- # chown root:root /etc/gshadow Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/gshadow: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/gshadow.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29694,'Ensure permissions on /etc/gshadow- are configured.','The /etc/gshadow- file is used to store backup information about groups that is critical to the security of those accounts, such as the hashed password and other security information.','It is critical to ensure that the /etc/gshadow- file is protected from unauthorized access. Although it is protected by default, the file permissions could be changed either inadvertently or through malicious actions.','','Run one of the following commands to set ownership of /etc/gshadow- to root and group to either root or shadow: # chown root:shadow /etc/gshadow- -OR- # chown root:root /etc/gshadow- Run the following command to remove excess permissions form /etc/gshadow-: # chmod u-x,g-wx,o-rwx /etc/gshadow-.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.1.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-3\", \"MP-2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\", \"T1222\", \"T1222.002\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0005\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1022\"]}]'),(29695,'Ensure accounts in /etc/passwd use shadowed passwords.','Local accounts can uses shadowed passwords. With shadowed passwords, The passwords are saved in shadow password file, /etc/shadow, encrypted by a salted one-way hash. Accounts with a shadowed password have an x in the second field in /etc/passwd.','The /etc/passwd file also contains information like user ID\'s and group ID\'s that are used by many system programs. Therefore, the /etc/passwd file must remain world readable. In spite of encoding the password with a randomly-generated one-way hash function, an attacker could still break the system if they got access to the /etc/passwd file. This can be mitigated by using shadowed passwords, thus moving the passwords in the /etc/passwd file to /etc/shadow. The /etc/shadow file is set so only root will be able to read and write. This helps mitigate the risk of an attacker gaining access to the encoded passwords with which to perform a dictionary attack. Note: - All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user. - A user account with an empty second field in /etc/passwd allows the account to be logged into by providing only the username.','','Run the following command to set accounts to use shadowed passwords: # sed -e \'s/^([a-zA-Z0-9_]*):[^:]*:/1:x:/\' -i /etc/passwd Investigate to determine if the account is logged in and what it is being used for, to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1003.008\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29696,'Ensure /etc/shadow password fields are not empty.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password.','All accounts must have passwords or be locked to prevent the account from being used by an unauthorized user.','','If any accounts in the /etc/shadow file do not have a password, run the following command to lock the account until it can be determined why it does not have a password: # passwd -l Also, check to see if the account is logged in and investigate what it is being used for to determine if it needs to be forced off.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1078\", \"T1078.001\", \"T1078.003\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0003\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1027\"]}]'),(29697,'Ensure root is the only UID 0 account.','Any account with UID 0 has superuser privileges on the system.','This access must be limited to only the default root account and only from the system console. Administrative access must be through an unprivileged account using an approved mechanism as noted in Item 5.6 Ensure access to the su command is restricted.','','Remove any users other than root with UID 0 or assign them a new UID if appropriate.','[{\"cis\": [\"6.2.10\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1548\"]}, {\"mitre_tactics\": [\"TA0001\"]}, {\"mitre_mitigations\": [\"M1026\"]}]'),(30001,'Install and configure HP-UX Secure Shell.','OpenSSH is a popular free distribution of the standards-track SSH protocols which allows secure encrypted network logins and file transfers. HP-UX Secure Shell is HP\'s pre-compiled and supported version of OpenSSH.','Common login and file transfer services such as telnet, FTP, rsh, rlogin, and rcp use insecure, clear-text protocols that are vulnerable to attack. OpenSSH provides a secure, encrypted replacement for these services. Security is improved by further constraining services in the default configuration.','','Perform the following to install and securely configure Secure Shell (SSH) 1. Download and install HP-UX Secure Shell if not already installed on the system. 2. Perform the following post-installation actions to secure the SSH service: a. Change to the /opt/ssh/etc directory b. Open sshd_config c. Set the Protocol token to 2. If it is absent, add and set it. d. Set the X11Forwarding token to yes. If it is absent, add and set it. e. Set the IgnoreRhosts token to yes. If it is absent, add and set it. f. Set the RhostsAuthentication token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. g. Set the RhostsRSAAuthentication token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. h. Set the PermitRootLogin token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. i. Set the PermitEmptyPasswords token to no. If it is absent, add and set it. j. Set the Banner token to /etc/issue. If it is absent, add and set it. k. Set root as the owner of sshd_config and ssh_config. l. Set sys as the group owner of sshd_config and ssh_config. m. Restrict write access to sshd_config and ssh_config to the file owner. The following script will perform the above procedure: 13 | P a g e cd /opt/ssh/etc cp -p sshd_config sshd_config.tmp awk \' /^Protocol/ /^IgnoreRhosts/ /^RhostsAuthentication/ /^RhostsRSAAuthentication/ { $2 =\"no\" }; /(^#|^)PermitRootLogin/ { $1 = \"PermitRootLogin\"; $2 = \"no\" }; /^PermitEmptyPasswords/ { $2 = \"no\" }; /^#Banner/ { $1 = \"Banner\"; $2 = \"/etc/issue\" } { print }\' sshd_config.tmp > sshd_config { $2 =\"2\"}; { $2 = \"yes\" }; { $2 = \"no\" }; rm -f sshd_config.tmp chown root:sys ssh_config sshd_config chmod go-w ssh_config sshd_config','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30002,'Use Bastille to report security configuration state.','Bastille is a security hardening, lockdown tool supplied with HP-UX to assist administrators in securing their systems. Included is an assessment function that covers a wide range of lockdown items including most all items in this Benchmark. Bastille can serve as a reporting and audit tool. Appendix D provides a mapping of Benchmark items to related Bastille configuration items.','An automated, tested, and vendor supported reporting tool such as Bastille is more efficient and less error-prone than most manual or custom scripted methods.','','Run Bastille to create an assessment report as shown: /opt/sec_mgmt/bastille/bin/bastille --assessnobrowser','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1.3\"]}]'),(30003,'Disable Standard Services.','The stock /etc/inetd.conf file shipped with HP-UX contains many services which are rarely used, or which have more secure alternatives. Indeed, after enabling SSH (see item 1.1.2) it may be possible to completely do away with all inetd-based services, since SSH provides both a secure login mechanism and a means of transferring files to and from the system. The steps articulated in the Remediation section will disable all services normally enabled in the HP-UX inetd.conf file. The rest of the actions in this section give the administrator the option of re-enabling certain services—in particular, the services that are disabled in the last two loops in the Action section below.','The stock /etc/inetd.conf file shipped with HP-UX contains services that are rarely used or have more secure alternatives. Removing these from inetd will avoid exposure to possible security vulnerability in those services.','','Perform the following to disable standard inetd-based services: 1. Change to the /etc directory 2. Open inetd.conf 3. Disable the following services by adding a comment character (#) to the beginning of its definition: a. echo b. discard c. daytime d. chargen e. dtspc f. exec g. ntalk h. finger i. uucp j. ident k. auth l. instl_boots m. registrar n. recserv o. rpc.rstatd p. rpc.rusersd q. rpc.rwalld r. rpc.sprayd s. rpc.cmsd t. kcms_server u. printer v. shell w. login h. finger x. telnet y. ftp z. tftp aa. bootps bb. kshell cc. klogin dd. rpc.rquotad ee. rpc.ttdbserver 4. Save inetd.conf. 5. Set root as the owner of inetd.conf. 6. Set sys as the group owner of inetd.conf. 7. Restrict write access to inetd.conf to the file owner. 8. Remove the executable and sticky bit from inetd.conf. 9. Invoke inetd to reread it\'s config file: inetd -c The following script will perform the above procedure: cd /etc for svc in echo discard daytime chargen dtspc exec ntalk finger uucp ident auth instl_boots registrar recserv; do awk \"($1 == \"$svc\") { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; {print}\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in rpc.rstatd rpc.rusersd rpc.rwalld rpc.sprayd rpc.cmsd kcms_server; do awk \"/\\/$svc/ { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; { print }\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in printer shell login telnet ftp tftp bootps kshell klogin; do awk \"($1 == \"$svc\") { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; {print}\" inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done for svc in rpc.rquotad rpc.ttdbserver; do awk \"/^$svc\\// { $1 = \"#\" $1 }; { print }\" /etc/inetd.conf > /etc/inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf done chown root:sys inetd.conf chmod go-w,a-xs inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new inetd -c','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30004,'Only enable telnet if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable telnet. Telnet uses an unencrypted network protocol, which means data from the login session (such as passwords and all other data transmitted during the session) can be stolen by eavesdroppers on the network, and also that the session can be hijacked by outsiders to gain access to the remote system. HP-UX Secure Shell (OpenSSH) provides an encrypted alternative to telnet (and other utilities) and should be used instead.','There is a mission-critical reason that requires users to access the system via telnet instead of the more secure SSH protocol.','','Perform the following to re-enable telnet: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the telnet service definition. 3. Add -b /etc/issue to the end of the telnet service definition. This will cause telnet to display the contents of /etc/issue to users attempting to access the system via telnet. 4. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \'/^#telnet/ { $1 = \"telnet\" print $0 \" -b /etc/issue\"; next} { print } \' inetd.conf > /etc/inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.2\"]}]'),(30005,'Only enable FTP if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable ftp. Like telnet, the FTP protocol is unencrypted, which means passwords and other data transmitted during the session can be captured by sniffing the network, and that the FTP session itself can be hijacked by an external attacker. SSH provides two alternative, encrypted file transfer mechanisms, scp and sftp, which should be used instead of FTP. Even if FTP is required because the local system is an anonymous FTP server, consider requiring authenticated users on the system to transfer files via SSH-based protocols. For further information on restricting FTP access to the system, see item 1.6.2 below. Sites may also consider augmenting the \'ftpd -l\' below with \'-v\' (10.x and 11.x) or \'-L\' (11.x only) for additional logging of FTP transactions, or with \'-a\' (11.x only) for fine grain FTP access control through the use of a configuration file - see the ftpd(1M) man page on your systems for details.','This machine serves as an (anonymous) FTP server or other mission-critical role where data must be transferred via FTP instead of the more secure alternatives.','','Perform the following to re-enable FTP: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the ftp service definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' /^#ftp/ { $1 = \"ftp\"; print $0; next} { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.3\"]}]'),(30006,'Only enable rlogin/remsh/rcp if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rlogin/remsh/rcp. SSH was designed to be a drop-in replacement for these protocols. Given the wide availability of free SSH implementations, there are few cases where these tools cannot be replaced with SSH (again, see item 1.2.1 - Install SSH).','There is a mission-critical reason to use rlogin/remsh/rcp instead of the more secure ssh/scp.','','Perform the following to re-enable rlogin/remsh/rcp: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the shell and login service definitions. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#shell/shell/; s/^#login/login/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.4\"]}]'),(30007,'Only enable TFTP if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable TFTP. TFTP is typically used for network booting of diskless workstations, X-terminals, and other similar devices. TFTP is also used during network installs of systems via the HP-UX Ignite facility. Routers and other network devices may copy configuration data to remote systems via TFTP for backup.','This system serves as a boot server or has other mission-critical roles where data must be transferred to and from this system via TFTP.','','Perform the following to re-enable TFTP: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the tftp service definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#tftp/tftp/\' inetd.conf >inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new mkdir -p /var/opt/ignite','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.5\"]}]'),(30008,'Only enable printer service if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rlpdaemon based printer service. rlpdaemon provides a BSD-compatible print server interface. Even machines that are print servers may wish to leave this service disabled if they do not need to support BSD-style printing.','This machine a print server for your network.','','Perform the following to re-enable the rlpdaemon based printer service: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the printer definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#printer/printer/\' inetd.conf >inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.6\"]}]'),(30009,'Only enable rquotad if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable rquotad. rquotad allows NFS clients to enforce disk quotas on file systems that are mounted from the local system. If your site does not use disk quotas, then you may leave the rquotad service disabled.','This system an NFS file server that requires the use of disk quotas.','','Perform the following to re-enable rquotad: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the rquotad definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' $6 ~ //rpc.rquotad$/ { sub(/^#/, \"\") } { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.7\"]}]'),(30010,'Only enable CDE-related daemons if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable CDE-related daemons. The rpc.ttdbserver service supports HP\'s CDE windowing environment. This service has a history of security problems. Not only is it vital to keep up to date on vendor patches, but also never enable this service on any system which is not well protected by a complete network security infrastructure (including network and host-based firewalls, packet filters, and intrusion detection infrastructure). Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on.','There a mission-critical reason to run a CDE GUI on this system.','','Perform the following to re-enable CDE-related daemons: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the rpc.ttdbserver 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: awk \' $6 ~ //rpc.ttdbserver$/ { sub(/^#/, \"\") } { print } \' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.8\"]}]'),(30011,'Only enable Kerberos-related daemons if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable Kerberos-related daemons. Kerberized rlogin/remsh offers a higher degree of security than traditional rlogin, remsh, or telnet by eliminating many clear-text password exchanges from the network. However it is still not as secure as SSH, which encrypts all traffic. Given the wide availability of free SSH implementations, there are few cases where these tools cannot be replaced with SSH.','The Kerberos security system is in use at this site and there is a mission-critical reason that requires users to access this system via Kerberized rlogin/remsh, rather than the more secure SSH protocol.','','Perform the following to re-enable Kerberos-related daemons: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the klogin definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#kshell/kshell/; s/^#klogin/klogin/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.9\"]}]'),(30012,'Only enable BOOTP/DHCP daemon if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable BOOTP/DHCP services. BOOTP/DHCP is a popular protocol for dynamically assigning IP addresses and other network information to systems on the network (rather than having administrators manually manage this information on each host). However, if this system is not a BOOTP/DHCP server for the network, there is no need to be running this service.','This server a BOOTP/DHCP server for the network.','','Perform the following to re-enable BOOTP/DHCP services: 1. Open /etc/inetd.conf. 2. Delete the comment character (#) from the bootps definition. 3. Save /etc/inetd.conf. The following script will perform the above procedure: sed \'s/^#bootps/bootps/\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.new cp inetd.conf.new inetd.conf rm -f /etc/inetd.conf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2.10\"]}]'),(30013,'Disable login: prompts on serial ports.','Disable the login: prompt on the system serial devices to make it more difficult for unauthorized users to attach modems, terminals, and other remote access devices to these ports.','If there is not a mission-critical need to provide login capability from any serial ports (such as for a modem) then disabling the login: prompt on the system serial devices reduces the risk of unauthorized access via these ports.','','Perform the following to disable the login: prompt on the system serial devices: 1. Open /etc/inittab. 2. Disable each getty instance associated with a tty device by adding a comment character (#) to the beginning of the line. 3. Save /etc/inittab.* The following script will perform the above procedure: cp -p /etc/inittab /etc/inittab.tmp sed \'s/^[^#].*getty.*tty.*$/#&/\' /etc/inittab.tmp > /etc/inittab rm -f /etc/inittab.tmp - Note that this action may safely be performed even if console access to the system is provided via the serial ports, as the line in the /etc/inittab file that corresponds to the console does not match the supplied pattern (i.e., it doesn\'t contain the string \'tty\'). - Note that when serial port connectivity is needed, /etc/dialups and /etc/d_passwd can be set to require an extra password for serial port access. See the dialups(4) manual page for more information. - Note that by default in HP-UX 11i, only the console has a getty instance running on it.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30014,'Disable NIS/NIS+ related processes, if possible.','Disable NIS/NIS+ related processes. Network Information Service (NIS) is a distributed database providing centralized control of names, addresses, services, and key configuration files throughout a network of servers and clients. NIS was formerly known as Yellow Pages (YP). NIS+ is a replacement for NIS services, and is more scalable, flexible, and secure. It adds a security system with authentication and authorization services to validate users on the network and to determine if they allowed to access or modify the information requested. However, both systems have known security vulnerabilities, and have been an entry point for security attacks.','Eliminate exposure to NIS/NIS+ vulnerabilities by not running related daemons on hosts that are not NIS/NIS+ servers or clients.','','Perform the following to disable the startup of NIS/NIS+ related processes: ch_rc -a -p NIS_MASTER_SERVER=0 -p NIS_SLAVE_SERVER=0 -p NIS_CLIENT=0 -p NISPLUS_SERVER=0 -p NISPLUS_CLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30015,'Disable printer daemons, if possible.','Disable printer daemons. The Technical Print Service (TPS) is a printer service used in the X-Windows and/or CDE environment. It is recommended that this service be disabled if the hosting system does not participate in print services The administrator may wish to consider converting to the LPRng print system (see http://www.lprng.org/) which was designed with security in mind and is widely portable across many different Unix platforms. Note, however, that LPRng is not supported by Hewlett-Packard.','Disabling unused services, such as TPS, will reduce the remote and local attack surfaces of the hosting system.','','Perform the following to disable printer daemons: 1. Set the LP parameter to zero in the lp system configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/lp 2. Set the XPRINTSERVERS parameter to an empty string in the tps system configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/tps The following script will perform the above procedure: ch_rc -a -p XPRINTSERVERS=\"\'\'\" /etc/rc.config.d/tps ch_rc -a -p LP=0 /etc/rc.config.d/lp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30016,'Disable the CDE GUI login, if possible.','CDE stands for \'Common Desktop Environment,\' and is an environment for logging on to and interacting with your system via an X-windows type GUI interface from the console. Intended for use with workstation or desktop systems, this service is not commonly used with the server-class systems or in large enterprise environments. The X Windows-based CDE GUI services were developed with a different set of security expecations from those expected in many enterprise deployments, and have had a history of security issues. Unless there is a mission-critical need for a CDE GUI login to the system, this service should not be run to further reduce opportunities for security attacks.','The X Windows-based CDE GUI on HP-UX systems has had a history of security issues, and should be disabled if unused.','','Perform the following to disable the GUI login: ch_rc -a -p DESKTOP=\"\" /etc/rc.config.d/desktop','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30017,'Disable email server, if possible.','Disable the sendmail daemon to avoid processing incoming email. It is possible to run a Unix system with the Sendmail daemon disabled and still allow users on that system to send email out from that machine. Running Sendmail in \'daemon mode\' (with the -bd command-line option) is only required on machines that act as mail servers, receiving and processing email from other hosts on the network. The remediation below will result in a machine that can send email but not receive it. - Note that after disabling the -bd option on the local mail server on systems running Sendmail v8.12 or later (8.13 is currently shipped as part of HP-UX 11iv3), it is also necessary to modify the /etc/mail/submit.cf file. Find the line that reads \'D{MTAHost}localhost\' and change localhost to the name of some other local mail server for the organization. This will cause email generated on the local system to be relayed to that mail server for further processing and delivery. - Note that if the system is an email server, the administrator is encouraged to search the Web for additional documentation on Sendmail security issues.','Avoid potential vulnerabilities in the sendmail server if incoming email service is not used.','','Perform the following to disable the sendmail server: 1. Set the SENDMAIL_SERVER parameter to zero in the mailservs system configuration file. 2. Setup a cron job to run sendmail at regular intervals (e.g. every hour) in order to process queued, outgoing mail. The following script will perform the above procedure: ch_rc -a -p SENDMAIL_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/mailservs cd /var/spool/cron/crontabs crontab -l >root.tmp echo \'0 * * * * /usr/lib/sendmail -q\' >>root.tmp crontab root.tmp rm -f root.tmp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30018,'Disable SNMP and OpenView Agents, if remote management or monitoring are not needed.','Disable SNMP and OpenView agents if they are not needed. Note: If SNMP is used, it is recommended to change the default SNMP community string by modifying the get-community and set-community parameters in the SNMP configuration file /etc/SnmpAgent.d/snmpd.conf.','If SNMP and OpenView agents are not needed, avoid potential security vulnerabilities in these programs by disabling them.','','Perform the following to disable the SNMP and OpenView Agents: cd /sbin/rc2.d mv -f S570SnmpFddi .NOS570SnmpFddi ch_rc -a -p SNMP_HPUNIX_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpHpunix ch_rc -a -p SNMP_MASTER_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpMaster ch_rc -a -p SNMP_MIB2_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpMib2 ch_rc -a -p SNMP_TRAPDEST_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/SnmpTrpDst ch_rc -a -p OSPFMIB=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons ch_rc -a -p OPCAGT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/opcagt','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30019,'Disable rarely used standard boot services.','Disable other standard boot services. Setting these variables in the /etc/rc.config.d configuration files will effectively disable a wide variety of infrequently used subsystems. Variables are merely set (rather than renaming or removing startup scripts) so that the local administrator can easily \"restore\" any of these services if they discover a mission-critical need to have it. Additionally, HP-UX patches tend to supply fresh copies of the startup scripts, so they may get inadvertently re- enabled, whereas setting configuration variables usually survives patch installs. Finally, setting configuration variables is the method recommended and supported by HP. Note that not all of the configuration files listed above will exist on all systems (some are only valid for certain releases, others only exist if certain OEM vendor software is installed). The rest of the actions in this section give the administrator the option of re-enabling certain services - in particular, the services that are disabled in the second block of the remediation section below. Rather than disabling and then re-enabling these services, experienced administrators may wish to simply disable only those services that they know are unnecessary for their systems. Note: that HP-UX 11.31 was the first version to support disablement of the NFS core services. Disablement on earlier versions is possible by moving /sbin/rc2.d/S400nfs.core to /sbin/rc2.d/.NOS400nfs.core, but there is some risk of system instability.','Avoid potential security vulnerabilities in infrequently used subsystems by disabling them.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p START_SNAPLUS=0 -p START_SNANODE=0 -p START_SNAINETD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/snaplus2 ch_rc -a -p MROUTED=0 -p RWHOD=0 -p DDFA=0 -p START_RBOOTD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons ch_rc -a -p RARPD=0 -p RDPD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/netconf ch_rc -a -p PTYDAEMON_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/ptydaemon ch_rc -a -p VTDAEMON_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/vt ch_rc -a -p NAMED=0 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs ch_rc -a -p START_I4LMD=0 /etc/rc.config.d/i4lmd ch_rc -a -p RUN_X_FONT_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/xfs ch_rc -a -p AUDIO_SERVER=0 /etc/rc.config.d/audio ch_rc -a -p SLSD_DAEMON=0 /etc/rc.config.d/slsd ch_rc -a -p RUN_SAMBA=0 /etc/rc.config.d/samba ch_rc -a -p RUN_CIFSCLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/cifsclient ch_rc -a -p NFS_SERVER=0 -p NFS_CLIENT=0 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_APACHE_START=0 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_apacheconf ch_rc -a -p NFS_CORE=0 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30020,'Only enable Windows-compatibility server processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable CIFS Server (Samba) services. HP-UX 11i includes the popular Open Source Samba server (HP-UX CIFS Server) for providing file and print services to Windows-based systems. This allows an HP-UX system to act as a file or print server on a Windows network, and even act as a Domain Controller (authentication server) to older Windows operating systems. However, if this functionality is not required by the site, this service should be disabled.','This machine provides authentication, file sharing, or printer sharing services to systems running Microsoft Windows operating systems.','','Perform the following to re-enable CIFS Server: ch_rc -a -p RUN_SAMBA=1 /etc/rc.config.d/samba','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.8\"]}]'),(30021,'Only enable Windows-compatibility client processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the HP CIFS Client service.','This system requires access to file systems from remote servers via the Windows (SMB) file services.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p RUN_CIFSCLIENT=1 /etc/rc.config.d/cifsclient','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.9\"]}]'),(30022,'Only enable NFS server processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the NFS file service. NFS is frequently exploited to gain unauthorized access to files and systems. Clearly there is no need to run the NFS server-related daemons on hosts that are not NFS servers. If the system is an NFS server, the admin should take reasonable precautions when exporting file systems, including restricting NFS access to a specific range of local IP addresses and exporting file systems \"read-only\" and \"nosuid\" where appropriate. For more information consult the exportfs(1M) manual page. Much higher levels of security can be achieved by combining NFS with secure RPC or Kerberos, although there is significant administrative overhead involved in this transition. Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on. For more information see Item 1.3.12 below. Also, note that some releases of Oracle software for HP-UX require NFS services in order to install properly. Therefore, the NFS server process may need to be started by hand on systems on which Oracle software is to be installed/updated. This can be accomplished by performing the following: 1. Temporarily set NFS_SERVER=1, /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf 2. Execute: /sbin/init.d/nfs.core start /sbin/init.d/nfs.server start 3. Install Oracle 4. Stop the NFS services: /sbin/init.d/nfs.core stop /sbin/init.d/nfs.server stop 5. Disable the NFS services by resetting NFS_SERVER=0, NUM_NFSD=0, and NUM_NFSIOD=0 in /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf.','This machine is a NFS file server.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NFS_SERVER=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.10\"]}]'),(30023,'Only enable NFS client processes if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the NFS Client service. Again, unless there is a significant need for this system to acquire data via NFS, administrators should disable NFS-related services. Note that other file transfer schemes (such as rdist via SSH) can often be more secure than NFS for certain applications, although again the use of secure RPC or Kerberos can significantly improve NFS security. Also note that if the machine will be an NFS client, then the rpcbind process must be running (see Item 3.12 below). - Note that since this service uses ONC RPC mechanisms, it is important that the system\'s RPC portmapper (rpcbind) also be enabled when this service is turned on. For more information see Item 3.12 below.','This system must access file systems from remote servers via NFS.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NFS_CLIENT=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.11\"]}]'),(30024,'Only enable RPC-based services if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable RPC-based services. RPC-based services typically use very weak or non-existent authentication and yet may share very sensitive information. Unless one of the services listed above is required on this machine, it is best to disable RPC-based tools completely. If you are unsure whether or not a particular third-party application requires RPC services, consult with the application vendor. Note that disabling this service by renaming the startup file may not survive the install of RPC-related patches.','RPC-based services are used such as: - This machine is an NFS client or server. - This machine is an NIS (YP) or NIS+ client or server. - This machine runs a GUI or GUI-based administration tool. - The machine runs a third-party software application which is dependent on RPC support (example: FlexLM License managers).','','Perform the following for 11.31 and later: ch_rc -a -p NFS_CORE=1 /etc/rc.config.d/nfsconf For 11.23 and prior: mv -f /sbin/rc2.d/.NOS400nfs.core /sbin/rc2.d/400nfs.core','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.12\"]}]'),(30025,'Only enable Web server if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the Web server suite. Even if this machine is a Web server, the local site may choose not to use the Web server provided with HP-UX in favor of a locally developed and supported Web environment. If the machine is a Web server, the administrator is encouraged to search the Web for additional documentation on Web server security. A good starting point is http://httpd.apache.org/docs-2.0/misc/security_tips.html. Note that this action only disables the default web server shipped with the system. Other webservers instances may still be running.','There is a mission-critical reason why this system must run a Web server.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p NS_FTRACK=1 /etc/rc.config.d/ns-ftrack ch_rc -a -p APACHE_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/apacheconf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_APACHE32_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_apache32conf ch_rc -a -p HPWS_TOMCAT_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_tomcatconf ch_rc -a -p NS_FTRACK=1 /etc/rc.config.d/ns-ftrack ch_rc -a -p HPWS_WEBMIN_START=1 /etc/rc.config.d/hpws_webminconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.13\"]}]'),(30026,'Only enable BIND DNS server if absolutely necessary.','Re-enable the BIND DNS service. The BIND DNS server, or named, maps IP addresses to hostnames across the Internet and supplies these services to other hosts on the local local network. Though it has been widely implemented, BIND has a long history of security flaws, especially in the BIND 8.x release tree generally shipped with HP-UX 11.x systems. Therefore, if you are going to run BIND, you should strongly consider moving to the BIND 9.x release-tree. HP has supported BIND 9 packages available from http://software.hp.com/portal/swdepot/displayProductInfo.do?productNumber=BIND9.2 . Or it is available directly from the Internet Software Consortium (the developers of BIND), whose website is at http://www.isc.org.','There exists a mission-critical reason why this system must run a DNS server.','','Perform the following: 11.23 and prior: ch_rc -a -p NAMED=1 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs 11.31 and later: ch_rc -a -p NAMED=1 /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs_dns','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3.14\"]}]'),(30027,'Enable stack protection.','Enabling stack protection prevents certain classes of buffer overflow attacks and is a significant security enhancement. - Note that HP-UX 11i is much more capable in this and other security areas than older releases; therefore, administrators should strongly consider upgrading from older releases. - Note that this action requires a subsequent reboot to take effect in some versions of HP-UX.','Buffer overflow exploits have been the basis for many of the recent highly publicized compromises and defacements of large numbers of Internet connected systems. Many of the automated tools in use by system crackers exploit well-known buffer overflow problems in vendor-supplied and third-party software. Enabling stack protection prevents certain classes of buffer overflow attacks and is a significant security enhancement.','','For 11i v2 and later: kctune -K executable_stack=0 For 11i v1: /usr/sbin/kmtune -s executable_stack=0 && mk_kernel && kmupdate','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30028,'Network parameter modifications.','Modify the network parameter boot configuration file to meet current best practices. Note: HP-UX 11.11 systems require patch PHNE_25644 for ndd to set arp_cleanup_interval from /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf. - Bastille Note: Bastille performs a similar action but does not support the exact same changes.','Network parameter default values should align with current best practices unless there is a specific need to use other values.','','Perform the following to update the default network parameter values: 1. Change to the /etc/rc.config.d directory 2. Open nddconf and review the comment lines on how to use the configuration file 3. Set each of the following network parameters to the recommended value. If a parameter does not have an entry in nddconf then add a new entry to the end of the file while properly incrementing the parameter index. 4. Save nddconf. - If creating this file for the first time: 1. Set root as the owner of nddconf. 2. Set sys as the group owner of nddconf. 3. Restrict write access to nddconf to the file owner. 4. Remove the executable and sticky bit from nddconf. If the existing nddconf file contains no entries, then the following script will perform the above procedure: cd /etc/rc.config.d cat < nddconf # Increase size of half-open connection queue TRANSPORT_NAME[0]=tcp NDD_NAME[0]=tcp_syn_rcvd_max NDD_VALUE[0]=4096 # Reduce timeouts on ARP cache TRANSPORT_NAME[1]=arp NDD_NAME[1]=arp_cleanup_interval NDD_VALUE[1]=60000 # Drop source-routed packets TRANSPORT_NAME[2]=ip NDD_NAME[2]=ip_forward_src_routed NDD_VALUE[2]=0 # Don\'t forward directed broadcasts TRANSPORT_NAME[3]=ip NDD_NAME[3]=ip_forward_directed_broadcasts NDD_VALUE[3]=0 # Don\'t respond to unicast ICMP timestamp requests TRANSPORT_NAME[4]=ip NDD_NAME[4]=ip_respond_to_timestamp NDD_VALUE[4]=0 # Don\'t respond to broadcast ICMP tstamp reqs TRANSPORT_NAME[5]=ip NDD_NAME[5]=ip_respond_to_timestamp_broadcast NDD_VALUE[5]=0 # Don\'t respond to ICMP address mask requests TRANSPORT_NAME[6]=ip NDD_NAME[6]=ip_respond_to_address_mask_broadcast NDD_VALUE[6]=0 # Don‟t respond to broadcast echo requests TRANSPORT_NAME[7]=ip NDD_NAME[7]=ip_respond_to_echo_broadcast NDD_VALUE[7]=0 EOF chown root:sys nddconf chmod go-w,ug-s nddconf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30029,'Use more random TCP sequence numbers.','Generate initial TCP sequence numbers that comply with RFC1948. - Note: In HP-UX 11i v1 and later, an algorithm largely compliant with RFC1948 is already used. However, setting the isn passphrase closes the small remaining gap, and adds entropy to the seed.','Makes remote off-net session hijacking attacks more difficult.','','Perform the following to use more random TCP sequence numbers upon system startup: 1. Create/open the file /sbin/rc2.d/S999tcpisn 2. Add the following line: ndd -set /dev/tcp tcp_isn_passprase= replacing with a string of random characters. 3. Save the file. 4. Set root as the owner and bin as the group owner of the file. 5. Restrict write access to the file. 6. Set the execution bit for the file.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30030,'Additional network parameter modifications.','Configure networking to NOT forward TCP/IP packets between multiple networks, even if the machine has multiple network adapters connected to multiple networks.','System is not going to be used as a firewall or gateway to pass network traffic between different networks.','','Perform the following to disable forwarding TCP/IP packets between networks: 1. Change to the /etc/rc.config.d directory 2. Open nddconf and review the comment lines on how to use the configuration file 3. Set each of the following network parameters to the recommended value. If a parameter does not have an entry in nddconf then add a new entry to the end of the file while properly incrementing the parameter index. 4. Save nddconf. If creating this file for the first time: 5. Set root as the owner of nddconf. 6. Set sys as the group owner of nddconf. 7. Restrict write access to nddconf to the file owner. 8. Remove the executable and sticky bit from nddconf. The following script will perform the above procedure properly if used as a follow-on from the script in item 1.4.2: cat <> /etc/rc.config.d/nddconf # Don‟t act as a router TRANSPORT_NAME[8]=ip NDD_NAME[8]=ip_forwarding NDD_VALUE[8]=0 TRANSPORT_NAME[9]=ip NDD_NAME[9]=ip_send_redirects NDD_VALUE[9]=0 EOF','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30032,'Enable Hidden Passwords.','Enable hidden passwords by converting the system to a Trusted System or to use Shadow Passwords. - Note: do not perform this if the system runs applications that read the encrypted password entries in /etc/passwd directly.','Without hidden passwords, an intruder could use any user\'s account to obtain hashed passwords and use crack or similar utilities to find easily guessed passwords. Password aging (covered in item 1.8.3) ensures that users change their passwords on a regular basis and helps stop the use of stolen passwords.','','Perform one of the following to convert the system to trusted mode or shadowed mode: A. Use the system management program smh or sam to convert to a trusted system -or- B. Use the command pwconv to convert to shadowed passwords.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30033,'Restrict users who can access to FTP.','Configure FTP to prevent certain users from accessing the system via FTP. The file ftpusers contains a list of users who are not allowed to access the system via FTP. Generally, only normal users should ever access the system via FTP - there should be no reason for \'system\' type accounts to be transferring information via this mechanism. Certainly, the root account should never be allowed to transfer files directly via FTP. - Note: more fine-grained FTP access controls can be placed in /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess.','Privileged users such as root and other \'system\' type accounts should never be transferring information via such an insecure service as FTP.','','Perform the following to restrict default priviledged users from access to FTP: 1. Add the users root daemon bin sys adm lp uucp nuucp nobody hpdb useradm to the file /etc/ftpd/ftpusers (each user on a single line). 2. Set the file owner and group owner to the user bin. 3. Set the file permissions so that only the file owner has read or write perms and no user has execute permission (600). The following script will create and populate the ftpusers file as described above: for name in root daemon bin sys adm lp uucp nuucp nobody hpdb useradm do echo $name done >> $ftpusers sort -u $ftpusers > $ftpusers.tmp cp $ftpusers.tmp $ftpusers rm -f $ftpusers.tmp chown bin:bin $ftpusers chmod 600 $ftpusers','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30034,'Prevent Syslog from accepting messages from the network.','Prevent syslogd from accepting messages from the network. By default the system logging daemon, syslogd, listens for log messages from other systems on network port 514/udp. Unfortunately, the protocol used to transfer these messages does not include any form of authentication, so a malicious outsider could simply barrage the local system\'s Syslog port with spurious traffic—either as a denial-of-service attack on the system, or to fill up the local system\'s logging file systems so that subsequent attacks will not be logged. - Note: Do not perform this action if this machine is a log server, or needs to receive Syslog messages via the network from other systems. - Note: It is considered good practice to setup one or more machines as central \'log servers\' to aggregate log traffic from all machines at a site. However, unless a system is set up to be one of these \'log server\' systems, it should not be listening on 514/udp for incoming log messages.','Disabling unused network services will reduce the remote attack surfaces of the hosting system.','','Disable the syslog network option by doing the following: 1. Open the syslogd startup configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd 2. Add the parameter \"-N\" to the SYSLOGD_OPTS= line if it is not already present 3. Save and close the file. The following script will perform the procedure above: SYSLOGD_OPTS=\"`sh -c \". /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd ; echo \"$SYSLOGD_OPTS\"\'`\" if [[ \"$SYSLOGD_OPTS\" = *-N* ]]; then ch_rc -a -p SYSLOGD_OPTS=\"-N $SYSLOGD_OPTS\" /etc/rc.config.d/syslogd fi','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30035,'Disable XDMCP port.','Disable the XDMCP port for remote login services. The standard GUI login provided on most Unix systems can act as a remote login server to other devices (including X terminals and other workstations). Access control is handled via the Xaccess file—by default under HP-UX, this file allows any system on the network to get a remote login screen from the local system. This behavior can be overridden in the /etc/dt/config/Xaccess file.','XDMCP is an unencrypted protocol that may reduce the confidentiality and integrity of data that traverses it.','','Perform the following to disable the XDMCP port: 1. Open the file /etc/dt/config/Xconfig. If it does not exist, copy it from /usr/dt/config/Xconfig. 2. Append the line Dtlogin.requestPort:0 to the file and close. The following script will perform the procedure above: if [ ! -f /etc/dt/config/Xconfig ]; then mkdir -p /etc/dt/config cp -p /usr/dt/config/Xconfig /etc/dt/config fi cd /etc/dt/config awk \'/Dtlogin.requestPort:/ { print \"Dtlogin.requestPort: 0\"; next } { print }\' Xconfig > Xconfig.new cp Xconfig.new Xconfig rm -f Xconfig.new','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30036,'Set default locking screensaver timeout.','The default timeout is between 10 and 30 minutes of keyboard/mouse inactivity before a password-protected screen saver is invoked by the CDE session manager depending on the OS release and the locale. Uniformly reduce this default timeout value to 10 minutes (this setting can still be overridden by individual users in their own environment.)','Setting the inactivity timer to a low value will reduce the probability of a malicious entity compromising the system via the console.','','Perform the following to set a default screensaver timeout for all environments: 1. For every sys.resources file in each directory in /usr/dt/config/ create a corresponding /etc/dt/config/*/sys.resources file if it does not already exist. 2. Append the following lines to each /etc/dt/config/*/sys.resources dtsession*saverTimeout: 10 dtsession*lockTimeout: 10 The following script will perform the procedure above: for file in /usr/dt/config/*/sys.resources; do dir=\"$(dirname \"$file\" | sed \'s|^/usr/|/etc/|\')\" mkdir -p \"$dir\" echo \'dtsession*saverTimeout: 10\' >>\"$dir/sys.resources\" echo \'dtsession*lockTimeout: 10\' >>\"$dir/sys.resources\" done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30037,'Configure IPFilter to allow only select communication.','HP-UX IPFilter (B9901AA) is a stateful system firewall that controls IP packet flow in or out of a machine. It is installed by default on HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23) and later. On older systems, IPFilter can be obtained from http://www.hp.com/go/ipfilter. The rules below will work in an otherwise-empty ipf.conf file, or, if there are rules already present, it will block all that were not passed earlier in the ruleset. This is less likely to break things, but will allow more traffic through. Alternatively, you can instead take the pass lines below (not using the block rule), and change them into \'block in quick\' rules, and place those at the top of the file. This will error on the side of blocking traffic. See ipf(5) for detail. Your ruleset can be tested using ipftest(1). Bastille note: if using to change and monitor the IPFilter firewall, ensure that rules are added to /etc/opt/sec_mgmt/bastille/ipf.customrules, and that Bastille is rerun with the last config file, so they will not be overwritten in a subsequent lockdown.','Restricting incoming network traffic to explicitly allowed hosts will help prevent unauthorized access the system.','','Perform the following to add enable ipfilter and install a default ruleset to block unauthorized incoming connections: 1. Enable ipfilter: ipfilter -e 2. Append the following lines to /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf: block in all pass in from / pass in from / replacing each / with an authorized IP address and mask. 3. Flush the old rules and read in the updated rules: ipf -Fa -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf The following script can be used to as a template for creating your own script to perform the procedure above: ipfilter -e cat <> /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf block in all pass in from / pass in from / EOF ipf -Fa -f /etc/opt/ipf/ipf.conf','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30038,'Restrict at/cron to authorized users.','The cron.allow and at.allow files are a list of users who are allowed to run the crontab and at commands to submit jobs to be run at scheduled intervals. - Note that even though a given user is not listed in cron.allow, cron jobs can still be run as that user. cron.allow only controls administrative access to the crontab command for scheduling and modifying cron jobs.','On many systems, only the system administrator needs the ability to schedule jobs.','','Perform the following to restrict at/cron to root only: 1. Change to the /var/adm/cron directory 2. Archive or delete any existing cron.deny and at.deny files 3. Create or replace the cron.allow and at.allow files with a single line file containing just root 4. Ensure that the files are owned by root and group owned by sys 5. Ensure that no users have write/execute permission to the files, and that only root has read access to the files. The following script will perform the procedures above: cd /var/adm/cron rm -f cron.deny at.deny echo root >cron.allow echo root >at.allow chown root:sys cron.allow at.allow chmod 400 cron.allow at.allow','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30039,'Restrict crontab file permissions.','The system crontab files are only accessed by the cron daemon (which runs with superuser privileges) and the crontab command (which is set-UID to root).','Allowing unprivileged users to read or (even worse) modify system crontab files can create the potential for a local user on the system to gain elevated privileges.','','Perform the following so that only root has access to the crontab files: 1. Change to the /var/spool/cron/crontabs directory 2. Change the file owner to root and file group owner to sys 3. Set file permissions so that only root has access to the files. The following script will perform the procedure above: cd /var/spool/cron/crontabs chown root:sys * chmod og-rwx *','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30040,'Restrict root logins to system console.','Anonymous root logins should never be allowed except on the system console in emergency situations. At all other times, the administrator should access the system via an unprivileged account and use some authorized mechanism to gain additional privilege, such as the su command, the freely-available sudo package discussed in item SN.6, or the HP Role Based Authorization system also discussed in item SN.6. These mechanisms provide at least a limited audit trail in the event of problems.','Anonymous root logins do not provide an audit trail, nor are subject to additional authorization provisions.','','Perform the following to restrict root logins to the system console only: 1. Replace the file /etc/securetty with a single line file containing console 2. Change the file owner to root and file group owner to sys 3. Set file permissions so that only root has access to the file. The following script will perform the procedure above: echo console > /etc/securetty chown root:sys /etc/securetty chmod og-rwx /etc/securetty','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30041,'Disable nobody access for secure RPC.','The keyserv process stores user keys that are utilized with the ONC secure RPC mechanism. The action below prevents keyserv from using default keys for the \"nobody\" user, effectively stopping this user from accessing information via secure RPC.','The default \'nobody\' user should not be accessing information via secure RPC.','','Perform the following to disable nobody access for secure RPC: 1. Add the \'-d\' option to the KEYSERV_OPTIONS parameter in the system startup configuration file /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs The following script will perform the procedure above: KEYSERV_OPTIONS=\"`sh -c \'. /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs ; echo \"$KEYSERV_OPTIONS\"\'`\" ch_rc -a -p KEYSERV_OPTIONS=\"-d $KEYSERV_OPTIONS \" /etc/rc.config.d/namesvrs','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30042,'Enable kernel-level auditing.','If inetd is running, it is a good idea to make use of the \'logging\' (-l) feature of the HP-UX inetd that logs information about the source of any network connections seen by the daemon, allowing the administrator (or software) to scan the logs for unusual activity. This is especially powerful when combined with the access control capabilities accessible through inetd‟s /var/adm/inetd.sec configuration file. This information is logged via Syslog and by default HP-UX systemsdeposit this logging information in var/adm/syslog/syslog.log with other system log messages. Should the administrator wish to capture this information in a separate file, simply modify /etc/syslog.conf to log daemon.notice to some other log file destination. IPFilter, which comes with HP-UX, can log inetd and other connections or attempted connections with its \'ipmon\' daemon as either a compliment or alternative to inetd logging.','By recording key system events in log files, kernel-level auditing provides a trail to detect and analyze security breaches. Moreover, this data can be used to detect potential security weakness, and also serves as a deterrent against system abuses.','','Use the Systems Management Homepage (SMH) facility to configure and enable the type and level of auditing appropriate for your environment.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30043,'Enable logging from inetd.','If inetd is running, it is a good idea to make use of the \"logging\" (-l) feature of the HP-UX inetd that logs information about the source of any network connections seen by the daemon, allowing the administrator (or software) to scan the logs for unusual activity. This is especially powerful when combined with the access control capabilities accessible through inetd\'s /var/adm/inetd.sec configuration file. This information is logged via Syslog and by default HP-UX systems deposit this logging information in var/adm/syslog/syslog.log with other system log messages. Should the administrator wish to capture this information in a separate file, simply modify /etc/syslog.conf to log daemon.notice to some other log file destination. IPFilter, which comes with HP-UX, can log inetd and other connections or attempted connections with its \"ipmon\" daemon as either a compliment or alternative to inetd logging.','Logging information about the source of inetd network connections assists in the detection and identification of unusual activity that may be associated with security intrusions.','','Perform the following: ch_rc -a -p INETD_ARGS=-l /etc/rc.config.d/netdaemons','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30045,'Block system accounts.','Accounts that are not being used by regular users should be locked. Not only should the password field for the account be set to an invalid string, but the shell field in the password file should contain an invalid shell. Access to the uucp and nuucp accounts is only needed when the deprecated Unix to Unix Copy (UUCP) service is in use. The other listed accounts should never require direct access. The actions below locks the passwords to these accounts (on systems converted to Trusted Mode only) and sets the login shell to /bin/false. Note that the above is not an exhaustive list of possible system/application accounts that could be installed on the system. An audit of all users on the system is the only way to be sure that only authorized accounts are in place.','System accounts are not used by regular users, and almost never require direct access; thus, they should be locked to prevent accidental or malicious usage.','','Perform the following to properly lock the following known system users: www sys smbnull iwww owww sshd hpsmh named uucp nuucp adm daemon bin lp nobody noaccess hpdb useradm 1. Lock the account: passwd -l 2. Set the login shell to an invalid program: /usr/sbin/usermod -s /bin/false 3. If a trusted system, set the adminstrator lock: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES The following script will perform the procedure above: for user in www sys smbnull iwww owww sshd hpsmh named uucp nuucp adm daemon bin lp nobody noaccess hpdb useradm; do passwd -l \"$user\" /usr/sbin/usermod -s /bin/false \"$user\" if [[ -f /tcb ]]; then /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES \"$user\" fi done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30046,'Verify that there are no accounts with empty password fields.','An account with an empty password field means that anybody may log in as that user without providing a password at all. All accounts should have strong passwords or should be locked by using a password string like \"*\", \"NP\", or \"*LOCKED*\"','User accounts should have passwords, or be locked.','','Perform the following to ensure that no accounts have an empty password field: 1. Identify all user accounts with an empty password field: logins -p 2. Lock each account: passwd -l 3. If a trusted system, set the administrator lock: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m alock=YES ','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30047,'Set account expiration parameters on active accounts.','The commands below will set all active accounts (except the root account) to force password changes every 90 days (91 days when not running in HP-UX Trusted Mode) and then prevent password changes for seven days (one week) thereafter. Users will begin receiving warnings 30 days (28 days when not running in HP-UX Trusted Mode) before their password expires. Sites also have the option of expiring idle accounts after a certain number of days (see the on-line manual page for the usermod command, particularly the -f option). These are recommended starting values, but sites may choose to make them more restrictive depending on local policies.','It is a good idea to force users to change passwords on a regular basis.','','Perform the following to set password expiration parameters on all active accounts: 1. Identify all user accounts excluding root that are not locked, and for each: 2. Set password expiration parameters for the account (logname) by executing the following: passwd -x 91 -n 7 -w 28 for trusted systems, perform the following: /usr/lbin/modprpw -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 3. Set the default account expiration parameters by appending the following lines to /etc/default/security: a. PASSWORD_MAXDAYS=91 b. PASSWORD_MINDAYS=7 c. PASSWORD_WARNDAYS=28 4. Set the default parameters for trusted systems with: /usr/lbin/modprdef -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 The following script will perform the procedure above. logins -ox | awk -F: \'($8 != \"LK\" && $1 != \"root\") { print $1 }\' | while read logname; do passwd -x 91 -n 7 -w 28 \"$logname\" /usr/lbin/modprpw -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30 \"$logname\" done echo PASSWORD_MAXDAYS=91 >> /etc/default/security echo PASSWORD_MINDAYS=7 >> /etc/default/security echo PASSWORD_WARNDAYS=28 >> /etc/default/security /usr/lbin/modprdef -m exptm=90,mintm=7,expwarn=30','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30048,'Set strong password enforcement policies.','The policies set here are designed to force users to make better password choices when changing their passwords. Sites often have differing opinions on the optimal value of the MIN_PASSWORD_LENGTH and PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH parameters. A minimum password length of seven is in line with industry standards, especially the Payment Card Industry (PCI) Security Standard; however, a longer value may be warranted if account locks are not enabled (item 1.6.10). A password history depth of ten combined with passwords that expire four times per year (item 1.8.3) means users will typically not re-use the same password in any given year. Requiring an upper/lowercase and special character password will dramatically increase the password search space and lower the chances for brute-force attack significantly. - Note: these settings are known to exist for HP-UX 11iv2, 0512 and later. The man page for security(5) will indicate if these exist on your particular system. Be sure to consult you local security standards before adopting the values given above.','All users should use strong passwords.','','Perform the following to set strong password enforcement policies: 1. Change the following parameters in the /etc/default/security file to establish default password policies for new users: a. MIN_PASSORD_LENGTH=7 b. PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH=10 c. PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS=1 d. PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS=1 e. PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS=1 f. PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS=1 2. If using a trusted system, issue the following modprdef commands to disallow null or trivial passwords: modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES The following script will perform the procedure above: modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES ch_rc -a -p MIN_PASSORD_LENGTH=7 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_HISTORY_DEPTH=10 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_UPPER_CASE_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_DIGIT_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_SPECIAL_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security ch_rc -a -p PASSWORD_MIN_LOWER_CASE_CHARS=1 /etc/default/security modprdef -m nullpw=NO modprdef -m rstrpw=YES','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.4\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30049,'Verify no legacy \'+\' entries exist in passwd and group files.','\'+\' entries in various passwd and group files served as markers for systems to insert data from NIS maps at a certain point in a system configuration file. HP-UX does not use these markers, but they may exist in files that have been imported from other platforms. They should be deleted if they exist.','Legacy \'+\' entries are no longer required on HP-UX systems, and may provide an avenue for attackers to gain privileged access on the system.','','Perform the following to remove any legacy \'+\' entries in passwd and group files: 1. Display legacy \'+\' entries: grep \'^+:\' /etc/passwd /etc/group 2. Remove any entries found from the passwd and group files.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.5\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30050,'No \'.\' or group/world-writable directory in root $PATH.','Remove the current working directory (\'.\') or other world-writable directories from the root user\'s execution path. To execute a file in the current directory when „.‟ is not in the $PATH, use the format “./filename”.','Including these paths in the root\'s executable path allows an attacker to gain superuser access if an administrator operating as root executes a Trojan horse program.','','Remove the following path components if they exist in the root user\'s $PATH: 1. current working directory (\'.\') 2. empty directories („::‟) 3. a trailing path seperator at the end of the $PATH (\':\') 4. any directory with world or group -write permissions set','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.6\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30051,'Secure user home directories.','Remove group write and world access to all user home directories. While the modifications below are relatively benign, making global modifications to user home directories without alerting your user community can result in unexpected outages and unhappy users.','Group or world-writable user home directories may enable malicious users to steal or modify other users\' data or to gain another user\'s system privileges.','','Perform the following to secure user home directories: 1. Identify all user accounts excluding root that are not locked, and for each of these user home directories: 2. Remove group write permission (g-w) and all other permissions (o-rwx) The following script will perform the procedure above: logins -ox | awk -F: \'($8 == \"PS\" && $1 != \"root\") { print $6 }\' | grep /home/ | while read dir do chmod g-w,o-rwx \"$dir\" done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.7\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30052,'No user dot-files should be group/world writable.','Remove group and world write permissions from user dot-files. While the modifications below are relatively benign, making global modifications to user dot-files without alerting your user community can result in unexpected outages and unhappy users.','Group or world-writable user configuration files may enable malicious users to steal or modify other users\' data or to gain another user\'s system privileges.','','Perform the following: 1. Identify all user accounts excluding root that are not locked, and for each of these user home directories: 2. Remove group/other write permissions (go-w) from any files beginning with \'.\' The following script performs the procedure above: logins -ox | awk -F: \'($8 == \"PS\") { print $6 }\' | while read dir do ls -d \"$dir/\".[!.]* | while read file do if [ ! -h \"$file\" -a -f \"$file\" ] then chmod go-w \"$file\" fi done done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.8\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30053,'Remove user .netrc, .rhosts and .shosts files.','Remove user .netrc, .rhosts, and .shosts files. Note that making global modifications to user security files in their home directories without alerting your user community can result in unexpected outages and unhappy users.','.netrc files may contain unencrypted passwords that may be used to attack other systems, while .rhosts and .shosts files used in conjunction with the BSD-style “r-commands” (rlogin, remsh, rcp) or SSH implement a weak form of authentication based on the network address or host name of the remote computer (which can be spoofed by a potential attacker to exploit the local system).','','Perform the following to remove user .netrc, .rhosts, and .shosts files. 1. Identify all user accounts, and for each existing home directory: 2. Remove .netrc, .rhosts, and .shosts files The following script performs the procedure above: logins -ox | cut -f6 -d: | while read h do for file in \"$h/.netrc\" \"$h/.rhosts\" \"$h/.shosts\" do if [ -f \"$file\" ] then echo \"removing $file\" rm -f \"$file\" fi done done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.9\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30054,'Set default umask for users.','Set the default umask to 077 so that files created by users will not be readable by any other user on the system. A umask of 027 would make files and directories readable by users in the same Unix group, while a umask of 022 would make files readable by every user on the system. - Bastille Note: sets the default umask, but uses a umask of 027 rather than the 077.','Restricting access to files and directories created by a user from any other user on the system reduces the possibility of an unauthorized account accessing that user\'s files. The user creating the file has the discretion of making their files and directories readable by others via the chmod command. Users who wish to allow their files and directories to be readable by others by default may choose a different default umask by inserting the umask command into the standard shell configuration files (.profile, .cshrc, etc.) in their home directories.','','Perform the following to set a default umask for users: 1. Change directory to /etc 2. Append the line umask 077 to the following files: a. profile b. csh.login c. d.profile d. d.login 3. Update the UMASK parameter to 077 in the file /etc/default/security The following script performs the procedure above: cd /etc for file in profile csh.login d.profile d.login do echo umask 077 >> \"$file\" done ch_rc -a -p UMASK=077 /etc/default/security','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.10\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30055,'Set \'mesg n\' as default for all users.','Block the use of write or talk commands to contact the user at their terminal in order to slightly strengthen permissions on the user\'s tty device. Note that this setting is the default on HP-UX 11i.','Since write and talk are no longer widely used at most sites, the incremental security increase is worth the loss of functionality.','','Perform the following: 1. Change directory to /etc 2. Append the line mesg n to the following files: a. profile b. csh.login c. d.profile d. d.login The following script performs the procedure above: cd /etc for file in profile csh.login d.profile d.login do echo mesg n >> \"$file\" done','[{\"cis\": [\"1.8.11\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30056,'Create warning banners for terminal-session logins.','The contents of the /etc/issue file are displayed prior to the login prompt on the system\'s console and serial devices, as well as for remote terminal-session logins such as through SSH or Telnet. /etc/motd is generally displayed after all successful logins, no matter where the user is logging in from, but is thought to be less useful because it only provides notification to the user after the machine has been accessed.','Presenting some sort of statutory warning message prior to the normal user logon may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system. Changing some of these login banners also has the side effect of hiding OS version information and other detailed system information from attackers attempting to target specific attacks at a system.','','Perform the following to create warning banners for terminal-session logins: 1. Compose a default banner text string 2. Append this string to the files /etc/motd and /etc/motd 3. Change the owner to root and group owner to sys for the file /etc/motd 4. Change the owner to root and group owner to root for the file /etc/issue 5. Change file permissions to (644) for the files /etc/motd and /etc/issue','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30057,'Create warning banners for GUI logins.','The standard graphical login program for HP-UX requires the user to enter their username in one dialog box and their password in a second separate dialog. The commands below set the warning message on both to be the same message, but the site has the option of using different messages on each screen. The Dtlogin*greeting.labelString is the message for the first dialog where the user is prompted for their username, and .perslabelString is the message on the second dialog box. Note that system administrators may wish to consult with their site’s legal council about the specifics of any warning banners.','Presenting some sort of statutory warning message prior to the normal user logon may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system. Changing some of these login banners also has the side effect of hiding OS version information and other detailed system information from attackers attempting to target specific attacks at a system.','','Perform the following to install default warning banners for GUI logins: 1. Create a default banner text string ($banner) 2. For each directory in /usr/dt/config that contains a Xresources file, copy that Xresources file into a corresponding directory in /etc/dt/config (creating the directory if needed) 3. Append the following lines (replacing $banner with the string in step 1) to each /etc/dt/config/*/Xresources file: a. Dtlogin*greeting.labelString: $banner b. Dtlogin*greeting.persLabelString: $banner 4. Change the owner to root and group owner to sys for each Xresource file 5. Change the file permissions to 644 for each Xresource file The following script performs the procedure above: banner=\"Authorized users only. All activity may be monitored and reported.\" for file in /usr/dt/config/*/Xresources; do dir=\"$(dirname \"$file\" | sed \'s|^/usr/|/etc/|\')\" mkdir -p \"$dir\" if [ ! -f \"$dir/Xresources\" ]; then cp -p \"$file\" \"$dir/Xresources\" fi echo \"Dtlogin*greeting.labelString: $banner\" >> \"$dir/Xresources\" echo \"Dtlogin*greeting.persLabelString: $banner\" >> \"$dir/Xresources\" done chown root:sys /etc/dt/config/*/Xresources chmod 644 /etc/dt/config/*/Xresources','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9.2\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30058,'Create warning banners for FTP daemon.','The FTP daemon in HP-UX 11 is based on the popular Washington University FTP daemon (WU-FTPD), which is an Open Source program widely distributed on the Internet. Note that this setting has no effect if the FTP daemon remains de-activated from item 1.2.1.','Presenting some sort of statutory warning message prior to the normal user logon may assist the prosecution of trespassers on the computer system. Changing some of these login banners also has the side effect of hiding OS version information and other detailed system information from attackers attempting to target specific attacks at a system.','','Perform the following to install a default warning banner for the FTP daemon: 1. Ensure that an appropriate warning message exists in the /etc/issue file . 2. Append the line \"banner /etc/issue\" to the file /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess 3. Change file permissions to 600 for /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess 4. Change owner to root and group owner to sys for both /etc/ftpd and /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess The following script performs the procedure above: if [ -d /etc/ftpd ]; then echo \"banner /etc/issue\" >>/etc/ftpd/ftpaccess chmod 600 /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess chown root:sys /etc/ftpd /etc/ftpd/ftpaccess fi','[{\"cis\": [\"1.9.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30131,'Resolve \'unowned\' files and directories.','Evaluate ownership of any files that are not owned by a locally defined user, and consider reassignment to an active user.','Sometimes when administrators delete users from the system they neglect to remove all files owned by those users from the system. A new user who is assigned the deleted user\'s user ID or group ID may then end up \'owning\' these files, and thus have more access on the system than was intended. It is a good idea to locate files that are owned by users or groups not listed in the system configuration files, and make sure to reset the ownership of these files to some active user on the system (in this example, \'bin\') as appropriate.','','Perform the following to identify \"unowned\" files and directories, and consider resetting ownership to a default owner and restricting access permissions: 1. Locate all local files that are owned by users or groups not listed in the system configuration files. find / ( -nouser -o -nogroup ) 2. Consider resetting user and group ownership of these files to a default active user (e.g. bin) chown bin:bin 3. Consider restricting world-write permissions, and removing any SUID/SGID bits on these files. chmod ug-s,o-w - Note: there is no reason for an application to require an unowned file, so these changes should be application-safe.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(30144,'Turn on additional logging for FTP daemon.','If the FTP daemon is left on, it is recommended that the command logging (-L) and connection logging (-l) flags also be enabled to track FTP activity on the system, allowing the administrator (or software) to scan the logs for unusual activity. This is especially powerful when combined with the access control capabilities accessible through inetd\'s /var/adm/inetd.sec configuration file. Note that this setting has no effect if the FTP daemon remains de-activated from item 2.1. Also note that enabling command logging on the FTP daemon (HP-UX 11.x only) can cause user passwords to appear in clear-text form in the system logs, if the user accidentally types their password at the username prompt. Information about FTP sessions will be logged to Syslog and by default HP-UX systems deposit this logging information in /var/adm/syslog/syslog.log with other system log messages. Should the administrator wish to capture this information in a separate file, simply modify /etc/syslog.conf to log daemon.notice to some other log file destination.','Logging information about the source of ftp network connections assists in the detection and identification of unusual activity that may be associated with security intrusions.','','Perform the following to enable logging for the FTP daemon: 1. Change directory to /etc. 2. Open the inetd.conf file and locate the ftpd configuration entry line. 3. Add the \"-L\" and \"-l\" flags to the ftpd entry if not already present. 4. Save and close file. The following script will perform the procedure above: cd /etc awk \'/^ftpd/ && !/-L/ { $NF = $NF \" -L\" } /^ftpd/ && !/-l/ { $NF = $NF \" -l\" } { print }\' inetd.conf > inetd.conf.tmp cp inetd.conf.tmp inetd.conf rm -f inetd.conf.tmp','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7.3\"]}, {\"cis_level\": [\"1\"]}]'),(31000,'Ensure All Apple-provided Software Is Current.','Software vendors release security patches and software updates for their products when security vulnerabilities are discovered. There is no simple way to complete this action without a network connection to an Apple software repository. Please ensure appropriate access for this control. This check is only for what Apple provides through software update. Software updates should be run at minimum every 30 days. Run the following command to verify when software update was previously run: $ /usr/bin/sudo defaults read /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate | grep -e LastFullSuccessfulDate. The response should be in the last 30 days (Example): LastFullSuccessfulDate = \"2020-07-30 12:45:25 +0000\";.','It is important that these updates be applied in a timely manner to prevent unauthorized persons from exploiting the identified vulnerabilities.','Missing patches can lead to more exploit opportunities.','Graphical Method: Perform the following to install all available software updates: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select Update All Terminal Method: Run the following command to verify what packages need to be installed: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -l The output will include the following: Software Update found the following new or updated software: Run the following command to install all the packages that need to be updated: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -i -a -R Or run the following command to install individual packages: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -i \'\' example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -l Software Update Tool Finding available software Software Update found the following new or updated software: * iTunesX-12.8.2 iTunes (12.8.2), 273614K [recommended] $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/softwareupdate -i \'iTunesX-12.8.2\' Software Update Tool Downloaded iTunes Installing iTunes Done with iTunes Done.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1038\", \"T1044\", \"T1053\", \"T1068\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1078\", \"T1081\", \"T1088\", \"T1100\", \"T1103\", \"T1114\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1145\", \"T1161\", \"T1176\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1195\", \"T1210\", \"T1211\", \"T1212\", \"T1213\", \"T1214\", \"T1482\", \"T1484\", \"T1495\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\", \"T1527\", \"T1528\", \"T1530\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}]'),(31001,'Ensure Auto Update Is Enabled.','Auto Update verifies that your system has the newest security patches and software updates. If \"Automatically check for updates\" is not selected, background updates for new malware definition files from Apple for XProtect and Gatekeeper will not occur. http://macops.ca/os-x-admins-your-clients-are-not-getting-background-security-updates/ https://derflounder.wordpress.com/2014/12/17/forcing-xprotect-blacklist-updates-on-mavericks-and-yosemite/.','It is important that a system has the newest updates applied so as to prevent unauthorized persons from exploiting identified vulnerabilities.','Without automatic update, updates may not be made in a timely manner and the system will be exposed to additional risk.','Graphical Method: Perform the steps following to enable the system to automatically check for updates: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Check for updates to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable auto update: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticCheckEnabled -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is AutomaticCheckEnabled 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31002,'Ensure Download New Updates When Available Is Enabled.','In the GUI, both \"Install macOS updates\" and \"Install app updates from the App Store\" are dependent on whether \"Download new updates when available\" is selected.','It is important that a system has the newest updates downloaded so that they can be applied.','If \"Download new updates when available\" is not selected, updates may not be made in a timely manner and the system will be exposed to additional risk.','Perform the following to enable the system to automatically check for updates: Graphical Method: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Download new updates when available to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable auto update: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticDownload -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is AutomaticDownload 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31003,'Ensure Install of macOS Updates Is Enabled.','Ensure that macOS updates are installed after they are available from Apple. This setting enables macOS updates to be automatically installed. Some environments will want to approve and test updates before they are delivered. It is best practice to test first where updates can and have caused disruptions to operations. Automatic updates should be turned off where changes are tightly controlled and there are mature testing and approval processes. Automatic updates should not be turned off simply to allow the administrator to contact users in order to verify installation. A dependable, repeatable process involving a patch agent or remote management tool should be in place before auto-updates are turned off.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','Unpatched software may be exploited.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable macOS updates to run automatically: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Install macOS updates to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to to enable automatic checking and installing of macOS updates: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate AutomaticallyInstallMacOSUpdates -bool TRUE Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is AutomaticallyInstallMacOSUpdates 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31004,'Ensure Install Application Updates from the App Store Is Enabled.','Ensure that application updates are installed after they are available from Apple. These updates do not require reboots or administrator privileges for end users.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','Unpatched software may be exploited.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable App Store updates to install automatically: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Install application updates from the App Store to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to turn on App Store auto updating: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.commerce AutoUpdate -bool TRUE Note: This remediation requires a log out and log in to show in the GUI. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is AutomaticallyInstallAppUpdates 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31005,'Ensure Install Security Responses and System Files Is Enabled.','Ensure that system and security updates are installed after they are available from Apple. This setting enables definition updates for XProtect and Gatekeeper. With this setting in place, new malware and adware that Apple has added to the list of malware or untrusted software will not execute. These updates do not require reboots or end user admin rights.','Patches need to be applied in a timely manner to reduce the risk of vulnerabilities being exploited.','Unpatched software may be exploited.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable system data files and security updates to install automatically: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Software Update 4. Select the i 5. Set Install Security Responses and System files to enabled 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following commands to enable automatic checking of system data files and security updates: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate ConfigDataInstall -bool true $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.SoftwareUpdate CriticalUpdateInstall -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.SoftwareUpdate 2. The key to include is ConfigDataInstall 3. The key must be set to 4. The key to also include is CriticalUpdateInstall 5. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"1.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\", \"7.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CA.L2-3.12.2\", \"RA.L2-3.11.3\", \"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"11.3.1\", \"11.3.2\", \"11.3.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31006,'Ensure Software Update Deferment Is Less Than or Equal to 30 Days.','Apple provides the capability to manage software updates on Apple devices through mobile device management. Part of those capabilities permit organizations to defer software updates and allow for testing. Many organizations have specialized software and configurations that may be negatively impacted by Apple updates. If software updates are deferred, they should not be deferred for more than 30 days. This control only verifies that deferred software updates are not deferred for more than 30 days.','Apple software updates almost always include security updates. Attackers evaluate updates to create exploit code in order to attack unpatched systems. The longer a system remains unpatched, the greater an exploit possibility exists in which there are publicly reported vulnerabilities.','Some organizations may need more than 30 days to evaluate the impact of software updates.','Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.applicationaccess 2. The key to include is enforcedSoftwareUpdateDelay 3. The key must be set to <1-30>.','[{\"cis\": [\"1.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"7.3\", \"7.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"3.4\", \"3.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-2(2)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1103\", \"T1017\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1212\", \"T1211\", \"T1068\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1137\", \"T1075\", \"T1195\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1100\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31007,'Ensure Firewall Is Enabled.','A firewall is a piece of software that blocks unwanted incoming connections to a system. Apple has posted general documentation about the application firewall:.','A firewall minimizes the threat of unauthorized users gaining access to your system while connected to a network or the Internet.','The firewall may block legitimate traffic. Applications that are unsigned will require special handling.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to turn the firewall on: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Network 3. Select Firewall 4. Set Firewall to enabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable the firewall: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.alf globalstate -int For the , use either 1, specific services, or 2, essential services only. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.security.firewall 2. The key to include is EnableFirewall 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.5\", \"13.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.4\", \"9.5\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"AU.L2-3.3.5\", \"AU.L2-3.3.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\", \"SI.L2-3.14.3\", \"SI.L2-3.14.7\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-6(1)\", \"AU-7\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"IR-4(1)\", \"SA-10\", \"SC-7(5)\", \"SI-4(2)\", \"SI-4(5)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.4\", \"10.5.3\", \"10.6.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"10.7\", \"10.7.1\", \"10.7.2\", \"10.7.3\", \"11.5\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC7.2\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31008,'Ensure Firewall Stealth Mode Is Enabled.','While in Stealth mode, the computer will not respond to unsolicited probes, dropping that traffic.','Stealth mode on the firewall minimizes the threat of system discovery tools while connected to a network or the Internet.','Traditional network discovery tools like ping will not succeed. Other network tools that measure activity and approved applications will work as expected. This control aligns with the primary macOS use case of a laptop that is often connected to untrusted networks where host segregation may be non-existent. In that use case, hiding from the other inmates is likely more than desirable. In use cases where use is only on trusted LANs with static IP addresses, stealth mode may not be desirable.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable firewall stealth mode: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Network 3. Select Firewall 4. Select Options... 5. Set Enabled stealth mode to enabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable stealth mode: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/libexec/ApplicationFirewall/socketfilterfw --setstealthmode on Stealth mode enabled Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.security.firewall 2. The key to include is EnableStealthMode 3. The key must be set to Note: This key must be set in the same configuration profile with EnableFirewall set to . If it is set in its own configuration profile, it will fail.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.5\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L1-3.1.20\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L1-3.13.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\", \"SC-7(5)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.4\", \"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.4\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31009,'Ensure Set Time and Date Automatically Is Enabled.','Correct date and time settings are required for authentication protocols, file creation, modification dates, and log entries. Note: If your organization has internal time servers, enter them here. Enterprise mobile devices may need to use a mix of internal and external time servers. If multiple servers are required, use the Date & Time System Preference with each server separated by a space. Additional Note: The default Apple time server is time.apple.com. Variations include time.euro.apple.com. While it is certainly more efficient to use internal time servers, there is no reason to block access to global Apple time servers or to add a time.apple.com alias to internal DNS records. There are no reports that Apple gathers any information from NTP synchronization, as the computers already phone home to Apple for Apple services including iCloud use and software updates. Best practice is to allow DNS resolution to an authoritative time service for time.apple.com, preferably to connect to Apple servers, but local servers are acceptable as well.','Kerberos may not operate correctly if the time on the Mac is off by more than 5 minutes. This in turn can affect Apple\'s single sign-on feature, Active Directory logons, and other features.','The timed service will periodically synchronize with named time servers and will make the computer time more accurate.','Graphical Method: Perform the following to enable the date and time to be set automatically: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Date & Time 4. Set Set time and date automatically to enabled Note: By default, the operating system will use time.apple.com as the time server. You can change to any time server that meets your organization\'s requirements. Terminal Method: Run the following commands to enable the date and time setting automatically: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setnetworktimeserver setNetworkTimeServer: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setusingnetworktime on setUsingNetworkTime: On example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setnetworktimeserver time.apple.com setNetworkTimeServer: time.apple.com $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setusingnetworktime on setUsingNetworkTime: On Run the following commands if you have not set, or need to set, a new time zone: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -listtimezones $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -settimezone example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -listtimezones Time Zones: Africa/Abidjan Africa/Accra Africa/Addis_Ababa ... $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -settimezone America/New_York Set TimeZone: America/New_York.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(31010,'Ensure Time Is Set Within Appropriate Limits.','Correct date and time settings are required for authentication protocols, file creation, modification dates and log entries. Ensure that time on the computer is within acceptable limits. Truly accurate time is measured within milliseconds. For this audit, a drift under four and a half minutes passes the control check. Since Kerberos is one of the important features of macOS integration into Directory systems, the guidance here is to warn you before there could be an impact to operations. From the perspective of accurate time, this check is not strict, so it may be too great for your organization. Your organization can adjust to a smaller offset value as needed. If there are consistent drift issues on the OS, some of the most common drift issues should be investigated: - The chosen time server is not reachable based on network firewall rules on the current network - The computer is offline often and the battery drains, and the network is not immediately available - The chosen time server is a special internal or non-public time server that does not provide a reliable time source Note: ntpdate has been deprecated with 10.14. sntp replaces that command.','Kerberos may not operate correctly if the time on the Mac is off by more than 5 minutes. This in turn can affect Apple\'s single sign-on feature, Active Directory logons, and other features. Audit check is for more than 4 minutes and 30 seconds ahead or behind.','Accurate time is required for many computer functions.','Terminal Method: Run the following commands to ensure your time is set within an appropriate limit: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -getnetworktimeserver The output will include Network Time Server: and the name of your time server example: Network Time Server: time.apple.com. $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/sntp -sS example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -getnetworktimeserver Network Time Server: time.apple.com $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/sntp -sS time.apple.com.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.4\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.6\", \"10.6.1\", \"10.6.2\", \"10.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC4.1\", \"CC5.2\"]}]'),(31011,'Ensure DVD or CD Sharing Is Disabled.','DVD or CD Sharing allows users to remotely access the system\'s optical drive. While Apple does not ship Macs with built-in optical drives any longer, external optical drives are still recognized when they are connected. In testing, the sharing of an external optical drive persists when a drive is reconnected.','Disabling DVD or CD Sharing minimizes the risk of an attacker using the optical drive as a vector for attack and exposure of sensitive data.','Many Apple devices are now sold without optical drives, however drive sharing may be needed for legacy optical media. The media should be explicitly re-shared as needed rather than using a persistent share. Optical drives should not be used for long-term storage. To store necessary data from an optical drive it should be copied to another form of external storage. Optionally, an image can be made of the optical drive so that it is stored in its original form on another form of external storage.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable DVD or CD Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set DVD or CD sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable DVD or CD Sharing: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl disable system/com.apple.ODSAgent Note: If using the Terminal method, the GUI will still show the service checked until after a reboot.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31012,'Ensure Screen Sharing Is Disabled.','Screen Sharing allows a computer to connect to another computer on a network and display the computer\'s screen. While sharing the computer\'s screen, the user can control what happens on that computer, such as opening documents or applications, opening, moving, or closing windows, and even shutting down the computer. While mature administration and management does not use graphical connections for standard maintenance, most help desks have capabilities to assist users in performing their work when they have technical issues and need support. Help desks use graphical remote tools to understand what the user sees and assist them so they can get back to work. For MacOS, some of these remote capabilities can use Apple\'s OS tools. Control is therefore not meant to prohibit the use of a just-in-time graphical view from authorized personnel with authentication controls. Sharing should not be enabled except in narrow windows when help desk support is required.','Disabling Screen Sharing mitigates the risk of remote connections being made without the user of the console knowing that they are sharing the computer.','Help desks may require the periodic use of a graphical connection mechanism to assist users. Any support that relies on native MacOS components will not work unless a scripted solution to enable and disable sharing as neccessary.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Screen Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Screen Sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to turn off Screen Sharing: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl disable system/com.apple.screensharing.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31013,'Ensure File Sharing Is Disabled.','File sharing from a user workstation creates additional risks, such as: - Open ports are created that can be probed and attacked - Passwords are attached to user accounts for access that may be exposed and endanger other parts of the organizational environment, including directory accounts Increased complexity makes security more difficult and may expose additional attack vectors - Apple\'s File Sharing uses the Server Message Block (SMB) protocol to share to other computers that can mount SMB shares. This includes other macOS computers. Apple warns that SMB sharing stored passwords is less secure, and anyone with system access can gain access to the password for that account. When sharing with SMB, each user accessing the Mac must have SMB enabled. Storing passwords, especially copies of valid directory passwords, decrease security for the directory account and should not be used.','By disabling File Sharing, the remote attack surface and risk of unauthorized access to files stored on the system is reduced.','File Sharing can be used to share documents with other users, but hardened servers should be used rather than user endpoints. Turning on File Sharing increases the visibility and attack surface of a system unnecessarily.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable File Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set File Sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable File Sharing: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl disable system/com.apple.smbd.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\", \"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\", \"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\", \"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31014,'Ensure Printer Sharing Is Disabled.','By enabling Printer Sharing, the computer is set up as a print server to accept print jobs from other computers. Dedicated print servers or direct IP printing should be used instead.','Disabling Printer Sharing mitigates the risk of attackers attempting to exploit the print server to gain access to the system.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Printer Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Printer Sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Printer Sharing: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/cupsctl --no-share-printers.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31015,'Ensure Remote Login Is Disabled.','Remote Login allows an interactive terminal connection to a computer.','Disabling Remote Login mitigates the risk of an unauthorized person gaining access to the system via Secure Shell (SSH). While SSH is an industry standard to connect to posix servers, the scope of the benchmark is for Apple macOS clients, not servers. macOS does have an IP-based firewall available (pf, ipfw has been deprecated) that is not enabled or configured. There are more details and links in the Network sub-section. macOS no longer has TCP Wrappers support built in and does not have strong Brute-Force password guessing mitigations, or frequent patching of openssh by Apple. Since most macOS computers are mobile workstations, managing IP-based firewall rules on mobile devices can be very resource intensive. All of these factors can be parts of running a hardened SSH server.','The SSH server built into macOS should not be enabled on a standard user computer, particularly one that changes locations and IP addresses. A standard user that runs local applications, including email, web browser, and productivity tools, should not use the same device as a server. There are Enterprise management toolsets that do utilize SSH. If they are in use, the computer should be locked down to only respond to known, trusted IP addresses and appropriate administrator service accounts. For macOS computers that are being used for specialized functions, there are several options to harden the SSH server to protect against unauthorized access including brute force attacks. There are some basic criteria that need to be considered: - Do not open an SSH server to the internet without controls in place to mitigate SSH brute force attacks. This is particularly important for systems bound to Directory environments. It is great to have controls in place to protect the system, but if they trigger after the user is already locked out of their account, they are not optimal. If authorization happens after authentication, directory accounts for users that don\'t even use the system can be locked out. - Do not use SSH key pairs when there is no insight to the security on the client system that will authenticate into the server with a private key. If an attacker gets access to the remote system and can find the key, they may not need a password or a key logger to access the SSH server. - Detailed instructions on hardening an SSH server, if needed, are available in the CIS Linux Benchmarks, but it is beyond the scope of this benchmark.','Perform the following to disable Remote Login: Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Remote Login: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Remote Login to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Remote Login: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setremotelogin off Do you really want to turn remote login off? If you do, you will lose this connection and can only turn it back on locally at the server (yes/no)? Entering yes will disable remote login.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31016,'Ensure Remote Management Is Disabled.','Remote Management is the client portion of Apple Remote Desktop (ARD). Remote Management can be used by remote administrators to view the current screen, install software, report on, and generally manage client Macs. The screen sharing options in Remote Management are identical to those in the Screen Sharing section. In fact, only one of the two can be configured. If Remote Management is used, refer to the Screen Sharing section above on issues regard screen sharing. Remote Management should only be enabled when a Directory is in place to manage the accounts with access. Computers will be available on port 5900 on a macOS System and could accept connections from untrusted hosts depending on the configuration, which is a major concern for mobile systems. As with other sharing options, an open port even for authorized management functions can be attacked, and both unauthorized access and Denial-of-Service vulnerabilities could be exploited. If remote management is required, the pf firewall should restrict access only to known, trusted management consoles. Remote management should not be used across the Internet without the use of a VPN tunnel.','Remote Management should only be enabled on trusted networks with strong user controls present in a Directory system. Mobile devices without strict controls are vulnerable to exploit and monitoring.','Many organizations utilize ARD for client management.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Remote Management: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Remote Management to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Remote Management: $ /usr/bin/sudo /System/Library/CoreServices/RemoteManagement/ARDAgent.app/Contents/Resources /kickstart -deactivate -stop Starting... Removed preference to start ARD after reboot. Done.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\", \"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\", \"9.2\", \"14.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.1\", \"A.13.1.3\", \"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1200\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\", \"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31017,'Ensure Remote Apple Events Is Disabled.','Apple Events is a technology that allows one program to communicate with other programs. Remote Apple Events allows a program on one computer to communicate with a program on a different computer.','Disabling Remote Apple Events mitigates the risk of an unauthorized program gaining access to the system.','With remote Apple events turned on, an AppleScript program running on another Mac can interact with the local computer.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Remote Apple Events: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Remote Apple Events to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following commands to set Remote Apple Events to Off: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/systemsetup -setremoteappleevents off setremoteappleevents: Off.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31018,'Ensure Internet Sharing Is Disabled.','Internet Sharing uses the open source natd process to share an internet connection with other computers and devices on a local network. This allows the Mac to function as a router and share the connection to other, possibly unauthorized, devices.','Disabling Internet Sharing reduces the remote attack surface of the system.','Internet Sharing allows the computer to function as a router and other computers to use it for access. This can expose both the computer itself and the networks it is accessing to unacceptable access from unapproved devices.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Internet Sharing: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Internet Sharing to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to turn off Internet Sharing: $ usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/SystemConfiguration/com.apple.nat NAT -dict Enabled -int 0 Note: Using the Terminal Method will not be reflected in the GUI, but will disable the underlying service. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.MCX 2. The key to include is forceInternetSharingOff 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31019,'Ensure Content Caching Is Disabled.','Starting with 10.13 (macOS High Sierra), Apple introduced a service to make it easier to deploy data from Apple, including software updates, where there are bandwidth constraints to the Internet and fewer constraints or greater bandwidth exist on the local subnet. This capability can be very valuable for organizations that have throttled and possibly metered Internet connections. In heterogeneous enterprise networks with multiple subnets, the effectiveness of this capability would be determined by how many Macs were on each subnet at the time new, large updates were made available upstream. This capability requires the use of mac OS clients as P2P nodes for updated Apple content. Unless there is a business requirement to manage operational Internet connectivity and bandwidth user endpoints should not store content and act as a cluster to provision data. Content types supported by Content Caching in macOS.','The main use case for Mac computers is as mobile user endpoints. P2P sharing services should not be enabled on laptops that are using untrusted networks. Content Caching can allow a computer to be a server for local nodes on an untrusted network. While there are certainly logical controls that could be used to mitigate risk, they add to the management complexity. Since the value of the service is in specific use cases organizations with the use case described above can accept risk as necessary.','This setting will adversely affect bandwidth usage between local subnets and the Internet.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Content Caching: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Sharing 4. Set Content Caching to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Content Caching: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/AssetCacheManagerUtil deactivate The output will include Content caching deactivated Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.applicationaccess 2. The key to include is allowContentCaching 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.3.9\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1015\", \"T1051\", \"T1076\", \"T1133\", \"T1200\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(31020,'Ensure Backup Automatically is Enabled If Time Machine Is Enabled.','Backup solutions are only effective if the backups run on a regular basis. The time to check for backups is before the hard drive fails or the computer goes missing. In order to simplify the user experience so that backups are more likely to occur, Time Machine should be on and set to Back Up Automatically whenever the target volume is available. Operational staff should ensure that backups complete on a regular basis and the backups are tested to ensure that file restoration from backup is possible when needed. Backup dates are available even when the target volume is not available in the Time Machine plist. SnapshotDates = ( \"2012-08-20 12:10:22 +0000\", \"2013-02-03 23:43:22 +0000\", \"2014-02-19 21:37:21 +0000\", \"2015-02-22 13:07:25 +0000\", \"2016-08-20 14:07:14 +0000\" When the backup volume is connected to the computer more extensive information is available through tmutil. See man tmutil.','Backups should automatically run whenever the backup drive is available.','The backup will run periodically in the background and could have user impact while running.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable Time Machine automatic backup: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Time Machine 4. Select Options... 5. Set Back up frequency to Automatically Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable automatic backups if Time Machine is enabled: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.TimeMachine.plist AutoBackup -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.TimeMachine 2. The key to include is Forced 3. The key must be set to: mcx_preference_settings AutoBackup .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"11.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"10.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(7)(ii)(A)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.3.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"12.10.1\"]}]'),(31021,'Ensure Time Machine Volumes Are Encrypted If Time Machine Is Enabled.','One of the most important security tools for data protection on macOS is FileVault. With encryption in place it makes it difficult for an outside party to access your data if they get physical possession of the computer. One very large weakness in data protection with FileVault is the level of protection on backup volumes. If the internal drive is encrypted but the external backup volume that goes home in the same laptop bag is not it is self-defeating. Apple tries to make this mistake easily avoided by providing a checkbox to enable encryption when setting-up a Time Machine backup. Using this option does require some password management, particularly if a large drive is used with multiple computers. A unique complex password to unlock the drive can be stored in keychains on multiple systems for ease of use. While some portable drives may contain non-sensitive data and encryption may make interoperability with other systems difficult backup volumes should be protected just like boot volumes.','Backup volumes need to be encrypted.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable encryption on the Time Machine drive: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select General 3. Select Time Machine 4. Select the unencrypted drive 5. Select - to forget that drive as a destination 6. Select + to add a different drive as the destination 7. Select Set Up Disk... 8. Set Encrypt Backup to enabled 9. Enter a password in the New Password and the same password in the Re-enter Password fields 10. A password hint is required, but it is recommended that you do not use any identifying information for the password Note: In macOS 12.0 Monterey and previous, the existing Time Machine drive could have encryption added without formatting it. This is no longer possible in macOS 13.0 Ventura. If you with to keep previous backups from the unencrypted volume, you will need to manually move those files over to the new encrypted drive.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.3.4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.6\", \"3.11\", \"11.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"10.4\", \"13.6\", \"14.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"MP.L2-3.8.9\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.12.3.1\", \"A.6.2.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1114\", \"T1119\", \"T1145\", \"T1208\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1493\", \"T1527\", \"T1530\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CP-9(8)\", \"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\", \"9.5\", \"9.5.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC6.4\", \"CC6.7\"]}]'),(31022,'Ensure Location Services Is Enabled.','macOS uses location information gathered through local Wi-Fi networks to enable applications to supply relevant information to users. With the operating system verifying the location, users do not need to change the time or the time zone. The computer will change them based on the user\'s location. They do not need to specify their location for weather or travel times, and they will receive alerts on travel times to meetings and appointment where location information is supplied. Location Services simplify some processes with mobile computers, such as asset management and time or log management. There are some use cases where it is important that the computer not be able to report its exact location. While the general use case is to enable Location Services, it should not be allowed if the physical location of the computer and the user should not be public knowledge.','Location Services are helpful in most use cases and can simplify log and time management where computers change time zones.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable Location Services: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Privacy & Security 3. Select Location Services 4. Set Location Services to enabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable Location Services: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl load -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/com.apple.locationd.plist If the com.apple.locationd.plist outputs 0, run the following command to also ensure Location Services is running: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /var/db/locationd/Library/Preferences/ByHost/com.apple.locationd LocationServicesEnabled -bool false $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl kickstart -k system/com.apple.locationd Note: In some use cases, organizations may not want Location Services running. To disable Location Services, System Integrity Protection must be disabled.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31023,'Ensure Location Services Is in the Menu Bar.','This setting provides the user to understand the current status of Location Services and which applications are using it.','Apple has fully integrated location services into macOS. Where the computer is currently located is used for Timezones, weather, travel times, geolocation, \"Find my Mac\" and advertising services. This benchmark recommends that location services are enabled for most users. Many users may have occasions when they do not want to share their current locations, some users may need to rarely share their locations. The immediate availability of Location Services in the menu bar provides easy access to the current status, which applications are using the service and a quick shortcut to making changes. This setting provides better user control in managing user privacy.','Users may be provided visibility to a setting they cannot control if organizations control Location Services globally by policy.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to set whether the location services icon is in the menu bar: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Privacy & Security 3. Select Location Services 4. Select Details... 5. Set Show location icon in menu bar when System Services request your location to your organization\'s parameters Terminal Method: Run the following commands to set the option of the location services icon being in the menu bar: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.locationmenu.plist ShowSystemServices -bool .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31024,'Ensure Gatekeeper Is Enabled.','Gatekeeper is Apple\'s application that utilizes allowlisting to restrict downloaded applications from launching. It functions as a control to limit applications from unverified sources from running without authorization. In an update to Gatekeeper in macOS 13 Ventura, Gatekeeper checks every application on every launch, not just quarantined apps.','Disallowing unsigned software will reduce the risk of unauthorized or malicious applications from running on the system.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable Gatekeeper: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Privacy & Security 3. Set \'Allow apps downloaded from\' to \'App Store and identified developers\' Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable Gatekeeper to allow applications from App Store and identified developers: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/spctl --master-enable Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.systempolicy.control 2. The key to include is AllowIdentifiedDevelopers 3. The key must be set to 4. The key to also include is EnableAssessment 5. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2\", \"10.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"8.2\", \"8.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"SI.L1-3.14.2\", \"SI.L1-3.14.4\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(5)(ii)(B)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.2.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1027\", \"T1045\", \"T1068\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1091\", \"T1100\", \"T1103\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1189\", \"T1190\", \"T1193\", \"T1194\", \"T1195\", \"T1200\", \"T1210\", \"T1211\", \"T1212\", \"T1215\", \"T1221\", \"T1495\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SI-16\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.4\", \"11.4\", \"5.1\", \"5.1.1\", \"5.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"5.1.1\", \"5.2.1\", \"5.2.2\", \"5.3.1\", \"5.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.8\"]}]'),(31025,'Ensure FileVault Is Enabled.','FileVault secures a system\'s data by automatically encrypting its boot volume and requiring a password or recovery key to access it. FileVault should be used with a saved escrow key to ensure that the owner can decrypt their data if the password is lost. FileVault may also be enabled using command line using the fdesetup command. To use this functionality, consult the Der Flounder blog for more details (see link below under References).','Encrypting sensitive data minimizes the likelihood of unauthorized users gaining access to it.','Mounting a FileVault encrypted volume from an alternate boot source will require a valid password to decrypt it.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable FileVault: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Security & Privacy 3. Select Turn On... Note: This will allow you to create a recovery key for FileVault. Keep the key saved securely in case it is needed at a later date. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.MCX 2. The key to include is dontAllowFDEDisable 3. The key must be set to Note: This profile is required to pass the audit.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.6\", \"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"13.6\", \"14.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.6.2.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1040\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1114\", \"T1119\", \"T1145\", \"T1208\", \"T1492\", \"T1493\", \"T1527\", \"T1530\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31026,'Ensure an Administrator Password Is Required to Access System-Wide Preferences.','System Preferences controls system and user settings on a macOS Computer. System Preferences allows the user to tailor their experience on the computer as well as allowing the System Administrator to configure global security settings. Some of the settings should only be altered by the person responsible for the computer.','By requiring a password to unlock system-wide System Preferences, the risk is mitigated of a user changing configurations that affect the entire system and requires an admin user to re-authenticate to make changes.','Users will need to enter their password to unlock some additional preference panes that are unlocked by default like Network, Startup and Printers & Scanners.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to verify that an administrator password is required to access system-wide preferences: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Privacy & Security 3. Select Advanced 4. Set Require an administrator password to access system-wide settings to enabled. Terminal Method: The authorizationdb settings cannot be written to directly, so the plist must be exported out to temporary file. Changes can be made to the temporary plist, then imported back into the authorizationdb settings. Run the following commands to enable that an administrator password is required to access system-wide preferences: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/security authorizationdb read system.preferences > /tmp/system.preferences.plist YES (0) $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /tmp/system.preferences.plist shared -bool false $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/security authorizationdb write system.preferences < /tmp/system.preferences.plist YES (0).','[{\"cis\": [\"2.6.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31027,'Ensure Power Nap Is Disabled for Intel Macs.','Power Nap allows the system to stay in low power mode, especially while on battery power, and periodically connect to previously known networks with stored credentials for user applications to phone home and get updates. This capability requires FileVault to remain unlocked and the use of previously joined networks to be risk accepted based on the SSID without user input. This control has been updated to check the status on both battery and AC Power. The presence of an electrical outlet does not completely correlate with logical and physical security of the device or available networks.','Disabling this feature mitigates the risk of an attacker remotely waking the system and gaining access. The use of Power Nap adds to the risk of compromised physical and logical security. The user should be able to decrypt FileVault and have the applications download what is required when the computer is actively used. The control to prevent computer sleep has been retired for this version of the Benchmark. Forcing the computer to stay on and use energy in case a management push is needed is contrary to most current management processes. Only keep computers unslept if after hours pushes are required on closed LANs.','Power Nap exists for unattended user application updates like email and social media clients. With Power Nap disabled, the computer will not wake and reconnect to known wireless SSIDs intermittently when slept.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Power Nap: Desktop Instructions: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Energy Saver 3. Set Power Nap to disabled 4. Select UPS (if applicable) 5. Set Power Nap to disabled Laptop Instructions: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Battery 3. Select Power Adapter (for laptops only) 4. Set Power Nap to disabled 5. Select Battery 6. Set Power Nap to disabled 7. Select UPS (if applicable) 8. Set Power Nap to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Power Nap: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pmset -a powernap 0.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.9.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31028,'Ensure Wake for Network Access Is Disabled.','This feature allows the computer to take action when the user is not present and the computer is in energy saving mode. These tools require FileVault to remain unlocked and fully rejoin known networks. This macOS feature is meant to allow the computer to resume activity as needed regardless of physical security controls. This feature allows other users to be able to access your computer\'s shared resources, such as shared printers or Apple Music playlists, even when your computer is in sleep mode. In a closed network when only authorized devices could wake a computer, it could be valuable to wake computers in order to do management push activity. Where mobile workstations and agents exist, the device will more likely check in to receive updates when already awake. Mobile devices should not be listening for signals on any unmanaged network or where untrusted devices exist that could send wake signals.','Disabling this feature mitigates the risk of an attacker remotely waking the system and gaining access.','Management programs like Apple Remote Desktop Administrator use wake-on-LAN to connect with computers. If turned off, such management programs will not be able to wake a computer over the LAN. If the wake-on-LAN feature is needed, do not turn off this feature. The control to prevent computer sleep has been retired for this version of the Benchmark. Forcing the computer to stay on and use energy in case a management push is needed is contrary to most current management processes. Only keep computers unslept if after hours pushes are required on closed LANs.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable Wake for network access: Desktop Instructions: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Energy Saver 3. Set Wake for network access to disabled Laptop Instructions: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Battery 3. Select Options... 4. Set Wake for network access to Never Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Wake for network access: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pmset -a womp 0 Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.MCX 2. The key to include is com.apple.EnergySaver.desktop.ACPower 3. The key must be set to: Wake On LAN 0 Wake On Modem Ring 0 4. The key to also include is com.apple.EnergySaver.portable.ACPower 5. The key must be set to: Wake On LAN 0 Wake On Modem Ring 0 6. The key to also include is com.apple.EnergySaver.portable.BatteryPower 7. The key must be set to: Wake On LAN 0 Wake On Modem Ring 0 Note: Both Wake on LAN and Wake on Modem Ring need to be set. Only setting Wake On LAN will allow the profile to install but not set any settings. This profile will only apply the setting at installation and is not sticky.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.9.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1015\", \"T1051\", \"T1076\", \"T1133\", \"T1200\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\"]}]'),(31029,'Ensure a Password is Required to Wake the Computer From Sleep or Screen Saver Is Enabled.','Sleep and screen saver modes are low power modes that reduce electrical consumption while the system is not in use.','Prompting for a password when waking from sleep or screen saver mode mitigates the threat of an unauthorized person gaining access to a system in the user\'s absence.','Without a screenlock in place anyone with physical access to the computer would be logged in and able to use the active user\'s session.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable a password for unlock after a screen saver begins or after sleep: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Lock Screen 3. Set Require password after screensaver begins or display is turned off to either After 0 seconds or After 5 seconds Terminal Method: Run the following command to require a password to unlock the computer after the screen saver engages or the computer sleeps: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/sysadminctl -screenLock immediate -password or $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/sysadminctl -screenLock 5 seconds -password Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.screensaver 2. The key to include is askForPassword 3. The key must be set to 4. The key to also include is askForPasswordDelay 5. The key must be set to <0,5>.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"2.1\", \"2.1.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"2.3.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(31030,'Ensure a Custom Message for the Login Screen Is Enabled.','An access warning informs the user that the system is reserved for authorized use only, and that the use of the system may be monitored.','An access warning may reduce a casual attacker\'s tendency to target the system. Access warnings may also aid in the prosecution of an attacker by evincing the attacker\'s knowledge of the system\'s private status, acceptable use policy, and authorization requirements.','If users are not informed of their responsibilities, unapproved activities may occur. Users that are not approved for access may take the lack of a warning banner as implied consent to access.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to enable a login banner set to your organization\'s required text: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Lock Screen 3. Set Show message when locked to enabled 4. Select Set 5. Insert text in the Set a message to appear on the lock screen that matches your organization\'s required text 6. Select Done Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable a custom login screen message: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow LoginwindowText \"\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow LoginwindowText \"Center for Internet Security Test Message\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.loginwindow 2. The key to include is LoginwindowText 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31031,'Ensure Login Window Displays as Name and Password Is Enabled.','The login window prompts a user for his/her credentials, verifies their authorization level, and then allows or denies the user access to the system.','Prompting the user to enter both their username and password makes it twice as hard for unauthorized users to gain access to the system since they must discover two attributes.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to ensure the login window display name and password: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Lock Screen 3. Set \'Login window showstoName and Password` Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable the login window to display name and password: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow SHOWFULLNAME -bool true Note: The GUI will not display the updated setting until the current user(s) logs out. Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.loginwindow 2. The key to include is SHOWFULLNAME 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31032,'Ensure Show Password Hints Is Disabled.','Password hints are user-created text displayed when an incorrect password is used for an account.','Password hints make it easier for unauthorized persons to gain access to systems by displaying information provided by the user to assist in remembering the password. This info could include the password itself or other information that might be readily discerned with basic knowledge of the end user.','The user can set the hint to any value, including the password itself or clues that allow trivial social engineering attacks.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable password hints from being shown: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Lock Screen 3. Set \'Show password hints` to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable password hints: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow RetriesUntilHint -int 0 Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.loginwindow 2. The key to include is RetriesUntilHint 3. The key must be set to 0.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.10.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31033,'Ensure Users\' Accounts Do Not Have a Password Hint.','Password hints help the user recall their passwords for various systems and/or accounts. In most cases, password hints are simple and closely related to the user\'s password.','Password hints that are closely related to the user\'s password are a security vulnerability, especially in the social media age. Unauthorized users are more likely to guess a user\'s password if there is a password hint. The password hint is very susceptible to social engineering attacks and information exposure on social media networks.','','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to remove a user\'s password hint: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Touch ID & Passwords (or Login Password on non-Touch ID Macs) 3. Select Change... 4. Change the password and ensure that no text is entered in the Password hint box Note: This will only change the currently logged-in user\'s password, and not any others that are not compliant on the Mac. Use the terminal method if multiple users are not in compliance. Terminal Method: Run the following command to remove a user\'s password hint: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/dscl . -list /Users hint . -delete /Users/ hint example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/dscl . -list /Users hint . -delete /Users/firstuser hint $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/dscl . -list /Users hint . -delete /Users/seconduser hint.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.11.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31034,'Ensure Guest Account Is Disabled.','The guest account allows users access to the system without having to create an account or password. Guest users are unable to make setting changes and cannot remotely login to the system. All files, caches, and passwords created by the guest user are deleted upon logging out.','Disabling the guest account mitigates the risk of an untrusted user doing basic reconnaissance and possibly using privilege escalation attacks to take control of the system.','A guest user can use that access to find out additional information about the system and might be able to use privilege escalation vulnerabilities to establish greater access.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to disable guest account availability: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Users & Groups 3. Select the i next to the Guest User 4. Set Allow guests to log in to this computer to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable the guest account: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow GuestEnabled -bool false Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.MCX 2. The key to include is DisableGuestAccount 3. The key must be set to .','[{\"cis\": [\"2.12.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\", \"6.2\", \"6.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.4\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"IA.L2-3.5.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(B)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\", \"164.308(a)(4)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(4)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\", \"AC-5\", \"AC-6\", \"AC-6(1)\", \"AC-6(7)\", \"AU-9(4)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.3.1\", \"2.2.2\", \"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.2\", \"7.2.1\", \"7.2.2\", \"7.2.4\", \"7.2.6\", \"7.3\", \"7.3.1\", \"7.3.2\", \"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}]'); INSERT INTO `tsca` VALUES (31035,'Ensure Guest Access to Shared Folders Is Disabled.','Allowing guests to connect to shared folders enables users to access selected shared folders and their contents from different computers on a network.','Not allowing guests to connect to shared folders mitigates the risk of an untrusted user doing basic reconnaissance and possibly use privilege escalation attacks to take control of the system.','Unauthorized users could access shared files on the system.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to no longer allow guest user access to shared folders: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Users & Groups 3. Select the i next to the Guest User 4. Set Allow guests to connect to shared folders to disabled Terminal Method: Run the following commands to verify that shared folders are not accessible to guest users: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/sysadminctl -smbGuestAccess off.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.12.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1004\", \"T1015\", \"T1021\", \"T1023\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1050\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1089\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1150\", \"T1152\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1159\", \"T1160\", \"T1162\", \"T1163\", \"T1165\", \"T1168\", \"T1169\", \"T1184\", \"T1185\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1200\", \"T1209\", \"T1213\", \"T1484\", \"T1489\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1501\", \"T1504\", \"T1528\", \"T1530\", \"T1537\", \"T1538\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31036,'Ensure Automatic Login Is Disabled.','The automatic login feature saves a user\'s system access credentials and bypasses the login screen. Instead, the system automatically loads to the user\'s desktop screen.','Disabling automatic login decreases the likelihood of an unauthorized person gaining access to a system.','If automatic login is not disabled, an unauthorized user could gain access to the system without supplying any credentials.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to set automatic login to off: 1. Open System Settings 2. Select Users & Groups 3. Set Automatic login in as... to Off Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable automatic login: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults delete /Library/Preferences/com.apple.loginwindow autoLoginUser Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.loginwindow 2. The key to include is com.apple.login.mcx.DisableAutoLoginClient 3. The key must be set to Note: If both the profile is enabled and a user is set to autologin, the profile will take precedent. In this case, the graphical or terminal remediation method should also be applied in case the profile is ever removed.','[{\"cis\": [\"2.12.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.2\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"2.1\", \"2.1.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"2.3.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\"]}]'),(31037,'Ensure Security Auditing Is Enabled.','macOS\'s audit facility, auditd, receives notifications from the kernel when certain system calls, such as open, fork, and exit, are made. These notifications are captured and written to an audit log.','Logs generated by auditd may be useful when investigating a security incident as they may help reveal the vulnerable application and the actions taken by a malicious actor.','','Terminal Method: Perform the following to enable security auditing: Run the following command to load auditd: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl load -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/com.apple.auditd.plist.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.2\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.9\", \"6.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.9.4.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"9.4.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.2\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1134\", \"T1098\", \"T1017\", \"T1067\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1136\", \"T1003\", \"T1214\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1525\", \"T1208\", \"T1215\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1051\", \"T1218\", \"T1184\", \"T1169\", \"T1206\", \"T1019\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1078\", \"T1100\", \"T1077\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\", \"T1156\", \"T1146\", \"T1196\", \"T1081\", \"T1530\", \"T1089\", \"T1073\", \"T1157\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1037\", \"T1036\", \"T1096\", \"T1034\", \"T1150\", \"T1504\", \"T1145\", \"T1494\", \"T1489\", \"T1198\", \"T1165\", \"T1492\", \"T1080\", \"T1209\"]}]'),(31038,'Ensure Security Auditing Flags For User-Attributable Events Are Configured Per Local Organizational Requirements.','Auditing is the capture and maintenance of information about security-related events. Auditable events often depend on differing organizational requirements.','Maintaining an audit trail of system activity logs can help identify configuration errors, troubleshoot service disruptions, and analyze compromises or attacks that have occurred, have begun, or are about to begin. Audit logs are necessary to provide a trail of evidence in case the system or network is compromised. Depending on the governing authority, organizations can have vastly different auditing requirements. In this control we have selected a minimal set of audit flags that should be a part of any organizational requirements. The flags selected below may not adequately meet organizational requirements for users of this benchmark. The auditing checks for the flags proposed here will not impact additional flags that are selected.','','Terminal Method: Perform the following to set the required Security Auditing Flags: Edit the /etc/security/audit_control file and add -fm, ad, -ex, aa, -fr, lo, and -fw to flags. You can also substitute -all for -fm, -ex, -fr, and -fw.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.14\", \"8.2\", \"8.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.2\", \"14.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\", \"164.312(c)(1)\", \"164.312(c)(2)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(9)\", \"AU-3(1)\", \"AU-7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.1\", \"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.2\", \"10.2.4\", \"10.2.5\", \"10.3\", \"11.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.2\", \"10.2.1\", \"10.2.1.1\", \"10.2.1.2\", \"10.2.1.3\", \"10.2.1.4\", \"10.2.1.5\", \"10.2.1.6\", \"10.2.1.7\", \"10.2.2\", \"5.3.4\", \"6.4.1\", \"6.4.2\", \"9.4.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\", \"CC7.2\"]}]'),(31039,'Ensure install.log Is Retained for 365 or More Days and No Maximum Size.','macOS writes information pertaining to system-related events to the file /var/log/install.log and has a configurable retention policy for this file. The default logging setting limits the file size of the logs and the maximum size for all logs. The default allows for an errant application to fill the log files and does not enforce sufficient log retention. The Benchmark recommends a value based on standard use cases. The value should align with local requirements within the organization. The default value has an \"all_max\" file limitation, no reference to a minimum retention, and a less precise rotation argument. The all_max flag control will remove old log entries based only on the size of the log files. Log size can vary widely depending on how verbose installing applications are in their log entries. The decision here is to ensure that logs go back a year, and depending on the applications a size restriction could compromise the ability to store a full year. While this Benchmark is not scoring for a rotation flag, the default rotation is sequential rather than using a timestamp. Auditors may prefer timestamps in order to simply review specific dates where event information is desired. Please review the File Rotation section in the man page for more information. man asl.conf - The maximum file size limitation string should be removed \"all_max=\" - An organization appropriate retention should be added \"ttl=\" - The rotation should be set with timestamps \"rotate=utc\" or \"rotate=local\".','Archiving and retaining install.log for at least a year is beneficial in the event of an incident as it will allow the user to view the various changes to the system along with the date and time they occurred.','Without log files system maintenance and security forensics cannot be properly performed.','Terminal Method: Perform the following to ensure that install logs are retained for at least 365 days: Edit the /etc/asl/com.apple.install file and add or modify the ttl value to 365 or greater on the file line. Also, remove the all_max= setting and value from the file line.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.1\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\", \"6.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.1\", \"10.1.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(31040,'Ensure Security Auditing Retention Is Enabled.','The macOS audit capability contains important information to investigate security or operational issues. This resource is only completely useful if it is retained long enough to allow technical staff to find the root cause of anomalies in the records. Retention can be set to respect both size and longevity. To retain as much as possible under a certain size, the recommendation is to use the following: expire-after:60d OR 5G This recomendation is based on minimum storage for review and investigation. When a third party tool is in use to allow remote logging or the store and forwarding of logs, this local storage requirement is not required.','The audit records need to be retained long enough to be reviewed as necessary.','The recommendation is that at least 60 days or 5 gigabytes of audit records are retained. Systems that have very little remaining disk space may have issues retaining sufficient data.','Terminal Method: Perform the following to set the audit retention length: Edit the /etc/security/audit_control file so that expire-after: is at least 60d OR 5G.','[{\"cis\": [\"3.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"8.1\", \"8.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"6.4\", \"6.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AU.L2-3.3.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(b)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.4.1\", \"A.12.4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"10.7\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"10.1\", \"10.1.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"A1.1\"]}]'),(31041,'Ensure Bonjour Advertising Services Is Disabled.','Bonjour is an auto-discovery mechanism for TCP/IP devices which enumerate devices and services within a local subnet. DNS on macOS is integrated with Bonjour and should not be turned off, but the Bonjour advertising service can be disabled.','Bonjour can simplify device discovery from an internal rogue or compromised host. An attacker could use Bonjour\'s multicast DNS feature to discover a vulnerable or poorly-configured service or additional information to aid a targeted attack. Implementing this control disables the continuous broadcasting of \"I\'m here!\" messages. Typical end-user endpoints should not have to advertise services to other computers. This setting does not stop the computer from sending out service discovery messages when looking for services on an internal subnet, if the computer is looking for a printer or server and using service discovery. To block all Bonjour traffic except to approved devices, the pf or other firewall would be needed.','Some applications, like Final Cut Studio and AirPort Base Station management, may not operate properly if the mDNSResponder is turned off.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable Bonjour Advertising services: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/defaults write /Library/Preferences/com.apple.mDNSResponder.plist NoMulticastAdvertisements -bool true Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mDNSResponder 2. The key to include is NoMulticastAdvertisements.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31042,'Ensure HTTP Server Is Disabled.','macOS used to have a graphical front-end to the embedded Apache web server in the Operating System. Personal web sharing could be enabled to allow someone on another computer to download files or information from the user\'s computer. Personal web sharing from a user endpoint has long been considered questionable, and Apple has removed that capability from the GUI. Apache, however, is still part of the Operating System and can be easily turned on to share files and provide remote connectivity to an end-user computer. Web sharing should only be done through hardened web servers and appropriate cloud services.','Web serving should not be done from a user desktop. Dedicated webservers or appropriate cloud storage should be used. Open ports make it easier to exploit the computer.','The web server is both a point of attack for the system and a means for unauthorized file transfers.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable the HTTP server services: $ sudo /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl unload -w /System/Library/LaunchDaemons/org.apache.httpd.plist.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31043,'Ensure NFS Server Is Disabled.','macOS can act as an NFS fileserver. NFS sharing could be enabled to allow someone on another computer to mount shares and gain access to information from the user\'s computer. File sharing from a user endpoint has long been considered questionable, and Apple has removed that capability from the GUI. NFSD is still part of the Operating System and can be easily turned on to export shares and provide remote connectivity to an end-user computer. The etc/exports file contains the list of NFS shared directories. If the file exists, it is likely that NFS sharing has been enabled in the past or may be available periodically. As an additional check, the audit verifies that there is no /etc/exports file.','File serving should not be done from a user desktop. Dedicated servers should be used. Open ports make it easier to exploit the computer.','The nfs server is both a point of attack for the system and a means for unauthorized file transfers.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable the nfsd fileserver services: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/launchctl disable system/com.apple.nfsd Remove the exported Directory listing. $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/rm /etc/exports.','[{\"cis\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\", \"4.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\", \"9.2\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.8\", \"SC.L2-3.13.6\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.13.1.3\", \"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1011\", \"T1015\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1055\", \"T1058\", \"T1067\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1087\", \"T1088\", \"T1089\", \"T1092\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1110\", \"T1112\", \"T1130\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1137\", \"T1138\", \"T1139\", \"T1142\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1147\", \"T1148\", \"T1150\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1165\", \"T1166\", \"T1169\", \"T1173\", \"T1174\", \"T1175\", \"T1176\", \"T1177\", \"T1178\", \"T1184\", \"T1187\", \"T1190\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1199\", \"T1200\", \"T1201\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1209\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1487\", \"T1488\", \"T1489\", \"T1490\", \"T1491\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1503\", \"T1504\", \"T1505\", \"T1506\", \"T1525\", \"T1530\", \"T1535\", \"T1537\", \"T1539\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.1.6\", \"1.2.1\", \"11.5\", \"2.2\", \"2.2.2\", \"2.2.5\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.5\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\", \"2.2.4\", \"6.4.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.3\", \"CC6.6\", \"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}]'),(31044,'Ensure Home Folders Are Secure.','By default, macOS allows all valid users into the top level of every other user\'s home folder and restricts access to the Apple default folders within. Another user on the same system can see you have a \"Documents\" folder but cannot see inside it. This configuration does work for personal file sharing but can expose user files to standard accounts on the system. The best parallel for Enterprise environments is that everyone who has a Dropbox account can see everything that is at the top level but can\'t see your pictures. Similarly with macOS, users can see into every new Directory that is created because of the default permissions. Home folders should be restricted to access only by the user. Sharing should be used on dedicated servers or cloud instances that are managing access controls. Some environments may encounter problems if execute rights are removed as well as read and write. Either no access or execute only for group or others is acceptable.','Allowing all users to view the top level of all networked users\' home folder may not be desirable since it may lead to the revelation of sensitive information.','If implemented, users will not be able to use the \"Public\" folders in other users\' home folders. \"Public\" folders with appropriate permissions would need to be set up in the /Shared folder.','Terminal Method: For each user, run the following command to secure all home folders: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/chmod -R og-rwx /Users/ Alternately, run the following command if there needs to be executable access for a home folder: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/chmod -R og-rw /Users/ example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/chmod -R og-rw /Users/thirduser/ $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/chmod -R og-rwx /Users/fourthuser/ # /bin/ls -l /Users/ total 0 drwxr-xr-x+ 12 Guest _guest 384 24 Jul 13:42 Guest drwxrwxrwt 4 root wheel 128 22 Jul 11:00 Shared drwx--x--x+ 18 firstuser staff 576 10 Aug 14:36 firstuser drwx--x--x+ 15 seconduser staff 480 10 Aug 09:16 seconduser drwx--x--x+ 11 thirduser staff 352 10 Aug 14:53 thirduser drwx------+ 11 fourthuser staff 352 10 Aug 14:53 fourthuser.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"14.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"AC.L2-3.1.3\", \"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"MP.L2-3.8.2\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(i)\", \"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(A)\", \"164.312(a)(1)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.1.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1004\", \"T1015\", \"T1021\", \"T1023\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1035\", \"T1036\", \"T1037\", \"T1044\", \"T1047\", \"T1050\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1072\", \"T1073\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1078\", \"T1080\", \"T1081\", \"T1084\", \"T1089\", \"T1096\", \"T1097\", \"T1133\", \"T1134\", \"T1145\", \"T1146\", \"T1150\", \"T1152\", \"T1156\", \"T1157\", \"T1159\", \"T1160\", \"T1162\", \"T1163\", \"T1165\", \"T1168\", \"T1169\", \"T1184\", \"T1185\", \"T1196\", \"T1197\", \"T1198\", \"T1200\", \"T1209\", \"T1213\", \"T1484\", \"T1489\", \"T1492\", \"T1494\", \"T1501\", \"T1504\", \"T1528\", \"T1530\", \"T1537\", \"T1538\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-5\", \"AC-6\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.3.1\", \"7.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31045,'Ensure System Integrity Protection Status (SIP) Is Enabled.','System Integrity Protection is a security feature introduced in OS X 10.11 El Capitan. System Integrity Protection restricts access to System domain locations and restricts runtime attachment to system processes. Any attempt to inspect or attach to a system process will fail. Kernel Extensions are now restricted to /Library/Extensions and are required to be signed with a Developer ID.','Running without System Integrity Protection on a production system runs the risk of the modification of system binaries or code injection of system processes that would otherwise be protected by SIP.','System binaries and processes could become compromised.','Terminal Method: Perform the following steps to enable System Integrity Protection: 1. Reboot into the Recovery Partition (reboot and hold down Command + R) 2. Select Utilities 3. Select Terminal 4. Run the following command: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/csrutil enable Successfully enabled System Integrity Protection. Please restart the machine for the changes to take effect. 5. Reboot the computer Note: You should research why the system had SIP disabled. It might be a better option to erase the Mac and reinstall the operating system. That is at your discretion. Note: You cannot enable System Integrity Protection from the booted operating system. If the remediation is attempted in the booted OS and not the Recovery Partition the output will give the error csrutil: failed to modify system integrity configuration. This tool needs to be executed from the Recovery OS.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"2.3\", \"2.6\", \"10.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.9\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-10\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-7(2)\", \"CM-8(3)\", \"SI-16\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"12.3.4\", \"2.2.4\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC6.8\", \"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1191\", \"T1092\", \"T1175\", \"T1173\", \"T1519\", \"T1052\", \"T1210\", \"T1133\", \"T1118\", \"T1171\", \"T1170\", \"T1046\", \"T1137\", \"T1086\", \"T1164\", \"T1121\", \"T1076\", \"T1091\", \"T1180\", \"T1064\", \"T1184\", \"T1221\", \"T1127\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31046,'Ensure Apple Mobile File Integrity (AMFI) Is Enabled.','Apple Mobile File Integrity (AMFI) was first released in macOS 10.12. The daemon and service block attempts to run unsigned code. AMFI uses lanchd, code signatures, certificates, entitlements, and provisioning profiles to create a filtered entitlement dictionary for an app. AMFI is the macOS kernel module that enforces code-signing and library validation.','Apple Mobile File Integrity validates that application code is validated.','Applications could be compromised with malicious code.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to enable the Apple Mobile File Integrity service: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/nvram boot-args=\"\".','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"2.3\", \"2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"2.6\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"CM.L2-3.4.7\", \"CM.L2-3.4.9\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.12.5.1\", \"A.12.6.2\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-10\", \"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-7(2)\", \"CM-8(3)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.2.5\", \"12.3.4\", \"2.2.4\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC5.2\", \"CC7.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1191\", \"T1092\", \"T1175\", \"T1173\", \"T1519\", \"T1052\", \"T1210\", \"T1133\", \"T1118\", \"T1171\", \"T1170\", \"T1046\", \"T1137\", \"T1086\", \"T1164\", \"T1121\", \"T1076\", \"T1091\", \"T1180\", \"T1064\", \"T1184\", \"T1221\", \"T1127\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31047,'Ensure Sealed System Volume (SSV) Is Enabled.','Sealed System Volume is a security feature introduced in macOS 11.0 Big Sur. During system installation, a SHA-256 cryptographic hash is calculated for all immutable system files and stored in a Merkle tree which itself is hashed as the Seal. Both are stored in the metadata of the snapshot created of the System volume. The seal is verified by the boot loader at startup. macOS will not boot if system files have been tampered with. If validation fails, the user will be instructed to reinstall the operating system. During read operations for files located in the Sealed System Volume, a hash is calculated and compared to the value stored in the Merkle tree.','Running without Sealed System Volume on a production system could run the risk of Apple software that integrates directly with macOS being modified.','Apple Software that integrates with the operating system could become compromised.','If SSV has been disabled, assume that the operating system has been compromised. Back up any files, and do a clean install to a known good Operating System.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.1.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"3.6\", \"3.11\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"13.6\", \"14.8\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.19\", \"IA.L2-3.5.10\", \"MP.L2-3.8.1\", \"SC.L2-3.13.11\", \"SC.L2-3.13.16\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iv)\", \"164.312(e)(2)(ii)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.10.1.1\", \"A.6.2.1\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"SC-28\", \"SC-28(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"3.4\", \"3.4.1\", \"8.2.1\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"3.1.1\", \"3.3.2\", \"3.3.3\", \"3.5.1\", \"3.5.1.2\", \"3.5.1.3\", \"8.3.2\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1527\", \"T1119\", \"T1530\", \"T1114\", \"T1070\", \"T1208\", \"T1040\", \"T1145\", \"T1492\", \"T1493\", \"T1072\"]}]'),(31048,'Ensure Password Account Lockout Threshold Is Configured.','The account lockout threshold specifies the amount of times a user can enter an incorrect password before a lockout will occur. Ensure that a lockout threshold is part of the password policy on the computer.','The account lockout feature mitigates brute-force password attacks on the system.','The number of incorrect log on attempts should be reasonably small to minimize the possibility of a successful password attack, while allowing for honest errors made during a normal user log on. The locked account will auto-unlock after a few minutes when bad password attempts stop. The computer will accept the still-valid password if remembered or recovered.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set the maximum number of failed login attempts to less than or equal to 5: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"maxFailedLoginAttempts=\" Note: When the account lockout threshold is set with pwpolicy, it will also set a reset value to policyAttributeMinutesUntilFailedAuthenticationReset that defaults to 1 minute. You can change this value with the command: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"policyAttributeMinutesUntilFailedAuthenticationReset=\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"maxFailedLoginAttempts=5\" /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"policyAttributeMinutesUntilFailedAuthenticationReset=10\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is maxFailedAttempts 3. The key must be set to Note: When setting the lockout threshold with a mobile configuration profile there is no default reset to the lockout. To set the reset value use the key autoEnableInSeconds and set the key to . Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"6.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.7\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.308(a)(3)(ii)(C)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(1)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.2.4\", \"8.2.5\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.2\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1134\", \"T1197\", \"T1538\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1089\", \"T1157\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1054\", \"T1159\", \"T1160\", \"T1152\", \"T1168\", \"T1162\", \"T1185\", \"T1031\", \"T1050\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1034\", \"T1163\", \"T1076\", \"T1021\", \"T1053\", \"T1489\", \"T1051\", \"T1023\", \"T1165\", \"T1528\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1537\", \"T1078\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1004\"]}]'),(31049,'Ensure Password Minimum Length Is Configured.','A minimum password length is the fewest number of characters a password can contain to meet a system\'s requirements. Ensure that a minimum of a 15-character password is part of the password policy on the computer. Where the confidentiality of encrypted information in FileVault is more of a concern, requiring a longer password or passphrase may be sufficient rather than imposing additional complexity requirements that may be self-defeating.','Information systems that are not protected with strong password schemes including passwords of minimum length provide a greater opportunity for attackers to crack the password and gain access to the system.','Short passwords can be easily attacked.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set the password length to greater than or equal to 15: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"minChars==15>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"minChars=15\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is minLength 3. The key must be set to =15> Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1134\", \"T1098\", \"T1017\", \"T1067\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1136\", \"T1003\", \"T1214\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1525\", \"T1208\", \"T1215\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1051\", \"T1218\", \"T1184\", \"T1169\", \"T1206\", \"T1019\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1078\", \"T1100\", \"T1077\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31050,'Ensure Complex Password Must Contain Alphabetic Characters Is Configured.','Complex passwords contain one character from each of the following classes: English uppercase letters, English lowercase letters, Westernized Arabic numerals, and non-alphanumeric characters. Ensure that an Alphabetic character is part of the password policy on the computer.','The more complex a password, the more resistant it will be against persons seeking unauthorized access to a system.','Password policy should be in effect to reduce the risk of exposed services being compromised easily through dictionary attacks or other social engineering attempts.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set the that passwords must contain at least one letter: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy - setaccountpolicies \"requiresAlpha==1>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"requiresAlpha=1\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is requireAlphanumeric 3. The key must be set to Note: This profile sets a requirement of both an alphabetical and a numeric character. Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31051,'Ensure Complex Password Must Contain Numeric Character Is Configured.','Complex passwords contain one character from each of the following classes: English uppercase letters, English lowercase letters, Westernized Arabic numerals, and non-alphanumeric characters. Ensure that a number or numeric value is part of the password policy on the computer.','The more complex a password, the more resistant it will be against persons seeking unauthorized access to a system.','Password policy should be in effect to reduce the risk of exposed services being compromised easily through dictionary attacks or other social engineering attempts.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set passwords to require at least one number: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy - setaccountpolicies \"requiresNumeric==1>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"requiresNumeric=2\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is requireAlphanumeric 3. The key must be set to Note: This profile sets a requirement of both an alphabetical and a numeric character. Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31052,'Ensure Complex Password Must Contain Uppercase and Lowercase Characters Is Configured.','Complex passwords contain one character from each of the following classes: English uppercase letters, English lowercase letters, Westernized Arabic numerals, and non-alphanumeric characters. Ensure that both uppercase and lowercase letters are part of the password policy on the computer.','The more complex a password, the more resistant it will be against persons seeking unauthorized access to a system.','Password policy should be in effect to reduce the risk of exposed services being compromised easily through dictionary attacks or other social engineering attempts.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to set passwords to require at upper and lower case letter: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"requiresMixedCase==1>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"requiresMixedCase=1\".','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1003\", \"T1017\", \"T1019\", \"T1028\", \"T1035\", \"T1047\", \"T1051\", \"T1053\", \"T1055\", \"T1067\", \"T1072\", \"T1075\", \"T1076\", \"T1077\", \"T1078\", \"T1084\", \"T1086\", \"T1088\", \"T1097\", \"T1098\", \"T1100\", \"T1134\", \"T1136\", \"T1169\", \"T1175\", \"T1184\", \"T1190\", \"T1206\", \"T1208\", \"T1210\", \"T1214\", \"T1215\", \"T1218\", \"T1495\", \"T1501\", \"T1505\", \"T1525\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}]'),(31053,'Ensure Password Age Is Configured.','Over time, passwords can be captured by third parties through mistakes, phishing attacks, third-party breaches, or merely brute-force attacks. To reduce the risk of exposure and to decrease the incentives of password reuse (passwords that are not forced to be changed periodically generally are not ever changed), users should reset passwords periodically. This control uses 365 days as the acceptable value. Some organizations may be more or less restrictive. This control mainly exists to mitigate against password reuse of the macOS account password in other realms that may be more prone to compromise. Attackers take advantage of exposed information to attack other accounts.','Passwords should be changed periodically to reduce exposure.','Required password changes will lead to some locked computers requiring admin assistance.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to require that passwords expire after at most 365 days: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"maxMinutesUntilChangePassword=\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"maxMinutesUntilChangePassword=43200\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is maxPINAgeInDays 3. The key must be set to =365> Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.9\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.6\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-2(3)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.4\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.3.7\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\", \"T1134\", \"T1197\", \"T1538\", \"T1089\", \"T1157\", \"T1054\", \"T1159\", \"T1160\", \"T1152\", \"T1168\", \"T1162\", \"T1185\", \"T1050\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1163\", \"T1021\", \"T1489\", \"T1051\", \"T1023\", \"T1165\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1537\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1004\"]}]'),(31054,'Ensure Password History Is Configured.','Over time, passwords can be captured by third parties through mistakes, phishing attacks, third-party breaches, or merely brute-force attacks. To reduce the risk of exposure and to decrease the incentives of password reuse (passwords that are not forced to be changed periodically generally are not ever changed), users must reset passwords periodically. This control ensures that previous passwords are not reused immediately by keeping a history of previous password hashes. Ensure that password history checks are part of the password policy on the computer. This control checks whether a new password is different than the previous 15. The latest NIST guidance based on exploit research referenced in this section details how one of the greatest risks is password exposure rather than password cracking. Passwords should be changed to a new unique value whenever a password might have been exposed to anyone other than the account holder. Attackers have maintained persistent control based on predictable password change patterns and substantially different patterns should be used in case of a leak.','Old passwords should not be reused.','Required password changes will lead to some locked computers requiring admin assistance.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to require that the password must to be different from at least the last 15 passwords: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"usingHistory==15>\" example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/pwpolicy -n /Local/Default -setglobalpolicy \"usingHistory=15\" Profile Method: Create or edit a configuration profile with the following information: 1. The PayloadType string is com.apple.mobiledevice.passwordpolicy 2. The key to include is pinHistory 3. The key must be set to =15> Note: The profile method is the preferred method for setting password policy since - setglobalpolicy in pwpolicy is deprecated and will likely be removed in a future macOS release.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.2.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.2\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.4\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"IA.L2-3.5.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.4.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"2.2.2\", \"8.3.5\", \"8.3.6\", \"8.6.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1134\", \"T1098\", \"T1017\", \"T1067\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1136\", \"T1003\", \"T1214\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1525\", \"T1208\", \"T1215\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1051\", \"T1218\", \"T1184\", \"T1169\", \"T1206\", \"T1019\", \"T1501\", \"T1072\", \"T1078\", \"T1100\", \"T1077\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31055,'Ensure the Sudo Timeout Period Is Set to Zero.','The sudo command allows the user to run programs as the root user. Working as the root user allows the user an extremely high level of configurability within the system. This control, along with the control to use a separate timestamp for each tty, limits the window where an unauthorized user, process, or attacker could utilize legitimate credentials that are valid for longer than required.','The sudo command stays logged in as the root user for five minutes before timing out and re-requesting a password. This five-minute window should be eliminated since it leaves the system extremely vulnerable. This is especially true if an exploit were to gain access to the system, since they would be able to make changes as a root user.','This control has a serious impact where users often have to use sudo. It is even more of an impact where users have to use sudo multiple times in quick succession as part of normal work processes. Organizations with that common use case will likely find this control too onerous and are better to accept the risk of not requiring a 0 grace period. In some ways the use of sudo -s, which is undesirable, is better than a long grace period since that use does change the hash to show that it is a root shell rather than a normal shell where sudo commands will be implemented without a password.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to edit the sudo settings: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/visudo -f /etc/sudoers.d/ example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/visudo -f /etc/sudoers.d/10_cissudoconfiguration Note: Unlike other Unix and/or Linux distros, macOS will ignore configuration files in the sudoers.d folder that contain a . so do not add a file extension to the configuration file. Add the line Defaults timestamp_timeout=0 to the configuration file. If /etc/sudoers.d/ is not owned by root or in the wheel group, run the following to change ownership and group: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/chown -R root:wheel /etc/security/sudoers.d/.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.11\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.10\", \"AC.L2-3.1.11\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iii)\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-11\", \"AC-11(1)\", \"AC-12\", \"AC-2(5)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.2.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31056,'Ensure a Separate Timestamp Is Enabled for Each User/tty Combo.','Using tty tickets ensures that a user must enter the sudo password in each Terminal session. With sudo versions 1.8 and higher, introduced in 10.12, the default value is to have tty tickets for each interface so that root access is limited to a specific terminal. The default configuration can be overwritten or not configured correctly on earlier versions of macOS.','In combination with removing the sudo timeout grace period, a further mitigation should be in place to reduce the possibility of a background process using elevated rights when a user elevates to root in an explicit context or tty. Additional mitigation should be in place to reduce the risk of privilege escalation of background processes.','This control should have no user impact. Developers or installers may have issues if background processes are spawned with different interfaces than where sudo was executed.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to edit the sudo settings: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/visudo -f /etc/sudoers.d/ example: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/visudo -f /etc/sudoers.d/10_cissudoconfiguration Note: Unlike other Unix and/or Linux distros, macOS will ignore configuration files in the sudoers.d folder that contain a . so do not add a file extension to the configuration file. Add the line Defaults timestamp_type=tty to the configuration file. Note: The Defaults timestamp_type=tty line can be added to an existing configuration file or a new one. That will depend on your organization\'s preference and works either way.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.5\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.11\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.10\", \"AC.L2-3.1.11\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iii)\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-11\", \"AC-11(1)\", \"AC-12\", \"AC-2(5)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.2.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31057,'Ensure the \"root\" Account Is Disabled.','The root account is a superuser account that has access privileges to perform any actions and read/write to any file on the computer. With some versions of Linux, the system administrator may commonly use the root account to perform administrative functions.','Enabling and using the root account puts the system at risk since any successful exploit or mistake while the root account is in use could have unlimited access privileges within the system. Using the sudo command allows users to perform functions as a root user while limiting and password protecting the access privileges. By default the root account is not enabled on a macOS computer. An administrator can escalate privileges using the sudo command (use -s or -i to get a root shell).','Some legacy POSIX software might expect an available root account.','Graphical Method: Perform the following steps to ensure that the root user is disabled: 1. Open /System/Library/CoreServices/Applications/Directory Utility 2. Click the lock icon to unlock the service 3. Click Edit in the menu bar 4. Click Disable Root User Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable the root user: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/dsenableroot -d username = root user password:.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.6\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"5.4\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.5\", \"AC.L2-3.1.6\", \"AC.L2-3.1.7\", \"SC.L2-3.13.3\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.9.2.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-6(2)\", \"AC-6(5)\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"7.1\", \"7.1.1\", \"7.1.2\", \"7.1.3\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC6.1\", \"CC6.3\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1176\", \"T1501\", \"T1134\", \"T1098\", \"T1017\", \"T1067\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1136\", \"T1003\", \"T1214\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1495\", \"T1525\", \"T1208\", \"T1215\", \"T1075\", \"T1097\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1051\", \"T1218\", \"T1184\", \"T1169\", \"T1206\", \"T1019\", \"T1072\", \"T1078\", \"T1100\", \"T1077\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\"]}]'),(31058,'Ensure an Administrator Account Cannot Login to Another User\'s Active and Locked Session.','macOS has a privilege that can be granted to any user that will allow that user to unlock active user\'s sessions.','Disabling the administrator\'s and/or user\'s ability to log into another user\'s active and locked session prevents unauthorized persons from viewing potentially sensitive and/or personal information.','While Fast user switching is a workaround for some lab environments, especially where there is even less of an expectation of privacy, this setting change may impact some maintenance workflows.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to disable a user logging into another user\'s active and/or locked session: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/bin/security authorizationdb write system.login.screensaver use-login-window-ui YES (0).','[{\"cis\": [\"5.7\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.3\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"16.11\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L2-3.1.10\", \"AC.L2-3.1.11\"]}, {\"hipaa\": [\"164.312(a)(2)(iii)\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"AC-11\", \"AC-11(1)\", \"AC-12\", \"AC-2(5)\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"8.1.8\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"8.2.8\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1527\", \"T1176\", \"T1088\", \"T1081\", \"T1214\", \"T1530\", \"T1213\", \"T1038\", \"T1073\", \"T1482\", \"T1114\", \"T1044\", \"T1484\", \"T1525\", \"T1161\", \"T1031\", \"T1034\", \"T1145\", \"T1076\", \"T1053\", \"T1505\", \"T1528\", \"T1078\"]}]'),(31059,'Ensure a Login Window Banner Exists.','A Login window banner warning informs the user that the system is reserved for authorized use only. It enforces an acknowledgment by the user that they have been informed of the use policy in the banner if required. The system recognizes either the .txt and the .rtf formats.','An access warning may reduce a casual attacker\'s tendency to target the system. Access warnings may also aid in the prosecution of an attacker by evincing the attacker\'s knowledge of the system\'s private status, acceptable use policy, and authorization requirements.','Users will have to click on the window with the Login text before logging into the computer.','Terminal Method: Run the following commands to create or edit the login window text and set the proper permissions: Edit (or create) a PolicyBanner.txt or PolicyBanner.rtf file, in the /Library/Security/ folder, to include the required login window banner text. Perform the following to set permissions on the policy banner file: $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/chown o+r /Library/Security/PolicyBanner.txt $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/chown o+r /Library/Security/PolicyBanner.rtf Note: If your organization uses an .rtfd file to set the policy banner, run $ /usr/bin/sudo /usr/sbin/chown -R o+rx /Library/Security/PolicyBanner.rtfd to update the permissions.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.8\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1003\", \"T1081\", \"T1097\", \"T1178\", \"T1072\", \"T1067\", \"T1495\", \"T1019\", \"T1177\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1491\", \"T1488\", \"T1487\", \"T1490\", \"T1146\", \"T1148\", \"T1015\", \"T1133\", \"T1200\", \"T1076\", \"T1051\", \"T1176\", \"T1501\", \"T1087\", \"T1098\", \"T1139\", \"T1197\", \"T1092\", \"T1136\", \"T1011\", \"T1147\", \"T1130\", \"T1174\", \"T1053\", \"T1166\", \"T1206\", \"T1503\", \"T1214\", \"T1187\", \"T1208\", \"T1142\", \"T1075\", \"T1201\", \"T1145\", \"T1184\", \"T1537\", \"T1078\", \"T1077\", \"T1134\", \"T1017\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1525\", \"T1215\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1218\", \"T1169\", \"T1100\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\", \"T1156\", \"T1196\", \"T1530\", \"T1089\", \"T1073\", \"T1157\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1037\", \"T1036\", \"T1096\", \"T1034\", \"T1150\", \"T1504\", \"T1494\", \"T1489\", \"T1198\", \"T1165\", \"T1492\", \"T1080\", \"T1209\", \"T1112\", \"T1058\", \"T1173\", \"T1137\", \"T1539\", \"T1535\", \"T1506\", \"T1138\", \"T1044\", \"T1199\"]}]'),(31060,'Ensure the Guest Home Folder Does Not Exist.','In the previous two controls, the guest account login has been disabled and sharing to guests has been disabled, as well. There is no need for the legacy Guest home folder to remain in the file system. When normal user accounts are removed, you have the option to archive it, leave it in place, or delete. In the case of the guest folder, the folder remains in place without a GUI option to remove it. If at some point in the future a Guest account is needed, it will be re-created. The presence of the Guest home folder can cause automated audits to fail when looking for compliant settings within all User folders, as well. Rather than ignoring the folder\'s continued existence, it is best removed.','The Guest home folders are unneeded after the Guest account is disabled and could be used inappropriately.','The Guest account should not be necessary after it is disabled, and it will be automatically re-created if the Guest account is re-enabled.','Terminal Method: Run the following command to remove the Guest user home folder: $ /usr/bin/sudo /bin/rm -R /Users/Guest.','[{\"cis\": [\"5.10\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v8\": [\"4.1\"]}, {\"cis_csc_v7\": [\"5.1\"]}, {\"cmmc_v2.0\": [\"AC.L1-3.1.1\", \"AC.L1-3.1.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.1\", \"CM.L2-3.4.2\", \"CM.L2-3.4.6\", \"CM.L2-3.4.7\"]}, {\"iso_27001-2013\": [\"A.14.2.5\", \"A.8.1.3\"]}, {\"nist_sp_800-53\": [\"CM-7(1)\", \"CM-9\", \"SA-10\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v3.2.1\": [\"11.5\", \"2.2\"]}, {\"pci_dss_v4.0\": [\"1.1.1\", \"1.2.1\", \"1.2.6\", \"1.2.7\", \"1.5.1\", \"2.1.1\", \"2.2.1\"]}, {\"soc_2\": [\"CC7.1\", \"CC8.1\"]}, {\"mitre_techniques\": [\"T1110\", \"T1003\", \"T1081\", \"T1097\", \"T1178\", \"T1072\", \"T1067\", \"T1495\", \"T1019\", \"T1177\", \"T1485\", \"T1486\", \"T1491\", \"T1488\", \"T1487\", \"T1490\", \"T1146\", \"T1148\", \"T1015\", \"T1133\", \"T1200\", \"T1076\", \"T1051\", \"T1176\", \"T1501\", \"T1087\", \"T1098\", \"T1139\", \"T1197\", \"T1092\", \"T1136\", \"T1011\", \"T1147\", \"T1130\", \"T1174\", \"T1053\", \"T1166\", \"T1206\", \"T1503\", \"T1214\", \"T1187\", \"T1208\", \"T1142\", \"T1075\", \"T1201\", \"T1145\", \"T1184\", \"T1537\", \"T1078\", \"T1077\", \"T1134\", \"T1017\", \"T1088\", \"T1175\", \"T1190\", \"T1210\", \"T1525\", \"T1215\", \"T1086\", \"T1055\", \"T1505\", \"T1035\", \"T1218\", \"T1169\", \"T1100\", \"T1047\", \"T1084\", \"T1028\", \"T1156\", \"T1196\", \"T1530\", \"T1089\", \"T1073\", \"T1157\", \"T1054\", \"T1070\", \"T1037\", \"T1036\", \"T1096\", \"T1034\", \"T1150\", \"T1504\", \"T1494\", \"T1489\", \"T1198\", \"T1165\", \"T1492\", \"T1080\", \"T1209\", \"T1112\", \"T1058\", \"T1173\", \"T1137\", \"T1539\", \"T1535\", \"T1506\", \"T1138\", \"T1044\", \"T1199\"]}]'); + +INSERT INTO `tmodule_inventory` (`id_module_inventory`, `id_os`, `name`, `description`, `interpreter`, `data_format`, `code`, `block_mode`,`script_mode`) VALUES (41,1,'security','Hardening plugin for security compliance analysis','','ID;STATUS','',0,2); \ No newline at end of file